THE CHEMISTS’ C LIBRARY CHEMICAL HANDICRAFT A CLASSIFIED AND DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF Comical |lpparatas, SUITABLE FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF CLASS EXPERIMENTS, FOR EVERY PROCESS OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH, AND FOR CHEMICAL TESTING IN THE ARTS. Accompanied by Copious Notes, Explanatory of the Construction and Use of the Apparatus. By JOHN JOSEPH GRIFFIN, F.C.S. Illustrated by upwards of Fifteen Hundred Engravings on Wood. LONDON: JOHN J. GRIFFIN AND CHEMICAL AND PHILOSOPHICAL INST 22, GARRICK STREET, COVENT 1866 . • • co a/5 t * ' LONDON. BI NJAM1N PARDON, PRINTER. PATERNOSTER ROW. PREFACE. (received' JAN 21 ‘*927 LIBRARY Ctf-WlS* ‘ ChilB J 'fie following work is, in the main, a Price Current of Chemical Apparatus. tut a slight examination of it will show that it is something more than that, f, indeed, its commercial character were separable, the residue of the work light fairly be considered a Report on the Apparatus which the philosophical hemist has at present at command, to aid his original researches, or to demon- trate the truths adduced in his teachings. In fact, much of the work is of the ature of a treatise on what is termed Chemical Manipulation. The materials Dr it have been collected from all parts of Europe, with much cost and labour; nd considerable time has been spent in trying the instruments one against nother, and in making modifications and improvements. Under the heads of Hr Pumps, Lamps, Furnaces, Gas Burners, Blast Furnaces, Blowpipe Apparatus, Volumetric Analysis, and in many other places, the reader will find the results f numerous original experiments of the above character. By a careful' classi- cation of the apparatus, and by the use of abundant figures and short descrip- ive notes, a considerable mass of information on practical points has been ondensed into the work. Of the 1500 figures that illustrate it, more than 600 ave been drawn from the instruments expressly for this Edition. It is hoped hat, such as it is, the work will prove useful to all who have occasion to make Chemical Experiments. JOHN J. GRIFFIN. 2, Garrick Street, Covent Garden, W.C. London, January, I860. via CLASSIFICATION OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS. Page Specific Gravity Bottles. 47 Calculation of Specific Gravities .. 49 Hvdrometers ... 50 m — with General Scales . . 50 — A., in sets . 50 — B., in single spindles. . 51 — with special scales .... 52 — Twaddell’s ...... 52 — Baume’s . 53 Page Alcoholometers . 54 Beads, or Spirit Bubbles. 55 S ac oh aro meters .. 56 Hydrometers, adjusted at 84° F., for the West Indies . 51 Miscellaneous Specific Gravity In¬ struments . 57 Urino meters. 58 Trial Jars. 59 PNEUMATIC APPARATUS Air Pumps . 60 Trial of their exhausting powers . . 60 Bell Glass Receivers . 65 FOR CHEMICAL USE. Extra Fittings for Air Pumps. 66 Stopcocks and Connectors. ....... UJ Air Syringes. 70 APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION AND APPLICATION OF HEAT. Iron Furnaces:— . 71 Black’s. 71 Davy’s .. 72 Mohr’s. 72 Chauffers . 72 Sefstroem’s . 73 Modifications of it . 73 Deville’s . 74 Luhme’s . 74 Fire-clay Furnaces . 75 Universal. 75 Evaporating. 77 Reverberatory. 77 Melting. 77 Tube Furnace. 78 Spirit Lamps . 79 a. Simple Spirit Lamps. 79 b. Argand Lamps. . -. 80 c. Argand Lamps, on tripods. 82 d. Blast Spirit Lamps. 82 Oil Lamps. 84 a. Oil Lamps for Boiling and Evapo¬ rating. 84 b. Charles Griffin’s Oil Lamp Fur¬ nace, for melting metals at a white heat. 85 Gas Burners and Gas Furnaces. . 88 Burners, with Gauze Tops. 88 Ring Burners . 89 Gas Chauffers . 89 Deville’s Gas Fittings. 90 Bunsen’s Gas Burners . 91 Fittings for ditto. 91 Griffin’s Rose Gas Burners. 92 Three sizes of this Burner. — . . 92 Furnaces for Evaporations and for Ignitions, with the different sizes of the Rose Burners .... 92 Dentists’Furnace for Melting Zinc 95 Crucible Furnaces, various. 95 Extemporaneous Crucible Furnaces, way to build them . 97 Prices of Fireclay Cylinders. 99 Gas Furnaces for heatino tubes. Hofmann’s Gas Combustion Furnace 100 Griffin’s Gas Furnace for Heating Iron or Porcelain Tubes. 101 Griffin’s Gas Combustion Furnace. . 103 Argand Gas Burners . 104 Griffin’s Blast Gas Furnaces .... 1J)4 Description of the Blowpipe .... 105 Description of the Furnace .... 105 Instructions for using it. 100 Power of the Furnace. 110 Choice of Crucibles. Ill Exhibition of Coloured. Flames .. 112 Prices of various parts . 112 Interior Fittings. 114 Complete Gas Furnaces. 115 Miniature Blast Furnaces. 117 Blowing Machines, for various sorts of Blast Furnaces . 119 Gas Blowpipes. 121 Griffin’s Lamp Furnace . 123 Price of it in sets. ... 125 Baths for Applying Heat . 125 A. Sand Baths. 125 B. Water Baths .. 126 Steam Baths . 127 CLASSIFICATION OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. IX Page C. Gas Baths . 128 D- Aix’ Drying Baths. 128 Heated by water or oil .... 128 •-- without water oroil. . 130 E. Griffin’s Hot Air Bath . 131 F. For Drying in vacuo . 132 Desiccators. 132 Exsiccators. 131 Rucibles. 136 Page 1. Platinum Crucibles. 136 2. Porcelain do . 136 3. Plumbago do . 139 4. Fireclay do . 140 5. Iron do 142 Tube Operations. 143 Porcelain Tubes... 143 Porcelain Boat Trays. 143 Iron Tubes . 144 VESSELS FOR PREPARING SOLUTIONS. r ARIETlES OF CHEMICAL FlASKS. German Flasks. Bohemian Flasks. French Flasks. Ballons. Bolt Heads . Bulb Boiling Tubes. Straight Boiling Tubes. /oolff’s Bottles . 'OHEMrAH Beakers. Berzelius’s form . Griffin’s form . 145 146 147 147 147 148 149 150 151 152 152 153 BOTTLES FOR ottles with Narrow Mouths. 160 - with Enamelled Names .... 161 -with Wide Mouths. 163 Beaked Tumblers . 153 Conical Beakers . 154 Porcelain Beakers . 154 Porcelain Boilers . 155 Digesters, Cast Iron . 155 - Porcelain . ... 156 Glass Jars, without Feet . 157 -with Feet . 157 Stoppered Jars . 158 Cylinders for Anatomical Prepara¬ tions . 159 Pans ... . . 159 CHEMICALS. Specimen Bottles. 161 Tube Bottles . 165 Chemical Labels. 166 FILTRATION, PERCOLATION, EDULCORATION. lass Funnels, 1 to 12 inches wide 167 ircelain Funnels . 168 iltration without Funnels. 169 uick Filters . 170 ltrations in Analysis . 170 ltering Paper . 170 ltering Apparatus in Sets . 171 ltration of Boiling Liquids. 171 srcolators . 172 sparatory Funnels. 172 "ainers, Strainers. 175 Colanders, Sieves..... 175 Glass Covers for Funnels . J76 Pipettes. 177 Syphons .* 1J8 Syringes . * 1 0 Elutriation . 1^9 Washing Bottles. 180 Dialysis. 1®’^ Dialytic Apparatus. 183 Glass Shades . 184 aporating Basins. 185 — Platinum Basins. 185 — Porcelain do . 186 — Berlin do 186 — Dresden do . 187 —- Thuringian do. 187 — Semi-Porcelain do. 188 — Stoneware do . 189 EVAPORATION. Evaporating Basins Enamelled Iron 189 — Glass... • 100 Porcelain Evaporating Basins with Handles. 101 Ladles, Pourers, &c. 191 Porcelain Cups. J02 Berlin Porcelain Cups. 102 Dresden Porcelain Cups. 103 ass Retorts. 104 be Retorts . 105 DISTILLATION. Fractional Distillation. Porcelain Retorts.. a X CLASSIFICATION OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. Page Fireclay Retorts . 198 Metal Retorts . 198 Glass Receivers. 199 Quilled Receivers. 200 Tubulated Receivers . 201 Florentine Receivers .201 Adapters ......... . 202 Alembics .. 203 Page Glass Condensers for Use with Retorts . 204 Metal Stills and Condensers.... 206 Metal Still Heated by Gas .... 20S Stoneware Distilling Apparatus for Acids...210 Gauge Tubes for Boilers . 211 THE PREPARATION AND EXAMINATION OF GASES. Arrangements of Apparatus for pre¬ paring Gases .. 212 Gas Bottles and Fittings . 213 Choice of Flasks. 213 Gas-leading Tubes. 214 Safety Tubes . 215 Acid Funnels . 215 Caoutchouc Caps. 216 Caoutchouc Tubes.. 217 Caoutchouc Stoppers ... . 217 Fitted Gas Bottles . 217 Hydrogen Gas Bottles .217 Micro-chemical Gas Bottles . 219 Bottles for Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gas . 220 Oxygen Gas Bottles .222 Chlorine Gas Bottles. 223 Wash Bottles for Gases . .. 223 Apparatus for Drying Gases .... 225 Chloride of Calcium Tubes . 225 Pneumatic Troughs . 227 Griffin’s Incorrodible Stoneware Troughs .. 227 Metallic Pneumatic Troughs. 228 Glass Pneumatic Troughs. 228 Pneumatic Troughs for use with Mercury . 229 Mercury Troughs of large size .... 230 Vertical Glass Troughs. 232 Gas Receivers. 232 Tube Receivers . ,. 236 Bent Tube Receivers. 237 Gas Bags. 238 Gas Holders . 240 Condensation and Absorption of Gases . 243 Tube Receivers of all sorts, both for Class Experiments and for Analytical Operations. 243 Apparatus for Class Experiments with Gases. 246 For Experiments with Oxygen, Hydrogen, Carbonic Acid, &c.... 246 Balloons . 25C Reduction Tubes. 25S Oxyhydrogen Blowpipes. 253 Galvanic Batteries . 254 Galvanic Decomposition of Water by a variety of Methods. 254 Composition of Water by the Explo¬ sion of H 3 0 Gases... 251- Demonstrations with Complex Appa¬ ratus . 26( Gas Apparatus for Analytical Purposes . 261 Graduated Gas Tubes. 261 Graduated Jars . 261 Eudiometers.. 263 Volta’s . 263 Ure’s .. 263 Mitscherlich’s. 263 Bunsen’s .. 26' Gas Pipettes. 263 Instruments for Gas Analysis used by Bunsen . 261 Cathetometer . 26' Apparatus used in the technical Analysis of Coal Gas r . 261 Bunsen’s Photometer. 261 APPLICATION OF Test Tubes, all sizes . ■- nnller.tinns . . 07A . . .. -- in nests . , . . . OTA Test Glasses on Feet. Conical. Cylindrical . Test Tubes on Feet. CHEMICAL TESTS. Glass Stirrers.. 27 Test Papers. , 27 Lecturers’ Test Papers . 27! Test Metals. 27: Testing Slab. 27: Chemical Tests in Solutions of Graduated Powers . 27: CLASSIFICATION OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. xi Page Page \able of the Prices of Filled Bottles 274 Substances for preparing Gases .. 279 >ry Tests used in Analysis . 278 Blowpipe Reagents... 279 VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS. Vetghts and Measures used in Volumetric Analysis. 280 lelation of the Kilogramme to the British Pound, and of the Litre to the Imperial Pint .. 280 leciprocal Conversion of French and English Weights and Measures . 281 Comparison of Decimal Equivalents 281 Conversion of French Prescriptions into English. 282 Choice of a Unit of Measurement for Graduated Test Solutions. 282 British Decimal Weights and Measures . 284 Apparatus for Volumetric Analysis 285 Iurettes and Burette Supports .. 285 Johr’s Burette. 285 Curette Supports. 287 J inchcocks for Burettes. 291 Crdmann’s Float. 292 iammelsberg’s Burette. 292 dohr’s Syphon Burette. 293 links’s Burette . 293 Support for Binks’s Burette. 294 lay Lussac’s Burette. 295 Common Alkalimeter. 295 ’ipettes .. . 296 'he way to use Pipettes. 296 lulb Pipettes . 298 icale Pipettes . 299 Supports and Rests. 300 Ieasuring Flasks. 301 ,'est Mixers . 302 graduated Bottles . 303 fixing Jars. 301 NDICATORS. 305 Juick Filters. 306 ids to delicate Testing. 306 ’reservation of Test Liquors, and manner of filling Burettes. 307 pparatus for Special Operations in Volumetric Analysis. 309 nalysis of Carbonates . 309 listillation of Chlorine . 311 ssay of Iron Ores. 313 ontinuous Supply of Carbonic Acid Gas .. • • • 313 'lark’s Water Test. 315 Assay of Milk . 316 Lactometer and Cremometer. 316 Distillation of Alcohol. 317 Chemical Testing of Wines . 318 Testing of Sugar-cane Juice.319 Polariscope . 320 Assaying of Metals and Ores.320 Rapid Assay of Zinc Ores .320 Volumetric Analysis according to the British Pharmacopoeia .... 321 Collections of Volumetric Appa¬ ratus for General Use .323 Vol. Apparatus, set A, £7. 323 — — „ B, £3 10s.824 — — „ C, £2 2s. 324 — — „ D,£l Is. 325 Graduated Test Solutions for Volumetric Analysis.. . 325 Volumetric Chemical Solutions for use with Instruments GRADUATED INTO SEPTEMS .325 Prepared Tests for the following Substances :— Free Alkalies . 326 Free Acids. 328 Crude Caustic Soda. 327 Carbonates .. .. 330 Sulphates. 330 Lead. 331 Phosphates . 331 Chlorine and Iodine . 332 Sulphides. 332 Tin . 332 Bleaching Powder .332 Silver.333 Chlorides, Iodides . 333 Cyanides . ... 333 Iron, Tin, &c.334 Manganese . 334 Lead.335 Barium. 335 Volumetric Chemical Solutions for use with Instruments graduated into Centimetre Cubes.336 Volumetric Chemical Solutions, FOR USE WITH INSTRUMENTS graduated into Decems. 338 .. 340 XU CLASSIF.CATION OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. Page Graduated Test Solutions and Apparatus for the Volumetric Analysis of Urine, after Neubauer 340 Estimation of Chloride of Sodium,. 340 — of Urea. 341 — of Phosphoric Acid .... 341 — of Sulphuric Acid. 343 — of Free Acid. 343 — of Lime. 343 —- of Sugar. 344 Collection of Test Liquors for Neubauer’s processes in Uri- nometry... 345 Collections of Apparatus for Neu¬ bauer’s processes. 346 Pae< Apparatus for Miscellaneous Opera¬ tions in Urinometry . 347 Pure Chemical Tests in Solution, for the Qualitative Analysis of Urine. 348 Apparatus and Solutions for Testing Urine according to Leibig (Beale’s selection) . 349 Apparatus and Graduated Test Solutions for the estimation of Diabetic Sugar, according to Dr. Paw.. 349 */ Apparatus and Tests for the Quali¬ tative Analysis of Urinary Deposits according to Dr. Golding Bird. . 350 BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, AND APPARATUS FOR MICRO-CHEMICAL OPERATIONS. Blowpipes. 351 Blowpipe Nozzles and Mouthpieces 352 Sprengel’s Catalan Blowpipe ...... 353 Blowpipe Lamps. ... 354 Supports for Blowpipe Lamps .... 354 Gas Blowpipes and Gas Burners. . 356 Mouth Blowpipes for Gas. 356 Blast Gas Blowpipe. .. 356 Gas Burners for Blowpipe Use .... 357 Supports for Objects in the Blow¬ pipe Flame . 357 Metallic (Platinum) Supports .... 357 Wire, Foil, Tongs, Spoons. 358 Charcoal Supports. 359 Pastille Supports. 360 Griffin’s Pastille Supports. 360 Plattner’s Pastille Supports . 364 Clay Supports. 366 Glass Supports . 367 Test Tubes for Sublimates. 367 Arsenic Tubes. 368 Cupellation before the Blowpipe 369 Blowpipe Tools and Miscellaneous Instruments. 370 Micro-Chemical Apparatus for Ex¬ periments in the wet-way, to sup¬ plement Blowpipe Operations . . 372 Apparatus for Decomposing Minerals 372 Vessels in which to prepare Solutions 373 Testing Apparatus . 374| Apparatus for HS gas. 375 Bottles to contain and apply Liquid Tests. 375 Boxes and Bottles to contain Dry Tests. 376 Apparatus for Experiments on Coloured Flames . 377 The Spectroscope . 377 Blowpipe Experiments on Coloured Flames. 378 Apparatus for changing the colours of Blowpipe Flames. 378 Cabinets of Blowpipe Apparatus suitable for Qualitative Experi¬ ments :— — Pocket Cabinet, 10s. 6d. . , — Cabinet in 1 flat Case, 21s. — Cabinet in 2 Cases, 52s. 6d — do. do. 63s. — do. do. 73s. 6d. — do. in 3 Cases £5 5s. Cabinets of Blowpipe Apparatus after the method of Plattner suitable both for Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis :— — Set A, price £24. — Set B, price £18. 379 380 381 380 380 381 APPARATUS FOR ASSAYING AND FOR METALLURGY OPERATIONS IN GENERAL. Iron Assay Furnaces .. 384 Muffles. 385 French Clay Furnaces. 385 London Clay Furnaces . 386 Tools used in Cupellation. 386 Cupel Moulds . 387 CLASSIFICATION OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. XML Pag e Glass Parting Flasks . 387 Assay of Silver by the Wet Way, ACCORDING TO Gay LuSSAC. 388 Plattner’s Apparatus for Estimating in the Wet Way the per centage of Gold in crushed Quartz . . 389 Apparatus for Metallurgy Opera¬ tions . 390 Page Furnaces and Crucibles.390 Crucible Moulds. 391 Crucible Tongs . 391 Scorifiers . 391 Mortars and Pestles . 392 Iron Moulds for casting Ingots .... 392 Miscellaneous Instruments and Tools. 393 MARSH’S ARSENIC TEST. Marsh’s Apparatus, and the modifi¬ cations of it, by Berzelius, Fre- senius, Yon Babo, Otto, Regnault, Mitscherlich, and Clark.395 ORGANIC ANALYSIS. Combustion Furnaces. 397 Griffin’s Gas Furnace. 397 Hofmann’s Gas Furnace. 397 Liebig’s Charcoal Furnace. 398 Combustion Tubes ...399 Miscellaneous Instruments required for performing Organic Analysis.. 398 COLLECTIONS AND CABINETS OF CHEMICAL APPARATUS. Arranged in Groups :— 1. Collections of Apparatus for Amateurs, or for those beginning tbe study of Chemistry .403 2. For the use of Students in classes where Practical Chemistry is taught . 407 3. Apparatus used by Candidates for Certificates, when undergoing their Examination in Practical Chemistry. 409 4. Chemical Re-agents in Solutions of Systematic Degrees of Strength, in Sets . 411 5. Instruments for performing Qualitative Chemical Analysis .. 414 6. Analytical Apparatus arranged for Special Purposes .416 7. Apparatus for the use of Lecturers and Schoolmasters.420 8. Portable Cabinets of Blowpipe Apparatus.425 9. Graduated Apparatus and Test Solutions for Volumetric Analysis 425 10. Apparatus for Analytical pro¬ cesses in Metallurgy .426 11. Collections of Apparatus for Quantitative Chemical Analysis 426 SPECIMENS OF MINERALS, ILLUSTRATIVE OF MINERALOGY, GEOLOGY, AND METALLURGY. Collections of Specimens . 427 | Minerals for Analysis.430 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. Models of Crystals, in Sets .431 PURE CHEMICAL TESTS, and other Preparations for Experiments of Demonstration or Research. Mineral Acids packed in cases for Travelling . 433 Alphabetical Price Current of Chemicals. 434 CHEMICAL BOOKS The Radical Theory in Chemistry : Critical Essays on Disputed Doc¬ trines in Theoretical Chemistry. . 440 Chemical Recreations, a Popular Manual of Experimental Chemistry 441 BY JOHN J. GRIFFIN, F.C.S. System of Crystallography with its Application to Mineralogy .... 442 The Chemical Testing of Wines and Spirits . 442 INDEX Page 443. » - . rifttlifif aitbkraft. PROSPECTUS. It is the intention of the Editor of this work to publish a series of works on the same plan as Chemical Handicraft, but relating to Apparatus suitable for the Experimental Illustration of Elementary Instruction in the following Sciences :— Mechanics, Hydrostatics, Pneumatics, Acoustics, Heat, Light, Electricity, Galvanism, Magnetism. The series will be published under the general title of Scientific Handicraft. Each work will be abundantly supplied with illustrative engravings, and contain detailed instructions for the effective use of the instruments. apparatus for lllccfornkiil ©ptraffons. HAMMERS. A. —Hammers for Geologists. Best Sheffield make, with stout, tough handles. Figs. I and 2 represent heavy- hammers for hewing hard rocks. Figs. 3 and 4 represent picks for extracting fossils from soft rocks. 1. Geological Hammer, head 8 by 2 inches, one face l£ 1. inch square, and a pick at the other end, weight about 5 lbs.—handle 3 ft. long, 6s. 2. Geological Hammer, head 6 by 2^- inches, one face 1 by inches, and another face g by 2^ inches, weight about 5 lbs.—handle 3 feet long, 7s. 3. Small Pick, head 7 inches long, flat square face, ft inch square, and sharp point at the other end, 2s. 4. Large Pick, head 7 inches long, flat square face 1 inch square, sharp pick at the other end, 3s. 6d. B.— Hammers for Mineralogists (for Trimming Specimens, &c.). 5. 5. Trimming Hammer, head 5£ by 1 inch, one face J inch square, with hard and sharp cutting edge, at right angles to the handle—length of handle 18 inches, 2s. Gd. nix 6. Trimming Hammer, head 3£ inches long, with two cutting edges parallel to the handle, 2s. , . . ,, •, 7. Ditto, head 8£ inches long, flat face 1 inch square, and cutting edge parallel to the handle, 2s. x ,, , n 8. Ditto, same as No. 7, but the cutting edge at right angles to the handle, 2s. 9. Blowpipe Hammer, head 2£ inch, flat square face £ inch square, cutting edge at right angles to the handle, Is. Gd. C.— Hammers for Assayers. . _ -j . 10. Hammer for flattening buttons of silver for silver assays, small size, 2s. b ., 11 . Heavy 6 hammer for flattening gold for gold assays, about G lb. weight, bright face, 6s. . . 0 12. Square-faced hammer for breaking a crucible after a fusion, 2 s. ^ 2 ANVILS, VICES, LATHE, FLATTING MILL. ANVILS. 13. 15. Polished Slabs of Hardened Steel, welded on Iron Blocks. 13. Anvil for blowpipe experiments, surface 1J by 1£ inch, block | inch thick, Fig. 13, Is. 6d. 14 . Anvil for blowpipe experiments, surface 2 by 2 inches, block inch thick, Fig. 13, 2s. 6d. 15. Anvil for blowpipe experiments, and for flattening heavier beads of metal than those afforded by blowpipe experiments, surface 2 by 2 inches, bloc 2 inches thick, Fig. 15, 6s. Stake or Anvil for assayers, used for flattening large beads of gold and silver, form of Fig. 16, surface 3^ by 3L inches, block 3 inches thick, fang 3 by 2 inches, 16s. Stake, mounted on a solid block of hard wood, 5 inches in the cube, 19s. 16. Anvil, adapted to screw to a table, for the repair of small apparatus, for bend in and coiling wires, or slips of metal, &c., Fig. 18, 4s. 16. 17. 18. VICES. Useful in the Construction or Repair of Apparatus. 19. Vice and Anvil combined, to screw to a table, Fig. 19, 8s. 20. Vice to sci'ew to a table, Fig. 20, 5s. 21. Vice (Watchmaker’s) to hold small articles steadily in the hand, Fig. 21, 3s. 6< 22. Bench Vice, powerful, 4-in. faces, weight 36 lbs., 30s. Adapted for use in conjunction with the Lathe No. 23. 23. Lathe, suitable for the Manufacture and Repair of most articles of Chemic and Physical Apparatus, £20. Description. —Foot-Lathe, with a 3-ft. planed iron bed and standards, 5-in. centre, mandril he and cylinder poppet, iron treadle and wood bench, 7 -inch gun-metal pulley, 26^-inch turned foi motion wheel, two catgut bands with steel hooks, 97 -inch surface chuck, 4 wrought-iron ckuclj 1 centre chuck, 1 reel, and 2 ties. 24. Collection of Chucks and Turning Tools for the Lathe, £5 to £10. 25. Set of Instruments for cutting f, and J-inch Wooden Screws, consisting three iron tools and three wooden screw blocks (as described in William “ Chemical Manipulation ”), 15s. 26. Flatting Mill, or Steel Rollers, for rolling metals into sheets, used in pai cular for flattening alloys of gold and silver, in preparation for the operati of parting, 3-inch rollers, £7. 27. Press for making Potassium and similar soft metals into wires, in case, U TOOL CHESTS. 3 TOOL CHESTS. The tools contained in lese chests are all of the est Sheffield make, with eat handles. The boxes re of oak. The general tyle is shown by figure 33. 28. No. A, price 8s. Contains Handsaw, Hammer, Iallet, Bradawl, Gimlet, Chisel, rouge, Turnscrew. 29. No. B, price 9s. Cd. Contains Handsaw, Hammer, Iallet, Two Gimlets, Two iradawls, Chisel, Gouge, Turn- irew. 30. No. C, price 13s. Contains Handsaw, Hammer, Iallet, Pincers, Bradawl, Gim- Jt, Chisel, Gouge, Turnscrew, tule, Marking Awl, Punch. 81. No. O, price 20s. 33 - Contains Handsaw, Hammer, Mallet, Bide, Pincers, Two Gimlets, Two Bradawls, Chisel, Gouge, fie, Marking Awl, Punch, Turnscrew, Square, Compasses, Tacks, Brads, and Screws. 32. No. 2, price 35s. Contains Handsaw, Hatchet, Hammer, Mallet, Buie, Pincers, Three Gimlets, Three Bradawls, 'wo Chisels, One Gouge, Three Fdes, Oil Stone, Marking Awl, Punch, Turnscrew, Spokeshave, quare, Cold Chisel, Plyers, Compasses, Tacks, Brads, and Screws. 33. No. 4, price 50s. Contains Handsaw, Hatchet, Hammer, Mallet, Bide, Pincers, Four Gimlets, Four Bradawls, Four ! hisels, Two Gouges, Three Files, Od Stone, Marking Awl, Punch, Two Turnscrews, Spokeshave, quare, Claw-Wrench, Plyers, Compasses, Lock-Saw, Plane, Marking Gauge, Glue-Pot and Brush, acks, Brads, and Screws. 34. No. 6, price £4. Contains Two Saws, Hatchet, Two Hammers, Mallet, Buie, Pincers, Six Gimlets, Six Bradawls, ix Chisels, Four Gouges, Four Files, Oil Stoue, Marking Awl, Two Punches, Three lurnscrews, wo Spokeshaves, Square, Chisel for cold metal, Plyers, Compasses, Lock-Saw, Smooth llane, Jac lane. Marking Gauge, Glue Pot and Brush, Drawing Knife, Cutting Punch, Scraper, Bevd, lacks, crews, and Brads. 35. No. 8, price £5 5s. -kxcy , i let 11 V ILtk 1 WU OjlUKCSlittVCvS, " “ * / Tr .. /•, ,,• aw, Smooth Plane, Jack Plane, Three Gauges, Glue Pot and Brush, Drawing Knife, Cutting Buncn, craper, Bevil, Chalk Line lleel. Tacks, Brads, and Screws. 36. Horticultural Tool Chest, £3 10s. Contains Garden Hoe, Dutch Hoe, Triangular Hoe, Spud, Weeding Hook, Garden Bake, Garden hears, Improved Slide Pruning Shears, Sliding Pruning Scissors, Flower Gatherer \ me i tiss re, tuning Saw, Garden Trowel, Garden Hammer, Garden lteel, Pruning Knife with stag ha» . adding Knife with ivory handle. All the tools requiring it are made to screw into a socket attac 1 a hard-wood handle; the whole enclosed in a strong oak box, with lock, key, ami nannies. 17. Colonial Tool Chest, £8 8s. Contains Canadian Adze, Carpenter’s Adze, Pickaxe, C arpenter s iw, Carpenter’s Compass Saw, J ack Plane, Smooth Plane, One 1 an Handsaw, Carpenter’s Tenon Grooving Plane, Kabbet Plane, 4 WIRE AND METAL-PLATE GAUGES, BURN1SHEKS. Five Firmer Chisels, Three Gouges, Three Mortise Chisels, Three Socket Chisels, Plated Square Improved Auger Pad, Three Augers, Spokeshave, Two Turnscrews, Marking Gauge, Brass Slid Mortise Gauge, best Brace w T ith Eighteen assorted Bits, Bench and Roofing Hammer, Three Filet Six Gimlets, Six Bradawls, Carpenter’s Mallet, Boxed Whetstone, Marking Awl, Brad Punch, Cone passes, Carpenter’s Pincers, Glue Pot and Brush, Plyers, and Chalk Line Reel; the whole enclose in a strong deal box, 30 inches long, 16 inches wide, 17 inches deep, fitted with drawers and part: tions, lock, key, and pair of handles. WIRE and METAL-PLATE GAUGES. 38. In sending orders for Platinum Wires, Platinum Plates, Copper Wires, fo galvanic purposes, &c., and in specifying the thickness desired for Metalli Articles formed of Wires or Plates, such as Capsules, Crucibles, Ac., Cus tomers are requested to state their wishes by reference to the followin, figures, which show, as nearly as can be done in print, the thicknesses of th Copper and Platinum Wires, and the sheets of Platinum, that are commonl kept in stock:— Wire Gauge. # • l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10, 0 © © © 0 ® 11 . 12 . 13. 14. 15. 16. • • 17 . 18. © © o 19. 20. 21. • • • • • 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Metal Plate Gauge. 1 ‘ 2 - 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16 39. Agate Burnishers,— finely polished, not mounted ; all the pat¬ terns, Nos. 1 to 9, at Is. each. Agate Burnishers ^ © of the foregoing pat- i. 2 . terns mounted on polished fittings, as follows :— 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Bosewood or Mahogany handles, with Bras 40. 41. 42. 43. Similar to Nos. 4, 7, 8, 9, fig. 39, mounted in the style of fig. 40 6s. each. ’ Similar to Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, fig. 39, mounted in the style of fig. 41, 3s. 6d. each. It i ?* finely polished, many patterns, mounted on wooden handl is. oa. to os. bd. each. Agate Caps for mounting Compass Needles and other instruments that turn bteel points, finely polished, 3-16 inch diameter, Is. each. MORTARS AND PESTLES, OF IRON AND STEEL. 5 MORTARS and PESTLES. Every Mortar in the following list is furnished with a Pestle at quoted ; and in all cases the Pestle is in one piece, not mounted unless specially so stated. I. CAST-IRON and STEEL MORTARS. 44. Cast-Iron Mortars, vase form, Fig. 44, not polished. the price on wood, No. Diameter. Price. No. Diameter. Price. 1 5 inch. 2s. 5 10 inch. 9s. 2 6 inch. 4 s. 6 11 inch. 14s. 3 8 inch. 5s. 7 12 inch. 18s. 4 9 inch. 7s. 44. 45. Cast-Iron Mortars, bowl-sliaped, Fig. 45, turned and polished No. Diameter. Price. No. Diameter. Trice. 1 4 inch. 2s. 4 6^ 4s. 6d, 2 5 inch. 3s. 5 7 5s. 6d. 3 5^ inch. 4s. 6 7£ 6s. 6d. Steel Crushing Mortars, or Diamond Mortars, for pounding hard Minerals for Analysis, previously to grinding them in Agate Mortars,—all made of hardened steel:— 46. Mortar and Pestle, in two pieces, Fig. 46, bore § inch, 6s. 47. Mortar and Pestle, bore £ inch, Fig. 47 or 48. each, 14s. 48. Mortarand Pestle,bore 1^ inch,Fig.47 or 48, each, 25s. 49. Mortar and Pestle, in three pieces, Fig. 49, with long pestle, 27s. Owing to the shape of the smallest mortar, No. 46, it is impossible to make the bottom of it so hard as the steel plate that is let into the bottom piece of No. 47. It is not, therefore, so effective or so durable as the other mortars. The pestles of Nos. 46 and 47 are rather troublesome to work, in consequence of there being no air-way between the pestles and the mortars. When the pestle of No. 47 is struck, the compressed air forces the cylinder to rise, and some of the powder is blown away. To remedy this defect, the mortar Fig. 4S is made with a screw, •which fixes down the cylin er the base, and prevents the escape of powder. All these instruments are worked by striking ie Bhort, flat-bottomed jtestle with a hammer, after putting the mineral into the cylinder of the mo ar, and the pulverization is a rather slow operation. The largest of these mortars, No. 49, is constructed upon a different principle. The interior of the mortar is spherical, like that of an ordinary porcelain mortar so that the substance to f pounded falls back to the bottom after every stroke of the pestle. Ihe top or cover o u is fastened on by two bayonet catches, and is easily put on and off. 1 lie pest e ls f u \ - ’ ‘ large enough to be grasped by the hand and used to pound the mineral without the e p * ‘ Owing to the air-way between the pestle and mortar, and the protection o “b ‘ -phe much less of the powder is blown out than usually happens with poundings in leo t ^ required pulverization of a mineral is, for these reasons, rapidly and ea j < “V, • , DV ;i this construction. The bottom of the mortar, turned upside down, can ?e use as I 48. 6 MORTARS AND PESTLES OF AGATE. II. AGATE PESTLES AND MORTALS, for the fine pulverization of Siliceous and other hard Minerals. Best quality, sound pebbles, well polished ; form of Figure 50. The sizes stated are the Diameters of the Mortars. 50.—A. Small Mortars, suitable for Experiments with the Blowpipe. 1 inch, 2s. 6d. 1^ inch, 3s. 6d. \\ inch, 4s. Gd. If inch, 5s. 6d. 2 inch, 7s. 2^ inch, 8s. 6d. 51.—B. Large Mortars for Pulverizing Minerals for Analysis. 50. 2^ inches, 12s. 2f inches, 15s. 3 inches, 18s. 3^ inches, 21s. 31 inches, 28s. 3J inches, 33s. 4 inches, 38s. 4$ inches, 42s. 4-J inches, 48s. 4f inches, 52s. 5 inches, 63s. 5^ inches, 70s. 5j inches, 80s. 5f inches, 88s. 6 inches, 95s. 52. C.— Mounted Agate Mortars. Figure 52. To facilitate the pulverization of hard substances when required in quantity, which is a laborious operation when the pestle is short or small, I have mounted some agate mortars and pestles in the manner shown by Figure 52, a and h. The former represents an Agate Mortar sunk in a solid block of mahogany, and provided with a handle, by which the mortar can be held securely with one hand while the other makes use of the pestle. Figure 52 b represents the Pestle, which con¬ sists of an agate pestle of the usual form, fastened to a long boxwood handle by means of a collar of polished iron; the total length of this com¬ bination being about six inches. The juices of Mortars and Pestles thus mounted are as follows :— u 4 inch Mortar, 47s. 5 inch Mortar, 76s. 4\ inch Mortar, 58s. 5|- inch Mortar, 84s. 53. D.— Mounted Agate Pestles. 5f inch Mortar, 105s. 6 inch Mortar, 115s. Any of the Mortars under No. 51 (B) can he furnished with Mounted Pestles like Figure 52 b, at 4s. 6d. extra. 54. E.— Long Agate Pestles, in one Piece. These consist of solid blocks of agate, cut into long cylinders like Figure 52 c, and polished at both ends. Price, without Mortars, as follows :— No. 1. 6 inches long, 1 inch to 1| inch diameter, 8s. 2. 5 inches long, f inch diameter, 7s. 6d. 3. 4 inches long, § to f inch diameter, 6s. III. PORCELAIN MORTARS. 55. Berlin Porcelain Mortars, biscuit within, glazed outside, the pestles in one piece. No. 0, 2 in. dia., 8d. No. 2, 4\ in. dia., 2s. 6d. 1, 3£ in. dia., 2s. 3, 5 in. dia., 3s. 3d. 55. No. 0. 0 c 55 Nos. 1, 2, 3. 56. Berlin Porcelain Blowpipe Mortar, l| inch diameter, glazed within, a cheap but inferior substitute for an agate mortar in blowpipe experiments, with pestle, Fig. 56 and Fig. 68, No. 4, 6d. 56. MORTARS AMD PESTLES OF PORCELAIN. 57. Berlin Porcelain Apothecaries’ Mortars, for grinding and mixing powders, shape broad and shallow, without spout, with a rim to prevent the powder being thrown out; the pestles with broad ends and in one piece. They may be had either glazed or biscuit within, form of No. 1, Fig. 68. No. 1, 5-g- inches diameter, 3s. 2,inches diameter. 5s. No. 3, 9 inches diameter, 6s. Thuringian Porcelain Mortars, thick in the body, with large spouts, glazed out¬ side, biscuit inside, all with Pestles, four kinds, Nos. 58 to 61. 58. Form shallow and wide, resembling fig. 58, but with spout. No. 3, 4f inches wide, 10 ounces, 2s. 6d. 1, 00 , 18 36 3s. 6d. 4s. 6d. 58. 60. 59. Form hemispherical, with large spout and foot, Fig. 59. No. 8, 5 inches wide, 18 ounces, 2s. 6d. 5, 7i „ „ 50 „ 5s. Od. 60. Form, conical, Fig. 60. No. 3, 4 inches wide, 8 ounces, Is. 8d. 1, 5 „ „ 18 „ 2s. 9d. 00, 6£ „ „ 32 „ 4s. Od. 61. Deep and Stout Mortar, for mixing mercurial ointments, &c., with handles, without spout, form of Fig. 61. No. 0, 7 inches high, 7-| inches wide, contents 30 ounces, 9s. 1, 5! inches high, 0 inches wide, contents 20 ounces, 4s. Od. 62. Berlin Semi-Porcelain Mortars, deep form, with spout, glazed outside, biscuit within. The hemispherical form, Fig. 62 A, and the conical form, Fig. 62 B, are the same in price. No. 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 2^ inch diameter, 8 * H 4 5 ft ft ft 5d. 7d. 9d. Is. 1 s. 6d. No. 4, 5, 6 , 7, 62 A. 6 inch diameter, 2s. 62 13. 6f 7f 9£ ft ft V 2s. 6d. 3s. 4s. 6d. 63. Berlin Semi-Porcelain Mortars, shallow and wide form Fig. 63, but with spout like Fig. 64, glazed outside, biscuit inside. No. 2, 3f inch diameter, Is. 2d. 3, 5 „ „ Is- 6d. 6 , 6 | „ 2s. No 9, 8i inch diameter, 3s. Od. n. H ■■ 4s - 3d - 12 , 10 ! ft ft 8 MORTARS AND PESTLES OF GLASS AND SERPENTINE. G4. Mortar for use in Organic Analysis, for mixing powders; broad and flat, with spout, glazed inside, with glazed pestle, Berlin semi-porcelain, Fig. 64. No, 3, 4£ inches diameter, 2s. 4, 5 „ „ 2s. 3d. 64. 65. Mortars for use in Organic Analysis, for mixing powders, broad and flat, glaz< inside, glazed pestle, Dresden porcelain, with sharp spout, Fig. 64. No. 6 , 5 inches diameter, contains 10 ounces of water, 3s. 6 d. 7, 4 „ „ 5 „ „ 2s. 9d. IY. GLASS MORTALS. 66. Hard Bohemian Glass Mortars, broad flat form, very stout, with spouts ar strong pestles, Fig. 68 , No. 6 . 2£ inch, 1§ oz. 8d. 31 inch, 4 oz. 4j inch, 10 oz. inch, 20 oz. .. V. SERPENTINE MORTARS. lOd. Is. Od. Is. 4d. 6-5 inch, 30 oz... inch, 50 oz. .. 8 ^ inch, 70 oz... Is. 8d. 2s. 6d. 3s. 6d. 67. Mortars of Serpen¬ tine, broad and flat, with sharp spouts, for mixing soft powders with water, &c., highly po¬ lished. 4£ inch.Is. 3d. 5^ inch.Is. 6 d. 6 ^ inch. 2 s. 6 d. 68 . References. —The Mortars figured in this group represent the articles nun bered as follows :— Figure 1. 2. No. 57. 55. 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. 55. 56. 59. 66 . 47. 46. 50. 69. Porcelain Levigating Machine, Fig. 69. No. 0, 18 inch Mortar . . 42s. 3, 10j inch Mortar . . 28s. This apparatus consists of a Thu- ringian Porcelain Mortar, a. Fig. 69, with a flat- bottomed grooved pestle, b. This is attached to an iron crank, c, which is mounted in a strong wooden frame. If the crank is turned by the hand applied at c, or by a band passing round e, the pestle rotates and levigates the substance in the mortar. There is a spout at the bottom of the mortar for running off the mixture when sufficiently ground. SIEVES. —Sifting Apparatus. 70. Flat Sieve, for separating small stones, grit, sand, 69. 71. SIEVES, POWDER SCOOPS AND SPOONS. 9 and fine sand, in the Mechanical Analysis of Soils; consisting of two short japanned metallic cylinders, united by a bayonet catch, with three moveable bottoms of metallic gauze : diameter of Sieve, 5 inches ; Apertures in the gauze, 30, 50, and 100 to the inch. (Fig. 70.) Per set, 4s. 71. Box Sieve, Cylindrical, 3 inches in diameter, japanned metal, with three divi¬ sions each, having a metallic gauze bottom; size of the gauzes 100, 50, and 30 to the inch; with cover. Fig. 71. By this Sieve, a powder is divided by one operation into three degrees of fineness. 4s. 6d. Porcelain Sieves. —Refer to the article on “ Drainers,” under the head of Filtra¬ tion. 72. Sieves with Metal Wire Bottoms and Wooden Rims. Diameter. 17 Hole Iron Wire, 289 Apertures per sq. inch.. 30 Hole Iron Wire, 900 Apertures per sq. inch. 17 Hole Brass Wire, 289 Apertures per sq.inch. 30 Hole Brass Wire, 900 Apertures per sq.inch. 1 70 Hole Brass Wire, 4,900 Apertures per sq. inch. 5-inch . . 1 s. 8d. Is. lOd. Is. 10d. 2s. Gd. 4s. 3d. 6-inch . . Is. 8d. 2s. Od. 2s. Od. 2s. 8d. 4s. Gd. 8-inch . . Is. 10d: 2s. 3d. 2s. 3d. 2s. lOd. 4s. 9d. 10-inch . . 2s. Od. 2s. 6d. 2s. Gd. 3s. Od. 5s. Gd. Sieves of other sizes or forms, and with Lawn or Horsehair Bottoms, can be upplied to order. POWDER SCOOPS, or Powder Lifters. 73. Berlin Porcelain, 4£ inches long, Fig. 73, Is. 6d. 74. Thuringian Porcelain, two sizes, form of Fig. 73. 75. 77. fo. 1, 51 inches by 2£ inches wide, lOd. No. 2, 4£ inches by 2 inches wide, 8d. 75. Berlin Semi-Porcelain, form of Fig. 75, 4| inch, 8d. 76. „ „ „ 73, 4* inch, 8d. 77. Horn, Fig. 77, 3 inch, Gd.; 4 inch, 8d.; 4£ inch, lOd. 82. 83. SPOONS. 78. Berlin Porcelain Spoon for Acids, size and shape of a teaspoon, glazed, 9d. <9. Spoons of German Semi-Porcelain, with hard white porcelain glaze, oim o a teaspoon, Fig. 82—contents H drachm, 7d. 10. Spoons of German Semi-Porcelain, form of a table spoon, Fig. 82—contents 7 drachms, Is. besden Porcelain Spoons, glazed. 11. Round Bowl, 1£ inch diameter, holds i ounce, Fig. 87 b , Is. 3d. >2. Form and size of a table spoon, Fig. 82, 3s. 3. Round Bowl, pierced with holes, Fig. 83, for lifting crystals from a solution, 4s. Gd. 4. Ditto, Fig. 84, 2s. 3d. 5. Bohemian Glass Spoons, massive, Fig. 85 No. 1. 2 drachms, 9d. No. 4. 5 drachms, cut and No. 2. 4 drachms, lOd. polished all over, 3s. bd. No. 3. 5 drachms, Is. 84. 85. 10 SPOONS, SPATULAS, AND STIRRERS. 80. Bohemian Glass Spoons, massive, form of Fig. 86. No. 1. 2 drachms, 9d. No. 2. 4 drachms, lOd. No. 3. 5 drachms, Is. 87. German Glass Spoons, slight, 6-inch, various ' forms (Fig. 87, a , b, c), 2d. each. 88. Horn Tea Spoon, 5 inch, 4d. 89. „ Dessert Spoon, 6§ inch, 7d. 90. „ Table Spoon, 9 inch, lOd. 91. Test Spoon of polished German silver, with a bowl ^-inch diameter, for lifting small quan¬ tities of powder, the handle fashioned into a spatula for mixing fluxes, &c. in blowpipe and other experiments, 3^ inches long, 3d. 92. Small Iron Spoons, for trying whether substances are combustible or incombustible, for charring organic bodies, or for preliminary fusions in analysis, &c., |-inch bowl, 2d. each. 93, 93. Spring Steel Tongs, to hold the iron spoon, 6d. 94. Iron Spoon, attached to a pair of nippers, 9d. 95. Iron Spoon, hemispherical bowl, | inch in diameter, turned thin and polished, with thin iron cover, and neat polished wood handle, for preparing black flux, or igniting substances over the spirit lamp, Fig. 95, but with a turned wood handle, 3s. 95. Platinum Blowpipe Spoons. See “ Blowpipe Apparatus.” SPATULAS and STIRRERS. I.—Metal Spatulas. 96. Platinum Spatulas, form of Fig. 96. The following prices are merely approxi- ( - mate, and vary with the weight of the spatula and the market price of the metal. No. Length. Greatest Width. Weight. Price. 1 . 2| inch. |inch. 80 grains. 6s. 6d. 2. 3 inch. ^ inch. 100 99 8s. 6d 3. 3j inch. h inch. 130 ff 10s. 6d. 4. 4 inch. T 9 g inch. 170 99 14s. 5. 4^ inch. | inch. 200 If 16s. 6. 6 inch. | inch. 300 99 24s. If Platinum Spatulas are made thick in the middle and feathered off towards tb sides, the prices are higher than as stated above. 97. Platinum Spatulas made of round or flatted platinum wire, from ^ inch to inch thick, and 2, 3, or 4 inches long, price according to weight, at a penny per grail SPATULAS AND STIRRERS. n 98. German Silver Spatula, with Spoon, 3| inch, Fig. 98, 3d. 99. Polished Steel Spatulas, flexible blades, with COCO handles and balance shoulders, Fig. 99 • 4 inch, 8d. 7 inch, Is. 3d. 5 inch, lOd. 8 inch, Is. 6d. 6 inch, Is. 9 inch, Is. 9d. 100. Polished Steel Spatula, 3-inch, bone handle, 8d. L01. Polished Steel Spatula, without handle, 4 inches long, Is. 98. 99. 10 inch, 11 inch, 12 inch, 2s. 3d. 2s. 9d. 3s. 6d. L02. Polished Iron Spatulas, Fig. 102. 6 inch, 8d. 7 inch, lOd. 8 inch, Is. 102 . 9 inch, Is. 2d, 0=0 II.— Porcelain Spatui-as, glazed. L03. No. 1, Fig. 103, 8 inches long. Is. 104. No. 2, Fig. 104, 11 inches long, 2| inches broad, 3s. 103. 104. No. 3, 12 inch, Is. 9d. „ 4, 9 inch, Is. No. 3, 12 inch, 2s. 3d. „ 4, 9 inch, Is. 9d. No. 3,12£ inch, Is. 6d. „ 4, 9 inch, Is. 105. 10 ?- Thuringian Porcelain Spatulas, three patterns, Figs. 105, 106, and 107, stout, glazed all over. f.B.—The inches are Leipsic measure, and about ^ less 106 . q; than English. 05. Spatula with Spoon at one end. No. 1, 18 inch, 2s. 9d. „ 2, 15 inch, 2s. 06. Spatula with handle. No. 1, 18 inch, 3s. 6d. „ 2, 15 inch, 2s. 6d. 07. Double Spatula. No. 1, 18| inch, 2s. 6d. „ 2, 15 inch, Is. 9d. No. 5, 6 inch, lOd. No. 5, 6 inch, Is. 6d. No. 5, 6 inch, 8d. 08. Berlin Semi-Porcelain Spatulas, form of Fig. 106, with handle, glazed. 4, 5, or 6 inch, each Is. I 10, 11,12 inch, each 2s. 6d. 7, 8, 9 inch, each Is. 9d. 13, 14, 15 inch, each 3s. 6d. )9. Dresden Porcelain Spatulas. No. 1. Single, form of Fig. 109, 5| inch, 5a. 8£ inch, 6d. No. 2. Double, form of Fig. 107, 8| inch, 8d. No. 3. Double, form of Fig. 109 a, 12| inch, Is. 6d. D 109 . 109 a. 12 SPATULAS, STIRRERS, TONGS, FORCEPS, AND PLYERS. III. —Fireclay and Stoneware Stirrers. 110. Infusible Fireclay Stirrers for mixing Powders in Crucibles, in Assaying. 7 inch, 6d. 8 inch, 8d. 14 inch, 1 Od. 111. Saltglazed Stoneware Spatula, round, 9 inches long, ^ inch diameter, 2d. each, Is. per dozen. 112. Saltglazed Stoneware Spatula, stout, broad at one end, Fig. 109, 10 inches long, 6d. IV. —Glass Spatulas and Stirrers. !• CE" 113. 113. Bohemian Glass Spatulas, massive, from 8 to 10 inches in length, the broad end 1 inch to 1^ inch, the rod inch thick, Fig. 113. No. 1. Cut and polished all over, Fig. 2, 2s. „ 2. The broad end cut and polished, Is. „ 3. Uncut, Fig. 1, lOd. 114. Glass Spatula, with broad end, Fig. 114, 6 inches long, 3d. 115. Glass Stirrers, made ___ of round glass rod, f __ with one end pointed for dropping tests, and 114. the other end rounded, Fig. 115. Per dozen. 3 inch, 6 inch, 2 d. 4d 12 inch, thin, 12 inch, thick, Is. Is. 6d. 9 inch, thin, 8d. •*«. 9 inch, thick, Is. , ^ 116. Glass Rod in lengths of about 3 feet, and from § inch to \ inch in thickness, per lb. Is. 4d 117. Horn Spatulas, for cleansing mortars, &c., various shapes, Fig. 117 and others, at 4d. to Is. each. 118. Porcelain Rests for Stirrers and Pi¬ pettes, to keep the wet end from the table. a. 3 inch with 6 notches, 6d. b. 4 inch with 8 notches, 9d. c. 6 inch with 12 notches, Is. 119. Mohr’s Clock-work Movement for continually stirring a mixture while being heated in an evaporating basin, complete, 31s. 6d. TONGS, FORCEPS, PLYERS, &c. 120. Charcoal Tongs, with bent points, for arranging charcoal in furnaces, &c., Fig. 120, bright iron. 14 inch, Is. 6d. 16 inch, Is. 9d. 18 inch, 2s. 121. Small Crucible Tongs, for use with Platinum Crucibles, with ring handles and bent points, 8 inches long, Fig. 121 . No. 1. Black Iron, Is. 2d. No. 3, Brass, Is. 9d. ,, 2. Bright Iron, ] s. 6d. 122 . Small Crucible Tongs, of German silver polished, form of big. 122, which either clip a crucible by the edge, or grasp it round the middle, 8 inch, 3s. 6d. 120 . TONGS, FORCEPS, AND PLYERS. 13 Pongs for Large Crucibles, Black Iron, stout, unpolished. 123. Straight Tongs, Figure 123. 14 inch, Is. 4d. 18 inch, Is. 9d. 25 inch, 2 s. 6d. 124. Bow Tongs, Fig. 124. 14 inch, Is. 9d. 18 inch, 2 s. 25 inch, 3s. 125. Bent Tongs, Fig. 125. 14 inch, Is. 4d. 18 inch, Is. 9d. 25 inch, 2 s. Cd. 120. Tongs for large Crucibles, polished iron, stout, Fig. 126. 16 inch, bent points, 5s. 27. Ditto, 16 inch, straight points, 4s. 28. Basket Tongs for lifting heavy crucibles perpendi¬ cularly out of furnaces, black iron, unpolished, form of Figure 128. a. 24 inches long, 3f inch basket, 4s. 6d. b. 25 „ 6£ ,, 5s. 6d. c. 32 „ 8| „ 7s. .29. Bow Tongs, with bent neck, for lifting crucibles out of furnaces without ex¬ posing the hands to the fire. a. 18 inch handles, 2| inch bow, 3s. Cd. b. 20 „ 5 „ 4s. 6d. 30. Spring Steel Tongs, for holding plati¬ num cupsorspoons in a flame, formed of round steel, Fig. 130a, or flat steel. Fig Spring Steel Tongs, 130 a. 31 1305, either, Cd. mounted with platinum points, Fig. 131, 3s. Cd. For other varieties of Blowpipe Tongs, consult he article “ Blowpipe Apparatus.” a, b , c, about inches long, each 2d. 14 TONGS, FORCEPS, PLYERS, SHEARS, SCISSORS, STOPCOCKS. 133. Iron Tongs for lifting weights, trimming lamps, &c., strong, about 4| inches long, form of Fig. 132 a, or of Fig. 135, without the spoon, 6d. 134. Steel Tongs, same size and pattern, Is. 135. Iron Tongs, with spoon-handle, form of Fig. 135, size above 4£ inches long, 9d. 136. Steel Tongs with spoon, same size, Is. 6d. 137. Brass Tongs, polished, with fine points, 2s. 138, Polished Steel Tongs, the same pattern, 2s. 6d. 139. Brass Tongs, polished, with ivory points, 3s. 140. Plyers, black steel, with rough points, useful in the repair of apparatus, Fig. 140, Is. 6d. 140. 141. Cutting Plyers, for cutting wires or pieces of minerals, 5| inch, 3s. 6d Also, many other kinds of Tongs, suitable for different descriptions of crucibles and furnaces. Shears and Scissors. 142. Tinman’s Shears for cutting sheet metals, 9 inch, strong, 2s.| 143. Scissors for cutting filters, trimming lamps, &c., 5 inch, Is. 3d. STOPCOCKS. Solid Glass Stopcocks. 144. Stopcock in the middle of a straight narrow glass == tube, 12 inches long, and about l in. thick, 2s. 6d. 145. Stopcock in the middle of a straight tube, large size, £ inches long, Fig. 145, Bohemian glass, 7s. 6d. & . 144, 145. to | inch wide, and 2( 146, 147. 148, 149. 150. 151> 146. Stopcock in the middle of a straight tube, both ends conical, 6 inch, 3s. 6d 147. Ditto large size, Bohemian glass, massive, 6s 6d. 148. Stopcock, the delivering end of which points downwards, 6 inch, 3s. 6d. 149. Ditto large size, 8 inch, Bohemian glass, massive, 6s. 6d. 150. Stopcock, the delivering end of which points downwards, and is enlarged to receive a cork, 3s. 6d. 5 151. Stopcock in a straight tube, the delivering end of which is enlarged to receive a cork, 3s. 6d. ° Stoneware Stopcocks. 152, Nearly resembling Fig. 149, } inch 3s., | inch 3s. 6d. 153. Nearly resembling Fig. 146, } inch 3s., £ inch 3s. 6d. STOPCOCKS, PINCHCOOKS, BRUSHES, TRATS. 15 Brass Stopcocks. —See “Pneumatic Apparatus,” No. 697. Pinchcocks. 156. Mohr’s Pinchcock, Fig. 156^, for closing flexible tubes, to prevent the passage of liquid or gases, three sizes :— No. 1. Usual size for Alkalimeters, 6d. 2. Smaller than No. 1, 6d. 3. Larger than No. 1, Is. 157. Bunsen’s Lever Pinchcock, for re¬ gulating the flow of gases or liquids through flexible pipes, so as to keep up a constant 157. action at a fixed rate, Fig. 157, Is. 4d. 156. 158, 1. 158. BRUSHES FOR CLEANING TEST TUBES AND BOTTLES. 1. Brush for cleaning test tubes that are of from f inch to 1 inch diameter, 3d. 2. Brush for cleaning narrow tubes, namely, those less than \ inch dia¬ meter, 2d. 3. Brush for cleaning long tubes or Alkalimeters, such as Mohr’s Burette, form of Fig. 158, 1, but on long wire, 21 inch, Gd. 4. Brush to clean open narrow tubes, with ^ bristles in the middle, Fig. 158, 4, 3d. 158 > 4 - 5. Brush for 5-ounce flasks, 4d. 6 . Brush for 12-ounce flasks, Gd. 7. Brush for 2-pint flasks, 8d. 8. Brush for 3-pint flasks, Is. TRAYS. Trays for holding Jars in water when filled with gas. These trays also serve to hold acid bottles, and px*otect the table from corrosion. 159. Round Trays, Berlin Semi-Porcelain, glazed, adapted to recene glass jars when filled with gas, to hold acid bottles, &c., depth £ inch to If inch, Fig. 159. 159. No. 000, 2| inch, 3d. „ 00, 3 „ 3d. «. 0, 3-2 ,, 5d. No. 1, >> 2 , 5 | „ 3, 6^ 4f inch, 8d. 9d. lOd. No. 4, 7| inch, Is „ 5, 8* „ 6 , Is. 3d. Is. Gd. 160. Round Trays of Saltglazed Stoneware, flat bottoms, vertical sides, j form of Fig. 160, about 1 inch deep. 2d 2d. 2d. 2 inch, 2^ inch, 3 inch, 3^ inch, 2fd. 161. The Set of 10 Trays, 2 to 8 inch, 2s. 6d. 162. The Set of 4 Trays, 3, 4, 6, and 7 inch, Is 4 inch, 4| inch, 5 inch, 3d. 3d. 3d. 6 inch, 7 inch, 8 inch, 4d. 4d. 6d. 16 TRAYS, CORKS. 163. Trays of white glazed Wedgwood’s Porcelain. Depth f inch to 1 inch. 3 inch, 3d. | 3| inch, 3d. | 4 inch, 4d. 164. Berlin Porcelain Tray, for Gas Tubes, If inch, lfd. Glass Trays, form of Fig. 160; see Apparatus for Evaporation. 165. Earthenware Trays, yellow colour, glazed, form of Fig. 165, 2 inches deep. A 9 inches diameter, Is. | 12 inches diameter, Is. 4d. 166. Rectangular Trays, or Flat Pans, of Wedgwood’s Porcelain, in which to place acid bottles, small fC 13 } furnaces, &c., to protect the table fr om corrosion in the event of the spilling of chemicals :— 165. Shallow Tray s, 1 % to If inches deep. Length. Width. Price. Length. Width. Price. 6 inches. 5 inches. 8 d. 11 inches. 9 inches. 2 s. 8 inches. 5 inches. Is. 11 inches. 10 inches. 2 s. 9 inches. 7 inches. Is. 3d. 13 inches. 11 inches. 4s. 9 inches. 8 inches. Is. 6d. 15 inches. 11 inches. 5s. B. Beep Trays , 2f to 3 inches deep. Length. Width. Depth. Price. Length. Width. Depth. Price. lOf in. 8f in. 2f in. 2s. 6 d. 13f in. llj in. 2f in. 6 s. IH in. 9f in. 2f in. 2s. 8d. 14f in. 12f in. 2f in. 8 s. 10 in. 8 in. 3 in. 3s. 6d. 20 in. 18 in. 2£ in. 18s. Larger Trays than the above, up to 28 inches long, 22 inches wide, and 3 inches deep, made to order. 167. Thuringian Porcelain Trays, four-sided. Approximate Measurements. Length. Width. Depth. No. 1. 5| inches. 4 inches. 1 inch. 2 s. 2 . 6 f inches. 5f inches. 1 f inch. 2 s. 6d. 3. 7f inches. 6 f inches. 1 f inch. 3s. 6d. 4. 11 inches. inches. 2 inches. 8 s. 5. 13f inches. 11 inches. 2 inches. 14s. 6 . 17 inches. 11 inches. 2 inches. 16s. CORKS. 168. Best Quality. LONG CORKS. BUNGS. Diameter at Per Diameter at Per No. small end. Length. Dozen. No. small end. Length. Dozen. 1. | to ^ inch. | inch. 2 d. 8 . finch. finch. 2 d. 2 . f inch. 1 inch. 3d. 9. 1 inch. h inch. 3d. 3. f inch. If inch. 4d. 10 . If to If inch. f inch. 6 d. 4. f inch. I f inch. 7d. 11 . If to If inch. f inch. 7d. 5. f inch. If inch. 9d. 12 . If to If inch. 1 inch. 7d. 6 . 1 inch. . 2 inch. Is. 3d. 13. 1 b to If inch. If inch. 8 d. 7. If inch. 2 inch. Is. 3d. 14. If to 2 inches. 1 inch. Is. CORK RORERS, CORK SQUEEZERS, FILLS, RASPS. 17 CORK BORERS AND CORK SQUEEZERS. Cork Borers, for piercing cylindrical holes in corks, so as to adapt glass tubes to zas bottles, &c., made of polished brass, with sharpened edges, 6 inches long, and •espectively g» & 4, tV f» L I, i h 1, 1J inch in diameter. Fig. 169 represents a Cork Borer : a, the sharpened end ; b, the landle. The use of these Borers saves a great quantity of time in /-v he adjustment of tube apparatus for experiments with gases, and, if ^ J ;ood corks are used, prevents, in many cases, the necessity of •mploying lutes. The borer should be kept well sharpened, and 169. >e slightly oiled when used. a. 3 69. Price of the set of Twelve Borers, with handles, in a japanned tin case, with a flat file for resharpening the edges when necessary, and a rod for expelling the corks from the Borers, 6s. .70. The six smallest Borers, with handles, polished and sharpened, with a Case, File, and Rod, 2s. 9d. 71. A selection of Four Borers, namely, those of a, * 5 , g inch diameter, with handles, polished and sharpened, per set, Is. 6d. 10RK BORERS, SUPERIOR QUALITY, strengthened with a collar and milled head, the collar being pierced to receive a steel rod, to help in pressing the borer through a large cork. Fig. 172. 72. The set of Twelve Borers, from | inch to 1| inch bore, in a case, with file and steel rod, 9s. 73. The set of Six small Borers, from | to T 7 s inch bore, in a case, with file and rod, 5s. 74. Cork Squeezers, japanned iron, with springs. A. Medium size, for corks up to 1 inch, 2s. B. Massive, for large corks, 4s. 75. Cork Tongs, steel, Fig. 175. 3s. 6J. The use of the Cork Squeezers and Cork Tongs is to soften corks by pressure, so as to increase heir elasticity, and make it more easy to fit them air-tight to gas bottles. The Squeezer must be irewed to the table. The Tongs is a more portable instrument. 76. Knife for cutting corks. TLES AND RASPS, for Shaping Corks, all in neat wooden handles. 7T. Round File, bastard cut, 4-inch, 8d. 78. ,, ,, 5-inch, 9d. 79. ,, ,, 6-inch, lOd. 80. „ „ 7-inch, Is. 81. Flat File, bastard cut, 6-inch, 9d. 82. „ „ 8-inch, Is. 83. ,, ,, 10-inch, Is. 6d. 84. HalfRound File, bastard, 6-inch, lOd. 85. „ „ 8-inch, Is. 186. Flat Rasp, rough cut, 4-inch, 8d. 187. Flat Rasp, rough cut, 8-inch, lOd. 188. Round Rasp, „ 4 inch. 8 1 189. „ „ 5-inch, dd. 190. ,, „ 6-inch, Is. 191. HalfRound Rasp, rough, 6-inch, Is. 192. Flat File for sharpening cork boreis, 6d. 177. 186 . D 18 ATOMIC SYMBOLS, STENCILS, DIAGRAMS, 193. Elastic Air-tight Stoppers for Bottles or Tubes, of the form of corks, but made of Vulcanised Caoutchouc. N.B.—These Stoppers are solid, but can be easily pierced with holes to fit glass tubes, by means of the ordinary cork-borers, which must be sharp, clean, and wetted with alcohol when used for this purpose. See Fig. 172. No. Length. Width at Width at Per No. Length. Width at Width at Per Top. Bottom. Dozen. Top. Bottom. Dozen 00 ■f- inch. 4 inch. f inch. Is. 6d. 3 1 inch. 14 inch. | inch. 4s. 0 1 „ i .. 2 s. 4 11 1 8 J> if 1 „ 5s. 1 1 „ t » 1 >> 2 s. 6d. 5 1 A a 4 >* H .. 7s. 2 8 >> 1 „ 1 » 3s. 6 11 1 3 *> 1 ti j» 18 ’> 8 s. ATOMIC SYMBOLS. 194. Atomic Symbols for the illustration of Theoretical Subjects at Chemical Lectures : consisting of Coloured Cubes of Pottery, about two inches square, intended to represent chemical atoms or gaseous volumes. They can be easily grouped, so as to illustrate the atomic constitution of compounds, the theory of combination in volumes, and the double decomposition of salts, and to illustrate various chemical doctrines by equations. The following series of sixty models is sufficient to explain the formulae of most frequent occurrence. Price of the set of sixty models, in a neat black wood cabinet, 31s. 6d. 195. The Models separately at the following prices:— White Biscuit Ware, 4d. Gilt, Silvered, Coppered, or two Painted any Colour, 6d. Colours, 8d. each. Colour of Elements Pieces in the Colour of Elements Pieces in Models, Indicated. Set. Models. Indicated. Set. Black Carbon 10 Pink Phosphorus 2 Pale Blue Hydrogen 20 Gold Bronze Light Metals 2 Scaidet Oxygen 6 Copper Bronze Heavy Metals 2 White Nitrogen 4 Blue and Black Organic Radicals 4 Pale Green Chlorine 4 Brown Neutral Gases 4 Yellow Sulphur 2 STENCILS FOB PREPARING DIAGRAMS. 196. Diagram Alphabets, or sets of Stencil Plates, for making letters or figures upon diagrams, cut in thin zinc. A, B, C to Z. 1 inch, 3s. 2 „ 6s. 3 „ 7s. 6d. a, b, c to z. 1 inch, 3s. 2 inch, 6s. 3 inch, 7s. 6d. Set of 10 Figures. 1 inch, Is. 2 inch, 2s. 3 inch, 3s. 6d. 197. Cakes of Black Ink for stencil painting, 4d. 198. Stencil Brushes, 4d. 199. Diagram Paper, very stout, hard sized, bearing colours, size 56 inches hy 36 ,inches, per sheet, 4d. 200. Ditto, per quire, 6s. 201. Diagram Paper, mounted on cloth, in sheets measuring 56 inches by 36 inches, per sheet, Is. 6d. CHEMICAL DIAGRAMS FOR CLASS ILLUSTRATIONS, consisting of large Coloured Engravings, mounted on cloth, with brass eyelet holes to facilitate suspension by hooks. 202. Diagram of a Blast-Furnace for smelting iron ore, shown in section on the scale of half an inch to one foot; size, 33 inches by 21 inches; coloured ; mounted on cloth, 2s, GLASS-BLOWING. 19 *03. Diagram of a Gas-Works, showing the progress of the gas from the retort where it is made through the condensers, purifier, governor, meter, into the main; size, 33 inches by 03 inches ; coloured; mounted on cloth, 5s. 104. Diagram of the interior of a Glass-House, with glass-blowers at work; size, 35 inches by 52 inches; coloured; mounted on cloth, 3s. Gd. 105. Diagram showing the chief Chemical Ingredients in twenty-three of the most important articles of Food ; size, 35 inches by 78 inches; coloured to show percentages; mounted on cloth, 5s. 106. Diagram of National Dietaries ; coloured to show the chief chemical ingredients of the food in ounces per week: eleven examples; size, 35 inches by 20 inches; mounted on cloth, Is. Od. GLASS-BLOWING. ■11. Glass-blower’s Table, 31 by 22 inches, covered with zinc; 14-inch double bellows, with brass ball and socket jet, and two iron weights for the bellows, £4 4s. Letter c, Fig. 211, represents the gas jet, No. 227. 12. Another similar Table, of smaller size, top 27 by 18 inches, covered with zinc, bellows 12 inches, £3 12s. 13. Another Table, cheaper construction, table top 27 by 20 inches, not covered with zinc; 12-inch bellows, simple glass jet, without ball and socket joint, 56s. 14. Glass-blower’s Table, French pattern, with circular bellows, in iron cylinder, top covered with zinc, 24 by 18 inches, with ball and socket jet, Fig. 214, £4 4s. 15. Tate’s Water-pressure Blowpipe, Fig. 215. This apparatus serves also for use as a pneumatic trough, and will be found so described under the head of Gas Apparatus, 16s. 16. Tilley’s Water-pressure Blowpipe, Fig. 216, height 17 inches, width 5 inches, length 9 inches, japanned tinplate, 12s. 6d. a, partition separating the apparatus into two parts : w, w, height of the water ; b, flexible cloth ipe by which air is blown in; c, valve to prevent the return of water-; d, flexible metal pipe ;acling to the flame ; e, glass jet; g, one of two handles by which the blowpipe can be strapped to a ;ool. 17. Toft’s Water-pressure Blowpipe, Fig. 217, height 18 inches, form cylindrical, diameter 9 inches, japanned zinc, with two stopcocks, 21s. o, horizontal division separating the vessel into two chambers communicating iy e u * \ ’ ipe by which air is blown in, e being a flexible cloth pipe ; J, d, pipe by v lie i an P 3 ^ 8 *' , • ame ; g, h, brass stopcocks ; f, bent brass pipe ; l, glass jet; i, an opening o permit • < ] ressure ; k, handle by which the blowpipe can be strapped to a table. ie o\v * i e Q £ lowpipe can be entirely emptied of air, and then filled with oxygen gas, >y conn „ M as to the stopcock /after removal of the pipe e. Hence it can be used as an oxygen gas owpijie. Danger’s Portable Blowpipe, with bladder reservoir, Fig. 218, 14s. u * * a, wooden clamp to screw to a table; b, bladder reservoir, from whicli the mr is «cpe blown :ssure, either using the knees or attaching weights; r, flexible c o i pipe y convey ; A boxwood knee with valve to prevent the return of the air; e, fteaUe metM pipe to comey to the flame ; d, glass jet; o, air chamber with which all the pipes communicate. Kreidl’s Hydrostatic Blowpipe, consisting of a glass WoulffsBottle> of three necks, 6-pint size, with 33-inch pressure funnel, a blowpipe jet, and a b tube, 9s. For descriptions of other apparatus suitable for glass-blowing, hemical Forge, and the section on “ Blowing Machines. consult the article on Devilla’a so APPARATUS FOR GLASS-BLOWING, 224 GLASS-BLOWING, VARIETIES OK GLASS TUBE. 21 > 20 . m >23. >24. '.25. 520. 527. 528. 529. 530. Reid’s Mouth Blowpipe, attached to an oil lamp, for glass-blowing, suitable for small operations, 5s. Eolipile, or Spirit Blowpipe, with copper ball, for bending glass tubes, 5s. Danger’s Improved Glass-blower’s Lamp, with arrangement for ^ altering the size and height of the wick, and hood to prevent smoke, increase the heat, and keep the flame from the operator’s eyes, and with tray to catch overflowing oil, Fig. 223, 4s. 6d. Glass-blower’s Lamp, common oval form, with tray, tinplate, Fig. 224, 3s. Cotton Wick for the Glass-blower’s Lamp, per bundle, sufficient for three large wicks, Is. Blowpipe Jet to screw to a table, with ball and socket joint, adapted either for a lamp or a gas flame, Fig. 2116, and on Fig. 214, 6s. 6d. Gas-burner to use with the Glass-blower’s Table, with foot and stopcock, c, Fig. 211 ,2s. 6d. Set of Glass-blower’s Tools, consisting of iron rod in handle, iron cone, pair of flat brass tongs, flat iron plate, Fig 228, 2s. 6d. Triangular File for cutting glass tubes, 3 in., with handle, 8d. Pastilles, Fig. 230, but 6 inches long, ; for cutting off 22S *- the necks of retorts, flasks, Ac., and dividing thick glass tubes evenly, (being applied with a red-hot point), per dozen in a box, Is. 6d. 230. GLASS TUBES, in lengths of about 3 feet. Glass tubes are kept in stock, in pieces from .3 to 4 feet long, sometimes 6 feet long ; but it often lappens that it is not easy, or rather, not economical to pack them when of that length. On this .ccount, when only 1 lb. or 2 lb. is ordered, they are generally cut to the length of 18 to 24 inches. Chose who desire to have them of the full length are desired to give orders to that effect, in which ase packing boxes will be made to suit them. Please to order Tubes according to the Nos, given to the following Figures :—■ 582. One pound of any kind of Glass Tube from No. 234 to 238, at Is. 4d. 533. Twenty pounds, assorted, at Is. 2d. Fifty pounds, at Is. 584. Soft French Glass, free from lead, easy to work at a lamp, adapted for gas deliverv tubes, £, £, and £ inch diameter. 535. Soft German G ass, free from lead, from £ inch to £ inch diameter. 536. Hard Bohemian Tube, £, £, *, £ inch in diameter, for blowpipe experiments. •37. Soft Bohemian Tube, tree from lead, from £ inch to £ inch diameter. SUPPLY OK WATER, ASPIRATORS, WA1ER BOTTLES. 22 2o8. Bohemian Combustion Tubes, for organic analyses, of the most infusibl glass, J, |, | inch bore. 240. Short Lengths (0 to 11 inches) ol Bohemian Hard Glass Tube, A inch to 4 inc bore, per lb. 4d. - ^ 241. Solid Glass Rod, for making stirrers, from A inch to A inch diameter, Is. 4d. 11 242. Spindle Tube, ol hard glass, size of Bigs. 1 to 5, but extremely thin in the glass in order that minute crystals of arsenious acid or other sublimates, deposite inside, may be brought easily within the focus of high powers of the micro scope, per lb. 2s. 243. Enamel or Bohemian Coloured Glasses, for fancy glass-blowing, in rods of 1 inches long, and ^ to \ inch diameter; in packets of 12 rods, assortei colours, 3s. Black, opaque ; Pick, opaque ; Crimson, transparent; Blue, pale, opaque; Blue, opaque ; Blue dark, opaque, Green, dark, transparent; Green, pale, transparent; Greenish-white, opaque White, opaque; White, transparent, pearly. SUPPLY OP WATER. ASPIRATORS, WATER BOTTLES 245. When a vessel which is sufficiently large to contain a considerable quantity of water i proyided with one narrow neck at the top and another at the side near the bottom, it can be use. both as a Water Bottle to supply the condensing water required in distil- Aspi- gases lations, or as an rator to draw through liquids. Thus, Fig. 246 repre¬ sents a WATER BOT¬ TLE, which supplies water by the tap c, fixed in the neck a , while air enters through the tube d, fixed in the neck b. And Fig. 247 represents an ASPIRATOR, where the discharge of water from the tap g causes a c, cl, e. Vessels current of air to pass from the funnel a, in sage chemically upon the liquid placed in made of glass, stoneware, or metal; aud the stopcocks, or taps, The capacity must be regulated by the work intended to be done. the direction the tube d. into the bottle j, acting in its pas- made for these purposes may be of glass, stoneware, or brass. 246. Water Bottle, form of Figure 246, cylindrical saltglazed stoneware :— 1 . Contents, one gallon, 2s. „ two gallons, 4s. Or fitted with brass tap, 4s. 2. ditto 6s. 3. ,, three gallons, 6s. ditto 8s. 4. „ four gallons, 8s. ditto 10s. 6d. 5. 6. „ five gallons, 10s. „ eighteen gals., 54s. ditto 12s. 6cl. 248. Water Casks, Barrel form, saltglazed stoneware, with brass taps :— One gallon, 4s. 6d. ; two gallons, 7s.; four gallons, 12s. 249. Water Bottles, white French glass, tall cylindrical form, with neck at the side. Fig. 249, but without stopcock. No. 1. Contents, one gallon, or 5 litres, 4s. 2. ,, two gallons, or 10 litres, 7s. 3. ,, five gallons, or 25 litres, 18s. SUPPLY OF WATER, ASPIRATORS, WATER BOTTLES, 50. Water Bottles, German glass, with two necks Fig 250, Y, with glass ground to the lower neck:— 6 pints . . 8s. 10 pints . . 10s. 8 „ ..9s. 16 „ .. 12s. 20 pints 24 ,, stopcock, 14s, 16s. >1. Water Bottles of fine white Bohemian glass, with a massive glass stopcock ground to the neck at the side, big. 251, capacity 25 to 30 pints, 18s. >2. Water Bottles, Bohemian glass, with two necks, Fig. 251, but without stopcock. Contents, 2 pints 4 „ 8 „ 2 s. 6d. 4s. 6s. Contents, 10 pints . 7s. 0d. 20 „ . 12s. 30 „ . Ms. Water Bottle, with double tubes, intended for supplying a small quantity of water, or for easily filling tubes and narrow-mouthed vessels with water without using a funnel; Half-pint size, Is., Pint size, Is. Gd. Water Bottles for supplying water to flasks, small tubes, filters, &c.. Bohemian glass,. stoppered. Can be used with hot water it required. No. 1, contents 2 ounces, 9d. 2 , „ 24 „ Is. Cd. 3, „ 36 „ 2s. Stoneware Stopcock for Water Bottles arid Filters, ,>>. 6d. Strong Glass Cylindrical Vessel, beaker form, of fine white Bohemian glass, to receive water when run fiom an i s pi rator, or to serve as a well in hydrostatic experiments, oi as a dye-bath, &c., capacity about 30 pints, 10s 6d. 24 WATER FILTERS. 258. Silicated Carbon Filters, Dahlke’s Patent :— A. Hard Stoneware, fitted complete, with cover and silver-plated tap. Two gallons . . 20s. Four gallons . . 3 Is. 6d. Three gallons . . 27s. Six gallons . . 40s. B. Porcelain Filters, cylindrical form, with electro-plated tap; to filter six gallon ♦ per day, 33s. C. Refrigerative Filter, made of terra-cotta ware, with electro-plated tap, 35s. THE PRIZE FILTER. 258 D. Constructed in the form of an Etruscan vase, of porous Turquoise. Thi interior fitted with the patent filtering media is moveable, and the exterio being porous, acts as a refrigerator, keeping the water deliciously cool. Price, with electro-plated tap, £3 10s. 258 Supports for apparatus. ’lass I. — MASSIVE RETORT STANDS, with Iron Rods of £, £, or £ inch diameter. eo. Retort Stand, form of Fig. 260, cast-iron foot, with flat upper surface and three balls distant 13 inches, wrought-iron rod 36 inches long, | inch diameter; c, solid brass block and thumb-screw; g, strong brass vice, 6 inches long by 1| inch wide, fitted by the arm / to the hole c. This vice serves to support heavy Retorts, as shown in the lower part of the figure ; the mouth of the vice is lined with chamois leather; a, solid brass socket with thumb-screw, having a square vertical socket, d, adapted to the arm of a square solid brass ring, for supporting heavy capsules; with three solid brass cast rings, 5 inch, 6 inch, and 7 inches diameter. Price, complete, 21s. 61. Retort Stand; large and heavy iron tripod base, 13 inches from end to end; iron rod, 36 inches long, £ inch diameter; three malleable cast-iron rings, 9, 6 £, and 4 inches diameter; with triangular collars and thumb-screws; form of Figure 261, without the blocks and branches marked a, b (for which see Nos. 2 . Retort Stand; rectangular iron foot, 9£ by 6 inches; iron rod, 28 inches long, § inch diameter; three rings of malleable cast iron, 65 /5, and 3 inches diameter; with triangular collars and screws; form of Figure 262, exclu¬ sive of the parts marked a, b, c, d (for which see Nos. 273 and 274, and the article “ Gas Burners ”). 9s. 3. Retort Stand; rectangular iron foot, 9£ by 6 inches; brass rod, 30 inches long, £ inch diameter; with four strong turned brass rings, 6J, 5, 4, and 2| inches diameter; made with square arms that, slip into square sockets of the form shown by a, d, e, Fig. 260; with two sockets. 16s. 26 METAL RETORT STANDS. Class II. — RETORT STANDS OF MEDIUM SIZE, haying Iron Rods o i INCH DIAMETER. 264. Retort Stand ; rectangular iron foot, *l\ by inches ; brass rod, 20 inches Ion £ inch diameter; thi’ee turned brass rings, 4f, 3^, and 2j inches diameter made with square arms that slip into square sockets in the manner represented by a, d, e, Fig. 260; with two sockets. 12s. 265. Retort Stand ; rectangular iron foot, 9^- by 6 inches; iron rod, 24 inches long, | inch diameter; three turned brass rings, 5J, 3|, and 2^ inches diameter, each connected with a triangular socket and thumb-screw, Fig. 265. 10s. 6d. 266. Retort Stand; rectangular iron foot, 9^- by 6 inches; iron rod, 24 inches by ^ inch ; four bronzed brass rings, 5^, 4^, 3-g-, 2\ inches; with brass collars and thumb¬ screws. 8s. 267. Retort Stand ; rectangular iron foot, 9^ by 6 inches ; iron rod, 24 inches by | inch; three iron rings, 5^, 4|-, 3| inches; with triangular collars and thumb-screws. 6s. 268. Retort Stand; rectangular iron foot, 7£ by 4| inches; iron rod, 20 inches long, % inch dia¬ meter ; three bronzed brass rings, 4\, 3^, 2-§ inches diameter. 6s.. 269. Retort Stand; oval iron foot, 6 inches diameter; iron rod, 20 inches long, y inch diameter; three iron rings, 3^, 2 inches diameter; with triangular collars and thumb-screws. 4s. 270. Retort Stand; round iron foot, 6 inches diameter; iron rod, 16 inches long, \ inch diameter, screwed into the centre of the foot; three iron rings, 4j, 3^, 2 inches diameter; with triangular sockets and thumb-screws, Fig. 270. 3s. 271. Retort Stand, similar to the last, but with an iron triangle instead of the smallest ring, 3s. EXTRA FITTINGS FOR LARGE RETORT STANDS. These fittings are provided with triangular collars, which are made of two sizes : the larger of which suits vertical rods of f inch or § inch in diameter, and the smaller suits rods of f inch and £ inch diameter. 272. Extra Ring, having three teeth projecting inwards, to support basins over a lamp without cutting off the rising hot air, and without permitting the vessels to become fixed in the rings, attached to triangular collars with thumb-screws, Fig. 272. Four sizes :— 1. Ring, 5 inch, collar to fit J inch and £ inch Rods, Is. 3d. )> ^2 >> >> >» 2 )j £ >> Is. 6d. 6- >> ,, ,, »>8 ?> if >> Is. 8d. 4. » 9 ., „ ,, | ,, % „ 2s. 272. extra fittings foe retort stands. 27 ‘278. Iron Table, inches diameter, to support spirit lamps, gas burners, &c.,upon the Retort Stand, with triangular socket and thumb-screw, and hinged arm, represented by Fig. 273, and by a in Fig. 262, suitable for \ inch and | inch rods, 3s. 274. Iron Fork, to support Bunsen’s Gas Burner on a Retort Stand, with triangular collar, suitable for % inch and § inch rods, represented by b in Fig. 262, Is. 275. Iron Fork, for £ inch and f inch Rods, Is. 276. Brass Fork for Bunsen’s Gas Burner, same size as No. 275, Is. 6d. 277. Iron Block, for attaching to a Retort Stand the following fittings, being such as require a rotating movement for their adjustment; represented by a and b in Fig. 261, by d in Fig. 280, and in other Figures. It has a vertical trian¬ gular collar to suit the rod of the Retort Stand, and a horizontal collar to suit the handles of the respective fittings, which are all made of one size, namely, § inch diameter :— 277. Block adapted to ^ inch and § inch rods, Is. fid. 278. Block adapted to f inch and f inch rods, 2s. 279. Desaga’s Clamp, with universal joints to admit of motion in every direction, japanned iron with brass screws, Fig. 279, letters h to n, price 7s. 6d. Letter e represents the iron block No. 278, and f is the thumb-screw that fixes it at the required height on the rod of the Retort Stand ; g fixes the arm of the Clamp h, or allows it to be pushed backwards and forwards, or turned round about. The screw i permits the Clamp k to be turned round horizontally. The screw l regulates the opening of the Clamp, by working against a spiral spring, which tends to keep the jaws of the Clamp apart, n and n are the forks or jaws of the Clamp. Opposite m, at the end of the bar leading from l, is a screw which permits the upper jaw of the Clamp to turn a little about, so as to adapt the figure of the two forks to the conical shape of retort uecks. The Retort Stand, Fig. 279, represents also the following articles:— 279a. Iron Rod and Foot, form of Fig. 279 A; size of foot 9| inches by 6 inches; rod, 28 inches long, | inch diameter. 3s. 2795. Plain Malleable Cast-Iron Rings, with bar, adapted to the block No. 278 ; 3 inch Ring, 8d.— 5 inch, 9d.—6^ inch, Is. —9 inch, Is. 3d. 279c. Toothed Rings, similar to Fig. 272, but haying an arm adapted to the iron blocks ; 5 inch Ring, 9d.—6^ inch, Is-—9 inch, Is. 3d. 279d. Vice to secure the ends of triangles (see Nos. 299 to 308). 3s. Some of the triangles can be held by the block No. 277, and others can be simply laid across a large ring. 280. Von Babo’s Iron Clamp to fasten Retorts to Retort-holders ; length from end ot a to end of b, 8 inches. Fig. 280. Price without block, 6s. 6d. The Retort is held between the forks a. The upper fqi k is moveable on its axis, to adapt the holder to the conical shape of'the retort neck. The lever b serves to loosen the grip of the forks. The spring c keeps the forks close together when there is no pressure on the lever b ; con¬ sequently, the action of the Clamp is readily modified, and t ie Retort easily placed in any desired position, e is the ro q the Retort-stand, and d the block by which the t lamp is fastened to it. v /ojp§- 11 279. 28 EXTRA FITTINGS FOR RETORT STANDS. 282. 281. Iron Vice for fixing Retorts to a Retort-holder; form of Figure 281; length o the vice part, 7 inches; with hinge (not represented in the Figure). Price without the block, 3s. 6d. Iron Vice, of similar form but smaller size; length of the vice part, 5 inches Price, without the block, 2s. 6d. Brass Vice for fixing a Retort to a Retort-holder, represented by /, g, h, Figure 260, and by b, Figure 261, made of strong brass plates, 6 inches long and 1^ inch wide ; with screw. Price, without the block, 4s. Condenser Collar, consisting of 284. 285. a strong iron collar for fixing a Liebig’s Condenser to a Retort- holder, Figure 285, which shows the collar in connexion with a block, No. 277. Price of the collar alone, 3s. 285. 286. 286. Gas Branch for attaching to the iron block No. 277, by which Gas may be adjusted below any article that requires to be heated. See article “ Gas Burners” No. 936 for particulars. Whenever it is desired to expose to heat small objects upon the rings of large retort-stands, aid must be derived from the Triangles described at Nos. 299 to 308. CLASS III.—SLIGHT RETORT STANDS, iiaving Iron Rods of dess than | INCH DIAMETER. 287. 288. 289. Retort Stand ; rectangular iron foot, 4f by 3 inches; iron rod, 11 inches long, f inch diameter; three bronzed brass rings 3, 2f, if inch ; with brass collars and screws, Figure 287. 2s. 6d. Retort Stand ; rectangular iron foot, 5f by 3f inches; iron rod,14 inches long, | inch diameter; three bronzed brass rings, 3f, 2f, If inch; with brass collars and thumb¬ screws, Figure 287. 2s. 6d. Retort Stand; rectangular iron foot, 3 by 2 inches ; iron rod, 7 inches long, j- inch diameter; one brass ring, If inch; with collar and thumb-screw. Is. 287. 289. 291. 290. Retort Stand, similar to the preceding, but with two brass rings, If inch and If inch, Is. 6d. 291. Retort Stand; round iron base, 5 inches diameter, on three feet; iron rod, 11 inches by f inch ; one brass ring, 3 inches; with collar and thumb-screw, and one iron triangle. Fig. 291. Is. 9d. TUBE CLIPS, TRIPODS, TRIANGLES. 29 CLASS IV.—TUBE CLIPS, TRIPODS, TRIANGLES, &c. 292. Brass Tube Clip or Vice, lined with leather, with iron collar and thumb-screw, adapted for retort rods of f inch diameter, 3s. 293. >94. 295. >9G. Griffin’s Tube Holder, for supporting tubes, retorts, and flasks over a lamp ; japanned iron plate, with lG-inch rod and a foot of polished black wood, strongly made, Figure 293, 2s. The same, with rod and foot, of polished mahogany, 2s. Gd. . Tripod Stand, for supporting Flasks and Retorts over a small spin amp, in plate body, with zinc legs, Fig. 295 b, Is. Gd. , Screen to use with the Tripod Stand, to preserve the flame of the spirit lamp from currents of air, 12 inches high, zinc, Fig. 295 c ,, I s. Iron Tripods, or Triangles on three iron legs. Fig. 29/. No. 1, 5-inch triangle, 8 inches high, Is. No. 2, 8-inch triangle, 9| inches high, Is. 3d. No. 3, 10-inch triangle, 9| inches high, Is. Gd. , , o :98. Brass Triangle, 5-incli sides, mounted on three brass legs, Furnaces TRIANGLES, to support Crucibles, Basins, &c„ on Rings, Tinpod • °^ l,1 " ac ^ The following measurements signify the length of one s Triangle. In general, each Arm is equal in length to one ot its S • 297 6-inch, 4d. „ „ . , . K intdi . ^ be Malleable Cast-Iron Triangles, with pegs on wt ch hreelaye 3 . inch , supported, to keep basins, &c„ from contact with the hot iron, tg 3d.; 5-inch,4d. 30 WOODEN SUPPORTS AND HOLDERS. 302. The same, with the pegs placed where the arms join the triangle, same pri as No. 301. 303. Fireclay Cylinders for ditto, per set of three, 6d. 304. Malleable Cast-Iron Triangles, without arms, slender, Fig. 304. 5-inch, 6c 8 inch, 9d.; 10-inch, Is. ft 305. 306. 305. Massive Cast-Iron Triangles, with short feet, but without arms, Fig. 305. No. 00, 7-inch, 8d.—No. 0, 8-inch, 9d.—No. 1,10-inch Is.—No. 2,11-inch ls.- No. 3, 12-inch, Is. 306. Iron Wire Triangle, mounted with clay pipes, to prevent contact of the hot iro with a platinum crucible, Fig. 306, 4-inch, 3d. 307. Stout Iron Wire Triangle, 3-inch, fitted with a slender triangle of platinur wire, to support platinum crucibles, Fig. 307, 2s. 308. Malleable Cast Iron Triangle, fitted with a platinum triangle to support platinum crucible, Fig. 308, 2s. WOODEN SUPPORTS AND HOLDERS for various descriptions of Apparatus For the convenience of packing, the rod of a support is in general not fastened to tlx foot by the manufacturer, but the purchaser is recommended to fasten it by glue, or othe cement, before he puts the support to use. The screws and joints oi wooden supports should be protected as much aspossibl from water, and they should be frequently cleaned from dust, and rubbed with soa] or tallow. The thumb-screws of the mahogany supports are made of boxwood. Th polished black supports and thumb-screws are made of birchwood. WOODEN CLAMPS; for holding Tubes, Retorts, and other Apparatus in an; desired position. 311. Vertical Clamp, for supporting tubes, small retorts, &c., Fig. 311,/, g, mahogany French polished, 11 inches rising to 15 inches high, 3s. 312. The same, in polished blackwood, 2s. 6d. 313. Vertical Clamp ot a fixed height, 11 inches, Fig. 313, polished black wood, Is. 8d WOODEN CLAMPS. 31 114. Hinged Clamp, Figs. 314, 315, and 330, for holding tubes in any inclined position, especially useful in distillations and in gas preparations with tube apparatus, polished mahogany, 3s. 6d. 15. The same, in polished black wood, 3s. 17. Hinged Clamp, for supporting tubes in a horizontal position, but at various elevations, useful in adjusting complex arrangements of glass apparatus, Fig. 317, in polished mahogany, 3s. Gd. j 18. The same, in polished black wood, 3s. i i v ts.1- 1 jjjjj flU —- 1 - Jfflf m 119. Bunsen’s Clamp, with Universal Joint, Figs. 319 and 320, with which tubes and other apparatus can be held at any elevation, and in any required position—horizontal, ver¬ tical, or oblique. It is strong enough to hold large ves¬ sels, as shown by Fig. 320, and delicate enough to suspend small articles by a silk thread. Polish¬ ed wood. 319. No. 1. Small size, black wood, 5s. 2. Small size, mahogany, Os. No. 3. Large size, black wood, 6s. Gd. ’ 4. Large size, mahogany, 8s. 3*0. 322 32 UNIVERSAL SUPPORTS, PEDESTAL TABLE SUPPORTS. 321. Universal Support, adapted for distillations, complicated arrangements of tub apparatus, &c., containing the following articles, all made of hard polishe black wood, with boxwood screws, which are sold singly, or altogether fo 12s. 6d.:— 322. The Foot, Eod, and Block, for supporting the other pieces, Fig. 322, a, b, c, 2s. 6d. 323. Sefstroem’s Betort and Flask Holder, Fig. 322 d, and 323 a, 4s. 324. Gay-Lussac’s Vice for supporting Tubes, Retorts, &c., Fig. 324, 2s. 6d. 325. Gahn’s Cylinder Holder, for experiments with gases, Fig. 325, 2s. 6d. 326. Berzelius’s Funnel Ring, Fig. 326, Is. 6d. 327. The Set of Universal Supports, in polished mahogany, very elegant and substantial, 18s. 328. Universal Support, consisting of a rod and foot, with table branch, funnel-holder, and Sefstroem’s retort- holder, Fig. 328, stained and polished wood, 7s. 6d. 328 PEDESTAL TABLE SUPPORTS. The Nos. 262 and 328 are examples of Table Supports attached to vertical rods. In this case, we have tables resting on pillars. They serve for the support of lamps and gas-burners, and the adjustment of parts of apparatus. They have all sliding rods by which the height can be regulated. See Figures 311, d, e ; 329 ; 330; 333 Mahogany Table Supports, elegant pattern, solid wood, with loaded foot, all French polished :— 329. Table, 3 inches, to rise from 5 inches to 8 inches, 2s. 6d. 330. Table, 4 inches, to rise from 7 inches to 12 inches, 3s. 6d. CROOK SUPPORTS, FUNNEL HOLDERS. 83 331. Table, 5 inches, to rise from 9 to 14 inches, 4s. 832. Table, 6 inches, to rise from 12 to 18 inches, 6s. 333. Berzelius’s Table Support, polished black wood, consisting of a sliding rod, foot, and table, 4 inches diameter, upon which a lamp or small furnace can be raised and firmly supported at any height from 12 to 18 inches above the sur¬ face of the work-table, Fig. 333 ; with a Crook to support tubes, Fig. 335, and a Tripod for globes, basins, &c., Fig. 334. Price 4s. 336. Strong Table Support, for Water Bottles, &c., white wood, 7-inch top, to rise from 17 inches to 27 inches, 6s. CROOK SUPPORTS FOR TUBES. 337. Crook, or Support, for Tubes which require to be held horizontally at any height between 6 and 10 inches from the table, consisting of two brass crooks, with a black wood foot and stem, with screw, Fig. 337. The set, Is. 6d. y ISO 333. 334. 335. 338. 340. 338 339 340 Mahogany Sliding Crook Support, round foot 5 inches diameter, rod 14 inches by | inch, with sliding block and crook, Fig. 338, 2s. 39. Black wood Sliding Crook, same size and pattern as the last, F g. o • • 40. Crook of the pattern of Figure 340, one pedestal with two ciooks, to rise fio to 10 inches, both of black wood, 2s. 341 Ditto, ditto, polished mahogany, 2s. 6d. FUNNEL HOLDERS. Wooden Funnel Holders, consisting of a Foot, 11 t d ogmiy^v l^L be fixed at any height by a collar and thumb-screw. AU of policed g > boxwood screws, or of polished hard black wood, ° , i For some purpose,, the riug F cou bo used to hold the filter wthout . tw ■ 353- 34 FUNNEL HOLDERS, SUPPORTS FOR TEST TUBES. Funnel Holdeis in the form of perforated Circular Glass Discs, which serve also a covers for the Solution Jars, to keep out dust, &c., as shown in Figs. 355, 356. 355. Glass Discs, thick sheet Glass, with 1-inch hole in the centre 4-inch disc, Is.—5-inch disc, Is. 2d.—6-inch disc, Is. 4d. 357. Thuringian Poicelain Funnel Holders, circular, slightly concave, with a funne hole in the centre, with serrated edges, Fig. 357. No. 1. 7| inch. Is. 6d. No°2. 5i’inch, Is. 3d. SUPPORTS FOR TEST TUBES. The following Tube Frames are made of sizes to support the tubes that are com monly used for testing liquids. These tubes are usually 4, 5, 6, or 7 inches lon<* and -j, -g-, 4, or |- inch in diameter; and, as a general rule, the frames are constructec to suppoit tubes of those sizes. In some of the smaller frames two holes are madt laigei than the otheis,to receive tubes suitable for submitting the liquors to boiling A. Frames for Sets of Tubes, with Holes without Pegs. 358. 359. 300. 361. 362. 363. 364. 365. 366. 367. 368. 369. 370. 371. 372. For 6 Tubes of one size, white wood, Fig. 358, 5d. For 6 Tubes of two sizes, white wood, Fig. 359, 5d. For 12 Tubes, one row, white wood, Is. 4d. For 24 Tubes, in two rows, white wood, Fig. 361, 2s. For 24 Tubes, in two rows, mahogany, Fig. 361, 5s. For 12 Tubes, in two stages, stained wood, plan of Fig. 364, 2s. For 19 Tubes, in two stages, stained wood, Fig. 364, 2s. 6d. For 24 Tubes, in two stages, stained wood, Fig. 364, 4s. Portable lest Tube Frame, for travelling mineralogists, japanned tinplate, 4i mch long, holds 6 tubes of J inch diameter, folds up flat by means of 4 hinges, Fig. 366, lOd. J Another, similar, 9 inches long, for 6 tubes of 1 inch diameter, 2s. B. F) amesfor Test Tubes, having both Holes and Braining Pegs. t^ 0X u m U ? eS ’ °5 U inch diameter, white wood and white wood pegs, Is. 2d. ~, 01 rL, es ’ °*, U i nc h diameter, black wood and stoneware pegs, 2s. ti 01 ^ mi 6 S ’ .® diameter, black wood and stoneware pegs, Is. For 8 Tubes, white wood and white wood pegs, Is. 2d. For 8 Tubes, black wood and stoneware pegs, Figs. 372, 373, 2s. SUPPORTS FOR TEST TUBES 38 SUPPORTS FOR TEST ’BTBES, CLIPS FOR HOT TUBES. 374. For 12 Tubes, black wood and stoneware pegs, 2s. 6d. 375. For 12 Tubes, white wood, wooden pegs, Is. 8d. 376. Revolving Vertical Tube Stand, with two moveable stages, containing 13 holes and 7 pegs, Fig. 376, in polished black wood, 6s. 377. The same, in polished mahogany, 7s. 6d. C. Supports for Test Tubes, with Slate Scales on which to mark the Names of the Tests tried. 378. Support, with slate scale, for 9 tubes, stained wood, 3s. 379. Support, with slate scale, for 12 tubes, in one row, stained wood, 3s. 6d. 3S0. Support, with slate scale, for 24 tubes, in two rows, Fig. 380, stained wood, 5s. Z ).—Frames for Test Tubes, with Pegs only. 385. Stock Rack for Tubes, consisting of 36 glazed stoneware pegs of three different sizes, adapted to tubes of 2 to 6 inches long, fixed on a polished black wooden base, 3s. The stoneware pegs are intended for draining the test tubes after they have been washed, and preserving them from dust, so as always to be 385. ready for use. The frames in classes A, B, C are most generally useful in testing. The stock rack is intended to hold a supply of tubes on a side shelf in the laboratory. E.—Supports for Hot Test Tubes. Tube Clips for holding a single test tube when hot:— 386. Wooden Clip, 6d. 388. Spring Brass Clip, with handle, lOd, 387. Brass Wire Clip, with handle, 6d. 389. Spring Steel Clip, with handle, Is. 3d 386. 388, 389. 390. Brass Clip, with a collar and thumb-screw to fix it to the vertical rod of a retori stand. See No. 292. 391. Crook, with rod and foot, for supporting a test tube vertically over a spirii lamp or gas light, Fig. 391, Is. 6d, This crook is a modification of the tube-holder No. 293. 391. 392. 393. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS. 37 195 9‘2. Support for Test Tubes over a sand bath, Fig. 392 ; consisting of a stoneware apparatus which supports seven tubes. (In the Figure, n is the cylinder which surrounds the lamp ; b, the sand bath ; c, the tube support). 6 d. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS. Block Supports :— ■ 93. Set of Six round Wooden Blocks, for supporting and adjusting the heights of apparatus, 4 inches diameter, and |, |, 1, 2 and 4 inches high, Fig. 393 a a, the set, Is. 3d. 194. The same in mahogany, 2s. 6 d. Sets of Five round Blocks, of i, l, 2, 3, 5, inches thick. 5-inch diameter, 3s. 6 d.— 6 -inch, 5 s.—7-inch, 6 s.— 8 -inch, 7s. Condenser Supports: see article “Distillation.’ Pouret Supports: see article “ Centigrade Testing.” Stoneware Support for Furnaces on a Table: see “ Furnaces, Stoneware. 196. Gahn’s Hand, recommended by 197. Berzelius, for lifting small pans, &c. that have a flat handle, box¬ wood, 4s. Whirling Table, useful in exhibit¬ ing models and other heavy appa¬ ratus at a Lecture, or in Museums, Fig. 397, 31s. 6 d. d d represents a strong wooden frame, spreading 18 inches t>y 27 on the floor ; % is a table 2 inches thick and 21 inches diameter, attached to an iron frame and supported by a strong iron spindle, b, which iron spindle, b, which , , „ . ,, . _ frame, d. The surface of svorks in the socket c, and is guided by a metal collar in P , 0 ^ can be supported on the table « is 30 inches from the-floor. Models weighing• 2^^. this table, and turned about with the slightest touch, so. I T _ i ,rr prua support of Polished Black Wood for a series of Des.ccatmg Tubes (U Tubes) 398 with three hooks, Figure 398, c, d, e. Breadth. Height. 398. 13 inches, 11 inches. 399. 12 inches, 16 inches. 400. 15 inches, 18 inches. For Three 6 -inch U Tubes. For Three 9 -inch U Tubes. For Three 12 -inch U Tubes. 401. Support for V Tubes, black wood, Is. 402. Cork Rings for supporting Flasks, Retorts t'» • o _ n * a.~ A Vinro Aflftll Basins, &c., 2 -inch to 4-inch bore, each 2 d. 103. Watch-glass Holders, iron wire, with han¬ dle, for use in heating a watch-glass, bd. 104. Stoneware Support, to sustain Basins, Retorts, and other vessels with round bottoms, in an upright position when uouuuis, in mi i - 401. containing liquids, 9d. Crucibles and other articles when bo , . Round Plates of Clay upon winch.to put Cr uc.bles to protect the table, 4 -inch or 1 -inch thick, at diameter. 2-inch, 24 -inch, 3-inch, 4 -mch, 6 -inch, ^ ^ 2 d. 2 d. 404. 405 2 d. 38 t BALANCES IN GLASS CASES. Cylinders of Fireclay, for supporting Basins, Retorts, &c., on the table. See the description of the Cylinders for setting up temporary gas furnaces, under the head ofl “ Gas Burners,” No. 1023. Saltglazed Stoneware Cylinders. See the details of “ Griffin’s Lamp Furnace.” No. 1191. 406. Wooden Stools, with round tops and three round legs, hard white wood. 1. 6-inch top, 10-inch legs, Is. 4d. 2. 8-inch top, 30-inch legs, 4s. 3. 6-inch top, 14-inch legs, with hole in the centre of the top, 2s. 6d. Mtigljwg anh |ttcasuring. A.—BALANCES IN GLASS CASES. 407. Balance with 15-inch beam, with steel bearings, mount¬ ed as represented in Fig. 407, in mahogany glass case, with apparatus for moving a rider on the beam (a); a hook for supporting potash bulbs ( b ) ; a remov¬ able enlargement of the glass case (c ); plated 2|-inch pans, hung by platinum links, and a contrivance for steadying the pans (omitted to be shown in the figure). The ends of the beam are formed as represented by Fig. 408 ; the pans being suspended by steel hooks resting on steel rings sharpened on the inner edge. £10. r 10. Power.—Will carry 100 grammes, and show 1 milligramme; will carry 1,600 grains, and show Jg grain. With 500 grains, it shows grain. 409. Balance, 15-inch beam, superior description. The ends of the beam are formed like Fig. 409. The upper part is graduated into ten divisions, and each division into fifths. The beam rests at its centre with agate planes on steel knife edges. The pans hang upon hooks like Fig. 410, which contain a^ate planes to rest on the steel knife edges at the ends of the beam. The °two screws shown in Fig. 409 serve to justify the beam. The pans are steadied at the moment the beam is put into motion by a screw moved outside the balance case. There is a small mahogany stool and glass vessel with platinum wires for weighing substances in water. In the front of the glass case are two small doors to give access to the pans without lifting the front of the case. There are spirit levels and screws to put the case into horizontal position. £12 12s. y7 Power. To carry 100 grammes, and indicate £ milligramme. With 1,600 grains, to show^ 0 grain. BALANCES IN GLASS CASKS. 39 410. 413. 421. til. Balance of the best quality, like No. 409, and fitted in a mahogany glass case in the same style, but made of greater size and power, the beam being 18 inches long, divided into ten parts, and each tenth into halves. £16 16s. r 4. Power .—To carry 500 grammes in each pan, and turn with a milligramme ; that is to say, when oaded with above 1 lb. avoirdupois in each pan, it will show less than j 5 grain. 112. Balance with 12^ inch beam, fitted in mahogany glass case, as represented by Fig. 407, and agreeing with the description given of No. 407, £7 7s. O- 1 - O-O *• Power .—Will carry 50 grammes, and show 1 milligramme. With care, it may be weighted to 000 grains, and will show 3 ^ grain. With 500 grains, it shows ^ grain. *-o- 1 --5u a - o' - 118. Balance with 12i-inch beam of superior quality, fitted in a mahogany g ass case; the ends of the beam made as shown in Fig. 418 ; the beam and pans resting on agate planes; the beam divided into ten parts, nine o w uci aie marked upon it; the pans supported on hooks, like iig. 410, as escn e a No. 409. £9 9s. r Power .—Will carry 50 grammes, and show £ milligramme. W ith care, will carry 1,000 grains, —-- . --- j £*>- —-— 7 - - ■ ■. ,nd show 3^3 grain. W ith 500 grains, it shows 335 gram. 14. Balance with 12^-inch beam, in mahogany glass case, of the same me qua 1 }, and fitted upon the same style as the 15-inch beam ^ 0 . 40J, s ‘ ^ Power. —To carry 50 grammes, and show 3 milligramme. To carry 1000 grains, and show 3 o 5 a /ith 500 grains, will show 3^5 grain. § , 15. Balance for delicate weighings, to carry 50 grammes (01 800 grains) in eac : 1 pa^ and turn with * milligramme of a gram); ! 2 fmch beam; the pa^ns hanging on agate, and the beam working on agate, in a malio D i } g «■ ^ )3 with fittings complete for chemical use. £15 los. mahogany 16. Balance with 8-inch beam, mounted on a mahogany ox, \ o ^ glass case, £3 6s. , , Power .—To carry 500 grains, aud to turn with Agrain. With 20grammes, to ■ ion- & 17. Balance with ».?„eh beam, mounted on a mahogany box, with a mahogany glass PowJ-To cLy 500 grains, and turn with * grain. Will cany 30 grammes, and show 1 null., ramme. With 300 grains, it shows 350 grain. 40 mohr’s balance for taking specific gravities. 418. Assay Balance for the accurate weighing of very small quantities, described a No. 434, in a mahogany glass case, from which it can be removed in aportabl box, the glass case being folded up for readier transport, £3 3s. r 3( 419. Assay Balance for weighing gold and silver beads, 10-inch beam, in mahogan glass case, £8 8s. r 2( Power. —Will carry 160 grains, and show grain. Will carry 10 grammes, and show ^ mili gramme. 420. Assay Balance, on Makins’s plan, suitable for rapid action; 10-inch beam either of steel or aluminium ; double-pillar stand ; pans suspended on agate beam divided for rider; in mahogany glass case, with plate-glass bottom £28. Power. —When loaded with 30 grains in each pan, will distinctly turn with j^th of a grain. 421. Mohr’s Balance for taking the specific gravities of liquids by an easy method which gives the specific gravity without calculation, and requires but a smal quantity of liquid, and no other apparatus than is represented on Fig. 421 421. Price in mahogany glass case, including a portable mahogany box, 84s. 422. Ditto in a mahogany box without glass case, 50s. 423. The essential Apparatus,—namely, beam, plummet, set of riders, and a simpli support,—without the mahogany box and extra fittings, 25s. Description of Mohr's Specific Gravity Balance.— This apparatus consists of the articles represente* in Fig. 421 ; namely, a 10-inch beam, of which one branch is divided into ten parts ; a glas plummet, which contains a thermometer, and is attached to a platinum wire by which it can b suspended from the beam; a glass cylinder, and a mahogany tray for it; a small brass pan t counterpoise the plummet; a pair of pans, marked e e in the figure, for the ordinary weighing o solid bodies ; a set of riders, marked ah c d, of which d is equal to the weight of the wate displaced by the plummet, while c = ^ of d, ft = T ' 5 of c, and a = 0 f h. The apparatus can b dismounted and packed in the mahogany box, and then removed from the glass case for travelling. The scale of the thermometer included in the glass plummet is usually that of Reaumur, for wind reason I give the following equivalents of the degrees most likely to be observed :— R. F. R. F. R. F. R. F. 20 ° 77 -° 16° 68 -° 12 ° 59-° 8 ° 50-° 19 74-75 15 67-75 11 56-75 7 47-75 18 72-5 14 63-5 10 54-5 6 45-5 17 70-25 13 61-25 9 52-25 5 43-25 Process. —1. When the small pan is attached to one end of the beam and the plummet to tb other end, the beam rests in equilibrium. 2. If the plummet is plunged into distilled water, tha end of the beam rises. 3. If in that case one of the largest riders, d, is put on the hook at tha same end of the beam, the equilibrium is again restored. This result shows that the rider d i equal in weight to the displacement of the plummet. 4. If a liquid lighter than water is submitted to trial, the large rider d must be placed somewheri on the divided branch of the beam, where it will produce equilibrium. But when, as common!; happens, this occurs at some point between two notches on the beam, it is best to rest the rider oi the notch of lowest value of the two between which it rests, and then to apply the next size* rider, c, to determine the difference. Thus, in Fig. 421, we see the large rider at 8 , and the smal rider at 5. In this case, the former represents 8 in the first place of decimals, and the latte represents 5 in the second place of decimals. Thus, 0 '85. If the rider c does not effect an equili brium, when fixed in a notch, but falls between 4 and 5, then it must be placed in 4, and the third-size* rider, b, must be employed to find the exact point of equilibrium. This third size of rider stands fo the third place of decimals in the expression of the specific gravity; and finally, the smallest rider, a expresses the fourth place of decimals, thus :— a is = -0001 to -0009 \ ft is = -001 to ’009 / According as they stand in the notches 1 to 9 c is = -01 to '09 ( on the beam when at rest. d is = -1 to *9 / 5. If a liquid heavier than water is tried, the process goes on exactly as above described, with th< addition that one of the riders d is in every case hung at 10 , the extreme end of the beam, to servi as the equivalent of the weight of water, while the riders which show the difference between wate: BALANCES IN MAHOGANY BOXES. 41 I the given heavy liquid cross the beam at the proper points. A few examples will illustrate this nciple. In the following plans, the figures represent the notches on the beams, and the letters the ipective sizes of riders :— 1 2 3 4 b c dc 5 c 6 7 c d 8 9 10 d d = 1 - 842 Sulphuric Acid. d = 1 -33 Caustic Potash. d = 0’96 Ammonia. =■ 0 - 75 Ether. d b c d — 1495 Nitric Acid. Power of the Balance to weigh Solids.— It will carry 1000 grains, and show ^ grain. With 500 uns, it shows 5 ' 5 grain ; and with 300 grains, it shows 3 ' s to ^ grain. B—BALANCES IN MAHOGANY BOXES. These are furnished with supports that screw into the top of the Boxes, as re- esented by the different figures, and pack inside the boxes for travelling. The four Balances No. 424 to No. 427 are made of the form represented by Fig. 424. The beams d pans are of brass, and the pans hung with silk cord ; the boxes, of polished mahogany. 430. 431. O 43 BALANCES IN MAHOGANY BOXES. 424. Balance with beam 8 inches long; pans 2 inches wide; box 11£ inches Ion inches wide, 2^ inches deep. 31s. 6d. r 4 Power .—Will carry 800 grains, and show 5 ' 0 grain. With 500 grains, it shows ^ grain. 425. Balance with beam 10 inches long; pans 2^ inches wide; box 12| inches Ion; 6f inches wide, 2^ inches deep. 36s. r Power .—Will carry 1,000 grains, and show grain. When loaded with 500 grains, it shows grain. 426. Balance with beam 10 ^ inches long; pans 2| inches wide; box 13^ inches Ion 6|- inches wide, 2^ inches deep. 38s. r 3 Power .—Will carry 4 ounces, and show h grain. With 1,000 grains, it shows ^ grain. 427. Balance with beam 11^ inches long; pans 3 inches wide ; box 15 inches Ion 7 inches wide, 2f inches deep. 42s. r 3 Power .—Will carry 6 ounces, and show y 3 grain. With 1,000 grains, it shows 2 ' 5 grain. Wi 500 grains, it shows ^ grain. 428. Balance with 8|-inch beam; 2f-inch pans, with silk strings; mahogany b< 13| inches long, 6j inches wide, 2j inches deep; fitted up as represented 1 Fig. 428. 45s. r 3 Power. —Will carry 8 ounces, and show T g grain. With 1,000 grains, it shows ^ grain. With 5 grains, it shows A grain. 429. Balance resembling No. 424, excepting that the beam is slight, and of the for; of Fig. 429. Length of beam inches ; pans 2^.inches, hung with silk cords box ll£ inches long, 5} inches wide, 2£- inches deep. 35s. r 4 Power .—Will carry 500 grains, and show 5 ' 0 grain. With 25 grammes, it turns with 1 mil gramme. 430. Balance with 9^-inch divided beam; 2f-inch brass pans; mahogany box 14 inchi long, 71 inches wide, 4 inches deep; fitted up as represented by Fig. 43 55s. r 3 Power. — Will carry 8 ounces, and show -, 2 ' 0 grain. With 1,000 grains, it shows ^ grain. 481. Balance, 9|-inch beam ; 3-incli pans, suspended by brass links ; square mahogan pillar 121 inches high; mahogany box 13| inches long, 6f inches wid> 2J inches deep. The pillar does not pack into the box. 35s. r 4i Power .—Will carry 8 ounces, and show I grain. With 1,000 grains, it shows ^ grain. 432. Balance with 8|-inch beam ; 3-inch pans, with silk cord ; mahogany be 13 J inches long, 6f inches wide, 2| inches deep. This Balance has a beai like that of 431, but is fitted with a brass support that packs in the box lib No. 424. 40s. r 4i ' Power .—Will carry 8 ounces, and show grain. With 1,000 grains, it shows Jg grain. 433. Balance similar to the above (No. 431), with 13-inch beam ; 4|-inch pans, with brass links; mahogany box 15 inches long, 9^ inches wide, 2J inches deep ; mahogany pillar support. 50s. J 298 c. Power .—Will carry 1 lb. and show ^ grain. With J lb. shows J- to T g grain. 434. Assay Balance for weighing gold and silver in small quantities; beam 6£ inches long; pans 1 | inches wide, with extra f-inch cups. Packs into a po¬ lished mahogany box, 10-| inches long, 5f inches wide, 2£ inches deep. 50s. r 29. Power. —Will carry 20 grains, and show oho grain. With 10 grains it shows 1 - 0 Vo grain. This Balance is also supplied with a portable folding glass case ; see No. 418. 434. WEIGHTS. 43 36 35. Plattner’s Balance, for the accurate determination of very small weights, used as part of his portable collection of apparatus for the quantitative assay of gold, silver, ores of copper, lead, &c., by the blowpipe. Length of beam 6£ inches; power to carry 1 gramme, and show iV milligramme : that is to say, to carry 15 grains, and turn with 6 J- 0 -th of a grain. With a set of gramme weights. The whole arranged in cavities, cut in two boards that are hinged together, and form, when shut up, a base for the support of the balance. ^ £4. Balance with a brass beam 12 inches long, in a mahogany box, with a support adapted to the top of the box. The pans rest on the box and are moved by a lever. Will carry 1,000 grains in each pan, and turn with w grain . with 300 grains, it shows rf. grain. The beam is divided into ten parte from the fuL crum to the end, for a rider. With a set of weights from 500 grains to t* grain. £h 15s. 6d. COMMERCIAL BALANCES. 37. Apothecaries’ Scales and Weights, to weigh quantities up to half an ounce, in plain oak box, with set of weights, 2s. (id. II £!£: superior! g“s's pans, in mahogany ho*, 8s. 6d. M. carry^Hb.' and turn with 1 grain, 10-inch beam, 5-inch brass pans in oak box, 18s. Co—'WEIGHTS. ,46. Grain Weights. Set of accurate weights, consisting of 600^ 3 q ^, ’ >Q1 grain> 30, 20, 10 grains in brass, and 6', 3,2,1, o, o,*, , in platinum ; in a mahogany box, wit i tongs^ ^ - n a ma hogany box, 146. Grain Weights, accurate, from 1,000 grams © with tongs, 31s. 6d. . , • in a box, 16s. 147. Grain Weights, less accurate from 600 pains * » jn brass , with 148. Another set, less accurate, 600 300,: ~ Q ;i without box. 8s. knobs; and 10, 6, 3, 2, 1, * grams, in brass foil, without 149. Ditto, in a wooden case, 10s. 6d. , i grains, in brass, without 150. Smaller set, 100, 50, 30, 20, 10, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, ana * © a case, 4s. . , _ 0 - n platinum; namely, 6', 3’, 2-, L; 151. Grain Weights and Decimal Fractions, mp •6, -3, -2, T ; -06, -03, ’02, -01. The set, 10s. 6d. 452. Set of Grains, 0-, 3', 2% V, in a box, 7s. 453. Set of Tenths, *6, -3, -2, T, in a box 3s. 454. Set of Hundredths, -06, -03, -02., ‘ 0l ’ in a ^ ohv justified according to the 455. Standard Gramme Weights fording to jjonr, j The weights made of Platinum Kilogramme of Dr. Schumacher melton & ^ ^ ^ ^ 02 01 German silver, in the following series \ ’ an d ivory tongs, in mahoga > •01, '005, '002, - 00l, 001; with three gilt riders, a box. 25s. mmes to 10 grammes, in brass, and «> 0 456. Gramme Weights, accurate, 50 grammes 1 w ? th tongs , 3 ls. 6d. • grammes, in platinum, in a naah ) ^qq go, o(), 10, 10, 5, l, : ’ 457. Gramme Weights, containing * 006 , •oos.-oosbboi.’-ooi. in P"* 1 ”"”' ! with7our ridersf nnd' tongs, in 7mahogany bo*. ^ ^ Q0,10 IMA 458. Gramme Weights, containing the: se ^ -005. '004, JWUm £ ^ iii ™« ht -’ iftere ' in 1 44 GRADUATED OUNCE MEASURES, LITRE MEASURES. 459. Pound Pile of Avoirdupois Weights in brass, round and flat, adjusted, consistinj of 1 lb., £ lb., } lb., 2,1, and | oz., 5s. 460. Pound Pile of Avoirdupois Weights, cast-iron, round and flat; set of 7 weight: adjusted, 1 lb., | lb. £ lb., 2 oz., 1 oz., \ oz., and £ oz., the two last of brass Per set, Is. 6d. 461. Square Iron Weights, with bandies, Fig. 461, 14 lb., 2s.; 28 lb., 4s.; 65 lb., 8s 462 Set of Apothecaries’ Grain Weights, 2.drachms to •§■ grain; viz., 2, 1, £ dr. ; 2 1, £ scruples ; 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, £ grains. Is. 463. Eiders to slide on the balance beam, Fig. 463. A. English, ^ grain. 4d. | B. French, 1 centigramme. 4d. 464. Assay Weights for Gold, | gramme being = 1000, with its subdivisions. 30s. 465. Assay Weights for Silver, 1 gramme being = 1000, with its subdivisions. 30s. /a... 461. 466. Balance Pans, of glazed Berlin porcelain, for weighing corrosive substances. Price per pair— 1^ inch, Is. 2 inch, Is. 3d. 2| inch, Is. 6d. 8| inch, 6s. 467. Weight Lifter, for lifting knobbed weights, Fig. 467, brass or zinc, 3d. 468. Ivory Tongs for lifting weights, Is. Better, 3s. 469. Brass Tongs for lifting weights, 9d. Better, 2s. D.-GRADUATED LIQUID MEASURES. These Measures are graduated with the same degree of care as the measures for Volumetric Analysis, and may be depended upon for accuracy. None are done by the common rough process with the glass-cutter’s wheel. The graduation agrees with the bottom of the dark curve formed by the surface of the liquid. CYLINDKICAL GLASS MEASURES, Fig. 475, graduated into IMPERIAL OUNCES of WATER. 60 minims to the drachm, 8 drachms to the ounce, 16 ounces to the pound, 20 ounces to the pint. 475. 1 Drachm, showing 12 spaces = 5 minims each. Is. 476. 2 Drachms, showing 24 spaces = 5 minims. Is. 3d. 1 Ounce, showing 16 spaces = £ drachm. 2 Ounces, showing 16 spaces = 1 drachm. 5 Ounces, showing 20 spaces = \ ounce. 10 Ounces, showing 20 spaces = ± ounce. 20 Ounces, showing 40 spaces = f ounce. 40 Ounces, showing 40 spaces = 1 ounce. CYLINDRICAL GLASS MEASURES, graduated into Divisions of the LITRE form of Figure 475. [1 litre = 1000 grammes]. 30 Grammes, showing 30 spaces = 1 gramme each. Is. 60 Grammes, showing 30 spaces = 2 grammes. Is. 3d. 150 Grammes, showing 30 spaces = 5 grammes. Is. 6d. 300 Grammes, showing 80 spaces = 10 grammes. 2s. 600 Grammes, showing 30 spaces = 20 grammes. 3s. 1200 Grammes, showing 60 spaces = 20 grammes. 4s. For Graduated Bottles, Test Mixers, Pipettes, Burettes, &c, see the section on Volumetric Analysis. 477. 478. 479. 480. 481. 482. 483. 484. 485. 486. 487. 488. 9d. Is. Is. 3d. Is. 6d. 2s. 6d. 3s. 6d. Cljn'mcrnutcvs far Cbxmual Use. The scales of these Thermometers are either etched upon the glass tubes, or they are written on slips of paper or milk glass, which are entirely enclosed in glass tubes, without fittings of metal or wood, so that the instruments can be safely immersed in hot, caustic, or acid liquors. The lowest point on the scales of these Thermometers is generally about 40 or 30° Fahrenheit. The highest point to which each ranges, as cited below, is approxi¬ mate. It may range a few degrees above or under the quotation. Thermometers with long scales (or wide spaces between the degrees) cost Is. to Is. 6d. extra. Pasteboard Boxes for the Thermometers are included in the following prices : With Fahrenheit’s Scale. 212°. 350°. 500°to G00° 501 502 503 504 505 500 Paper Scales, outer tube. \ to | inch. Paper Scale, outer tube, | in. . . . Milk-glass Scale, outer tube, £to| in. Milk-glass Scale, outer tube, § in. . Engraved on the Eod, ^ to f in. Scale on Tube with white back, § in.. 2s. 3d 2s. 9d. 3s. 6d. 4s. 4s. 4s. 6d. 3s. 3s. 6d. 4s. 5s. 5s. 5s. Gd. 4s. 4s. 6d. 5s. 6d. 6s. 6s. 6s. 6d. \ 504. | 505. rhe Thermometers Nos. 502, -4, and -5 have narrow cylindrical mercury vessels, to enable them be passed through corks for insertion into Retorts, &c. With Centigrade Scale. 100°. ! 2U0°. 360°. 507 508 509 510 Milk-glass Scale. Scale engraved on the Tube Scale on Tube with white back 2s. 6d. 3s. 6d. 4s. 4s. 6d. 3s. 4s. 5s. 5s. Gd. 3s. 6d. 5s. 6s. 6s. 6d. The Thermometers Nos. 507 to 510 are all contained in Tubes o nercury vessels are narrow and cylindrical, to permit the passag or insertion into Retorts, &c. ill. Thermometers with Two Scales, Fahrenheit s and tlie 'Examples :— each beyond the price of those with Fahrenheit s sea a. Paper Scale, 320° F. and 160° Cent., 4s. 6d. b. Milk-glass Scale, 320° F. and 160° Cent., 5s. 6d. . U2. Thermometers for Precise Experiments, all with CentiRTa e caes. a. Small size, range from — 10° to + 50 C. y i •> ’ Ditto, ditto ditto, by^Uls. Larger size, range from — 10° to + 50 • .' ■ M -■ 6 ditto ditto, by*°C.,13s. b. c. d. Ditto, 46 THERMOMETERS. THERMOMETERS FOR CHEMICAL MANUFACTURERS. 513a. Brewers’ and Distillers’ Thermometer, in a rod with brass bands and safety- frame, the scale on milk glass; length, 3 to 4 feet. 18s. 5136. Ditto, without the brass bands. 12s. 513c. Brewers’ Thermometer; paper scale in glass cylinder, with wooden frame. 12 inch, 3s. Gd.—15 inch, 5s. 6d.—20 inch, 7s. Gd. 513d. Brewers’ Thermometers, with silvered brass scale, fixed in black wood frame. 16 inch, 4s.-—24 inch, 5s.—36 inch, 6s. 514. Varnish-Makers’ Thermometer, 3 feet long, scale to 600°, in an iron case, with brass scale and safety frame, 35s. 514a. Hot-Blast Thermometer, with milk-glass scale to 600° F., for testing hot air at ironworks, 6s. 5146. Vinegar-Makers’ Thermometer, scale to 120° F., Is. 6d. 515. Very small and heavy Thermometer to sink in oil of vitriol, paper scale, Is. 3d. 515a. Thermometer, small size, for taking temperatures in specific gravity bottles, with only three marks, 55°, 60°, 65° F., Is. 6d. 516. Daniel’s Pyrometer, for measuring high temperatures in furnaces, with a platinum bar, £6. THERMOMETERS FOR PHYSICIANS. 517. These Thermometers are adapted for determining the temperature of the human body by application under the arm-pit, &c., of a patient confined to bed. The use is described by Professor William Aitken, in his work on The Science and Practice of Medicine , where the importance of detecting the approach of fever by thermometric observations is explained. The Thermometers, Nos. 1 to 4, are under 8 inches long, and are made of stout glass tubes. Nos. 5 and 6 are long Thermometers with extended scales. 1. Fahrenheit’s Thermometer, with scale from 88° to 111°, every degree divided into iths, the scale on paper, 4s. 2. Ditto, the scale on glass, 6s. 3. Ditto, the scale on paper ; the thermometer bent, to enable it to be applied close under the arm-pit, 5s. 3a. Ditto, the scale on glass, 7s. 4. Ditto, with a register to show the maximum temperature without reading the scale while the instrument is in situ ; for use in cases of contagious fever. 5. Centigrade Thermometer, each degree in 1 V 0 , scale on milk glass, the tube I or | inch thick, 10s. 6. Ditto, scale divided into i°, 7s. 6d. Thermometers for Meteorological Purposes will be described in the Catalogue of “Apparatus for Experiments in Physics,” in the section relating to Heat. apparatus far gctcrmmimj tbc Specific (Srabita of Hiquilrs. SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLES. Determination of the Specific Gravity of Liquids by the Weighing of Measured Quantities. 518. Specific Gravity Bottle, slight blown glass, with perforated stopper, in japanned tin case, with counterpoise, Fig. 518. a. Contents: 1000 grains, 5s. b, 500 grains, 4s. 6d. c, 250 grains, 4s.6 d . 519. Specific Gravity Bottle, carefully adjusted with poise, in neat leather cases. 1. 100 grains 5s. 6d. 5. 10 2. 250 „ . Cs. 6d. 6. 20 3. 500 „ . 8s. 6d. 7. 25 4. 1000 „ . 10s. 6d. 8. 50 9. 100 521. ground grammes 11 11 17 77 522 . and counter- 5s. 6d. 6s. 0d. 7s. 6d. 8s. 6d. 12s. stoppers, 520. Specific Gravity Bottle, slight blom glass, with perforated stopper, without case or counterpoise, Fig. 520 and 520«. 8. Not adjusted ; about 1 cubic inch 10 grammes 1 . 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 100 grains 250 350 500 700 1000 1 cubic inch 2s. 2s. 6d. 2s. 6d. 3s. 3s. 6d. 7s. Is. 3d. 9. 10 . 11 . 12 . 13. 20 25 50 100 6d. 2s. 2s. 6d. 2s. 6d. 3s. Cd. 4s. 0d. 521. the glass house, with solid as the Specific Gravity Bottles, of stout glass, blown at prices stoppers, having a slit cut down the side ; Fig- 521, at 1 slight blown glass, No. 520. . , , "Renault, Fig. 522. 522. Specific Gravity Bottle, on the plan recomme lc „ ^ - F. Grains of W ater. Septems or Decerns. Multi¬ pliers. Grains of Water. Septems ! Multi . | 01 ! pliers. ' Decerns. 1 I Grains of Water. Septems or Decerns. Multi¬ pliers. 7 10 35 50 70 100 125 HO 150 175 200 1 "s. 1 D. 5 S. 5 I). 10 S 10 D. 124 D. 20 S. 15 D. 25 S. 20 D. 10 0 0 100 2JLfi. 20 10 0 So 8 2 fi. 9 AS. 5 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800 875 25 D. 30 D. 50 S. 40 D. 50 D. 60 D. 100 S. 75 D. 80 D 125 S 4 ¥- JLQ. 7 Lfl. 4 2 ti 1SL A JJL x f 900 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000 3500 5000 7000 90 D. 100 D. 125 D. 150 D. 250 S. 200 D. 250 D. 300 D. 500 S. 500 D. 1000 S. XSL 9 0 T*o X f A 2 1 O JL 3 5. 7 "So f Grammes. Multiplier. j Grammes. Multiplier. Grammes. Multiplier. 5 10 20 200 100 50 25 50 100 40 20 10 200 250 500 5 4 2 first table gives, in the second column, the ^gV^^and^n^he third column, the number of olumn, their equivalents in grains of water f “ ‘ , specific gravity of the liquors that first column, their equivalents in g ral “® f, T^torenresent the specific gravity of the liquors that times which the weight in grains must be taken to 1 1 are tried in comparison with water fixed at 1 UUU. r Tf is divided by 7 and multiplied Examples. — 1. 100 septems contains 700 grains o u a by 10 , we have 1000 as the standard of specific gravities. . , . . is weighed in the same bottle, it w clear 2 . If a liquor one and a half times the weig ( ‘ * number is divided by 7 and multiplied that 100 septems will weigh 700 + 350-1050 by 10 , we have 1500, which is the specific gravity requ 3 „ , ort too which will carry 8 ounces in each pan 3 . A cheap laboratory balance, such as ^Nos. 4o , aa-i.. ..f +)>« form of Fig. 531, and and nf the 4. As a preliminary trial nail quantity—such as 5 septems, decerns, or a i ,0 tested rolumetrically, a «f acid and alkaline *M~**~* 50 HYDROMETERS IN SETS. into a light glass vessel and be weighed, and the weight being multiplied by the factor given in the table, the sp. gr. is readily found. The Second Table gives the factors to be used in reckoning the product of weighings of gramme (or centimeter cube) measures, expressed in gramme weights. 0 ' HYDROMETERS. HYDROMETERS WHICH SHOW DIRECT SPECIFIC GRAVITY, WATER BEING TAKEN AT I-000. Round Pasteboard Cases with pull-ojf' tops, for single hydrometer spindles, are charged three pence each, unless they are unusual]g large. A.—HYDROMETERS IN SETS. Hydrometers, in the form of Glass Spindles, Fig. 534, for determining the specific gravity of all solutions from sp. gr. '700 to sp. f gr. 2'000, water being considered = 1*000. The delicacy of this instrument increases with the number of spindles contained in the set. The entire scale, from '700 to 2'000, may be contained on one spindle, or on 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7 spindles. 533. Universal Hydrometer, consisting of one spindle, scale from '700° to L'000 by degrees of '005°, and from 1 000° to T900° by degrees of'010°; namely, *805°, '810°, 1010°, 1020°, &c., with a solution tube, Fig. 533, and a pasteboard box, 6s. A useful instrument for preliminary trials, for students, or for common use when approximate indications are sufficient. It shows the specific gravity of all liquids, from alcohol to oil of vitriol. Hydrometers in Sets, having spindles of the form of Fig. 534, each set with a Thermometer, Fig. 535, and Trial Jar for solutions, Fig. 536, in a Polished Mahogany Box, Fig. 539. 537. Box containing two Spindles, with Thermometer, and a Trial Jar for the solutions, 22s. Spindle a, scale '700° to l'OOO 0 , by '010°. Spindle b, scale 1‘000° to 2 - 000°, by '1)10°. The two spindles separately, 3s. each. 538. Box containing three Spindles, form of Fig. 534, with Thermometer and Trial Jar for solutions, 27s. Spindle a, scale '700° to 'l'OOO 0 , by 002°. Spindle b, scale 1'000° to 1'400°, by '002°. Spindle c, scale 1-400° to 1 970°, by '002°. 539. Box containing four Spindles, with Thermometer and Trial Jar for solutions, Fig. 539, 31s. 6d. Spindle a, scale '700° to l'OOO 0 , by '001°. Spindle b, scale 1'0U0° to 1*300°, by '001°. Spindle c, scale 1 300° to 1'600°, by '001°. Spindled, scale T600° to 1'950°, by '001°. 540. Box containing five Spindles, with Thermometer and Trial Jar for solutions, 36s. Spindle a, scale '700° to 1006°, by '001°. Spindle b, scale 1'000° to T200°, by-001°. Spindle c, scale 1'200° to T400°, by '001°. Spindle d, scale 1.400° to 1'640°, by '001 °. Spindle e, scale 1'640° to 1'900°, by *001°. 639 . Ad 533. HYDROMETERS IN SINGLE SPINDLES. 51 L, 545 541. Box containing seven spindles, with Thermometer and Trial Jar for solutions, 42s. Spindle a, scale ‘700° to ‘850°, by ’001°. Spindle b, scale ‘850° to T000°, by •001°. Spindle c, scale 1 000° to T200°, by - 001°. Spindle d, scale T200° to 1*400°, by -001°. Spindle e, scale T400° to T600°, by '001°. Spindle f scale 1 600° to T800°, by -001°. i [ \B/ Spindle g, scale 1 800° to 2 000°, by -001°. 542. Set of Hydrometers, 3 Spindles, 5 to 7 inches long, in pasteboard cases, 6s., or each Spindle, 2s. 1. Specific Gravity, "75 to 1*00 by *01. 2. „ „ TOO to T50 by -01. 3. „ „ T50 to 2 - 00 by - 01. 543. Set of Hydrometers, 3 Spindles, in pasteboard cases, 12s. or each Spindle, 4s. 1. Specific Gravity, '700 to TOOO by '005. R 2. „ „ TOOO to T400 by'005. v 3. „ „ T400 to 2'000 by '005. 544. 544. Set of Hydrometers, 3 glass spindles, each containing a Thermometer, Fig. 544, the Spindles in three pasteboard cases, 15s., or each spindle 5s. 1. Specific Gravity '700 to TOOO by -005. 2. ditto 1-000 to 1'400 by 005. 3. ditto T400 to 2-000 by ’005. 545. Set of Hvdrometers for use when only small quanti ties of liquid are at command, consisting of two narrow spindles without bulb, to be usee w 1 11 a nano solution tube having a funnel shaped mouth, which prevents tie a ies '°“ the hydrometer to the sides of the tube, Fig. 545, one Spmc e iom i TOOO, the other from TOOO to 2'000, per pair, 7s. 546. Nicholson’s Hydrometer, consisting of two glass Spindles, with c^s at ie 0 p, and a set of weights, for taking the specific gravity of any liquids, lig heavier than water; with thermometer, in a case, 2os. B._HYDROMETERS IN SINGLE STINDLES. 47. Specific Gravity *700 to TOOO by -010, 3s. 48. „ „ -700 to TOOO by-005, 3s. 6d. 49. „ „ TOOO to 2-000 by -010, 3s. 50. „ „ TOOO to T500 by-005, 3s. 51. „ „ TOOO to T500 by 005, open scale, 4s - Spindles without bulbs, Fig. 545, (without the solution tube). 52. -700 to 1-000, 2s. 6d. 53. 1*000 to 2 000, 2s. 6d. . tor v a s Delicate Hydrometers, slender Spindles, wide scales, each 4s. 54. Specific gravity, '800 to ’875 by -001. LJ 55. „ „ -875 to TOOO by-001. If 56 „ „ T000 to T300 by -002. 57 „ 1-300 to TOOO by -002. 559. 58'. ” „ 1-600 to 1900 by '002. Large Hydrometer, stem slender and d eh cate, for dctcrmimng ^ s ie ^^‘ ble f ch i n g f weak solutions, a 1 ‘“ le “sttiiebulb largi and stem very »*”<>*. quors, milk, urine, &c., foim oi ich 6s. 5 "2 TWADDELL s hydrometer. 559. Specific gravity, I'OOOO to 1"0250 by ’0005. 560. „ „ 1-0000 to 1-0600 by -0005. 56L. Hydrometer, with slender stem, scale from I'OOOO to 1'0<00 by '0005, 4s. Hydrometers with Special Scales. Twaddell’s Hydrometers, Griffin’s improved form, in which the round bulb is replaced by a pear-shaped body, Fig. 562. The advan¬ tages of this form are, greater sensibility, greater durability, and the power of taking the density of a smaller quantity of liquid. As the specific gravities of liquids are commonly denoted in books, in reference to hydrometers which indicate the direct specific gravity of liquids, in comparison with that of water, taken as a standard, and denoted by 1,000, whilst manufac¬ turers iu this country are much in the habit of speaking of specific gravities in reference to the scale adopted by the late Mr. W. Twaddell, it may be useful to show the relation of the degrees marked on Twaddell's Hydrometers, to those which express the direct specific gravity of a liquid. The necessary calculations are made by means of the following Formulae :— Let a = any degree of Twaddell’s Hydrometer, x — specific gi-avity in relation to water taken at 1 '000. Formula 1.—To convert Twaddell’s degrees into sp. gr. x = 1. + (a x '005) Formula 2.—To convert sp. gr. into degrees of Twaddell. a = x — 1 •005 Example 1.—If a liquid marks 5 of Twaddell, what is its sp. gr. ? By Formula 1.—Sp. gr. = 1. + (5 x '005) = 1'025. Example 2.—If a liquid has the sp. gr. of 1'850, what degree of Twaddell’s scale will that indicate ? „ „ , „ _ ,, „ l'850-l -850 By Formula. 2.—Twaddell = -—- = 170. J '005 '005 Hence 5 of Twaddell = specific gravity of 1 025. And 170 of Twaddell = specific gravity of 1 '850. TABLE OF SPECIFIC GRAVITIES INDICATED BY TWADDELL’S SCALE. Twaddell. Sp. Gr. Twaddell. Sp. Gr. Twaddell. Sp. Gr. Twaddell. Sp. Gr. 0 1000 50 1250 100 1500 150 1750 10 1050 60 1300 110 1550 160 1800 20 1100 70 1350 120 1600 170 1850 30 1150 80 1400 130 1650 180 1900 40 1200 90 1450 140 1700 190 1950 562. Twaddell’s Hydrometer consists of six Spindles, which have the following scales :— 1. 0° to 24 p Specific Gravity l'OOO to D120. Price Is. 6d. 2. 24 — . 48 — ‘ 1-120 —1-240. — Is. 6d. 3. 48 — 74 — 1-240 — 1-370. — Is. 9d. 4. 74 — 102 — D370 - 1-510. — Is. 9d. 5. 102 — 138 — 1-510—D690. — 2s. 6. 138 — 170 — 1-690— 1-850. — 2s. With Pasteboard Cases, 3 d. each extra. 563. Twaddell’s Hydrometers, tbe set of six Spindles, in a Mahogany Case, 15s. 563a. The set of six Spindles without cases, 10s. 53 baume’s hydrometer. i64. T wad dell’s Hydrometers, the original form, spherical, like Figure 559, weighted with lead. The set of six Spindles without paper cases, 7s. Gd. Single Spindles, as follows:— Nos. 1 and 2, at Is. Nos. 3 and 4, at Is. 3d. Nos. 5 and 6, at Is. 6d. With Pasteboard Cases, 3d. each extra. >65. Twaddell’s Hydrometers, pear shaped, with ivory scales. Nos. 1, 2, 3, each 2s. Gd. | Nos. 4, 5, G, each 3s. )66. Baume’s Hydrometers, for Heavy Liquids. Explanation of Baume’s Scale for Heavy Liquids.— Manufacturers who employ Baume’s Hydrometer, or have occasion to know the value of the degrees on his scale, may find the following ormula useful. Let B =• Baum s degree, and 100 = water. Then 144 Specific gravity =—jg rhat is to say, 144 divided by the difference between 144 and the given degree tpecific gravity in question, stated in reference to water assumed = 100 . llius. = 66°. Then of Baum 6 . suppose , is the Baiun e . 144 144 Specific gravity = ° r, '^ 8 ' 1-846 = specific gravity.—D r. Clark. SCALE OF BAUME’S HYDROMETER FOR HEAVY LIQUIDS. B. GO G5 70 70 B. Sp. Gr. B. Sp. Gr. B. Sp. Gr. 0 l’OOO 20 L16L 40 L385 5 1-036 25 1*210 45 L454 10 L075 30 L263 50 L532 15 L11G 85 1-321 55 1 618 Sp. Gr. 1-714 1-823 1-946 2.118 SCALE OF BAUME'S HYDROMETER FOR LIGHT LIQl IDS 10 ° 12 ° 14° 16 ° 1000 •985 •970 •955 18° 20 ° 22 ° 24° •942 •928 •915 •903 20 ° 28° 30° 32 ° •892 •880 •871 •856 34° 36° 38° 40° •847 •837 •827 •817 Hydrometers with Baume’s scale bear many names‘ above two scales, toe* other for liquids lighter than water. >07. Baud’s Hydrometer, for heavy liquids scale -‘h an additional scale, showing specific gravities from 10. 0 167 a. The same with a Thermometer, 4s. Gd ^ witfa an ad j itio nal scale, ► 68. Baume’s Hydrometer for light liquids, si < , , showing specific gravities from "700 to 1 i >68 a. The same with Thermometer; 4s. tn 70" weighted with lead, >09. Baume’s Hydrometer for acids, one Spindle, scale 0 to >0 , Is. Gd. 0 iC9a. Ditto Ditto weighted with mercury, 2s. lighted >70. Baume’s Hydrometer for light liquors, one spun e 10 m with lead. Is. i >71. Gay-Lussac’s Volumeter, for determining the specific graiity of liqui s.co I with water, fixed at 100° of the sea o. . o s gj No. 1 for Liquids lighter Ilian "ate,, -s_ M. 2 for Li'iuids heavier tlian water, -s. 54 ALCOHOLOMETERS. ALCOHOLOMETERS. 572. NORMAL ALCOHOLOMETER, according to TRALLES, one glass spindle, scale from 0° to 100°, each degree showing 1 per cent, by volume of pure Alcohol of sp. gr. 0 7939, in any mixture of Alcohol and water*, at the tem¬ perature of 60° F., with thermometer, the Royal Prussian Stamp and Cer¬ tificate of the standard, tables for reduction, and trial cylinder, in a neat leather case, 20s. 573. Normal Alcoholometer, according to Tralles, one spindle with thermometer as above, in a paper case, 10s. 6d. 574. Tralles’s Centesimal Alcoholometer, one glass spindle, scale 0° to 100°, each degree showing 1 per cent, by volume of pure alcohol, of sp. gr. 0 - 7939, in. any mixture of spirit and water at the temperature of (30° F. 2s. 6d. 575. Ditto with thermometer enclosed, 4s. 576. Tralles’s Brandy proof, up to 60 percent., one glass spindle, Is. 6d. 577. Tralles’s Centesimal Alcoholometer, accompanied by Sikes's scale, one glass spindle, with thermometer, 4s. Tralles’s Alcoholometer is the one now used officially in the United States of America, having been adopted after a careful scientific examination of all known instruments. 578. Gay-Lussac’s Centesimal Alcoholometer, one glass spindle, scale 0°to 100°, each degree showing 1 percent, by volume of pure Alcohol of sp. gr. 0 795, in any mixture of spirit and water, at the temperature of 15° Centigrade, or 59° F., 2s. 578. a. Ditto with thermometer enclosed, 3s. 6d. 579. Baume’s Alcoholometer, scale to 40° or 50° graduated at 60° F. a. Loaded with lead shot, Is. b. Loaded with mercury, Is. 6d. c. Loaded with mercury, and containing a thermometer, 4s. The values of this scale are explained at No. 566. 580. Baume's Alcoholometer, one glass spindle, from 10° to 40°, weighted with mercury, graduated at 60° F. a. Without a thermometer, 2s. b. Including a thermometer, 4s. 581. Sikes’s Hydrometer, in glass, one spindle, range from about 60° over proof to about 40° under proof. a. With scale on paper, 2s. b. With scale on ivory, 2s. 6d. 582. Sikes’s Hydrometer for spirits, glass spindle, w r ith double scale on paper, adapted to all temperatures, on the plan suggested by Stokes. a. With separate thermometer in mahogany box, 12s. b. The spindle alone, 5s. c. The spindle, enclosing a thermometer, 7s. 6d. This Hydrometer consists of a glass spindle containing two Scales, and accompanied by a Thermometer. The degrees on the primary [black] scale represent percentages of Proof Spirit, according to Sikes’s Brass Hydrometer, used by the Board of Inland Revenue for testing the strength of Spirit. The range of the Glass Hydrometer is from 40 below proof to 60 above proof. The secondary [red] scale, contrived by Stokes, provides a method of reducing observations made on Spirit at any temperature to the degree proper for the same at the temperature of 55°. The Instru¬ ment is cheap, simple, and accurate : it requires no shifting weights, no sliding scale, nor references to a Book of Tables. DIRECTIONS FOR USING THIS HYDROMETER. „ First Example. When the Spirit is above Proof .—Nearly fill a glass cylinder with the spirit to be tried ; immerse the body of the hydrometer, and let it gently sink till it finds its resting-place. ALCOHOLOMETERS, SPIRIT BUBBLES. hen observe the degree marked on the red scale, corresponding with the surface of the liquor under ial, and not with that which capillary attraction draws up round the spindle. Suppose the degree i be 37J-. Write this number on a slip of paper. Then dip the thermometer into the spirit to certain its temperature. Suppose it to be 2\ below zero, or 0°. [The zero, or 0°, of this therrao- eter corresponds with 55° Fahrenheit. Each degree of the scale is equal to 4° of Fahrenheit.] /h'ite this 2 )- on the slip of paper below the 37?, and subtract the lower number from the upper : le remainder is 35. Look for this number on the red scale, and then, turning round the spindle, .id what number on the black scale is on a line with 35 on the red scale. You will find it to be 19 'iove proof. This is the true strength of the spirit at 55° F., as would be indicated by Sikes’s Brass /droineter. In all cases when the observed temperature is below 0, subtract the number of thermometric igrees from the degrees on the red scale ; and, on the contrary, when the observed temperature is >ove 0, add the number of the thermometric degrees to the degrees on the red scale. In both cases, Le resulting number is one that stands-on the red scale level with a number on the black scale, hich expresses the true degree of the spirit above or below proof, according to Sikes, at the tern- mature of 55° F. Second Example. When the Spirit is Proof Strength. —Suppose the degree shown by the red ale of the hydrometer to be 461, and the temperature to be 2] above 0. Write these numbers a3 -fore directed, and add them together. The product is 49. Opposite to this number on the red ale, the black scale shows P, which indicates the spirit under trial to be precisely of proof strength, cording to Sikes, at 55° F. Third Example. When the Spirit is under Proof. —Suppose the degree indicated by the red ale to be 62£, and the thermometer to stand at 0. There is then nothing to add to, or subtract mi, the observed degree. You examine what degree on the black scale corresponds with 621 on e red scale. You find it to be 20 under proof, which is the true strength of this spirit, according Sikes, at 55° F. 13. Sikes’s Hydrometer for estimating the value of spirits, according to the scale adopted by the British Board of Inland Revenue, double gilt brass instru¬ ment, in mahogany box, with ivory thermometer, a book of tables and instructions and trial glass complete, best make, £3 10s. (4. Sikes’s Hydrometer, brass, second quality, £2 5s. SPIRIT BUBBLES, OR BEADS. 5. Round Japanned Box containing 18 spirit bubbles which Sikes’s Hydrometer, according to the following scale. Adjusted at 00° Fahrenheit, 7s. 6d. per cent. No. of Bubble, per cent. 22 23 24 25 2b 27 show degrees of No. of Bubble. 16 17 18 19 20 21 45 40 35 30 25 20 OP O o o 0 o 15 10 0 0 5 O PROOF 5 UP 10 u No. of Bubble. 28 29 30 31 32 33 per cent. 25 20 25 30 35 40 U U u u u u O signifies over proof. U signifies under proof. 6. Box with 12 spirit bubbles, 5s. 7. Box with 24 spirit bubbles, 10s. 8. Single spirit bubbles, of any desired number, per dozen. Is 9. Single spirit bubbles, of coloured glass, per dozen, 19. Milk Test, one spindle, with scale 0 to , and | water. Is Cd. 050 . nl0 re delicate than the pro- 120. Milk Test, one spindle, tnth scale 0° to .5 , mo ceding. 3s. • w ;+h two scales,—one to show tie 121. Lacto-Densimeter of Quevenne; sp’ d . both scales expressing tb density of pure milk, another for skimmed mu*, specific gravity of the nnlk. 2 s. n • . h hows percentages in mixtures 122. Cremometer of Chevallier, the scale of «h.ch y of water and pure nnlk. os. 6 d. mofancea The usual The greatest density * -^ — - lensity of pure good milk is l'OJO, water uti y 38—39 37—38 37-38 32—33 32—33 Southsea train Oil Nut Oil Hempseed Oil Linseed Oil 33 32—33 30-31 29-30 58 TJRINOMETEES. full range between water and the best milk, and serves to register all the information which a trial of the density can elicit. Iustruments for measuring the percentage of cream in milk are described under the head of “Volu¬ metric Analysis.” 023. Griffin’s Ammonia Meter, for testing liquid ammonia; one spindle, with 125°, which includes the strongest ammonia that can exist at the temperature of 62° F., and extends to all weak solutions: sp. gr. ’875 to 1‘000. 4s. Every degree shows seventeen grains of dry ammonia in a decigallon of liquor. In “ Chemical Re¬ creations,” page 329, a table is given which shows every particular respecting solutions of ammonia; the strength in atoms, the percentage of ammonia, its weight per decigallon in grains, the compara¬ tive money value of different solutions per lb., &c. 624. Schatten’s Hydrometer for estimating the percentage of Lime in Bone Black, 2s. 6d. 625. Oechsle’s Hydrometer for Wine and Must, with two scales and weight, with instructions, 4s. 626. Safety Hydrometer for Mineral Oil, Is. 6d. 627. Hydrometer for Tannin, 2s. 6d. 628. Pessier’s Natrometer, for estimating the soda contained in salts oi soda and potash, 2s. 6d. 629. Nicholson’s Hydrometer, for taking the specific gravity of solid bodies, such as minerals, Fig. 629, japanned tinplate, 5s. 629a. Ditto, polished brass, 6s. URINOMETERS. 630. Urinometer for deter¬ mining the specific gravity of urine ; small glass spindle, scale 1,000° to 1,060°, Is. 9d. 631. Urinometer, spindle with case, trial tube, and round outer leather case for the pocket, 6s. 632. Heller’s Urinometer, one glass spindle, - with trial tube in paper case, 2s. 633. Vogel’s Urinometer, two glass spindles, the pair, 3s. 6d. 634. Urinometer spindle with case, trial tube and thermometer, in box with binged top, Fig. 634, 12s. 6d. 635. 634. 635. Urinometer, with graduated solution tube, spirit lamp, thermometer, two capped acid bottles, nest of test tubes, pipette, and two books of test paper, 20s. TRIAL JARS FOR HYDROMETERS. 59 333. Urinometer, spindle with graduated solution tube, thermometer, spirit lamp, two capped acid bottles, nest of test tubes, two books of test paper, pipette ; the bottles larger than those in Mo. G35. In a box, Fig. 03b, 31s. 6d. Apparatus and Tests for the Chemical examination of Urine will be described in the section on Volumetric Analysis. TRIAL JA.RS, or Solution Tubes, to contain the liquor the specific gravity of which is to be tried by a Hydrometer. 337. Glass Jar on foot, cylin- q drical.with plain mouth, Fig 637, or with flange or spout, 1^ or If inches \ wide. 10 inches long, lOd. 12 inches long, Is. 13 inches long, Is. Id. 14 inches long, Is. 2d. 15 inches long, Is. 4d. 16 inches long, Is. Od. 838. Glass Cylinders, on foot, with widened mouth, Fig. 638. ^ _ ^- 9 inches high, l£ inches wide, 2-inch mouth, 637 ‘ 639. 13 inches high, 1| inches wide, 2-inch mouth, Is. 9d. The use of the widened mouth, or cup, is to P revent happeus when^ theTuS is without »■“ the hyJrometct “ MO.'oiass Jar, with widened mouth like Fig. 638, and cast-iron foot like Fig. 040, 16 to 18 inches long. 3s. , 641. Ditto, with brass foot, 17 to 18 inches long. 3s^ uu. 642. Ditto, with wooden foot, 16 to 18 inches long. »• 643, su itable for 643. Glass Jar, consisting of a tube with a widened ’ g narrow hydrometers. Is. ,. • - : nt0 corrosive liquors, the 644. Saltglazed Stoneware Jar, with handle, for d ppmg specific gravity of which has to be tnec ',fA. ometcl . s .'o inches long, S inches 645. Tinplate Jars, loaded at bottom, tor short hydtometers, wide. 6d. 610 . 613 . 614 . 60 neumutix apparatus for Cljcmiral Hsr. Only such articles are cited in this list as are commonly applicable to Chemical Operations. A complete account of the apparatus proper to demonstrate the principles of the science of Pneumatics will be given in a catalogue specially devoted to that subject. AIR PUMPS. AIR PUMPS of the most improved forms, and guaranteed to be in perfect action. All the screws of Pneumatic Apparatus are made of the same size, and thread, so that the several pieces are easily fitted to one another. If an Air Pump is not used for a considerable time, the various parts require the addition of a little oil, which may be easily applied by pouring a tea-spoonful into the centre hole in the brass plate, as shown at c, Fig. 645 ; when a few strokes of the piston up and down will convey the oil to all the internal parts, and the machine will be in good working condition. The ground edges of all Receivers should be smeared with tallow prior to being fixed on the air-pump plate. Stopcocks should be always laid aside open ; and when a pump is put aside, the blank nut, letter s. Fig. 648, should always be screwed into the plate, to prevent the entry of dust. Exhausting Powek of the Air Pumps described in this section. —I have added to the description of each pump a reference to its exhausting power. It is proper to state in what manner these powers were ascertained. This was by trial with syphon gauges. The pumps were new, and there¬ fore in good order; the joints screwed tight together ; the washers, the inside of the pumps, and the leading tubes were well supplied with oil ; the receivers were carefully ground on the edges and greased with tallow; and the mercury in the syphoa gauges, which were of the form represented in Fig. 695, and of which several were used at once, had been recently boiled in the tubes. The temperature of the room in which the trials took place was about 55 J F., and the barometer stood at 30 inches. The results are quoted in the following table : — 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Kind of Pump tried. Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity ot .Receiver, of Receiver, of Receiver, of Receiver, Under columns 2 to 5 is shown the at- 960 280 86 25 mospheric pressure indicated by the cubic inches; cubic inches ; cubic inches; cubic inches ; syphon gauges at the point of greatest its Base, its Base, its Base, its Base, exhaustion. 9 inches 7 inches 4 inches 2 inches diameter. diameter. diameter. diameter. 646. 2-barrel Pump, 8-inch plate • • • • t inch. iV inch. i inch. 647. Ditto, 10-inch plate f inch. • • • • } inch. i inch. 648. Tate’s Pump, 7-inch plate • • • • iV inch. -iV inch. •sV inch. 651. Ditto, large 1,10-inch plate 652. 3-barrel Pump, 10-inch plate, ] i inch. • • • • iV inch. iV inch. when the vertical barrels were used. ► i inch. • • • • i inch. • • • • Ditto, when the horizontal pump was used .... - x 3 ? inch. • t • • i inch. -jiV inch. 653. Pump with fly wheel. . i inch. • • • • -tV inch. -rV inch. The Residues of air left in the Receivers according to these Indications are as follow:— tjV inch = 1 in 600 tV inch = 1 in 300 l inch = 1 in 240 — inch = ] in 160 . 6 x inch = 1 in 120 | inch = 1 in 80 For the sake' of those who may wish to try the power of their pumps in this manner, I may add to the conditions of tria above cited a caution respecting the syphon gauges. In their ordinary EXHAUSTING POWERS OF AIR-PUMPS. 61 .'.ondition,—that is to say, after having been for some time exposed to the air,—the syphon gauges are :>f no use for such trials as those recorded above. For such experiments the mercury must be •ecently boiled in the gauges, and then they retain the power of giving accurate results for only a short ■ime. If they are exposed for two or three days to the air, they lose their power. If on the day ■hey are made they are put under a receiver, and repeatedly exhausted and refilled with air, they are ■hus deprived of their proper power. The air in the gauge gets among the mercury, and puts an end ;o its accurate indications. When the exhausting power of a pump is tested by a gauge thus leteriorated, the exhaustion appears to be much greater than it actually is, even when the quantity )f air in the gauge is so small that it cannot be seen as a bubble in the mercury, either by the naked ;ye or with a lens; while the existence in the gauge of a very small v'isible bubble of air will enable ;he pump to reduce the mercury iu the closed limb of the gauge lower than that in the open limb : u other words, the exhaustion will appear to take out of the receiver more air than it contained, ind thus reduce the atmospheric pressure to less than nothing. Just as it is possible to make the power of a pump appear to be better than it is by using a fallacious gauge, so it is possible to err the other way, and by neglecting to take the precautions which I have pointed out, make the p nver appear to be worse than it is. A pump cannot, indeed, oe always new ; but it is always possible to see that it3 pistons and valves are in good order, that the pump is clean and well oiled, that its parts are screwed tight together and fixed firmly to a table, and that the receivers are ground smooth on the edges, and are clean and properly greased. Without taking these precautions, a pump cannot be made to work well. Notwithstanding what is said above, the syphon gauge is highly useful for comparative experi¬ ments, aud to indicate results approximately. I have not stated in the trials recorded above the number of strokes that are required to produce each effect: that indication of power is much subject to variations from accidental circumstances, such as the greater or lesser rapidity of the strokes, and the greater or lesser accuracy with which the piston of Tate’s pump is driven or pulled home to the end of the barrel at each stroke. Neither have I answered a question that is frequently asked, —How many minutes will it require with a giveu pump to freeze water? Generally, I may say, that any pump will freeze wa er o\cr sulphuric acid, if it will produce pretty readily a vacuum indicated by j inch of merciu v in le syphon gauge. But one cannot fix the gu in'ity of water to be frozen and the time 0 e ie freezing without knowing the power of the pump, the size of the receiver, the strength o e ac u, the temperature of all parts of the apparatus, of all the materials to be used, and of the room in which the experiment is to be made. Such de¬ tails cannot be entered into in this note. Some readers may, perhaps, consider that the Exhaustions quoted in the above table do not indicate very accu¬ rate pumps ; for it is very frequently stated in books, that double-barrelled pumps will exhaust to 1 in 1,000, when the mercury in the gauge will be at T 53 inch. No doubt, Air Pumps at three times the cost of any in this list could be made a little more accurate than these are ; but I faucy that when the above statement is made as regard¬ ing ordinary working Air Pumps, due care has not been taken to distinguish the power of the pump from the fallacy of the gauge. 646. Air Pump, double barrels, 6y inches long, 1^-inch bore, 4f-inch stroke, with 8-inch plate, on maho¬ gany stand, and stopcock between the plate and the barrels, Fig. 616, £8 8s. Exhausting Power of this Pump ; see page 60. RECEIVERS of various forms and sizes suitable f ortiei ^ at lescribed between Jfos. 055 and 681. The pumps are without Pumps are the quoted prices. 62 AIR-PUMPS. 4 647. Air Pump, double barrels, 7 inches long, launch bore and 5|-inch stroke, with 10-inch ground plate on mahogany stand, supported by four pillars, with small gauge plate, mercury gauge, and key, Fig. 647, £12 12s. Exhausting Power of this Pump ; see page 60. 648. Tate’s Double-action Air Pump, which con¬ tains two pistons in one barrel, takes in the air from the receiver in the centre, and expels it at the two extremities of the barrel. A full description of the action and power of this pump is given in Che¬ mical Recreations, page 279. Length of barrel, 16 inches; bore, l£ inch; stroke, inches. It has a 7-inch plate—a syphon ^ gauge, marked r, and a screw, marked n, to enable the pump to be used as a condensing pump. It is mounted with a massive brass clamp, by which it can be securely fixed to any solid table, Fig. 648. Price £3 13s. 6d. Exhausting Power of this Pump ; see page 60. 648. It will freeze water over sulphuric acid iu a receiver of 300 cubic inches, in 150 strokes at about 60° Fahr., and in half that number of strokes at about 40° Falir. 649. Tate’s Air Pump, of the same form and dimensions as No. 648, but mounted on a solid and elegant japanned iron pedestal, represented by a, Fig. 649. Price of the pump on pedestal support, with syphon gauge, £3 13s. 6d. The prices of the extra pieces represented in Fig. 649 will be found at the following numbers: — b, at No. 684 ; c, at No. 686. The pedestal requires to be screwed to the table where the pump is to be used. The pump is then perfectly solid. On the other hand, the clamp is'useful when the pump has to be carried about for use in different localities. AIR-PUMPS. 63 The round box represented at the far end of the pump cylinder in Figs. 649, 650, and 652 is intended to catch the oil, of which more or less is expelled from the pump with the air at every stroke. There is a hole at the upper part of the box to let out the air. From time to time, the oil should be renewed from the box. Though not shown at Fig. 648, this oil-box is now sold with the pump, No. 648. Exhausting Power of this Pump ; the same as that of 648. 650. Tate’s Air Pump, same form and size as No. 648, but mounted on a solid iron table, a , Fig. 650, which has four legs screwed to an iron plate, b, which plate can either be fixed permanently to the work table by four screws, or be fastened to it by the large iron clamp, c, which permits the re¬ moval of the pump. Price of the pump and table, a, b, with the 649 . syphon gauge, d, Fig. 649, £3 13s. 6d. For the prices of other portions of the Apparatus represented by Fig. 650, see c d, e,f,g, g, h, i, j, k. I, at No. 725, 684, 687, 690, 692, 655, 695. Exhausting Power of this Pump; the same as that of Nos. 648 and 649. The three pumps are of the same size and power, and differ only in the style of mounting. 650 . Tate’s Air Pump, of the same form as the preceding No 650. but of ^bovb double the sizk and power; namely, with a >ane o < " t !i,i e similar to If-inch bore, and Qfinch stroke. It is mounted on an iron table 551. AIR-PUMPS. f»4 a, b, Fig. 650, with a plate of 10 inches diameter, and supplied with the extra joint and arm marked b, c, in Fig. 649, and the gauge marked l in Fig. 650. This is the largest and most powerful form of Tate's Air Pump which can be conveniently worked without rack-work, lever, or other machinery. It gives great power, is pretty easily worked, and is sold at a moderate price, £8 8s. Exhausting Paver of this Pump; see page 60. «s=» 652. Air Pomp with Three Barrei.s, serving either for rapid action at Lectures, or for more complete exhaustion for Researches, Fig. 652. Price, without the jar and rod, h, i, £16 16s. Exhausting Power of this Pump; see page 60. This Apparatus consists of an Air Pump with two vertical barrels, marked a, b, in Fig. 652, which are worked as usual by tbe handle c acting on rack-work. Bore of the vertical barrels, If-inch ; length of barrels, 7 inches ; stroke, 5h inches ; diameter of the pump plate, 10 inches. With this arrangement, large receivers, having, for example, a capacity of a thousand cubic inches, can be rapidly and easily exhausted till the mercury iu the gauge falls to f inch, and small receivers can be brought to a vacuum of | inch. This is sufficient exhausting power for most of the experiments, that are usually exhibited at lectures to illustrate the principles of Pneumatics. But, as more perfect exhaustion is sometimes required, a separate inimp on Tate’s plan is added to the vertical pump. When the power of the latter ceases, Tate’s pump is put into action, and the exhaustion then proceeds, until the mercury in the gauge descends in receivers of a thousand cubic inches to -fj. inch, and in small receivers to g inch, and even to 3 ' s inch. See the experiments recorded at page 60. This compound Air Pump is therefore adapted either to give quick results when moderate' exhaustion is requisite, as at lectures, or more effectual exhaustion when that is required for special experiments or for researches. The extent of the exhaustion is shown by the gauge g, on the plan of No. 695, fixed on the lower table of the pump. The Apparatus is made in the most solid manner, and is mounted on a French polished mahogany frame. The price quoted includes the gauge, but not the rod and receiver marked h and i. AIR-PUMPS AND RECEIVERS. 05 653. Tate’s Air Pump, of large size, arranged for easy and rapid action, worked by a winch and crank, regulated by a fly wheel, £18 18s. Exhausting Poiver of this Pump; see page GO. The barrel is 12 iuclies long ; it has a bore of 2\ inches, and the stroke is 6 inches. The valves are of brass, and work in oil; the barrel is fixed upright. The framework is of iron, and the top is of polished mahogany, bearing a brass pump plate of 10 inches diameter. Upon the mahogany top, there is a screw' to receive a syphon gauge, similar to No. G95. There is also a descending gauge tube of 33 inches long below the pump, and by its side a barometer tube dipping into the same mercury cistern, and accompanied by a scale of inches. These tubes are delivered with the pump, but are not filled with mercury, because the filling of the barometer must take place where the pump is established for use, and the mercury must then be boiled in the tube. An oil-box is adapted to each end of the barrel to receive the oil which passes out with the expelled air, and these boxes from time to time must be emptied. When the pump is set up for use, the two ends of the barrel must be unscrewed, and some oil must be put into each of the boxes that contain valves, about 4 fluid ounces in the lower box, and 2 fluid ounces in the upper box. About 2 fluid ounces of oil shoidd also be put into the pump by the hole in the centre of the grand plate, w hich, on working the handle of the pump, will be distributed throughout the interior. An Air Pump of this description, which effects with ease in five minutes, in large vessels, a vacuum represented by 5 inch of mercury in the gauge, can be usefully applied in many of the Arts. Remarks on the Comparative Labour that attends the Working of these Air Pumps.— I have stated at page 60, the Comparative Exhausting Power of these six Ah Pumps ; and I will now say a few words on the comparative Labour attending their use. The Air Pumps of the old description, with vertical barrels, such as Nos. 646, 647, and 652, are easy to work at the beginning of each exhaustion, and gradually become more difficult as the exhaus¬ tion approaches completion. This arises from the increasing pressure of the atmosphere upon the upper faces of the pistons in the barrels when the spaces under the pistons are nearly free from air. With Tate’s pump, the contrary effect is produced : at the beginning, the pressure is considerable ; but after tw r o or three strokes it gradually becomes easier and easier, the atmosphere being cut ott _ ii . • i 1 ..lb ..ill... l . ..T 4PiotnnQ 11 incli ilin.nipfcpr. SilCll 118 belong pistdlS vu A 4 iuv/U uiamv/tv-ij ivijvui vu *• ^ .1 for, besides the atmospheric pressure, there is in this case a much greater amount of friction ro ™ j pistons to be overcome : after two or three pulls, it works easily enough. "VV ith a view to app y a e s principle to large pumps, the Apparatus No. 653 has been made. In this case, the orce necessary to work the pistons is acquired mechanically, and we have an apparatus t at is woi ei \\i 1 gr « facility. It will be observed in the Table given at page 60, that there are M ^’ e ■ j 0 ’ f 652, 653, having 10 -inch plates, which can be used with receivers that 1 > . , coa * air, and which exhaust these cylinders with the same decree< of accuracy ^nclitde tiie Cost of the No. 653 ii the best pump ; and next to it, No. 652 : but 11 economy » Ain 651,- may be safely taken. Comparing together two pumps of the same pi m, • ’, ^out any other the former is easier and quicker in action ; the latter is much more effective, and drawback than the two or three stiff pulls at the beginning o an ..., t barrelled pumps that Pumps, Nos. 048, 040. 050, arc beyond question gee. ly U . ire usually sold at twice their price. Ihese small pumps c. shown in the Table at page 60, they give excellent results. BELL-GLASS RECEIVERS FOR AIR PUMPS. rhe Air-pump Receivers are all strongly welted and Onely Ijreund e(lc f receiver is measured its upon the air-pumn plate being from f to ^ inch across. • _ n i a te ,t is suitable for. sts upon the air-pump plate being from $ to * inenacruoo. mp p i a te it is suitable for. un outside to outside of the ground flange, to show what aze of airp^ le bore, of course, is finch to 1 inch less than the desenbed width. b is measured le bore, ot course, is f inch to i men ieo» , side. When there is a neck, the height is exclusive o u p , ■ ‘ -jj be 'described in the article Receivers of forms suited for particular experiments in I hysics Pneumatics,” in the Catalogue of Physical Apparatus. fine Bohemian glass and handsome y All these Receivers are of hard glass. Those marked B are of fi^ohenu^^e^ lished. Those marked G arc of hard German glass. 1 he'' diameter across the flange The Receivers Nos. 672 to 677 have flanged mouths, ground flat, ing 3^ inches. K 66 RECEIVERS AND FITTINGS FOR AIR-PUMPS. The Receivers Nos. 678 to 681 have necks from 2 to 2£ inches wide, mounted with Brass Caps of the form of No. 714. The Receivers are delivered capped at the prices quoted in the list. The screw in the cap suits the screws of the different stopcocks and connectors, Nos. 697 to 722. Nos. 655 to 659 are shallow receivers for evaporations over sulphuric acid, the freezing of water, &c. Nos. 660 to 681 are tall receivers. No. Width over Flange. Height Inside. Figure. Price. No. Width over Flange. Height Inside. Figure. Price. 655 61 in. 31 in. 655 G. 2s. 669 9 in. 12 in. 666 G. 8s. 656 8 in. 6 in. 655 G. 3s. 6 d. 670 84 in. HI in. 666 B. 9s. 657 9 in. 5 in. 655 G. 4s. 671 03 in. 14 in. 666 B. 15s. 658 9 in. 61 in. 655 B. 7s. 672 7 in. 6 in. 672 B. 4s. 6d. 659 ”1 in. 7 in. 655 B. 12s. 673 71 in. 12 in. 672 B. 9s. 660 21 in. 01 in. 660 B. Is. 674 10 in. 14 in. 672 B. 14s. 661 in. 7 i in. 660 B. 3s. 675 * 2 in.. 10 in. 675 B. 7s. 6d. 662 41 in. 71 in. 660 B. 2s. 6d. 676 8 in. 11 in. 675 B. 10s. 6d. 663 7 in. ll in. 660 B. 5s. 677 81 in. 13 in. 675 B. 12s. 6d. 664 8 in. 12 in. 660 B. 9s. 67.8 5f in. 5-1 in. 678 B. 5s. 665 11 in. 14 in. 660 B. 14s. 679 7 in. 8 in. 678 B. 7s. 666 4 in. 7 in. 666 G. 3s. 680 81 in. 10 in. 678 B. 11s. 667 7 in. 8 in. 666 G. 4s. 681 101 in. 12 in. 678 B. 16s. 668 81 in. iol in. 666 G. 6s. • EXTRA FITTINGS FOR TATE’S PUMP. 684. Extra Screw between the pump plate and the stopcock, represented at the upper part of b in Fig. 649, and d in Fig. 650, with a blank nut to close it when not required for use, 3s. 6d. This is not a separate piece of metal, but a prolongation of the stopcock marked K in Fig. 648. It is useful for the purposes represented in Figs. 649 and 650. 685. Extra Joint with Screw. Those who already possess Tate’s Pump as figured at No. 648, can have an extra joint with this screw supplied at the cost of 5s. 686. Arm to carry a Syphon Gauge, applicable to the extra screw No. 684, repre¬ sented by c, Fig. 649, 3s. The syphon gauge when used merely to test the power of a pump can he screwed into the plate, as shown at r, Fig. 648. In that case, a hole is drilled in its brass base to permit the passage of the air. But when it is desired, during the progress of an experiment, to know the extent of exhaustion within the receiver, the gauge can be mounted as represented by Fig. 649. The gauge d must then be without the extra hole in its brass base. Instead of this form of gauge, that represented by Fig. 695 can be used in this manner. 587 67 AIR-PUMP FITTINGS, STOPCOCKS, CONNECTORS Extra Pump Prate, for use in drying chemicals in vacuo, or in freezing water, over sulphuric acid, consisting of a cast-iron table mounted on three legs, with plate-glass surface, an air-tube and stopcock, the thread of which fits a union joint, as represented by e, /, g , Fig. 650, three sizes. 687. 8-inch Plate, with stopcock, 14s. 688. 10-inch Plate, with stopcock, 18s. 689. 12-inch Plate, with stopcock, 25s. , ~ fi * n . 690. Connecting Tube, flexible caoutchouc, wired and glazed, 3 feet iong. /^F g.OoO , with a screw i, to fit the extra joint d, and a union joint g, to fit the stopcock /, of the extra plate, 5s. One connecting tube serves for any number of separate plates, Nos. 687 to 689, each of the plates “nKtflS’SSrfllS placed over a separate pump plate, a gauge is feed i.; the ,e£n?tE feed pTmp plate as represented by Fig. 050, to mark the progress of the exhaustion. 391. The Connecting Tube, with the stopcock/, g. hi, Fig. 650, complete, 8s. Flat Glass Receivers for the extra pump plates, of strong German and Bohemian glass, welded and ground on the edges, see Nos. 655 to 659. 392. Pans for containing Sulphuric Acid, represented at Fig. 650, are descn e i the section on “ Desiccating Apparatus. No. 1285. Syphon Gauges, for showing the extent of exhaustion effected iy air-pumps within their receivers. These are of three 393. Common three-limbed Syphon Gauge, mounted on a biRss foot, with male screw, Fig. 693, 3s. 6d. This gauge may be had either with or without an air-hole drilled m the brass foot: see Note to No. 686. It is used as shown by r, 1 ig. 648, and d, Fig. 649. 694 Syphon Gauge, with scale, form of Fig. 694, mounted on oua. Dypiun v™ o » _... ’ under a receiver t s ■v Pi 1 vpnon uauge, wiui Bbaic, ivnm > . a flat stand, and requiring to be placed under a receiv ^ gg4 g95> Syphon Gauge, with glass scale, form of Fig. 695, the gauge enclosed in a glass tube. Price, with stopcock, 8s. Ditto, without stopcock, 5s. 395. 396. _, - Of these three syphon gauges, the one that is Geast ^ hy variety als^is not graduated. «. <• >£— "C&S? 8 Sf'Sps, Nos. 648 to 650, with which the guage No. 693 is delivered, may have No. 695 instead, on payment of the difference mpnce. , tore been detailed at The precautions to be taken to secure accurate results in the use oj sjp j j page 61. STOPCOCKS AND CONNECTORS. The following Stopcocks and Connectors are all London-made, of the best quality, id of Polished Bkass d of Polished Bkass. .l._ thoso of Stopcocks and Connectors of Polished Ieoh cost one-half more lished brass. Stopcocks:— 7. Stopcock, with two male screws. Pig;'■ 3s ; Fi 608 3s . 18, Stopcock, with one male and one iemale screw, ig. 68 STOPCOCKS AND CONNECTORS. 699. Stopcock, with a male screw at one end, and at the other end a union joint and a long brass tube for attaching a flexible tube. Fig. 699, 5s. 700. Stopcock, with a female screw at one end, and at the other end a union ioint and a long brass tube. for attaching a flexible tube, similar to Fig. 699, but having a female screw instead of a male screw, 5s. 701. 702. 703. Kg°?0l! 8s. f ° r C ° nneCtin S a caoutchouT° r ’ W1 . th 1 male and 1 fema le screw, Fig. 706, Is. 707. Flank Nut, with 1 male screw, Fig. 707, Is. 708. Blank Nut, with 1 female screw, Fig. 708, Is. These blank nuts are used to stop openings that are not required, see No. 684. 708. 709. 710. 711. 712. FITTINGS FOR PNEUMATIC APPARATUS. 69 Three-way and Four-way Connectors ; four patterns, each, 2s. 6d. (09. Connector, 2 female screws, 1 male screw, Fig. 709. 710. Connector, 3 female screws. Fig. 710. ni. Connector, 3 female screws, ancl 1 male screw, Fig. 711. f 12. Connector, 2 female screws, and 2 male screws, Fig. 712. T3. Brass Caps for Bell Jar Receivers, and for Globes for gases, with female screw; diameters to suit glass necks of £, 1, 1^ inch, Fig. 713, each Is. '14. Similar Brass Caps, lj, 2, and 2J inches in diameter, to suit such receivers as Nos. 678 to 681, each 2s. _ The prices of Cylindrical Receivers and of Globes mounted with brass caps will be iven under the head of “Gas Receivers.” Some are already stated at Nos. 678 o 681. 713. 16. Bladder Piece, or Socket to tie in the neck of a bladder or a gas bag, with female screw for re¬ ceiving a stopcock, Fig. 716, 9d. 17. Connector for attaching a flexible caoutchouc tube to brass fittings, with female screw, Fig. 717, 9d. 18. Ditto, with male screw, Fig. 718, 9d. 19. Coflnector to join a ^-inch to a |-inch caout¬ chouc tube, without screws, Fig. 719, 6d. 20. Union Joint for connecting two flexible tubes together, Fig. 720, Is. 6d. 717. 718. 21. Blocks to be screwed to a table, with female screws to receive the ends of syringes, cross pieces, or other articles that need to be fixed in an upright position, two kinds, Fig. 721, flat, Is. 22. Ditto, raised, Is. !3. Brass Clamp, for fastening an air-pump to a table, &c., inch, Fig. 723, 3s. 6d. !4. Iron Clamp, Fig. 723, 3£ inch, Is. Gd. 55. Iron Clamp, 4| inch, represented by Fig. 725 and by c., Fig. 650, 3s. Gd. ’.6. Brass Key, for screwing up the joints of air-pump apparatus, connectors to stopcocks, &c. Single, Is. Gd.; double, Fig. 726, 2s. 726 . 70 EXHAUSTING AND CONDENSING SYRINGES. AIR SYRINGES, POLISHED BRASS. Exhausting Syringes, Fig. 727 :— 727. Barrel 5 inches long, f-inch outside diameter, 7s. 6d. 728. Barrel 8 inches long, If-inch diameter, 10s. 6d. 729. Barrel 9 inches long, lf-inch diameter, mounted on a clamp, 80s. 730. Barrel 12 inches long, 2 inches diameter, mounted on a flange to screw to a table, 42s. 731. Barrel 12 inches long, 2f inches diameter, mounted on a flange, 50s. Condensing Syringes, Fig. 727 :— 732. Barrel 5 inches long, f inch diam., 7s. 6d. 733. Barrel 8 inches long, If inch diam., 7s. 6d. Exhausting and Condensing Syringes, form of Fig. 734. 734. Barrel 6 inches long, f inch diam., 10s. 6d. 735. Barrel 8 inches long, If inch diam., 16s. Exhausting and Condensing Syringe, with a Cross-piece and Clamp to fasten it to a table, Fig. 736. 736. Barrel 6 inches long, f- inch diameter, 18s. 737. Barrel 8 inches long, If inch diameter, 27s. All these Syringes end with female screws. Tallow-Holder, which consists of a mahogany tube containing a piston moved by a screw, Fig. 741. 741. Small Tallow-Holder for general use, bore f-inch, Is. 742. Large size, for use with the air-pump, bore f-incli, Is. 6d. Tallow, or a mixture of tallow and wax, is convenient for greasing the edge of a glass vessel previously to decanting a liquid, in order to prevent the running of the liquid over the edge of the vessel so as to descend outside. Tallow is also required to grease the edge of air-pump receivers, to make them fit the ground plate air-tight. To fill the tallow-holder, the piston is screwed back to the top of the tube, and melted tallow is poured in till the tube is full. After cooling, the tallow is projected as required by turning the screw. 71 apparatus for % ^rokrttiou anti Application of |)£at. The selection of Apparatus for the Production and Application of Heat in chemical operations, lepends, in a great degree, upon the description of Fuel which can be most conveniently and economically procured in any given locality. The necessary apparatus for the production of heat nay, for this reason, be arranged under three heads :— 1. Apparatus required wheu the fuel to be used is charcoal, coke, or coal. This comprehends 'ron Furnaces, Clay Furnaces, Chauffers. 2. When the fuel is spirits or oils :— Spirit Lamps and Oil Lamps. 3. When the fuel is coal gas :—Gas Burners, Gas Furnaces. Under the head of “Application of Heat” it will be convenient to refer to Furnace and Lamp Fit- ings of all kinds, to Crucibles, Tubes, Baths, aud other articles adapted for the special experiments hat require to be made at high tempei’atures. IRON FURNACES. PORTABLE FURNACES, made of strong Plate Iron, riveted, lined with a Refractory Fire-clay Mixture, or Fire-bricks :— ' 45 . Black’s Portable Universal Furnace, for burning coal or coke, oval form, strong iron plate, lined with fire-brick, complete, on feet; fire-room, 9 inches wide and 17 inches deep ; height outside, 24 inches; oval top, 21 by 16 inches; with solid cover for the fire-room, and an oval sand-bath to fit the top; the chimney is at the back ; one of the front openings is suitable for a muffle of 9 inches long, 4} inches wide, and 3 inches deep. There are side openings for a tube, as shown in the figure. £6 Gs. 746. Additional Sand-bath Accommodation. —When addi- ional sand-bath accommodation is required, or when the umace is to be used to warm the laboratory, an extra table and-bath, of the form of Fig. 746, may be placed between he Black’s furnace and the chimney of the room, a tine tassing from the furnace through the sand-bath. This con- rivance may be used also with other kinds of furnace. It an be very conveniently adapted to the square Cupelling ’urnace described in the section on “Assaying,” the dome f the furnace being removed, and the body placed below ne end of the sand-bath. The free space under the sand-bath aay, if required, be closed in, to form a hot chamber, a door ■eing made in front. The price of such an extra sand-bath epends upon its size ; it may be from 30s. upwards. 746 . 748. 749 . 72 IRON FURNACES. 747. Sir Humphrey Davy’s Portable Furnace, with extra Sand-bath, is repre¬ sented by big. 747. It can obviously be made of any dimensions that may be required. 748. Deep Cast-iron Sand-bath, to dip into the upper opening of Black’s Furnace, and adapt it for distillation with retorts. Size—7 inches deep, 8 inches wide inside, 12 inches over all, Fig 748. 7s. 6d. 749. Set of 5 Cast-Iron Bings, to adapt Basins of different sizes to the upper open- w- g ? aC ' k ’ S furnac< T Sizes,—3^, 5, 61, 8, 9|, and 11| inches diameter. Fig. 749, per set, 3s. 6d. 750. Muffles for the above furnace, 9 by 4f, by 3 inches, 3s. 751. Two-Gallon Still, tinplate, with moveable top and iron jacket, to adapt it to this furnace, 27s. r <52. Condenser for this Still, Mitscherlich’s form, which can be opened for cleaning, 753. ^ Wooden Stool, to adapt the Condenser to the Still, 2s. 6d. Nos. 751 to 753 will be described more particularly in the section on “Distillation,” No. 1891. 754. Black’s Furnace, smaller size, .circular; the fire-room 8 inches wide, 13 inches deep; the furnace cylindrical; external diameter, 12i inches; height, 21 inches ; with solid cover, side-openings for a tube, and a double-bottomed sand- bath, 12| inches diameter. £4 10s. 755. Mohr’s Universal Furnace (see “ Lehrbuch der Phar- maceutischen Technik,” page 178), on three legs with a flue; fire-room, 12 inches in diameter, 13 inches deep; external height of fur¬ nace, 29 inches, width ] 7 inches; with sand-bath, 17 inches diameter. £5. 756. Chauffer of Iron Trellis, for applying heat to the sides (and not the bottom) of a retort, for the safe distillation o oil of vitriol, accompanied by an iron dome; size for a three-pint retort, Fig. 756, 12s. Gd. ibi. Chauffeis, for eyaporating and boiling, cast-iron; with iron grate, ash-pit, and base, Fig. 757. a. 8 inches diameter, fire-room 2| inches deep, 4s. 10 „ „ 3 5s c ‘ ^ " Of ,, 8s. 6d. 757 . BLAST FUliNACES. 73 758. Trivets to support vessels over these Chauffers without spoiling the draught, Fig. 758. 8-inch, 6d. 10-inch, 7d. 11-inch, 8d. Other varieties of Triangles and Trivets are described at Nos. 299 to 308. 761. Fire-Clay, prepared for lining Furnaces, supplied in powder, which requires only to be mixed with water and kneaded into a soft mass to be ready for re¬ pairing defects in the lining of Furnaces. Per cwt., 6s. 758. 762. Sefstroem’s Blast Furnace, for fusions at a white heat, consisting of a double furnace, of which Fig. 762 a shows the outside, and Fig. 762 b a section. Made of stout sheet iron, lined with fireclay. To be used with coke, or charcoal and coke, cut into pieces of about a cubic inch in size. The blast of air to be supplied by a powerful blowing-machine. Four sizes, as follow :— Dimensions of Fire Room. Depth. 762. 65 inches. 763. 7£ inches. 764. 10| inches. 765. 12 inches. Width. 5 inches. 6J inches. 7i inches. 9| inches. Outside Dimensions. Height. Width. Price. 9 inches. 12 inches. 25s. 12 inches. 16 inches. 35s. 15 inches. 18 inches. 45s. 18 inches. 24 inches. 58s. 766. Modification of Sefstroem’s Blast Furnace, not so powerful as the foregoing, but more portable, and sufficient lor many pur- poses in pharmacy and in the assaying of metallic ores. Made || of fireclay, with an iron casting and iron grate. In this tur- nace the blast of air passes up through the grate, as in 1 eul e s Two sizes: — Forge. Outside Measurement. Site of Fire Roam. 7M ' 66. 12 inches high. 9 inches wide. 8 inches high. 6inchesw.de. 10s. 67. 14 inches high. 12 inches wide. 10 inches high. 8 inches wide. 21s. 13 inches (see Mohr’s Plmrmaceutischen lechnik, page 181), loi use charcoal and coke, with a set of ring-tops. £3. L 74 DEVILLES CHEMICAL FOKGE. 769. Smaller size of Furnace, on the same plan as the preceding article; the fire room 5 inches wide, 8 inches deep ; height outside, 27 inches; diameter, 7| inches with a set of three ring-tops. 37s. Cupelling Furnaces; see article on “ Assaying.” 770. Deville’s Chemical Forge, con¬ sisting of a powerful circular blowing-machine, a forge, a blast furnace, and a glass-blow¬ ing table combined, £10 10s. Described in “Chemical Recreations,” pasje 585. To be used with charcoal and coke. 771. Deville’s Chemical Forge and Blast Furnace, larger and more powerful than the preceding, with double-action bellows giv¬ ing a continuous and uniform blast, without the glass blow¬ ing table, £13 13s. The blowing-machine of this forge is suf¬ ficiently powerful for any of the Blast Gas Furnaces described in a following section; namely, with No. 4 furnace^it will fuse 251b! of cast-iron. The price of the Blowing- machine without the forge is £9. 772. Luhme’s Portable Furnaces. chcarcoS ZuZot T 7 l™* pIates ’ lined with ^eclay ; suitable for use with is a section of it rr a ' i ‘ “ J s 1Q ws body of the furnace in perspective. Fig. 772 a holding Zs Zthout ToZ cIo + S , ln ^ the opening to admit of a tube, del are projections for vessels The fitting n-mrov PP ?§ e draught. Ihere are three projections inside for smaller Ire provided^ ZhZeSt ° ther Fi g" res are a11 adapted to the top of the furnace, and draught of air Ficr r tlle esca P® of carbonic acid gas, and so keep up the necessary o • g. 77- c represents a dome for use in crucible operations. Fig. 772/ represents a deep sand-bath suitable for distillations with retorts, and Fig. 772 e is a jacket for adjusting the deep sand-bath to the furnace. Fig* 772 d is a flat sancl-batli for operating with, flasks, evaporating basins, &c. The temperature is regulated by means of the valves kk, and ash-pit door g. Several sizes of this furnace are made, and each size is supplied either with short feet, as represented by the Figures, or on legs of 17 inches in height. luhme’s portable furnaces. 75 The following are the usual sizes of Luhme’s Furnaces:— Furnaces with Short Feet. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. Diameter of Fire-room. H 6 7 9 111 inch. Depth of Fire-room. 6 H 8 H 13 inch. Height outside. 11 12 13 15 20 inch. Diameter outside. 6 ^ n 11 14 inch. Furnaces with Long Legs. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. Diameter of Fire-room. 7 8 9 12 inch. Depth of Fire-room. 8 * H 9^ 13 inch. Height outside. 30 30 30 30 inch. . Diameter outside. 10 11 14 inch. PRICES OF LUHME’S FURNACES. Furnaces with Short Feet. No. 1. o 3. 4. 5. 773. The Body. 774. The Dome. 775. Deep Sand-bath and Jacket. 776. Flat Sand-bath. 777. Complete Furnace. 778. Side-doors for Tube, extra. 22 s. 6 s. 6 s. 8 s. 28s. 10 s. 10 s. 12 s. 35s. 15s. 15s. 15s. 56s. 15s. 15s. 18s. 72s. 18s. 18s. 18s. 42s. 3s. 60s. 3s. 80s. 3s. 104s. 3s. 126s. 3s. Furnaces with Long Legs. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 779. The Body. 780. The Dome. 781. Deep Sand-bath and Jacket. 782. Flat Sand-bath. 783. Complete Furnace. 784. Side-doors for Tube, extra. 47s. 15s. 15s. 15s. 52s. 18s. 15s. 18s. 64s. 20 s. 18s. 18s. 85s. 20 s. 18s. 20 s. 92s. 3s. 103s. 3s. 120 s. 3s. 143s. 3s. Fire-clay Furnaces. 00. Universal Table Furnace, English fireclay, bound with iron wire adapted for experiments with charcoal, or charcoal mixed with coke ; consisting of the twelve articles. Nos. 791 to 802, which are supplied in a set, or separately at the prices affixed to each article The price of the complete set is 40s. 01. The Reverberatory Furnace, in three pieces, Fig. /91, a, b, c, height 20 inches, diameter of fire-room, 7 inches, 10s. The piece A may he used separately as an ”e^b7e“%r^ is the fire-door, b the ashpit. \\ hen the turn, c Wlien used for distillation, the 5"c’r mS is^l JSVSL on tno iren ham. laced in notches on the top of the piece A. 76 FIRECLAY FURNACES. 792. Tube Ring for tlie Universal Furnace, Fig. 792, for use instead of the middle ring b, Fig. 791, when the furnace is to be used for heating tubes of iron or porcelain, 3s. 793. Muffle Ring, Fig. 793, for use when the Universal Furnace is to be used for assaying by the cupel. 3s. 9d. 794. Muffle, to fit the Muffle Ring; size, 7 by 3^-, by 2£ inches, 2s. 795. Iron Chimney, Fig. 795, for use with the reverberatory furnace when a high temperature is required for crucible operations, 3 feet high, 4 inches diameter, with dome to prevent mischief from the scattering of sparks, 3s. 796. Double-bottomed Iron Sand-bath, with holes for ventilation, adapted to the piece a of the furnace, Fig. 791, 15 inches diameter, 4s. 797. Iron Blower, Fig. 797, adapted to the evaporating furnace a, used to raise the heat of the fire, 2s. 798. Furnace Base, Fire-clay, Fig. 798,8 inches high, on which to place the furnace, in order to prevent its burning the table, 3s. 6d. 799. Iron Trellis, 10 inches square, |~inch meshes, strong iron wire, Fig. 799, for supporting flasks and basins over the evaporating furnace, Is. 800. Cast-Iron Trivet or Triangle, Fig. 800, for supporting basins, retorts, flasks, &c., over the evaporating furnace, 8-inch sides, 9d. 801. Pair of Flat Iron Rings, Fig. 801, for supporting basins, &c., over the evaporating furnace; size of openings, 4 and 6 inches, Is. 802. Iron Shovel, Fig. 802, for feeding the furnace with fuel, Is. FIRECLAY FURNACES. 77 803. French Fire-clay Evaporating Furnaces, with ash-pit door, fire-door for inserting fuel, and grooves for ventilation cut in the top, as shown by Fig. 803; bound with iron hoops Inside Inside No. Diameter. Price. No. Diameter. Price. 803. 5 to 54-inch 5s. 807. 10-inch lls. 804. 6 64 >> u 2 J> 5s. 6 d. 808. 10 | to 11 inch 14s. 805. 7 7i >> * 2 >> 8 s. 809. ll^-inch 16s. 806. 8$ » „ 9s. 810. 13 18s. 803. These furnaces can be conveniently heated by gas, the ring burners No. 930 to 934 being put in the place of the usual grate. 811. French Fire-clay Evaporating Furnaces, with ash-pit door, but without fire- door, with one long handle, like Fig. 811, or two ears like Fig. 803, bound with iron hoops. Inside No. Diameter. Price. 811. 4*-inch . 3s. 812. 5 „ . 3s. 6 d. 813. 6 „ . 4s. No. Inside Diameter. 814. 7*-inch 815. 8 * „ 816. 9 * „ 817. Furnace for Retorts, Evaporating Basins, or Stills, French fire-clay, in one piece, similar to an evaporating furnace, but having a small chimney on the side to pre¬ serve the draught when the top is closed by the vessel, Fig 817. No. 3. Fire-Room. 7| inches wide, 9 inches deep, 20s. No. 4. Fire-Room, 9 inches wide, 10 inches deep, 27s. This furnace can be heated by gas instead of charcoal, use being made of the rings for burners, described at No. 930. 818. French Fire-clay Reverberatory Furnaces, in three pieces, form of Fig. 818, page 78, but bound with iron hoops instead of wires. Inside Inside Inside^ No. Diameter. Price. No. Diameter. Price. No. Diameter. Price. 818. 4* inches . 10s. 6d. 823. 9* inches . 25s. 827. 134 „ . 42s. 819. 5i „ 12s. 824. 11 99 * 28s. 828. 14* „ 50s. 820. 6| „ 15s. 825. 12 yy • 30s. 829. 1« „ • 56s. 821. 7} „ 822. 8* „ 17s. 2ls. 826. 13 7) * 36s. 830. 17* „ 60s. 831. Melting Furnaces, Fire-clay, form of Fig. 831, page 78, London-made. 1 No. Height. Outside. 832. 194 833. 2l| 834. 221 835. 25f Diameter Height Diameter Inside. Price. No. Outside. Inside. Price. 64 inches . 25s. 836. 26 inches, 9^ inches . G3s. 6 * 99 . 32s. 837. 28 „ 10 * yy . 75s. 7* yy . 38s. 838. 30 „ 12 77 . 88 s. 7* 79 . 44s. 839. 32 „ 12f 77 . 100 s. 8 * 77 . 57s. 78 FIRECLAY FURNACES. 840. Air Furnaces, for fusions, nearly of the form of Fig. 831, French iire-clay. No. 840. 841. 842. 843. 844. Height. 13 inches. 16 18 „ 20 „ 30 „ Outside Diameter of Diameter. Fire-Eoom. Price. inches. 4 inches. 18s. ' 2 >> H „ 25s. '-i >> c „ 33s. H » 7 „ 45s. 13 „ 10 „ 60s. 845. Furnace for Dentists, oval form, Fire-clay, London-made; interior diameter, 32 inches £5 ^ inches; height from bars, 24 inches; total height, outside, 846. Reverberatory Furnace for Heating Tubes, French fireclay, form of Fig. 846; length where the tube is inserted, 15^ inches, outside; fire-room, 12i by 6£ inches, 33s. 2 Other furnaces for “ Organic Analysis.” heating tubes will be described under the heads of “ Gas Furnaces” and 846. ! I GLASS SPIRIT LAMPS, 7Q SPIRIT LAMPS* A. SIMPLE SPIRIT LAMPS. 351. Glass Spirit Lamps, with Ground Glass Caps and Incorrodible Stoneware Wick- holders. Form of the Lamp, either conical, like Fig. 851, or cylindrical, like Fig. 853 d. Four sizes, namely, l, 2, 3, and 4 ounce capacity, each Is. 352. Ditto, ditto, larger sizes, 5, 6, 7, and 8 ounces capacity, each Is. 4d. 354. Spherical-shaped Glass Spirit Lamps, with foot, form of Fig. 854, and some¬ times flatter. 5-ounce size, Is. Gd. The Stoneware Wick-holders have, over those made of brass, the advantage of not being acted on >y the acid which usually accompanies the wood naphtha. Consequently, they do not give a green lame, nor deposit copper upon platinum vessels placed iu the flame ; neither do they convey heat to she spirit in the lamp, and cause it to boil so readily as do the brass wick-holders. 355. Glass Spirit Lamps, with White Porcelain Wick-holders, at 2d. each above the prices of Nos. 851 and 852. 356. Glass Spirit Lamps, with Brass Wick-holders, slight make, at 2d. each above the prices of Nos. 851 and 852. 357. Glass Spirit Lamps, with solid Polished Brass Screw Wick-holders and Glass Caps, 2 to 4 ounce, each 2s. 858. Ditto, 5, G, 7, and 8 ounce, each 2s. Gd. 859. Spirit Lamps, with an extra stoppered neck for supplying spirit when required, Fig. 859, best German Glass, a. Cylindrical, Gounce; b. Globular, on foot, 5-ounce; each 2s. Gd. 860. Glass Spirit Lamps, 8-ounce size, with Brass Wick-holder, rack and pinion to raise and lower the wick as required, and brass cap, Fig. 860, 2s. Gd. 361. Round Plaited Cotton Wick, for the Spirit Lamp No. 860, per yard, Gd. 362. Embossed Stoneware Spirit Lamp, with Stoneware Wick-holder and Cap, Fig. 862, 8d. 363. Cotton Wick, flat, £ inch wide, for Spirit Lamps, per dozen yards, Is. 364. Ditto, per single yard, l|d. 365. Iron Chimney for Small Spirit Lamps, to steady the flame, Fig. 865, 3d. 859 . ARGAND SPIRIT LAMPS. 8.0 860. 866 . Spirit Lamp, 6-ounce size, with two necks, and pint flask, with syphon for the continuous supply of spirit, Fig. 866, 4s. Another method of supplying oil or spirit to lamps is described in the account of Charles Griffin’s Oil Lamp, No. 912. B. ARGAND SPIRIT LAMPS FOR HEATING CRUCIBLES. Berzelius’s Argand Spirit Lamp, mounted on a Stand, for supporting Crucibles &c. Newest patterns, Berlin manufacture; Polished Brass Lamps, Brass Rod and Fittings, and Mahogany Foot, as represented by Figs. 870, 871, 872, and 873, at the following prices :— 870. Spirit Lamp, with the Spirit-holder surrounding the Wick-holder, 16s. 6d. 871. Spirit Lamp, with the Spirit-holder separated from the Wick-holder, 16s. 6d. 872. Spirit Lamp, with the Spirit-holder separated from the Wick-holder, but sur¬ rounding the Brass Rod, 16s. 6d. 870. 871. 873. Spirit Lamp, with the Spirit-holder separated from the Wick-holder, and having a Stopcock and extra Fittings, as represented in Fig. 873, 20s. AEG AND SPIRIT LAMPS. 8 J 872. 873. lf 374. Spirit Lamp, with the Spirit-holder surrounding the Wick-holder, like No. 870, but having the extra Metal Fittings that are represented in Fig. 874 (omitting the glass and pottery), Q5s. A brass rod, a; polished mahogany foot, b ; brass fork to support lamp, c ; brass vice, d, to hold ron rings, of which there are two, l and m ; a socket and screw, e, to hold brass rings, of which ,here are also two, i and k ; a brass ring, with thumb-screw, /, to steady tall vessels ; an iron •rucible jacket, with a screw, q, adapted to the socket e; a tinplate sand-bath, n ; a glazed pan, p ; i lamp-stick, o. 375. Mitscherlich’s Spirit Lamp, in which the spirit is supplied to the Wick-holder, from a Glass Fountain Spirit-holder, attached to the same stand, at a distance of 9 inches, Fig. 875, 21s. The brass fittings of these lamps are all made very slender, in order not to carry off too much aeat. When it is necessary to heat very heavy vessels, other supports must be used, the lamp being iept on its own slender standard. 875 82 BLAST SPIRIT LAMPS. 876. Lamps of the above patterns, if mounted on a porcelain foot, cost 3s. 6d. extra. 877. Unmounted Porcelain Foot for a Lamp Support. 7 by 7 inches, 2s. 6d. 878. Ditto, 8 by 6 inches, 2s. 6d. 879. Ditto, 11 by inches, 4s. 6d. 880. Wicks for the Argand Spirit Lamps, per dozen, 6d. 882. Short Iron Support (Rod and Foot), to hold an Argand Spirit Lamp under an evaporating basin when placed on a low tripod, Is. 3d. C. ARGAND SPIRIT LAMPS ON TRIPOD STANDS. For the ignition of crucibles, it is usual to mount the lamp on a slender support that will not carry away so much of the heat as to lessen its inten¬ sity too greatly; but for boiling and evaporating, it is convenient to have the lamp on a lower and more solid sup¬ port, such as is represented in Fig. 889, a brass tripod with wooden handle. 885. Brass Lamps, lacquered, brown colour, with one iron ring, 7s. 6d. 886 . Ditto, larger size, with one iron ring, 9s. 887. Brass Lamps, polished, larger and stronger than 889. the lacquered lamps, with one brass ring, a, and one iron ring, b, as shown in Fig. "889, 16s. 6d. 888 . Ditto, larger size, 21s. 889. Massive Brass Spirit Lamp, with the fittings represented by Fig. 889, 30s. D. BLAST SPIRIT LAMPS. Apparatus for the Continuous Action of Argand Spirit Lamps. When a spirit lamp acts with a blast of air, either for glass-blowing or for the decomposition of siliceous minerals, the quantity of spirit held in a lamp of the usual size is soon exhausted, and it is convenient to have the means of renewing the supply without suspending the operation. Either of the following plans may be adopted. Fig. 890 represents a lamp to which the frame a & is attached. The ring b sits on the spirit-holder of the lamp. The ring a supports an inverted spirit flask, in the neck of which a valve is fixed. From this flask the spirit runs into the lamp when the rod of the valve touches the bottom of the lamp, and the spirit is so low there as to permit air to pass up into the flask. 890. Price of the frame and a pint bottle, fitted, 6s. 891. Modification of the above, in which the frame is dispensed with, and the spirit reservoir is adjusted to the lamp by a block of boxwood, 5s. 6d. 890. 892. Spirit Reservoir, consisting of a metal can, mounted on three legs, and pro¬ vided with a stopcock and a long delivery pipe, by which spirit can be deli¬ vered continuously, in drops or in a stream, either to feed Argand lamps, or such as are represented at No. 866, quart size, 5s. This apparatus is represented by a in the woodcut of Charles Griffin's Oil-Lamp Furnace, No. 912. BLAST SPIRIT LAMPS 83 593. Deville’s Blast Lamp, for producing a very high degree of heat by burning turpentine vapour mixed with a current of atmosphe¬ ric air supplied by a blowing apparatus. Price 42s. The apparatus is represented by ''ig. 893 at about one-fifth of the .ctual size. It is described in .etail in Chemical Recreations, page i83. The turpentine is contained n the vessel a. The blast is con- r eyed by the pipe e. The copper lieces g, h, i are used, to modify he flame. The largest piece, h, s that on which crucibles are to )e supported by means of a tri- ingle of platinum wire. This lamp icts without a wick. 893. ;94. Blast Spirit Lamp, for burning a mixture of alcohol and turpentine with a blast of atmospheric air, Fig. 894. Price 28s. Described in Chemical Recreations, page 585. The vessel a contains the “^ e ^, s P^ meg T ^ •vlinder c contains an Argand wick. The blast of air is supplied by the pipe cl, which comes up through the table This blast pipe can be fixed at different heights, and be supplied with jets Sett Szes to suit the regelated supply of spirit, and the height of the exposed portion of 595. Multiple Blowpipe, for use with any of the Argand Spirit^Lamps, to enable them to raise heat sufficient to fuse several hundred grains of carbonate soda, or a few ounces of copper, Fig. 895. Price 5s. 6 d. This blowpipe belongs to Charles Griffin’s Thermogenic Oil-Lamp, described in Ao. 91A ^ ^ sequent section It is represented here as mounted on the support^ a spmt iar I • the uple blowpipe, which can be passed up insidetheold.of a lai “P tube b; * » the 84 OIL LAMPS. blowpipe is easily managed, and very effective ; more so than Plattner’s apparatus, which consists of five blowpipes, arranged in a circle around the wick, for it is difficult to get the separate five blowpipes to act uniformly. By a sufficient exposure of cotton wick, a good supply of spirit, and a regular blast of air, a powerful heat can be obtained with the use of this blowpipe. But, in point of fact, a brass Argand spirit lamp is not a suitable instrument for producing very high tem¬ peratures ; for when you succeed in heating a crucible by means of it to whiteness, the crucible in its turn heats the lamp and the spirit. The lamp melts or burns, and the spirit boils, takes fire, and produces a larger flame than you wish for. These difficulties are avoided by the use of a lamp constructed on the principle of Charles Griffin’s Oil Lamp, which is described in the following section. Argand spirit lamps answer well for producing a good red heat; but when a white heat is wanted, they are neither handy nor economical. 896. Russian Spirit Lamp, well adapted for all purposes where a powerful heat is required for a short time, as in igniting Platinum or Porcelain Crucibles, ] bending Glass Tubes, &c. Size, 2| inches high, and 2^ inches diameter, Figs. 896 and 897. 9s. 897. Large Russian Spirit Lamp, 5 inches high and 5 inches diameter, 18s. This Lamp consists of a body, b, b, having a false side, e, h, and partial false bottom, i, i, as seen in Fig. 896, so fixed as to enclose a space, b, d, which has no communication wita the inner space c, except by the bent tube, d, which terminates in a fine orifice at f. The cover, k, serves as a measure, and being filled with either alcohol or pyroxylic spirit, is emptied into the inner space, b, 1 d, by aid of a funnel, through the opening, /, which is then securely closed by a good cork. The same measure of spirit is introduced into the space c, and kindled. The spirit in c by burning soon boils that in the space, b, d, and the vapour is forced with considerable violence through the tube d, becomes ignited at/, and produces a continuous column of burning vapour 6 inches high, which will last from twelve to sixteen minutes. The cover, k, will serve as an extinguisher when required, by merely placing it over the space, c. A ring or triangle, kept in its situation by the screw at the side, may be adjusted to any height, and serves to hold cruci¬ bles while being heated. During a piocess the neck l, with its coik, should be so placed, that if the cork is violently ex¬ pelled it can strike nothing to harm it. 901. Mitsc.herlich’s Ether Lamp, fed with a blast of oxygen gas, by the dame of which platinum and quartz can be melted, Fig. 901. See Chemical Recreations, page 189. 6s. OIL LAMPS. A. Oil Lamps for Boiling and Evaporating. 905. Small Oil Lamp, of saltglazed stoneware, with stoneware wick-holder, cover, and cup to catch overflowing oil, Fig. 905, suitable for slow evaporations, 8d. 906. Similar Lamp, of white glazed Berlin porcelain, Is. 907. Argand Oil Lamp, japanned tin plate, on tripod stand, Fig 907, with copper chimney: No. 1. 5s. | No. 2. 6s. 6d. | No. 3. 8s. 908. Large Lamp Furnace, for boiling or distilling, or the evaporation of bulky solutions. Copper solar oil lamp, iron stool, tin-plate cylinder, sand-bath, and 3 tops, cj, h, i, as represented in Fig. 908, 25s. 909. The Solar Oil Lamp separately, 16s. 910. Cylinder of Saltglazed Stoneware, for use with the solar lamp instead of the tin-plate cylinder depicted in Fig. 908, 10 inches high, 9 inches in diameter, 3s. 901. griffin’s oil-lamp furnace. fc5 )11. Foot of Saltglazed Stoneware, size 9 inches diameter, 4* inches high ^ ed to adjust the cylinder No. 910 properly over the Solar Lamp, No. 908, .. The slit represented in Fig. 910 is to admit a gas-pipe, when gas instead of oil is employed with lis evaporating furnace. B. Griffin's Oil-lamp Furnace, for Melting Metals at a White Heat. The Oil-Lamp Furnace rivals a spirit lamp in handiness.arid conomy and power. It produces neither smoke, nor soot, nor illodiursItis The nay stand on a tea-tray while melting eighty ounces of iron , ant 1 irst cost of the apparatus and the current expense for oil are mere trifles. 912. _ w This furnace serves for all chemical operations in The Guinea Furnace Th . , f ,, me tallm "ic fusions in small platinum and pmcelam erne, "es. » fo f ™ ^ i„,„ in twenty- W Viu. It compn.es ail tie anic.es shown in the above figure. 86 griffin’s oil-lamp furnace. 913. The Guinea-and-a-Half Furnace.— This furnace does all the work of the guinea furnace, and, in addition, is provided with furnace bodies and crucibles for operating on larger quantities of metal. It will nielt five pounds of cast iron in sixty minutes, at a cost of 9d. for oil. 914. Extra Grates for the oil-lamp furnaces, each, Is. 6d. 915.. Cotton Wicks for the lamp, per dozen sets of three wicks, 2s. 6d. Tlie price of extra clay cylinders will be found at No. 1035. Blowing Machines suitable for this Furnace are described in the section on “ Blowing Machines.” Account of an Oil Lamp Furnace, for Melting Metals at a White Heat. By Charles Griffin. (From the Chemical News of January 2, 1864.) I have been for some time engaged in experiments on the construction of chemical lamps. My object was to discover a method by which chemists and metallurgists, who have occasion to melt metals at a white heat, but who happen to have no command of coal-gas, may be enabled to accom¬ plish their purpose by other agents. After many trials, I have contrived an oil-lamp which is not only as powerful in action as the best gas furnaces, but almost rivals them in handiness and economy. Description of the Apparatus .—The Oil-Lamp Furnace is represented in perspective by Fig. 912, and in section by Fig. 912u. It consists of a wick- holder, an oil-reservoir, and a fire-clay furnace. To these must be added, a blowing-machine for the supply of atmospheric air. The oil-reservoir is represented at letter a. It is made of japanned tinplate, mounted on iron legs, and fitted with a brass stopcock and delivery-tube. Its capacity is a little more than a quart. The wick-holder is represented at letter h, and the upper surface of it by the separate figure c. The wick- holder and the oil-reservoir are consequently detached, d is a tube which brings oil from the funnel e, and/is a tube to be placed in connexion with the blowing apparatus. The wick-holder contains three concentric wicks, placed round the multiple blowpipe c, which is in communication with the blowing tube f The crucible furnace consists of the following parts :—g is an iron tripod; h is a flue for collecting and directing the flame. This flue is of such a width, that when the wick holder b is pushed up into it until the top of the wick is level with the top of the clay cone, there remains a clear air¬ space of about | inch all round between the wick-holder and the cylindrical walls of the flue .—i represents a fireclay grate, having three tongues, shown by i, the separate figure of its upper surface. These tongues "support the crucible, without stopping the rising flame .—k is a fire-clay 7 cylinder, which rests upon the grate i , and encloses the crucible, formiug, in fact the body of the furnace. Of this piece there are three sizes : "the smallest is of 3 inches bore, and works with crucibles that do not exceed 2f inches diameter; a middle size, 4 inches bore, for crucibles not exceeding 34 inches diameter; the largest size, 5 inches bore, for crucibles not exceeding 4f inches diameter. This piece being heavy, is provided with handles, as represented in figure p. The walls of these griffin’s oil-lamp furnace. 87 cylinders are from 1 inch to 1^ inch thick.— l is aflat plate of fire-clay, with a hole in the centre, used to cover the cylinder k, so as to act like a reverberatory dome ; m is a cover which prevents loss of heat from the crucible by radiation, but gives egress to the gaseous products of the combustion of the oil; n is an extinguisher to put over the wick-holder when an operation is ended; aud o is a support for the wick-holder. No chimney is required. Management of the Oil-Lamp Furnace. —The apparatus is to be arranged for use as it is represented by Fig. 912. The cylinder k is to be selected to fit the crucibles, and the crucible of a size to suit the quantity of metal that is to be melted. 1 lb. of iron requires the smallest of the three cylinders, described above ; 1^ lb. the middle size ; 5 lb. the largest size. The air-way between the crucible and the inner walls of the cylinder should never exceed £ inch, nor be less than | inch. The cotton wicks must be clean, and be trimmed a little below the level of the blowpipe c. If properly managed, they do not readily burn away, but can be used for several fusions. The reservoir should be filled with oil for each operation. The proper sort of oil for use is the more vo’atile kind of mineral oil, of the specific gravity of *750, which is now easily procurable at about 3s. per gallon. The variety known by the commercial name of turpenzine answers well. Idle combustion of a quart of this oil, costing ninepence, gives heat sufficient to melt 5 lb. of cast iron. Probably the lighter kinds of paraffin oil may be suitable, but I have not had an opportunity of trying them. Liquids of the alcohol class, spirits of wine, and pyroxylic spirit can be used; but they are less effective and more expensive than turpenzine. Care must be taken not to spill the oil on the table or floor, and not to decant it carelessly in the neighbourhood of a light; because atmospheric air strongly charged with the vapour of these light oils is explosive. When the oil is burnt in the furnace, in the manner described below, there is no danger. During an operation, a wooden screen, as represented by the dotted lines in Fig. 912, should be placed between the oil-reservoir and the furnace, to prevent the vaporization of the oil by radiant heat. As the wick-holder b and supply-pipe d contain only about one fluid ounce of oil, the oil must be run continuously, during a fusion, from the reservoir a into the funnel e, in order that the cotton may be always flooded. The success of the fusion depends upon the due supply of oil, to which point the operator must pay attention. At the commencement of a fusion, the oil must be run from the reservoir until the surface of the oil in the funnel has a diameter of about an inch. The wicks will then be flooded, and a light may be applied, and a gentle blast of air then set on. The oil immediately sinks in the funnel; and the stopcock must be opened, and so regulated as to keep the oil barely visible at the bottom of the funnel. If too much oil is supplied, it immediately rises in the funnel, and simultaneously overflows the wick-holder. Too much vapour is then thrown into the furnace, and the heat is immediately lowered, especially at the beginning of an operation, before the fire-clay portions of the furnace are well heated. If, on the contra^, too little oil is supplied, the wicks burn, and the operation is spoilt. The demand of the wick-holder for oil depends upon the condition of the furnace aud the character of the fusion in progress. When the lamp is newly lighted and the furnace cold, the oil should be passed slowly, in distinct drops ; but, as the furnace becomes hot, the rapidity of the supply of drops should be increased ; and, finally, when the furnace is at a white heat, the oil should be supplied in a thin continuous stream. When the fusion to be effected is that of only a small quantity of metal, such as 1 lb. of iron, a rapid supply of drops of oil is sufficient even to the close of the operation. At that rate, the burner consumes about lj pint of oil in an hour. When the fusion to be effected is that of 4 lb. or 5 lb. of iron, and the large furnace is in action and has beeu brought to a white heat, the supply of oil must, as stated above, be in a thin continuous stream, and the operation will then consume 2 pints of oil in the hour. And here it requires remark that, with that continuous supply, when the furnace is large and is at a white heat, the oil does not rise in the funnel, being instantaneously converted into gas at the mouth of the burner, and thrown up in that state into the furnace for combustion. The operation, indeed, consists, at that point, of a rapid distillation of oil-gas, which is immediately burnt, in the presence of air supplied at a suitable pressure by a dozen blowpipes, in effective contact with the crucible to be heated. The flame produced in this furnace is as clear as that produced by an explosive mixture of air and coal-gas. It is perfectly free from smoke, and the unconsumed vapours which occasionally escape with the gaseous products of the combustion are even less unpleasant to smell and to breathe in than are those which are usually disengaged by a blast gas furnace, or by an ordinary lamp fed with pyroxylic spirit. The conteuts of a crucible under ignition in this furnace can at any moment be readily examined, it being only necessary to remove the pieces l and m with tongs, and to lift the cover of the crucible, during which the action of the furnace is not to be interrupted. hen the operation is finished, the blast is stopped, the stopcock is turned off, the oil-reservoir is removed, the wick-hokler is lowered on the support o, withdrawn from the furnace, and covered with the extinguisher n. The quantity of oil which then remains in the lamp is about one fluid ounce. Power of the Oil-Lamp Furnace. —The furnace being cold when an operation is commenced, it will melt 1 lb. of cast-iron in 25 minutes, II lb. in 30 minutes, 4 lb. in 45 minutes, and 5 lb. in 60 minutes. These results have beeu obtained in my experiments. When the furnace is hot, such 88 GAS BURNERS AND GAS FURNACES. fusions can be effected in much less time; for example, 1 lb. of iron in 15 minutes. It need scarcely be added, that small quantities of gold, silver, copper, brass, German silver, &c., can be melted •with great ease, and that all the chemical processes that are commonly effected in platinum and porce¬ lain crucibles can be promptly accomplished in the smallest cylinder of this furnace; and, in the case of platinum vessels, with this special advantage, that the oil-gas is free from those sulphurous compounds, the presence of which in coal-gas frequently causes damage to the crucibles. Requisite Blowing Power. —The size of the blowing machine required to develop the fusing power of this Uil-Lamp Furnace depends upon the amount of heat required, or the weight of metal that is to be fused. For ordinary chemical operations with platinum and porcelain crucibles, and even for the fusion of 1 lb. of cast iron in clay or plumbago crucibles, a blowing power equal to that of a glass-blower’s table is sufficient, provided the blast it gives is uniform and constant. But the fusion of masses of iron weighing 4 or 5 lb. demands a more powerful blower, such as is commonly used in chemical laboratories for the supply of air to blast furnaces when fed by gas or coke. The highest power of the Oil-Lamp Furnace depends, indeed, upon the power of the blowing-machine that is to be used with it. Much more than 5 lb. of iron can be melted by the gas which this Oil-Lamp is capable of supplying, provided a sufficiently powerful blowing-machine supplies the requisite quantity of air. When more than a quart of oil is to be rapidly distilled into gas, and the whole of that gas is to be instantly burned with oxygen, it is evident that effective work demands a large and prompt supply of air. Cost of the Oil-Lamp Furnace.— As in all practical matters of this sort the cost is a main question, it may be useful to state that the price of this apparatus, complete, without the blowing machine, but including every other portion necessary for heating crucibles up to the size sufficient to fuse 1 lb. of cast iron, is one guinea ; and that with the extra furnace-pieces for crucibles suitable for 5 lb. of iron, or any intermediate quantity, the cost is a guinea and a half. GAS BUHNERS AND GAS FURNACES. 920. 921. 922. 921 924. 925. 926 Gauze-top Cylinder Gas Burner, 4-inch brass cylinder, with 2-inch gauze top, iron foot, fish-tail jet, extra blowpipe jet, and wooden support for the hand, Fig. 920. but without stopcock, 6s. Gas Burner, which can be used as an Argand burner, with metal chimney ; as a gauze-top burner, and as a blowpipe jet; brass clylinder, 5| inches bv 2i inches, iron foot, and porcelain Argand burner, 7s. 6d." Stopcock to either of the above, Is. 6d extra. Hoffmann’s Gas Burner, 5f-inch brass cylinder, with 2|-inch gauze top, porcelain Argand burner and blow¬ pipe burner, with 3-way cock and iron foot, 10s. 6d. Gas Burner, cylinder with gauze top and stopcock, on a large retort stand, with rings and iron crucible jacket, Fig. 924, 20s. Gas Boiling Apparatus, broad gauze top, with regulator and kettle sup- 920. port, Fig. 925, 20s. Gas Burner to fix to a Laboratory Table, Fig. 926, the set 14s. 924. This set consists of a brass tube, a, which can be screwed to a laboratory table by the flange c, and yet have the power to rise and fall, by means of the flexible pipe d and the clamp b. It has a brass cylinder, i, and gauze top, k; a single jet burner, shown in a ; a ring or Argand burner, g, and a blowpipe burner, h. Letters e and/refer to the main gas-pipe and stopcock affixed to the’ wall of the laboratory. A sheet of metal about a foot square should be screwed to the table under the flange c. RING GAS BURNERS. 89 King Gas Burners, for producing diffused flames, suitable for boiling, evaporating, and the application of heat to large surfaces ; consisting of bent iron pipes pierced with numerous holes, each of which supplies gas for a special flame. Several forms, as represented by Figs. 930 to 934. The pipes have a bore of iV inch, and the rings have the diameters quoted in the table. Diameter of Ring. 930. Plain Ring. 931. Coil. 932. Brazed Ring. 933. Double Ring. 934. Triple Ring. 2 inch. Is. - Is. 6d. 3s. - 3 inch. Is. 2d. 2s. Is. 9d. 3s. 6d. — 4 inch. Is. 3d. 2s. 3d, 2s. 3s. 9d. 6s. 5 inch. Is. 5d. 2s. 8d. 2s. 3d. 4s. 3d. 6s. 6d. 6 inch. Is. 6d. 3s. 2s. 6d. 4s. 6d. 7s. 7 inch. Is. 8d. 3s. 6d. 2s. 9d. 5s. 7s. 6d. 8 inch. Is. 9d. — 3s. 5s. Cd. 8s. 935. Cylindrical Iron Furnaces for Supporting Basins AND OTHER VESSELS OVER THE RlNG GaS BURNERS, made of stout iron plate, of the form repre¬ sented by Fig. 935, consisting of a cylinder, the top of which is 10 inches above the table. It stands on three legs, is open at the bottom, and is furnished with a handle. The three strips of metal that form the feet are continued up¬ wards within the cylinder, and bent towards the middle, so as to form a tripod upon which the N 90 deyille’s gas burners. ring burner rests, the leading tube passing out through a slit in the cylinder, to be put into connexion with the caoutchouc tube that brings the gas. The space between the ring burner and the top of the furnace is about 6 inches. Two sizes of this cylinder :— 935. Six inches diameter, serves for Rings of any pattern from 2 inches up to 5 inches diameter, 4s. 936. Nine inches diameter, serves for all the sizes of the Rings, so that by changing the ring any requisite degree of heat can be supplied, 5s. 937. Block for attaching the Ring Gas Burners to a Retort Stand. See Nos. 277, 286. a. Price of a suitable iron retort stand, the base rectangular, 9i inches long, 6 inches wide, the rod 28 inches long and § inch dia¬ meter, and a block adapted to such a rod and to the diameter of the arm of the burners, 5s. 937. b. If a staud with rings or other fittings is required, the price will be found between No. 260 and No. 280. Triangles for supporting small vessels over these cylinders, are described at Nos. 299 to 308; Sand-baths in a subsequent section. The French Furnace for Stills, &c., No. 817, or the Furnaces Nos. 803 to 810, can also be heated by these ring gas burners, instead of being fed with charcoal. 938. Deville’s Collection of Gas Burners for various chemical operations, comprehending all the pieces shown in Fig. 938, £3 J 5s. Description. — a, supply pipe with stop¬ cock ; b, jet with circle of holes; c, single jet; d, flat jet for blowpipe ; e, Argand, with gallery for chimney ; /, Herapath’s gas blowpipe ; g, cylinder with gauze top, and with extra tube for a blast of air to give an intense heat; h, a brass cone for col¬ lecting a mixture of air and gas ; and i, j, k, are three burners adapted to this cone ; i and f having gauze tops, and lc being provided with a blowpipe : l is a pipe coming from the blowing machine, or, in certain cases, from a gasometer containing oxygen gas. When h is supplied with coal-gas and air, and k l with oxygen gas, an intense heat is produced by the jet. m is a crucible jacket, which fits the top of the cylinder g. The retort stand belongs to the set, and all the pieces fit properly to one another. 939. Gas Branch, with collar and thumb-screw, to attach to a retort stand. 1, To fit a Retort Stand the rod of which is inch diameter, 3s. 2. The same with a stopcock to the gas-pipe, 4s. 6d. Any kind of vertical burner may be adapted to these branches. 938 bdnsen’s gas burnebs. 91 BUNSEN’S GAS BURNERS, which give a blue smokeless flame on burning a mixture of gas and air. The due performance of Bunsen’s burner depends upon the proper ad¬ mixture of gas and air. If gas is in excess, the flame gives light and smoke, and little heat. If air is in excess, the mixture explodes, aud the gas takes fire within the tube, at the bottom. The proper management of such apparatus is explained at article No. 1013. 945. 946. Bunsen’s Single Jet, name¬ ly, brass tube and iron foot, either plain, Fig. 945, or ornamented, Fig. 949, Is. 6d. Jet, with fork holes, by which it can be mounted on a retort stand, as represented by d, Fig. 946, 3s. Single tm 945. The other articles shown in Fig. 946 are as follows :— Iron Retoi-t Stand, with rectangular foot, 94 by 6 inches, and rod 28 inches by | inch ; three malleable iron rings, 3, 5, aud 6| inches diameter, with triangular collars and screws, No. 262, 9s. a, an Iron Table, No. 273, 3s. ; b, Iron Fork No. 948, Is. ; c, Griffin’s Bose Burner, No. 973, 2s. 6d. ; d, Bunsen’s Burner, with star and fork holes, No. 950, 4s. 947. Iron Fork for Bunsen’s Burner, with collar to fit a ^-inch iron rod, and brass thumb-screw, Is. 948. Ditto, for a f inch iron rod, b, Fig. 946, Is. 949. Single Jet Burner, with Star Support, without fork holes, Fig. 949, 2s. 6d. 950. Ditto with fork holes, d, Fig. 946, 4s. 951. Porcelain Plate to put over the Star Support, No. 949, to catch the ashes of a filter when burnt over the blue flame, Fig. 951, Is. 3d. 952. Iron Tripod Support to hold capsules, &c., over a Bunsen’s Gas Burner, 6d. 953. Small Cylindrical Iron Chimney, to put on a star support to steady the flame, 3d. 954. Blowpipe Jet, which acts when dropped into the Bunsen’s Jet, nd the external diameter of the dome f is about 8 inches. The crucible, v T hich may be from 41 to 4 j inches in height, is placed on the iron ring e, Fig. 994 a, or Fig. 999, and that on the clay sole d, and it is then covered by the dome f The gas should be lighted after the crucible is placed in its position, and before the dome is put on. The dome and the chimney are then to be added, and the operation allowed to proceed. With a crucible of the above size, the damper h is not required ; but it must be used when the crucible is under 4 inches in height, otherwise the draught, occasioned by extra space within the dome, causes the flame to blow down. The damper must be put on the chimney before the chimney is put on the dome. The iron ring, Fig. 999, or e, Fig. 994a, suits crucibles of different sizes, according to the side of it which is turned uppermost. The Figures show that a crucible mounted in this furnace can lose very little heat by radiation or conduction, and hence it is that a small gas flame produces a powerful effect. In half-an-hour, a 41- inch clay crucible, filled and covered, can be heated to full redness. The progress of the ignition can be easily examined by lifting up the chimney g and the dome f by their respective wooden handles. But the action of the furnace can also be judged of by a peculiar roaring noise which it produces. If the gas and air are mixed in due proportions, the roar is regular and continuous. If there is too much gas, the roar is lessened. If too much air, the roar is increased, but is rendered irregular and intermittent. The greater the noise, the greater the heat in the furnace ; but when the roar becomes spasmodic, the flame is on the point of blowing down. To prevent that occurrence, the proportion of air must be lessened or that of gas increased. % 1007. Arrangement for Heating Platinum Crucibles , as in the Fusion of Silicates with Anhydrous Carbonate of Soda. —The following arrangement is convenient when small crucibles are to be strongly heated:—Anhydrous carbonate of soda in quantities exceeding 1000 grains can be thus readily fused in a platinum crucible, and sterling silver can be melted in a clay crucible. It is also available for ignitions or fusions in small porcelain crucibles. Fig. 995 represents the arrangement of appara¬ tus as seen in section, a is the gas-burner ; b, the stool; c, the air-chimney ; and d, the furnace sole, as already explained, i is a cylinder of fire-clay, 4 inches high, and 4j inches diameter ; I- is a fire-clay furnace, in which is placed a small cast iron ring, about 2 inches in diameter, similar in form to that represented by Fig. 999, and on this ring the platinum crucible is adjusted ; l is a fire¬ clay or plumbago reverberatory dome ; and g is the chimney that forms part of the furnace represented by Fig. 994. The crucible being adjusted, the gas lighted, and the dome and chimney put on, the lapse of 12 or 15 minutes, according to the quality and pressure of the gas, suffices for the fusion of 10 i0 grains of carbonate of soda in a platinum crucible. At the heat which th's furnace produces the cast-iron ring does not melt, nor alloy with the platinum crucible placed upon it. 1008. Gas Melting Furnace, for Quantities of Lead, Zinc, Antimony, etc., with Gas- Burner and Iron Crucible, complete, as represented by Fig. 1008, 30s. The iron crucible will contain nearly 30 lb. of lead, and about 24 lb. of zinc. The burner readily melts these quantities, and then, with a diminished quantity of gas, will keep the metals fluid. The metals being pr itected from the air, suffer little loss by oxidation. Such operations as the granulation of zinc are performed with this apparatus with great facility. It serves also for baths of fused metal. In a larger furnace of this kind, made for a special operation, I have with the burner No. 3 melted 60 lb. of zinc with ease; and I believe that, used in this manner, the burner is powerful enough to melt a hundredweight of zinc. 1009. Gas Crucible Furnace, suitable for analytical operations with platinum cruci¬ bles. Figures 1009 show it in perspective and in section. The power is suf¬ ficient to fuse 1000 grains of anhydrous carbonate of soda in ten minutes. 96 griffin’s gas crucible furnaces. 1008. 1009. 1010. It will take in a crucible measuring nearly 2| by 2J inches. Price of the Furnace, complete, with support but without stopcock, 14s.; price with the stopcock, 15s. 6d. 1010. Gas Crucible Furnace, consisting of a saltglazed stoneware Cylinder, 8 inches high; a Bunsen’s Burner, similar to No. 2, but without the rose-head; a Crucible Furnace, body and trivet similar to k, Fig. 995 ; an iron top to sup¬ port the crucible furnace on the cylinder, and a chimney ; the whole resembling Fig. 1010. 12s. 6d. 1011. Gas Burner, for burning a mixture of gas and air, to heat flues, for boiling water in fixed coppers, &c.; stout iron pipe, 1-inch bore, with regulator for the atmospheric air. Fig. 1011, 7s 6d. 1011 . 1012. The Principles of Heating by Gas, which have led to the con¬ struction of these gas furnaces, may be summed up as follows :—When a crucible or other solid body is to be heated, it is to be wrapped in a single flame at the point of maximum heat, and loss of heat by radiation and conduction is to be prevented by the interposition of non-conducting materials (plumbago or tire-clay); and when liquids are to be boiled or evaporated, particularly when they are contained in vessels of glass or porcelain, the flame is to be broken up into numerous horizontal jets, and these are to be made tci supply a large and regular current of highly-heated air, by which alone, and not by the direct? application of the flame, the vessel that contains the liquid is to be heated. In both cases provision must be made to secure a sufficient draught of air through the furnace, because every cubic foot oi gas requires for combustion 10 or 12 cubic feet of air, and the gases which have done their duty must be rapidly carried away from the focus of heat. If the steam, the carbonic acid gas, and the free nitrogen, which constitute the used-up gases, are not promptly expelled, fresh gaseous mixture, in the act of producing additional heat by combustion, cannot get near the object that is to be heated, and the heat so produced out of place is wasted. 1013. Remedy for the common Defects of Bunsen'& Burner. —Bunsen’s gas-burner, whatever its size, is subject to two defects: sometimes the flame burns white and smoky, and sometimes it blows EXTEMPORANEOUS CRUCIBLE FURNACES. 97 down, the gaseous mixture explodes, and the gas then burns with a smoky flame in the tube. The remedies for these defects are as follows :—If the flame is white only when the gas is turned on very full, the remedy is to lessen the supply of gas ; but if the flame continues to burn white at the top when the gas is gradually turned off, and the mass of flame slowly sinks, then the holes which deliver the gas from the supply pipe into the air-box a, Fig. 997, are too large, and are placed too directly under the centre of the vertical tube b. Fig. 997, and these defects must be corrected in the instru¬ ment. Finally, when the flame blows down, it is because the supply of atmospheric air is too large in proportion to the supply of gas, and their relative proportions must be altered. To effect this alteration, the cap c is to be turned round on the air-box a, so as partially to close the holes, and thus lessen the supply of air. If, when the gas is alight, the flame needs to be lowered, first the supply of air is to be lessened, aud then the supply of gas. If the flame is to be enlarged, first the supply of gas must be increased, and then the supply of air. In short, to prevent the flame blowing down, the gas must always be first placed in excess, and then have the proper quantity of air adjusted to suit it by means of the regulator c. When gas-burners of this description have to be used in a locality where the pressure of the gas is slight, especially in the daytime, there is a constant tendency in the flame to blow down. The best way to prevent that occurrence is to supply the gas by a pretty wide tube, and to see that the current of gas is not checked by a very narrow bore in the plug of an intervening stopcock, which I have frequently observed to be the unsuspected cause of want of pressure in the supply of gas. If this does not suffice to prevent the blowing down of the gas, the holes which admit the gas from the supply pipe into the box a of the burner should be enlarged, more or less according to necessity. A large supply of gas compensates, to some extent, for want of pressure. When a steady and long-continued heat is desired from a Bunsen’s burner, it is proper to use two stopcocks and a length of caoutchouc tube between them. One of these stopcocks is to be affixed to the burner, and the other to the supply pipe. The latter is to be opened wider than is necessary to supply the required quantity of gas, and the former is to be used to regulate the supply to the burner exactly. Under these circumstances, if another stopcock is opened and gas burnt in the immediate neighbourhood, the flame does not so readily blow down in the regulated burner as it does when only the stopcock on the supply pipe is used. EXTEMPORANEOUS CRUCIBLE FURNACES, which can be built up of Fireclay Cylinders to fit Crucibles of any given size. 1018. When a crucible is suspended by wires or by a ring over the flame of a spirit lamp or gas burner, the flame aud the hot air supplied by the flame strike the crucible for an instant, and then pass away to do no more good. At the same time, the effect of the heating power on the crucible is lessened by other circumstances', namely, by radiation on all sides, by a mass of cold air which constantly rises around and in contact with it, and by the conducting power of the metallic apparatus which supports both the crucible and the lamp. These losses are avoided if the crucible is enclosed in a furnace made of a non-conducting material, such as fire-clay, which can absorb and retain heat. I have shown in the descriptions of the gas furnaces, and in that of Charles Griffin’s Oil-Lamp Furnace, several methods of mounting crucibles in fire-clay jackets, and I have now to describe some furnace fittings that may be used to" construct temj>orary table furnaces for crucibles that are to be exposed to the flame pro¬ duced by gas, oil, or spirits, up to a temperature close upon, but not quite up to, a white heat ;, that is to say, up to a heat that will readily melt anhydrous carbonate of soda and small quantities of silver, and so be fit for most analytical operations ; but which will not melt copper nor cast-iron, and therefore not be fit for metallurgic operations, the heat for which, generally speaking, requires for its production either the aid of a very tall chimney or a bio wing-machine, and necessarily the aid of furnaces and fittings suitable to sustain the required high temperature. There is no economy in making the same gas furnace serve for operations both at a red heat and a white heat. Figures 1024 to 1050 represent sections of cylinders of fireclay, which are drawn on a. scale of 1 inch to 8 inches, and have the relative heights and bores represented in the figures. The clay pieces, that is to say, as many of them as are necessary for a given purpose, can be adjusted over a gas flame by means of a tripod, Fig. 959 or 994, or a ring such as k, lig. 1009, or a clay support such as a, Fig. 976. 1019. Grates. —The crucible to be operated upon is to be supported on a toothed ring, made either of cast-iron or fire-clay, such as are represented by Figs. 999 aud 1019. Fig. 999 is a ring of cast-iron, h representing it in section, and i as seen from above. It is about 2 inches in diameter, and has three teeth projecting towards the middle of the ring. This ring can be supported by any of the clay cylinders whose bore does not exceed 2 inches. Fig. 1019 is a ring of fire-clay of 4 inches external diameter and 1 inch in thickness, provided with three teeth that project inwards, and upon which a crucible can be supported without injuring the draught of the gas furnace. Both these m h L99. o 98 EXTEMPORANEOUS CRUCIBLE FURNACES. 1019. The bore 1045. grates will support crucibles at the highest temperature which can be produced by spirit, oil, or gas, without a blast of air ; but at a white heat produced by any of these fuels with a blast of air, the iron ring melts, and if the heat is long continued, those of tire-clay softeu and partially give way. When the fire-clay grate, Fig. 1019, is required to sustain a very high temperature for a considerable time, it is proper to have it made of 6 inches diameter, as represented by Fig. 1042, the air-way in which is the same as that of the small grate, but the clay ring is much stronger. 1020. Action .—The grate is fixed above the flame at a distance which is found by trial to place the crucible in the point of greatest heat. Commonly, a 4-inch cylinder, No. 1027 or No. 1034, placed upon a suitable support, 'serves the purpose, of the cylinders at the bottom must be wider than the burner, to allow of a considerable influx of atmospheric air around the flame. The grate is placed on this cylinder, the crucible on the grate, and then another cylinder around the crucible. The choice of this upper cylinder depends entirely upon the size of the crucible that is to be heated. Whatever the size of the crucible, the cylinder must be so chosen as to fit the crucible as accurately as possible, leaving between it and the furnace Avails an open space of not less than inch, nor more than 1 inch, all round. If the upper cylinder is not contracted at top, like Nos. 1032, 1033, 1034, then a cylinder of narrow bore, such as Nos. 1024, or 1025, must be put upon it, in order to deflect the flame and the rising current of hot air upon the top of the crucible, and thus produce a reverberatory furnace. Finally, an iron chimney, 2 or 3 feet long, must be put upon the furnace, to force up a draught of ah' sufficient to feed the flame. 1021. Example .—Suppose the Rose Gas Burner No. 2 is to be arranged for au ignition, with the use of the fire-clay support, A, Fig. 976. The combination of pieces necessary for the purpose may be those represented by Fig. 1021, where a is the fire-clay support. No. 976 ; and the rest of the pieces are those which are figured and described at the numbers placed against each of them in this figure. It is evident that the application of this furnace to crucibles of different sizes depends upon the proper choice of the cylinders, here marked 1031 and 1032. Of course there is only a limited choice of crucibles suitable for such operations. Three inches is the extreme width between the furnace walls of any of the pieces from No. 1024 to No. 1034 ; and though larger cylinders could be used, such as those from No. 1035 to No. 1040, it must be remembered that the flame of a lamp without blast has only a limited power, and that although a given flame will fuse 1000 grains of carbonate of soda in a platinum crucible, it may only heat to a moderate redness a large clay crucible. Yet, considering that low degrees of heat are suitable for many chemical purposes, it is convenient to have the power of readily adjusting a temporary furnace to the bulk of any crucible which it is desired to heat. 1022. The clay pieces Nos. 1035 to 1042 are those that have been expressly designed for the blast oil furnace described at No. 912; but these can also be used for spirit and gas furnaces, the respective sizes being chosen in each case according to the size of the crucible that is to be ignited. In respect to the means of supporting a crucible, it has been shown in the description of No. 912, that clay trivets with a wide flange, namely, the 6-inch trivets No. 1042, will support a crucible con¬ taining 5 lb. of iron until that quantity of iron is melted, even under the operations of a blast : so that it is evident that this method of supporting a crucible in a gas flame may be always depended upon when no blowing- machine is employed. 1021. But the discovery of the fact, that a trivet of fireclay of the form of Fig. 1019, could" sustain a crucible bearing 51b. of cast iron, until that quantity of iron Avas melted under the action of a blast, induced me to make some experiments on the joint use of a small blast gas burner and the small fireclay cylinders that are described in this section, and these experiments have led to the construc¬ tion of the Miniature Blast Gas Furnace, described in No. 1155, an apparatus that justifies the recommendation that I have given of the use of these cylinders; for in the Miniature Blast Gas Furnace, the chemist has an instrument which possesses great power, in a small compass, and con¬ venient form, the cost of which is a trifle, and Avhich, by the addition or exchange of a few fireclay (Cylinders, can be modified to suit a great variety of operations at high temperatures. 1032. 1031. 1041. 1034. 976a. I I u ( 99 CYLINDERS TO BUILD EXTEMPORANEOUS FURNACES. 1023. PRICES OF FIRECLAY FURNACE CYLIN¬ DERS, all bound with Iron. A.—Plain Cylinders. No. Outside Diameter. Height. Bore. Thickness of Walls. Price. 1024 4 inch. 1 inch. 2 inch. 1 inch. Is. 1025. 4 inch. 1^ inch. 2 inch. 1 inch. Is. 1026. 4 inch. 3 inch. 2 inch. 1 inch. Is. 3d. 1027. 4 inch. 4 inch. 2 • inch. 1 inch. Is. 6d. ' 1028. 4 inch. I inch. 3 inch. inch. Is. 1029. 4 inch. H inch. 3 inch. £ inch. Is. 1030. 4 inch. 3 inch. 3 inch. inch. Is. 6d. 1031. 4 inch. 4 inch. 3 inch. £ inch. Is. 6d. B.—Cylinders with Conical Bore. No. Outside Diameter. Height. Bore. Wide end. Bore. Narrow end. Price. 1032. 1033. 1034. 4 inch. 4 inch. 4 inch. 2 inch. 4 inch. 4 inch. 3 inch. 3 inch. 3 inch. 2 inch. 2 inch. 2 inch. Is. 4d. Is. Gd. Is. Gd. (3. —Cylinders of the Oil Furnace, No. 912. No. Outside Diameter. Height. Bore. Thickness of Wall. Price. 1035. 5 inch. 4 inch. 3 inch. 1 inch. Is. 9d. 1036. 6 inch. 5 inch. 4 inch. 1 inch. 2s. 1037. 6 inch. 1 inch. 2 inch. 2 inch. Is. 1038. 8 inch. 0 inch. 5 inch. 1| inch. 3s. 1039. 8 inch. 2 inch. 2 inch. 3 inch. Is. Gd. diameter, 040. Flanged Cylinder, 6 inches across the flange, 2 inches bore, 6 inches high, 4 inches across the funnel shaped mouth, 2s. 041. Fireclay Grate, small size, outside 4 inches, Figs. 1019 and 1042, Is. 3d. 042. Fireclay Grate, large size, outside diameter, 6 inches, Figs. 1019 and 1042, Is. Gd. ^ 043. Iron Grate, Figure 999, 2 inches diameter, Gd. 044. Iron Grate, Figure 999, 4 inches diameter, 8d. 045. Iron Chimney, with handle, but not lined with fireclay, 2 feet long, 2s. 6d. .046. Ditto, 3 feet long, 3s. 1024. 100 hofmann’s gas combustion furnace. D. Cylinders of the Miniature Blast Gas Furnace, No. 1155. 1047. 1047. Cylinder, 4 inches diameter, 1^ inch thick, inch bore, Is. 1048. 1048. Cylinder, 6 inches diameter, li inch thick, 14 inch bore, Is. 6d. 1049. Cylinder, 6 inches diameter, 2 inches thick, bore 3 inches 1049 - at the wide end, 2 inches at the narrow end, 2s. 6d. 1050. Cover on three feet, m, Fig. 912, and 1050 in Fig. 1155, 4d. ftkts ifunmccs far prating infers. HOFMANN’S GAS COMBUSTION FUNRACE. lOol. In this apparatus the combustion of the gas, supplied by a series of vertical gas jets, is effected by means of a number of perforated clay burners, in which the gas is mixed with air. These burners are so grouped as to form a channel for the combustion tube, a system of stopcocks serving to regulate the heat, or to confine it within any desired limits. A full description of the apparatus by Professor Hofmann will be found in the “ Quarterly Journal of the Chemical Society,” vol. xi., page 30. 1051. 1052. 1052. This furnace is made of various sizes, to suit lono- or short + i ... „ rows of burners, and with one or two parallel channels Fie- 1051 b n r ,™ t0 “. tu)es ’ ^ 3 or 5 Furnace, with live rows of burners arranged for one tube and Fig 1052 a serHn ^ V '} eW (ias show the arrangements of the several parts. The clay burners ^tre of twoS? e , crosswis 12* » 16 77 ,, £3 3s. 103 griffin’s gas furnace for heating tubes. 1071. Description. —-The horizontal main pipe can have gas applied at either end, or at both; there is a screw cap to close one end when not required, which is usually the case, as a supply of gas at one end is sufficient at ordinary pres¬ sure to give a flame that will fuse the most refractory glass that can be pro¬ cured. the form of the bricks used for the furnace is shown in perspective in rig. 1064, and in cross section by the upper shaded part of Fig. 1071. The draught of the furnace is regulated by the distance at which these bricks are placed from one another. Each brick is cased in iron, and has an eye at the ack, by which, and the hook, Fig. 1073, it can be readily adjusted in place. i •' i 72 represents a clamp for turning the stopcocks of the gas-burners, winch are set too close together to be conveniently moved by the fino-ers. Support of Tubes in the Furnace. —Metallic or porcelain tubes, that are not subject to bend when hot, are supported in this furnace by the end supports of the furnace, which are provided with holes at the level of the teeth of the bricks (compare Jigs. 1064 and 1071). Short lengths of tube can be supported on the teeth of the bricks. But glass tubes, such as are used in organic com¬ bustions, fuse too readily in the heat of this furnace, and require a 1072. support. Ibis may consist of a series of upright slips of stout sheet iron, sued as are used in Liebig’s original combustion furnace, for use with 1073. cnarcoal; or it may consist of an iron tray with a keel, such as repre¬ sented by b ig. 1074. A cross section of this tray is shown at the right-hand end of Fffi also in situ m Fig. 1071. The keel prevents the warping of the tray. S 1074, and 1074. 1075. f ft 1077. 1075. Regulation of the Heat. — 1 . By attention to the main supply pipe, of course, more or less gas can be given to the whole series of burners. 2. Each burner being provided with a stopcock can be individually regulated. 3. The regulation of the space between the bricks is another means of changing the degree of heat. 4. When the bricks become red-hot,- a great quantity of heat is radiated downwards, which is not only a loss, but one that acts injuriously on the row of burners. To prevent this action, two iron plates of the form represented by b, Fig. 1075, are fixed, one on each side of the furnace, a,s shown in Fig. 1071, the supports for the plates being represented at the two ends in the front of Fig. 1064. Those plates force the current of air that is required to feed the flames to pass close by the burners, and keep them cool. With these plates a given heat is pro¬ duced by a smaller quantity of gas than is necessary without them. 5. Finally, the entire row of burners can be raised 3 inches nearer to the tube w'heu a strong heat is required, by merely loosen¬ ing the thumb-screws at the two ends of the furnace, lifting up the main gas tube with the burners and again fixing the thumb-screws. The following experiment shows the importance of this move¬ ment :— Trial with a Furnace (No. 1066) with 33 Jets.— Gas supply pipe, i-inch bore. Object, to keep a cast-iron pipe of an inch diameter continuously at the same apparent degree of red heat. * 1. The top of the gas burners being 3 inches from the iron pipe, and the pressure of the gas fA-inch of water, the consumption of gas was 12 cubic feet in 15 minutes. 2. The top of the gas-burners being 1 inch from the iron pipe, and the pressure of the gas reduced to ^ inch of water, the consumption of gas was 6 cubie feet in 15 minutes. That is to say,—to keep up the same degree of heat, twice as much gas was necessary in the one case as in the other. Thus, while this arrangement gives the power of raising — 1 the heat when necessary, it at the same time enables the operator to-practise economy in the consumption of gas. J 1076. Fig. 1076 represents a clay plate put at each end of the furnace, when it is em¬ ployed for combustions, to keep the heat from passing from the body of the furnace out¬ wards to the corks, &c., which it may be desirable to keep cool. One of these plates is 1076 shown in situ at the left-hand end of the furnace, Fig. 1064. 1077. When an operation with this combustion furnace has ceased, the top of it may be closed by the iron cover, a, Fig. 1075, which prevents the passage of air through the furnace, and also prevents griffin's gas combustion furnace. 103 the descent of dust into the gas-burners. The latter, however, are best protected by an iron cover of the form of Fig. 1077, which should be put over the jets as soon as an operation is ended, and the gas turned off, because dust, bits of glass, or any kind of rubbish that falls into the tubes, causes the gas to burn with white light, instead of the proper blue flame. GRIFFIN’S GAS COMBUSTION FURNACE. 1078. This furnace differs from the preceding (No. 1064), chiefly in the form of the Firebricks that constitute the upper portion, and in the manner of supporting the Combustion Tube within it. The following five sizes are made :— 1079. Inside length, 30 inches, 42 burners, price £6 6s. 1080. „ 25 „ 36 n ,, £5 5s. 1081. M „ 21 „ 30 n „ £4 10s. 108*2. )> „ 17 „ 24 „ £3 15s. 1083. >> „ 13 „ 18 >> ,, £3 3s. 1087. 1088. 1086. Description. —The lower part of this furnace is represented by Figure 1064, from the iron plates which support the bricks downwards. But the bricks above described (No. 1071) being removed, the upper part of the furnace is built up as follows : — 1087. Upon the two iron plates above the gas flame are placed two rows of fire bricks with zigzag edges, each brick being 4 inches long, 2 inches wide, and ^ inch thick ; these rows extending the whole length of the furnace. The form of the bricks is represented in Fig. 1087. The toothed or van- dyked edges of these bricks can be put at any desired distance from each other, and the bricks therefore permit more or less draught through the furnace. The points of the zigzags form the furnace-grate, upon which the glass combustion tube lies solidly and evenly. 1088. Upon this zigzag grate another tier of fire-bricks is placed, of the form shown by Fig. 1088. These bricks are 4 inches long, 2 inches wide, and 1 inch thick. The combustion tube is placed between them, as repre¬ sented in the figure, and the flame rises through the zigzags on each side of the tube. The bricks in general require to be pushed close to the tube, but they can be withdrawn to any distance which the due regulation of the draught and heat may require. 1089. Finally, a third tier of bricks, similar to those that constitute the grate, is put on the top, and these bricks are pushed to a certain degree of closeness to form a sort of reverberatory dome, which makes the gas flame bend upon and heat the upper surface of the glass tube, before it leaves the furnace. 1090. Figure 1090 represents a cross section of these bricks as arranged in connexion with a combustion tube ; a, is the combustion tube ; b, b, the flat bricks of the form of Fig. 1087, pushed pretty close together to form a grate for the support of the tube ; c, c, are bricks of the form of Fig. 1088, constituting the side walls of the furnace ; and d, d, are flat bricks similar in form to those of the grate, but constituting as here placed the dome of the longitudinal furnace. At each end of the furnace a perforated clay plate, similar to Fig. 1076, is placed to cut off the heat from the iron end plate of the furnace. Of course, after the gas has been lighted a little while, all the points of these zigzags acquire a bright red heat, so that the glass tube is exposed on all sides either to a blue gas flame or to contact with red- hot fireclay. The method of regulating and diminishing the heat has been described in the ac¬ count of the preceding tube furnace ; but it may here be added, that if additional heat is required, it may lie produced by putting on the top of the furnace two rows of bricks or two plates of iron facing each other. The top of this furnace is four inches lower than the furnace No. 1064. It can be made seven inches lower if the power of moving the series of gas burners up and down in a body is dispensed with. In that case, also, the cost of a furnace would be reduced 10s.; but then the advantages attend¬ ing this movement, as described in paragraph 1075, would be lost, and that power is sometimes valuable in consequence of the irregular pressure at which gas is often supplied from public works. 1090. 104 griffin’s blast gas furnace. ARGAND GAS BURNERS, made of White Glazed Berlin Porcelain. 1091, These Gas Burners are very neatly made, are not acted upon by the heat, nor corroded by the impurities which accompany coal gas. They are easily kept clean, and have an elegant appearance. They serve either for use with gas for purpose of illumination, or to mix gas with air for thermogenic use. There are two forms, Figs. 1091 and 1092. The latter has one hole to admit the gas, and is used for branches. The former has two holes to suit the forks of an upright argand burner. All sizes at the same price , Sixpence each. 1091. 1092. 1092. 1091. 1091. For Branch Pipes. Burner, If inch high. For Upright Pipes. Burner, If inch high. For Upright Pipes. Burner, If inch high. No. Diameter. Holes. No. Diameter. Holes. No. Diameter. Holes. 1. i inch . . 32 1. i inch . . 32 7. i inch . . 32 1. f inch . . 40 1. i inch . . 40 7. i inch . . 40 2. if inch . . 16 2. ifinch . . 16 8. if inch . . 16 2. riinch . . 18 2. -Hr inch . . 18 8. if inch . . 24 3. if inch . . 24 3. B inch . . 24 4. 1 inch . . 40 4. 1 inch . . 40 GRIFFIN’S BLAST GAS FURNACE. 1100. This furnace is suitable for the fusion of refractory metals, and for all pur¬ poses of ignition, combustion, fusion, or dry distillation at a red heat, or a white heat: where it is desirable to produce those temperatures and effects promptly, certainly, steadily, conveniently, and cheaply. The Blast Gas Furnace consists of two parts, namely, of a particular form of Gas- burner, which is supplied with gas at the usual pressure, and with a blast of common air, supplied by bellows or a blow¬ ing machine, at about ten times the pressure at which the gas is supplied. Secondly, of a Furnace, which is built up round the flame that is produced by the gas-burner, and the crucible that is exposed to ignition. The object of the peculiar con¬ struction of this furnace is to accumulate and concentrate in a focus the heat produced by the gas flame, and to make it expend its entire power upon any object placed in that focus. 1100. gkiffin’s blast gas furnace. 105 This apparatus is made of various sizes, according to the amount of work which is required from it. 1101. The Gas-burner is a cylindrical iron reservoir, constructed as shown in section in Fig. 1101, which is drawn on a scale of one-third the full size. It contains two chambers, which are not in com¬ munication with one another. Into the upper chamber, gas at ordinary pressure is allowed to pass by the tube marked GAS. Into the lower chamber, air is forced by the tube marked air. The upper part of the burner is an inch thick in the metal. Through this solid roof holes are bored for the escape of the gas. The experiments described hereafter were chiefly made with a burner that con¬ tained sixteen holes, arranged as shown in Fig. 1101a, which is a surface view of the bur¬ ner represented by Fig. 1101. But burners, with three holes, six holes, and twenty-six holes, have been made for other purposes. The number of holes depends, of course, upon the heating power required from the burners. The air passes from the lower chamber, through a series of metal tubes placed in the centre of the gas-holes, and continued to the surface of the burner, so that the gas and air do not mix until both have left the gas-burner, and then a current of air is blown through the middle of each jet of gas. The bottom of the gas-burner is made to unscrew, and the division between the two chambers, which carries the air-tubes, is easily removable, for the purpose of being cleaned. The GAS and air pipes which 1 have used are both half an inch in the bore, and are ten inches long ; the gas has usually had a pressure of half an inch of water, and the blast of air about ten times that pressure. The quantity of gas used in an hour was about 100 cubic feet. The stopcock which supplied it had a bore of half an inch. The round-rod, which is represented at the bottom of the burner, Fig. 1101, is intended to fit it to the support, shown by b, in Figs. 1115 and 111S. When the gas is lighted and the blast of air is put on, the flame produced by the gas-burner is quite blue, and free from smoke. It is two inches in diameter, and three inches high, and the point of greatest heat is about two inches above the flat face of the gas-burner. Above this steady blue flame there rises a flickering ragged flame, several inches in height, varying with the pressure of the gas. In the blue flame, thin platinum wires fuse readily. When the gas is burning in this manner, and the apparatus is attached to flexible tubes, the burner may be inverted or held sideways, without disturbing the force or regularity of the flame, sc that the flame may be directed into a furnace at the bottom, the top, or the side, as circumstances may require. Description of the Different Parts of the Gas Furnace :— 1102. The following articles are used in building up the gas furnace for different experiments. They vary in size according to the volume of the crucible, or the weight of the metal which is to be heated, but I may give a general idea of them by saying that Figs. 1102 to 1114 are drawn of about one-sixth part of the actual size of the articles which they respectively represent. The scales of Figs. 1115, 1118, 1119, and 1120, are marked upon them. Fig. 1102 represents a section of a circular plate of fire-clay, two inches thick, with a hole in the centre, exactly fitting the upper part of the gas-burner, which is made to enter into the hole three- quarters of an inch. In external diameter, this clay plate agrees with each size of furnace. Fig. 1103 represents a section of a cylinder of fire-clay, of which two pieces are required to con¬ stitute the body of each furnace. In the middle of each cylinder, a trial-hole is made, one inch in diameter, to which a fire-clay stopper is adapted. See e, Fig. 1115. Fig. 1104 is a section of a fire-clay cylinder, closed at one end, and pierced near the open end with numerous holes, of half an inch in diameter. The thickness of the clay is immaterial. There are several sizes of this cylinder for crucibles of different diameters. It is sometimes called the Ventilator. It is again represented at a, Fig. 1116. Fig. 1105 represents a circular plate of fire-clay, from two to four inches in diameter, and one inch thick. Similar pieces half-inch thick are useful. Figs. 1106 to 1108 represent cylinders of plumbago, pierced with numerous holes of three-eighths of an inch diameter. Their use is to support flanged crucibles over the flame. Fig. 1109 is a cover, or thin plate of plumbago, three inches in diameter. It has a small hole in the middle, and being of a soft material, the hole can be easily cut or filed to suit crucibles of any desired size, so as to support them on the cylinders 1108, &c. As in all cases the heating power of the gas furnace spreads laterally, and does not rise vertically, the most advisable form of the crucibles required for use in it is short and broad, not tall and nar¬ row, and the supporting cylinders must be shaped accordingly. No fire-bars or grates can be used to support crucibles in this gas furnace, because no material, formed into narrow bars, can sufficiently withstand its powers of fusion and combustion. P 1101 . 10G griffin’s blast gas furnace. Fig. 1110 is a plumbago cylinder, or crucible-jacket, two and a half inches high, two and a half inches in diameter, and a quarter of an inch thick in the walls. It has several holes of three-eighths of an inch diameter. Fig. 1111 represents a circular cover or dome, flanged at the bottom, and having a knob or. handle at the top. It is pierced with twenty-four holes of a quarter of an inch in diameter, arranged in two rows near the bottom. This dome, when of small size, is made of plumbago. When of large size, of fire-clay. Figs. 1112 and 1113 represent plumbago crucibles made with a flange or solid overhanging rim, the use of which is to suspend the crucibles over the gas-burner, by means of the cylinders, Figures 1106, 1107, and 110S. When the crucibles are too small to fit the cylinders, the flat plate, Fig. 1109, is filed to fit the crucible, and is then placed on the cylinder, to the diameter of which it is adapted. Fig. 1114 is an ordinary crucible of porcelain or platinum. Besides these pieces of fire-clay and plumbago, it is necessary to be provided with a strong iron tripod, to sustain the furnace, as represented by c, in Fig. 1115 ; an iron pan, in which to place thej furnace ; and a quantity of gravel, or rounded flints, not less than half an inch, nor more than one; inch, in diameter. These pebbles form an essential part of this gas furnace. Gas Furnace, arranged for Heating at the Top. 1115. This Gas Furnace is exhibited in section by Fig. 1115. a is the gas-burner, Fig. 1101; b is the support for it, when used below the furnace; c is the iron tripod support for the furnace ; d d, are two perforated clay plates, like Fig. 1102, adapted to the gas-burner a ; e e are two clay cylin¬ ders, like Fig. 1103. These pieces, a to e, are similar in all the furnaces, and will not require des¬ cription in each example. The interior of the furnace, as represented by Fig. 1115, is built up as follows :—The clay plate, d, is put upon the tripod, c. Over the central hole in d, the clay cylinder or ventilator, Fig. 1104, is placed, and upon that cylinder two or three of the clay plates represented by Fig. 1105. Upon these a porcelain or platinum crucible, similar to Fig. 1114, is placed. If it is of platinum, a piece' of platinum foil may be put between the crucible and the uppermost clay plate, to protect the' crucible from contact with particles of iron, or against fusion with the clay. The crucible is to be surrounded by the plumbago jacket, Fig. 1110. The space between this pile in the centre of the furnace and the two cylinders, e e, which form the walls of the furnace, is to be filled with flint-stones or gravel, washed clean and dried. The stones which answer best are rounded, water-; worn pebbles, of half an inch to one inch diameter. These may be piled up to the top edge of the; jacket. 1116. It has been found convenient to give the crucible jacket a conical form, the better to adapti it to the usual shape of the crucible. The four figures 1116a, b, c, d, show the method of using it, so' as to make crucibles of different sizes fit the furnace properly. In these figures, a represents a ventilator or hollow support, the same as No. 1104, the sides of which are pierced full of holes. This is placed over the hole in the lower nozzle plate, to permit of; the descent and escape of the carbonic acid gas and steam produced by the combustion of the gas in! the furnace : b represents a cone open at both ends and pierced full of holes. Its use is to contain, the crucible that is to be exposed to heat, as represented by d in Figs. 11166, c, d. The ventilator and cone together should be equal, or nearly equal, to the height of the body of the; furnace. The top of the crucible should be about 2^ inches from the flat iron face of the gas-burner, | that being in general the place of greatest heat, but subject to a variation of half an inch, more or less, according to the supply of gas. The space between the crucible and cone should be about' griffin’s blast gas furnace. 107 | inch; if much wider the heating power of the furnace is diminished. The space between the ventilator and cone, a, b, and the sides of the furnace, must be completely filled by flints of from a men to 1 inch diameter. When the flints split up, the powder produced must be occasionally re¬ moved, as it stops the draught of the furnace. In order to raise the crucible to the proper distance horn the face of the burner, round clay plates are used : thus, c, Fig. 1116c, shows how to raise a crucible within a cone ; and c, Fig. 1116c?, shows how a small cone can be raised above the ventilator to the proper height. Different sizes of cones may be used in the same furnace, the cone be in or chosen in each operation to fit the crucible, the quantity of surrounding pebbles being of no const? quence, provided the furnace is filled up to the edge of the cone. Tiie Process of Fusion. 1117. The apparatus being thus arranged, the gas is to be turned on, and to be lighted; the blowing- machine is to be put into action, and the nozzle of the gas-burner is to be depressed into the central'' hole of the clay plate d', as shown in Fig. 1115. The whole force of the blue flame then strikes the crucible; part of it forces its way through the holes in the cone or crucible jacket, and part of it rises and passes over the upper edge of the jacket; after which it forces its way downwards between the pebbles. The carbonic acid gas and the vapour of water which result from the combustion of the f as, together with the nitrogen of the air and any uncombined oxygen, accompany it. No space eing left open for the escape of these gases at the upper end of the furnace, they go downwards through the interstices among the pebbles, and passing through the holes in the ventilator, a, Fig. 1116, and through the central hole in the lower plate, d, Fig. 1115, they escape finally into the air. In this progress, the hot gases give up nearly all their heat to the flint stones. Water and gases escape below at a very moderate temperature, water even rims down in the liquid state, while the stones rapidly acquire a white heat; and if the blast and the supply of gas is continued, they retain that white heat for any desired length of time—for hours. Precautions to be observed on commencing a Fusion .—When a furnace and its contents are cold and a burner is newly lighted, it must not be suddenly plunged into the furnace, and the full heat be applied at once; otherwise the fire is apt to go out, or the crucibles aud interior fittings to crack from the too sudden application of a violent heat. It is better to let the flame play a little time into the opening of the furnace, before the burner is thrust closely into its place. The crucibles aud furnace fittings should be quite dry when used. It is recommended, after arranging a furnace for a fusion, first to warm it by a large gas-burner, such as No. 974 or No. 975, before applying the blast-burner. 108 GKLFFINS BLAST GAS FURNACE. When the furnace has thus been warmed, the full heat may be supplied safely. At the end of ten minutes after lighting the gas, the crucible, placed in the described circumstances, and exposed to the full action cf the heat of the gas, and surrounded by substances which are bad conductors of heat, is raised, with the jacket and pebbles around it, to a white heat. The consequence is, that the full power of the gas-jet is then exerted upon the crucible and its contents, and those effects are pro¬ duced which will be described presently. If it is desired to inspect the substance subjected to the action of heat in this furnace, the gas- burner is lifted out, and the crucible is examined through the hole in the clay plate. To make it possible to inspect substances at a white heat, the view is taken through a piece of dark cobalt blue glass. If the substances submitted to heat suffer no harm from the action of oxygen, it is better to dispense with a crucible cover, and to direct the jet of flame directly down upon the substance to be heated. The action is then more rapid. When the burner is taken out, the substance in the crucible can be stirred, if it is considered necessary. Remits .—The following experiment will give an idea of the power of a furnace of this description. A common clay crucible, 3 inches high and 3 inches diameter at the mouth, was filled with about 24 ounces of cast iron. It was mounted like Fig. 1115, in a furnace of 4 inches internal diameter and S inches deep. The pebbles were filled in to the edge of the crucible. No cru¬ cible cover and no jacket were used. The flame was thrown directly upon the iron. In a short time the iron melted, the oxygen then converted some of the cast iron into magnetic oxide of iron, which formed a thin, infusible mass, on the surface of the cast iron. At twenty minutes from the lighting of the gas, the furnace was dismounted. The crucible was taken out. A hole was broken by an iron rod in the infusible surface of oxidized iron, and the fused cast iron below it was decanted into a mould, and made a clear casting weighing 20 ounces. In the same small furnace 32 ounces of copper were fused in fifteen minutes. When the furnace is hot, that quantity of copper or cast iron can be fused in ten minutes. In a furnace of the same dimensions, but with a gas-burner having only six instead of sixteen jets, 16 ounces of copper or of cast iron can be completely fused in teu minutes if the furnace is cold, and in seven minutes if the furnace is hot. These experiments show that within twenty minutes a heat is producible in this little furnace which is more than sufficient for the decomposition of silicates by fusion with the carbonates of potash, soda, or barytes. Gas Furnace Heated at the Bottom. Exhibited in Section by Fig. 1118. 1118. In this furnace the parts marked a, b, c, cl, e, e, are the same as those similarly marked in Fig. 1115 ; but the gas-burner is in this case put into the bottom of the furnace instead of the top and the arrangement of the crucible and its support is altered in the manner shown by the Figure. Upon the centre of the clay plate, cl, the perforated plumbago cylinder, represented by Fig. 1108, is placed ; and upon that, a plumbago crucible of the form shown by Fig. 1112. This arrangement is represented by Fig. 1118a, where a is the cylinder, b the flanged crucible, and c the crucible cover. These are placed together in position in Fig. 1118. The size of the crucible and the height of the perforated cylinder are to be so adjusted that the bottom of the crucible shall be struck by the hottest part of the gas flame; that is to say, the space left between the face of the gas-burner and the bottom of the crucible must not exceed 2.j inches. The crucible is provided with a closely-fitting cover, and pebbles are then filled in between the crucible jacket and the furnace cylinder, e, and are covered over the crucible until both the pieces of the furnace, e, e, are nearly filled. The gas is then lighted, the blast of air is set on, the gas-burner is forced up into the hole in the clay plate cl, and the operation proceeds. In from ten to twenty minutes after the gas is lighted—this difference of time depending upon the size of the furnace and the weight of metal contained in the crucible—the interior of the lower cylinder, e, acquires a white heat. The progress of the operation can be watched by occa¬ sionally removing the stone peg in the trial-hole of the furnace cylin¬ der, e. The heat very slowly ascends into the upper cylinder, and it never becomes so great in the upper as in the lower cylinder. The greatest fusing power of the furnace is confmed within a vertical space of about 6 inches, reckoning from the bottom. The power of flint pebbles to abstract heat from the gases which pass through this apparatus is quite remarkable. When about 6 inches of pebbles lie above the crucible, and the crucible and the pebbles about it have been white-hot for half an hour, the hand can be held over the top of the furnace, within a few inches of the pebbles, without inconvenience. It becomes wetted with the vapour which rises from the furnace, but feels only a moderate degree of heat. This form of the furnace is attended by the inconvenience that you 1118. cannot examine the condition griffin's blast gas furnace. 109 of the matter contained in the crucible, to ascertain when the heat has been continued long enough. In cases where the fusion is to be performed repeatedly on the same weight of metal, this would be of no importance, because the power of the furnace is so steady and regular, that the time of bring which has been fouud to answer once will answer the same purpose again. When it is supposed that the fusion of the metal submitted to trial is completed, the gas is brst to be turned off, and then the supply of air stopped. You can either allow the furnace to remain intact till it is cold, or lift off the cylinders, e, e, with tongs, and allow the hot stones to fall into the iron pan placed below the furnace to receive them. A few bricks should be laid between the pan and the table or stool on which it rests, if the latter is made of wood ; because the heat given off by the pebbles is very great. The pebbles being raked away from the crucible, the contents of the latter can be examined. 1118a. Gas Furnace heated from below, and provided with a Lifting Apparatus, to AFFORD ACCESS TO THE CRUCIBLE. 1119 and 1120. Exhibited in Section and in Perspective by Figs. 1119. 1120. 1119. This modibcation of the furnace is contrived to afford the means of inspecting the contents of the crucible without serious interruption to the process of ignition. The apparatus is shown in section by Fig. 1119, and in perspective by Fig. 1120. Besides the pieces that are similar to those which form the other furnaces, this furnace has two additions, a lifter and a dome. The lifter, represented by f in Figs. 1119, 1120, and separately by Fig. 1121, is a plate of bre- clay, 2 inches thick, and having a central hole, large enough, to go easily over the crucible jackets and crucibles represented by Figs. 1106 to 1109, 1112 and 1113; and small enough to permit the plate to carry and lift up the dome. Fig. 1111, when of a sufficient size to cover the crucible without touching it. The lifter is bound with a ring of stout iron, and is screwed to two iron rods, g, g, of from 4 to f inch in thickness, and 3 to 4 feet in length, according to the size and weight of the furnace to be lifted. The packing of this variety of furnace is performed as follows .-—The clay plate, d, and the lifter,/, are placed upou the tripod-stand. The crucible jacket, Fig. 1108, or one similar, but of larger size, is placed upon the plate, d. The crucible and its cover is then put into its place, and is covered with the dome, Fig. 1111, which must rest upon the lifter,/*, and must be of such a width as to clear the crucible easily when lifted. The internal height of the dome should be such as just to clear the top of the crucible cover. Consequently, where crucibles of different sizes are used, domes of different sizes are also necessary. Observe, distinctly, that the crucible and its support are to rest upon the plate, d, and the dome upon the lifter, f. The furnace cylinders, e, e, are now to be superposed, and the space between the dome and the cylin¬ ders, and that above the dome, are to be tilled with small pebbles, as already directed, and as represented by Fig. 1119. The gas may then 1121. be lighted, the blast of air set on, and the operation be allowed to proceed. 110 griffin's blast gas furnace. When the ignition has been continued as long as is considered necessary, or when you wish to inspect the contents of the crucible, the gas is to be turned off, the blast of air stopped, and two men, holding the bars, g, g, are steadily to lift up the whole upper part of the furnace, namely, the lifter, f, the two cylinders, e, e, the dome, and the pebbles ; leaving the clay plate, d, with the crucible and its jacket, both at a white heat, standing clear in the middle. This separation is represented in Fig. 1123, but the separation is there effected in another manner. The cover of the crucible is then to be lifted, and the contents examined. If the fusion is not completed, the furnace is to be carefully lowered into its former position, the gas is to be turned on, and the blast renewed. This iinterruption of the process scarcely occupies a minute. I have already mentioned that for the convenient inspection of the crucible at a white heat, it is necessary to look at it through a piece of dark-blue glass. Crane Lifting Apparatus. 1122. Fox all sizes of Furnaces the methods of Lifting represented by Figs. 1122 and 1123 are to be preferred to that described above. Fig. 1122 represents a contrivance for lifting the nozzle-plate and gas-burner when the heat is applied at the top of the furnace. Fig. 1123 represents a method of lifting the entire furnace from the crucible when the heat is applied below. In both cases the crane and all it supports can be swung round on the point a, by the hand applied at a, to give free access to the crucible. The weights f g, acting together, cause the furnace F, or the nozzle-plate N, to rise. When the weight g is removed, the furnace F, or the nozzle-plate N, descends, e represents an iron chain that runs over the pulleys, b, c. The same pan and crane answer for both operations ; but in one case the weights f g counterbalance only the nozzle-plate and burner, d, N, Fig. 1122 ; and in the other case, they are much heavier, in order to counterbalance the loaded furnace, d, F, Fig. 1123. These two Figures exhibit the furnace in its com¬ plete state: Fig. 1122, arranged for heating at the top ; and 1123, arranged for heating at the bottom. Both Figures show the iron pan which has been found useful with this furnace. Power of the Blast Gas Furnaces. 1123. The Figures of the gas furnaces are drawn to scales, which show the relative proportions of the different parts. The absolute sizes of the furnaces depend upon the amount of work required from them. The fusions described below were mostly made in a furnace of 6 inches internal diameter, a few in a furnace of 4 inches internal diameter, and one or two in a furnace of 8 inches in¬ ternal diameter; all of them with a gas-burner of sixteen holes, and a supply of gas obtained from a |-incli pipe. A large furnace on the plan of Fig. 1119, and with an internal diameter of 112 inches, will demand a gas-burner of twenty-six holes, and a supply of gas from a pipe of nearly 1 inch in the bore. Such a furnace will completely fuse 1 cwt. of cast iron. The fusing points of certain metals have been fixed by Daniell at the following temperatures:— Silver .... 1873° F. Copper .... 1996° F. Gold . . . . 2016° Cast iron . . . 2786° Brass, with 25 per cent, of zinc, at 1750° F. All these metals melt readily in the gas-furnace. Quantities of 3 lb. of copper or cast iron can be completely fused in fifteen minutes in a 6-inch furnace. Quantities of 8 or 10 lb. of copper or cast iron can be completely fused into a homogeneous mass in a 6-inch or 8-inch furnace within one hour, using a sixteen-hole burner, and a supply of gas from a £-inch pipe. In a furnace of the same size I have fused 45 ounces of nickel, and in other experiments I have ! produced masses of wrought iron weighing 18 ounces, 28 ounces, and 40 ounces. The piece of 18 ; ounces was perfectly fused. The piece of 40 ounces was not quite fused, the crucible having melted, and stopped the operation. I have also fused cobalt, and reduced it to the metallic state j from the peroxide by ignition with charcoal The time required for the fusion of these refractory metals is from one and a half to two hours. griffin’s blast gas furnace. Ill When the metals to be melted are such as do not undergo oxidation, the method of action repre¬ sented by Fig. 1115 is most convenient. In this manner gold can be readily melted, and by remov¬ ing the gas-burner the melted metal can be stirred. When the action of oxygen is to be avoided, the crucible must have a cover, which in some cases should be securely luted to it. 1123. 1124. Choice of Cnicihles .—The experiments above referred to were made with coal gas at the ordinary pressure, and with a blast of cold atmospheric air. Greater effects can be produced by the use of oxygen gas, or of heated atmospheric air. But a difficulty stands in the way of the use of these greater degrees of heat in the want of crucibles capable of enduring their action. With cold atmospheric air, pure nickel and pure iron dissolve every kind of siliceous crucible, and it is therefore needless to heat the air or to prepare oxygen till a superior kind of crucible is obtainable. At present, these metals can only be melted in plumbago crucibles, which necessarily communicate to them more or less carbon. Metals which melt at moderate degrees of heat, such as gold and copper, are easily fused either in clay crucibles, or in those of plumbago ; the latter, be it remembered, being a mixture of graphite and clay. Metals iu combination with carbon, such as cast iron, also melt readily in clay crucibles, without destroying them. But when such metals as iron, nickel, and cobalt are freed from carbon, and brought into a state of purity, they acquire an extraordinary attraction for silica at a white heat, so that the metal and the silica readily run down into a very fusible silicate. Even when plumbago crucibles are used, the carbon burns away at some particular point; the metal then attacks the clay, bores a hole through the crucible, and finishes the operation. Iso kind of clay or porcelain wall withstand the action of pure iron or nickel at a white heat. It is therefore impossible to effect any large fusions of these metals when they are free from carbon, or when they are heated in ii2 griffin’s blast gas furnace. crucibles that are free from carbon. It is necessary to have crucibles made of lime free from silica to effect the fusion of such metals. 1125. Miscellaneous Uses of the Blast Oas Furnace. —1. The preparation of chemical substances by the projection of mixtures into a crucible kept at a red or white heat. 2. For melting silver, gold, copper, cast iron, brass, bronze, nickel-silver, &c., either for making small castings or ingots. 3. For experiments on glass ; every description of which it is able to fuse. 4. For experiments on enamels, coloured glasses, and artificial gems. 5. For experiments on metallic alloys. 6. For the fusion of steel. 7- For the use of dentists. 8. For the assay of ores of silver, copper, lead, tin, iron, and other metals. 9. For all purposes of ignition, combustion, fusion, or dry distillation, at a red heat, or a white heat, where it is desirable to produce those temperatures promptly, certainly, steadily, conveniently, and cheaply. Distillation per descensum. —Suppose a stoneware bottle with a long neck to be fitted with a stone¬ ware tube, passing nearly to the bottom of the bottle, and projecting some inches beyond its mouth. Suppose this bottle to be half filled with metallic zinc, and then to be fixed upside down in the furnace, Fig. 1115, with the tube projecting downwards through the hole in the plate d, and nearly dipping into a vessel of water. The furnace being packed with pebbles, and the heat applied at the top, the distillation of zinc per descensum then takes place. Exhibition of Coloured Flames. —When the gas-burner, Fig. 1101, is supplied with gas and air, and is inflamed in the open air, so as to produce a clear blue flame of 3 inches long, and beyond it a flickering, nearly colourless flame of 12 inches long, brilliant colours may be given to this flame by the introduction of concentrated solutions of certain salts. A ball of pumice-stone, an inch in diameter, fastened to a stout iron wire, is dipped into the saline solution, and while wet is plunged into the flame, upon which the whole flame becomes coloured. An iron crook is used to give an oblique direction to the flame of the gas-burner, in order that powders and liquids put into the flame may not fall into the holes of the burner. Fig. 1126 repre¬ sents the crook, and Fig. 1127 the manner of its adaptation to the burner and stool. Brilliant flames are produced by throwing iron turnings into the flame ; also by finely- pounded charcoal, resin, lycopodium, &c. To produce Coloured Flames, the following solutions are used: — 1. Chloride of Strontium gives a brilliant ci'imson flame ; 2. Chloride of Calcium, a reddish orange flame ; 3. Chloride of Sodium, brilliant yellow; 4. Chloi'ide of Copper , bluish green. For No. 4, the pumice-stone must be mounted on a copper wire. If the flame is touched on one side with the copper solution, and on the other with the strontium solution, half the flame is green and half crimson. The colours and reflections of these flames are necessarily most brilliant in a dark room. A remarkable effect is produced by the yellow soda flame. It is reflected from the human coun¬ tenance with a ghastly blaekness, and the light is so powerful as to give the appearance of bronze to an assembly of several hundred people ; while all the bright colours of dress, scarlets, tnauves, magentas, and the like, disappear instantly. 1127. Repair of the Gas Furnace.—Whan the clay cylinders become warped or chipped, so as to allow the gases to escape at the joints laterally, they must be luted for each operation by applying a little wet fire-clay by means of a spatula. When only a moderate heat is requix-ed, this luting is unnecessary. PRICES OE BLAST GAS-BURNERS AND FURNACES, AND SEPARATE PIECES. 1128. Blast Gas-Burners, each with an iron support, Fig. 1101, and b, 6 jets, 12s.; 16 jets, 16s.; 26 jets, 24s. 1129. The burner with 16 jets is suitable for the furnaces Nos. 1, 2, and 3. The burner with 26 jets is suitable for the furnace No. 4. The burner with 6 jets is only suitable for small crucible work. The gas supply-pipe for the burner with 16 jets must have a bore of -j-inch, and that for the larger burner a bore of f to 1 inch. In Fig. 1101, the gas and air are represented as being supplied to the burner on two opposite sides; but it is sometimes con¬ venient to have the supply-pipes placed at right angles to one 1126 , THEIR Fig. 1115. griffin’s blast gas furnace. 113 another, as shown at c, Fig. 1129, and sometimes nearly parallel, as at a, Fig. 1129. It depends upon the locality where the furnace is to be used. 1130. Vulcanized Caoutchouc Tube, for connecting the gas-burner with the blower and with the gas-pipes, J inch in the bore, per foot, Is. 1131. Ditto, f inch bore, for the furnace No. 4, per foot, Is. 4 d. Two pieces of not less than 4 feet each are required. 1132. Iron Crook, for giving an oblique direction to the gas flame, Fig. 1126, Is. 1133. Fure-clay Furnaces, similar to the external clay pieces represented by d, d, and e, e, in Fig. 1115, and separately by Figs. 1102 and 1103. Each furnace consists of two nozzle-plates, d, d ; two cylinders, e, e; and two pegs for the trial-holes. The dimensions are nearly as follows :— — Inner Dimensions, or Fire Room. Outside Dimensions. Price. High. Wide. High. Wide. No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 8 inches 8 inches 10 inches 12 inches 4 inches 6| inches 8 inches 12 inches 11 inches 11 inches 12 inches 16 inches 6^ inches 9^ inches 12 inches 16 inches 9s. 12s. 6d. 21s. 31s. fid. Any of the pieces may be purchased separately. 1134. Iron Tripods for supporting the Furnace, similar to letter c, in Fig. 1115. Cast-iron tops, with strong wrought-iron legs. Height of them all 10 inches. The following Diameters suit the four sizes of the furnace :— No. 1, 8 inches 5s. No. 3, 12 inches 9s. No. 2, 10 inches 7s. No. 4, 10 inches 12s. 1135. Cast-iron Pans in which to place the furnace on its tripod when in opera¬ tion :— a. Pan to suit all sizes of the furnace, letter p, Figs. 1122 and 1123 ; length, 30 inches ; width, 20 inches ; depth, 4 inches ; with four short legs to permit bricks to be placed between the pan and the table, 16s. b. The same Pan, with four iron legs, bolted to the pan, and removable at pleasure. These bring the pan to a convenient height from the floor, when the Lifting Apparatus is to be used, Fig. 1123, 27s. 1136. Lifting Apparatus for opening the furnace, to permit of the inspection of sub¬ stances while undergoing ignition, and consisting of a Clay Plate 2 inches thick, mounted with strong wrought-iron fittings, as represented by Fig. 1121, and by/, g, Figs. 1119 and 1120. No. 2, suitable for the Furnace No. 2. . . 10s. 6d. No. 3, suitable for the Furnace No. 3. . . 12s. No. 4, suitable for the Furnace No. 4. . . 15s. The lifter for No. 4 can only be used when the heat required is so low as to be producible with one furnace cylinder, because the entire furnace when tilled with stones is too heavy to be lifted con veniently when the contents are white hot. This Lifting Apparatus is not required when the following is employed. 13 4 griffin’s blast gas furnace. 1137, CRANE LIFTING APPARATUS, as described in No. 1122, and represented j in Figs. 1122 and 1123, in sets, each comprehending a pan on long legs, a crane with two pulleys, chain, weights, and hooks for the nozzle plate, frame for lifting the entire furnace with chain and weights, and iron-bound fire¬ clay lifter, in short, the entire sets complete for lifting the burner and nozzle plate, as shown by Fig. 1122, and for lifting the entire furnace, as shown by Fig. 1123. No. 2, suitable for the Furnace No. 2. . £3 3s. No. 3, suitable for the Furnace No. 3. . . £1 4s. No. 4, suitable for the Furnace No. 4. . , £5 5s. INTERIOR FITTINGS FOR THE GAS FURNACE. A. Pieces for Use when the Furnace is Heated at the Bottom. 1138. Perforated Plumbago Cylinders for Supporting Flanged Crucibles, Figs. 1106 to 1108. The Numbers 1 to 4 show for what furnaces the fittings are adapted ; and the letters A, B, show the correspondence of the cylinders and crucibles. No. 1 A, 2| in. high, 2^ in. wide 9d. 1 B, 3 „ 3 „ Is. 3d. 2 A, 3i „ 4 „ 2s. 2 B, 5 „ 4 „ 2s. 6d. No. 3 A, 3j in. high, 5 in. wide 2s. 6d. 3 B, 5 ,, 5 „ 3s. 6d. 4 A, 5 „ 6f „ 4s. 6d. 4 B, 7a „ 8i „ 8s. 1139. Flat Plumbago Plates, with hole in the centre, Fig. 1109, occasionally useful; to adapt small crucibles to cylinders that are too wide for them :— 3 inches diameter, 4d.; 4 inches diameter, 5d. 1140. Flanged Crucibles, to fit the cylinders that have the same number:— No. Height. Extreme Diameter. PLUMBAGO. FIRE-CLAY. Crucibles. Covers. Crucibles. Covers. 1 B 3 inch. 3 inch. Is. 4d. 4d. 2d. 2 A 3 inch. 4 inch. Is. 3d. 6d. 5d. 2d. 2 B 4Jinch. 4 inch. 2s. 6d. 8d. 2d. 3 A 3 inch. 5 inch. 2s. 9d. 9d. 9d. 3d. 3 B 4^ inch. 5 inch. 3s. 9d. Is. 3d. 4 A 4£ inch. 6f inch. 4s. 6d. Is. Is. 5d. 4d. 4 B 7 inch. 8| inch. 8s. 2s. 2s. 6d. 6d. 1141. Perforated Domes (Fire-Clay), Fig. 1111. No. 2, 5j inches diameter, inches height inside, 3s. 6, 7-j ,, 5-^- ,, 4s. 4 A, 9| „ 5^ „ 6s. 4 B, 11 „ 8 „ 8s. B. Pieces for Use when the Furnace is Heated at the Top. 1142. Ventilators, or PIoUow Perforated Supports for Cones, made of fire-clay, letter a, Fig. 1116 and Fig. 1104. No. 1,3 in. wide, 3 in. high, 9d. 2, H „ 2 „ is. No. 4, 4| in. wide, 2| in. high. Is. 4d. ;> 2 J ,, 2s. 4,6 griffin’s blast gas furnace. 115 1143. Perforated Fire-clay Cones, letter b, Fig. 1116, a, b, c, d. No cone is prepared for Furnace No. 1, because the small crucibles suitable for that furnace are best heated in the plumbago cylinders No. 1138, 1 a, and 1 b. 1144. Round Cbay Plates for Adjusting Crucibles to Cones and to the Gas Burner, &c., Fig. 1105 :— Half an inch thick : 2 inches diameter 2d. 3 „ „ 2d. 4 . „ ,, 3d. One inch thick: 2 inches diameter 2d. 3 „ „ 2d. 4 „ ,, 3d. 1145. CRUCIBLES.—As the crucibles heated from above stand firmly upon a solid plate of clay, crucibles of any required form or material may be employed— platinum, porcelain, clay, plumbago, &c. In the following “Estimates’’com¬ mon round fire-clay crucibles are quoted ; but plumbago crucibles or other kinds of suitable sizes can be supplied if required. See Catalogue of Crucibles, commencing at No. 1320. 1146. ROUND WATER-WORN FLINTS, from half-inch to 1-inch diameter, for working the Gas Furnace : Half a cubic foot, Is. packing case, Is. 6d. A cubic foot, 2s. packing case, 2s. 6d. Haifa cubic foot of pebbles suffices for working the furnaces Nos. 1 and 2. The others require a cubic foot. Though rounded pebbles give the best draught, angular gravel can also be used. But stones that agglutinate when heated, or which readily fall to powder, are unsuitable. The power of the gas furnace depends in a considerable degree upon the proper packing of the pebbles. COMPLETE GAS FURNACES. These Estimates include specimens of the Interior Fittings, and a few Crucibles of the sizes suitable for each Furnace, Nos. 1 to 4. When purchasers wish to have quantities of crucibles, or additional pieces of such articles as most readily burn away, they are requested to give orders accordingly. Blowing Machines are not included in the Estimates. See Section on Blowing Machines at No. 1162. 1147. Furnace No. 1 includes the following articles. Price £2 2s. Fire-clay Furnace, 4 pieces, iron bound, 9s. Gas Burner, 16 jets, with support, 16s. Iron Crook, Is. Tripod Support for the furnace, 5s. Interior Fittings. 1. Ventilator, 3 inches high, 3 inches wide, 9d. 1 A. Plumbago Cylinder, 2^ by 2| inches, 9d. 1 B. Ditto ditto 3 by 3 inches, Is. 3d. This cylinder will take in a crucible measuring 2{ inches wide by 2f inches high, the largest suitable for this size of furnace. no griffin's blast gas furnace. 1 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, Is. 4d. 1 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, fire clay, 2 sets, Is. Clay Plates, 2 inches by | inch and 1 inch, 2 each, 8d. „ 3 inches by ^ inch and 1 inch, 2 each, 8d. Bound Fire-clay Crucible, six, with covers, Is. Id. Plumbago Crucible, No. 1, two, with covers, Is. Bound Flints, cubic foot, in packing case, 2s. 6d. 1148. Furnace No. 2. Price £6 6s. Fire-clay Furnace, 4 pieces, iron bound, 12s. 6d. Gas Burner, 16 sets, with support, 16s. Iron Crook, Is. Tripod Support for the furnace, 7s. Crane Lifting Apparatus, No. 1137, £3 3s. Interior Fittings for Furnace No. 2. No. 2. Ventilator, 3| inches wide, 2 inches high, Is. 2. Cone, 6 inches high, 5f inches upper diameter, 2s. 2. Dome, inches diameter, 3s. 2 A. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, Is. 9d. 2 A. Flanged Crucible and Cover, clay, 2 sets, Is. 2d. 2 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, 2s. 6d. 2 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, clay, 2 sets, Is. 8d. 1 A. Plumbago Cylinder, 2-| inches high, 2|- inches wide, 9d. 1 B. Ditto, 3 inches high, 3 inches wide, Is. 3d. 2 A. Ditto, 3| inches high, 4 inches wide, 2s. 2 B. Ditto, 5 inches high, 4 inches wide, 2s. 6d. Clay Plates, 2 inches by inch and 1 inch, 2 each, 8d. Ditto, 3 „ by | inch and 1 inch, 2 each, 8d. Plumbago Plate, 3 inch, 2 copies, 8d. Bound Fire-clay Crucibles, for cone No. 2, all with covers, 3 each of 4| inches high, inches high, 3^ inches high, 3s. Bound Flints, ^ cubic foot, in packing case, 2s. 6d. 1149. Furnace No. 2, without the Crane Lifter and Pan No. 1137, but with the Lifter No. 1136, £3 13s. 6d. 1150. Furnace No. 3. Price £8 1 8s. 6d. Fire-clay Furnace, 4 pieces, iron bound, £1 Is. Gas Burner, 16 jets, with support, 16s. Iron Crook, Is. Tripod Support for the Furnace, 9s. Crane Lifting Apparatus, No. 1137, £4 4s. Interior Fittings. No. 3. Ventilator, 4-| inches wide, 2|- inches high, Is. 4d. 3. Perforated Cone, 7|- inches high, 6£ inches upper diameter, 3s. 2. Ventilator, 3| inches wide, 2 inches high, Is. 2. Perforated Cone, 6 inches high, 5f inches upper diameter, 2s. 3. Dome, inches diameter, two copies, 8s. 1 A. Perforated Cylinder, 2^ inches high, 2| inches diameter, 9d. 1 B. Ditto, 3 inches high, 3 inches diameter, Is. 3d. 3 A. Ditto, 3| inches high, 5 inches diameter, 2s. 6d. 3 B. Ditto, 5 inches high, 5 inches diameter, 3s. 6d. Perforated Plumbago Plates, 3 inch, 2 copies, 8d. Ditto, 4 inch, 2 copies, lOd. MINIATURE BLAST GAS FURNACE. 117 3 A. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, 3s. 6d. 3 A. Flanged Crucible and Cover, fire-clay, 2 sets, 2s. 3 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, 3s. 9d. 3 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, fire-clay, 2 sets, 2s. 6d. Clay Plates, 2 by \ inch, and 2 by 1 inch, 2 each, 8d. Ditto, 3 by | inch, and 3 by 1 inch, 2 each, 8d. Ditto, 4 by | inch, and 4 by 1 inch, 2 each. Is. Bound Fire-clay Crucibles to fit Cone No. 3, all with covers, 3 of 5| inches, Is. 4d.; 3 of 6|- inches, Is. 9d. Bound Fire-clay Crucibles to fit Cone No. 2, all with covers ; 3 of 4| inches, Is. 2d.; 3 of inches, 10d. Bound Pebbles, 1 cubic foot, in packing case, 4s. 6d. J151. Furnace No. 3, without the Crane Lifter and Pan No. 1137, but with the Lifter No. 1136, £5 5s. 1152. Furnace No. 4. Price £12 12s. Fire clay Furnace, 4 pieces, iron bound, £l 11s. 6d. Gas Burner, 26 jets, with supports, £l 4s. Iron Crook, Is. Tripod Stand for the furnace, 12s. Crane Lifting Apparatus, No. 1137, £5 5s. Interior Fittings. No. 4. Ventilator, 6 inches wide, 2J inches high, 2s. 4 Perforated Cone, 9^- inches high, 9 inches upper diameter, 5s. 3. Perforated Cone, inches high, 6^ inches upper diameter, 3s. 4 A. Dome, 9| inches diameter, 2 copies, 12s. 4 B. Dome, 11 inches diameter, 8s. 1 B. Perforated Cylinder, 3 inches high, 3 inches wide, Is. 3d. 4 A. Ditto, 5 inches high, 6f inches wide, 4s. fid. 4 B. Ditto, 7| inches high, 8£ inches wide, 8s. Perforated Plumbago Plate, 4 inches, 2 copies, lOd. 4 A. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, 5s. 6d. 4 A. Flanged Crucible and Cover, fire-clay, Is. 9d. 4 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, plumbago, 10s. 4 B. Flanged Crucible and Cover, fire-clay, 3s. Clay Plates, 3 by | inch, and 3 by l inch, 3 each, Is. Ditto, 4 by \ inch, and 4 by 1 inch, 3 each, Is. fid. Bound Fire-clay Crucibles to fit Cone No. 4, all with covers; 3 of 7* inches, 2s. 6d. ; 3 of 8£ inches, 3s. 4d. Bound Fire-clay Crucibles to fit Cone No. 3, all with covers; 3 of 5| inches; Is. 4d ; 3 of 6| inches, Is. 8d. Bound Flints, 1 cubic foot, in packing case, 4s. fid. J153. Furnace No. 4, without the Crane Lifter and Pan No. 1J37, but with the Lifter No. 1136, £8. Miniature Blast Gas Furnaces. 1155. Many chemical ignitions, performed on small quantities of substances in analytical processes, demaud a degree of heat greater than that afforded by gas-burners with draught, but not so much as is supplied by the powerful blast furnaces described in the preceding section. The apparatus now to be described is intended to meet this requirement. It w ill readily raise to a white heat all the sizes of platinum aud porcelain crucibles that are commonly in use, and such sizes of clay or plum¬ bago crucibles as will contain a pound of cast iron, which quantity of metal this furnace will melt. 118 MINIATURE BLAST GAS FURNACE. Figures 1155, 1156, and 1157, represent three examples of the Miniature Blast Furnace. This consists, in the main, of a Blast Gas-burner, similar in construction to that represented by Fig. 1101, but smaller in size, and having only three jets. It is fixed upon, and forms part of, the furnace sup¬ port, as represented in the figures. Upon the iron nozzle of the burner there is fixed a fire-clay nozzle plate, or furnace-sole, similar to d Fig. 1115, and upon this plate the little furnace is built up 1155. 1156. 1157. of loose clay cylinders, such as are described in articles 1018 to 1050, and which are in all cases selected to suit the size of the crucible that is to be operated upon. The entire furnace rests on the solid shoulder of the gas-burner. No pebbles are used, the degree of heat that is intended to be raised not requiring their aid. Gas supplied at common pressure by a 1-inch pipe is sufficient. In mounting this furnace, it is necessary to place between the nozzle plate, or sole, and the conical flue placed upon it, three small feet, to separate the two pieces and give room for the influx of atmospheric air around the flame, without which the proper heat of the furnace is not obtained. Three bronze halfpenny pieces answer the purpose exactly. Upon comparing the three figures, 1155, 1156, 1157, it will be perceived that the interior of the furnace is exactly alike up to the grate, or trivet, and differ above that only in having cylinders that suit the different sizes of crucibles that are to be heated. It is in the power of the operator, when working with platinum crucibles, to dispense with the grate, and to hang his crucible in the hottest part of the furnace, by a sling of platinum wire sus¬ pended from an iron bar laid across the top of the furnace. The piece marked 1041, in Fig. 1155, being omitted, the two pieces, 1032 and 1032, come together and form a cavity, in the centre of which the crucible is to be suspended. If it then appears to be too low in the flame, the height can ! be raised by putting such pieces as 1024, or 1025, between the lower piece, 1032, and the sole, 1047. 1155. Gas-burner and Furnace for crucibles not exceeding 2 inches by 2 inches. The fire-clay pieces are 4 inches in external diameter, price 42s. 6d. 1156. Gas-Burner and Furnace for crucibles not exceeding 2f inches by 2f inches, j This includes the same pieces as No. 1155, with the addition of a cylinder 4 by 4 inches, to make room for the larger crucible, price 14s. 1157. Gas-burner and Furnace for crucibles not exceeding 3£ inches by 3£ inches. I All the pieces are 6 inches in external diameter; price 16s. 1158. The three Furnaces combined, that is to say, one burner, one of each size of | nozzle plate, and one set of the other fittings, both of the 4-inch and 6-inch i diameter, so as to fit up any one of the furnaces represented in the three ; figures ; price 23s. 1159. The three-jet Gas-Burner, mounted on the Iron Stand, without the fire-clay | furnaces; price 7s. 6d. The prices of all the clay cylinders are given at Nos. 1023 to 1050, being the Nos. referred to at ; the side of the above figures. Duplicates of the grates, or other pieces, are supplied at these i prices. BLOWING MACHINES. 1 J 9 E he Miniature Blast Gas Furnaces can all he efficiently worked by the new and cheap Blowino- hines, No. 1166, price 45s, and No. 1167, price 56s. The former, when platinum crucibles are e used; the latter, when iron is to be fused. 1. Blast Gas Furnace for Welding Iron Rods, say up to half-inch diameter, end to end, so as to make a continuous rod; one of the rods beino supposed to be in a fixed position, price £8 8s. he apparatus consists of a blast furnace, similar to No. 1148 of the preceding list, and of an .1 depressed, in tlie middle and fixed in a solid block of wood. Tlie anvil and furnace are screwed solid iron plate, w hich is furnished with three pair of wheels, and these run upon a pair of iron ■ails secured to a wooden base. The furnace is made to open and shut like a pair of shears, which ire worked by a lever. The railway and carriage are so adjusted, that at the commencement of a jrocess, the end of the fixed iron rod coincides with the centre of the furnace. The end of the addi¬ tional iron rod is then held in the furnace, and the furnace being closed, the gas is set on and lighted, hnd the blast is applied. The iron is speedily brought to a welding heat, the lever is then depressed and pulled, by which means the furnace is opened, the carriage runs along the railway, and the anvil is brought exactly under the two red-hot rods, which can then be easily welded by hammering. BLOWING MACHINES. 1162. The Blast Gas Furnaces, the Gas Blowpipes, and the Oil-lamp Furnaces, require the aid of Blowing Machines sufficiently powerful to supply a constant and uniform blast of air, without which the true power of the 5 furnaces cannot be developed. It is convenient to have these Blowing Machines as compact as possible, and desirable to have them at moderate prices. The following articles fulfil these conditions more or less com¬ pletely. It is rather difficult to state explicitly what is the power of each machine. I have stated what furnaces each is best suited for, and a compara¬ tive view of the force of the blast supplied by several when used under the same circumstances is given in the following table. The trials were made as follows :—The blast of air, passing from a blowing machine to a six-jet blast gas-burner, in the direction marked by the arrow, was made to pass through the tube /eg forming part of the pressure-gauge represented by Fig. 1162. The glass tube, a b c, contains mercury, which, when at rest, settles at the same level in the two columns a b, but when f is connected with a blowing machine in action, and g with a gas-burner, the mercury descends in the tube b and rises in a ; and the difference of level, indicated by the scale drawn on the board in inches, shows the comparative force of the blast. Catalogue No. of the Machine. Pressure of Mercury. Catalogue No. of the Machine. Pressure of Mercury. 1163 2 inch. 1166 1 inch. 1164 2 inch. 1168 ^inch. 1165 1 inch. 1169 § inch. Any blowing machine which is intended to supply a blast of air that will melt more than two pounds of cast-iron in a gas or oil furnace, must, when tried in this manner, show a pressure exceeding 1 inch of mercury, and must have a steady blast, that is to say, the mercury in the gauge must not vibrate violently. 120 BLOWfNG MACHINES. 1162. Price of the Pressure Gauge, Fig. 1162, 6s. When this gauge is supplied with water coloured blue by sulphate of indigo, instead of with mercury, it serves to indi¬ cate the pressure of ordinary coal-gas, which is commonly from i inch to 1 inch of water. The T-piece d is 1 inch diameter, and the T-piece e is \ inch diameter, the former to suit caout¬ chouc gas-tubes, and the latter to suit air-tubes. Wherever the pressure of gas varies considerably, it is convenient to have a gauge of this sort always at hand; and when a fusion that demands a very high temperature is to be effected, the trial should be deferred till the gauge shows the gas to be at a sufficient pressure. 1163. Circular Blowing Machine, with spring and weights, as represented in Figure 1163. £4 4s. . This is suitable for Nos. 1, 2, 3, of the Blast Furnaces, but is not powerful enough for No. 4. It serves for the oil-lamp furnaces, the gas blowpipes, and the miniature blast furnaces. 1164. Circular Blowing Machine, of a large and powerful description, being a portion of Deville’s Chemical Forge, No. 771. It is cased in iron, £9. 1163. This is powerful enough for the Blast Gas Furnace No. 4, with which it will completely melt $ cwt. of cast iron. It can be used with the smaller blast gas furnaces, Nos. 1, 2, 3, with much less labour than the use of the blower No. 1163 demands. It serves also to feed the larger sizes of Sefstroem’s Blast Furnace Nos 762—765. 1165. Double Bellows on Frame, form of Fig. 1165. Diameter of Bellows, 14 inches, with strong wooden stool and iron fittings, £3 3s. This machine is very easy to work, but not so powerful as No. 1163. It can be used with any of the smaller furnaces, but not for Nos. 3 and 4 of the Blast Furnaces. 1166. Blowing Machine, consisting of a single bel¬ lows, 12 inches diameter, connected with a regulator made of india-rubber cloth, which is pressed by an iron weight, Fig. 1166. £2 5s. The bellows is contained in the box a, aud is worked by a long lever, a. b is the waterproof cloth regulator, which measures 15 inches square by 5 inches deep when distended, c is a plate of cast-iron weighing 30 lbs., which slides freely down the round iron rods d, and presses uniformly on the bag. The air passes from the bellows into the bag by the tube b, in which there is a valve to prevent the return of the air. The air is con¬ veyed to the furnace by the pipe c. The power of this apparatus is sufficient to work the miniature blast gas furnaces, No. 1155, and the two smaller sizes of oil-lamp furnaces. The supply of air from this machine is extremely uniform, and well adapted for analytical blowpipe experiments, such as those of Plattner, for a perfectly uniform blowpipe jet can be kept up by it for any length of time by giving an occa¬ sional stroke to the bellows, once or twice in five minutes. 1166. 1167. Adaptation of the last-named Blowing Machine, for £2 16s. high temp< i BLOWING MACHINES. —GAS BLOWPIPES. 121 When the Blowing Machine No. 1166 ia often required to produce high temperatures, such as is pcessary to fuse cast-iron, it is expedient to increase the pressure by using an additional iron plate t Fig. 1166. In that case, the pressure is so much increased on the bellows, that it is necessary to liange it for one of stronger make. This machine will give air enough to melt 2 lbs. of cast-iron, jiese alterations raise the price from 45s. to 56s. 68. Modification of Toft’s Blowpipe. Zinc reservoir, japanned, measuring J2 inches wide, 18 inches long, 26 inches deep; inclosed in a wooden box, and surmounted with a 12-incli bellows, £3 3s. aln principle this blowing machine resembles that described at No. 217, but it is much larger, and Applied with air by the bellows instead of by the mouth. It gives a blast sufficient to melt 1 lb. £ cast-iron, and can be used with any. of the smaller kinds of blast furnace. But to bring out its reatest power, pretty hard work with the bellows is necessary, in consequence of the pressure of ne water. On the other hand, if the blast is to be used to supply a small blowpipe with a single let; such, for instance, as that used to effect quantitative analyses by the blowpipe, according to idattner, this apparatus answers extremely well; for, when filled with air, it will give a perfectly iteady blowpipe flame for nearly half an hour without touching the bellows ; so that any blowpipe peration can be conveniently performed by filling the blower before its commencement, and eaviug the bellows untouched to the end of the operation, and the attention of the operator need iot be called away from the observation of his experiment. 1169. Blowing Machine, consisting of a double bellows, with a convenient treadle, fixed in a lacquered case, with handle, easily moved about; useful for small operations, £2 2s. 1170, Fanner, with 9-inch Fan, and 29-inch fly-wheel, with treadle, mounted on a frame to screw to the floor, £6 6s. This apparatus gives a great mass of air, but the blast has little inten¬ sity. It can be used with Sefstroem’s furnace, but is not effective with gas furnaces. 1169. 1171. Various other Blowing Machines have been described in the preceding pages; for example, that connected with Deville’s Chemical Forge, No. 770. Several of the smaller blast furnaces can be worked with the blower of this apparatus ; but, as a mere blowing machine, considered apart from its other uses, it is less effective than No. 1163, while it is more expensive. Some of the instruments for Glass Blowing, described at page 19, could be used as Blowing Machines ; but in general the style adopted for mounting bellows that are intended for glass blow¬ ing is not that which is most suitable for blowing machines to be used for melting refractory metals. The bellows of No. 211, is the same as that of No. 1165; but the leverage of the treadle of No. 211, is so short in comparison with the leverage of No. 1165, that the power of the former is insignificant when compared with that of the latter. The blowing machines of glass blowing tables can be used for small furnaces or for blowpipes to produce moderate heats, but not for producing very high temperatures. When a blowing machine is chiefly required for furnace operations and only occa¬ sionally for glass blowing, it is convenient to have a machine with a long lever, such as Nos. 1163, 1166, or 1167, and to adapt to it a chain and treadle to be worked by the foot. The latter is used only for glass blowing, and is removed when the blower is required for furnace work. 1175. Wind Gauge, to determine the force of the blast of air, for blast furnaces, the scale on silvered brass, divided into inches and tenths, 4s. 1176. Wind Gauge, the scale on wood, 3s. 1177. Manometer, with brass scale, for steam engines, 4s. GAS BLOWPIPES. 1180. Herapath’s Gas Blowpipe, with a tube, through which air is blown by the mouth into the flame, Fig. 1180, 7s. 6d. This Blowpipe, invented by Mr. Herapath, s >n., of Bristol, was the original gas blowpipe upon which so great a variety of modifications have been founded, a is the gas supply pipe, d the air tube, c a tube in which the gas and air are mixed, e the blowpipe jet of the air tube, b the support about which the tubes are moveable. R GAS BLOWPIPES. i \ 122 1180 . 1181 . 1181. Bunsen’s Modification of Herapath’s Gas Blow¬ pipe, with two Stopcocks and three Brass Nozzles with different orifices, Fig. 1181, (without the caoutchouc tubes) 15s. a J c are pipes for the supply of gas ; / is the tube for the blast of’air, fU small operations, the mouth may be used, but for heating crucibles, a blowing machine is nece^ary e the tube in which the gas and air mix ; the relation of tlie air tube to the external gas tube is shown at g ; d shows the man- ner of putting on the blowpipe jets, of which there are three sizes marked 1, 2, 3. At e, there is an outer sliding tube, by which the form and volume of the flame can be regulated. 1182. Herapath’s Gas Blowpipe, fixed on a stand with moveable joints, with a vulcanized caoutchouc blowing machine, and a caout¬ chouc regulator, 40s. , . . . Stti: « 2 reach from the table to the floor. 1189. Beaziee's Blowpipe, a Gas-Burner for the use of silversmiths, braziers, tc.. 1182 . Fig. 1189, 24s. This burner keeps a very .mail flame constantly atybt at c and 1* means a flexible ^ VH&. a Urge spread flame U produced which covers a surface of seven inches in diameter. griffin’s lamp furnace. 123 1190. Gas Blowpipe for Soldering Lead Plates, as in the erection of vitriol cham¬ bers, to be used with coal gas and atmospheric air, Fig. 1190, 20s. The coal gas is supplied by the tube b, the atmospheric air by the tube a. There are three blowpipe jets, and a sliding outer tube c, by which, and the due management of the stopcocks, the gas and air can be mixed in proper proportions for burning. The instrument is held by the hand applied across the double tubes, above the stopcocks. Gas Blowpipes with One Small Jet, suitable for Analytical Experiments on Chemi¬ cals and Minerals, will be described in the section on Blowpipe Apparatus. GRIFFIN’S LAMP FURNACE. The Lamp Furnace is useful in Qualitative Analysis and for other experiments with small quanta- ties of materials, and in operations requiring only a moderate degree of heat, such as soiling, aiges- tion, small distillations, &c. It consists of the following articles, most of them made ot incorrotuoie saltglazed stoneware :— 1-24 griffin’s lamp furnace. 1191. Stoneware Cylinder, with air-holes, intended to steady the flame of the spirit lamp, and to support vessels over it, form of Fig. 1200, and b, Fig. 1191, 6 inches high, 4 inches wide, 8d. Since the introduction of gas burners, the cylinder has been made with a slit at the side for the passage of the gas-pipe. This is shown in Fig. 1212. But a taller cylinder, No. 1210, is better suited than No. 1191 for use with gas burners. 1192. Stoneware Spirit Lamp, with stoneware wickholder b, and cap c, Fig. 1192, 8d. 1198. Stoneware Oil Lamp, with stoneware wickholder b, and cup a , to catch the overflowing oil, useful for slow operations where gas is not procurable, Fig. 1193, 8d. 1194. Pair of Flat-iron Ring-tops for the cylinder, with perforations for supporting flasks and capsules, used as shown by c, Fig. 1191 and /, Fig. 1202; per pair, 4d. 1195. Pair of Hot Plates, or flat pieces of iron or tinplate, to support flat-bottomed vessels on the cylinder, 2d. 1196. Iron Trellis Top, to support vessels on the cylinder, Fig. 1196, 5 inches square, 2d. 1197. Tinned Iron Sandbath, to fit the top of the cylinder, 5 inches diameter, shown by b, Fig. 1201, and by a, Fig. 1197, 4d. 1198. Stoneware Dome to cover a flask while being heated, to economise the heat, shown by d, Fig. 1191, 4d. 1199. Stoneware Dome, to cover small retorts while being heated, Fig. 1199, 4d. 1200. Stoneware Water Bath, in two pieces, one to hold the water, the other for the substance to be heated, 5 inches diameter, to fit the cylinder, a, b, Fig. 1200, 8d. 1201. Stoneware Tube Support, by 'which glass tubes containing liquids may be kept in an upright position when heated on a sandbath; see Fig. 1201, where a is the furnace cylinder, b the sandbath, No. 1197, c the tube sup¬ port, with holes for 7 tubes, and d, d, d, test tubes standing in the sand, 6d. 1202. Set of Four Cylinders, adapted to heighten the lamp cylinder, No. 1191, and adjust vessels at proper heights above the lamp, and thus regulate the heat, a , Fig. 1202, all of them 4 inches diameter, and respectively 2, 2£, 3, and 4 inches high ; per set, Is. 4d. For the above in sets, see No. 1218. Additional Pieces for Griffin’s Lamp Furnace, and Pieces made of Porcelain, or otherwise differing in size or quality from the foregoing. 1203. The Oil Lamp, Fig. 1193, in white glazed Berlin porcelain, with porcelain wickholder and cover, Is. 1204. The Furnace Body, or Cylinder, with air-holes, No. 1191, 6 inches high, 4 inches diameter, but without the slit at the side, Berlin porcelain, Is. 9d. 1205. Dome, to cover flasks while being heated, d, Fig. 1191, Berlin porcelain, Is. 1206. Dome, to cover retorts while being heated, Fig. 1199, Berlin porcelain, Is. 1207. The Water Bath, in two pieces, a, b, Fig. 1200, Berlin porcelain, 2s. 6d. 1208. The Water Bath, in Wedgwood’s porcelain, Is. 6d. For other Water Baths, see No. 1236. 1209. Support for Tubes on the Sandbath, 7 holes, c, Fig. 1201, in Wedgwood’s porcelain, Is. 1&J0. Furnace Body, or Cylinder, with air-holes, saltglazed stoneware, similar to Nos. 1191 and 1212, 4 inches wide, but 8 inches high, with a slit at the side, being intended for use with gas burners, Is. 1211. Furnace Cylinder of Saltglazed Stoneware, similar to Fig. 1191, but of larger sizes, being 10 inches high, inches diameter, and with a slit at the side, 2s. 6d. BATHS FOR APFLT1NG HEAT. 125 1212. Another Cylinder, similar, 10 inches high, 9 inches diameter, Fig. 1212, 3s. 1213. Saltglazed Stoneware Foot, Fig. 1213, intended to raise the cylinders to a proper height above lamps or gas burners, 9 inches diameter, 4£ inches high, Fig. 1213, 2s. At No. 911, a special use for this Foot is pointed out. 1214. Glazed Earthenware Pan, to place below the lamp furnace when in action, form of Fig. 1214, 9 inches diameter, Is. 2d. 1215. The Sandbath No. 1197, may be had in several varieties. See article on Sandbaths and Drying Apparatus, No. 1225. 1216. Tin-plate Still, pint size, in one piece, for distilling water, Is. 6d. 1217. Ditto, with loose head and sieve, 2s. GRIFFIN’S LAMP FURNACE, In Sets. 1218. The Original Stoneware Lamp Furnace Set, comprising the 17 articles from No. 1191 to No. 1202, price 6s. 1219. The same with a Glass Spirit Lamp, instead of a Stoneware Spirit Lamp, 6s. 6d. 1220. A Set to use with Gas, namely, the same as above, with a tall cylinder, No. 1210, and a Rose Gas Burner, No. 973, but omitting the Spirit Lamp, No. 1192, the Oil Lamp, No. 1193, and the four Cylinders, No. 1202, which are not required with a gas burner, 6s. 1221. The Porcelain Set, comprising the articles Nos. 1194, 1195,1196, 1197, 1203, 1204, 1205, 1206, 1207, 1209, with a Glass Spirit Lamp, No. 852, the set , 10s. 6d. i BATHS FOR APPLYING HEAT. A. SAND-BATHS. Sandbaths have been described in several instances as forming portions of particular furnaces.—See Nos. 745, 747, and 772. In the present section, only such portable sandbaths will be noticed as can be readily used over any moveable source of heat, such as that of a gas furnace. Digesting Flasks, Beaker Glasses, &c., which are apt to split when exposed to the direct flame of a lamp, are protected from that accident when a thin stratum of sand is put between the flame and the flask. 1225. Sand Baths, polished metal, form of a, Fig. 1197, or of b, Fig. 1201, adapted for Griffin’s Lamp Furnace, See No. 1197, or for the rings of a Retort Stand, Fig. 874 n. No. 1. Copper, 5 inches diameter, 8d. 2. Tin-plate, 5 „ 4d. No. 3. Copper, 3£ inches diameter, 5d. 4. Tin-plate, 8| „ 3d. 5. Deep form of Tin-plate sand-bath, 5 inches diameter, 6d. 1226. Cast Iron Pots, with round bottom, for sand-baths or water-baths, form of Fig. 1226, with two handles and three legs. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 1. 7-inch. ^ gallon. 9d. 3. 9-inch 1 gallon. Is. 3d. 2. 8 „ f „ Is. 4. 10 „ 1* » Is-0d. 1227. Shallow Cast-iron Pans, with flat bottom, for water-baths or sand-baths, form of Fig. 1227, with two handles and flat iron covers. , No. 1. 9 inches wide, 4£ inch, deep, Is. 6d. | No. 2. 10 inches wide, 4^ inch, deep, 2s. No. 3. 12 inches wide, 5 inches deep, 2s. 6d. 136 SAND BATHS.—WATER BATHS. 1228. Thin Cast-iron Sand-baths, with round bottom, as represented by Fig. 1228, with two handles: 6-inch 8d. 10-inch, Is. 13-inch, Is. 9d. 7-inch 8d. 10J-inch, Is. 2d. 13^-inch, 2s. 8-inch 8d. 11 J-inch, Is. 4d. 14-inch, 2s. 4d. 9-inch 9d. 12-inch, Is. 6d. 15-inch, 2 s. 8d. 9§-inch lOd. B. WATER AND STEAM BATHS. 1231. Water Bath, tin-plate, pan shape, with handle, provided with a set of rings to adapt the opening to basins of different sizes : No. 1. Tin Bath 5^-inch, with set of 3 rings. 3s. 2. Tin Bath 7-inch, with set of 5 rings. 5s. 1232. Water Bath, thin cast-iron, tinned inside, with handles, Fig. 1232:— No. 0. Contents 6 pints, 6J inches deep, 8 inches wide at top, 2s. 6d. 2. „ 8 „ 7 „ 9 „ 3s. Other sizes of this form of Water Bath can be supplied up to 13 gallons contents. 1233. Water Bath, Hemispherical, thin cast-iron, lined with glazed earthenware, with flange about an inch broad, Fig. 1233 :— Inside Diameter. Depth. No. 1 8 inches 4 inches 3 ,, 5 ,, 11 „ 5 ^ „ To fit holes Price. 8y-inch 4s. 10 „ 5s. 12 „ 7s. 6d. The above can be provided with tinplate or copper covers, with holes to fit basins of any specified size. Similar Water Baths can be supplied up to 20 inches diameter. WATEK BATHS.-STEAM BATHS. m 1234. Water Bath for Bottles or other upright vessels, form of c, Fig. 1235, of glazed Dresden porcelain, 4 inches wide, 4 inches deep, Is. 3d. 1235. The same Water Bath, with a saltglazed stoneware cylinder, 8 inches high, suitable for heating with gas, with metal top, Fig. J 235, 2s. 6d. This apparatus is very haudy when a solution that contains a precipitate requires to be heated, as in the precipitation of silver with chloride of sodium. WATER BATHS, FOR DRYING POWDERS, &c. at a steam heat. Water Bath, consisting of an outer boiler, and an inner capsule, shown by Figs. 1236, a, the boiler, b, the capsule, c, a lamp furnace. No. Diameter of Boiler. Contents of the Capsule. Material. Price. 1236. 4£ inches, 3 ounces, Saltglazed Stonewai*e, 8d. 1237. 4| inches, 3 ounces, Wedgwood’s Porcelain, Is. 3d. 1238. 5 inches, ounces, Ditto, Is. 6d. 1239. 4£ inches, 3 ounces, Berlin Porcelain, 2s. 3d. 1240. 5 inches, 5| inches, 4J ounces, Ditto, 2s. 6d. 1241. 6 ounces, Ditto, 4s. 6d. 1242. 3j inches, 3 ounces, Thuringian Porcelain, 2s. 3d. 1243. 4| inches, 4 ounces, Ditto, 3s. 1244. 6 inches, 8 ounces, Ditto, 4s. Copper Water Bath, hemispherical, suitable for a retort-stand ring or a furnace top, with set of rings for small basins, Fig. 1248. 1248. 6-inch Bath, with 4 rings, Ts. 1249. 7-inch Bath, with 4 rings, 11s. 1250. 8-inch Bath, wit'll 5 rings, 14s. 1251. 9-inch Bath, with 6 rings, ISs. 1202. Copper Water Bath, 7 inch diameter, with 4 rings, with Frese- nius’s contrivance for keeping the water at a constant level. Represented by Fig. 1252. This consists of a glass foun¬ tain bottle, of about 3 pints capacity, mounted in a zinc case, and con¬ nected with the water bath by a copper tube. Price, without the tri¬ pod and table support, 18s. Th» other articles represented in Fig. 1252 are the tripod, No. 297, price Is. 3d., and the mahog¬ any table, No. 331, price 4s. Instead of the table, the block supports, No. 393, price Is. 3d., may be used. 1254. Water Bath, combined with arrange¬ ment for filtration at 212° Fahr. 1252. a. The bath made of japanned tin-plate. £2. b. The bath made of polished copper, £4 10s. The form of this apparatus is shown by Fig. 1254. It consists of a rectangular boiler, measuring 20 inches in length, 16 inches in width, and 5 inches in depth. It is mounted on iron legs, 10 .nches high, which adapt it for use with the rose gas-burner, No. 2 (974), with which burner, but without the rose, 3 gallons of water, which half fills the boiler, can be kept in ebidlition. The side walls of the boiler descend one inch all round, to form a curtain to retain the hot air under the t>ottom of the boiler. There is a conical hole in which a funnel of from 5 to 7 inches in diameter :an be heated, for filtrations at 212°. There are six openings measuring 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, and 8 inches in liameter for evaporating basins, with upright collars for supporting the basins, and a cover for jach opening that is not in use. There are three rings for diminishing the size of the 8-inch >pening, similar to the rings of the bath, No. 1248. m GAS BATHS.— AIR DRYING BATHS. 1255. Water Baft, combined with arrangement for filtration at 212° Fahr. Smailer size than the preceding, l^s. size than the preceding, inc he 3 «.««- fs.-Tjssf &?ve teSrSSSSft ^"placed below to boil tbe water. 0. gas BATHS, for BEa^TEP TBMPK^UBES; the substance to he expose . be sustained at a given heat for a penod 8 It must be recol radiation. If the appara ^ be regulate d by Bunsen s thermostat, ^ burner , sustaii •watched, the supply g expose d to the heat that rises d J accompany the heated aii lected that all objects that are exp carbonic acid gas, which_accompa y Sr subdivision. Ihe sue > chamber may be, for exam P®’ a ,^ at a given temperatur. object that is to be heated. tube for a considerable time at *8^ ^ brickl 4 or 5 layers o 'ffir>nlh to uroduce in this manner a pr y renuired point. Thu wire gauze, it “ keep it witbiu a few degrees of ^equnedjo 0 , in many technical operations. D AIR DRYING BATHS, HEATED BY WATER OR OIL. U. „„ r , r ,,ln ,n ntll D, AIrt UlbXLl>vJ -- - . . 1260. Water Bath (or OU Bath^consiatmg of abo to md^ca]^is used, F 126^° The capsule Tn-de -nicalf shown in seeUon h, E.g.W. In order to fit a wet filte.'tranced ? n cC * diameter of funn funnel of 60°. Height of the batn, 2 4 inches, 2s. uniformly over the bottom of the wa 1262 Tin Sand Bath, to spread the heat umtornny baft, b. Fig. 1260, 6d. DRYING BATIIS HEATED BY WATER OR OIL. 129 1^63. Griffin s Hot-water Bath, by which substances can be rapidly dried in a current of air at 212° F. Copper double bath, the joints hammered close and soldered, with door at the top. Inside measurement 5 by 6 inches, by 6 inches deep; outside, 7 by 7 inches by 7^ inches deep, with perforated shelf and a chimney, to draw air through the Bath, 25s. 1264. Griffin’s Hot-water Bath, larger size ; inside 7 by 7 inches by 7£ inches deep, outside 9 by 9 inches, by 9 inches deep, 42s. 1265. Thermometer suitable for this bath, showing 330° F., withjpaperscale, enclosed in glass, 3s. The air enters by the orifice a, and is carried through the hot water in the direction of the arrows by an air tube not shown in the figure. The air thus heated, goes into the drying chamber at b, and escapes by the orifice c, into the chimney d, upon which two extra tubes can be placed to increase the draught. When the casing contains water only, a temperature of 212° F. is easily sustained, and the change of air causes the desiccation to proceed rapidly. A moveable shelf, not shown in the figure, is placed across the middle of the chamber. The tube c, admits a thermometer into the water. The tube /, communicates with the hot chamber. 1266. Copper Water Bath intended for drying substances for organic analysis, &c., by means of heated water, as used in the laboratories of Liebig, Kose, &c., made of strong copper plates, the joints hammered close and soldered, Fig. 1266 ; size of hot chamber 7 inches square ; size of the apparatus, 9 inches square. One of the upper openings is for taking the temperature of the oil, the other for ascertaining the degree of heat in the chamber, 42s. 1267. Copper Water Bath, smaller size, same pattern as Fig. 1266; size of the hot chamber, 5 by 6 inches, and 6 inches deep; outside measurement, 7 by 7 inches by 7£ inches deep, 25s. The baths of the form of Fig. 1266 are handier in use than those of the form of Fig. 1263 ; but the atter gain the highest temperature, dry the quickest, and can be most effectually regulated. 268. Copper Oil Bath, form of Fig. 1266, thick metal, brazed joints, outside measure, 6 inches wide, 5 inches high, 5 inches from front to back ; size of hot chamber, 4 inches wide, 3 inches high, 3£ inches from front to back, 24s. 269. Copper Oil Bath, thick metal, brazed and riveted; size of hot chamber, 7 inches square, 6 inches high; outside measurement of the bath, 9 inches square, 8 inches high, 56s. s ( L30 HOT A[R BATHS WITHOUT WATER OR OIL. E. AIR DRYING BATHS, WITHOUT WATER OR OIL 1273. Fresenius’s Copper-air Bath, with trellis shelf, and door in front; mounted on iron legs ; size of the warm chamber, 6 inches wide, 5 inches high, 4£ inches from front to back, Fig. 1273, page 129, 21s. 1276. 1274. 1274. Bunsen’s Hot-air Bath, with modification of Kemp’s regulator, to cause the supply of gas to produce a constant temperature. Copper bath, with hooks to hang it to a wall; size of hot room, 7 inches wide, 4f inches high, 5 inches from front to hack. Price, with Regulator for the flow of gas, but without thermometer and gas burner, Fig. 1274, 25s. 1274. a. The Regulator without the bath, 6s. The regulation of the temperature is effected by increasing or diminishing the supply of gas to th< burner d. This is managed by the action of the apparatus marked a, b, c. The gas enters by a. passes into a narrow tube which is continued for about two-thirds of the length of b, and is open a the lower end. The gas escapes there and pases out by the tube e to supply the burner d. Th( lower part of the tube b contains mercury, and in that mercury is fixed a small glass tube that i closed at the upper end and has a small hole at the lower end. This tube is partly filled with ai and partly with mercury. There is a scale and a screw at the upper end of the tube b, by which th proper supply of gas can be regulated at the commencement of a process. Supposing the apparatu to be in action, as represented by the Figure, if the heat becomes greater than is required, the air r the enclosed glass vessel expands and drives out the mercury, which rises in the tube b, and close the lower end of the continuation of the supply pipe a. But, in order to prevent the extinc tion of the flame at d, the inner supply pipe is either pierced with a small hole which remains alwaj open, or the lower part of the tube is provided with fine slits which permit a slight passage of gi when the bottom is closed. When the heat falls in the bath, the air enclosed in the tube b condense; the mercury falls, and a greater supply of gas is admitted to the burner. HOT AIR BATHS WITHOUT WATER OR OIL. ] « | 1276. Rammelsberg’s Hot-air Bath, form of Fig. 1276, made of copper. The sub- stance to be dried is put m a crucible, and fixed in the centre of the bath, ihe apparatus is set over a spirit lamp, or gas light, and one or two thermo- meteis aie introduced through the necks in the lid to ascertain the tem¬ perature. ;?I®- t inche ? inches 'Vide, 8s. 1277. 5 inches high. Si inches wide, 10s 1278. Kammelsberg s Hot-air Bath, made of brass, with a neck at which a chloride o/ calcium tube may be attached for securing a current of dry air through the i ^ bath, 4 inches high, 4 inches wide, conical form, Fig. 1278, 7s. 6d. ° 1 1279. Taylor’s Hot-air Bath, for drying powders, &c., in a current of hot air, to any temperature up to 360® F.; form of Fig. 1279, circular chamber, U inches deep and 8^ inches diameter, 1279. Japanned Tin-plate, 15s. 1280. Copper, 30s. 1281. Griffin s Hot-Air Bath, for drying substances in a rapid current of hot air, kept within a few degrees of any desired temperature up to 500° Fahr. Form of Fig. 1281. Price, without Thermometer and Gas Burner, £3. This apparatus consists of a Copper Chamber, mea¬ suring 12 inches from left to right, 9 inches from top to bottom, and 8 inches from front to back. This Chamber is enclosed in a Case made of stout sheet ron, which measures 14 inches from left to right, 12 nches from top to bottom, and 11 inches from front ■o back. There is, consequently, a clear space of at east an inch all round between Che copper chamber md the iron case. Hot-air rising from a rose gas burner s made to pass continuously through this space, while • rapid current of heated atmospheric air is made to •ass through the copper chamber containing the objects hat are to be dried. The arrangement for carrying out his plan is as follows :— Production and Regulation of the Heat. —The bottom f the iron case has a round hole in the middle rather rider than the head of the Rose gas burner, No. 2 (974). 'his burner being lighted and applied there, air rushes p through the flame into the space between the copper uamberand the iron case, and passes out by a chimney t the top, marked a in the Figure. If it is desired to iminish the draught, the cap a' is put upon the neck a. 'his cap has an oblong form. When pulled to the right, opens the chimney a entirely. When pushed to the ft, it closes it more or less as may be desired. Atten- on to this chimney must be combined with due attention to the burner. The latter can be fully or only artially supplied with gas, and it may be pushed up close to the copper chamber, or be lowered two or iree inches from it, the clay plates shown in Fig. 1281, being used to regulate the height of the burner, ledge or partition of copper runs along the front lower edge of the copper chamber, and closes the space itween that chamber and the iron case. A similar ledge runs along the back upper edge of the copper lamber. The former is intended to prevent the rising of the flame from the gas burner into the copper lamber when the front doors are opened; the latter serves to prevent the flame passing directly om the gas burner up the back of the chamber and out at the chimney a. The effect of these istruetions is to force the hot-air to rise up on each side of the chamber, and to pass over the top, 1 make its way to the chimney a. On applying a chimney such as c" to the neck a, and removing ie flame, the whole apparatus is rapidly cooled. Circulation of Hot-Air through the Copper Chamber.— The copper chamber has a false bottom, Inch is divided into two compartments, as shown by Fig. 1282. It is a sort of shelf or stool that •s about an inch above the solid bottom of the chamber. Each half of the space included between e tme and false bottom is open at oue end and closed at the other, and the surface is perforated in e manner shown by the Figure. Air passes into the enclosed spaces by two flat copper tubes, the •per ends of which are marked b b in Fig. 1281, and the lower ends of which cipimunicate with • e open ends of the spaces marked by arrows in Fig. 12S2. These air tubes are fix^’ iu the space ■ tween the copper chamber and the iron case, and being exposed to the hot air that rises >m the gas burner, while the flame of the burner acts directly upon the solid bottom of the amber, the air supplied by these tubes becomes rapidly and strongly heated, and is delivered 1281 . 132 DHYING IN VACUO. FREEZING OF WATER IN VACUO. m that condition through the holes in Fig. 1282, into the “ “ e8C '“ 1>e ' by the two openings c d, after passing over the objectsp}»“d m “ tll( , tllbes j j are ^Regulation of the Current of Air.— When a strong current • T U [ quire q the chim- both left open, and the chimney c" is placed upon the neck c W hen less air is require , ney c" is taken off, or is replaced by the oblong cap c , by-- ji which the chimney c can either be entirely ^ obstructed or 3) onened to any desired degree. The draught of air into /'///SS;. A the chamber can also be regulated by two caps of the form \ yf of b', which are adapted to the openings b b, and can open I (/ l. or shut the passage to any necessary degree by merely / sliding along them. The neck d can he closed by a cap, or it°can be used for the insertion of a thermometer to _ indicate the temperature of the hot chamber. The four. n ;, w , h h r d shown in Fig. 1281, are all in commumca . tion 8 with the copper chamber, 1 Ind pass through holes in the top of the iron case. The chnnney a alone communicates with the space between the two chambers. v q t p e This construction of the apparatus enables the operator, by attention to the gaf chimney a, a', to regulate the amount of heat applied, and by attention to the ventilators, b, b , and c c' c". to regulate the circulation of air through the drying chamber. ’ For operations that do not demand a drying heat beyond 300° Fahr., the small rose gas burner. No 973, is sufficiently powerful; but when a higher temperature is required, and especially wlien a large quantity of air is to be forced through the chamber, the rose burner, No. 974, is requisite. The Iron Case and the Copper Chamber are separately opened, by double doors, m front, as repre¬ sented in Fig. 1281. The copper chamber contains two moveable stools, to sustain capsules, crucibles, &c. F. APPARATUS FOR DRYING POWDERS IN A VACUUM. Leslie’s Apparatus for Freezing Water, Desiccators, &c. The articles in this subdivision do not properly belong to the section on the Application of Heat; but they are placed here because it is convenient to have in one group an account of the different methods employed to dry powders at a definite temperature. Apparatus used in the drying of gases will be described in the section respecting Gas Apparatus. 1285. Desiccating Pan, to contain sulphuric acid, for. drying substances in vacuo, or under a glass receiver; with numerous partitions and indented edges for the ready support of capsules, Fig. 1285. No. 1. Berlin Porcelain, 41inch diameter. 6 Partitions. 3s. 6d. 2. Dresden Porcelain, 4 3. „ 5 4. „ 5 5. Thuringian Porcelain, 41 «• „ 51 7. >, 6 3 „ 2s. 6d. 3 „ 3s. 6 „ 4s. 0 „ 3s. 6d. G „ 4s. 6 „ 4s. Gd. 1286. Desiccating Pan, ol Saltglazed Stoneware, to contain sulphuric acid for dry ing substances in vacuo, cylindrical form, flat bottom, Figs. 1286 1287 tw inches deep:— 6 inches diameter, Is. | 8 inches, Is. 3d. | 10 inches. Is. 6d. DRYING IN VACUO. FREEZING OF WATER IN VACUO. 133 1287. Brass Trellis Tops for the stoneware pans, to support vessels over the sulphuric acid, Fig. 1287 :— 6-inch, Is. 6d. j 8-inch Is. 9d. [ 10-inch, 2s. 1288. Desiccating Pan, to contain sulphuric acid, for drying substances in vacuo, form of b , Fig. 1288; white Berlin semi-porcelain, glazed ; three sizes :— 4^-inch, Is. 6d. | 5-inch, Is. 9d. | 6-inch, 2s. 1289. Perforated Wood Table, a, Fig. 1288, adapted to the pan No. 1288, and suited to support either funnels or capsules, see Fig. 1294 :— 5 inches diameter, Is. 6d. | 6 inches, Is. 9d. | 8 inches, 2s. 1288. 1294 . Bell-Shaped Glass Receivers, with stout edges, well ground, suitable for these experiments. See No. 655. 1290. Leslie’s Apparatus for Freezing Water over oil of vitriol in vacuo, consisting of a flat bell-shaped receiver for the air-pump, a porcelain pan for the acid, and a glass capsule for the water. There should be half-an-inch in depth of the strongest oil of vitriol. The pump must be well screwed up, and the receiver greased to fit close. Price of a set to suit Tate’s Air Pump, No. 648, 7s. 1291. Porous Clay Evaporating Basins, for holding Water over Sulphuric Acid in vacuo, in order to be converted into Ice, form of Fig. 1291 :— 4-inch, 6d. | 5-inch, 8d. | 6-inch, JOd. | 8-inch, Is. 1292. In using this Desiccating Apparatus, the acid pan, half full of concentrated sulphuric acid, is flaced on the plate of an air pump, or on one of the separate plates described at No. 687, and being ;overed with a flat glass receiver, such as No. 655, the air-pump is set in action, and the receiver is exhausted. The stopcock is then closed, and the apparatus allowed to rest till the required effect is >roduced. The entire apparatus is represented by Fig. 650. 1293. Leslie’s Original Apparatus for the Freezing of Water (see article Cold in the ‘ Encycloptedia Britannica”) consisted of a powerful air-pump with single vertical barrel, connected vith a large wooden table on which were fixed six pump-plates, connected separately by pipes and top-cocks with the pump. That was a very expensive and cumbrous form of apparatus. The produc- iou of several portions of ice, each over a separate pan of sulphuric acid, can be much more con- 'eniently effected by using a series of separate tables, such as are described at No. 687, each of them itted with a flat glass receiver, an acid pan, and a porous water dish of the kind that have just teen described ; the size of these parts being chosen to suit the power of the pump and the required quantity of ice. The choice of the pump depends upon the principles explained at paragraph 653. .'he glass receiver should be no larger than barely to cover the vessels that contain the acid and he water. A larger capacity is injurious. In a room at the temperature of 62° F.. half a pound of rater can be readily frozen in this apparatus, with the aid of the pump No. 653. When the freezing of water by the air-pump is to be shown as a Class Experiment, the acid should the basin 3 inches wide, Fig. 1303, Is. 6d. Io04. Ditto, the basin 4 inches wide, 2s. ° 1305. Glass Ga P s «les, watch glass form, ground on the edge, and fitted in pairs to protect filters and hygroscopic substances from damp while being weighed 1306 Br^T- r: pV mC r’ 6 R'L 2 - inch ’ 6d - ; ^ch,7d.; 8-inch, 8d. g § ' weighed, formof Fig!°I308 g M* ^ ° f CapS “ leS d ° Se t0gether wh!,e bein g 1307. Ditto, form of Fig. 1307, 6d. 13°8. Glass Plate Tray, and oblong Bell Receiver, to protect substances from moisture during weighing, Bohemian glass, three pieces, all ground to fit lZ*X e ' S W ' 10le betWeen 150 “ d 230 grains : p ricTofTe% in 1309. Very light Glass Tubes, in which to weigh dried filters: 3£-inch by |-inch, l|d. 4inch by 1-incli, l£d. 310. Gas Distributor, with five stopcocks, Fig. 1310, 9s. 311. Ditto, superior style, with best stopcocks, 18s. It is sometimes necessary, on a lecture table, or in a laboratory, to se several gas burners at once, where there happens to be only one pe ’ £ 0ne r S0 , urc ® of S as - The apparatus represented by ig. 1310, is then useful. One of its tubes can be attached to the pply pipe, and the three others to as many different burners or irnaces. The vertical tube, terminating in a very small jet, serves to eep a light always ready. 1310. 1301a, 13015, 1298. 130S. 136 • PLATINUM CRUCIBLES. CRUCIBLES. CRUCIBLES. CLASS 1.—PLATINUM. 1320. Platinum Crucibles, best London manufacture. Form of Fig. 1320, page 135. TIT-*—■LJ. PriAP Depth. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. Diameter. f-inch. f-inch. 1- inch, lf-incb. 1 f-inch. 12-in ch. ] f-inch. 2- inch. 21-inch. •f-inch. 1- inch. 1 f-inch. 1 f-inch. 1 f-inch. 1 f-inch. 1 f-inch. 1 f-inch. 2- inch. Contents. 1 drachm. 2 4 V >5 7 If ounce. 1 2 2f >> W eight. 120 grains. 180 „ 220 340 400 480 580 700 780 » )> Price. 10s. 15s. 18s. 28s. 34s. 40s. 48s. 58s. 65s. The prices quoted iu the table are tor crucibles without covers. If supplied with covers, the price “ e T?e°pri “s'a« metaflapproximate. They change with the market price of the metal, and std more with variations in the thickness of the metal. ordered with reference to the seal When a particular thickness of metal .s desrred, .t ^uld^e ordemd wrt^ Uy speaki **£ LSTSSSfSS^ Lst^l/heaSd over a spirit lamp. When greate strength is required, the crucibles must be made heavmr. 1321a. , , , , 1321. COVERS eor PLATiNOM Sm of c°a V p e sules, outside of the crucible as represented y *=• 5 capsules. The approxi- Se of Evaporation. SILVER CRUCIBLES, of any size, made to order. 13216. 1321c. CLASS 2.—PORCELAIN. CRUCIBLES Porcelain Crucibles are P re f®. ra Ue to^those^f platm^m tar igniting^^ls^ta^destroy^organicmatta because in some cases the igmtion of soils conta g that it can only be detached by usu acma^regia n ^li^^amages 1 the ^platinum. When therefore, the purpose is simply to destre organic matter in a soil, a porcelain crucible sho^d Porcelain Crucibles produced by differe 1322. Comparison of the Shapes of the TkinLtgM Lon^m^or^^ ftt diffe f ent times are nev Manufacturers. Although crucibles ma y al 'character which may be pointed out f olik.6 those from ecteh meinnfcictory iicive & -rv iqoq n h c reorese tr^d^e ’of those who wish to procure ctacibles of a peerdrar orm the three principal varieties of German ““f'f ;, f [ h =' phurhigian crucible. The latter c, that of the Dresden or Meissen crucrUe,“ “daU^erfeveept the bottom outsid XU genei <*i, tuc - l/j - ^ , 1823. Berlin Porcelain Crucibles, best quality, very thin, highly glaze on sides, conical form, Fig: 1323, with covers : No. Diameter, 2. 2i-inch. U „ 3 „ No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 000. 1-inch. i ounce. 3d. 00. 1* „ i >> 4d. 0 . H % 5 > 6d. 1 . H „ i „ 8d. 3. 4. 5. 31 Contents. 1 ounce. 2 4 8 M 99 Price. lOd. Is. Is. 2 Is. 4 PORCELAIN CRUCIBLE?, 137 1323. 1320. 1328. li-ineh high. 1 s. 1 4 i ounce. 5d. 6d. ,3 ' 34 ' B “r I t n th C s“' LiebiS ’ Sfa ™' 1324 « *«“**«. with cover, No. 1. 1-inch diameter. 2 - lh ” - „ 1325. Berlin Porcelain Crucible, cylindrical, form of b, Fig. 1336, biscuit without 1326 BeH?n e pn h61 f ht Wldth ’ 3 4 inches > contents 16 ounces, Is. ‘ B &c P Bi^nh n °r ible /’ ? r V Cal f ° rm ’ Fig ' 1326 ’ for fusin g nitrate of silver tVc. Biscuit, with perforated cover, to permit the escape of gases. N6 ‘ Hei S ht Width. Contents. Price. 2 J inches. 1^-inch. 1 ounce. 6d. 3 4 » 2 inches. 2f ounces, 7d, 1327. Berlin Porcelain Assayers’ Crucibles, Fig. 1327, biscuit, with perforated cover. No. Height. Diameter in the Middle. Contents. Prioe. 1. 3f inches. 2 inches. 3 ounces. Is. 2 - » 2 * » 6 - Is. 3d, 328. Berlin Porcelain Apparatus for exposing substances to the action ofoxveen or hydrogen gas at a red heat; consisting of a crucible, a perforated cover and pl!te, F!g! D f32 t 8, b 3s a 6d° f blSCUlt porcelain ’ and fitted to one another, corn- 329. The flanged tube alone 3s. | 1330. The crucible and cover 9d 331. Dresden Porcelain Crucibles extremely thin and light, conical form, Fig. 1331, glazed both inside and outside, with covers. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. 10 . 11 . Diameter. 3 inches. „ n „ OX “ 4 . >, 1 - 3 - 1 * >> H „ H „ H l _5 8 J- 9 * Depth. 2-f- inches. 2 „ > 5 1 8 > t 1 A J 8 1| JL 8 * Capacity. 6 ounce, 4 3 2 H 6| drachms, 4 t >• 40 grains, 15 „ 10 >> ») >> >> 138 PORCELAIN CRUCIBLES. 1832. Dresden Crucibles, No. 9, 10, 11, without covers, Fig. 1332, at 3d. each. 1333. Plattner’s Blowpipe Crucible, Dres¬ den porcelain, conical, with flat bottom, Fig. 1333, glazed, very thin, for use in the qualitative analysis of minerals by the blow¬ pipe, with cover, 1-inch high, 14* inch diameter, contents f-ounce, 6d. 1334. The same, without the cover, 4d :o) 1335. 1334 . The same, without the cover, 4U. mouth, with covei 1335. Thuringian Porcelain Crucibles, conical , Fig. 1335 and 1322 a, glazed inside, biscuit outside. No. 1 2 3 4 5 Diameter. 1 inch. H .. 2 „ 21 » 24 5 > Contents. 4 ounce. f 2 ” 1 2 24 „ n » Price. 4d. 5d. 6d. Yd. 8d. No. 6 7 8 9 Contents. Price. 3 ounces. 10d 4 „ Is. 6 ,, Is* 3d. 8 „ Is. 8d. The Set of Nine , 7s. Diameter. 2f inches. 3 31 31 1336. Thuringian Porcelain Crucibles, biscuit mside and outside, suitable for fusions at high temperatures, with . spout tal and narrow, form of Fig. 1336 : a the cover, b the crucible, c the support to put below it in a furnace. The following 'prices include Crucible and Cover, but not the Support. ^ ^ 1336. No. Height. 1 If-inch. 2 „ 25 4 oz. 2 3 4 5 6 * 2 » 34 „ 34 »j 4 „ Diameter. Contents. Price. 4d. 5d. 6d. lOd. 1|-inch. H 2 >> 01 * 2 >> a 2 „ 4 24 24 >> 5 „ Is. 6 „ Is 2d. No. Height. Diameter. Contents. Pric 7 44-inch. 3-inch. 8 oz. Is. 4 8 44 „ 34 „ 12 „ Is. 6 9 54 „ 34 „ 16 „ Is. 9 10 9 „ 4 „ 24 „ 2s. 11 94 p 4 „ 32 „ 2s. 6 1337. Crucibles of the above quality and sizes, glazed inside, with covers, at tl following prices:— No. 1. 2. 5d. 6d. No. 4. 5. Is. Is. 2d. No. 7. 8. Is. Is. 8d. lOd. No. 10. „ 11. 3. 7d. 5* 6. Is. 4d. >> 9. 2s. 3s. AUL'L'. ^ -- the sizes 2d. each. H by f-inch. | 21 by frinch. | 3 by 1-inch. | 3^ by 1-inch 1330. Berlin Semi-Poeceljin Ceocici.es, glazed within and without, with covers, form of Fig. 1339. 10 ounce, Is. 3d. 16 „ Is. 6d. No. 1. „ 2 . 5 ounce, 8 „ 9d. Is. No. 3. .. 4. 1339. FLUMBAGO CRUCIBLES. 139 1340. Assay Crucibles, formed of a rough white refractory mass (Berlin semi-porcelain) in which cast iron may be fused, in nests of seven, the largest size, 7. inches by 5, with covers, 9s. 1341. Ditto, without covers, 6s. 6d. 1342. Ditto, the five smallest, without covers, 3s. 1340. 1343. Porcelain Cups, for use in ignitions, as uncovered crucibles. Many varieties are figured and described under the head of “ Evaporation.” These Cups are often of great use in chemical operations, that are performed with small quantities of materials. As a substance may be dissolved in an acid, its solution be evaporated to dryness, and the dry product be ignited in one vessel. See Plattner’s Treatise on the Blowpipe, especially v_y 1343. -he sections on the Analysis of Minerals and Metalliferous Substances by the Combination of the Vet and Dry Processes of Analysis. CRUCIBLES. CLASS 3. PLUMBAGO. 346. Patent Plumbago Crucibles, suitable for the fusion of the most refractory metals, gold, silver, brass, copper, steel, iron, &c.; not subject to crack, and may be used repeatedly for most metals. Fig. 1346. 1346. Each No. is equal to the bulk of 2iVlbs. of copper. o. 1 2 4 6 8 Per dozen. No. Per dozen. No. Each. No. ' Each. 4s. 12 48s. 30 10s. 80 27s. 8s. 14 56s. 35 12s* 90 30s. 16s. 16 64s. 40 14s. 100 33s. 24s. 18 72s. 50 17s. 200 66s. 32s. 20 80s. 60 20s. 300 100s. 40s. 25 100s. 70 24s. 400 133s. 347. Covers for Patent Plumbago Crucibles, all sizes, at l|d. per Number. 348. Black-lead Pots, suitable for melting old metals, when strong fluxes are used, but not resisting change of temperature like the Patent Plumbago Crucibles. 0. Per dozen. No. Per dozen. No. Each. No. Each. 1 Is. 9d. 7 12s. 6d. 16 2s. 9d. 40 8s. 2 3s. 6d. 8 14s. 18 3s. 2d. 50 10s. 3 5s. 3d. 9 16s. 6d. 20 3s. 6d. 60 12s. 4 7s. 10 18s. 6d. 25 4s. 6d. 70 14s. 5 9s. 6d. 12 21s. 30 5s. 6d. 80 16s. 6 Us. 14 24s. 6d. 35 6s. 6d. | 100 19s. 348 a. Covers for Black-lead Crucibles at l^d. per Number. 349. Cornish Black-lead Crucibles, for the assay of tin ores, 3£ inches high, 3 inches wide, per dozen, form of Fig. 1358, 9s. ' 350. Blocks of Patent Plumbago, to support crucibles in the furnace, at l*d. per Number. 351 Plumbago Stirrers, best quality, per dozen, 16s. 140 FIRECLAY CRUCIBLES; LONDON, HESSIAN, AND CORNISH. CRUCIBLES. CLASS 4. FIRE-CLAY. 1352 London-made Fireclay Crucibles, round conical form, of the ' S manuftewre, capable of resisting high temperatures and the action of times, will retain melted copper and east-iron, and, when heated to sofunmg, they retain then compact structure, and do not become vesicular. ;jsr 0 . I k 2 3 3| 41 Height. If inch 91 8 2% ■^s 3f 3| Price. Per Dozen. 4d. ~5d. 7 d. 8d. fld. Is. Is. Id. Is 6d. 2s. 2s. 6d. 3s. 3d. Covers. Per Dozen. Is. 3d. Is. 3d Is. 3d. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. • Is. 3d. 2s. 2s. Ho. Height. n 6 6- u 2 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5l inch 6| „ Cl „ ‘ 5 »• 84 „ 91 J >? 10 „ 11 „ 12 „ 13 „ 14 „ Price. Per Dozen. 3s. 9d. 4s. Od. 6s. 6d. 7s. 6d. 10s. 12s. 6d. 19s. 24s. 30s. 35s. 45s. 1353. London-made Fire-clay Crucibles, of 'triangular form,Jig. 1354, at the same Prices as the Round Crucibles, No. 1352. 1354. Hessian Crucibles., refractory fire-clay, triangular, Fig. 1354. Sizes .... No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. Inches high ... 1, 2, 21, 3, 31, 4j, 6f, 7, 8, 9 2 . 1352. 'Covers. Per Dozen. 2s. 2 s. 2s. 6d. 2s. 6d. 3s. 3d. 3s. 3d. 4 s. 4s. 6d^ No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6. Prices of Nests. Nest of 3, No. 2 to 4, 5, small, 5,large, 6 , „ 8 , „ 10, „ 1 2 2 1 1 3d. 5, 5d. 6, 7d. 7, Is. 3d. 8, Is. 6d. 10, 5s. Single Crucibles Per Dozen. No. 1, 3d. 2, 6d. 3, Is. 4, 2s. 5, 3s. 6, 4s. 7, 6s. 8, 8s. 1354. Covers Per Dozen. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. Is. 3d. 2s. 2s. 2s. 6d. 3s. 3d. CORNISH CRUCIBLES. 1355. Cornish Assay Crucibles, best quality, rough white fire-clay, form of Fig. 1355. No. 1. 2 to 21 inches high, 2s. doz. 2s. 6d. „ 2. 3 „ 31 No. 3. 4 inches high, 3s. doz. 4. 41 „ 4s. „ 1356. Nest of three large sizes, 2|, 3£, and 41 inches, per dozen nests, 8s. 1357. Nest of three small sizes, 2, 3, and 31 inches, per dozen nests, 6s. 1358. Cornish Metallurgists’ Crucibles, somewhat smoother than the Cornish Assay Crucibles, and of a conical form (Fig. 1358), occasionally with small spouts. No. 1. 1-inch Id. No. 5. 4-inch 3d. No. 9. 6-inch 7d. 2. 2 „ lid. 6. 41 „ 4d. 10. 7 „ lid. 3. 3 „ 2d. 7. 5 „ 5d. 11. 8 „ 14d. 4. 3§ „ old 8. 51 „ 6d. ; FIRECLAY CRUCIBLES, ENGLISH AND FRENCH. 141 .3 59. Cornish Triangular Crucibles, nest of 4 sizes, 1^, 2|, 2£, and 4 inches, per dozen nests, 6s. The sizes of Cornish Crucibles are stated approximately. They are very irregular oth. in form and size, the nature of the material not permitting of fine workmanship. 1355. 135S. 1 359. 1360. 360. Trench Assay Crucibles, or Fluxing Pots, from the Factory of Beaufay; soft, white material, smooth surface, tall narrow form (Fig. 1360), with spout. Covers charged separately. See No. 1360#. No. Inches High. Inches Wide. Price, No. Inches High. Inches Wide. Price. No. Inches High. Inches Vide. Price. 0 li 14 A o lid. 8 4f 22 6d. 16 101 51 2s. 6d. 1 2 n l|d. 9 5 3 3 9d. 17 11 6 3s. 2 21 u 2d. 10 6 H lOd. 18 12 61 4 s. 3 2f ii 3d. 11 6| H Is. 19 13 H 4s. 6d. 4 31 2 3d. 12 6f 4 Is. 4d. 20 131 7 5s. Gd. 5 H 21 3d. 13 • if 4 Is. 6d. 21 141 6f 6s. 6d. 5 H H 4d. 14 81 41 2s. 22 151 7 7s. 6d. 7 H 21 5d. 15 91 51 2s. 4d. # 1 “ ~~ 360#. Covers for the French Fluxing Pots. Price according to the diameter. No. 1. Under 21 inches wide, 2d. No. 5. Under 6 inches wide, 7d. 2. yy 4 >j 3d. 6. yy 7 „ „ lOd. 3. yy 4| >> >> 5d. 7. yy CO r—i OO 4. yy 5 6d. 361. Skittle Pots, Fire-clay, without covers, for purify ing jewellers’ JTM sweep, &c. Price per dozen :— 1 1 1-inch Is. 4d. 7-inch 4s. 11 -inch 12s. 18-inch 56s. 1 „ 2s. 8 „ 5s. 12 „ 16s. 20 „ 80s. «■»' > .. 2s. 8d. 9 „ 6s. 14 , 22s. 1361, 1 „ 3s. 4d. 10 „ 9s. 16 , 27s. 162. Metallurgists’ Crucibles (Poelons), of refractory fire-clay, for the reduction and fusion of metals, globular form, narrow mouth, on foot, Fig. 1362:— No. 1. l|-inch high by 1^-inch 2 . 11 „ „ H 3. 2^ „ „ 2 diameter, per dozen, 2s. 6d. >* yy 2s. 6d. 3s. 3d. 1362. n-2 IKON CRUCIBLES, CRUCIBLE CASES, AND SUPPORTS. 1365. Fire-clay Supports, for Crucibles in a Furnace; to keep them at a distance from the grate, French :— No. Height. Diameter. Price. No. Height. Diameter. Price. 1 . 11-inch 11-inch 2d. 5. lf-incli 6-inch lOd 2. li „ 2 „ 3d. 6. 3 „ 6 „ Is. 3. H „ 3| » 4d. 7. H , 6 „ Is. 3d. 4. H „ 7 „ 8d. 1366. Crucible Cases, of refractory fire-clay, with feet and covers, Fig. 1366, in¬ tended to protect Porcelain or Platinum Crucibles from contact with the coal in a fire, and to elevate them to a proper height above the grate. Inside Measurement. Depth. Width. 1, 2l inches. 2 inches, 6d. 2, 3 „ 2 „ 7d. 3, 2f „ 2| „ 8d. 4, 3^- inches. 2^ inches, 9d. 5, 3 „ 3 lOd. 6, 4 „ 3 „ Is. 1367. Infusible Fire-clay Stirrers, for mixing powders in crucibles. See No. 110. 1368. Crucible Tongs. See Tongs, No. 120, page 12. 1369. Iron Crucible Jacket, for supporting a Platinum Crucible over a Spirit Lamp, Fig. 1369, Is 1369. . 6d. The Crucible Jacket is intended to hold a Crucible over a spirit lamp, in such a manner as to exclude all atmospheric air, except what passes up the chimney of the lamp. The Crucible is supported by three knife edges, so placed as not to obstruct the action of the flame. C, chimney of the spirit lamp; a, crucible jacket with the knife edges*'; b, moveable cover; c, handle with screw adapted to the thumb-screw of a lamp rod ; d, the crucible. The arrows show the direction of the flame. CRUCIBLES. CLASS 5. IRON. 1370. Thin cast-iron Crucibles, form of Fig. 1333, with Covers:— No. 1. 2 inches high, 2 inches wide, contents, 3|-oz., 9d. 2. 2£ „ 2i „ „ 5 „ Is. 3. 3 „ 2^ ,, „ 8 ,, Is. 6d. 4. The set of three crucibles 3s. 1371. Wrought-iron Crucible, stout, form of Fig. 1371, without cover, 4-inch, 3s. 1371. PORCELAIN TUBES. 143 TUBE OPERATIONS. Only Porcelain Tubes and Iron Tubes will be noticed here. Operations with Glass Tubes are described in many other sections. See Gas Combustion Furnace, Nos. 1051 to 1090, the Articles on Organic Analysis, and on Apparatus for Experiments with Gases. PORCELAIN TUBES. Porcelain Tubes for containing substances that are to be exposed to heat in a furnace, while gases are passed over them ; or for exposing a current of any gas to the action of heat. The furnaces suitable for use with tubes are described at Nos. 846 and 1064. 1373. Tubes of Berlin Porcelain, without collars, glazed both inside and outside. These can be supplied of the following diametei’s, namely, £, 1|, l£, 2, and 2| inches, and of any length fi'om 12 inches up to 52 inches. The following sizes are ;enerally kept in stock :— No. Diam. Length. 1 1 . i-in. 12-in. Is. 6d. 2. % »> 20 „ 3s. 3. 1 „ 26 „ 4s. 4. s 4 >> 20 „ 4s. 6d. 5. 1 »’ 26 „ 6s. No. Diam. Length. 6. £-in. 35-in. 9 s. 7. £ » 40 „ 12s. 8. J 8 20 „ 6s. 9. J 8 26 „ 9s. 10. 11 a 8 >» 35 „ 14s. No. Diam. Length. 11. li-in. 40-in. 15s. 12. 1^ >> 26 „ 12s. 13. U „ 35 „ 16s. 14. 2 „ 35 „ 18s. 15. 2£ » 52 „ 27s. The sizes are stated in Prussian inches, which are about longer than English inches. 1374. Tubes of Dresden Porcelain, with collar at each end (Fig. 1374), glazed inside, biscuit fX Q j) outside; length, 24 inches. No. 1. Boi’e lf-inch 4s. 2. ,, 1 ,, 3s. No. 3. Bore §-inch 2s. 3d. 4. „ | „ Is. 9d. 1375. Tubes of Thui-ingian Porcelain, Figui-e 1374, but with collar at one end only, glazed inside, biscuit outside; bore £-inch, outside diameter about 1 inch. Price according to length, as follows:— 12 inches Is. 21 inches 2s. 6d. j 30 inches 5s. 18 „ 2s. 24 „ 3s. 6d. | 1376. Tube of Thuringian Porcelain, glazed inside and outside, for exciting elec¬ tricity; 24i inches long, l£-inch boi-e, and neai’ly 2 inches outside diameter, without collai’, 4s. 6d. 377. Tubes of Thuringian Poi’celain, with a collar at one end and a small neck at the othei', to enable them to be fitted together for conducting gases or liquids, 36 inches long, bore l£-inch, outside diameter 2£-inch, 8s. 6d. 378. Tubes of Wedgwood’s Porcelain, 18 inches long:— 1-inch boi-e, Is. 6d. ; H-inch bore, 2s.; 2-inch bore, 3s. 379. Fire-clay Tubes, glazed inside, Gres verni de la fabique d’Orleans, 22 inches long: l-inch bore, Is. 3d.; 1-inch boi’e, Is. 6d.; l£-inch boi’e, Is. 9d. 380. Boat-shaped Trays, of Porcelain, to contain solid substances which are to have gases passed over them while they are heated to redness in tubes. No. 1. 2£ inches long, £ inch wide, Berlin Porcelain, 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 3 4 3 3 3 J9 i i H 5d 5d. ;; , **• „ Thuringian Porcelain, 4d „ Meissen „ 5d. ,, i> >» 4d. .. «« i, 8d. 1380. 7. 5£ „ „ . ... 8. Boat-shaped Tray of Platinum, price, according to weight , 15s. to 21s. 144 JRON PIPES AND JOINTS. IRON PIPES AND JOINTS. 1381. Iron Pipes are frequently required in the construction of chemical apparatus ; such as th< arrangements for the conveyance of gases, for the prolongation of the necks of iron retorts when uset for destructive distillation, or in the preparation of gases, for containing substances to be expose* to a red heatrin a furnace, while subjected to the action of a current of some kind of gas, andfo: various other purposes. I give here, therefore, some account of the Pipes, Joints, and Fittings ix most frequent demand, with a list of their prices. The pieces are all provided, at the given prices, with the screws represented in the Figures, which lit well together, but these prices do not includ* the cost of the fitting together of these pieces into special complex forms of apparatus, or of attach ing them to retorts, &c., on which additional screws require to be cut. Such compound apparatus s priced according to the amount of work it requires. Fig. Bore of the Pipe in inches. 2. H- U- 1 . i J. 3 8 • JL 4 1382. Long Pipes, per foot. Is. 9d. Is. Id. lOd. 7d. 5d. 5d. 4d. i 1383. Short Pipes, per foot. 3 s. 2 s. Is. 9d. Is. 3d. Is. 9d. 7d. ( 1 384. Elbow-joint. 3s. 9d. 2s. 3d. Is.' 9d. Is. lOd. 8d. 7d. 1385. Diminishing Elbow-joint. 3s. 9d. 2s. 3d. Is. 9d. Is. lOd. 8d. 7d. 1386 Elbow Bend. 3s. 9d. 2s. 3d. Is. 9d. Is. lOd. 8d. 7d. 1387. Plain Socket. Is. 8a. 7d. 5d. 4d. 3d. 3d. 1388. Nipple. Is.3d. 9d. 7d. 6d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 1389. Diminishing Socket. Is. 3d. 9d 8d. 6d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 1390. Cap. Is. 3d. 9d. 7d. 6d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 1391. Plug. Is. 3d. 9d. 7d. 6d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 1392. Back Nut. Is. 3d. 9d. 7d. 6d. 5d. 5d. 5d. 1393. Tee-piece. 4s. 2s. 6d. 2s. Is. 6d. Is. 2d. 9d. 8d. 1394. Cross-piece. 6s. 3s. 6d. 3s. 2s. 3d. 1 s. 9d. 1 s. 6d. Is. 3d. Is. 1395. Explanation .—The standard for size is the bore, of the iron pipe. Thus, und«r l-i? bore, the prices are quoted of joints, the screws of which fit the screws on a pipe of 1-inch bo By long pipes is meant any pipe not less than 2 feet long, nor more than 12 feet long. By sh pipes, all lengths that are less than 2 feet. The elbow-joint, Fig. 1384, is for connecting two pipes a right angle. The diminishing elbow-joint, Fig. 1385, serves this purpose for pipes that diner m th bore. The elbow-bend, Fig. 1386, makes a joint with a curve. The plain socket, Fig. 1387, anc v, nipple, Fig. 1388, serve to connect two pipes of the same bore, and in the same straight line. J diminishing socket, Fig. 1389, is used to connect two pipes of different sizes, in the same strap line. The cap, Fig. 1390, and plug, Fig. 1391, serve to close the ends of pipes. The back n Fig. 1392, is employed to make a tight joint. The cross-piece, Fig. 1394, and the tee-piece, rig. 13 are used to connect together pipes that run in several directions. 1396. Iron Melting Ladles, with long handles, for the granulation of zinc and t fusion of cements, tin, lead, bismuth,'antimony, &c. Ij-inch Bowl, 6d. ; 2-inch, 7d.; 2^-inch, 8d.; 3-inch, 9d.; 4-inch, lOd.; 5-inch, . A Special Gas Furnace, for melting zinc, lead, &c., is described at No. 1008. Iron Pots, for melting lead, zinc, and other easily fusible metals, are described Nos. 1226, 1227. 1400. 4 1408. 1404 a. 1405 b . 1411. VARIETIES OF CHEMICAL FLASKS. 145 1401. 1419 b. 1404 b. 'O, v,. , m Va m 1420. 1422. i 407. 1405 a. 1404 c. 1410. 1423. 1419 a. 1414. 1415. 1417. 1416. 1409. 1406. 1419 c. IT 146 Vessels fc preparing Solutions. flasks. woulff’s bottles, beakers. PORCELAIN BOILERS. digesters. JARS WITHOUT FEET. JARS WITH FEET. STOPPERED JARS. PANS. FLASKS, * The figures ou page 145, represent most ° £ ^ represent flasks wl preparing gases, that are now in use^ am g * ^ receive corks . Figs. 1404 and 141)5, repra have phial lips or turned-over mouths to h q{ lass me lted round the neck, flasks the mouths of which are strengthened by a wel b d g thg are not so conven Save tie necks cat off .ad and less liable to crack "SMSES #* - - - ' position. The sizes are expressed in Ounces of water, tie Pint containing 20 Ounce, 1400. German Hard Glass of Figs^UOOand 1401, when e ^ f e, form of Figs. 1404a, b, c, namely, with welted mouth. 1400. 1401. 1404a. 14046. 1404c. a 3 4 5 6 7 99 99 99 99 99 Is. 6d. 1 8-ounce, 2s. 9 99 2s. 10 99 2s. 3d. 12 99 2s. 6d. 14 99 2s. 9d. 16 99 3s. 18 99 3s. 3d. 1 pint, 3s. 6d. 4s. 4s. 3d. 4s. 6d. 4s. 9d. 5s’. 6d. 6s. l\ pint, Price per Dozen. 7s. 8s. 9s. 2 pints, 10s. H i 3 a 4 2^ 3 lls. 12s. 14s. 4 pints, 1 2 • 4 * 5 6 ‘7 8 10 99 99 FI,ASKS. 147 401. Bohemian Hard Glass Flasks, best quality, made of the same glass as the Hard Bohemian Beakers, and of the same shape as the flasks No. 1400— namely, those under 3 pints, of the form of Figs. 1400 and 1401; above 3 pints, form of Fig. 1404a, b, c. * Price per Dozen. 1 ounce, 3s. 7 ounces,5s. 6d. 18 ounces. 8s. 6d. 4 pints, 16s. 2 yy 3s. 8 yy 6s. 1 pint, 9s. 5 yy 20s. 8* yy 3s. 9 yy 6s. 6d. li yy 10s. 6 yy 24s. 3 yy 3s 3d. 10 yy 7s. H yy 10s. 6d. 7 yy 28s. 4 yy 4 s. 12 yy < 7s. 2 pints, 12s. 8 yy 30s. 5 yy 4s. 6d. 14 yy 7s. 6d. yy 13s. 9 yy 31s. 6d 6 yy 5s. 16 yy 8s. 3 yy 14s. 10 yy 33s. 1402. Mixing Flasks, namely, hard German or Bohemian globular flasks, with flat bottoms, form of Fig. 1402, with very short and wide necks, for use as Mixing Flasks in Centigrade Testing. Contents, 3 to 4 ounces; per dozen , 4s. 1403. French Flasks, white glass, Figs. 1400 and 1403, flat bottom, and phial lip for corking, no punty mark, not of hard glass like the German and Bohemian flasks, nor so stout in the glass, but suitable for boiling. Price per Dozen. Price per Dozen. 1 ounce. Is. 3d. 10 ounces. 3s 3d. 2 yy Is. 4d. 12 „ 3s. 6d. 3 yy Is. 5d. 14 „ 4s. 4 yy Is. 6d. 16 „ 4s. 6d. H yy Is. 9d. 18 „ 4s. 9d. 5 » 2 s. 1 pint. 5s. 6 yy 2s. 3d. li » 5s. 6d. 7 yy 2s. 6d. U „ 6s. 8 yy 2s. 9d. If „ 7s. yy 3s. 2 8s., 1403. 404. French Flasks, crown glass, slightly tinted with green, globular form with thin flat bottom, the mouths welted and ground, form of Fig. 1404 a, b, c. Price per Dozen. Price per Dozen. Price per Dozen. 1 ounce. Is. 2d. 9 ounce. 2s. 9d. 1| pints. 6s. 2 yy Is. 3d. 10 yy 3s. 2 „ 7s. 3 yy Is. 4d, 12 yy 3s. 6d. 2| „ 8s. 4 yy Is. 5d. 14 yy 3s. 9d. 3 9s. 41 yy Is. 6d. 16 yy 4s. H. » 10s. 6d. 5 yy Is. 9d. 18 yy 4s. 3d. 4 „ 12s. 6d. 6 yy 2s. 1 pint. 4s. 6d. 5 „ 16s. 7 yt 2s. 3d. u yy 5s. 6 „ 20s. 8 yy 2s. 6d. yy 5s. 6d. 8 „ 24s. 405. French Ballons, or Flasks of gobular form, round bottom, with short, wide necks, and welted and ground mouths, Figs. 1405a, b, white glass. These serve also as Plain Receivers, for use with Retorts in distillation. to and and and 9 and 10 12 14 4 6 8 Price per Doz. ounces. 2s. „ 2s. 3d. „ 2s. 6d. »> 3s. ,, 3s. 6d. „ 3s. 9d. „ 4s. Price per Doz. ounces. 4s. 6d. „ 4s. 9d. pint. 16 18 1 U H 1 4 >* 2 pints. 5s. 6s. 7s. 8s. 9s. 2 * 3* 4 5 6 8 Price per Doz. pints. 10s. ] 2s. 14s. 16s. 18s. 24s. 30s. 148 FLASKS. 1406. Bohemian Gas Bottles, upright form, Fig. 1406 ; hard glass, uniformly thi] with welted and ground mouth. Price per Dozen 1 pint. 8s. 10s. 2 pints. 3 12s. 15s. 4 pints. 5 „ 18s. 24s. 1408. 1407 Flasks, to fix on a ring over a lamp or gas burner, Fig. 1407, Bohemian glas 3 ounces, 5s. per dozen. 4 „ 6s. 6 ounces, 8s. per dozen. 8 ,, 9s. 10 ounces, 10s. 6d. per doze 20 „ 14s. 1408. Triangular Flasks, for exposing a large surface of solid matter to the acti< of a liquid, or for boiling a liquid with rapidity over a rose gas burn< Fig. 1408, best hard white Bohemian glass, uniform in substance, wi turned-over mouth for corking. ^ pint, 9d. | „ Is. i ,, Is. 3d. 2| pints, 2s. 3d. 3 „ 2s. 6d. 4 „ 3s. 1 pint, Is. 6d. 1| Is. 9d. 2 ,, 2s. 1409. Pear-shaped Flask, round bottom, and tapering gradually to the neck, which about f inch diameter, and turned over for corking, Fig. 1409, fine whi French glass. Contents 16 ounces, per dozen, 3s. 6d. 1410. Globular Flask, with wide cylindrical neck, having a contraction near t mouth, fine white hard German glass, Fig. 1410. 10 ounces, 9d. | 20 ounces, Is. | 35 ounces, Is. 6d. 1411. Bolt Heads, or Globular Flasks, Fig. 1411, hard white Bohemian glass. } pint. i. 2 >> 6d. 8d. 1 pint. 2 9d. Is. 4 pints. 6 Is. 6d. 2s. 6d. 1412. Bolt Heads, of hard white glass, Fig. 1411, the globe from 8 to 12 incl diameter, the neck about 18 inches long and 3 inches diameter, wh German glass, 10 to 12 pints, 5s. 6d. each. 17 to 20 pints, 6s. 6d. each. FLASKS. 149 4L3. Bolt Heads, or Globular Flasks, with long cylindrical necks, Fig. 1411, hard glass, very pale green colour. 30 ounce, 6 s. per dozen. 40 „ 8 s. per dozen. 10 ounce, 3s. per dozen. 15 „ 4s. 20 „ 5s. 414. Globular Flask, very short neck, Fig. 1414, hard German glass, for boiling down mineral waters, &c., welted mouth. 8 or 9 inches in diameter, 3s. | 11 or 12 inches in diameter, 4s. 6 d. 415. Flasks suitable for the solution of carbonates in acids; namely, for the solu¬ tion in hydrochloric acid, of fused mixtures of silicates with alkaline carbonates, so formed as to prevent loss by spirting, form of Fig. 1415, hardest Bohemian glass, the mouth ground, sizes 3 and 6 ounces, each Is. 6 d. 416. Glass Parting Flask, or French Matras d’Essai, oval form, long neck, Fig. 1416, white glass. 1 ounce, Is. 6 d. per dozen. 2 ounces, Is. 6 d. 1416. 3 ounces, 2s. per dozen. 4 and 5 ounces, 2s. 6d. per dozen. For other forms of Parting Flasks, see article “Assaying.” 117. Globular Flask, 2 inches in diameter, with short wide neck, Fig. 1417 or 14196, very light, of hard thin Bohemian glass, for evaporating solution to dryness, in order to weigh the residue, 3d. 117 a. Ditto, 1 inch bulb, 3d. 118. Very Light'Flasks, of hard German glass, blown before the Lamp, form of Figs. 1400 and 1401, thin in glass, globular, with flat bottoms, wide neck, with phial lip, suitable for weighing. a. Contents, \ ounce to 1 ounce, Is. 6d. per dozen. b. „ U „ to 2 „ 2s. c. „ 2f ounces to 3 ounces, 2s. Gd. d. ,, 3£ ,, to 4 ,, 3s. Light Flasks with more than one neck are described under the ad of “Gas Bottles,” or of “Receivers.” 19. Bulb Boiltng Tubes, of hard German glass, Figs. 1419, a,b,c, the mouth turned over like that of a test tube. 1417. 1419ft. 1. Round Bulb, ] f-inch. 2. >> n 3. 99 H 4. 5* 0 (V 5. Oval Bulb, 2 by If inch 6 . 9 > 2i by If )> 7. n by H 99 8 . 99 2 by If 99 9. 99 H by H 99 10 . 99 2f by 2 99 11 . 99 3 by 2| 99 1419a Price per Dozen. Neck, 2 by ^ inch. 2 by i „ 4 by f „ 3 by | „ 3 by 3 „ 7 by 4 „ 4 by £ „ 3 by 4 „ 3 by 4 „ 3 by | „ 3 by f „ Is. 4d. Is. 8 d. 2 s. 2s. 3d. 2s. 3d. 3s. 2 s. 6 d. 2s. 3d. 2 s. 6 d. 3s. 4s. an extra neca is suppneu a uuiw — ~ -- — gas bottle or a receiver, the price is from Is. to ~s. per dozen higher. 1419c. 150 FLASKS. 1419*. Boiling Tubes without Bulb, of hard German glass. Price per Dozen. 7 inches long, 1 7 7 4 inches long, 1 inch wide, Is. 2d. 5 1 Is. 4d. 5 ” 11 ” is- ’<1. 6 1 .. Is- M- 6 „ H „ I s - M - 6 „ H » 2s - 1420. Flasks of Pear-shape, Fig. 1420. 1421. Flasks of oval shape, Fig. 1421. 1422. Flasks with spout, Fig. 1422. The prices of these flasks are like those of the German flasks, No. 1400, the Bohemian flasks No. 1401, or the French flasks No. 1403, according to the quality of the glass. But flasks of the forms represented by Figs. 1400 and 1401 , being now chiefly in demand, are the kinds usually kept in stock. 8 8 8 H 1 2 inch wide, Is. 9d. U 1 H H >> V 2 s. 2s. 4d. Is. lOd. 2s. 3d. 2 s. 8d. 1420. 1421 1422. 1423 Flasks of Infusible Thuringian stoneware, brown colour, form of Fig. 142< , , .1... A Ti 1 : nr 1/111 No. Contents. No. Contents. 1 . f pint, 3s. each. 5. 4 pints, 6s. each. 2 . U „ 4s. 6 . 5 „ 7s. 3. QI 5s. 7. 61 „ 8s. 4. * jj i » H „ 5s. 6d. 8 . 8 „ 9s. 6d. 1424. Flasks of Infusible Hessian Fire-clay, Fig. 1423. No. Contents. 9 . 10 pints, lls. eaclu 10 . 12 „ 11. 16 „ 12 . 20 „ 14s. 16s. 20 s. 1425 8 ounces, 12 „ 2 s. 6d. 3s. Flasks of Berlin Semi-Porcelain. 2 ounces, Is. 6d. 4 „ 2s. 1426. Flasks of Dresden Porcelain, form of Fig. 1423. No. Diameter of Bulb. Contents. 1 . 3 inch, 10 ounces, 2s. 2 . 4 inch, 20 ounces, 4s. 1427 Cover for Flasks during Digestions, to keep out dirt, and to prevent loss by spirting, thin glass, form of Figure 1427,1 inch, 11 i nc h, and 1| inch diameter; per dozen, assorted, Is. 6d. Supports for Flasks with round bottoms. See article “Supports,” Nos. 402—405. Brushes for cleaning Flasks. See page 15, No. 158. 1427 . WOULfF’s BOTTLES, 151 WOULFF’S BOTTLES. WoulfFs Bottles, for Preparing, Condensing, or Washing Gases, best French lake, form of Figs. 1431 and 1432, fine white glass, with well-formed necks, of a ize to fit wine corks :— 431. Woulff’s Bottles, with Two Necks, Fig. 1431. i pint, lOd. 1 2 99 Is. f „ Is. 2d. 1 Is. 3d. 11 1 2 9> Is. 4d. if » Is. 6d. 2 „ Is. 6d. „ Is. ad. 3 pints Is. lOd. 3* „ 2s. 4 ,, 2s. 3d. 5 „ 2s. 6d. 6 „ 3s. B „ 4s. 10 „ 5 s. 432. Woulff’s Bottles, with Thkee Necks, Fig. 1132. f pint, Is. 6d. If pint, 2s. 2d. 5 pints, 3s. 6d. 1 2 9» Is. 8d. 2 „ 2s. 4d. 6 99 4s. I , Is. 9d. 2* „ 2s. 6d. 8 99 5s. 6d. 1 ,, Is. lOd. 3 „ 2s. 9d. 10 99 6s. 6d. H „ 2s. 3i ,, 3s. 20 99 14s. 4 „ 3s. 3d. 30 99 18s. WoulfFs Bottles, fine white German glass, form of the bottles shorter and wider han the French pattern, No. 1431, the necks narrower than those of the French >ottles, but all ground inside, and therefore perfectly round. .433. With Two Necks, Fig. 1433, the necks equidistant from the middle. f pint. 2s. £ pint. 2s. 6d. I pint. 3s. If pint. 3s. 6d. 1434. With Three Necks, Fig. 1434, the middle neck accurately stop¬ pered. £ pint. . 2s. 6d. f pint. 3s. I pint. 3s. 6d. If pint. 4s. 1433. 1434. L435. WoulfFs Bottles, with a wide neck in the middle and a small neck at the shoulder, the latter stoppered ; and the former ground smooth inside, so as to be easily closed by a cork; best white German glass. 1 pint, 3s. | If pint, 3s. 6d. | 3f pint, 5s. WoulfFs Bottles, fitted for use as Gas Bottles, are described in the ection on Gas Apparatus. WoulfFs Bottles, with a neck at the side near the bottom, are described in the ection on Water Bottles, at page 23. 158 BEAKERS. BEAKERS. 1440. BERZELIUS’S BEAKER GLASSES, for Hot Solutions, cylindrical form, equally thin at the bottom and sides, with projecting edges, without punty mark at bottom, best hard white Bohemian glass. Two kinds of Beakers are now manufactured. First, the common Bohemian, or Berzelius, or narrow form; and secondly, A wide form, first introduced by J. J. Griffin. The sizes and capacities of the individual Beakers are stated in the following table; but as no two Beakers can be made precisely alike, these measurements are only to be understood as nearly or approximately accurate. The Beakers are supplied in nests of from 3 to 15 Beakers in each, as shown by the following Lists. 1440. TABLE OF THE SIZES OF BEAKERS. 1440. Common or Narrow Form. No. Height. Width. Contents. 000 If inch. finch. 1 OZ. 00 2 inch. 1 inch. 1 OZ. 0 2 inch. \\ inch. 11 OZ. 1 21 inch. 11 inch. 3 oz. 2 3 inch. If inch. 4 oz. 3 3-f inch. 2 inch. 0 oz. 4 4 inch. 2^ inch. 9 oz. 5 4f- inch. Qf inch. 15 oz. 6 5f inch. 3 inch. 21 oz. 7 Of inch. 3^ inch. 33 oz. 8 7f inch. 3f inch. 48 oz. 9 8f inch. 4 inch. 70 oz. 10 91 inch. 41 inch. 85 oz. 11 10 inch. 5 inch. 110 oz. 12 11 inch. 51 inch. 140 oz. 1441. PRICES OF BEAKERS IN SETS, USUAL Griffin’s Wide Form. No. Height. Width. Contents. 00 If inch. H inch. 1 oz. 0 2 inch. H inch. li oz. 1 2| inch. If inch. 3 oz. 2 3 inch. 2 inch. 5 oz. 3 3f inch. 21 inch. 8 oz. 4 4f inch. 2f inch. 12 oz. 5 4f inch. 3 inch. 18 oz. 6 5^ inch. 31 inch. 27 oz. 7 01 inch. 3f inch. 40 oz. 8 7| inch. 4 inch. 56 oz. 9 81 inch. 41 inch. 80 oz. 10 91 inch. 5 inch. 100 oz. 11 10 inch. 51 inch. 104 oz. 12 10 inch. 0 inch. 180 oz. 13 11 inch. Of inch. 220 oz. No. of Set. Beakers in the Set. 1441 3 1442 3 1443 3 1444 4 1445 6 1446 8 1447 8 1448 10 1449 13 1450 14 1451 15 NARROW FORM. Nos. Included. 000 to 0 to 1 to 5 to 00 to 1 to 3 to 10 00 to 00 to 11 00 to 12 000 to 12 8 Contents of Beakers. Price of the Set. 1 2 oz. to u oz. 7d. H oz. to 4 oz. lOd, 3 oz. to 6 oz. Is. 15 oz. to 48 oz. 3s. 6d. L oz. to 9 oz. 2s. 3d. 3 oz. to 48 oz. 5s. 6 oz. to 85 oz. 6s. 6d. 1 oz. to 48 oz. 5s. 6d. 1 oz. to no oz. 9s. 6d. 1 a oz. to oz. to 140 140 oz. oz. 10s. 10s. 6d. 9d. BEAKERS. 153 1461. PRICES OF BEAKERS IN SETS. GRIFFIN’S WIDE FORM. No. of Set. Beakers in the Set. Nos. Included. Contents of Beakers. Price of the Set. 1461 4 00 to 2 1 Ounce to 5 Ounces Is. 3d. 1462 4 1 to 4 3 ii to 12 ,, Is. 9d. 1463 4 5 to 8 18 11 to 56 ,, 4s. 6d. 1464 5 0 to 4 1 3 11 to 12 ,, 2s. 1465 5 1 to 5 3 11 to 18 „ 2s. 6d. 1460 8 00 to 6 1 11 to 27 „ 4s. 1467 8 1 to 8 3 ii to 56 ,, 6s. 1468 8 3 to 10 8 11 to 100 ,, 8s. 1469 12 00 to 10 1 11 to 100 „ 9s. 1470 14 00 to 12 1 11 to 180 ,, 12s. 1471 15 00 to 13 1 11 to 220 „ 13s. 6d. 1480. PRICES OF LARGE BEAKERS, SEPARATELY:— Narrow Form. Wide Form. No. Contents. Price. No. Contents. Price. 8 2£ Pints. Is. 3d. 8 3 Pints. Is. 4d. 9 H „ Is. 4d. 9 4 „ Is. 6d. 10 H Is. 6d. 10 6 „ Is. 8d. 11 H „ Is. 8d. 11 7 „ Is. lCd. 12 7 Is. lOd. 12 9 2s. 13 11 „ 2s. 3d. 181. BEAKED TUMBLERS FOR PRECIPITATIONS, Griffin’s Pattern. Best hard Bohemian glass, same quality as the Bohemian beakers, of uniform thickness throughout, with spouts, Figs. 1481, 1482. The following sizes. Deep. Wide. Contents. 1. 3 inch. 2j inch. 5 ounces. 2. ** 2£ „ 8 „ 3. 4 „ 3 „ 12 „ 4. 4£ inch. H „ 20 „ 5. 5 „ 3f » 25 „ 6. H „ 4£ i, 40 „ —— 7 * \ i tj _ 1485. l V ) _✓ 1481. 1482. 82. Price of the set of 6 beakers, Fig. 1842, 4s. 83. Price of Numbers 1 to 5, 3s. 84. Price of Numbers 1 to 4, 2s. 4d. 85. Griffin’s Beaked Tumblers, with Two Spouts, Fig. 1485, same sizes and quality as the preceding :— Set of 4, 3s. Set of 6, 5s. Set of 5, 4s. x BEAKERS AND BOILERS. 15 4 f I486. Cylindrical Jars, flat bottoms, without spout, Fig. 1486, uniformly thin in the glass, from 2* by 1 * inches to 8 by 4£ inches. See particulars under the head of “ Receivers for Gases.” CONICAL BEAKERS. 1487. Conical Precipitating Beakers, of hard Bohemian glass, uniform in substance, form of Fig. 1487, tall and narrow, for hot liquors. 1 Pint, Is. 3d. 3 Pints, 2s. 6d. 2 Pints, Is. 9d. ^ Pint, 8d. £ Pint, lOd. 4 pints, 3s. 1488. Conical Precipitating Beakers, German Glass, uniform in substance, thin bottom, Fig. 1488, for hot liquors. £ Pint, 6d. £ Pint, 8d. 1£ Pints, Is. 4£ Pints, 2s. 3* Pints, Is. 6d. 9 Pints, 3s. 1489. Conical Mixing Beaker, with a contraction near the mouth to permit of shaking a liquor by a circular motion without losing any of it, o ounce size. 4d. PORCELAIN BEAKERS AND BOILERS. 1490. Beaker, or Digester, Berlin or Thuringian porcelain,_ egg-shaped, with wide mouth, glazed within and without, useful in dissolving metals in acids, also as crucibles, a small capsule forming a cover, Fig. 1490. No. 1. 2j by If inch. Contents, 2 ounce, 7d. 2. 2f by 2£ inch. Contents, 4 ounce, 9d. 1490 a. Divided Beaker of Berlin or Thuringian Porcelain, for preparing soda watei and other effervescing drinks, from powders, Is. 6d. j 1491. Dresden Porcelain Beakers, glazed within and without, form of Fig. 1491 without spout or rim. No. Depth. Diameter. 1. 4 inch. 4 inch. 2. ,, 3i „ 3. 2i „ 2f ,, 4. 2 „ 2i „ 5. If „ 1£ >> Contents. Price. 15 ounces. Is. 3d. 10 „ Is. 6 ,, 8d. 3 „ 6d. 1^ 4d. 1492. Price of the nest of Five Beakers, 3s. 6d. BOILERS AND DIGESTERS. 155 193. Porcelain Digesters, or deep basins, Thuringian porcelain, very thin and light, glazed; can he used for evaporation to dryness, and will bear a red heat! Form of Fig. 1491. No. 1, 2 inch diameter, 1 in. deep, 1 ounce, 4d. 2, 2| inch diameter, 2i inch deep, 3 ounces, 8d. ircelain Boilers, for manufacturing purposes. Not kept in stock, but made to order at the following prices :— v_/ 1491. 1494. 1497. 1500. 94. Thuringian porcelain Boilers, form of Fig. 1494, with two ears as handles, 19 inches deep, contents about 12 gallons, £5 5s. 95. Similar, but larger, 22 inches deep, contents about 22 gallons, £9 9s. 96. Similar, but without handles, and smaller, 13J inches deep, contents about 30 pints, 22s. 97. Thuringian porcelain Boilers, form of Fig. 1497, the following seven sizes :— Diameter. Contents. Price. a. 17 inch 2 gallons 12s. b. 17 „ ,, 14s. c. 17 „ 3 „ 18s. d. 18 „ 3 ? ,, 23s. Diameter. Contents. Price. e. 18 inch. 4 gallons. 27s. / 18 „ 5 „ 33s. 9 • 19 „ 6 „ 45s. 98. If the boilers, Fig. 1497, are provided with an Iron Handle, the extra price is, For Nos. a , b, c, d, 4s. each. For Nos. e,f g, 5s. each. 99. If the boilers, Fig. 1497, are covered with Iron Network, but without handles, the extra price is, For Nos. a, b, c, d, Is. 6d. each. For Nos. e,f g , 2s. each. The method of mounting porcelain vessels with iron handles and iron network, is represented in section on “ Evaporation ” in the article on Thuringian Porcelain Basins. 30. Berlin Semi-porcelain Boilers, form of Fig. 1500. Diameter at mouth, inside. Depth. a. 11 inches. 8 inches. b. 13 12 „ Contents. 7 quarts. 31 gallons. Price. 8s. 18s. DIGESTERS. lark’s Patent Digesters, cast iron, lined th china, the valves with wire springs. 31. Form of Fig. 1501, 2 pints, 4s. 6d. 1501, 4 pints, 5s. 6d. 1503, 3 pints, 6s 6d. 1504, 8 pints, 8s. (32. 03. 04. 05. O' Form of Fig. Form of Fig. Form of Fig. Form of Fig. 1504, 10 pints, 10s. 06. Larger sizes of these Digesters can be supplied to order. No. quarts; No. 1503 up to 5 quarts; No. 1504 up to 14 gallons. order. No. 1501 up to 8 156 digesters, infusion pots. 1507. Digesters or Infusion Pots for Pharmaceutical Use. Digesters or Infusion Pots, Berlin Porcelain, adapted for a Water-bath, with cover Fi cr . ] 507 , and turned wooden handle, a, handle or socket for wooden handle ; b, projection to rest on a water-bath ; c, section of cover. 1508. 41 Height, inch. Width. Contents. 2f inch. l pint 5 7 3 * >> Price. 3s. 6d. 4s. 6d. 6s. No. 1 . 2 . 3. ■ „ Berlin Porcelain Digesters, as above, mounted on iron-plate furnaces to smi the Bose Gas Burner, No. 973, which may be used without a water-bath Fig. 1508. No. ] 2 . 3. 6d. Either of them, with the gas burner No. 973, 2s. 6d. extra. 1509. 1510. Digester and Furnace, 5s. Digester and Furnace, 7s. Digester and Furnace, 9s. Quick Boiler, for rapidly boiling one or two pints of water, Fig. 1509. furnace, kettle, and gas burner complete, 10s. Ditto, the furnace and kettle, without the gas burner, 5s. Thi J L*** ^ “ --7 V-/ The Gas Burner is No. 974, namely, the Rose Burner, No. 2, price 5s., which, in this case, i used Without the rose top, the direct flame applied to metal vessels giving the quickest result; whil the safety of the porcelin vessels described at the previous number demandstheuseofthe ros burner. In the Quick Boiler, 1 pint of cold water can be boiled in 5 minutes, and 2 pints m minutes. GLASS JARS WITHOUT FEET. 157 GLASS JARS WITHOUT FEET. 516. Cylindrical Jars, without foot, flange, or spout, hut ground at the mouth, form of Figs. 1516 a, b , very stout, in glass, for galvanic batteries, for the solution in water of substances that require pressure with a stirrer, or for collecting gases. Hard German Glass. STo. Diameter. Height. Contents (about). Price. >16. 3£ inches. 4 inches. 35 ounces. 6d. >17. „ 5 50 „ 9d. >18. „ H „ 55 „ 9d. >19. 4 vo „ Is. '20. H „ 4 .. 95 „ Is. 3d. 21. 4 n „ 85 „ Is. 3d. 22. 4* „ 8 100 „ Is. 3d. 23. 4 Si „ 90 „ Is. 3d. —^ L 1516 a . 1516 b. 30. Cylindrical Jars, without feet, vertical sides, flat bottom, without flange or spout, Bohemian glass, stoutly made, the edges cut flat. For cold liquors. No. Height. Diameter. Contents. Price. 1 . 8 inches. 4 inches. 3 pints. 2s. 2. 9 >> 5 „ 5 „ 3s. 3. 10 >> 6 „ 7 „ 4s. 4. 11 yy 7 „ 10 „ 5s. 6d. 5. 12 yy 8 „ 14 „ 6s. 6d. 11. Lixiviating Jars, for cold liquors, tall and narrow in the middle so as to be con¬ veniently handled, solid bottom, with spout, Fig. 1531. 1 pint, 8d. n „ iod. 2 pints, Is. 2$- „ Is. 2d. 3 „ Is. 4d. 4 pints, Is. 6d. 5 „ Is. 6d. 6 „ Is. 9d. 7 „ 2s. 1530. 1532. 1531. 2. Jar with wide mouth, beaker form, but stout and strong, Bohemian glass, welted mouth, contents 28 pints, Fig. 1532, 10s. 6d. GLASS JARS WITH FEET. ). Jars with Feet, cylindrical, with ground edge, not expanded, no spout, hard German or Bohemian glass, Fig. 1533, page 159. 1. 4 inches high, 1 inch wide, 5d. 2. 6 „ H ,> 7d. 3. 8 „ H „ 10d. No. 4. 5. 6 . 12 ins. high, 2 16 „ 2* 15 „ 4 in. wide, Is 3d. „ Is. 6d. .. 4s. 158 glass jars with feet. TApg WITH FEET, cylindrical, hard German glass, of two kinds, , 534 Kg 1534 With flange at the month no spout, no cover. 1535 Fie 1535 , with spout and without flange. 1535. H ig- Both rns at t] sa7 ne Price „ Letter », Fig. 1534 is a glass cover, to dose the flanged ,ar. See Filtkation. acrm the mMUt not incluiing the flange at on It! TvanVtoa Vlian. namely:— in the section on ll 11, and If Inches wide. No. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 6 inches high, 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 8d. 8d. 9d. lOd. No. Is. Is. Is. Is. 2d. 4d. 6d. 9. 10 . 11 . 12 . 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Inches wide. 3 inches high, 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 5d. 9d. lOd. lid. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. Is. Is. Is. Is. Is. 2s. 37. 38. 39. 40. 2d. 4d. 6d. 8d. 21 Inches wide. 19. 20 . 21 . 22 . 23. 24. 25. 26. 4 inches high, 6 8 10 12 14 15 16 9d. lOd. Is. Is. 2d. Is. 4d. Is. 6d. Is. 9d. 2s. 27. 28. 3 Inches wide. 5 inches high, 10 Is. Is. 3d. 29. 12 Inches high, 30. 14 15 16 31 Inches wide. 5 inches high, .7 14 15 4 Inches wide. 7 inches high, 10 „ 14 16 4f Inches wide. 19 inches high, 12 20 5 Inches wide. 44. 13 inches high, 45. 15 46. 19 „ 51 Inches wide. 47. 12 inches high, 48. 16 49. 20 6 Inches wide, 50. 23 inches high, 61 Inches wide 51. 24 inches high, 8 Inches wide 52. 25 inches high, 1 s. 6d. 2s. 2s. 3d. 2s. 6d. Is. Is. 6d. 2s. 6d. 3s. Is. 9d. 2s. 3s. 3s. 6d. 41. 42. 43. 4s. 6d. 3s. 6d. 5s. 4s. 4s. 6d. 5s. 6d. 5s. 6s. 8s. 9s. 10s. 6d. 12s. 6d. STOPPERED JARS. 1536 Cylindrical Jars on foot, with ground glass stoppers, similar in form to F.g. ' but not graduated, fine white German Glass. Height. 71 inch. Ill inch. 131 inch. 131 inch. 131 inch. 131 inch. 15 inch. Diameter. 1 inch. 2 inch. 1 inch. 2 inch. 21 inch. 3 inch. 31 inch. Price. Is. 2s. 6d. Is. 9d. 2s. 6d. 3s. 4s. 4s. No. Height. Diameter. 8. 16 inch. 31 inch. 9. 17 inch. 1 inch. 10. 17 inch. 4 inch. 11. 18 inch. 41 inch. 12. 19 inch. 4f inch. 13. 23 inch. 4 inch. Pr 5s 2s 6s 8 10 9i STOPPERED GLASS JARS. 159 . Glass Cylinders on feet, with broad ground stoppers, fine white Bohemian glass, suitable for anatomical and zoological preparations, &c. Big. 1537. Width. Height. Price. No. Width. Height. Price. 1 inch. 4 inch. 9d. 14. 41 inch. 1 iinch. 8s. 11 inch. 6 inch. Is. 3d. 15. 41 inch. 15 inch. 10s. 11 inch. 10 inch. 2s. 16. 5 inch. 18 inch. 15s. 2 inch. 7 inch. 2s. 3d. 17. 51 inch. 8 inch. 7s. 21 inch. 5 inch. 2s. 18. 51 inch. 10 inch. 8s. 21 inch. 9 inch. 3s. 6d. 19. 6 inch. 18 inch. 20s. 3 inch. 15 inch. 7s. 20. 61 inch. 10 inch. 12s. 31 inch. 6 inch. 3s. 21. 61 inch. 13 inch. 14s. 31 inch. 8 inch. 4s. 22. 61 inch. 19 inch. 20s. 31 inch. 12 inch. 7s. 23. 71 inch. 15 inch. 21s. 4 inch. 7 inch. 4s. 24. 71 inch. 19 inch. 25s. 4 inch. 9 inch. 5s. 25. 71 inch. 24 inch. 38s. 41 inch. 6 inch. 4s. 26. 10 inch. 18 inch. 36s. Oval Jars, on feet, with ground stoppers. Prepared to order. Glass Balls, thin in glass, with glass hooks attached, for suspending zoological and anatomical preparations in jars of spirits ,per dozen , Is. 6d. PANS. Deep Conical Pans, flat bottoms with spout, saltglaze stonew'are, Fig. 1540. Can be heated over a sand-bath or w r ater-bath. suitable for crystallizing pans. No. 1. Diameter, 8 inch, 2 . „ 10 „ 3. „ 12 „ Contents 3 pints. Is. 3d. Jt 5 8 Is. 6d. Is. lOd. 1540. PANS, BOTTI-ES FOE CHEMICALS. ca PAIN&j i 1M1 Shallow Conical Pans, saltglase stoneware, suitable for Blalysers when strengt !S "^No'. f. Diameter 10* inch, Contents 8 pints, a, 6d. 2. » W ” ” 14 1 5s. 3. - 15 3 ’ ” to anitnhle for Dialysers, or analytical 1U3 . Shallow Conical Pans, of pale green glass, smtable J ] OPel ' at T 1. Diameter 9 inches, Contents 6 pints, 2, 2. 11 ” ” 13 ” 3s. 6d. 3. _ 16 „ 4s. 6d. 1613 ' ^saltgl^e^stoneware^tope™^^^^^^^^^^'^^* 11 ^ liquors. 2 pints, 3 „ >> 6d. 8d. 9d. 1 gallon, Is. H .» ls - 6d * 2 - 2s. 3 gallons, 4 „ 6 „ 3s. 4s. 8s. 1543. J? Other sizes made to order, up to 20 gallons. Other sizes muue ™ . t A 1 9 inches diameter, 2 inches deep, with 3 feet, Is. ^ 5 J 12 1544. 12 . , -. 1 . Brass handle, 8 inches deep, incl 1545 ' PaU wiltr rie^tnrfSil'oTexpmiments on dye-stuffs, 9s. lotilis for Cbcniiuds. _ T „„ | p T .00 pi —Bottles with Wide Mot Class I.—Bottles with Narrow Moot fob Dry Chemicals, for Test Solutions. I Test DOLuuun». Class I.—BOTTLES WITH NARROW MOUTHS. BOTTLES WITH NARROW MOUTHS. 161 >0. Bottles for containing Test Solutions, German glass, free from lead narrow mouths, with ground glass stoppers, Fig. 1550, at per Dozen. \ ounce, 2s. 3 ounce, 3s. 10 ounce, 5s. 6d. H pint 9s. i >» 2s. 4 „ 3s. 6d. 12 6s. 2 „ 12s. i „ 2s. 5 „ 3s. Gd. 14 6s. 6d. 2* „ 15s. 1 2s. 6d. 6 „ 4s. 16 7s. 3 „ 18s. H „ 3s. 8 „ 4s. 6d. 18 8s. 4 „ 21s. 2 „ 3s. 9 „ 5s. 1 pint 8s. 5 •„ 24s. 2* „ 3s. | >1. Bottles for containing Test Solutions, best white German glass, of hard quality, free from lead, and of a good colour, the lips thin, projecting, and well formed for dropping tests ; the stoppers are long and of a conical form, and particularly well ground in, the heads of the stoppers flat, projecting, and sufficiently large to afford a good grip to the fingers ; the bottoms of the bottles cut flat. Fig. 1551. Price per Dozen. } or $ ounce, 4s. 4 ounce 10s. 14 ounce, 15s. 1 „ 5s. 6 „ 11s. 20 „ 16s. 2 „ 8s. 10 „ 13s. 27 „ 18s. 3 „ 9s. 12 „ 14s. 35 „ 22s. >2. Bottles for containing Test Solutions, best French glass, narrow mouths, square shoulders, with long stoppers, well fitted, Fig. 1552, at per Dozen. £ ounce, 2s. 6d. 1 „ 3s. 2 ounce, 4s. 4 ounce, 5s. 8 ounce, 8s. 3 „ 4s. 6d. 6 „ 6s. 12 „ 10s. >3. Bottles for containing Test Solutions, best Bohemian glass, well fitted, flat headed stoppers, Fig. 1553, at per Dozen. \ ounce, 4s. 2 ounce, 5s. 6d. 8 ouncn, 10S.N 1 4s. 6d. 4 „ 6s. 6d. 12 „ 11s. H „ 5s. 6 „ 9s. 14 ,> 12s. i4. Bottles for containing Test Solutions, London made, Flint Glass, Squat Bounds, short necks, and square-headed stoppers, well fitted by grinding. Price per Dozen. 4 ounce, 6s. 3 ounce, 9s. 8 ounce, 14s. 1 6s. 4 „ 10s. 12 „ 16s. 2 8s. 6 12s. 5. Bottles to Contain Acids and Alkalies, narrow mouths, German glass, with accurately-ground stoppers, form of Fig. 1551, with white enamel name plates and names in black enamel, in the style of Fig. 1555, two sizes:— 10 ounce, each bottle, 2s. Gd. | 20 ounce, each bottle, 3s. ^he following names :— 1. Sulphuric Acid. 2. Hydrochloric Acid. 8. Nitric Acid. No. 4. Soda. 5. Potash. 6. Ammonia. No 7. Alcohol. 8. Ether. 6. Bottles for Test Solutions, German glass, with ground caps and pipettes without stoppers, form of Fig. 1556, but without names. ounce, 6d. | 2 ounce, 7d. 4 ounce, 9d. I 6 ounce, Is. ^ ounce, 6d. [ 3 ounce, 8d. 5 ounce, lOd. ( 8 ounce, Is. 2d. Y BOTTLES WITH NARROW MOUTHS. 162 1565 . 1567 . S pip hT 1568 . 1557. Bottles, with ground stoppers and 1557, Bohemian glass. 1 ounce, 2 3 4 >5 6d. 8d. 9d. lOd. 5 ounce, caps, for Acids and Volatile Re-agents, Is. Is. Id. Is. 3d. 10 ounce, 15 „ 20 „ Is. 6d. Is. 9d. 2s. 1558. Bottles, with ground stoppers and caps, for retaining volatile re-agents, white German glass, similar to Fig. 1557, but very accurately ground. 2 ounce, Is. 6d. | 6 ounce, 2s. | 10 ounce, 2s. 6d. 1559. Acid Bottles, English pale green glass, narrow mouths, well-ground stop] Corbyns and Winchesters. i pint, 5d. 2 pints, 1 „ 6d. 4 „ 7d. 9d. 5 pints, lOd. 1560. Shaking Bottle, for mixing water with soap test, &c., well-litted flat-hei stopper, Fig. 1553, 6 ounces’ capacity, 8d. 1561. Opaque Black Glass Bottles (Hyalith), narrow mouths, stoppered:— 4 ounce, Is. 3d. 8 ounce, Is. 6d. 1562. Blue Glass Bottles, narrow mouth, 4 ounce, stoppered, Is. 1563. Caustic Holder, a tube bottle with long hollow stopper, for holding a sti< caustic, 6d. 1564. Bottles of Gutta-percha, with stoppers, for Hydrofluoric Acid. 2 ounce. 4 ounce. 8 ounce. 12 ounce. 16 ounce. 32 ou 1565. Stoppered Bottles for Acids, saltglazed stoneware, cased in white wi Fig. 1565. 2 quarts, 2s. 6d. 1 gallon, 3s. 2 gallons, 4s. 1566. Acid Jugs, saltglazed stoneware, with spout and handle. 2 pints, 8d. | 3 pints, Is. | 4 pints, Is. 2d. | 6 pints, Is. 4d. I Bottles for Holding Photographic Collodion, fine German glass. 1567. Contents 4 ounces, with ground cap, Fig. 1567, 2s. 6d. 1568. Contents 3 ounces, with cap, funnel-shaped mouth, and spout, all grourli fit, Fig. 1568, 2s. 6d. This bottle can be used to supply small quantities of acid. Any liquor that flows over the is caught by the funnel, and descends into the bottle by a groove cut in the ground part spout. BOTTLES WITH WIDE MOUTHS. 163 9. Contents of bottle, 5 ounces, of the tubular funnel, 7 ounces, with flat cut glass stopper, all ground to fit, Fig. 1569, 3s. 6d. ie globular funnel is intended to hold cotton for the filtration of the collodion when returned to bottle. Test Bottles, labelled for the various re-agents, supplied in sets, either with or without Cabinets. 1. Bottle Caps, flexible vulcanized caoutchouc, price according to diameter. £ inch, 2d. l£ inch, 2£d. H ,, 3d. 2 inch, 6d. 4d. 2* „ 8d. Class II.—BOTTLES WITH WIDE MOUTHS. 5. Bottles for containing Chemicals in the solid state, white French glass, Fig. 1575, wide mouths, without stoppers, intended for corking. Price per Dozen ;— 1 ounce, Is. 6 ounce 2s. 6d. 11 pint. 7s. 1 Is. Id. 7 „ 2s. 9d. 1 a. x 4 >> 7s. 6d. 1 yy 1 s. 2d. 8 „ 3s. 2 8s. 6d. H Is. 3d. 9 „ 3s. 3d. 21 10s. 2 >5 Is. 4d. 10 „ 3s. 6d. 3 yy 12s. 21 n Is. 6d, 12 „ 4s. 31 yy 14s. 3 yy Is. 7d. 14 „ 4s. 6d. 4 yy 17s. 31 yy Is. 8d. 16 „ 5s. 5 yy 21s. 4 yy Is. 9d. 18 „ 5s. 3d. 6 yy 25s. 41 »» Is. lOd. 1 pint, 5s. 6d. 8 yy 30s. 5 yy 2s. i£ ” 6s. 3d. 6. Powder Bottles for containing chemicals in the solid state, German glass, wide mouths, ground glass stoppers with square heads, Fig. 1576, at per Dozen :— £ ounce, 2s. 6d. 5 ounces, 6s. 1 pint, 12s. 1 yy 3s. 6 yy 7s. H yy 13s. 6d. £ yy 3s. 6d. 7 yy 7s. 11 yy 15s. l yy 4s. 8 •y 7s. 6d. 2 yy 18s. il yy 4s. 10 yy 8s. 3 yy 21s. 2 yy 4s. 6d. 12 yy 8s. 6d. 4 yy 24s. 21 yy 4s. 6d. 14 yy 9s. 5 yy 30s. 3 yy 5s. 16 yy 10s. 6 yy 36s. 4 yy 5s. 6d. 7. Bottles for containing Chemicals in the solid form, wide mouths, best hard white German glass, similar to the solution bottles, No. 1551, and the stoppers of the form shown by that Figure; conical below, flat above, with a strong neck, the grinding very accurate, Fig. 1577. Price per Dozen :— 1 ounce, 5s. 4 ounce, . 10s. 20 ounce, 18s. yy 6s. 6 „ 12s. 35 „ 24s. „ 8s. 10 „ 15s. 164 BOTTLES WITH WIDE MOUTHS. 1578. Bottles for containing Chemicals in the solid form, fine French glass, squa shouldered, wide mouths, with long stoppers, well ground, Fig. 157 Price per Dozen :— 1 ounce, 2 „ 7s. 8s. 4 ounce, 6 „ 10s. 11s. 8 ounce, 10 „ 12s. 13s. 1579. Bottles of hard white Bohemian glass, extremely wide necks, with gk stoppers, ground, but not air-tight. Fig. 1579. i pint, H 2 2 * A 1575. >» 1576. 1577. Is. 4d. Is. 8d. 2s. 2s. 4d. 2s. 8d. 1578. 12 pints, 15 „ 18 „ 20 „ 24 „ 1579. 3s. 4s. 5s. 5s. 6d. 6s. 1580. 1580. Reversed Bottles for Exhibiting Chemical Preparations in Museums, flat gl stoppers, Fig. 1580, fine Bohemian glass. • i pint, Is. i ,, Is. 3d. £ pint, 1 s. 6d. 1 „ 2s. 2 pints, 2s. 6d. 3 „ 4s. 1581. London made Flint Glass Bottles, for Dry Chemicals, wide mouths, with sh< square-headed stoppers, well ground. Price per Dozen :— 1 ounce, 7s. 2 ,, 9s. 4 ounce, 11s. 8 ounce, 15s. 6 „ 13s. 12 ,, 17s. 1582. Bottle for Powders, very wide mouth, hollow glass spherical stop¬ per, ground but not air tight, 6 ounce size, per dozen, Fig. 1582, 3s. 1583. Opaque Black Glass Bottles (Hyalitli), German, wide mouths, flat stoppers. 2 ounce, Is. 6d. 4 ounce, Is. 9d. each. 1582 SPECIMEN BOTTLES. 1584. Bottles with wide mouths and flat-headed stoppers, made of slight glass, blown before the lamp, and adapted for small quantities of chemicals, fitted to form part of blowpipe and micro-chemical cabinets. Fig. 1584. £ ounce, 2d. £ ounce, 3d. £ ounce, 3£d. each. 1584. j GLASS TUBE SPECIMEN BOTTLES. 165 88. Bottles made of Glass Tube, with contracted necks and bordered mouths, for corks or stoppers :— No. 1. Bottle, 1£ inch by £ inch, per dozen, 8d. 2. Bottle with ground stopper, per dozen, Is. 9d. 3. Bottle, 2 inch by £ inch, per dozen, Is. 4. Bottle with ground stopper, per dozen, 2s. 5. Bottle, H inch by § inch, per dozen, 6d. 3 1588. 6. Bottle, 2| inch by W inch, narrow neck, globular stopper, per dozen, 3s. 1 r F 7. Bottle, 3 inch by ■§■ inch, narrow neck, globular stopper, per dozen, 3s. 0d. 8. Bottle, inch by iV inch, with cut glass stoppers, per dozen, 2s. 6d. >89. Plain Tube Bottles, of stout white German glass, mouths not expanded, but fused smooth ; serving to contain specimens of chemicals, or to collect small quantities of gas over mercury. Bound Bottoms, Fig, 1589, or Flat Bottoms, Fig. 1590, at the same price. ■ENOTH of the ubes in NCHES. Diameter of the Tubes in Inches, and Price per Dozen. i I i 1 3 7 8 1 H n inch. Od. 8d. 9d. Is. Is. 3d. inch. 6d. 8d. lOd. Is. 2d. Is. 6d. - — - _ inch. — 8d. lOd. Is. 3d. Is. 7d. 2s. 2s. 3d. inch. — lOd. Is. Id. Is. 4d. Is. 9d. 2s. 3d. 2s. 9d. ___ inch. — — Is. 3d. Js. 6d. Is. lOd. 2s. 4d. 3s. 3s. 6d. 3s. 9d. inch. — — Is. 6d. Is. 9d. 2s. 2s. 6d. 3s. 3d. 3s. 9d. 4s. 3d. inch. Is. 8d. 2s. 2s. 3d. 2s. 9d. 3s. 6d. 4s. 3d. 5s. — 91. Tube Bottles of German glass, with wide mouths and ground glass stoppers. Round Bottoms and Flat Bottoms, at the same price. 5NGTH Of the Tubes in Diameter of the Bottles in Inches, and Price per Dozen. Inches. i f 1 1 f • 1 2 inches. Is. 9d. 2s. 2s. 3d. 2s. 6d. 1 inches. — 2s. 2s. 3d. 2s. 6d. 2s. 9d. •mm—m t inches. — — 2s. 6d. 2s. 9d. 3s. 3s. 3d. ) inches. — — 2s. 9d. 3s. 3s. 3d. 3s. 9d. 5 inches. — ■“ 3s. 3s. 3d. 3s. 6d. 4s. 166 CHEMICAL LABELS. Chemical Labels. : 1592 A SERIES of Six Hundred Chemical Labels printed to the annexed patterr comprehending the names of all the Re-agenl used in Analysis, the Photographic Chemicals and most other substances employed by the E: perimental Chemist, arranged in alphabetic! — order. Gummed ready for use, 6d. Barium Chloride. 1593. A Series of Chemical Labels, 500 in number, comprising the names of the Tests used in Analysis, including all the Tests recommended by Rose, Ber¬ zelius, Fresenius, Wackenroder, Graham, Hofmann, Parnell, &c., also of other Chemical Preparations "in generals use, printed according to *e annexe pattern. Gummed ready for immediate use, and bound m older m a boo. The set, Is. 6d. 1594. DE LA RUE’S (WARREN) CHEMICAL LABEL BOOK; Imperial 4t containing 644 Labels of Elementary and Compound Bodies, systematical arranged. Each label contains the Symbol of the Compound, and tl Atomic Weight according to Berzelius, Brande, and Liebig. Print< according to the following pattern on fine glazed paper, 4d. Bl CHLORIDE MERCURY symb. Hg Cl '2 Eq. Liebig 272.84 Brande 272 Berzelius 136.9, 2 Eq. 273.8 16T JfHiratimt, "Bjmkiim, (fimlcaratwiL FUNNELS. 595 ' GI ii S I S „ !™ NELS , F ° E FILTEATION, form of Fig. 1595 the sides inclined at an angle of 60 , and the vertical section being an ’ eouilateral »et^*r *° the ^ 0f * >“» pap- Diameter. 1 inch, H „ 4 „ 2 „ 2i „ Price. lid lid. lid. 2d. 2id. Diameter. 3 inch, 4 „ 5 „ 6 „ 7 Price. 3d. 4d. 6d. 9d, Is. 2d. Diameter. 8 inch, 9 10 11 12 Price. Is. 6d. Is. 9d. 2s. }) m ' ^cove^'T'^ g ‘'° UI i.T ° n the ed ? es 80 as to b e closed air-tight by »lass ( ee Covers, No. 1077), are charged extra, for each funnel, as follows : _ a 1 t0 4 iDch ’ ld - 5 t0 1 inch, »d. 8 to 10 inch, 3d. “d e the°e„d 0 o°f ,t neck^ground U ‘ B ° hemian gkSS ' With tha t0 P 1 inch, 4 „ 2 „ ‘2i „ 3 3d. 4d. 5d. 6d. 6d. 3i inch, 4 4i 5 6 if >> >> Is. Is. 7d. 8d. lOd. 4d. 7 inch, 8 9 10 77 77 7 > Is. 8d. 2s. 2s. 6d. 3s. 98. Gl^ss Funnels, French form, long and narrow sides, forming an angle of about venienriv e ,mll Uni !n S ar ® wel1 su - lt ?f [ or fillers ’ but do not hold filters con- y, unless the papers are folded as represented by Fig. 1598, No. 2. ouncp o A i n _ ... 1 to 4 ounce, 5 to 7 8 » 77 2d. 2id. 3d. 12 16 1 ounce, 77 pint, 4id. 5d. 6d. li pint 2 8d. lOd. 1598. 168 FUNNELS. 1599 Glass Funnels, deeply ribbed, No. 1, Fig. 1598, angle of 60°, useful for rapid filtration when the'insoluble matter is not requ.red. - A i /-»niory 2 inch diameter, 8d. *i •• f.- 3 - 5d * 4 inch diameter, 6d. 5 »» 8d j 6 .. lOd. 1600. Funnels, slight, blown glass f ^\^ n Xd rl to°rest°on tTsftubes.'orfor pouring: 1601. Funnel, slight blown glass, H-mch diameter, suitable tor tubes, Fig. 1601, 2d. . 1602 Filter Hooks, to facilitate filtration and prevent the bursting of paper filters when loaded with a precipitate Fig. 1602, the hooks 5, 6, 7, or 8 inches long, per dozen, Is. bd. . _ - -l •! 1. . J "-Cl-i-rt-v. MAT IIlc iiuuivo w, ■ > —- * . . , , When it is desired to filter a liquid Xreth.« fuunel with three glass rods, loent and arranged^ ^ [ g the filter at the under the weight of the superincumbent hquid or precipitate. BERLIN SEMI-PORCELAIN FUNNELS. 1603. Plain Funnel, or Filler, useful also for filtering, being formed at an angle of 60°, Fig. 1603. No. 00. 2-inch, 6d. 0. H „ is- 1. 4 5> Is. 6d. No. 2. 4|-inch, Is. 6d. 3. 4. 5 6 2s. 2s. 6d. 1603. Is. 1604. Ribbed Funnels, without necks, Fig. 1604. No. 1. 3-inch, 84. I «<>•«• 4 ' inch > 1606. Ribbed Funnels, with neck, Fig. 1605. No. 0. 31-inch, Is. 6d. I No. 4. 6-inch, 3s. 6d. 1606. Pierced Funnels, for Rapid Filtration, with cloth filters, Figs. 1606. j No. 2. hi-inch, Ss. 3d. | No. 3. 7-inch, 3s. | No. 4. 7i-inch, 3s. 9d^ ISO. A. 0 - 5 - 1 uc.ii, 1 1607. Ribbed Funnels, without neck, the lower part pierced with holes, w.t , flange or collar to rest on ajar, Fig. 160 . J No. 1. di-inch, 2s. 8d. | No. 2. 6i-inch, 2s. 9d. i>0. X. ' , I 1608. Ribbed Funnel, without neck, the lower part pierced with holes, similad Fig. 1607, but without the collar, 2-mch, 8d. 1 1605. 1606. 1607. 1609. FILTRATION WITHOUT FUNNELS 169 9. Berlin Porcelain Funnels, for filtrating through cloth, form of Fig. 1609, white glazed. Deep. Wide. Price. Deep. Wide. Price. No. 00. 4l-inch. 4 inch. lid. No. 2. 7 inch. 6-inch. 2s. 4d. 0. 5 „ 4£ „ Is. 4d. 3. n » 6£ „ 3s. 3d. 1, 6 „ 5 „ Is. 8d. 4. 8* „ n „ 4s. FUNNEL HOLDERS. (See page 33.) FILTRATION WITHOUT FUNNELS. ». Filter King, for supporting a Paper Filter over a Solution Jar, without the help of a funnel; useful in rapid filtration, when the liquid alone is required ; it has two flat horizontal arms to rest on the Solution Jar, yellow glazed china, Fig. 1610. Ring, 1^-inch diameter, 3d. | Ring, 1^-inch diameter, 3d. 1612. I a. The same Filter Ring, in white glazed Berlin porcelain, 5d. I b. Ditto Wedgwood’s, 4d. . Filter Ring, white glazed Berlin porcelain, with three arms, Fig. 1611, lOd. a. Ditto Wedgwood’s, 6d. b. Ditto, large size, 8d. !. Holder for Glass Filter Rings, by which a Filter is held without a funnel, in such a manner that the point of the filter is made to touch the inner surface of the receiving jar, so as to ensure effectual draining, Fig. 1612. In mahogany, French polished, 3s. ere are two moveable blocks by which the height of the solution can be adjusted to agree with the point of the niter. t. Glass Ring with flat handle, adapted to this support, from f-inch to H-inch diameter, per dozen, 3s. ; singly, 4d. . Holder for Glass Filter Rings, consisting of a double cylinder of japanned tinplate fitted with corks, one of which slides on an upright rod, while the other is perforated to receive the bent handle of the Glass Ring, Fig. 1614, the rod and foot of polished black wood, Is. . Glass Ring, with bent handle, Ring i-inch diameter, 2d.; 1-inch diameter, 2d. 1614. z 170 QUICK FILTERS. FILTRATIONS IN ANALYSIS; 1616. Glass Slips, for the filtration of small quantities of liquid in qualitative analysis, as shown by Fig. 1616. 6-inch by 1-inch, per dozen, 4d. 5-inch by f-inch, per dozen, 3d. 4-inch by i-inch, per dozen, 3d. QUICK FILTERS. 1617. Beale’s Quick Filter, for use in Centigrade Testing, Fig. 1617, Is. This is used to filter off a small quantity of a solution, to test for sulphates or other substances in solution. A bit of filter paper and muslin is tied, over the end a. The bottom is dipped into the turbid liquor, and the filtered liquor, which rises in the tube b, is decanted from the spout c, into a test glass for trial. 1618. Berzelius’s Quick Filter for Large Quanti¬ ties of Liquid, Fig. 1618, Bohemian glass. 5 inches diameter, 10s. 6 inches diameter, 10s. 6d. This apparatus is filled with the liquid that is to be filtered, and is fixed over the filter in such a manner that the point of the funnel Fig. 1618, is one-tenth of an inch below the edge of the paper filter • the stopcock is then to be opened, upon which the filter becomes filled, and the filtration 161g goes on till the angular funnel is empty, air entering through its lower tube and stopcock as the liquor runs down 1617. The bore of the stopcock must feather. FILTRATIONS IN ANALYSIS. 1619. ENGLISH FILTERING PAPER, of the best quality, in square sheel measuring 24 inches by 24 inches, per quire of 24 sheets, Is. 6d. Cut Filters, seven sizes, in packets of 100, according to the table at page 17 This Filtering Paper is prepared with the greatest care, and can be recommend for its great purity and property of rapid filtration. It contains no matter solu in water, and its ashes amount to only 1 part m 240. 1620. Filtering Paper of the same quality and size as the above, but strong! namely, one third thicker in substance ; for the formation of large filte or for the filtration of substances that are liable to pass through the pap jpcv quite oj 24 sheets , 2s. 1621. SWEDISH FILTERING PAPER, size of the sheets 21 inches by 17 inch* per quire of 24 sheets, 3s. . . „ . . 1622. Swedish Filtering Paper, cut into circular filters, in packets ot 100, at t following prices:— 1 -inch Funnel, per packet, ] i-inch No. 0. 2 -inch, 1 2 for a 1. 2Uincli, 2f-inch, 3. 3|-inch, 4. 44-inch, 5. 54-inch, 6. 74 inch, 14-inch 2 -inch 24 -inch 3 -inch 4 -inch J) 11 11 4d. 5d. 8d. Is. Is. 2d. Is. 8d. 2s. 3d. FILTRATIONS IN ANALYSIS. HOT FILTRATIONS. l/J 1623. Swedish Filters, seven sizes, one packet, 100 filters, of each size 7s 6d 1624. Grey Woollen Filtering Paper for tinctures, very stout, in sheets measuring -cv, 24 . inch * s by 24 inches > P er quire of 24 sheets, weighing about 2* lbs., 3s. Ib25. filtering Frame, for supporting a linen or woollen cloth filter, Fig. 1625; Plate Glass, with German silver pins, 10 inches diameter, 10s. rLASS FUNNELS FOR FILTRATION, superior circular ENGLISH FILTER PAPERS, in packets of 100, and JAPANNED BOXES for the filters, each box able to contain 200 papers. 626. The following table emi'oraces the seven sizes most commonly used in Ana¬ lytical Operations :— Funnels. Filters at PER 100. Filter Boxes. Nos. Diameter. Price. Diameter. Price. Price. 0 l-inch .... Hd. 2-inch . . . . 2d. 4d. 1 1^-inch . . . l£d. 2^-inch . . 2d. 4d. 2 H-inch . . . Hd. 2f-inch . . 3|d. ' . 5d 3 2-inch .... 2d. 3 f-inch . . 5d. 6d. 4 2£-inch. . 2|d. 4^-inch . . 6d. 7d. 5 3-inch .... 3d. 5 ^-in eh . . 9d. 9d. 6 4-inch .... 4d. 7Dinch . . Is. 1 Is. 27. The set of seven Glass Funnels, Fig. 1627, Is. 4d. 28. The set of seven round japanned tin boxes, with 100 filters in each, 7s. The Filter Boxes are made of Japanned tinplate, round, with lift-off covers, so that the filters easily kept clean and ready for immediate use ; each box will hold 200 filters. Fig. 1628. 29. Pyramid Filter Case, Fig. 1629. of japanned tinplate, with hinged door closing * with a spring, containing 700 filters, namely, 100 of each size, Nos. 0 to 6, 12s. Price of the filter case without filters, 9s. 20. Donovan’s Apparatus for the Filtration of solutions of Caustic Potash, by which the filtration is made without any change of atmospheric air, and therefore without the continuous absorption of carbonic acid, funnel 4 inch diameter, receiving bottle H to 2 pints, German glass, with stopper and caoutchouc connector, Fig. 1630, page 172, 6s. FILTRATION OF BOILING LIQUIDS. 1. Apparatus for Filtration, at 212° Fahr., consisting of a water-bath of japanned tin, as described at No. 1255, having a space for a 5-inch funnel of Go , Fig. 1631, page 172,12s. 2. Ditto, with a 5-inch funnel, ground edge, and a 6-inch ground glass plate, 13a SEPARATORY FUNNELS. 172 1633. Hot-water Funnel, after Plantamour, with side tube for boiling the water so as to filter at 212° Fahr., Fig. 1633. Single Funnel. a. Tinplate, for a 4-inch Funnel 3s. b. „ c. Copper, fost^ind^ T^prices\uoted are^fo^the^etal ^imnels^^ly, 0 withou^tbe^»tl^rTriples°r^re^nted in Fig. 1633. The tinplate funnels are japanned. 6-inch 4-inch 6-inch V >1 3s. 6d. 5s. 6s. 6d. Double Funnel. 4s. 5s. 6s. 6d. 9s. ? 1630. 1631. 1633. 1635. 1636. PERCOLATORS AND SEPARATORY FUNNELS. Funnels, German glass, angle of 60”, with glass stopcocks, Fig. 1636. 3-inch, 4s. 6d. | 4-inch, 6s. | 5-inch, 5s. 6d. | 6-inch, 6s. Covers for Funnels, circular glass plates. See No. 1677. Funnels, fine white Bohemian glass, with cut glass stopcock, Fig. 1636. 8- inch, 10s. 9- inch, 12s. 1637. 1638 1639. 1640. 1641. 1642. 4- inch, 6s. 6d. | 6-inch, 8s. 5- inch, 7s. | 7-inch, 9s. Funnels, fine white Bohemian glass, with cover and groove for a water lut with neck and cut stopper, Fig. 1637, 5 inches diameter, 3s. 6d. Funnel, fine white Bohemian glass, with cover and water lute, ground stopp and stopeock, cut glass, Fig- 1638, 5 inches diameter, 9s. Funnel, fine white Bohemian glass, with cover and groove for a water lute, ti necks with ground stoppers, and a stopcock, Fig. 1639, 5 inches diameU Separatory Funnel, spindle form, Fig. 1640, German glass, stoppered, 2s. Separatory Funnel, with stopcock, form of Fig. 1641, small size, funne inches wide, tube 12 inches long, 2s. Separatory Funnel, with globular head, stopper and stopcock, Tig. Ib42 2 inches wide, tube 12 inches long, 2s. 6d. Figs. 1640, 1641, 1642, are on page 174. nnel 2, buj PERCOLATORS. 173 13. Separatory Funnel, fine Bohemian glass, with stoppered neck, and two arms, Fig. 1643. Price according to the diameter of the body: — 1636. 1637. 1638. 5-inch, 3s. 6d. | 8-inch, 4s. 6d. 1639. 1613. 1644. 14. Separatory Funnel, fine Bohemian glass, with stoppered neck, two arms, and a glass stopcock, Fig. 1644. 3-inch, 8s. | 4-inch, 9s. | 5-inch, 10s. | 8-inch, 11s. 15. Separatory Funnel, German glass, globular form, 4 inches diameter, 36 ounces capacity, with stopper in the neck, and stopcock on the neck, form of Fig. 1644, without the arms, 6s. 16. Separatory Funnel, fine white Bohemian glass, globular form, with two necks, stoppered, and a glass stopcock, Fig. 1646, a, b,c. This can be fitted up as Donovan’s Filtering Apparatus, No. 1630. 4-inch, 9s. 6d. | 5-inch, 10s. 6d. | 8-inch, 12s. 1646a. 16466. 1646c. 1647. 7. Separatory Funnel, fine Bohemian glass, angular form, with stoppered neck and glass stopcock, Fig. 1647, 5 inches diameter, 10s. ; 6 inches, 10s. 6d. ar one particular use of this article, see No. 1618. 8. Percolator, slight blown glass, pear-shaped funnel, with stopper, Fig. 1648, total height 8 inches, contents of flask about 5 ounces, 2s. 9. Percolator, small size, with glass stopcock and stopper, form of Fig. 1649, bulb 2 inches diameter, flask contains about 4 ounces, 5s. 0. Percolator, with glass stopcock, form of Fig. 1649, but with a neck on the shoulder like Fig. 1655, funnel 1 pint, flask l£ pint, German glass, 7s. 6d. 1. Percolator, slight blown glass, with globular funnel, Fig. 1651, contents of flask £ ounce ; serve also to apply acid in drops or small quantities, 9d. 2. Percolator, with globular funnel, form of Fig. 1651, 6 inches diameter, wide mouth, stoppered flask 4 pints, Bohemian glass, 9s. 174 PERCOLATORS. --J 1640. 1642. 1648. 1649. 1651. 1653. Percolator, with globular funnel, Fig. 1651. Contents of flask H pint, funn 4 inches diameter, with glass stopper, Geiman glass, . 1654. Percolator^ with pear-shaped funnel, Fig. 1648 and 1640, but without handl pnntents of flask, H pint, German glass, 5s. 1655 Percolator, fine Bohemian glass, with angular funnel, wide mouth, stopper* with neck at shoulder, Fig. 1655. Price, according to the capacity of t receiving hottle:— 2 pints, 7s. 4 pints, 8s. 8 pints, 9s. In the event of any ®l' r0 *'6 gxliausting^yrint'e'l^e No^ltlll'^ay'b^^dapte^ 1 to^th^side^^k^ vacuum^befog‘produced in the bottle, the atmospheric presei in the unstoppered funnel then acts powerfully. is 1656 Percolator, fine Bohemian glass, with ground-edge funnel, covered by a sto ground glass plate with neck at shoulder, Fig. 1656. Price, accoiding the capacity of the receiving bottle 2 pints, 12s. 4 pints, 13s. 8 pints, 14s. 1657. Percolator, coasting of a cylindrical bottle and with a crround glass stopper; general form nearly resemm 0 g but holes are drilled through the stopper and the neck, to which it er0U nd and also through the neck of the funnel and the neck of the bott so that by turning round the stopper or the funnel, commumcation can made between the contents and the external air. Best white Geim glass, the fittings well ground, price according to the capacity bottle, i pint, 4 s. 1 pint, 5s 1^ pint, 6s. 2 pints, 8s. 1 R 5 R American Percolator, for preparing extracts by means of ether, alcohol, other volatile liquids, Fig. 1658, capacity of the receiving botUe 12 pm of the cylindrical funnel, 4 pints; fine Bohemian glass, with two gl. 1659 Payen’s Percolator, for preparing extracts by means of hot alcohol or e h 1659 ’ 'the bulb « being placed in a water bath (R—t Cours de Ctomg I p. 5). Small size, the glass part only, a, b, c, d e, without furnace a hath, the bulb a 2£ inches diameter, the percolator b 4 inches long, 1659, the set, 5s. 6d. DRAINERS. STRAINERS COLANDERS. SIEVES. 175 |360. Dobereiner s PercolatQr, or Extracting Apparatus, for experimenting on small quantities, consisting of a 3 ounce Glass Flask with two necks, and a tube 7 inches by £ inch, connected by a cork, Fig. 1660, Is. A vacuum being made in the flask a by the evaporation of a few drops of alcohol, and the neck c ised by the cork, the liquid d is then forced, by atmospheric pressure, through the powder e, and e cotton f, into the lower vessel, producing an extract of the powder e. DRAINERS, STRAINERS, COLANDERS, SIEVES. 5. Thuringian Porcelain Capsules, with perforated bottoms, for draining or filter¬ ing, Fig. 1665 ; can be conveniently placed over a beaker or lixiviating jar. The following sizes :— The 4 largest sizes. No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 6 }-inch, H H 4* yy 16 ounces, 14 „ 10 „ 6 Is. 6 d. Is. 4d. Is. 2 d. Is. No. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. The 5 smallest sizes. 4 inch, 5 ounces 3£ H 3 2 * 4 3 2 L lid. lOd. 9d. 8 d. 7d. )«. The set of 4, 5s. >5. The set of 5, 3s. 6 d. >c. The complete set of 9 strainers, 83 . k Thuringian Porcelain Drainers, flat bottom, vertical sides, form of Fig. 1669. Diameter. Depth. Diameter. Depth. 12 inches. 11 „ 2J inches, 5s. 6 d. Qy ,, 4s. 6 d. 2£ „ 3s. 6 d. No. 4. 5. 7£ inches. 6 „ 2 J inches. 2 s. 6 d. 3 „ Is. 9d. 176 1670. 1671. STRAINERS. GLASS COVERS. Y I Thuringian Porcelain Drainer, vertical form,Fig. 16T0, useful as an eye- I J bath, 1 inch high, 5 inch wide, • j f rom mot her liquor, & c., \ I Colander, or Strainer, for se P aia ‘ g I)0rce lain glaze, not attacked 1 I German semi-porcelain, with hard close porcelain gia ^ 1_J by acids or colours, form of a basin, Fig. 1071, piercea w No. 9. 13 inches diameter. 10. 14 11. 16 Contents, 9 pints, 11 15 7s. 6d. 8s. 6d. 9s. 6d. 1670. 11 1672. 1672. 1673. 1674. 1675. Crystal Drainer, Berlin Porcelain, 5 inches diameter. Shallow, with handles, Pig.1672, P a ° e * ’ Deep without handles, Pig. 1673, ls-6d. Thnrin- Sieve for Holding Dyewood, &c. m boiling 9g gian porcelain, with handle at the side, F g. ’ Ditto, with bail or bow 1676. handle, Fig. 1675. 1, Deep form, 9s. 2, Broad and shallow, 7s. Decoction Strainer, con¬ sisting of 4 pieces, namely, funnel, sieve, pestle and ring, Pig- 1676, Thuring¬ ian porcelain, the set, 5 s. 1674. 1676. GLASS COVERS FOR JARS, FUNNELS, &e. __ <« t* c-icfmrr of ri IjIiAOO v uivw * -' c 1 r 1677 - GL discsof C 1 gCs^erto close vessels air-tig Pig. 1677. Price per dozen Diameter. 2 inch 2£ 3 H 4 H 11 97 11 11 1677. Plain. 5d. 5d. 6d. 7d. 8d. lOd. 1678. Ground. 9d. 9d. 10d. Is. Is. 3d. Is. 6d. 1679. Glass Covers, circular, flat, thick glass, with one inch funnel-hole in the centre, Pig. 1679 1U I 57. 4 inch, Is. | 5 inch, Is. 2d. | 6 inch, Is. 4d. each 1681. Glass Covers, circular, flat, with a slit at the side to receive a funnel, Fig. 1681. 4 inch, Is. I 5 inch, Is. 2d j 6 inch, Is. 4d. each. 4 men, is. | o i 1682 Concave Covers for Glass Jars, with central neck to support a funnel, Pig. 1682, Bohemian glass, i6s: uuci, a-ig,. — —- o - 3 to 4 inch, 6d. | 4$ to 5 inch, 9d. | 6 inch, Is 1683. Concave Covers, without funnel neck. See Shallow Evaporating ,081. Concave" Covers, of stout glass, with depression to prevent their slipping, ajar, 6± inches diameter, Pig. 8, No. 1800, Is. PIPETTES. SYPHONS. SYRINGES. 177 685. Circular Glass Covers, of thick plate glass, gi’ound and polished on the edges, 3 inch, Is. | 4 inch, Is. 6d. | 5 inch, 2s. | 6 inch, 3s. 586. Covers, of dome form, to put over specimens to protect them from dust, &c., from Is. upwards. For other Covers of the dome form, see the article on Receivers for Gase s. PIPETTES, SYPHONS, SYRINGES. Glass Pipettes, for transvasing liquors, applying tests, washing filters, &c., all ade of hard white German glass, not graduated. 9. 90. Straight Plain Glass Pipettes, without enlargement, Fig. 1690. No. 4. 6 inches long, f inch wide, 2d. 5. 10 „ „ 3d. .1. 4 inches long, \ inch wide, l|d. 2. 5 „ i „ Hd. 3. 5 „ ,, 2d. 6. 12 inches long, ^ inch wide, of hard Bohemian glass, with fine point, for burning a jet of hydrogen gas, 4d. 7. 6 inches long, £ inch wide, with neck, Fig. 1691, No. 3, 3d. )1. Glass Pipettes with Bulbs, or with Cylindrical Reservoip.s, with necks or points either straight or bent. Purchasers are requested to indicate, by the Number of the Figure, from 1 *11, group of Figures , 1691, which Form they wish to receive. 12. Contents, 1, or li ounce, 3d. each. 13. Contents, 2 ounces, 4d. each. 1694. Contents, 2£ or 3 ounces,6d. each. \j 1695. Contents, 3| or 4 ounces, 8d.each. 1690 X_ 4 ) <= 2^00 1697. 1698 - 6. Large Pipette, form of Fig. 1691, No. 2, body 12 inches long by 1 inch wide, Is. 7. Pipette for passing,Solution of Potash, or other liquid test, into Gas lubes, over mercury, Fig. 1697, 6d. A A 178 PIPETTES. SYPHONS. 1 RQS firndinterl Drom>ing Tube, with caoutchouc cover, Fig. 1698, 2s. 1699: ?"mIde P of thick tube, or those which have pear-shaped reserves, art 1700. Hp'eUesmadeto'measure exact quantities of liquor, are described among thj Apparatus for Centigrade Testing. 1704 . Rf Co - m i"" —is ^ r i 3 1707. 1709. 1705. Glass Syphons for transvasing liquids to separate them from precipitates, Ac. 1701. Plain Glass Syphon, form of Fig. 1703, but without the suction tube, sma size namely, 13 inches long, 6 55 9d. Is. Is. 3d. Is. 6d. With Slender Tube. No, 1. 10 inch, 2. 15 3. 21 „ Is. 4. 30 „ Is. 3d This syphon has the two branches pretty wi'le apart, ’upw-lrd'' together i shown in Fig. 1705. The lower end of the short tab ^e.tn ^ object ‘ of this SCSttirinflp Ihe precipitate which lies at the hottenr of the solution that is to be decantef| . .1 ii 1 . J i- ^ 4-1-v a With Strong Tube. 12 inch, 18 24 36 to avoid sruiing up I'.ov.p.-- 1707. Wirtemberg Syphon with equal branches, Fig. 1707, small size, 25 inch, Is. 1708. Ditto, large size, wide tube, 36 inch, Is. 6d. /UO- ? To set this syphon in action, it is filled with mean's ofaio*’ T straight tube for suction may be attached to the outerendofthe ?yP™» ^ m tube is to be removed when the bquor has come over the bend of tb yp • ■ tUDe IS lUJ uusv. — --A JH 1709. syphon for decanting Acids, form of Kg. 1709 witha*j 1710 Syphon for Decanting Acids, foim of 1 ig- 1 ^ j i n prif i ofy caoutchouc tube, instead of a metal stopcock, length from end to end aM 30 inches, Is. 6d. 1711 Syphon with suction tube and a glass stopcock. 18 inch, 4s. [ 24 inch, 4s. 6d. SYRINGES. DECANTING VESSELS. 179 '12. Gay-Lussac Syphon, which, when arranged as shown by Fig. 1712 a,b,c,d, sup¬ plies a continuous current of water, to wash a preci¬ pitate in a funnel, tube about 25 inches long. Is. 13. Eye Fountain or syphon for spreading a gentle shower of water, Fig. 1713. 18 inch, 9d. 30 in., Is 2d. 24 inch, Is. 36 in., Is. 4d. rhis syphon can be used to distribute uids gradually, such as acid upon bleach- ; powder to liberate chlorine continu- ily in small quantity for disinfection, &c. 14. Syringes or Glass Pumps for washing precipitates or filters, decanting liquids from above precipitates, &c. made of glass, with tow or cotton wool on the piston, form of Fig. 1714, size of wide tube, 10 inches by £ inch, with bent point, 2s. 15. Ditto, with straight point, 2s. 16. Ditto, small size, straight point, for Injections :— 3-inch, 3s. 6d | 4-incb, 3s. 9d. | 5-incli, 4s. per dozen. ELUTRIATION. 7. Decanting Vessels, for the washing of powders and their separation - into different degrees of fineness, Fig. 1717, Thuringian porcelain. ~ 3. Schulze’s Apparatus for the Mechanical Analysis of Soils, Clays, ground Ores, &c. by Elutriation, or washing with water, Fig. 1718, 5s. 4 pints, 6 .. 7s. 10s. 11 pints, 13 .. 12s. 6d. 14s. 16 pints, 20 „ 18s. 22s. 1717. e soil or other powder is diffused in water in the glass a. Water is run from a water bottle the funnel b. The lower end of the tube c is raised more or less from the bottom of the glass, ixed by a cork at d. The fine powder flows off with the water by the pipe e, into a beaker d to receive it. By raising the funnel more or less from the bottom of the glass a, the rbing force of the fall of water is modified at discretion, e conical glass is 9 inches high and 3 inches diameter at the mouth. 180 WASHING BOTTLES. ^ ft 1718. 1719. 1720. til WASHING BOTTLES. 1719. 1720. 1721. 1722. 1723. 1724, 1725, ■Rprzelius’s Washing Bottle with single jet, for the washing of precipitates oj B SteM by a fine but strong jet of water produced by air compressed i the bottle by the mouth, Figs. 1719 and 1720. The jet is representedU Fig. 1721. One pint flask, fitted, Is. Ditto, quart size, Is. 6d. | I Berz^urt Washing Bottle fitted with handle, for use with boiling watei Wa^h1ng 7 Bottl’e^’with jet and blowing tube, Fig. 1733, white glass flask, sw one pint or less, Is. 3d. . . , Ditto, cylindrical green glass bottle one pint size. Is. Ditto white crlass bottle, with caoutchouc blowing tube, Fig. 1725, Is. bd. D ffi ’ 1726 Washing Bottle, with jet and blowing pipe, fitted JH handle, form of Fig. 1722 b, for use with boiling wate one pint, 2s. 6d. 1722 a. 1722 6 . 1723. 1725. 1729. WASHING BOTTLES. 181 '27. Berzelius’s Fountain Bottle, for supplying a continuous current of pure water or other liquid to wash a precipitate upon a filter, represented in action by Fig. 1727, the washing tube being represented by Fig. 1728, li pint bottle, fitted with the tube, Is. 6d. 728. The Washing Tube alone, Fig. 1728, 4d. '29. Gmelin’s Modification of the Fountain Washing Bottle, represented by Fig. L729, 1£ pint size, Is. 3d. '30. The same, mounted with handle, like Fig. 1722 b, for use with hot water, 2s. 6d. '31. Gay Lussac’s Syphon Washing Bottle, which yields a continuous current of water to wash a precipitate, Fig. 1731, the syphon tube 25 inches long, the bottle four pint size, fitted, 3s. 6d. 32. Washing Bottle, with a fine orifice for the jet of water, and a blowing tube with caoutchouc mouthpiece attached; useful in washing small precipitates, and in experiments of metallic reductions with the blowpipe, contents 2 ounces. Fig. 1732, Is. Washing by Pipettes. Any of the pipettes described in Nos. 1690 to 1700 may >o be used for washing precipitates. 33. Caoutchouc Washing Bottle, with glass jet, Fig. 1733. 1 ounce, Is. j 2 ounces, Is. 3d. | 4 ounces, Is. 8d. | 6 ounces, 2s. 4. Hot Water Jugs, of saltglazed stoneware, with handle and spout, capable of being heated on a sand bath, or, with care, over a rose gas-burner. 1 Pint, Is. | 2 Pints, Is. 6d. | 3 Pints, 2s. 6d. 5. Hot Water Jugs, of saltglazed stoneware, form of Fig. 1734, but fitted with washing jet and blowing tube, like Fig. 1725. 1 Pint, Is. 6d. | 2 Pints, 2s. | 8 Pints, 3s. 1734. 182 DIALYSIS. 1736. Shier’s Apparatus for Washing Precipitates by Steam, consisting of a flask, syphon tube, and a perforated glass capsule, Fig. 1736, 3s. 6d. a is a water bottle; b, a narrow glass tube of ± inch bore ; c, a very shallow glass capsule, perforated in the centre; d, a glass funnel. Use. — The precipitate is supposed to be on a paper filter in the funnel. Water is boiled in the bottle a, and the steam passed into the funnel, where it condenses into boiling hot distilled water, which rapidly washes the precipi¬ tate. The pressure of the steam and the high temperature greatly facilitate the process. If the steam comes off too fast, it blows out between the capsule and the funnel, and does no harm. But it is easy, when the water is boiled by a gas flame, or over a lamp, to provide against waste of steam. Care must be taken that the water in the funnel does not rise so high as to touch the slant-cut end of the steam-pipe. The use of this apparatus effects a great saving of time in one of the most tedious operations of Analytical Chemistry. gjialjrsis. The process of Chemical Analysis by means of Liquid Diffusion, recently discovered by Thoila Graham, Esq., F.R.S., Master of the Mint, is described in his Memoir on “Liquid Diffusion app.l to Analysis,” printed in the “ Transactions of the Royal Society,” for 1861, page 183, The Dialyser, or apparatus for effecting Analysis by Diffusion, invented by Mr. Graham, cons of a species of sieve, having gutta percha sides and a parchment paper bottom. A mixed liquid t is to be analysed is put into the Dialyser, and the Dialyser is floated in distilled water contained ' I flat basin. At the end of twenty-four hours, the crystallisable substances contained in the mi d liquid will have diffused into the distilled water of the basin, leaving the gelatinous substances of mixture still in the Dialyser. By means of this Dialysing Apparatus, arsenious acid, metallic salts, strychnine, and other poisi i, mineral and organic, can be readily separated from organic solutions in medico-legal inquiries. ' « process has the advantage of introducing no metallic substance or chemical re-agent of any kind iff the organic fluids. The arrangement for operating is also of the simplest nature. Very mir,® quantities of arsenic have been separated by the dialytic process from egg albumen, gum ara J, isinglass, milk, porter, blood, and animal intestines, and obtained in a solution fit for the applicai 0 of re-agents. The Dialyser serves also for the separation and decomposition of many metallic salts; for ® separation of urea and other crystallisable salts from urine; for the separation in general of U crystalloids or crystallisable bodies from all colloids or gelatinous bodies ; and for the preparation d purification of such colloids as hydrated silicic acid, hydrated alumina, gelatine, albumen, sta caramel, tannin, gummic acid, &c. In short, the Dialyser is an instrument of great practical uti J to all Chemists, Physiologists, &c., who are engaged in researches into the composition of organi * mixed liquids. Instructions for operating with the Dialyser .—The Dialyser consists of two gutta percha hoops, one of them two inches deep, and the other, one inch deep. The two-inch hoop is slightly conical, and the one-inch hoop goes over the small end of the two-inch hoop. Both must be washed very clean with distilled water. The parchment paper that is to form the bottom must be about three inches wider than the small end of the two-inch hoop. Soak the parchment paper for about a minute in distilled water; stretch it evenly over the small end of the two-inch hoop, and strain it tight by pushing over it the one-inch hoop. The paper must be pressed smoothly up round the outside of the larger hoop, and the bottom must be quite flat and even. There must be no small holes in the paper. To try this, put distilled water into the Dialyser, to the depth of a quarter-inch, and place the Dial, - T on some white blotting-paper. If any wet or dark spots appear, they indicate the existenc e DIALYTIC APPARATUS. 183 small holes. To close such holes, apply to the under surface of the paper about the holes some liquid albumen, put on a small patch of parchment paper, and iron the patch with a hot smooth iron. This coagulates the albumen, fixes the patch, and closes the hole. The Dialyser being prepared, the liquid to be operated upon is to be put into it, to the depth of not more than half an inch, and the Dialyser is then to be floated on distilled water contained in a flat basin. The quantity of the water m the basin should be about five times as much as that put into the Dialyser. The whole is then to be set aside for twenty-four hours. A Dialyser of 6 inches diameter serves to operate upon 7 or 8 fluid ounces of liquid; one of 8 inches diameter for 12 or 14 fluid ounces; one of 10 inches diameter for 20 fluid inches; and one of 12 inches diameter for 30 fluid ounces. The wider the Dialyser and the greater the quantity of iistilled water used in the outer basin, the more rapid and effective is the diffusion. DIALYTIC APPARATUS. 1737. Gutta Percba Dialyser, in two pieces, as described above:— 6 inches in diameter, 3s. 6d. 8 „ „ 4s. 9d. 10 inches in diameter, 5s. 6d. 12 6s. 6d. 1737 a. Parchment Paper, of the best quality, selected specially for this process, and in pieces to suit the sizes of the Dialyser, price per dozen :— i 8} in. square, for 6 in. Dialyser, Is. [ 124 in. square, for 10 in. Dialyser 2s. „ 8 „ ls.6d. | 14i „ 12 „ 2s. 6d. 1 737 b. Flat Conical Glass Basins with Spout, to hold distilled water below the Dialyser, and collect the diffusate. ' 9 in. basin, to suit 6 in. Dialyser 2s. ! 1 1 „ 8 „ 2s. 6d. 13 in. basin, to suit 10 in. Dialyser 3s. 6d. 15 „ 12 1 733. Bell-shaped Dialysers, of Glass, Fig. 1738, with two flanges. 3 inch bore, 8d. Corresponding papers, per dozen, 9d. 4 lOd. „ „ 9d. 5 ,, Is. ,, Is* , Cylindrical Jars suitable for these Dialysers are described at No. 1530. 1 ! i i In using these Dialysers, the parchment paper is strained over the wide end, - tid tied with a thread above the flange. The vessel is then suspended iu a 5 ide jar, containing the water into which the crystallisable substance is to be iffused. It can be suspended from a glass rod by a string tied round the neck !' the Dialyser. The water in the jar must cover the face of the parchment paper, but not rise } Jove the outer edge. 1738. 184 GLASS SHADES. GLASS SHADES. 1739. GLASS SHADES, round, oval, and square. List of Prices :— m Price. rP o '6 o a hH Round. Oval. Square. a hH Round. Oval. Square. a hH Round. OvaL Square. s. d. s. d. s. d. 8 . d. s. d. s. d. s. d. 8 . d. s. d. 10 6 1 1 6 30 2 3 8 4 2 50 6 3 7 8 11 12 7 1 2 1 9 32 2 1 3 11 4 5 55 8 4 11 4 16 14 8 1 4 2 3 34 2 3 4 1 4 8 60 12 6 16 22 16 10 1 8 2 7 36 2 5 4 4 4 11 65 18 23 32 18 1 2 2 10 38 2 8 4 7 5 3 70 26 33 43 20 1 2 2 4 3 1 40 3 4 11 5 7 75 36 45 58 22 l 4 2 8 3 4 42 3 4 5 3 6 80 46 55 6 74 24 1 6 3 3 7 44 3 10 5 7 7 85 60 78 6 94 26 l 7 3 2 3 10 46 4 6 5 11 8 3 90 86 106 118 28 1 10 3 5 4 48 5 3 6 6 9 3 95 116 136 148 The total number of inches in a shade is calculated as follows :— Round Shades—Once the height, added to three times the diameter. Oval Shades—Once the height, twice the length, once the breadth. Square Shades—Once the height, twice the length, once the breadth. The height is never charged less than the length or diameter. Examples :—A Round Shade, 12 inches in height and 6 inches in diameter, ii reckoned 30 inches, price 2s.; an Oval shade, 12 inches in height, 8 in length, an 6 in width, is reckoned 34 inches, price 4s. Id. Shades of any required size can be supplied. The quotations in the above Li; are merely to show the range of prices. 1739a. Polished Black Wooden Feet for Round Shades, price according to diamete j 1. Under 7 inches, at 2d. per inch ; 2. From 7 inches to 9J inches, at 2£d. per inch; 3. Above 9^ inches, at 3d. per inch. Polished Black Wooden Feet, for Oval and Square Shades, according to lengtl 4d. per inch. Chenille to put round the edges of shades to keep out dust, per yard, 2d. i (Sftaparaftotr. L 1740. PLATINUM EVAPORATING BASINS. W: > 1740. Platinum Evaporating Basins with Spout, form of Fig. 1740. The following particulars are subject to considerable variation, and they are given only to afford a general idea of the probable cost of a basin of a given size. The exact cost may be less or more than the sum here stated. It depends on the market price of the metal, and on the thickness of the vessel. When a basin of a l particular strength is required, it is requested that the desired thickness, as shown by the metal plate gauge in page 4, may be stated. No. Diameter. Contents. Weight. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Weight. Price. 1. If in. OZ. 170 grs. 14s. 6. 2f in. ly oz. 500 grs. 40s. 2. if » £ 220 „ 18s. 7. 3 Si „ 550 „ 45s. 3. 2 „ i >> 270 „ 22s. 8. 3i 3i „ 730 „ 60s. 4. 2± „ i 340 „ 28s. 9. 3£ „ 4 „ 900 „ 75s. 5. 2* „ 400 „ 33s. 1741 b. 1741 c. 1741 d. 1741. Platinum Evaporating Basins and Cups, small sizes and shallow form, Figs. 1741 a, b, c, d, serving also as covers to crucibles, and in lieu of blowpipe spoons. [ The small Platinum Cups supported by a pair of slight Steel Tongs, either with or without Platinum points, will be found to answer the purpose of Platinum Spoons, while they are cheaper and more convenient. They are beaten very thin to facilitate the production of a high temperature B B I 186 PORCELAIN EVAPORATING BASINS. assay is procured, and the vessel cleaned at the same tv . No. Diameter. 1. i inch 2 3 4. Depth. | inch. 3 6 (j 1748. Steel Tongs for holding these Capsules before the blowpipe, or in a ga: flume, No. 130, 6d. >> I j) >> Price. 9d. Is. 2s. 3s. to 4s. No. 5. 6 . 7. Diameter. 1 H 2 >> >> 5 J Depth. i > i ” Price. 5s. to 6s. 10s. 18s. PORCELAIN EVAPORATING BASINS. 1743. Berlin Porcelain Evaporating Basins, or Capsules, glazed inside and outside, but not on the edge. Depth third of their diameter. with spout, Fig. 1743 of the Capsules , = one No. Diameter. Contents. 00. 2| inches. 2 ounces. 0 . 3^ inches. OL "2 ounces. 1 . 3-| inches. 3 ounces. 2. 3| inches. 4 ounces. 3. 4 inches. 6 ounces. 4. 4| inches. 8 ounces. 5. 4f inches. 10 ounces. 1744. Price of the 14 Basins, No Price. 4d. 5d. 7d. 7d. lOd. Is. Is. 3d. No. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. 10 . 11 . 12 . Diameter. 6 inches. 7d inches. * 8i inches. 10 inches. 12 inches. 14 inches. 15 J inches. Contents. 16 ounces. 1 pint. 2 pints. 4 pints. 7 pints. 10 pints. 18 pints. Price. Is. 7c 2s. 2s. 8c 4 s. 6s. 6c 7s. 6c 24s. 1745. 1746. 1747. 1748. 1749. irrice Ol A j-icau U1 l. u DaouiD, A/w tv ■* ? Price of a Nest of 11 Basins, No. 00 to 9, 15s. Price of a Selection of 6 Basins, containing Nos. 00, 1, 2, 4, b, y, as. Price of a Selection of 6 Basins, containing Nos. 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, b, 4s. Berlin Porcelain Evaporating Basins, or Capsules, white, glazed, neaily bottomed, with spout, Fig. 1749. Depth about one-fourth of their Diameter. No. Diameter. Contents. 1. 2f inches. 1| oz. 2. 3 inches. 2 oz. 3. 3| inches. oz. 4. 4 inches. 5 oz. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. 5d. 5. 4£ inches. 8 oz. 7d. 6. 5 inches. 12 oz. o oo CL CL 7. 6 inches. 18 oz. Price. Is. Is. 3d. Is. 8d. 1750. Nest containing the 7 Capsules, Nos. 1 to 7, 6s. 5d. 1743. 1719. 1751. Berlin Porcelain Hemispherical Evaporating Basins, form of Fig. 1751, sol times with spout, glazed. No. 1. 2 . 3. Diameter. 5^ inches. 6| inches. 7^ inches. Contents. 17 ounces. l| pint. 2^ pints. Price. 2s. 2s. 6d. 3s. 6d. No. 4. 5. Diameter. 8| inches. 9^ inches. Contents 4 pints. 5 pints. Pri 4s. 4s. PORCELAIN EVAPORATING BASINS. 187 175*2. Berlin Porcelain Evaporating Basins, white glazed, nearly hemispherical, thin and uniform in the substance, without rim or lip, Fig. 1752, adapted for weighing in analytical experiments:— No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 000. 1 inch. | ounce. 2d. 3. 2 inch. 1 ounce. 6d. 1. 14 inch. | ounce. 4d. 4. 2f inch. 14 ounce. 8d. 2. If inch. f ounce. 5d. 5. 24 inch. 2 ounces. lOd. 1753. The Set of 6 Basins, 1 inch to 2| inch, 3s. 1754. Dresden (Meissen) Porcelain Evaporating Basins, form of Fig. 1754, with spout, very thin in body, glazed inside and outside, except a small place on the bottom, outside. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 000. 154 inches. 16 pints. 18s. 5. 7} inches. If pint. 2s. 6d. 00. 14* 19 12 „ 16s. 6. 94 » 1 2s. 0. 134 yy 9 „ 12s. 7. &4 » 10 ounces. Is. 6d. 1. 12 7 „ 7s. 8. 5 „ 7 Is. 2. 11 yy 5 „ 5s. 9. df 5 ” 8d. 3. 10 yi 3 „ 4s. 6d. 10. ,> 2 ” 6d. 4. 84 yy 2 „ 4s. 11. 2§ „ 1 5d. 1764. 17 oo. 1768. 1757. 1755. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, Fig. 1755, thin in body, very good spouts for pouring, glazed inside, biscuit outside. a. The Set of Nine Basins, as described below, 6s. b. The Set of Four largest Basins, 3s. Gd. c. The Set of Five smallest Basins, 2s. 9d. Separately , as follou'S :— b. The 4 largest Basins. No. 1. 64-inch, 16 oz., Is. 2. *>f ,, 14 )) lid. 3. H >. 10 yy lOd. 4. 44 „ 6 yy 9d. c. The 5 smallest Basins. No. 5. 4-inch, 5 oz., 8d. 6. 31 ,, 4 „ 8d. 7. 3f „ 3 7d. 8. 21 >, 2 „ 6d. 9. 2i „ 1 „ 4d. 1756. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, large size, with good spouts, glazed within, biscuit without, with ridge to suit the metal fittings of a water- bath, as shown by Figs. 1757 and 1758. No. 00. 0. 1. 2 . 15 inch, Id „ 12 „ 11 .. 16 pints, 12 „ 7 „ 6 .. 12s. 8s. 6d. 5s. 6d. 4s. 6d. No. 3. 4. 5. 6 . 10 inch, 9 8 „ 7£ „ 4 pints, 3 „ 2 „ H „ 3s. 3d. 2s. 9d. 2s. 3d. Is. 9d. 1757. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, like No. 1756, but with iron handles, Fig. 1757. No. 00. 15 inch, 16s. | No. 0. 14 inch, 13s. 1758. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, like No. 1756, but covered with a netting of iron wire, to receive a luting, Fig. 1758. No. 00. 15 inch, 13s. | No. 0. 14 inch, 10s. I 188 SEMI PORCELAIN EVAPORATING BASINS. 1759. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basin, flat, thin and light, glazed on hot sides; diameter, finches; contents, 1 ounce; Fig. 1759, 4d. 1760. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, hemispherical form, without spout: glazed inside, biscuit outside, Fig. 1760. No. 5. 2i inch. 2 oz. 6d. 6. 2 „ 1 „ 5d. 7. 1^ „ i >> 3d. The set of Seven Basins, 4s. 5d. 1761. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, very thin and shallow, with shai spouts, glazed within and without, Fig. 1761. The set of Four Basins , 2s. 6 No. 1. 2 . 3. 4. 4£ inch. 4 „ 3i ,, 3 j* 10 oz. 8„ 6 „ 4 Is. lOd. 9d. 8d. No. 1. 2 . 31 inch. 3 „ 2 oz. H „ lOd. 8d. No. 3. 4. 21 inch. 2i 1 oz. 1759. 6d. 6d. 1761. 1762. 1763. 1762. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, cylindrical form, flat botton steep sides, with spouts, glazed within, biscuit without, Fig. 1762. No. 1. 2 . 4 inch. 31 » 4 oz. n 10d. lOd. No. 3. 4. 3 inch. 2£ oz. 2 „ 8d. 8d. The Set of Four Basins, 3s. 1763. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, flat bottomed and shallow, wi vertical sides and spouts, glazed inside, biscuit outside, Fig. 1763. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 000. 16i inch. 13 pints. 12s. 1. 11 inch. 4 pints. 4s. 6d. 00. 13£ „ 10 „ 10s. 2. 10 „ 2 „ 3s. 6d. 0. 12 „ 61 „ 6s. 6d. 3. 6i„ 1 pint. Is. 9d. 1764. Thuringian Porcelain Shallow Evaporating Basins, or Pans, flat bottoms, a nearly vertical sides, with spout, glazed inside and outside, Fig. 1764. Price Price with No. Diameter. Depth. Contents. Without Handles. Two Hanc 1. lli inches. 4 inches. 6 pints. 4s. 6d. 5s. 6d. 2. 11 „ 34 „ 5 „ 3s. 6d. 4s. 6d. 3. m 3$ »> 4 „ 2s. 6d. 3s. 6d. 4. 8J 3 „ 3 „ Is. 9d. 2s. 9d. 1765. Thuringian Porcelain Crystallising Pan, consisting of an evaporating bas with a closely-fitting cover; diameter, 18 inches ; contents, 14 pints, 15s BERLIN SEMI-PORCELAIN EVAPORATING BASINS 1766. Berlin semi-porcelain Evaporating Basins, very stout, with hard porceb glaze, form of Fig. 1766, shallow, with spout. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 00. 3i inch. 2 ounces. 5d. 0 . n 4 „ 5d. 1 . H 99 8 „ 6d. 2. #* 99 16 „ 8d. 3. 8 99 l£ pints. Is. 4. 9 99 2i „ Is. 4d. No. Diameter. Contents. Price 6. 11^ inch. 4i pints. 2s. 9d 7. 12 „ 5 3s. 6d 8. 12i „ 7 ,, 4s. 6d 9. 13i „ 9 » 5s. 3d 10. 141 „ 11 „ 6s. 11. 16 „ 14 „ 7s. 6d STONKWAUE BASINS-IKON BASINS. 189 1767. Berlin semi-porcelain Evaporating Basins, with hard porcelain glaze deep form, hemispherical, Fig. 1767, with an extra rim for fitting a hole over a water-bath. Diameter. 6 inches. 7 8 9 10 >> yy yy yy Contents. Price. Diameter. Contents. Price. 1 pint. Is. 11 inches. 61 pints. 5s. 6d. 2 pints. Is. 6d. 12 „ 81 „ 6s. 6d. 3 » 2s. 13 „ 10 „ 7s. 6d. 4 » 5 „ 2s. 9d. 3s. 9d. 14 „ 14 „ 9s. 1768. Berlin semi-porcelain Evaporating Basins, deep, with spout, with hard porcelain glaze, Fig. 1768. A set of six basins, 21, Qf, 3|, 3f, 4j, 4| in. diameter, per set, Is. 8d. 1769. Berlin semi-porcelain Evaporating Basins, shallow, without spout, watch glass form, Fig. 1769, with hard porcelain glaze, per set of 6 basins, 2 to 4 inches diameter, Is. 8d. Saltglazed Stoneware Evaporating Basins. 1770. Brown Saltglazed Stoneware Evaporating and Crystallising Basins, made very thin at the bottom, and with spreading rim, without spout, Fig. 1770. Can be heated securely over hot sand, over a charcoal fire, or, with precau¬ tion, over a spirit-lamp or a rose gas-burner; useful for crystallizing, in consequence of the slight roughness of the surface ; also for the evaporation of quantities of saline solutions, which can be carried to dryness if the evaporation is slow. They do not stand a red heat, and are too rough for analytical operations. They are not acted upon by diluted acids. Depth, one-third of width. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. t. 21 inches. 11 ounce. 3d. 7. 51 inches. 12 ounces. 5!d. 2. 3 21 ounces. 3d. 8. 6 yy 16 yy 6d. 3. 31 yy 31 „ 3!d. 9. 7 yy 20 yy 7d. 4. 4 yy 41 „ 4d. 10. 8 yy 32 yy 8d. 5. 41 yy 6 „ 44d. 11 9 yy 40 yy 9d.' 6. 5 yy 8 „ 5d. 12. 10 yy 60 yy lOd. 771. The Set of Twelve Basins, 5s. 6d. Enamelled Iron Evaporating Basins. 772. Thin Cast Iron Evaporating Basins, lined with spout, Fig. 1772. 6 inch. Is. 8 „ Is. 6d. 10 „ 2s. 12 inch. 3s. 15 „ 6s. 18 „ 9s. glazed earthenware, with 22 inch. 21s. 26 „ 32s. 29 „ 35s. 190 GLASS EVAPORATING BASINS. 1773. Thin Cast-Iron Hemispherical Basins, lined with glazed earthenware, with two handles, Fig. 1773. 6 inch. lOd. | 8 inch. Is. | 9 inch. Is. 6d. 10 inch. 2s. I 13 inch, 3s. 6d. 1772. 1773. Other sizes of this basin can be supplied up to 33 inches diameter. Thin Cast-Iron Hemispherical Basins, of the form of Fig. 1773, without enanui of any size from 6 to 15 inches diameter. See No. 1228. GLASS EVAPORATING BASINS. 1774. Bohemian Glass Evaporating Basins, hemispherial form, with spout, cut edges, the substance uniformly thick throughout, best hard white glass, without punty mark on the bottom, Fig. 1774. No. 1. 24 inch. 2 ounces. 5d. No. 7. 6 inch. If pint. Is. ‘ ‘ L 2. 3 „ 3 6d. 8. 7 „ H „ Is 3d. 3. H „ 5 99 6d. 9. 8 „ 2 pints. Is. 6d. 4. 4 „ 8 99 7d. 10. 9 „ 3f ,, 2s. 5. H „ 11 99 8d. 11. 10 „ 4 „ 2s. 6d. 6. 5 „ 16 9d. 1775. The Complete Set of Eleven Glass Evaporating Basins, No. 1 to 11, 10s. 1776. Set of Three Basins, from No. 1 to No. 3, Is. 3d. 1777. Set of Three Basins, from No. 4 to No. 6, Is. 9d. 1778. Set of Six Basins, from No. 1 to No. 6, 3s. 1779. Bohemian Glass Evaporating Basins, without spout, but with expanding edge, to adapt them to openings in water-baths, &c., best hard white glass, Fig. 1779, four sizes, 3, 4, 5, and 6 inches diameter; price per set, 2s. 1779.' 1780. 1780. Bohemian Glass Basins, for Evaporation and Crystallization, serving alsc.tf pans, trays, troughs, &c., fine white hard glass, flat bottoms, vertical sic'5. cut edges, uniformly thick, without spouts. Fig. 1780. No. "Wide. Deep. Contents. Price. No. "Wide. Deep. Contents. Prici 1. 2 inch. If inch. 2f oz. 3d. 8. e; i inch 3 inch . If pints. 1(. 2. 2f ,, 2 „ H „ 3d. 9. 6 99 H „ 2 * 99 Is. 3. 3 „ 2 „ 8 „ 4d. 10. 8 99 5 „ 6 yy 2s. 1 4. 3f ,, 10 „ 5d. 11. 9 99 5i „ 8 9y 2s. (li¬ 5. 4 „ „ 14 .” 6d. 12 10 9 9 6 „ 10 99 as. < ! . 6. 4* „ 2| ,, 1 pint. 7d. 13. 15 9 y 7 „ 28 99 12s. (|« 7. 5 „ • 2f „ 1 A 1 4 99 8d. 14. 18 9> m „ 66 99 25s. i 1781. Price of the Set of Six Basins, from No. 1 to No. 6, 2s. 1782. Price of the Set of Nine Basins, from No. 1 to No. 9, 4s. 1783. Price of the Set of Three Basins, from No. 10 to No. 12, 8s. 1784. Shallow Glass Evaporating Basins (watch-glass form), hard pale green g per dozen :— 3 inch. 4s. | 4 inch. 5s. | 5 inch. 6s. | 6 inch. 8s. 1785. Shallow Glass Evaporating Basins (watch-glass form), white French glasf H inch, and 2 inches, Is. per dozen. EVAPORATING BASIN’S WITH HANDLES. 191 1786. Hard Bohemian Glass Evaporating Basins, shallow form, ground on the edges to fit in pairs, H inch, 2 inches, 2 £ inches, 3s. per dozen. 1787. Clips for holding watch-glasses, in pairs, to protect substances from the air, while being weighed. See page 135. PORCELAIN EVAPORATING BASINS WITH HANDLES. Ladles, Pourers, etc. 1788. Dresden Porcelain Evaporating Basins (Cups or Pourers), with ring handle and large spout, Fig. 1788, serving also for ladling acids, pouring mercury into tubes, &c., glazed both inside and outside. No. 2. 3. Diameter. 6 inches. 4£ „ 4 Contents. 20 16 7 ounces. »> >> Price. 3s. 6 d. Is. 6 d. Is. No. Diameter. 4. 2f inches. K 13 O. 1 4 ,, 789. Berlin Porcelain Pourer, same form as the above, 2 inches 2 ounces, 8 d. 3 ounces. 8 d. i ounce. 7d. diameter, contents Berlin Porcelain Evaporating Capsules, with spout and handle, in one piece. Diameter. Contents. 790. No. 0 . Fig. 1790. 791. 1 . „ 1791. 792. 2. „ 1791. 793. 3. „ 1791. 1^ inch. | ounce. 3d. 2 „ 1 8 d. „ 9d. 3| yt 4 „ lOd. Fig. 1790 represents the actual size of the Capsule. 1791. 1790. 794. Tliuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, with handle in one piece (Ladles) glazed inside and outside, with sharp spouts, big. 1794. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 00. 8 inch. 3 pints. 6 s. 6 d. 3. 5^ inch. 18 ounces. 3s. 6 d. 0. 7 „ 2 „ 5s. 6 d. 4. 4j „ 12 „ 3s. 1. 6 * „ 1| „ 4s. 6 d. 5. 4 „ 8 „ 2 s. 6 d. 2. 6 ,, 1 X A 4 n 4s. 6 . 3J „ 6 „ Is. 9d. 795. Berlin Semi-Porcelain Evaporating Basins, or Ladles, with spout and handle, in one piece, big. 1795, glazed within and without. 1795. No. Diameter Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 00. 3 inch. 4 ounces. 9d. 2 . 4£ inch. 12 ounces. Is. (id. 0 . „ 6 „ lOd. 3. 5| „ 20 „ 2 s. , 1 . 4 „ 8 „ Is. 4. U „ 32 ,, 3s.,6d. 192 PORCELAIN LADLES-PORCELAIN CUPS. 1796. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, cylindrical form, with handle an; cover, without spout (stout pans No. 1. 7£ inch. 2 pints. 5s. 2. 7 „ l| pint 4s. Fig. 1796. No. 3. 4. inch. 1 pint. 5* 5 . 4 3s. 6d. 2s. 9d. 1797. Berlin Semi-Porcelain Evaporating Basins or Pans, with cover and wooden handle Fig. 1797. 1797. 1798. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 00 . 3 inches. 4 ounces. Is. 6d. 2 . 4^ inches. 12 ounces. 2 s. 6d. 0 . H „ 6 „ Is. 9d. 3. H „ 20 „ 3s. 6d. 1 . 4 „ 8 ,, 2 s. 4. 6 * „ 32 „ 4s. 6d. 1798. Thuringian Porcelain Evaporating Basins, with spout, and turned woode handle (ladles), glazed, Fig. 1798. Two sets as follow :— 1798. Small Set (4 B). 1799. Large Set (6 E). No. Diameter. Contents. Price. No. Diameter. Contents. Price. 1 . 4 inches. 5 ounces. Is. 8d. 1 . 8 inches. 40 ounces 5s. 2 . 31 „ 4 Is. 8d. 2 . 71 J? 32 99 4s. 6d. 3. 3J j, n 99 Is. 6d. 3. 6 * tf 20 99 4s. 4. 2 * „ 2 * Is. 2d. 4. H 99 12 99 3s. 6d. 5. 2 i » n » Is. 5. 4| 99 9 99 2s. 9d. 6 . 4i 99 6 99 2 s. PORCELAIN CUPS. 1800. Berlin Porcelain Cups, glazed on both sides, serving both for Evaporation« and Ignitions. Any single piece, 3 d. The dozen of one Jcind , or assorted, 2s. 6 d. The thin varieties—such as Nos. 1,2, 3, 13, 14—may be heated to redness lipj crucibles. The other kinds are intended only for moderate temperatures, such L the evaporation of solutions to dryness, &c. No. 1. Hemisphei’ical Capsule, without spout, thin, size of Fig. 1. See No. 1752 for other siaes of this form of cup. PORCELAIN CUPS. 193 No. 2. Capsule, size and form of Fig. 2, thin. 3. Small crucible, size and form of Fig. 3. 4. Crucible of the form of Fig. 3, but of the diameter of Fig. 4. 5. Basin of the size and form of Fig. 5. 6. Basin of the form of Fig, 5, but 2f inches in diameter. 7. Shallow Capsule of the size and form of Fig. 7. 8. Small flat plate of white glazed porcelain with raised rim, for testing solu¬ tions which give coloured precipitates, If inch diameter. 9. A similar plate, 1+ inch diameter. 10. Flat bottomed pans, like Fig. 10, from If inch to If inch diameter, for evaporations, or for use as trays for gas tubes. 11. Round bottomed capsules, like Fig. 11, or a form between Figs. 10 and 11, thick in substance, for slow evaporations, size 14, If, and 2 inches diameter. 12. Evaporating Capsules, flat bottoms outside, round inside, thick in metal, Fig. 12, for use in slow evaporations to dryness, size If, 14, and If inch. 13. Very thin crucible without cover, Fig. 13, 1 inch wide and 1 inch deep, for ignitions. 14. Cup and Cover, form and size of Fig. 14, for exposing to ignition sub¬ stances liable to decrepitation. 15. Small Porcelain Bottle for carrying solution of Nitrate of Cobalt among blowpipe apparatus. 01. Dresden Porcelain Cups, serving either for evapo¬ rations or ignitions, some of them very thin for weighing, glazed, all without covers. No. 1. Crucible, form of Fig. 1, very thin, diameter 1 inch, contents 40 grains of water, 3d. 2. Similar, diameter £ inch, contents 15 grains, 3d. 3. Similar, diameter 4 inch, contents 10 grains, 3d. 4. Plattner’s Cup, Fig. 4, very thin, 14 inch diameter, l inch high, contents £ ounce, 4d. 5. Deep Cups, Fig. 5, see Dresden Digesters, No. 1491, 5 sizes. 6. Cup of the form of Fig. 6, f inch deep and 2 inches diameter, contents f ounce, 5d. 7. Thin Cup for ignitions, form of Fig. 7, but shallow, 14 inch deep, 3 inches diameter, holds 24 ounces, 9d. 8. Similar to 7, 1 inch deep, 2 inches diameter, holds 1 ounce,^ 4d. 9. Similar to 7, ■§■ inch deep, If inch diameter, holds f ounce, 3d. 10. Plattner’s Shallow Pan, for blowpipe experiments, oval form, lig. 10, 2 inches long, If inch wide, 4 inch deep, holds 3 drachms, 4d. 11. Similar to 10, If inch long, f inch wide, \ inch deep, holds 1 drachm, 3d. 12. Plattner’s Digester, for preparing and evaporating Solutions o ; ineras for analysis by the blowpipe, Fig. 12, If inch deep, mean lame er f inch, across the mouth 2f inch, contents If ounce, > 3s. 1 pint, 6s. o i * a >j 3 „ Is. 6d. 10 >> 3s. 6d. 1 X a 4 yy 7s. 3 „ 4 ,, 2s. 12 >> 4s. 1 A 1 3 5> 8s. 5 „ 2s. 3d. 14 yy 4s. If » 9s. 10s. 6( 12s. 6c Acid Funnels for filling Retorts with liquids without soiling the necks. See , 11, 12, Fig. 1598, and Nos. 1942 to 1947. 1806. Retorts, Plain, Fig. 1805, hard white German glass, same quality of glass > the fine white Boiling Flasks. Price: — Per dozen. Per dozen. JEach. 2 ounces , 3s. 14 ounces. 8s. n pints, Is. 3d. 3 »> 3s. 16 >> 8s. 3 yy Is. 6d. 4 >> 3s. 1 pint, 9s. 4 yy Is. 9d. 6 4s. n yy 10s. 6 yy 2s. 6d. 8 >> 5s. n yy 10s. 6d. 8 yy 3s. 10 >> 6s. H yy 11s. 12 )) 4s. 6d. 12 >> 7s. 2 pints, 12s. 16 7s. 6d. 1807. Retorts, Plain, of hard white Bohemian glass, the same quality as the bea r glasses. Price per dozen :— 1 ounce, 4s. 5 ounces,4s. 6d. 10 ounces, 7s. 2 pints, 12s. 2 ounces, 4s. 6 „ 5s. 16 „ 8s. 4 „ 15s. 3 „ 4s. 4 „ 4s. 6d. 7 1 yy 8 „ 5s. 6s. 1 pint, 9s. H „ ios. 6 „ 18s. 1808. Retorts of Hard Green German Glass. In consequence of the excellence and the present cheapness of the Retorts made of hard u ' e German and Bohemian glass, those of green glass have been omitted from this catalogue ; but gJ. n Retorts can be supplied if required, at the same prices as white Retorts. - GLASS RETORTS. 195 1809 . Retorts Tubulated and Stoppered, Fig. 1809; best hard white German or Bohemian glass, same quality as the fine Boiling Flasks and Beakers. Price per dozen :— 2 ounces , 7s. 12 Dunces, 12s. 2 pints, 218. 3 99 7s. 6d. 14 99 13s. H „ 23s. 4 99 8s. 16 99 14s. 3 „ 25s. 5 99 8s. 18 99 15s. 4 „ 30s. 6 99 8s. 6d. 1 pint, 16s. 6 „ 36s. 7 99 8s. 6d. n 99 17s. 8 „ 45s. 8 99 9s. n 99 18s. 12 „ 70s. 10 99 10s. T3 CD 1 4 99 20s. | 16 „ 100s. 812. Tubulated and Stoppered Receivers are supplied at the same prices as Retorts of equal capacity. See No. 1847. 313. Liebig’s Retort, with an extra neck, for passing gases over a substance while heated for distillation. Best hard white Bohemian glass. pounces, Is. 6d.j40 ounces, 2s. „ Is. 6d.,00 „ 3s. 80 ounces, 3s. 6d. 100 ,, 4s. 1813. 114. Retort of the most infusible Bohemian glass, for exposing substances to a red heat, as for preparing oxygen gas from red oxide of mercury, a. 5 ounces, Is. | b. 10 ounces, Is. 6d. TUBE RETORTS. 1814 196 GLASS RETORTS. 1817. Faraday’s Retort and Receiver, in one piece, hard glass, 12 inches Ion; | inch wide, 4d. 1818. Gay Lussac’s Bent Tube Retort, for use when a solid is to be heated in a gi confined over mercury. a. 10 inches long, \ inch diameter, 8d. ^ b. 12 inches long, f inch diameter, lOd. f 1819. Tube Retorts of hard German glass, slight, either round or pear-shaped fori with narrow necks, useful when the free access of atmospheric air is to 1 avoided. Contents. Plain, Pig. 1819. Tubulated. Stoppered, Fig. 1820. a. i to 1 ounce 2d. 3d. 4d. b. \\ to 2 ounces 2|d. 3jd. 5d. c. 2£ to 3 „ 3d. 4d. 6d. d. 8i to 4 ,, 4d. 5d. 7d. e. 5 to 6 „ 5d. 7d. 9d. For corresponding Receivers, see No. 1853. 1821. Tube Retorts, tubulated and stoppered, with Receivers adapted to the neck grinding. 2 oz., 9d. | 3 oz., Is. | 4 oz., Is. 3d. | 6 oz., Is. 6d. FRACTIONAL DISTILLATION. 1822. Retorts for Fractional Distillation, small size, of hard German glass, with wi' tubulure for thermometer, and bent neck, Fig. 1822. £ ounce, 5d. J 1 ounce, fid. | 2 ounces, 7d. J 3 ounces, 8d. PORCELAIN RETORTS. 197 1823. Flask for Fractional Distillation, with long neck to contain an entire thermo¬ meter, and a side neck which can be adapted to a Liebig’s Condenser, best hard Bohemian glass, Fig. J823. a. Contents one pint, Is. 9d. | b. Contents two pints, 2s. 3d. 1824. Oval Flasks for the Fractional Distillation of small quantities of Liquid organic preparations, form of Fig. 1824; the bulb of various capacities, the neck for the thermometer 5 inches long, -y inch wide ; the inclined neck for the Distillate 4 inches long, ^ inch wide. a. The bulb about 1 inch diameter, or £ ounce contents, 4d. *> » H >> „ 1 ounce „ 5d. c ’ »• ” 2 „ ,, 3 ,, „ 6d. 1825. Condenser for the above distilling apparatus, Fig. 1825, 6d. This condenser consists of a glass tube, 15 inches long, \ inch diameter, with a wide neck, to which the delivery tube of the distilling flask is to be connected by a 3ork. This tube forms a sufficient condenser for some bodies ; for others, it can be •ooled with a cover of wet calico or filtering paper. .820. PORCELAIN RETORTS. Retorts of Berlin Porcelain, biscuit outside, glazed inside, five sizes. Contents. Price Plain. No. 1. H ounces 2s. 2. 3 »> 3s. 3. 6 3s. 6d. 4. 9 4s. 5. 12 5s. Retort of Berlin Porcelain, globular 1827. form, tubulated and stoppered, con¬ tents 5 pints, 7s. 6d. 828. Berlin Porcelain Retort, with loose head, to be fixed on with wire and cement (stucco), for the prepara¬ tion of Ammonia, &c., contents 12 ounces. Fig. 1828, 4s. 6d. 829. Retorts of Dresden Porcelain. 1829. Contents. No. 1. 6 ounces 2. 3 Price Plain. Price Stoppered. 5s. 6d. 4s. 6d. 6s. 5s. 330. 331. 1830. Retort, Bohemian Porcelain, biscuit, 6 inches long, i inch diameter, Fig. 1830, Is. (3d. Retorts, Berlin Semi-Porcelain, Stoppered. 32 ounces, 5s. 6d. 48 ,, 6s. 6d. 2 ounces, 2s. 4 „ 2s. 6d. 16 ounces, 4s. 24 „ 4s. 6d. 193 FIRECLAY RETORTS-METAL RETORTS. FIRECLAY RETORTS. 1832. Retorts of Infusible Thuringian Stoneware, brown colour. 4 pints, 6s. 6d. 5 „ 8s. 12 pints, 15s. 16 „ 20s. 6 pints, 9s. 8 „ 10s. 6d. 1838. Retorts of Infusible Fireclay, London made. 1J- pint, 2s. 6d. 2 pints, 3s. 6d. 1833a. Tubulated Retorts, of Fireclay, London made, each 6d. more than Plai: Retorts. i pint, Is. 1 „ Is. 6d. 4 pints, 4s. 6d. 8 „ 6s, 6d. 1834. Retorts of French Fireclay, glazed inside. Cornues en gres vernis de la fabrique d'OrUans, form of Fig. 1834. Plain. Tubulated. Long Tubulure. a. Contents £ litre, Is. 6d. b. „ 1 „ 2s. c. „ 2 ,, 3s. 6d. 2s. 2s. 6d. 4s. 6d. 3s. 6d. 5s. 7s. 6d. Can be procured as large as 12 litres (2£ gallons ). The long tubulure is intended to receive a long tube, as represented in Fig. 1834a, which represents the apparatus for preparing sulphide of carbon. METAL RETORTS. 1837. Retorts of Copper or Iron, for preparing Oxygen Gas. See section on Gas Bottles, Nos. 2015, 2022, and 2025. 1838. Iron Retorts, for distilling organic matters at a red heat, mercury, &c., with loose head, secured by bolts, with long iron necks to screw on. Fig. 1838. Three sizes :— Measurement of the body of Retort, inside :— Width. Depth. 1838. 4 inches, 3£ inches, 1839. 6 „ 7* „ 1840. 7 9 Contents. 1 pint, 5 pints, 9 „ 1838. 1841. ' ! 1841. Lead Retort and Receiver for the preparation of Hydrofluoric Acid, form of Fij 1841, the Retort a and receiver c, each 3| inches diameter; the tube b, 1 inches in length, 9s. 1842. Lead Retort and Receiver, larger size, form of Fig. 1842, 30s. GLASS RECEIVERS. 199 1842. 1846. RECEIVERS. 1846. Plain Receivers, globular, Fig. 1846, with short wide neck, slightly conical, with welted mouth, ground smooth, French white glass, free from lead. The Sizes and Prices are given under the head of French Ballons at No. 1405. 1847. Receivers, globular, with short conical neck, and a Tubulure and ground Stopper, placed at right angles to the neck, Fig. 1847, a, b, and c; hard white German or Bohemian glass. The SrzES and Prices are the same as the Sizes and Prices of hard white German and Bohemian stoppered Retorts. See No. 1809. 848. Receivers, globular, with one long neck, and a Tubulure, form of Fig. 1848; French or German glass. These can be supplied of any Size, and at Prices not much differing from those of the ! hort-necked receivers, No. 1847 ; but these with long necks are not always kept ready n stock, being rarely demanded. b 349. I I I I MO. Receivers, with two short necks, for use in distillations, in which the products are a Condensible Liquid, and a Gas; see Fig. 1849, b in Fig. 1849a, and Fig. 1849ft; hard white Bohemian glass. 2 ounces, 6d. 3 „ 7d. 4 „ 8d. 5 „ 9d. 6 ounces, lOd. 8 ,, Is. 10 „ Is. 2d. 15 „ Is. 4d. 1 pint, Is. 6d. 2 pints, 2s. 3 „ 2s. 3d. 4 „ 2s. 6d. Receivers, globular, with long cylindrical necks, form of Fig. 1850; German glass, white or green. For Prices and Sizes, see article “ Bolt Heads,” Nos. 1411 to 1413. 200 GLASS BECEIVERS. 1851. Quilled Receiver, for use in the distillation of Nitric Acid, &c.; hare white Bohemian glass, stoppered, Fig. 1851. 3 pints, 3s. 6d. 4 ,, 4s. 5 „ 4s. 6d. 6 i pint, 2s. 1 „ 2s. Od. 2 pints, 3s. 2£ „ 3s. 3d. 5s. 7 pints, 5s. 6d. 8 „ 6s. 10 „ 7s. 12 ,, 8s. 18496. 1849a. 1852. Quilled Receiver of slight blown glass, to use with Tube Retorts, 1 oun( size, 8d. 1853. Receivers, of slight blown glass, adapted to the Slight Tube Retorts, No. 181 the bulbs either oval or round :— Contents in ounces. Plain, Fig. 1419. Tubulated, Fig. 1853. a. i to 1 2d. 3d. b. 1£ to 2 2d. 3£d. c. 2£ to 3 8|d. 4d. d. 3£ to 4 3d. 5d. e. 5 to 6 4d. 6d. an 1853. 1854. 1854. Bent Glass Tube Receiver, form of a, b, c, Fig. 1854 ; total length 22 inche. diameter 1 inch; Is. 9d. Many varieties of bent glass Tube Receivers will be described in the section relating to appara 3 ) for the Collection and Condensation of Gases. ° * * FLORENTINE RECEIVERS. 201 855. Spherical Receivers, with three necks, Fig. 1855 and a Fig. 1856; fine white Bohemian or French glass. i pint, Is. 4d. 2£ pints, 2s. 6 pints, 3s. 1 Is. 6d. 8 „ 2s. 3d. 18 ff 10s. 6d. H „ Is. 8d. 2s. 6d. 24 12s. 6d. 2 pints, Is. lOd. 5 2s. 9d. 28 W 15s. 856 The Apparatus represented by Fig. 1856 is arranged for preparing Anhydrous Phosphoric Acid—see “Chemical Recreations,” page 641. It consists of a spherical flask, or receiver of about 25 pints’ capacity, with three necks, connected with a 30-ounce bottle, and a large U-shaped chloride of calcium tube, 25 inches long by 1 inch diameter ; a stool, 8-inch top, 14-inch legs, a straw crown, a set of wooden blocks, Porcelain cup, connected by wires of platinum to a glass tube, and various connections ; price 31s. 6d. 857. Receiver, similar in form to the last, but with the addition of a quill, or conical neck below, making in all 4 necks; contents 18 pints, white glass, 12s. 6d. FLORENTINE RECEIVERS. For 358. | 159. 160 . 61. use in the distillation of Volatile Oils, and their separation from Water. Florentine Receivers, for use in the distillation of small quantities, Fig. 1858, 2 ounces, 6d. Florentine Receiver, another form, suitable for small quantities, b Fig. 1859 ; 4 ounces, 9d. Ditto, with the adapter a, complete, Fig. 1859, Is. 2d. Florentine Receiver, form of Fig. 1861, best white German glass. Price with Cork and Tube. 3 pints, 3s. 6d. 4 „ 4s. 5 ,, 4s. 6d. Price Unfitted. 3 pints, 3s. 4 „ 3s. 6d. 5 „ 4s. -02. Florentine Receiver, fine white Bohemian glass, Fig. 1862, stoppered. 1802 . 1 H pint, 2s. 2s. 6d. 2 pints, 3s. 3 „ 3s. 6d. 4 pints, 4s.# 6 „ bs. 202 ADAPTERS. 1803 Florentine Receiver, of the form shown by Fig. J863, having a glass tube in which to separate and collect the distilled oil. At the same prices as the preceding pattern. 1864. Mohr’s Still-Watcher, for indicating the progress of a distillation, by the den¬ sity of the liquid given over. The liquor is deli¬ vered from the condenser by the bent adapter a. It accumulates in the Still- watcher, and its density is tested by the hydrometer h. When it rises to the tube c it overflows into another vessel. The dis- 1863. tillation is stopped when the hydrometer b shows that the proper period is reached. On polished wooden foot, 3s. 1864. ADAPTERS. 1865. The annexed figure represents a retort A, connected to a receiver C, by mejii of an Adapter B. This piece is used, sometimes when the neck of the re'fl is too wide to enter the neck of the receiver; and sometimes to place the receiver at a distance from the heat of the furnace. Adap¬ ters are made either bent, like Figs. C and D, or straight,like Figs. A and B; and either with neck. like Figs. A and 1865A. C, or without neck, like Figs. B and D. These differences in form do not affect ^ price , which is fixed by the capacity of the receiver, or the width oil* 1 ' wide end, as below : — 1 inch, 8d. | 2 inch, Is. | 3 inch, Is. 6d. H inch, lOd. | 2i inch, Is. 3d. | 1866. Bent Tube Adapter, D Fig. 1865, a Fig. 1859, and a Fig. 1866 ; about 1 ^ wide, and 8 or 9 inches long, used to collect the distillate from the poi, <1 a Condenser,/ No. 1873, 6d. ALEMBICS, 203 ALEMBICS. 867. ALEMBIC, hard German glass, Fig. 1807, head and body in one piece, the head tubulated: — j 2 ounce, 9d. | 3 ounce, lOd. | 4 ounce, Is. 1 868 Ditto, in two pieces, the head fitted by grinding, the lower part useful separately as a flask, the head tubulated:— 2 ounce, Is. | 3 ounce, Is. Id. | 4 ounce, Is. 3d, 1866. 369. Alembics, with separate heads, ground to fit, hard white Bohemian glass, No. 2, Fig. 1869. I pint, 2s. 6d. i pint, 3s. Od. 1 pint, 5s. 2 pints, Gs. 3 pints, 7s. 4 pints, 7s. 6d. 5 piuts, 8s. 6 pints, 9s. 8 pints, 10s. '70. If the head is furnished with a neck and ground stopper, the price is Is. to Is. Od. higher. >71. Alembic, with separate head, stoppered, form of Fig. 1871, Thuringian stoneware, very infusible, brown colour, suitable for the pi'eparation of Ammonia, &c. I jlo. Contents. Price. No. Contents. Price. 1. | pint. 7s. 6 . 6£ pints. 14s. 2. H pint. 8s. 7. 8 pints. 10s. 24 pints. 9s. 8. 10 pints. 18s. *• 3| pints. 11s. 9. 12 pints. 21s. 15. 4 pints. 12s. 10. 14 pints. 24s. No. Contents. Price. 11. 16 pints. 26s. 12 . 20 pints. 30s. 13. 24 pints. 40s. 204 GLASS CONDENSERS. 1872. Alentbics of the same material as the foregoing, but of the form of Fig. 187 namely, the body consisting of a wide-mouthed flask, to which the head fitted. The sizes and prices are the same as those of the previous form. GLASS CONDENSERS FOR USE WITH RETORTS. When a condenser is used in distillation, the steam given off by a retort or still, passes into a loi glass tube, which is surrounded by a wide metal tube, through which runs a constant current cold water. By this means the steam is condensed into a liquid very conveniently and completel Wherever it is possible, the pipe marked c, Fig. 1873, should be connected with a large wat cistern, and the pipe d with a waste pipe or drain. The condensation then proceeds in the mo effective manner, without demanding much attention from the operator. When a constant flow cold water is not at command, the operator must use water bottles as represented in the figure. 1873." 1873. Apparatus for the Distillation of Acids, of Alcohol from Wines, &c., coj sisting of a40 ounce stoppered retort, a glass Liebig’s condenser, measuriii 36 inches by 1 inch, round japanned tin case, black wood support wi; universal joint, and an adapter, 14s., Fig. 1873, a, b, c, d, e,f. 1874. The pi’ices of the above apparatus, separately, are as follow:— 1874. The Glass Condensing Tube, Fig. a a, and Fig. 1874. The following sizes :| a. 30 inches long, f inch diameter, Is. 6d. b. 36 inches long, T inch Is. 6d. c. 36 inches long, 1 inch „ 2s. d. 40 inches long, 1J inch „ 2s. 6d. e. 40 inches long, 2 inches „ 3s. 1875. The Glass Condensing Tube with its metal case, Fig. 1873, a4od,‘6s. 1876. The Support with universal joint, polished blackwood, 6s. 1877. The Support of mahogany, polished, 9s. 6d. 1878. The other parts of this apparatus have been priced elsewhere. /. Bent tube Adapter, No. 1866. g. Vertical Beceiver, No. 1575. h. Stoneware Water Bottle, No. 246. i. Pneumatic Trough, cylindrical form, No. 2066. k. Bunsen’s Gas Burner, 3 jets, No. 959. The Gas Burner is supported on a round wooden block, No. 393. The Water Bottle is supported on a stool with three legs, No. 406, 2. GLASS C0ND13NSKRS. 205 1879. Glass Condenser, mounted in a large triangular metal case, which contains a considerable quantity of water, and ensures more perfect condensation, Fig. 1879. a. Price of the Condenser, a, l, c, d, e,f, 8s. ) b. Price of the Support, A, n, o, 8s. j ^ 5 16s. Description of Figure. — a. Condenser tube, japanned zinc, 28 inches long; b, c, glass tube, 36 aches long ; d, funnel by which cold water runs in from the water bottle, h ; e, pipe by which warm vater escapes through /into the bottle g ; i, retort ; k, adapter (See No. 1865) connecting the retort vith the condenser; l, adapter, connecting the condenser with the bottle m ; A, black wooden ressel, with moveable arms, n, o, for supporting and adjusting the height of the condenser; B, wooden stool for supporting the water bottle (the legs unscrew for travelling); q, table furnace ; , support for the furnace ; p, gutter for carrying off water that overflows the funnel d, and 'reventing its escape along the pipe c. The prices of the other articles will be found under their respective heads, viz. g, h, water bottles, Jo. 246; i, plain retort, No. 1805; k, adapter, No. 1865; l, adapter, No. 1866; q, furnace, No. 790; j, furnace foot, Na 798 ; B, stool, No. 406. 880. Condenser with Muller’s Support, of the form of Fig. 1880, 14s. Description. —This Support consists two square parallel bars made of dished black wood, mounted on a ooden base. The condenser can be \ed by it at any height not above 18 inches from the ble, and at any required angle. For this purpose, the ndenser tube is furnished with a metal collar, and an m, and the thumb screw and fittings shown in the figure. For other methods of supporting a Condenser, see the °n Collar, No. 285, and various other contrivances scribed in the section on “ Supports.” The methods scribed in this section are such as are best adapted for quent use. 1880. 81. Condenser Tube, hard German glass, fitted in a glass envelope, Fig. 1881. The inner tube 36 inches long, i inch diameter. The outer tube *24 inches long, 1 inch diameter. The apparatus complete, fitted with corks, but without caoutchouc tubes,4s. Gd. 1881. 200 METAL STILLS AND CONDENSERS. a. The inner tube of the Condenser, No. 1881, alone, Is. 6d. b. The ouier tube alone, 2s. Gd. The necks on the outer tube are made very short in order not to be readily broken off. It 1 convenient to have one of these necks fitted to a water pipe with a constant supply, and the othe; connected with a waste pipe, the connections being made with caoutchouc tubes. 1882 Condenser Tube, hard German glass, form of Fig. 1882, four feet long, diameter of the wide end, 2 inches, length of the bent end, 6 inches, of very stou glass, well annealed, the tube alone, price 3s. 1883. Ditto, the tube mounted in a japanned zinc case, similar to that representec by b,c,d, Fig. 1873, length of case, 32 inches, diameter 3| inches, price 9s 1884. Condenser Tube, of the form of Fig. 1882, but 5 feet long, 3s. 6d. METAL STILLS AND CONDENSERS. a f] \\ p > — " A7_L co el.. 1886. Tinplate Still, for preparing pure water, half-gallon size, adapted to an ordinary yj? kitchen fire-place, with Lie- /r- ~ big’s condenser, containing fp —M g a block-tin pipe, 12s. Description. — S, a tinplate still of the ca¬ pacity of two cpiarts ; p, a, e, a block tin 1886. pipe; A, a japanned tinplate or zinc con¬ denser, into which water is to be run constantly by the pipe h, and from which the warm wat<‘ escapes by the water-pipe c. The cold water may be supplied from a water bottle, No. 24 ,: Whenever steam issues from the funnel /, more water must be poured into the still. 1887. Tinplate Still, for the distillation of water, alcohol, or volatile oils ; one pir capacity, Fig. 1887, adapted to the cylinder b Fig. 1191, of Griffin’s Lam; Furnace, 2s. 1888. The same in a single piece, tubulated at the top, Is. Gd. 1889. Tinplate Still, for the distillation of water, with warm tub complete, one-galh size, Fig. 1889, 14s. 1890. Ditto, two gallons, with warm tub, 22s. 1889. STILLS WITH PORTABLE FURNACES. 207 1891. Stills, adapted to Portable Charcoal Furnaces such as Luhme’s Furnaces No. 772. Description .—The apparatus represented by Fig. 1891 is applicable, not only to the distilla¬ tion of water, but to that of volatile oils, rose water, lavender water, &c. It presents the great advantage over many forms of distilling appa¬ ratus, that every part of the interior, both of the Still and the Condenser, can be readily ot at for the purpose of thorough cleaning. The till, s, has a moveable head, which can be fast¬ ened on by five screws, a washer of many folds of filtering paper being placed on a broad flange between the head and the Still. There is also a moveable pierced false bottom, which is only used in the distillation of volatile oils, the use of it being to prevent rose leaves, &c., from touch¬ ing the bottom of the Still, to sodden in the water, or to suffer from burning. The heat is supplied by a Portable Iron Furnace, fed with charcoal. An iron jacket is put upon the furnace round the still, to prevent the loss of heat by radiation. The carbonic acid of the fire escapes by a large hole in the upper part of this jacket. The Condenser, c, consists of a hollow cylindrical body, the two concentric walls of which form a space that is kept continually full of cold water. This is supplied from a Water Bottle, No. 246, by •j the funnel f, and the warm water flows away by the waste pipe, p. The head of the Condenser is j separate from the body, and fastened on by screw nuts, in the same manner as the head of the Still. The steam passes from the Still directly into the cavity, c, of tbe Condenser, where it comes into contact with the circular cistern containing the cold water, close against which it is pressed by the solid block, b, which allows only one quarter of an inch of space all round for the steam to pass by ; and as the steam comes at the bottom into contact with the coldest water issuing continually from the lower end of the long funnel, F, it is effectually condensed, and flows out of the pipe, w, in the state of water, more or less warm according to the more or less effective state of the condensing power. In adjusting the apparatus for use, the Condenser is first mounted on a three-legged stool, having a hole in the centre of the top for the reception of the delivery pipe, w. The furnace is then I brought to a proper level by means of a stack of loose bricks. With this apparatus several gallons jof distilled water may be prepared in a day. When a distillation is ended, all the vessels should be emptied, washed, and dried without delay, to prevent their becoming rusty. The outside of the Condenser is japanned. Prices of the Stills :— 1892. One gallon, tinplate, 10s. 1894. Two gallons, tinplate, 20s. 1893. Ditto, copper, 25s. 1895. Ditto, copper, 40s. Iron Jacket, to suspend the still over the furnace: — 1896. For a One gallon Still, 4s. | 1897. For a Two gallon Still, 6s. 1898. Vertical Condensers, for use with the one-gallon and two-gallon Stills, so constructed that they can be opened and cleaned inside. See Fig. 1891, and description of that article. 1898. Condenser for use with the One-gnllon Still, 14s. 1899. „ „ Two-gallon „ 16s. ’900. Wooden Stool for the Condensei’, see W, Fig. 1891, 2s. 6d. Portable Furnaces, with this Distilling Apparatus complete, comprehending Luhme’s Furnace, No. 773, second size, Fig. 772 b, with a One-gallon Still and Jacket, the Condenser, No. 1898, and a Stool. 901. With a tinplate Still, £2 18s. 6d. | 1902. With a copper Still, £3 13s. 6d. 208 STILLS WITH PORTABLE FURNACES. r Similar Furnace and Distilling Apparatus complete, but with the Furnace No. 773, third size, a Two-gallon Still, the Condenser, No. 1899, and a Stool. 1903. With a tinplate Still, £4. f 1904. With a copper Still, £5. Gas Furnace, with distilling apparatus, complete. The furnace consists of a shee iron jacket, on a tripod of the same character as that described at No. 1914. Thi gas burner is No. 974 ; the still, condenser, and stool the same as those desci’ibed a Nos. 1891 to 1900. Prices according to the size and metal of the Still;— 1905. The Still of tin-plate, one gallon, 42s. 1906. The Still of copper, one gallon, 57s. 1907. The Still of tin-plate, two gallons, 60s. 1908. The Still of copper, two gallons, 80s. 1909. Portable Still, with Furnace, form of Fig. 1909, substantially made. Th Stills of copper, with block-tin head ; the Worm of block-tin ; the Furnac of iron, and the Worm-tub of galvanized iron. The following sizes :— 1 gallon, £6 9 „ 6 10s. 3 „ 7 10s. 4 gallons, £9 5 6 10 10s. 12 8 gallons, £14 14s. 10 „ 18 12 „ 20 1912. Tinplate Still, 12 inches square, 6 inches deep, with the most approved fo:‘ of head, Fig. 1912, 10s. 6d. 11 This may be used over a portable furnace or common fire, but acts best when set in a brick i nace, with all the bottom and half the sides exposed to the fire, being supported by the rim ale* The funnel pipe serves to give notice when the water is boiled down below the end of it. TiV 1 this Still, and the C ondenser, No. 1913, many gallons of distilled water may be prepared in a d with a coal fire, at a small expense. 1913. Condenser, Fig. 1913, adapted for use with the Still, No. 1912, made: japanned tinplate, price, complete, but without the support f, 16s. It consists of two vessels, viz., an outer vessel, a, 3 feet long, into which cold water passes by tube, b, l ; and when warm, escapes by the pipe c, and the cloth tube d, into a bottle or par- The inner steam vessel is of nearly the shape of the outer vessel a. It is connected by the pipe, g, ' the neck of the Still; it is of a taper form, and terminates in the pipe h, where the condensed lie passes into the bottle i. The pipe k is intended to run off the condensing water when the appar; is not in use ; /is a wooden tressel by which the condenser is supported at an angle of about 30 STILLS HEATED BY GAS. 209 1914. Distillation of Water by means of a Still, heated by a Gas Burner. The Still, Furnace, and Condenser, as represented by Fig. 1914. Price 45s. Description. —The Still or Boiler is a cylinder of tin- late, measuring 9 inches in eight, and 8 inches in dia¬ meter. It has a wide neck it the top, which can be dosed by a cork carrying a ?lass tube that dips nearly ;o the bottom of the still, ind is open at both ends. The steam pipe issues from he side of the still near the op, as represented at a in I he Figure. The still is iuspended on brackets in a tout plate-iron furnace, aounted on legs. The dia¬ meter of the furnace is 10 in- hes, its height is 7 inches, nd its legs are 13 inches ugh. The Still is covered by n iron dome, which serves o prevent the too early ondensation of the steam. 'he capacity of the still is 3 pints, hut it should not e worked with more than pints of water at once. It i convenient to distil off 6 ints, and then to put 6 I lore pints into the Still and mtinue the process. The uantity of water contained i the Still can at any time - found by using the glass ibe as a pipette. The Still in be cleaned by inserting bottle brush through the ick at the top. The Heat is supplied by one of the Gas Burners, No. 973, 974, or 975, used without the rose. A rnnd opening in the bottom of the furnace admits the flame, which is to be made to play directly >on the bottom of the Still. The necessary draught is obtained by several holes punched near the •per edge of the iron furnace, two of which holes are represented in the figure. The Condenser consists of a double cylinder of tinplate, mounted within a cylinder of zinc, which ts as the water cistern. Fig. A is a perspective view of the Condenser, and Fig. B is a cross ctiou. The zinc cylinder measures 26 inches in height, and 8 inches in diameter. The legs are inches high. The double tinplate steam cylinder is 21 inches high, 6 inches across outside, and inches inside. The space between the two cylinders is half an inch. There is an inch of cold iter between the outside of the steam cylinder and the zinc cylinder, and the 5-inch space in the ;iddle of the steam cylinder is full of cold water, this space being open at both ends. The steam isses from the Still to the condensing cylinder by the pipe a, and the distilled water escapes by the :>e£>, into the bottle placed to receive it. The Still and Condenser are placed about 10 inches irt. The condensing water is supplied by the pipe c, being poured into the funnel at the top of that j>e, and entering the zinc cylinder at the bottom. In proportion as the water is heated by the jam it rises to the upper part of the cistern, the tall form of which is favourable to that object. < e zinc cistern is filled with cold water to the top, and when the water is warm it is run off by the l>e d, which is provided with a stopcock at the lower end. If, at any time, warm water is re¬ ared, it can be obtained from this source, cold water being supplied at the same time by the funnel- 1 e c. There is a cover to keep dust out of the cistern. ,>Vith this apparatus, the product of distilled water depends upon the amount of heat supplied, and due supply of condensing water:— The Burner, No. 973, distils 1 Pint of Water per Hour. The Burner, No. 974, ,, 2.j Pints ,, ,, The Burner, No. 975, ,, 5 Pints ,, ,, EE 210 STILLS FOR PREPARING ACIDS AND GASES IN THE LARGE WAT. When No. 973 is used, the condensing water does not require to be changed. With No. 974ji it must be changed at least once in the hour. With No. 975, it must be changed every half-hour ; W T hen the operator has at command a constant How of water, the supply pipe may be attached t- | the condenser pipe c, after removing the funnel, and the discharge pipe d, may be connected with j drain. In that case, the condensation will be very effectual, and the largest gas burner may be used | But to provide against any accidental stoppage of the pipes, the top of the zinc cistern, A, should b - closed water-tight; otherwise a troublesome overflow of water may occur. The small stopcock represented at the bottom of the Condenser is for drawing off the condensing water, and is especially useful when the apparatus is to be cleaned. As the Boiler of this apparatus can be easily separated from the Condenser, the steam it supplie« can be used for Boiling, Evaporating, aud other processes. The entire apparatus, as represented b > Fig. 1914, occupies a table space of 15 inches by 30 inches. It may, with little attention, be kept i I constant action, and it can be readily dismounted, dried, and put aside. 1915. Distilling Apparatus, similar to No. 1914, but in which the Boiler and Steail; Cylinder are made of Copper instead of Tinplate; the other parts a described above. Price £4. 1918. Ketorts, Stills, and Receivers, for the Distillation of Mineral Acids, Chlorin Gas, and other corrosive chemicals in large quantites, made of salt-glazef Stoneware, warranted to resist the strongest acids. They can be made > 4 >> 18 „ 1 „ 14 31s. 6 d. £3 3s. The prices do not include Worm Tubs. 1928. Acid Jugs with spout and handle. No. Height. Diameter. Bore. Price. 4. 40 inch. 24 inch, l^inch. £4 14s. 6 d. 5. 6 . 45 50 26 27 2 £6 6 s. £7 17s. 6 d. 2 Pints, 6 d. 3 ,, 9d. 4 Pints, Is. 6 ,, Is. 2 d. 1 Gallon and upwards at Is. 3d. per Gallon. GAUGE TUBES. 1929. Bohemian Glass Tubes for Steam-engine Boiler gauges, of infusible well- annealed glass, capable of enduring sudden changes of temperature without cracking; substance of the glass tV inch to iV inch. a. Any length from 12 to 15 inches, and \ inch to f inch outside diameter, per dozen, 6 s. b. Any length from 16 to 18 inches, and ^ inch to § inch outside diameter, per dozen, 7s. Distillation of Phosphorus. b <£(jc IfMpanttrarT antr d&ammatton: of blasts. 1935. The following four Figures exhibit several of the peculiarities which demand attention i the selection and adjustment of apparatus for the preparation and collection of gases. i Fig. 1935 represents the preparation of oxygen gas, by heating a dry powder in a retort. Tb heat is supplied by a gas burner. The retort is supported by a wooden holder. These two article are described under their proper heads. The gas is delivered by a conducting tube from the retoi into a bee hive shelf placed under water in a pneumatic trough. It rises thence into a glass receive which stands on the bee-hive shelf. 1936. V Fig. 1936 represents the preparation of coal gas by the distillation of coal. The retort used her< a, is a bent tube of hard glass. This is connected with another bent tube b, in which the g£i deposits a liquid which distils with it from the coal. The gas is then carried by the tube c into tl' receiver e through the trough d. The tube a is connected to b by a caoutchouc tube, and b is coi nected to c by a perforated cork. PREPARATION AND EXAMINATION OF GASES. 213 L ! ^ 7 re P re3en c ts t 1 he production of a gas (sulphuretted hydrogen) without the application of heat, by the action of a liquid acid upon a solid substance placed in the bottle a. To regulate the action water is first put into the bottle, and then the acid is added, a little at a time, by the tube funnel. Ihe gas passes by the tubes c, d into the liquid contained in the test glass e, upon which the gas is to exercise its chemical action. At b is shown a caoutchouc cap which is large enough to ,cover the neck of the bottle, and which has two tubes for the passage of the glass tubes. At c is a short caoutchouc tube for the connection of the two gas-leading tubes. Fig. 1938 represents the production and purification of chlorine gas. The gas is produced in the flask a, where heat is applied to a suitable mixture. It is then passed into the intermediate receiver b where it deposits any liquid acid that it may carry over with it mechanically. It then passes through the tube c, which contains a substance that deprives the gas of moisture, so that the gas issues from that tube in a pure and dry state. 8 I l 1937. 1938. From these Figures it will be seen that this subject requires the consideration of the proper forms 1 gas bottles to be used with or without the application of heat, and of gas-leading tubes, caout- louc and other fittings, gas receivers, pneumatic troughs, gas holders, vessels to contain purifying Jd drying substances, vessels to measure gases, &c.; all of which articles will now be classed in j 'oups and described. As the different kinds of supports for the apparatus, and the methods of oducing and applying heat, have been already described, those subjects will be passed over without itice. GAS BOTTLES AND THEIR FITTINGS. CHOICE OF FLASKS FOR PREPARING GASES. I * 1939. Any of the flasks described between Nos. 1400 and 1427 may he used for preparing gases, pro lied the mouths are sufficiently round to be securely closed by corks or caoutchouc caps. Of ‘irse, when two or three tubes have to pass through one cork, the flask must be chosen with a wide » uth. In cases where heat is not to be applied, cylindrical wide-mouthed bottles, such as those I Scribed at No. 1575, maybe used. Wide-mouthed bottles are also desirable, when large quantities 1 solid materials have to be put into them, or when the residue of the operation is solid or subject 1 rystallise readily. In many operations it is useful to employ Woulff’s bottles, with two or three *• ks, all of which can be closed very accurately with corks or caoutchouc stoppers, carrying acid f nels, gas-leading tubes, and the like. Woulfl'S Bottles are particularly useful when gases have H>e passed through several liquids in succession, either to wash and purify the gases, or to prepare 8 ‘ tions of them. 214 FITTINGS FOR GAS BOTTLES. GAS-LEADING TUBES. GAS-LEADING TUBES. 1940. Glass Tubes, suitable for Gas-leading Tubes, in lengths of 3 or 4 feet, an of any desired diameter and strength, soft glass, free from lead, and eas | to bend, per lb., Is. 4d. See particulars at page 21. 1941. Bent Tubes for Gas Bottles. The following figures comprehend the forn in most frequent use :— a. Connector, with wide tube, to receive water rising with gas from a gas bott!|| wide tube, 6-inch by f inch ; narrow tube, 11 inches by -j inch, 8d. b. Connector, with one bulb and bent tube, 14 inches by § inch, 4d. c. Connector, long branch, 16 inches by § inch, 8d. d. Bulb tube, with bent gas jet in one piece, 9d. e. Connector, with one bulb, to collect water which rises with gas from a |3 bottle, 5d. /. Connector for oxygen gas tube retort, long branch, 18 inches by inch, 8d. g. “1-shaped Tubes for connecting Woulff’s Bottles, 5-inch, 2d.; 8-inch, 2 ; 12-inch, 3d.; 16-inch, 4d. h. Connector to adapt an upright gas bottle to a U-shaped tube receh’» Fig. 2056, ground ends, 16-inch by f inch, 4d. i. Connector to adapt an upright gas bottle to a Y-shaped tube receiver, Fig. 20 ground ends, 16-incli by ■§ inch, 4d. j. Connector to carry hydrochloric acid gas into a solution flash. The lower should dip but slightly into the water, so that no more can be driven bh than can be contained in the bulb, Is. 3d. Tc. Connector, with two bulbs, for receiving the water which rises with gas fror a gas bottle, 6d. l. Bent gas-leading tubes, Fig. ?, of a great variety of sizes and curves, in p ' & from 2d. to Is. each. m. Connector, long branch, 7 inches by f inch, 6d. n. Wide Connector, for use with narrow testing tubes, as in applying sulphide^ hydrogen, &c., small size, f inch wide, 2d. SAFETY TUBES AND ACID FUNNELS. « n. Connector, larger size, £ inch wide, 3 d. *'„ A Tml! er ° f C ° nnect ° r fo , r su lphide of hydrogen, * inch diameter, 3 d. o o. Ditto, with point ground aslant, 4 d. p. Connector, long branch, 16 inches by f inch, 8 d. p p. Ditto, slight, 10 inch, 3 d. 215 SAFETY TUBES AND ACID FUNNELS. 1942. a. Thistle Aero Funnels, with long necks, for fitting Gas Bottles, &<* Fin a “be^tho’n^^^ner UP * ^ I- No. 4. Neck, 13 to 14 inches long, 3£d. No. 1. 2 . 3. Neck, 4 to 8 inches long, 2d. 9 to 10 „ 2^d. 11 to 12 „ 3d. 1 ) 4d. 6 d. 5. „ 15 to 18 b* )> 24 5. Acid Funnels, with long neck, strong tube, conical funnel. 1 . Tube, 9 to 10 inches long, funnel, 14 inches wide, 6 d. 2 - » ll to 12 „ „ d 2 „ 7 d. » 13 1 0 15 „ ;; 3 * ;; 8d . K* A ” t0 ^ ” » d „ 10d. 5. Any oi these Tube funnels, bent in the neck, for putting acids into retorts (see Figs. 11 , 12, group of funnels, No. 1598), at 2 d. each extra. c. 1 . Safety Tube with bend, without bulb, 12 to 14 inches, 6 d. 2 . Ditto, larger size, about 21 inches, 8 d. d. 1 . Safety Tube, with bend and one bulb, 15 inch, 6 d. 2. Ditto, larger size, about 21 inches, lOd. e. Safety Tube, with two bulbs, short form, 6 d. /. 1 . Safety Tube, with two bulbs, long form, 9d. 2. Ditto, larger size, 20 inches, Is. g. Safety Tube, with three bulbs, long form, Is. h. Safety Tube, with three bulbs, short form, Is. i. Safety Tube, with four bulbs, short form, Is. i* Safety Tube, with cylindrical funnel, 22 inches, Is. k. Safety Tube, with two ground glass valves, Is. fid. I Welter’s Safety Tube, for connecting Woulff’s Bottles, Is. 3 d. 0 b. d d. /■ g- 216 SAFETY TUBES. ACID FUNNELS. CAOUTCHOUC CAPS. 1943. Acid-dropping Funnels for Gas Bottles, strong, made at the Glass-house, with ground stopper, Fig. 1943, Is. 3d. j. c 1944. Ditto, with stopcock in the neck, large [| size, Fig. 1944, Bohemian glass, 4s. J 1945. Ditto, with glass stopcocks, for regulating the supply of acid, of light glas, blown before the lamp, funnels 2 inches diameter, tubes 12 inches lonj; Fig. 1945, 2s. 1946. Acid-dropping Funnel, with stopcock, reser¬ voir, and ground stopper, form of Fig. 1946, bulb 2 inches, tube 12 inches, 2s. 6d. 1947. Massive Retort Funnels :— a. Funnel 2 inch, tube 16 inch, 8d. „ 2f „ „ 20 „ lOd. c. ,, 3 ,, ,, 24 ,, Is. 1948. Plain Straight Glass Tubes, for fitting into gas bottles, as acid tubes, % inch wide, 8 or 10 inches long, Id. each. 1949. Plain Straight Tubes, of salt-glazed stone¬ ware, 7 inches long, ^ inch wide, Id. each. 1943. 1944. 1945. 1946 CAOUTCHOUC FITTINGS. 1950. Vulcanised Caoutchouc Caps, for fitting glass tubes to gas bottles, &c., well made, stout necks; diameter of necks £ inch to Width of With 1 With 2 With 3 Width of With 1 With 2 With If the Cap. .Neck. Necks. Necks. the Cap. Neck. Necks. Necks. 1 f inch 2d. 2 |d. If inch 5d. 6d. 7d. j 1 „ 2*d. 3d. 2 „ 6d. 7fd. sm 1* „ 3d. 4d. 4d. >) 7d. 8*d. 9|d. 11 „ 4d. 44 d. 5d. H « 8d. 9fd. 1 Ofd { H „ 4 |d. 5fd. H3 CD 3 „ lOd. 12d. 13d. J i FITTED GAS BOTTLES. 217 1951. Caoutchouc Caps If inch wide, with two necks for £ inch tubes, 9d. 1952. Caps If inch to If inch wide, with two necks, and'a solid perforated stopper fixed within the Cap, 9d. 1953. Vulcanised Caoutchouc Tubes, for conveying gases, joining glass tubes, &c., made in lengths of 20 feet, but any shorter length may be had. Price per foot, according to the Internal Diameter: iV inch, 2d. £ „ 3d. tV » 5d. f inch, 6d. 7d. 8d. i inch, Is. Is. 3d. Is. 4d. I 1954. Glazed Gas Tubes, without odour, and not liable to choke when bent, but requiring a brass connector to be cemented at each end:— Price per Foot, according to the External Diameter. f inch, 5d.; f inch, 6d.; f inch, 9d.; f inch, Is.; f inch, Is. 3d. ! 1955. Caoutchouc Tube, with wire inside, second quality, f inch bore, per foot, 6d. 1956. Waterproof Cloth Tube, for conducting gases, § inch bore, per foot, 9d. * Caoutchouc Stoppers. See No. 193. , 1957. Caoutchouc (not vulcanised) in sheets, -gV inch thick, for forming tubes, covering jars, &c.; piece of 100 square inches, Is. 6d. 1958. Ditto, per lb., 8s. 1959. Caoutchouc in a liquid (pasty) state, for varnishing, waterproofing, making air-tight joints in complex apparatus, &c.; per lb., in a canister, 3s. 1960. Ditto, small canister, Is. 9d. Miscellaneous Corks. See No. 168. Cork Borers. See No. 169. Files. See No. 177. Fittings for Gas Apparatus. Stopcocks of Glass. See -No. 144. Stopcocks of Brass. See No. 697. Pinchcocks. See No. 156. FITTED GAS BOTTLES. 1961. Gases, the production of which demands the aid of heat, must be prepared in vessels that will not spoil when heated. When they are of glass, they must therefore be thin at the bottom, otherwise they split when heated. Good German and Bohemian hard glass flasks with thin bottoms, rncli as are described at pages 145 to 150, answer very well. When heat is not required, it is best to choose vessels with flat strong bottoms, which do not eadily break when placed on a table, nor overturn when rendered top-heavy by tall acid funnels and other necessary fittings. Bottles that serve for gases with heat serve equally well in the cold, ttdy they are needlessly fragile. Among the gases that are made in the cold, those most frequently "equired are hydrogen, carbonic acid, and sulphuretted hydrogen. Among those that require heat, •hose most in request are oxygen, chlorine, ammonia, muriatic acid, and sulphurous acid. Apparatus suitable for the preparation of these gases is described in the following list. HYDBOGEN GAS BOTTLES. 962. Hydrogen Gas Bottle, Hard German Glass, fitted, 30 ounce size, with long acid funnel and gas delivery tube, with flexible connector, Fig. 1962, 2s. 963. Ditto, 16 ounce, without acid funnel, Fig. 1963, Is. F F 218 HYDROGEN GAS BOTTLES. 1964. Hydrogen Gas Bottles, quart size with 30 ounce washing bottle, with funnel, connecting tubes and caoutchouc caps, Fig. 1961, 4s. 1962. 1965. Fitted with caout¬ chouc cap and one gas - leading tube with flexible joint, Fig. 1965, ^ pint size, Is. 3d. Pint size, 1 s. 6d. Two pint size, Is. 9d. Light Flask, of hard German glass, with two necks and bent tube, ' Fig. 1968, 1 to 2 ounce, either 1966. 1967. 1968. 1965. 1968. 1969. 1969. 1970. 1971. round or flat bottom, 6d. WoulfFs Bottle, slight blown glass, 3 ounce, two necks, with cork and tube. Fig. 1969, Is. WoulfFs Bottle, 3 ounce, three necks, with tube, Is. 3d. Gas Bottle for prepaidng gases, either with or without heat, with tubulure for attaching a gas-leading tube, hard white Bohe¬ mian glass, Fig. 1971. 2 pint, 1 * Is. 4d. Is. 6d. Is. 8d. The following sizes :— 2 pints, 2 * 2s. 2s. 3d. 2s. 6d. 4 pints, 5 „ ' 6 5? 2s. 9d. 3s. 3s. 3d. 1971. 1972. The preceding Gas Bottle, with a long acid funnel adapted to the mouth by a cork, and a bent gas delivery tube attached to the side-neck by a caoutchouc cap:— | pint, 2s. 6d. | 1 pint, 2s. 9d. | 1| pint, 3s. | 2 pints, 3s. 6d. 1973. Vogel’s Gas Bottle, with combination of acid funnel and gas delivery tube, 30 ounce flask, Fig. 2035, the parts marked a, A, 2s. 6d. 1974. Gas Bottle for the continuous supply of any gas that can be prepared without heat, Fig. 1974, massive cut Bohemian glass, five pieces ground together, 18s. 219 1974. HYDROGEN GAS BOTTLES. The lower globe is 5 inches in diameter, the funnel globe is inches in diameter. They are ground together at the neck me ground stopper is perforated, so that it can be closed bv a cork that carries a bent acid funnel. The glass stopcock and the bent tube are fitted together and into the globe by grinding. It the solid materials required to produce a gas are put into the lower globe and acid into the funnel, the lower globe is speedily mied with gas, and the acid driven back into the upper globe. W hen gas is required it is drawn from the bent tube, the stopcock being opened. The acid then descends from the funnel into the globe, and replenishes it with gas. In the production of hydrogen gas a zinc plate can be coiled round the neck of the unneL I he bent tube is to be filled with materials for dryino- or purifying the gas. * ° 19i5. Beizelius s Gas Bottle, for the preparation of hydrogen, carbonic acid, and other gases that do not require the aid of heat; the bottle of two pints capacity, with funnel for the gradual supply of acid ; two sorts, namely, one with a long stopper ground into the funnel neck, Fig. 1976, the other with a g ass stopcock in the lunnel neck, Fig. 1975 ; fine white Bohemian glass, the joints well fitted by grinding. 1975. The Gas Bottle with the stopcock, 12s. 1976. The Gas Bottle with the long stopper, 8s. 1977. Gas Bottles, similar to Fig. 1975, but with the acid funnel of a conical form, and provided with a long stopper; fine white German glass, the joints well ground together :— l pint, 5s. 6d. | 2 pints, 6s. 6d. | 3£ pints, 9s. | 7 pints, 12s. 978. Berzelius’s Gas Bottle, with acid funnel and lone stopper, the bottle like Fig. 1975, the funnel like Fig. 1976, excepting that the tube is long enough to reach to the bottom of the bottle; German glass, capacity 4 to 6 ounces, Is. 6d. 979. Berzelius’s Gas Bottle, not fitted, form of Fig. 1979, with two necks, both ground inside, one fitted with a stopper, fine white German glass:— ] pint, 3s. | If pint, 3s. 6d. | 3| pints, 5s. 980. Micro-Chemical Gas Bottles, with narrow gas delivery tubes in one piece, hard white German glass, slight, used for preparing and delivering small quantities of hydrogen or other gas with avoidance of atmospheric air. 980. Three ounce size, bulb 2 inches diameter, 6d. 981. Eight ounce size, bulb 3 inches diameter, 8d. 982. Three ounce size, bulb 2 inches diameter, Od. 983. Three ounce size, bulb 2 inches diameter, 6d. 984. Three ounce size, bulb 2 inches diameter, 6d. 985. Three ounce size, bulb 2 inches diameter, 8d. 986. Three ounce size, bulb 2 inches diameter, 8d. 1975. 1979. 1980. 1981. 19S2. 1983. 1984. 1985. 1986. 220 SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN GAS BOTTLES. BOTTLES FOR SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN GAS. A. With one Bottle, without a Washing Bottle. 1994. Cylindrical Bottle, 5 ounce size, with wide bent tube, and narrow gas delivery tube, Fig. 1994, Is. 1995. Cylindrical Bottle, 10 ounce size, with wide bent tube, narrow delivery tube, and acid funnel, as represented in Fig. 1995, 2s. 1996. Bottle with solid glass foot, as shown by Fig. 1996, 10 ounce size, with an acid funnel and wide bent tube, fitted by a cork, and a narrow deliver}' tube, 2s. 1997. Bottle with solid glass foot, 20 ounce size, fitted as shown by Fig. 1996, wit caoutchouc cap, acid funnel, flexible bent tube, 2s. 6d. The above gas bottles are all chosen with a wide neck for the convenience of inserting the lump of sulphide of iron. When the gas has been prepared, the acid shoidd be poured off, th remaining sulphide of iron washed with water, and the bottle left partly filled with water, read for the next operation. 1998. Slight bulb flask, for preparing a small quantity of sulphuretted hydroge gas, in testing for arsenic, &c,, with delivery tube attached, 3 ounce siz' form of Fig. 1980, 6d. 1999. Ditto, 8 ounce size, 8d. 2000. Very portable apparatus, for the same purpose, suitable for travelling sets < apparatus, made of glass tubes, Fig. 2000, Is. 2001. Bottle for Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gas, after Berzelius, slight blown glas fitted as shown by Fig. 2001, contents 3 to 4 ounces, Is. 6d. B. With Washing Bottle, and mounted on a Wooden Block. 2002. Sulphuretted Hydrogen Apparatus, consisting of a Woulff’s Gas Bottl 20 ounce size, with 10 ounce washing bottle, 7s. 6d. 2003. Ditto, 40 ounce size, with 16 ounce washing bottle, 10s. 6d. 2004. Wide necked bottle, 40 ounce size, with 16 ounce washing bottle, on a bloc j 5s. 6d. 1 2005. Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gas Bottle, with a washing bottle attached, on- | wooden block (as used at the Royal College of Chemistry), Fig. 2005 <■ 20 ounce gas bottle and 8 ounce wash bottle, 3s. 6d. SULPHURETTED HYDROGEN GAS BOTTLES. •m 2006. Kipp's Apparatus for affording a constant supply of Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gas, consisting of three glass globes as represented by Fig. 2007. To arrange the. Apparatus for use .—Put a piece of sheet lead round the neck of the funnel at a, S o partially close the passage into the lower globe, and prevent the sulphide of iron from running town, but not to prevent the rising of the aoid ; put in the sulphide of iron by the neck d, and the tiluted acid by the upper neck. The gas gathers in the middle globe, and passes out by the stop- ock at d. ’006. Largest size, about 6 inch globes with solid glass stopcock, ground into the neck d, fine Bohemian glass, with cut stoppers, 20s. 007. Middle size, globes above 5 inches diameter, small glass stopcock, and ground stopper at top, Fig. 2007, 12s. ;008. Small size, 4 inch globes without the neck on the lowest globe, with small glass cock and ground stopper at top, 8s. [ No. 2006 stands about 2 feet high ; No. 2008 about 16 inches. [ he figure represents the style of the middle size and quality. J09. Simple Apparatus for the Preparation of Liquid HYDR osuLimuRtc Acid, Fig. 2009, flask 0 ounce, solution bottle, stoppered, 20 ounce, Is. 6d. From time to time the delivery tube is withdrawn and the ttle is closed and shaken. If after shaking the bottle, you rceive, on loosening the stopper, that air rises into the bottle, 3 water is not quite saturated with the gas. The entrance of is best seen by holding the bottle in the position shown by ig. 2010. 2007. 222 OXYGEN GAS BOTTLES. 2011. Mohr’s Apparatus for the con¬ stant supply of Liquid Hydro- sulphuric Acid (Solution of sulphuretted hydrogen gas in water ). 2011. Pint size, complete, as repre¬ sented in the Figure, 5s. 2012. Quart size, complete, 6s. The jar b is to contain the diluted sulphuric acid, aud the flask c, the sulphide of iron used for producing the gas. The bottle a contains the water that is to absorb the gas, and the solution when prepared, is to be drawn off by the jet on the syphon d. See “Chemical Recreations,” page 621. 2014. 2015. 2016. 2017. 2018. 2019. 2020. > 2021 . 2022. OXYGEN GAS BOTTLES. Oxygen Gas Tube Retort, for pre¬ paring oxygen gas by the distillation of chlorate of potash with peroxide of manganese Fig. 2014, consisting of a stout hard Bohemian glass tube, 6 inches long, l inch wide, with long delivery tube, ^ inch wide, Is. Similar apparatus in which the distilling tube is made of copper, hard soldered, size, 6 inches by 1|- inches, with metal delivery tube, 3s. 6d. Bohemian hard glass Retort, Fig. 1935, about 20 ounce size, fitted with glass delivery tube, 2s. Retort of the most infusible white Bohemian glass, very stout, for preparing oxygen and other gases that require the application of a high temperature, 5 ounce size, 1 s. Ditto, 10 ounce size, Is. 6d. The same retort when fitted with a gas-leading tube, 5 ounce size, 2s. Ditto, 10 ounce size, 2s. 6d. 2017. For 2025. Flask of strong hard German glass, globular form, with wide neck. Simi' to Fig. 1410, but fitted with caoutchouc cap and gas delivery tube. 10 ounce, Is. 9d. j 20 ounce, 2s. | 35 ounce, 2s. 6d. Oxygen Retort, made of sheet iron, with copper bottom, for preparing the £> in quantities of 5 or 6 cubic feet, for the magic lantern, &c., by heati; chlorate of potash with manganese, with 3 feet of caoutchouc tube, a, L* 2022, 9s. Prices of Gas Bags similar to c, Fig. 2022, see No. 2149. Oxygen Retort, consisting of a 5 inch copper globe with iron neck, andkjj gas delivery tube, Fig. 2025, a strong and durable apparatus, 12s. 6d. chlorine oas bottles. WASH BOTTLES FOR GASES. 223 2022 2025. 026 ' 0X ma e n K aM t se rt '6° a bv it™' prepar ! n ? “W?*® g“ h 7 igniting peroxide of tubers ^ ^ mChther hand, a large quantity of gas is to be dried, and no account is to be taken of the abstracted water, then the drying substance is used in a greater quantity and in a more bulky vessel. Various :orms of apparatus suitable for these purposes are represented by the following Figures : CHLORIDE OF CALCIUM TUBES FOR DRYING GASES. A, consisting of a wide tube and a narrow tube, having a bulb between them. 1048. With straight neclc, form of Fig. 2048. a. Tube 3£ by f inch, 1 bulb, neck 2 by £ inch, 2d. b. Tube 5 by 1 inch, 1 bulb, neck 2 by £ inch, 3d. c. Tube 8 by \ inch, 1 bulb, neck 3 by | inch, 4d. d . Tube 5 by | inch, 1 bulb, neck 3 by f inch, 8d. e. Tube 7 by £ inch, 1 bulb, neck 3 by | inch, 9d. f. Tube 8 by 1 inch, 1 bulb, neck 3 by ^ inch, 9d. !049. With bent neck, form of Fig. 2049, a and b. h * 2048. a. Tube 6 by £ inch, 1 bulb, neck 4 by \ inch, 6d. b. Tube 5 by 1 inch, 1 bulb, neck 4 by | inch, 8d. c. Tube 8 by 1 inch, 1 bulb, neck 5 by £ inch, 9d. d. Tube 8 by £ inch, 1 bulb, neck 5 by £ inch, 8d. B, Chloride of Calcium Tubes, consisting of a wide wo bulbs between them. 2049 b. tube and a narrow tube, with 050. With straight neck, form of Fig. 2050. (t a. Tube, 5 by 4 inch, 2 ulbs, neck 3 by £ inch, 4. b. Tube 7 by | inch, 2 ulbs, neck 5 by £ inch, 8d. c. Tube 11 by £ inch, 2 bulbs, neck 6 by £ inch, 9d. 2050. 051. With bent neck, Fg. 2051. Tube 5 by £ inch, 2 bulbs, neck 5 by £ ch, 6d. o o 226 CHLORIDE OF CALCIUM TUBES FOR DRYING GASES. Chloride of Calcium Tubes, continued — ,- c..' 2052. C, consisting of a wide tube joined to a narrow tube without bulb, Fig. 2052. 2052. Tube 9 by i inch, no bulb, neck 2 by £ inch, 4d. 2053. D, consisting of a Cylindrical Tube, with a cork and short narrow tube a each end, letter c, Fig. 1938. а. Large Tube 9 inches long, f inch wide, lOd. б. Large Tube 12 inches long, 1 inch wide, Is. 2054. E, consisting of a U-shaped tube of uniform bore and parallel branches, forn of c, d, e, Fig. 2054. a. 6 inches by £ inch, 9d. J. ^ Tf '8' I®. c. 8 „ £ ,, Is. 3d. d. 9 inches by £ inch, Is. 3d. e. 9 „ i „ Is. 6d. f 12 „ 1 „ 2s. Fig. 2054 represents Regnault’s Apparatus for producing water by passing pure dry hydrogen g t over iguited oxide of copper. The apparatus and experiment are described in detail in “ Chemicj Recreations,” at page 220. 2055. F, Marchand’s Form of Tube, consisting of a U-shaped tube with 2 bulbs, an connecting tubes, form of Fig. 2055, Is. 2056. G, U-shaped Tube, not fitted, form of Fig. 2056 ; branches not parallel. a. Large size, 21 inches long, 1 inch wide, Is. 3d. b. Medium size, 18 inches long, f inch wide, Is. c. Small size, 12 inches long, £ inch wide, 9d, 2055. 2054, 2056. 2057. H, Y-shaped Tube, not fitted, form of Fig. 2057. a. Large size, 12 inches long, £ inch wide, 9d. b. Small size, 9 inches long, £ inch wide, 6d. c. V-shaped, with unequal legs, ( b , Fig. 1936), 10 inches by f inch, 6d. For connectors to fit the Tubes, Nos. 2056 and 2057, to gas bottles, see h and » in Fig. 1941. 2057. STONEWARE PNEUMATIC TROUGHS. 227 - 2058. I, Cylindrical Jar on foot, with a tubulure at the side near the bottom, form of Fig. 2058. a. Size, 8 inches high, 1£ inch wide, 2s. 6d. b. Size, ] 2 inches high, 2 inches wide, 3s. 6d. c. Size, 6 inches high, f inch wide, slight glass, Is. 2059. K, WoulfFs Bottle, with tubulure at the bottom, Fig. 2059, suitable for a large quantity of desic¬ cating material. a. 10 ounce size, Is. b 15 „ Is. 3d. c. 20 „ Is. 6d. d. 25 ounce size, Is. 9d. e. SO „ 2s. /• 35 „ 2s. 3d. 2058. PNEUMATIC TROUGHS. [. GRIFFIN’S INCORRODIBLE STONEWARE PNEUMATIC TROUGHS. ! 2065. These consist of stoneware pans, in which are placed noveable shelves, so formed as to collect the gases and convey hem into the vessels placed to receive them. Figs. 2066 and 2070 epreseut two varieties of the trough, and Figs. 2071 and 2072 two aneties of the moveable shelf, which are again represented as hey appear when in use in Figs. 2066 and 2070. In consequence •f the dome form of the interior of the shelf, it has received the tame of the beehive shelf. As this piece of apparatus sinks in rater, it is evident, that a pan, trough, or tub of any form or Can - use< l as a pneumatic trough with the assistance t the beehive shelf. In France, they use an instrument of a >eemve form to collect gases, but they make the mistake of wing a spherical form to its outside as well as its inside, the onsequence of which is, that glass jars cannot rest steadily upon * P e The flat-topped shelf represented in Fig. 2066 was 2066. ist described in my work on Chemical Manipulation, published in 1838. 066. Stoneware Pneumatic Trough, Fig. 2066, the trough circular, 11 inches wide, ; and 5 inches deep ; the beehive shelf, 4 inches wide, 2s. 8d. 067. The Trough without the beehive shelf, 2s. |068. Stoneware Pneumatic Trough, same form as Fig. 2066, but larger; the trough, 1 15 inches wide and 8 inches deep ; the shelf, 7 inches wide, 7s. 069. The Trough without the beehive shelf, 5s. 6d. 070. Flat Pneumatic Trough for experiments with Tubes, form of Fig. 2070, the trough 12 inches wide, and 2 inches deep, made of saltglazed stoneware ; the shelf, form of Fig. 2072, 2 inches wide and 1 inch deep, of white porcelain, 2s. 4d. ! The porcelain and stoneware mercury troughs, Nos. 20S5 to 2089, can 30 be used with water for experiments with tubes. 2070. 171. Beehive Shelves, with which any pan, tub, or trough can be used as a Pneumatic Trough, form of Fig. 2071. # a- 4 inches diameter, saltglazed stoneware, 8d. b. 4 inches diameter, Wedgwood’s Porcelain, Is. c. 5 inches diameter, saltglazed stoneware, Is. d. 6 inches diameter, saltglazed stoneware, Is. 3d. «• 7 inches diameter, saltglazed stoneware, Is. 6d. 2071. 228 METALLIC AND GLASS PNEUMATIC TROUGHS. 2072. Beehive Shelf, of the form of Fig. 2072, 2 inches wide, 1 inch deep, of stoneware, white Berlin or Wedgwood’s Porcelain, 4d. < 2072. II.—METALLIC TROUGHS FOR USE WITH WATER. / 2073. Pneumatic Trough of Japanned Tinplate, with moveable shelf, form be lifted. Dimensions of the cavity d, 12 inches long, 1$ inch S w id7 of the cavity level with the shelf 14 inches long, 2J inches wide. Quantity of mercury required to cover the shelf, 30 lbs. ; to fill the trough entirely, 40 lbs. The body of the trough is in one piece so that leakage is impossible. The fittings unscrew for packing. The mahogany is French polished! c _ f ill HBi VH G Jinn uiiiaii: Eij 1 In B 1 11 2097. Bunsen’s Pneumatic Trough, for use with mercury, in the analysis of gases by eudiometrical operations, Fig. 2097, 30s. This trough consists of a solid block of polished mahogany, with plate glass sides, and a mahogany base and frame for supporting eudiometers. Fig. 2097, a, represents the trough ; b, the support for the eudiometers ; c, an eudiometer fixed in position ; d, a plate of glass to cover the trough when not in use, to keep the mercury clean. Interior dimensions of the upper part of the trough 14 inches long and 3 inches wide; measurement of the sunk cavity 11 inches long, 24 inches wide. It requires 20 lb. of mercury to cover the shelf, and 45 lb. to fill it entirely. The mahogany is French polished, and the edges of the plate glass are ground. 2098. Regnault’s Pneumatic Trough, for use with mercury, Fig. 2098, without the tube marked c, but with the tube clamp, 36s. This trough consists of a solid block of cast iron, which is enclosed in a stout mahogany case. The c ted lines show the form of the cavity and of the shelf. The rod b is screwed through the ooganyinto the iron trough. By means of the block and the sliding iron vice, Tubes, such as are resented by c, can be held over any part of the trough, and at any required height. Length of the inches; breadth, 2| inches. Length of the cavity above the shelf, 10| inches ; breadth, 5 les > Quantity of mercury required to cover the shelf, 48 lb.; to fill the trough entirely, 80 lb. 2097. 2098. 232 GAS RECEIVERS. 2099. Vertical Pneumatic Troughs, for use in tube operations on gases, consistin of glass jars with broad feet and expanded mouths. Fig. 2099. No. 1. 8 inches high, 2 inches wide, mouth 3 inches, Is. 3d. 2. 12 3. 16 4. 18 5. 12 6. 9 7. 13 8. 9 9. 12 2 2 * SH 2* H H H 21 3 31 3 3 2 2 3 3 Is. 6d. 2s. 3s. 2s. 6d. Is. 6d. Is. 9d. 2s. 2s. 6d. C 2099c. 3100. Ettling’s Gas Pipette, for taking gases from jars in such troughs, small size, Is. 3d.; large size, Is. 6d. See also Doyere s Pipette in the Section on “ Apparatus for Analysis of Gases.” p; 2 2099 c, represents the vertical trough with a broad mouth and broad foot, the latter intended to prevent the overturning of the apparatus when filled with mercury. Fig. a represents the trough as in use, when a liquid test, such as potash, is being passed up into a gas to absorb carbon c acid. Fig. 6 represents the mode of applying an electric spark to inflame mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen gas. 2099a. 20996. GAS RECEIVERS. The Cubic Inches quoted throughout this sectl °”>®? ^^ of Glass Tubes, and of other glass vessels, are* not nSffii sidered as correct measurements, but only as num approximately indicate the sizes of the respective vessels. Deflagrating Jars, or Gas Deceivers, open at bottom, welte and ground, with wide mouth, closed by a ground glass stopper, Fig. 2101, hard German glass. 2101. 5 in. high, 3 in. diameter; Contents, about 35 cubic m. Is. 2102. 7 „ J ” ” iso „ 3s. 2103. 9 „ 5 ” 300 „ 4s. 2104. 11 „ 6 V GAS RECEIVERS. 233 2105. Deflagrating Jar, mounted with cap and gas-delivery tube, having a flexible joint secured by a pinchcock ; used to collect a quantity of gas, and then deliver it into small tubes or other vessels as required; size of jar, 11 by 6 inches, 6s. 6d. 2106. Trays for holding Gas Receivers when filled with gas and removed from the Pneumatic Trough. (See page 15.) 2107. Bell Gas Receivers, welted and ground on the edge, narrow mouths, fine white Bohemian glass, with gyound stoppers, generally cut ornamehtally. A The following measurements are only approximate:— 2107. Height to No. Shoulder. Diam. Capacity. Price. Height to No. Shoulder. Diam. 2105. Capacity. Price. 1. 5 in. 2 in. 15 cubic in. Is. 3d. 8. 8 99 7 in. 300 cubic in. 5s. 2. 5 „ 3 „ 35 Is. 6d. 9. 9 99 6 „ 250 „ 4s. 6d. 8. 6 „ 3 „ 40 1> 2s. to. 9 99 7 „ 340 „ 5s. 6d. 4. 6 4 „ 80 99 2s. 6d. 11. 10 5 „ 200 „ 4s. 5. 7 „ 5 „ 135 5 * 3s. 12. 10 >> 8 „ 500 „ 6s. 6. 8 „ 4 „ 100 99 3s. 13. 12 99 5 jj 240 „ 5s. 7. 8 „ 6 „ 225 99 4s. 14. 13 99 5 „ 250 5s. 6d. 5108. Bell Gas Receivers, cylindrical form, with knob at the top, and stout welt round the mouth, ground flat, Fig. 2108, fine white Bohemian glass, well annealed. Approximate Measurements as follow :— Height No. inside. Diam. Capacity. Price. 1. 5 in. 2 in. 1 5 cubic in. Is. 2. 5 „ 3 „ 30 99 Is. 6d. 3. 6 „ 4 „ 70 )> 2s. 6d. 4. 7 „ 5 „ 130 99 3s. 5. 8 „ 6 „ 220 99 4s. No. Height inside. Diam. Capacity, Price. 6. 8 in. 7 in. 300 cubic in. 5s. 7. 10 „ 8 „ 500 „ 6s. 6d. 8. 5 „ 6* „ 160 4s. 9. 5 „ 7* „ 200 „ 4s. 6d. 10. 5 ,, 8£ „ 280 5s. 6d, 109. Bell Gas Receivers, with welted and ground mouth, and glass stopcock ground into the neck, fine white Bohemian glass, Fig. 2109. No. Height to Shoulder. Diameter. Approximate Contents. Price. 1 13 inches. 5 inches. 250 cubic inches. 14s. 2. 16 „ 6 „ 450 „ 16s, 110. Glass Cylinders with Brass Caps, for collecting gases, and conveying them into exhausted glass globes, balloons, &c., welted mouths, ground, Fig. 2110, a and c. No. Height. Width. Contents in cubic Price. No. Contents Height. Width, in cubic Price. 1. 7 in. 4 in inches. 100 3s. 6. inches. 9 „ 6 „ 250 4s. 6d. 2. 8 „ 5 „ 160 4s. 7. 12 „ 6 „ 340 5s. 6d. 3. 9 „ 4 „ 100 3s. 6d. 8. 14 „ 6 „ 400 6s. 6d. 4. 10 in. 5 in. 200 4s. 6d, 9. H „ 7 „ 370 6s. 6d. 5. 11 „ 5 „ 220 4s. 6d, H H •234 GAS RECEIVERS. 2111. If No. 21] 0 are Graduated into cubic inches , the extra price will be as follows : — On Nos. 1 to 5, 3s. each. On Nos. 6 to 9, 4s. each. 2112. Glass Cylindrical Gas Receiver, with spherical Receiver, and intermediate brass fittings, as represented by Fig. 2110. 1. Price of the Cylinder according to the sizes, see the table, No. 2110. 2. Price of the Globe and brass fitting, marked b, d, e,f, g, 10s. The brass fittings of this apparatus are charged separately as follows :— 704. Connector/! Fig. 2110, Is. 697. Stopcocks e and g. Fig. 2110, 3s. each. 713. Caps c and d , Fig. 2110, Is. each. 2113. Glass Globes, with brass caps, suitable for use with the capped cylinders, No 2110, two varieties :— 2113. Globe of Light Glass, for taking the specific gravity of gases, 4^ inch diameter; about 50 cubic inches’ capacity, with small stopcock, extra screw to adap'j it to the air-pump, and a hook for the balance ; the capacity marked on th; globe, 7s. 2114. Globe of Stout Glass, about 5 inches diameter, with brass cap, not graduated b, d, Fig. 2110, 3s. 2115. Large Glass Globular Receivers, for collecting oxygen gas, see No. 2224 2116. Glass Globe, with ground glass stopcock and iet, fine hard white Bohemia: glass, Fig. 2116. a. Contents about 70 cubic inches, 10s. 1. ,, ,, 100 „ 12s. c. „ „ 140 „ I4s. 2117. Deflagrating Bottles, of the form of Fig. 2117, for collecting gases, for pe forming deflagrations in oxygen, &c., hard white Bohemian glass, thin bii uniform in substance, the necks cylindrical, flat ground mouth, not welte The following sizes :— No. Height to Shoulder. Diameter. 1. 5 inches. 2£ inches. 2. 6 „ 3 3. 7 ,, 4 4. 8 „ 5 Width of Mouth. Contents. Price. If inches. 25 cubic inches. 9d. 2* „ 50 Is. 3 „ 80 Is. 3d. 3£ ,, 160 Is. 6d. GAS RECEIVERS. 235 2118. Cylindrical Jars on feet, with strong flange at the mouth, Fig. 2118. The sizes and prices are given at No. 1534, page 158. The prices of glass discs for covering Jars, c Fig. 2118, are given at Nos. 1677 and 1685. If the Jars described at No. 2118 are ground at the mouth, the price of each will be 2d. to 4d. extra. 2119. Gas Receivers, in the form of wide-mouthed bottles, hard German glass, with ground stoppers, stout glass, Fig. 2119. 1 pint, Is. 2 pints, Is. 6d. 3 pints, Is. 9d. 4 „ 2s. 5 pints, 2s. 9d. 6 „ 3s. 6d. 2118. 2119. 120. Gas Receivers in the form of Bottles, with extremely wide necks (4 to 5 inch), hard Bohemian glass, thin in substance, with glass stoppers ground, but not accurately fitted : — 1 pint, 9d. 2 pints, Is. 2| „ Is. 2d. 3 „ Is. 4d. 4 pints, Is. 8d. 6 „ 2s. 8 „ 2s. 4d. 10 „ 2s. 8d. 12 pints, 3s. 15 „ 4s. 18 „ 5s. 6d. 20 „ 6s. < 21. Cylindrical Jars for collecting gases, flat bottoms, uniformly thin in glass, not ground on the mouth, form of the jars in Fig. 2121. ✓ No. 1. 2^ inch by 1 ^ inch, 3d. 2. 3 „ If „ 4d. 8. 4 „ 2 „ 6d. 4. 5 „ 2J- „ 7d. No. 9. The set of four No. 5. 6^ inch by 3f inch, 8d. 6. 7 „ 3* „ 10d. 7.8 „ 41 Is. 4d. 8. The set of seven jars, 4s. 6d. small sizes, No. 1 to 4, Is. 8d. Cylindrical Jars of stout Glass, see Nos. 1516, and 1530. 236 GAS RECEIVERS. 2122. Cylindrical Gas Tubes, or Eprouvettes, for collecting hydrogen and other gases, stout white glass, Fig. 2122. No. Length. Width. Contents. Price. 1 . 4 inches long, 1 inch wide, 2 cubic inches, 3d. 2. 5 99 H 5 4d. 3. 6 99 H 8 6d. 4. 7 99 H 10 7d. 5. 9 9 } if 15 9d. 6. 12 99 2 30 Is. 7. 11 99 3 60 „ Is. Sd. 2123. The above if ground at the mouth, Id. to 2d. each extra. 2124. Straight Tubes for collecting Gases, in experiments with small quantities.; The short sorts particularly adapted for use with the mercury troughs, No. 20S5. With these tubes gases can be collected, mixed together, or be mixed with liquids, &c. Made of hard and strong German glass, closed at one end, not graduated. Fig. 2124 a, b, c. The following measurements are not given as accurate , but merely to afford an idea oj the approximate sizes and capacities of the Tubes. Ground on the Mouth. Not Ground on the Mouth. No. Length. Inches. Width. Inches. Cubic Inches. Price. No. Length. Inches. Width. Inches. Cubic Inches. "Price. 1. 1 T _L 3 2d. 7 3 1 2 2 3 2d. 2. 2 I H 2d. 8 6 f 3 ¥ 2d. 3. 3 A 8 l 2d. 9 2 f 3 4 2d. 4. 6 f if 3d. 10 4f i 1 3d. 5. 4 1 2f 3d. 11 6 f If 3d. 6. 6 1 3f 3d. 12 8 5 8 3d. i 13 6 l H 3d. 2125. Straight Tube for collecting gases. The following tubes are more even in the bore than the foregoing. They are not ground on the mouth. No. Length. Inches. Width. Inches. Cubic Inches. Price. No. Length. Inches. Width. Inches. Cubic Inches. Price. 1 . 6 5 8 If 6d. 6. 12 1 7 9d. 2. 9f i H 6d. 7. 12 1 8 9d. 3. 11 5 8 2 6d. 8. 13 If 10 Is. 4. 12 A 8 2* 8d. 9. 19 11 1 8 30 Is. 3d. 5. 10 1 6 8d. 10. 23 1 3 A 4 40 Is. 6d. 2126. Gas Tubes graduated into cubic inches or centimetre cubes are described in another section. For other sizes of Plain Glass Cylinders, see Nos. 2121 and 2122. 2127. Schrotter’s Gas Receiver, Fig. 2127, made of hard German glass tube, bull 1£ inch, tube 5 inch by f inch, 8d. GAS RECEIVERS. 237 2131. Davy’s Apparatus for the same purpose, Hard Glass Retort, Fig. 2131, Is. 2128. Cooper’s Receiver for collecting Gases over Mercury, and for experimenting I?" 2128 SeS Wlth ° Ut the ljelp ° f a Pn —tic Trough or of other Receivers^ No. 1. 8 inches long, £ inch wide, 8d. 10 » i lOd. »> 1 ,, Is. The following with a neck and stopper at the upper end. No. 4. 8 inches long, £ inch wide, Is. 5 - 12 „ 1 „ Is. 3d. 2129. Cooper’s Gas Receivers, graduated into cubic inches or centimetre cubes at Irom 2s. to 4s. extra. 2130. Gay Lussac’s Bent Tube Receiver, (cloche courbe,) for applying heat to substances in gases, over mercury, hard glass tube. Fig. 2130. No. 1. 10 inches long, £ inch wide, 8d. 2 - 12 „ i „ lOd. 2128. Iron Tongs, having hemispherical cavities at their points, for passing metals, such as potassium, through mercury into gases, contained in Receivers such as Nos. 2130 an 1 2i3l, 15 inches long, polished iron, 6s. 13. Kerrs Gas Tube, for collecting and measuring the carbonic acid gas discharged when a carbonate is decomposed by an acid. Fig. 2133 :— 1. Plain Tube, 14 to 16 inches long, £ inch wide, Is. 6d. 2. Ditto, graduated into cubic inches, 4s. 6d. 3. Ditto, graduated into centimeter cubes, 4s. 6d. n acid being put into the branch a, and a solid (carbonate of lime) into the cavity c, the gas ih is disengaged is collected in the branch a, where it is measured by the scale, and from which a be transferred for examination. 238 GAS BAGS. 2131. Berzelius's Bent Tube Receiver for collecting Gases over Mercury without a Trough, Fig. 2134, Is. 6d. Trougn, jmb- — .1 of tti^ a receiver^and )e the a 'gas 6 be** thence ^transferredto°othCT a t^^ 1 , n i^s °place 0 being occupied by mercury poured into the open end of the receiver. j mercury poured into tne open emr ^ , 2185. Plain Glass Cylinder, open at both ends for experiments on ventilation, c„ I 2 inches diameter and 10 inches long, Gd. | GAS BAGS. Ga, Bags and all preparations of caoutchouc are subject to great variation. in pries 2136. Gas Bag, of Macintosh’s waterproof cloth, 18 inches: by 3 inches, with b.ass ferule and female screw to fit the stopcock, No. 697, 10s. 213V. Ditto, with “^fKh 1 ’ with" measuring Ifincbes long, 3138 - La ri^tidt ^d rP 4Tincht’deep, S wiih brass ferule and female, screw, 14s. K 2139. Gas Bag, of waterproof cloth, 15 inches long, 15 inches wide, and 5 inches deep, with brass ferule, and female screw at one end ; mounted in a frame, consisting of a wooden base, four vertical iron rods, and a plate of cast iron weighing about 30 lbs., Fig. 2139, 24s. 2139. 2143. ! 2H0. The Gas Bag, No. 2139, with the ferule, but without the pressure frame, Us. To fill the bag, the iron pressure plate “ ^“1,“ ratal 8 *” IpplM “y the iroi wa y, and is secured by a stopcock. When the gas « rods unscrew, so that the whole plate, and increased if necessary hy other weig . T^ of air or gas given by this 1 mn he nacked in a small compass toi ti averring. j- S'arS “extremely regular, and weU sorted for blowp.pe operates. | 014.1 Bladders, bullocks’, prepared for use, 6d. i ln . 0 « 2U3 Bladders, bullo^V’, 1 TaTgTs^’ prepared "for ^s'e with wooden mouthpiece 214 , ■ mounted wit, brass collar, 2s. 6d. ™' 2145. Sheep’s Bladders, cleaned, each 2d. 140 . Oueoyo ---’ , ■ Bladders should be occasionally washed with a mixture of water and glycerine, o preven cracking into holes. Lg lllbu • f| Gas Bag, soft and strong, made of goldbeaters’ skin but very thick spbenca. 11 inches diameter, fastened to a connector with female screw . j 2UV. Gas Bag same as the preceding, but 15 inches in d.ameter, with socket, 8s. 2146. GAS BAGS. 239 2148. Gas Bags, of solid vulcanised caoutchouc, globular form when filled, with brass ferule and female screw. Sizes from 10 inches to 18 inches diameter. Brice according to weight, at 10s. 6d. per pound. a. Caoutchouc Bag, of 9 inches diameter, costs about 4s. 6d. b. Ditto, of 13 inches diameter, costs about 10s. Stopcocks and Connectors for Gas Bags are described at page 67. 2149. Gas Bags of large size, for use at Lectures with dissolving views or microscopes, wedge shaped form, C, Fig. 2149. There are two qualities of Gas Bags, namely:— 1. Black Stout Twilled Sheet Rubber-lined Bags. 2. Drab Jeanette Bags of thinner material. The prices of several sizes, from 2 to 16 cubic feet in capa¬ city, are quoted in the follow¬ ing table ; but these prices are subject to frequent variation, according to the market price of the material. 2149 . Fig. 2149 represents an apparatus for preparing hydrogen gas in large quantity. d the wash bottle, C the bag receiver, D the pressure boards, No. 2150. A the gas bottle. No. luches long. Inches wide. Inches W edge Conte Cubic inches. nts in Cubic feet. Black Twilled. Drab Jeanette. 1. 24 20 18 4,320 H £2 10s. £l 12s. 2. 30 20 20 6,000 H 3 3 2 _ 3. 30 24 20 7,200 H 3 10 2 5 4. 36 24 20 8,640 5 4 — 2 11 5. 36 30 20 10,800 4 15 3 _ 6. 44 25 20 11,000 H 4 18 3 _ 7. 40 32 20 12,800 H 5 8 3 8 8. 45 35 20 15,750 H 6 6 4 3 9. 40 36 24 17,280 10 6 6 4 3 10. 48 36 30 25,920 15 8 4 5 _ 11. 52 36 30 28,080 16£ • 9 9 149a. Stopcock, for any size of bag, 4s. extra. 150. Pressure Boards, D, Fig. 2149. These need to he made about two inches wider and larger than the bags. In use they are pressed by large iron weights or stones, which are supported by the bars placed across the upper board d, Fig. 2149. 4. 5. Price of Boards for No. 4 Bag, 12s. 6d. ,, No. 5 ,, 16s. f9 240 GAS HOLDERS. GAS HOLDERS. 2161. Griffin’s School Gas Holder, japanned zinc, cylindrical, 18 inches high, 10£ inches diameter; contents 1500 cubic inches, with stopcock, large funnel on an 18-inch tube, 3 feet of vulcanized rubber tube, for delivering the gas, and a wide gauge pipe. The gas holder graduated into spaces of 50 cubic inches, Fig. 2161, 28s. The fittings of the gauge pipe are so constructed that, if the glass tube should happen to be broken, it can be easily replaced by another, the screw h being moveable. 2162. Stopcock, with large bore, to use with the above gas holder, for hydraulic experiments. There is an opening near the bottom of the gas holder, provided with a screw fitted to this stopcock, 4s. See “Chemical Recreations,” page 1/5, and Fig. 21G1, e, i, and h. The stopcock e is also useful when the apparatus is to be used as an aspirator, the vessel through which air is to be drawn being then put into connection with the stopcock g. 2163. Griffin’s School Gas Holder, the model and size of No. 2161, but made of copper, 45s. 2164. Incorrodible Salt.glazed Stoneware Gas Holder; contents ]£ gallon, with japanned funnel, brass stopcock, soft metal gas pipe, and connectors, as represented by Fig. 2164, letters a to g, 10s. 2165. Ditto, larger size; contents 3 gallons, 15s. 2164. 2161. GAS HOLDERS. ‘•241 2166. Pepys’s Gas Holder, Fig. 2166. This differs from No. 2161, by having a deep trough fitted above it and put in commu¬ nication with it. Contents of the gas holder, about 2000 cubic inches, with gauge pipe graduated to show hundreds of cubic inches, a pressure funnel, and 3 brass stop¬ cocks, 50s, Size of the receiver, a, 10 by 12 inches ; of the trough, b, 9 by 12 inches; total height, 3 feet without funnel. . With the funnel, o, r, screwed into s, there is pressure of nearly six feet of water; or with o, q, a pressure of 4 feet; the stopcock, c, is ^ inch bore ; the glass gauge, k, is sunk into the body of the receiver to protect it from breaking, and is graduated into cubic inches. 2167. Pepys’s Gas Holder, form and size of No. 2166, but made of copper, £5. 2168. Pepys’s Gas Holder, 4 gallons, shallow trough japanned tinplate, Fig 2168, 30s. 2169. Pepys’s Gas Holder, small size, contents 1200 cubic inches, with funnel and stopcock, without trough or gauge, 12s. .170. Bell-shaped Gasometer, similar to Fig. 2170, but having the counterpoises and strings enclosed in a frame of tubes, which takes asunder for packing; size of the bell receiver, 12 by 11 inches, with two stopcocks, and four connectors, japanned tinplate, without the jet shown in the Figure, £2 2s. : 171. Bell-shaped Gasometer, general form of Fig. 2170, made of japanned zinc, with frame, which takes asunder for packing, and cover to press down the Bell when in action ; the lower receiver with expanded mouth to prevent the overflow of water; dimensions of the bell receiver 20 inches wide, 36 inches high, contents about 64 cubic feet, or 40 gallons, price £5 5s. This Gasometer will contain oxygen gas sufficient to supply two large agic lanterns during a long entertainment. It is suitable for export hot climates, where the bags made of waterproof cloth cannot be pended upon. 172. Glass Gas Holder; Bohemian glass, contents about 6 gallons, size 16 inches high, 12 inches diameter, with brass cap and fittings, japanned tin funnel and long pressure pipe with brass stopcock, and 3 delivery tube, Fig. 2172, £2 12s. 6d. foot caoutchouc gas i i GAS HOLDERS. 242 2173. Glass Gas Holder, Fig. 2173, white French glass, the pressure funnel fixed c a long metal tube with two union joints, brass stopcock, and vulcaniz< caoutchouc gas delivery tube. Two sizes :— 2173. Reservoir 15 inches high, 8 inches wide. Contents 20 pints, 26s. 2174. Reservoir 18 inches high, 10 inches wide. Contents 36 to 40 pints, 33s. 2175. Williams’s Gas Holder and Retort for preparing oxygen gas, combine* 60 ounce bottle, 3s. 6d. Described in “ Chemical Recreations,” page 176. The purpose of it is, to collect the gas in the receiver in which the experi¬ ment is to be made, without using a trough. To effect this, the receiver is first filled with water, which is run off by a syphon as the gas is received. 2175. 2173. 2172. 2176. Bohemian Glass Bell Gas Receiver, form of Fig. 2176. Size of outer cylind< 12 inches by 6£ inches ; size of bell, 8 inches by 6 inches, with wood' frame, 3 pulleys, and counterpoises, 3 feet of caoutchouc tube, and a pine cock, as represented in the Figure, 31s. 6d. CONDENSATION AND ABSORPTION OF OASES. 243 2177. Bunsen’s Glass Gas Holder, for mercury, Fig. 2177, graduated. Size of re¬ ceiver 2 inches diameter, and 6 inches high to shoulder, scale extending to 100 millimeters. See Bunsen and Boscoe’s Gasometry, page 20. Price, without tubes, 6s. If desired, similar gas holders can be supplied, with graduations to show internal capacity, expressed iu centimeter cubes or cubic inches. 2178. Schrotter’s Gas Holder for Chlorine, for use when substances are to be heated (in tubes) in a continuous current of chlorine gas. The liquor to be used for expelling the gas is a solution of chloride of calcium. The flow of it is regulated either by a glass stopcock on the neck of the funnel, or a long glass stopper ground into the funnel; both of these are shown in Fig. 2178. With glass stopcock on the out-flow tube, and stoppered neck at the side. Size of the gas holder, 13 inches high and 9 inches wide; contents about 25 pints, or 800 to 900 cubic inches. 2178. With the ground stopper in the funnel, 30s. 2179. With a glass stopcock to the funnel, 35s. CONDENSATION AND ABSORPTION OF GASES. 2186. Tube Condensers, or substitutes for Woulff’s Bottles, for pre¬ paring solutions of gases in small quantities, U-form, Fig. 2186. 2186. Length of tube 12 inches, bore | inch, 9d. 2187. Length of tube 18 inches, bore f inch, Is. 2188. Length of tube 21 inches, bore 1 inch, Is. 3d. 2189. Connecting Tube, bent at a proper angle, to connect the U-tube with a gas bottle, li Fig. 1941, 4d. The use of the above apparatus is illustrated in “ Chemical Recreations,” p. 330. 2186. iVhen the Condenser contains a small quantity of water, and is immersed in iced vater contained in a beaker, a saturated solution is easily procured of any gas that is absorbable by vater, such as Ammonia. This apparatus also serves for washing or drying gases, or for trying their action on different olutions. 2192. 244 CONDENSATION AND ABSORPTION OF GASES. Tube Condensers, Y-form, Fig. 2190. 2190. Length of tube 9 inches, bore f inch, 6d. 2191. Length of tube 12 inches, bore J inch, 9d. 2192. Length of tube 9 inches, bore § inch, legs un¬ equal, b Fig. 2192, 6d. 2193. Connecting Tube, form of i Fig. 1941, 4d. 2194. Liebig’s Gas Absorber, or tube for saturating a liquid with a gas, Fig. 2194. The large Tube, 9 or 10 inches long, f inch wide, 8a. The liquid is contained in the bent part; the narrow end, a, is connected with the gas bottle. Useful in preparing a small quantity of the solution of any gas. Used by Liebig for the preparation of chloral, by passing chlorine gas into alcohol. 2194. 2195. 2195. Apparatus for an Experiment to prove, that when Hydrogen Gas is burnt in the air, water is produced. This consists of 5 glass tubes connected, as shown in Fig. 2195, 3s fitted. a, Chloride of Calcium tube to dry the hydrogen gas ; b, infusible glass jet at which the gas is burnt; c, infusible glass connecting tube ; e, condensing tube ; f, tube filled with cold water, tf condense the water formed by the gas. The tube / is supported at g by two slips of cork. Tht flame at the mouth of b should be about half au inch long. This flame causes a current of air tc pass through the tubes c, o, g. The oxygen combines with the hydrogen, and forms water, whict condenses at e. The nitrogen and excess of air escape between / and g. In half an hour a quantity of water can be collected at the bend e. 2196. Condenser for Vapours, such as hydrocyanic acid, U-form, provided with 8 glass stopcock for drawing off the condensed liquor; solid Bohemian glass. Fig. 2196, 8s. This condenser is mounted for use in an inverted deflagrating jar, the neck of which is closed bj a cork, through which the neck of the condenser is passed. The jar is filled with iced water, or sucl other cooling mixture as the experiment renders necessary. See Fig. 2197 . CONDENSATION AND ABSORPTION OF GASES. 245 “Ki: wsaKTir.SE 4 - of silicon, chlorine gas, prepared in the^^ C i! +! i j f apparatus. To prepare chloride the wash bottle and the^dS tube^ Jd the left-hand end of the figure, is passed through redness in a porcelain tube^vhich traverses th* r fixture of silica and lamp black, heated to freezing mixture contained in the bell jar, and isr^celved in ?he boUle pAtelo™?*** 8 ** by *• of 2198. 1198 2199 . Condenser for Vapours that require a freezing mixture, U form Fis? 2198 which represents the apparatus for preparing anhydrous hydrocyanic acid fTnch iod B - eCreations ’" P“S e 688 - L-gtll of tube-’l5 Se s , bore 199. Bent Tube Receiver used in the preparation of liquid Peroxide of Nitrogen S99 Ind 634 Fif.lm Ph ° SPh0rUS ' ^ “ ChemiCaI Recreati< >" s .” pfgei a. Small size, length of tube 16 inches, boi-e \ inch, Is. b. Large size, length of tube 20 inches, bore § inch, Is. Gd. 00 . ,32. £ 33 . fe La !£ e U-shaped Receiver, suitable for the condensation of distilled phosphorus f 1 g- 22( ?0. bee “ Chemical Recreations,” page 034. Length of tube22 inches bore 1 inch, Is. 9d. B ent Tube V-form, Fig. 2201, used in the preparation of selenious acid. See Chemical Recreations,” page 631. Length of tube 15 inches,bore $ inch, Is -lobe Apparatus for Condensing Anhydrous Gases, such as Cyanogen or Sulphurous Acid, into Liquids, by means of freezing mixtures lube 8 inches by £ inch, with narrow neck, a Fig. 2202, 5d. r r!vi*r n ° °°? densed . b - y the freezing mixture contained in the glass beaker, the leading tube 22 Q -2 ’ D ie receiver is closed before the blowpipe at the narrow neck, assuming the form «40 CONDENSATION AND ABSORPTION OF GASES. 2304. Tube of the form of Fig. ^05■ ^without Stopcocks, the wtde pavt o « e 2305 M”** VJ, With’ 2 stopeoeks, the wide part measuring 0206. Tube of°rite form 'of ^Fifb' 2306, with 2 stopeocks. the wide part measuring ~ . i _ l_7 : vs /»!» Ft a fill. - it_ 2i inches by I inch, 6s_ 6d. stopcocUs , intended to permit the 2207. Tuberf Jl n S, portions, th'e wide part measuring 4 tnches 2208. Tube of the form of Fig. 2208 with 3 stopeocks, each wide part measuring inches by | inches, 7s. 6d. r c KJ 2203 . 2205 . 2206 . J 2202. . , . .j ~ iOTt&sSZ. »> 2209 ■_ t> • No. Length of Tube. Diameter of the Wide Tube. Diameter of Bulbs. Pnce. • 7 i iriph I inch Is. 1 10 inches. ^ mcli. Is. 9d. 2 15 s » o 2 ” 2s. 6d. 3 1S n 4 Tube of”u-form, with one bulb at bottom, each branch of the tube 7 inches by | inch, Is. 9d. 2207 . 2208 . 2211. 2213. 2214 . 2215. CONDENSATION AND ABSORPTION OF GASES. 247 2210. Bent tube, W-form, Fig. 2210, used in the preparation of Hydrobromic Acid, see oon ^hemieal^Recreations,” page 690, length of tube, 18 inches, bore, f inch, Is. 2211. Bent Tube, Fig. 2211, used to prove the direct formation of nitrates by electrical action, see “Chemical Recreations,” page 298; length of tube, 18 inches, bore, 1 inch, Is. 3d. For the prices of the glass pans, such as used in No. 2211, see No. 1780. 2212. Apparatus for the Absorption of Gases by Liquids, in cases where the Apparatus and its contents are to he Weighed, both before and after the t- T? s ° r P tion > in order t0 determine the exact quantity of gas absorbed : 2213. Liebig’s Apparatus for the absorption of Carbonic Acid in a solution of caustic potash, Fig. 2213, in a box, Is. 6d. 2214. Geissler’s Apparatus for the same purpose, Fig. 2214, so formed as to stand steadily on 3 bulbs, in a box, 2s. 6d. 2215. Will and Varrentrapp’s Apparatus, as improved by Horsford, for the collection of Ammonia Gas in Hydrochloric Acid, Fig. 2215, 8d. 2216. Mitscherlich’s Apparatus for the absorption of Car¬ bonic Acid by solution of caustic potash, Fig. 2216, bulbs, 1 inch, wide tube 6 inch by f inch, Is. 6d. 2217. Another form of Mitscher¬ lich’s Absorption Appara¬ tus, Fig. 2217, bulbs, 1 inch, Is. 3d. 2218. Modification of Will’s Apparatus for the absorption of Ammonia by Hydro chloric Acid, Fig. 2218, Is. 3d. J ' 2219. Ure’s Apparatus for the Ab¬ sorption of Gases by Liquids, Fig. 2219, but made with 6 bulbs, namely four in the lower series, Is. 9d. 2220. Double U-receiver, form of Fig. 2220, bulbs, 1| inch, tube | inch wide, and 27 inches from end to end, 2s. 6d. 2221. Semicircular Tube, with two bulbs, Fig. 2221, dia¬ meter ol bulbs, 3 inches, width of tube, f inch, length from end to end, 20 inches, 2s. 6d. | 2222 . Apparatus for the preparation of Hydrofluosilicic Acid, aydrofluosilicic Acid is prepared by passing gaseous fluoride of Juicon into water. The fluoride of silicon is decomposed. Hydro- luosilicic Acid is produced, and solid silicic acid is deposited n such cpiantity as to stop up the end of the gas delivery tube, imless prevented by proper precautions. See “ Chemical Re- reations,” page 706. In this apparatus the precaution ented is that of passing the gas into a stratum of Haced under the water in the collecting beaker. LAP * P^es of this apparatus have been already priced. The locks a are No. 393; the tripod b is No. 295 ; the screen c is lo. 296; the flask d, e, is similar to No. 2033 ; and the beaker is one of those described at No. 1440. repre- mercury, 2222 . 248 APPARATUS FOR CLASS EXPERIMENTS WITH GASES. APPARATUS FOR CLASS EXPERIMENTS WITH GASES 2223. A considerable quantity of the apparatus described between No. 1935 and No. 2222, migh very properly be placed under this head ; but I only put here some articles that have escaped th analytical method of the preceding sections, or some apparatus which it is necessary to put togethe in a complex form, to show the method of combining the more simple instruments with one anothe to suit particular chemical demonstrations. This section, therefore, is not to be considered a complete in itself, but only as supplementary to the preceding sections relating to gas apparatus. A detailed account of the use of this apparatus is given in my work entitled “Chemical Recreations.; 2224. Large Glass Globe, 8 to 9 inches in diameter, for burning phosphorus iij oxygen gas, a Fig. 2221, 3s. 2225. Ditto larger, the globe about 12 inches in diameter, 4s. 6d. 2220. Metal Cup, on iron foot, to contain the phosphorus to be burnt in the oxyge globe, 1 s. 6d. 2227. Flat Circular Stoneware Fan, 12 inches in diameter, for use in the satr experiment, d, Fig. 2224, 2s. 2228. Deflagrating Jars, to contain oxygen gas for combustion. See No. 210J. Deflagrating Spoons, to contain phosphorus, sulphur, &c , to be burnt i oxygen gas in the deflagrating jars :— 2229. Iron Bowl, iron wire, tinplate flange, and cork above it, to fix the wire at ar required height, 6d. 2230. Brass Bowl, iron wire, brass flange, with cork to regulate the length of tl rod, Fig. 2230, Is. 2231. Brass Bowl, brass ground flange, and iron wire in stuffing box, 2s. 6d. 2232. Pair of Wax Tapers, mounted on copper wires, for trying the combustibilb ; of gases, Fig. 2232 ; a, to plunge downwards into oxygen and heavy gases | b, to plunge upwards into hydrogen, &c per pair, 6d. 2233. Hank of fine Iron Wire, to form spirals for combustion in oxygen gas, 6d. j j 2234. Hank of fine Steel Wire, for the same purpose, Is. 2235. Charcoal Bark, for burning with brilliant sparks in oxygen gas, per ounce, 2d 2236. Cup with metal stand, similar to Fig. 2226, but smaller, for holding phosphorr to burn under an inverted gas jar in common air, 4d. 2237. Wide Hard Glass Test Tube, tin crook, and wooden suppox*t for deflagratk carbon, sulphur, or phosphorus in the oxygen gas given off by fused uitrj Fig. 2237, “ Chemical Recreations,” page 183, 2s. EXPERIMENTS WITH OXYGEN AND CARBONIC ACID. a 49 2238. Apparatus for collecting a gas and transferring it into a bladder. This apparatus is represented by Fig. 2238. The air receiver and its brass fittings have been described between Nos. 2110 and 2115. There remains the bladder to price This is connected with a collar of the form of Fig. 2239, the screw of which has the same thread as the stopcock Nft. fiOv. * 2237. 2238. a b c 2240. Bladder, prepared, coloured, and mounted with brass bladder piece, d. Fig. 2238, 2s. Gd. For other sizes of Bladders and Gas Bags, consult Nos. 2136 to 2150. 2241. Brass Blowpipe Jets, to be attached by a stopcock to a bag or bladder filled with oxygen gas, to direct a stream of oxygen upon metals burning on charcoal, Figs. 2241, a, b, c, each 2s. 2242. Apparatus to show the presence of Carbonic Acid Gas in air expired from the lungs, pint size, fitted with tubes, Fig. 2242. See “Chemical Recreations,” page 272, 2s. Gd. The bottle is supplied with lime water. If the mouth is applied at b, and air is sucked through he bottle, the lime water is scarcely altered ; but if the mouth is applied at a, and air from the uugs is blown into the bottle, the lime water speedily becomes turbid. 243. Apparatus for explaining Ventilation, consisting of a wide-mouthed bottle, half gallon size, with cork and two tubes, by the positions of which the ventilation is regulated, see “ Chemical Recreations,” page 553, 4s. 244. Small candle holder, as represented in Fig. 2243, to fix a lighted taper within a glass cylinder or bottle in experiments on combustion or ventilation, 3d. K K 250 . APPARATUS FOR CLA8S EXPERIMENTS WITH OASES. 2545. Apparatus to collect the carbonic acid gas that is produced by the flame of a spirit lamp or candle, consisting of a glass funnel and three bent tubes, a, c, d, e, Fig. 2245, 2s. 2246. See “Chemical Recreations,” page 343. The candle is placed within the funnel, instead of the support 6. In d, clear lime water is placed. When water is made to run from the aspirator/, air is drawn through the apparatus in the direction of the arrow, and carries with it the carbonic acid produced by the flame. This acts upon the lime water in d, and renders it turbid. In the apparatus as represented by Fig. 2245, sulphur or phosphorus can be burnt in the cup b, and the acids produced be made to act upon liquids placed in the receiver d. Thus, sulphurous acid gas acting upon a yellow solution of chromate of potash changes its colour to green, in consequence of reducing the chromic acid. 2247. Fig. 2247 represents an apparatus, similar in principle, but suitable for operating on larger quantities than that represented by Fig. 2245. In this case, the substance to be burnt or oxidised is placed on a hot plate or tile below the funnel, and air is permitted to pass over it through the hole a. 2247. Price of the Apparatus, Fig. 2247, without the Aspirator, 4s. The Aspirators are priced at page 22. 2248. Davy’s Apparatus for showing that a jet of oxygen gas can be burnt in an atmosphere of hydrogen gas, Fig. 2248, see “ Chemical Recreations,” page 214. Price of the upper glass receiver, with brass fittings, one stopcock and a platinum jet, 12s. The Brass Stopcocks and lower receiver are priced at Nos. 2110 to 2112, BALLOONS. These Balloons are made of gold-beater’s skin. When not in use, they should be kept in a close CaSe {. W1 th a little camphor to preserve them from insects. They ought never to be wetted. When they are expanded with air from the mouth, the lips ought not to "touch the mouth of the balloon. Ihey will all ascend with dry coal gas. In filling a balloon the gas should be passed through a glass tube containing pieces of chloride of calcium, to free the gas from water. The large sizes ot balloons, when in good condition, may be kept suspended two or three days, fastened by v: string to the table. But the hydrogen gas is gradually exchanged for atmospheric air by osmotic action, and the balloon then descends. The hydrogen gas with which a balloon is to be filled must all be prepared before the tilling is attempted, and should be contained in a gasholder, or in large jars provided with stopcocks. 2249. Prices of Spherical Balloons. No. 1. 9 inches diameter, Is. 3d. 2. 10i „ is. 9d. 3. 12 „ 2s. fid. No. 4. 5. 15 18 inches diameter, 3s. 5s. 9 ) EXPERIMENTS WITH HYDROGEN. 251 The Balloons are usually coloured in gores, but the three smallest sizes of round balloons are also coloured plum-pudding pattern. No. 6. Oval Balloon, 3 feet high, 2 feet in diameter . 15s. 7. Balloon in the shape of Mr. Punch, 6 feet high, and 9 feet in circumference.63s. 8. Balloon in the shape of an Elephant, 3 feet long and 21- feet high, well formed and coloured, and adjusted to ascend in pi'oper position.35s. 9. Spherical Balloon, 6 inches diameter, will rise with hydrogen gas, but not with coal gas 2250. Balloons of Collodion, extremely thin and light, for ascension with hydrogen gas. Several sizes, 4 inches to 6 inches diameter, Is. 9d. to 3s. each. 2251. Apparatus for exhibiting the Philosophical Candle, consisting of a 16 ounce gas bottle with a long jet of infusible Bohemian glass, at which to burn the hydrogen gas, Fig. 2251, Is. 6d. 2252. Ditto, in the form of a Woultf's bottle, with a safety funnel to prevent an explosion in the event of the fusion of the jet, Fig. 2252, 2s. 6d. 2253. Long Gas Tubes, open at both ends, for producing musical sounds when held over the hydrogen gas flame, 20inches long, 1 inch wide, Is. Is. Other sizes of tube may be used. The musical note changes with the size of the tube. 2254. Jet Tube of hard Bohemian Glass, with fine point for the above experiment, 10 or 12 inches by ^ inch wide, 3d. 2255. Brass Tobacco Pipe, to use with the gas bladder, No. 2238 to blow soap bubbles with hydrogen gas, or oxyhydrogen gas, Fig. 2255, 2s. 2256. Bladder, Stopcock, and Tobacco Pipe, complete, Fig. 2256, 7s. 2257. Revolving Jet, T shape, for attaching to a receiver, No. 2238, to exhibit the combustion of coal gas, 3s. 258. Apparatus for exposing substances to the action of gases at high tempera¬ tures, such as the production of hydrogen gas by the action of red-hot iron on steam • consisting of a French oblong fireclay furnace, 15 inches long, a Berlin porcelain tube, 27 inches long by inch diameter, a 30 ounce flask for boilin^ water, with 3 gas-delivery tubes and connectors, Fig. 2258, (“ Chemical Recreations,” page 197), £2 2s. Operations of this description can however be more conveniently performed by means of the Ga* urnaces for tube operations, described at No. 1064. 2266. 253 APPARATUS FOR CLASS EXPERIMENTS WITH GASES. 2259. Reduction Tubes, for beating solids in gas, as in the decomposition of oxide of, copper by hydrogen gas, of peroxide of barium by hydrogen gas, or of j metallic sulphides by chlorine gas; strong tubes, ^ inch bore, with bulbs in the middle, 1 inch in diameter, hard white Bohemian glass :— 2259. 12 inch tube, one bulb, straight, e, Fig. 2264, 6d. 2260. 12 inch tube, two bulbs, straight, 8d. 2261. 12 inch tube, one inch bulb, bent at one end, e, Fig. 2263, 7d. 2262. 12 inch tube, two bulbs, bent at one end, c, c, Fig. 2263, 9d. Figures 2263 and 2264 show the manner of fitting up such tubes for use. 2263. Apparatus for the Conversion of Metallic Oxides into Chlorides, Fig. 2263. W 2263. 2264. Apparatus for the Reduction of Metallic Oxides by Hydrogen Gas, Fig. 2264. ; The parts of these sets of Apparatus have been priced in preceding sectiou. Gas Bottles at No. 1962 ; Chloride of calcmrn tubes, No. 2047; Supports, No. 329-341; Spirit Lamps, No. 870. 2264. 2265. Griffin’s Apparatus for showing the Production of Water, by passing dr] hydrogen gas over ignited oxide of copper, and the reduction of the oxidi Thes to ^e metallic state, consisting of three tubes, a reduction tube, and 2 con , cast densing tubes, Fig. 2265 a to g, 2s. 6d. 1 2266. i«a 1 Lamp i L 2265. 2267. HYDROGEN LAMPS. SAFETY LAMP. OXYHYDROGEN BLOWTIPES. 253 2266. Reduction Tubes, of the form shown by Rig. 2266, hard Bohemian glass, 8 to 10 inches long, Is. 2267. Hydrogen Lamps, according to Dobereiner, for the instantaneous and con¬ stant production oi light, by the action of spongy platinum upon hydrogen gas, neatly fitted up :— 2267. Plain glass jars, with brass cover, zinc, and platinum, complete, Fin. 2267, 7s. 6d. 1 ° 7269. 2268. Coloured and Ornamental Jars, Fig. 2268, many patterns, from 10s. 6d.,to 31s. Gd., each. 2269. Spongy Platinum, fixed in rings, for ditto, Fig. 2209, to fit the socket, d, Fig. 2267, Is. 2270. Brass Jets for ditto, Fig. 2207 b, Is. each. 2271. Cast Zinc Cylinders for ditto, Fig. 2267 z, 6d. Directions for Use. —Put the apparatus together as shown in the figure. Fill the outer jar two-thirds full of a mixture of one part of sulphuric acid with four parts of water. Cover up the platinum, d, with paper, and open the stopcock, c, to let out the common air from the inner bell glass, f . Then let the stopcock close and allow the bell to fill with hydrogen gas. This must two or three times be allowed to escape while the platinum is covered : the hydro- jen gas may after that be collected for use. The paper being taken from the platinum, the lydrogen on escaping from the stopcock first makes the platinum red hot, aud then takes fire. >ut at first the gas requires to be lighted with paper to dry the platinum. Paper or wooden matches should be used to take a light fx-om this lamp, as sulphur matches spoil the platinum. 2273. 2272. 2272. Davy’s Lamp without Flame, for perfuming rooms, or exhibiting the formation of Lampic acid ; consisting of a prepared ball of spongy platinum, connected to a cotton wick by a small glass wick holder, ready for insertion into a Spirit Lamp, Fig. 2272, 2s., in a box. When the Lamp is to be used, the lamp is lighted in the ordinary manner, and vhen the platinum bulb is heated, the flame is blown out. Thei-eupon the bulb xecomes red hot and continues so as long as the lamp contains any spirit. The ight is extinguished by putting on the glass cap of the lamp, or by blowing ipon it strongly. Tim apparatus can be used with any bottle that contains pirit. 1273. Davy’s Lamp without Flame, consisting of a spirit lamp with a coil of platinum wire, form of Fig. 2273, 3s. Od. Davy’s Safety Lamp for Coal Miner’s Brass Lamps, iron gauze:— 1271. Single Gauze, Fig. 2274, 6s. 1275. Double Gauze, 8s. '-276. Double Gauze, with glass cylinder round the flame for increase of light, 12s. 1277. Iron Wire Gauze, 50 meshes to the inch, for explaining the theory of the safety lamp, piece 8 inches square, Is. 278. Ditto, in larger quantities, 2s. 6d. per square foot. 2*274. OXYHYDROGEN BLOWPIPES. 279. Tate’s Apparatus for burning oxyhydrogen gas, consisting of a water cistern, with a gas pipe leading from the gas holder that contains the mixed gases, with a jet plugged with discs of wire gauze of 100 to the inch, and a cork safety valve, to render any possible explosion harmless, Fig. 2279, 8s. 254 2280 APrARATUS FOR CLASS EXPERIMENTS WITH GASES. Hemming’s Safety Jet, for the Oxyhydrogen Blowpipe, Fig. 2280, with a female screw at b, adapted to the stopcock, Fig. o03; the head d, is mo » able, so that the jet c, can be placed immediately m the socket a, when a straight jet is required, 8s. 6d. . , ± - nT . 2281 Oxyhydrogen Blowpipe, form of Fig. 2281, with two stopcocks and union connectors for tubes to bring the two gases, a jet for the lime light, am assure jet marked a, to be used for the fusion of metals, &c. on charcoal, and a support for holding and turning the lime cylinder for the lime light, the whole mounted on a brass foot, as represented in the figure A Os. • 2282. Oxyhydrogen Blowpipe for the Lime Light, similar m principle to the last ^ but differently arranged, on a larger scale and mounted on a tall and massive brass stand, with a sliding pillar to adjust the height of the light, a. represented by Fig. 2282, price without the caoutchouc tubes F2 2s. 2283 Oxyhydrogen Blowpipe for the Lime Light, similar to the last described, but mounted on a three-legged wooden stool, the stopcocks and pipes passing below the top of the stool, 31s. 6d. ... , om . 0 -r.,. 2284. Daniel's Oxyhydrogen Blowpipe for the lame Light, with Maugham s Jet with lime holder, Fig. 2284, 20s. b J t ‘ N) 2280. 2284. 2282. APPARATUS FOR EXHIBITING THE GALVANIC DECOMPOSITION 0. WATER INTO OXYGEN AND HYDROGEN GASES. The battery power must be at least six cells of Smee’s, Grove’s, or Bunsen s form of GaUan The greater the number of cells used, the more rapidly is the decomposition of the water effected. 2285 SMEE'S GALVANIC BATTERY, consisting of six cells, each silver plat presenting 20 square inches of surface to the exciting fluid, arrange mahogany frame, suspended by means of an iron rod and ratche wi over an incorrodible stoneware trough which contains the exciting with binding screws and two sets of connecting bands, the shorter a being used to connect the zinc binding screw of one cell with the platinise silver binding screw of the next, when intensity is required ; but it quanw GALVANIC DECOMPOSITION OF WATER INTO GASES. 255 is needed, the short connectors are removed anrl tLa l.,, one to connect all the zinc binding screws together and thl ?l ° n ? USe<3, Dect the screws in connection with the pktinised silver t?p " ^ of this form are manifold; from the ease with whlh J he ° 0 ?™' iences may be obtained by merely raising or depressing the battery frame-^from the means at command of instantly setting it in II! y 7 ’ 1 andSitOe^ubie ; f "“ U ^ f ^ "» »r The voHaic „ the mixed gases m 50 seconds ; it will heat to redness 4 inches of platinum wire, fuse iron wire with facility, and empower a sufficiently strong “S magnet to sustain many hundred weight. Price £3 ’ ° 228 -'. ■286. Zinc Plates for this Battery, per pair, Is. The fluid adapted for exciting all the forms and sizes of Smw’« • , , iventor to be made by mixing together one part by measure of sulphuric^id^oiPof^;? n 7 th ? iffin- ° f Wat n bU x/n r g eneraI Purposes it has been found that oSe part of acid to ten 5 wit and ifficiently powerful. Whatever strength is used it is imnor+anf +w , u 1 , , water is > the water, and that the mixture be made in a well-glazed vessel free from lea,! ° ac V le<1 sIow ly Mowed to cool before being used. Care must be takef in usingthis bitevy that no fTT iemtenlity 7 ^ dr ° Pped lut ° the exc;tiu g hquid, nor any nitnc acid added‘to increase 287. Grove’s Platinum Battery, Set of Eight Glass Cells, with porous pots amalgamated zincs, and platinum plates, in a mahogany frame forming th» most powerful of all voltaic arrangements, well adapted for illustrating the brilliant experiments of Galvanism and Electro-magnetism and to illustrate the applications of electricity to produce motive force. Price €5 5s Solutions to excite this Battery. —The outer glass cell is filled with sulphuric acid ven times its bulk of water, and the inner cell with concentrated nitric acid, Fig 2287. ^ ^ 188. Grove’s Galvanic Battery, eight cells, with flat porcelain troughs, and a black wood frame, <£3 1 Os. 189. Bunsen’s Charcoal Battery, in single cells, of the form of Fig 2289 • each consisting of a stout glass cell « a zinc cylinder b. a porous pot c, a rectan¬ gular block of gas coke d, a binding screw «, and a slip of copper to form a connector/. Three Sizes :— No. Size of Glass Cell. Size of Charcoal. Price. 2289. Quart. 8 in. long; 1| in. broad. 10s. 2290. Pint. 6£ „ l} 8s. Gd 2291. Half-pint. 4| *> ^ 1 »> Gs. apparatus for class experiments with gases. This battery is to he excited V .concerted nitac aad, put nito ^porous^pot charcoal, and diluted sulphuric acid m the glass cy n • g of wa t er . when extra power is acid may he made with one part of 01 • i + ^ The mixture must be cold when required, the water may be diminished to seven or eight parts, ine m same height. put into the cells. The liquids on both sides of the washed from the coke. When the experiments are finished, the nitric aci dmusthe t t |e decomposition of water. The From six to ten cells of the Charcoal Bat ery 1 duced> Tlie electric light demands for ,?sTod»cto?Hrty°SyceUs Witt Jto ten cells a small bright continuous point of ltght can he produced. “ :; E lion ’of caustic potash], two binding screws, a caoutchouc cap, an g delivery tube, Fig. 2292, 7s. 2287. 2293. 2293. Another, of smaller size, 20 ounces capacity, form of Fig. 2293, with iron electrodes, to he used with a weak solution of caustic potash, puce without the parts marked b, t, 4 s. 2294. Apparatus for decomposing water and * collecting the two gases in separate tube, form of Fig. 2294, the gas tubes graduated, 3s. Gd. 6 6 v 2294 . 2292. 2289. 2297 a. [ GALVANIC DECOMPOSITION OF WATER INTO GASES. $5? 2295. An ^ er 2 ^PP^atus, suitable for collecting larger quantities of the gases, oo2S’ f- not , her form of the same Apparatus, B, Fig. 2285, 10s. 6d. 2297. Another, Fig. 2297, 10s. 6d. 2297a. „ Fig. 2297a, 7s. 2298. Another, Fig. 2298, 14s. 2299. „ Fig. 2299, 18s. 2300. Faraday’s V Tube for the de¬ composition of Neutral Salts, &c., fitted with Platinum Electrodes, conducting wires, Binding Screws, &c., Fig. 2300, 4s. ° Fill the tube with a solution of the salt in water coloured with infusion of blue cab¬ bage. Place the platinum plates and wires, as shown in the Figure, and connect the screws c and z to the wires of a battery con¬ taining at least 6 pairs of plates. The cur¬ rent passes through the fluid, and the dis¬ solved salt is decomposed, the acid consti¬ tuent passing to one pole, and the alkali to the other. The changes are rendered visible by the infusion turning red at the positive electrode and green at the negative. 2301. Platinum Wire, adapted for Galvanic purposes, where the heating power of a battery is to be tested, tito of an inch in diameter, 6d. per yard. 2302. Bunsen’s Apparatus for decom¬ posing water by galvanism, and preparing pure oxy- p& S an 2309. Mounted Bell Jar for collecting the gas produced by the decomposition < water, Fig. 2309, 4s. apparatus for exploding oxyhydrogen qas. 259 2310. Apparatus for Exploding Mixtures of Oxyhydrogen Gas, namely, two volumes of hydrogen with one volume of oxygen 2310. Stout German Glass Detonating Bottle, with foot and ground stopper, The gas is fired by drawing the stopper and applying a light at the neck of the bottle. 2311. Large Bladder, fitted with glass tube, for use in filling the bladder with gas, and two Wires for conveying an electric spark for firing the gas, Fig. 2311, be^t^east*2cf feet ^n^ to sboidd attached to two wires, b and c, which should electaic^aDDandus^Whe^tb^W , b adder , a safe distance from the operator, who is to u*e the exnlosion bfcause the^n^i ^ 18 ^ lfc is advisable to expose it in the open air for explosion, because the concussion is unpleasantly violent in a room. 2314. Cavendish’s Eudiometer, for showing the production of water by the com- ina ion o oxygen and hydrogen gases, when the mixture is exploded by the electric spark, Fig. 2314, 35s. See Chemical Recreations, page 217. no^shownTn^hil Figure 6 ^ COnveyed ’ pass throu S h the glass stopper, but are 2314. 2318. 2315. Apparatus for exhibiting the sudden and total absorption and condensation of certain gases (ammonia and hydrochloric acid) by water. Fig. 2315, a and b. The glass cylinder Fig. 2315a is priced at No. 2122. The flask, Fig. 23155, at No. 1405. The glass pans at Nos. 1542 and 1780. 2315a- 2317. 260 APPARATUS FOR CLASS EXPERIMENTS WITH GASES. I 2316. Apparatus for the Distillation of Ammonia from Bones, of gas from coal, and; of acetic acid from oak wood, as class experiments, processes described in. “Chemical Recreations,” pages 326, 556, and 433, apparatus represented; in this book by Fig. 330, page 32, consisting of a tube retort, a bent tube; receiver, and a gas delivery tube, 2s. 231Y. Glass Tube Apparatus for the Preparation and Purification of Coal Gas, as C class experiment. See “ Chemical Recreations,” page 557, represented b;: Fig. 2317, including a pint jar, 4s. 2318. Regnault’s Apparatus for the Preparation of Hydrochloric Acid (“ Chemica Recreations,” page 673), consisting of a French fire-clay furnace, 6| inche: diameter, with one door, a flask (ballon), 40 ounce capacity, two Woulff’; bottles with 3 necks, of 50 ounce capacity, one Woulff’s bottle with 3 necks, of 20 ounce capacity, 10 glass bent tubes, with corks, and caoutchoui connectors, Fig. 2318, 18s. 2319. Apparatus for Explaining the Production of Sulphuric Acid by the action o nitric oxide gas, and sulphurous acid gas on steam, “ Chemical Recreations, page 600, consisting of a glass globe, 12 inches diameter, a 30-ounce flask fitted for sulphurous acid, and a 20-ounce Woulff’s bottle, with 2 necks; fitted with acid funnel, for nitric oxide, with four connecting tubes, a cla’, support for the globe, and a fire-clay furnace, with one iron ring, Fig. 2319 20s. 2320. GAS APPARATUS FOR ANALYTICAL PROCESSES. 2320. ^fl^APParatus for the Preparation of Terohloride of Phosphorus, • for tte “ n oE No w* botfe Twf SsHh^ W d r ribsd . in P«o«ding motions. The fum.ee at calcium tube at Na g)^ the mwi Um^So S Tt ^‘V,* No 203S ; the chloride ot two necked receiver at No 1S4Q . ?J 1 , N °1 8 J° > , the tubulated retort at No. 1809 : the stools at No. wild t! b&al No S *“ No - 1540; tte wato b » ltl « ■* «»• **! ttS GAS APPARATUS FOR ANALYTICAL PROCESSES. Which did not properly faUinto anv of f Ha Utr' 'K* mer !f ly a few articles of that character apparatus for £££o2df^hSTa collection oi analytical addition to what are grouped here S b artl ° leS ^ have been aIr eady described, in GRADUATED GAS TUBES AND JARS. im - Glass Gas Receivers, so graduated as to show the Weight of a Gas from the Measure, as explained in Griffin’s “ Chemical Recre¬ ations,” page 141. a. Gas Tube, 11 inches long, 3 inches diameter, contains 1 grain of pure tydrogen gas at 60° Fahr. Bar, 30 inches, and divided into 100 parts ach equal to T £ 0 - grain, 4s. r ’ b Gas Tube 10 inches long, £ inch diameter, contains *th grain of iydrogen, graduated into 100 parts, each= T oW grain, 3s. c. Gas Tube, 8 inches long, f inch diameter, contains - r & 0 - grain of ydrogen, graduated into 100 parts, each-r^ grain of hydrogen, 3s. The weight of any gas measured m these vessels is found by multiplying the measure the gas by its specific gravity, taking the latter from a table in whicS hydro'en 2 ted at unity. See Chemical Recreations,” page 141, or “The Radical Theory in aemistry, page 50, for a table of all known gases and vapours. y hi0. Glass Tubes graduated into decimals of the English cubic inch :_ UL/ 2326 containing 1 C. In. in lOOths, 3s. » H 2 H H 4 99 99 50ths, 3s. Gd. 50ths, 3s. 6d. lOths, 2s. Gd. 50ths, 4s. 20ths, 5 s. 7. containing 8 or 9 C. In. in lOths, 5s. 8 . 9. 10 . 11 . V 10 „ lOths, 5s. 16 „ lOths, 7s. Gd. 36 to 39 „ 5ths, 9s. 60 to 55 „ 5ths, 9s. 262 GAS APPARATUS FOR ANALYTICAL PROCESSES. 2327. Cylindrical Jars, with foot and flange, graduated into English cubic inches German glass. 3 cubic inches, Is. 3d. 4 „ Is. 6d. 6 „ „ 2s. 8 „ 2s. 3d. 10 cubic inches, 2s. 9d. 12 „ 3s. 6d. 16 „ 4s. 6d. 20 ,, 5s. 24 cubic inches, 5s. 6d. 30 „ 6s. 40 „ 7s. 50 „ 8s. 2328. Bell Gas Eeceiyers, with necks, German glass, graduated into cubic inches. 50 cubic inches, 100 150 200 99 99 99 250 cubic inches, 300 400 500 2329. Glass Cylinder, form of Fig. 2329, about 12 inches long, 2 inches wide, contents 30 cubic inches, graduated into cubic inches, 2s. 6d. 2330. Glass Cylinder, with funnel-shaped mouth, 8 inches long, 2 inches diameter across the middle, 3 inches 2329. across the funnel mouth, contents about 50 cubic inches, graduated ini £ cubic inches, 6s. 2331. Glass Tubes, graduated into cubic centimeters. 25 c. c. in J c. c. 2s. 50 c. c. in -£• c. c. 2s. 6d. 100 c. c. in £ c. c. 3s. 6d. 150 c. in ± c. c. 4s. 200 c. in i c. c. 4s. 6d. 2332. Cylindrical Jars, with foot and flange, graduated into centimeter cubes German glass. 5 10 25 50 75 100 cent, cubes, 9d. ,, Is. „ Is. 6d. „ Is. 9d. „ 2s. 2s. 6d. » 200 250 300 400 99 99 2s. 9d. 500 cent. cubes, 4s. 3s. 600 99 4s. 9< 3s. 3d. 700 99 5s. 6c 3s. 6d. 800 99 6s. 6< 3s. 9d. 1000 99 8s. 2333. Cylindrical Jars, with foot and flange graduated into centimeter cubes, wit figures reading upwards as well as downwards, German glass :— 5 c. cubes, lOd. 150 c. cubes, 3s. 500 10 tf Is. 2d. 200 99 3s. 4d. 600 25 99 Is. 9d. 250 99 3s. 8d. 700 50 99 2s. 2d. 300 99 4s. 800 100 99 2s. 9d. 400 99 4s. 6d. 1000 5s. 0d. 6s. 6d. 7s. 6d. 9s. 2334. Bell Glass Eeceiyers, with necks, German glass, graduated into cubic cent meters. 1000 centimeter cubes. 2000 3000 6000 99 99 »> 6000 centimeter cubes. 8000 10000 » 99 99 99 v": 2338. EUDIOMETERS. For the analysis of atmospheric air, and of mixtures that contain oxygen or lydrogen, or other gases that are decomposed by combustion with either of these, nd for explaining the composition of water. 338. Volta’s Eudiometer, about 16 to 18 inches long, and f-inch wide, Fig. 2338 or Fig. 2338 at, graduated the entire length, the upper part closely. a. 3 cubic inches, graduated to show lOOths of a cubic inch, 4s. 6d. b. 60 centimeter tubes, graduated to show £ or ^ c. c., 4s. 6d. 339. Japanned Tinplate Case for Volta’s Eudiometer, Is. 340. Ure’s Syphon Eudiometer, form of Fig. 2340. a. 2 cubic inches, graduated to show cubic inch, 6s. b. 50 centimeter cubes, graduated to show i or X x 0 c c, 6s. 341. Japanned Tinplate Box to hold Ure’s Eudiometer, Is. 6d. 342. Mitscherlich’s Eudiometer, very stout glass tube with stopper, form of Fig. 2342; length about 13 inches, external diameter, If-inch; contents 2 cubic inches, graduated to show c. c., 16s. The stopper is used to prevent loss of gas while the expansion occasioned by the explosion takes ace. The glass is made extremely thick to enable it to withstand the explosion ; but the difficulty preparing and annealing the instrument is such that it is rare to find one that remains sound for y length of time. It sometimes happens that after an instrument has been made for months, it ddenly explodes without being touched. •43. Eudiometer Balls, Fig. 2343, per dozen, 4s. wml vThese are made of a mixture of clay and spongy platinum. "When passed up by means of an iron t re into a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen gases confined over mercury, as represented by Fig. -54, the ball causes the gases to combine gradually without explosion. See “ Chemical Recrea¬ nt,” page 215. 264 GAS APPARATUS FOE ANALYTICAL PROCESSES. 2344. r Cavendish’s Eudiometer, see No. 2314. 2345. Bunsen’s Eudiometer, form of Fig. 2345, graduated from end to end, and having the platinum wires bent up inside close to the roof of the tube, in the manner represented by Fig. 2345 a. Various lengths, 12 to 36 inches long, and of various diameters from |-inch to 1 inch, as follows :— 2346. Bunsen’s Eudiometers, with wires, but not graduated. a. 13 inches long, for scale of 300 millimeters, 3s. b. 20 ,, „ 500 „ 4s. c. 33 „ „ 800 „ 6s. 2347. Bunsen’s Eudiometer, with wires, graduated lineally to millimeters. 300 millimeters, 5s. 600 millimeters, 7s. 6d 400 99 5s. 6d. 700 „ 8s. 500 99 6s. 800 „ 9s. 2348. Bunsen’s Eudiometer, with wires, graduated lineally into spaces, each one twenty-fifth of an English inch, with numbers written in series, like a millimeter scale :— 2345. 2345a. 400 spaces. 16 inches. 6s. 600 ,, 20 „ 6s. 6d. 600 „ 24 „ 7s. 6d. 700 spaces. 28 inches. 8s. 800 99 32 „ 9s. 900 9 > 36 „ 10s. 2349. Bunsen’s Eudiometer, gauged internally, and graduated into centimetei, cubes. 18 inch, 50 centimeter cubes, showing £ c. c. 5s. 18 „ 32 „ „ x l 0 c. c. 5s. 2350. Bunsen’s Eudiometer, gauged internally, and graduated into cubic inches showing rb c. i., length 32 to 36 inches, each , 6s. 2351. Bunsen’s Absorption Tube, Fig. 2351, about 250 milli¬ meters long, 20 wide, and about 60 c. c. in capacity, graduated into millimeters. (See Bunsen’s Gaso- metry, page 23, Fig. 18), 3s. 2352. Bunsen’s Absorption Tube, with retort bulb to receive absorbing substances, Fig. 2352. (See Bunsen’s Gasometry, page 23, Fig. 19), 3s. 6d. 2353. Absorption Tubes with graduations to show internal capacity, expressed it centimeter cubes or cubic inches, at the same 'prices , namely, Fig. 2351, 8s. and 2352 at 3s. 6d. 2354. Mould for making balls of solid reagents for the absolution of special gases from gaseous mixtures ; size of the balls, ^-inch diameter, 2s. The reagent in a fused or pasty condition is put into the two halves of the mould, a platinum win twisted in cork-screw is placed in the middle, and the two halves are pressed together. After ; time the ball is carefully remolded from the mould, and the outer end of the platinum wire is fastened to a long iron wire for use. The gases to be operated upon are put into absorption tubes. Nos. 235. or 2352, and the balls pushed up through the mercury as represented by Fig. 2354. But this figurj represents the external wire as passing out of the mercury. That is erroneous. It ought not to pas out of the mercury, otherwise an exchange of atmospheric air is liable to take place with the gas cob fined in the tube. VcA 2351 2352. GAS PirETTES. 265 Among the reagents that are employed for the absorption of gases in this manner are the ollowing :— Absorbing Reagents Peroxide of Manganese. Caustic Potash. Phosphorus. Coke saturated with a mixture of anhydrous and fuming sulphuric acid. Chloride of Calcium. Phosphate of Soda Crystallised. Borax Crystallised. Oases to be Absorbed. Sulphurous Acid. Carbonic Acid. Oxygen. Olefiant Gas. Vaporized solid and liquid Hydro- carbons. Water. Chlorine. Chlorine. See Bunsen and Roscoe’s Gasometry, page 52. Handworterbuch der Chemie, Bd. II. S. 1062, section Eudiometer, where a special article is given on the analysis of coal gas. Rose’s analytischen Chemie, Bd. II. S. 916. Miller’s Elements of Chemistry, vol. II. page 661. Regnault, Coura ilemeutaire de Chimie, tome IV. page 74. GAS PIPETTES. 1357. Gas Pipette, Ettltng’s, for transferring a portion of Gas from a long narrow gas receiver into another receiver, without inverting the long receiver, Fig. 2357, small size ■pipette, each bulb 3 by f inch, the outer syphon tube 9 inches long, Is. 3d. 358. Ditto, large size pipette, each bulb 3^ by 1 inch, the outer syphon tube 18 inches long, Is. 6d. 359. Ditto, a packing case, containing one pipette of each size, 3s. 6d. 2360. This instrument is made according to the attem exhibited by Fig. 2357. It will, perhaps, e acceptable to all chemists who work much with neumatic apparatus. It renders large pneumatic oughs unnecessary, and presents the advantage lat any given quantity of gas can, by means of it, 3 taken from a bell-glass or graduated tube, starnl- ig within a cylinder, and transferred to another -‘ssel, without its being necessary to remove the *ll-glass from the cylinder for the purpose of ‘canting the gas. And this transference can be Fected with the help of very little liquid. In using the pipette, the cylinder a is first to be led with water (or mercury) by dipping the branch into the liquid, and sucking at the end d. The int e is then to be introduced into the tube from hich the gas is to be taken ; and by sucking again the point d, the liquid is removed from the Under a into the cylinder b, while its place is led by gas from the tube. The apparatus is then eased downwards until the point e dips into the luid contained in the cylinder (water or mer¬ ry), upon which some of the liquid enters into e branch c, and prevents the escape of the gas. The gas is removable from the pipette by blowing into the end d; and if the orifice at the end e fery small, and the gas is blown out gently, any determinate quantity of it can be thus transferred o an eudiometer or other vessel. When the liquid that confines the gas is mercury, it is then somewhat difficult to blow out the gas consequence of the weight of the column of mercury. This difficulty can be overcome by good nagemeut. 2357. 2361 . 266 GAS APPARATUS FOR ANALYTICAL PROCESSES. 2361. Doyere’s Gas Pipette, described by Gerhardt, Traite de Chimie Organique, ] 104, Fig. 2361, without stand, 2s. 6d. 2362 Ditto, mounted on a wooden stand with brass bands, Fig. 2361, 9s. 2363. Miller’s Gas Pipette (see Miller’s Elements of Chemistry , II., 477), wit! two iron stopcocks, mounted on a board, 14s. 2364. Ditto, with caoutchouc tubes and brass lever pinchcocks, instead of the iroi stopcocks, 9s. INSTRUMENTS FOR GAS ANALYSIS USED BY BUNSEN. 2365. Large Porcelain Tubes, glazed inside and outside, by the rubbing of which with silk and amalgam, electricity is produced sufficient to charge a small Leyden jar for giving the spark in eudiometrical experiments. (Se< Bunsen’s Gasometry, page 46.) Thuringian porcelain, 24 inches long 2 inches wide, 4s. 6d. 2366. Ditto, Berlin porcelain, 35 by 1£ inches, 16s. 2367. Small Leyden Jar, 2h inches high, l£ inch wide, fitted for this opera tion, 2s. 2368. Ditto, coated outside with platinum, 6s. Bunsen’s Apparatus for preparing pure hydrogen and oxyhydrogen gas for us in eudiometrical operations, see Nos. 2302 and 2303. Bunsen’s Gas Holder for Eudiometrical Operations, see No. 2177. 2369. Bunsen’s Steam Apparatus, for converting the water produced by an explosio in the Eudiometer into vapour, and measuring it in that state. (See Bur: sen’s Gasometry, page 47.) Price , without support and gas burner, 33s. 2370. Bunsen’s Apparatus for Graduating Glass Tubes, with scale of millimetre! &c., complete. (See Bunsen’s Gasometry, page 26, Fig. 21.) £2 12s. 6d. 2371. Bunsen’s Absorptiometer, for determining the laws of the absorption of gaseM in liquids. (See Bunsen’s Gasometry, page 138, Fig. 43.) £7. 2372. Bunsen’s Apparatus for determining the specific gravity of gases by effusioi Fig. 2372. (See Bunsen and Roseoe’s Gasometry, Fig. 40, page 122.) 12s. 6i' 2373. Bunsen’s Apparatus for measuring the volume of a gas, with a view to tk determination of its specific gravity, consisting of a graduated flask, coi tents 200 to 300 c. cubes, and a chloride of calcium desiccating tube, Fij 2374. (See Bunsen and Roscoe’s Gasometry, Figs. 38 and 39.) 6s. 2374. Ditto, a Pneumatic Trough for use with the preceding apparatus; mahogan; with plate glass sides, Fig. 2374, 20s. 2375. Copper Cone and Three Copper Collars, for grinding the necks of flasks und( £ inch bore, and fitting glass stoppers to them by grinding with emery an turpentine; to form such apparatus as No. 2373. (See instructions i Bunsen’s Gasometry, page 118.) The set, 2s. 6d. 2376. Blowpipe Lamp, to attach to a blowpipe, for use in sealing up the ends of gla? tubes and the narrow necks of flasks that contain gases, mineral water &c., 2s. 6d. The use is explained in Bunsen and Roscoe’s Gasometry, page 3. In order to have both han< free during the fusion of the neck of a vessel, a mouth blowpipe is employed, and a lamp, containii about T ' 5 ounce of oil, is connected with the blowpipe by means of a wire and a small ring. I bending the wire, it is easy to give the dame the requisite form and length. A cork is fixed in tl upper end of the blowpipe, and is to be placed between the teeth, by which means the blowpipe c< be held in such positions as to throw the flame in any desired direction, horizontal, vertical, or tran verse. 267 BUNSENS APPARATUS FOR GAS ANALYSIS. 2877. 2378. 2379. 2380. 2381. 2382. Mouth Blowpipe, attached to a Gas Burner, for the same use, Fig. 2377 3« Bunsen s Syphon Barometer, form of Fig. 2378, the tube graduated on both branches into millimetres, diameter of the tube such as to take about 12 ounces of mercury, filled and boiled, 15s. The Graduated Barometer Tube, without mercury, 8s. Support for the Barometer, consisting of an iron clamp, rod and foot, as represented in Fig. 2378, 6s. 6d. Thermometer for insertion in the lower limb of the Barometer, 4s. Plummet to attach to a thread, and suspend near the Barometer, &c., to secure their being placed in a vertical position. (See Bunsen’s Gasometry, page 22.) ■Is* -.383. Cathetometer, form of Fig. 2383, the telescope with micrometer, for use in observing the height of the mercury in Barometers, Gas Tubes, Eudiometers, &c., without approaching near them, £3 10s. 263 GAS APPARATUS FOR ANALYTICAL PROCF.SSES. APPARATUS USED IN THE TECHNICAL ANALYSIS OF COAL-GAS. 2384 Graduated Bottle, 12 inches by H, with a stopper at top and a neck at the side near the bottom, graduated into 100 parts, 10s. 6d. . 2385. Graduated Tube, 30 inches by f inch form of Coopers Gas Receiver, wit bulb at top and the mouth stoppered, graduated into 100 paits, 9s. 2S86 Pair of Cooper’s Gas Receivers, 10 or 12 inches by f inch, graduated into_ 2386. Pair of Loop ^ # porce l ain tray, 6 by 5 inches, and a mahogany stand! 10 by 12 inches, with two jointed brass clamps and 16 inch rods to suppoi(| 2387 Cooner‘s b Tube 6S 80 inches long, and about I inch diameter, the contents gra- 2387. Coopery and e ° ch part into 6ths ; in all 500 divisions 9s. 2388. Sheet Iron Water Trough, for use with ditto, 3 feet high, 4* inches wide, wit 2389. Bunsen’s Photometer, for comparing and measuring the power of gas-lights, 50s. 2390 Bunsen’s Photometer is represented by Fig. 2389: the slide, prorjd^ with a gradMtod; scale, is about 4 feet long. At the Whand end is a support (onmttel The cylindrical rented o“ h^Me, moles from end to end upon It cmiUinj a ^ric , 'of 1 liaper ll made^ translucetoTby^teannef except a or to'thi i? g ;°Ub S atTto t S. MifopemSoi Sri? .0“C time on the disc no difference can he seen between the greased and ungreased portionsi of th P P I The chamber is then turned round 180°, so as to place the paper disc opposi e e^ga g to he tried, and the chamber is to be pushed along the slide l^Scefmm the^aper of the ***• 8 “^“" f<> “: times that of the candle, and so on. 2389. Uplirafiair of Chemical Costs. J400. TEST TUBES, of the best thin hard White German Glass, closed and properly rounded at one end, and bordered at the mouth; neatly finished and well annealed, Fig. 2400. 2400. Price per Dozen. Diameter of the Tubes across the middle, in Inches. * Length of Tubes, in Inches. 1 4 | 1 2 £ 1 4 £ 1 1J 2 inches 4d. 4d. 5d. 6d 7d. — — _ 3 ,, 4d. 5d. Gd 7d. 9d. 10d. Is. — — — 4 „ 6d. 7d. 8d. lOd. Is. — Is. Id. Is. 2d. — — 5 8d. 8d. lOd. Is. — Is. Id. Is. 3d. Is. 4d. Is. 7d. — 6 „ — — Is. — Is. Id. Is. 2d. Is. 4cl Is. Gd. Is. 9d. 2s. — 7 „ — — Is. 2d. Is. 3d. Is. 4d. Is. Gd. Is. 9d. 2s. — 2s. Gd. 8 „ — — — Is. Gd. Is. 8d. Is. lOd. 2s. Gd. 3s. — Test Tubes of smaller sizes than the above are described under the head of Blowpipe Apparatus. 101. Brush for cleaning Test Tubes, handle of galvanized iron wire, Fig. 2401, 3d. 102. Ditto, for very narrow tubes, 2d. 2401 270 TEST TUBES. TEST GLASSES. COLLECTIONS OR ASSORTMENTS OF TEST TUBES. 2403. Collection of 42 Testing and Boiling Tubes, 4s. 12 each of 5 by \ and 6 by f inch. 6 each of 3 by f, 6 by 1, and 6 by lj inch. 2404. Collection of 60 Testing and Boiling Tubes, 6s. 12 each of 5 by i, 5 by •§-, 5 by f, and 6 by 1 inch. 6 each of 6 by f, and 7 by 1£ inch. 2405. Collection of 120 Testing and Boiling Tubes, 10s.: 12 each of 2 by £, 3 by f, 3 by 1, and 4 by £ inch. 12 each of 5 by £, 5 by f, 5 by f, and 6 by 1 inch. 6 each of 6 by f, 6 by 1|, 7 by f, and 7 by 1^ inch. TEST TUBES, IN NESTS, in round pasteboard cases, suitable for travelliiH sets of apparatus. 2406. Nest of 3 tubes, from 3 inch by | inch, to 5 inch by f inch, 6d. 2407. Nest of 6 tubes, from 2 by \ inch to 6 by 1 inch, lOd. 2408. Nest of 9 tubes, from 2£ by f inch to 7 by 1 inch, Is. 3d. 2409. Nest of 12 tubes, from 2£ by \ inch to 9 by 1|- inch, 2s. TEST GLASSES ON FEET. 2413 . 2414 . 2415 . 2420 . 2421 . 2422 These Test Glasses are made either of Bohemian or of hard German white glass, which are not readily rendered opaque by the scratching of the stirrers as are the Test Glasses that are made soft English flint glass. 2410. Clark’s Conical Test Glass, Fig. 2410, 1 ounce size, 3^ inches high, 2 inch diameter, with spout, made very broad, to show slight changes of colo when a mass of liquor is looked through horizontally. Per Dozen, 3s. 2411. Very Small Light Conical Test Glass, form of Fig. 2410, 1 inch high, inch diameter, with spout; for trying the action of small quantities of flu on litmus paper, &c., as in the testing of water and dilute fluids. Per Doze • Is. 6d. 2412. Conical Test Glass, small and stout in the glass, for portable laboratorif form of Fig. 2412, 1 inch diameter, 2 inches high, contents £ ounce, wit out stalk or spout. Per Dozen, 2s. 2413. Bohemian Test Glasses, form of Fig. 2413, conical, with rounded bottoi and spout, fine white glass, elegant form. Price per Dozen 1 ounce, 3s. 6d. 2 ounces, 4s. 6d. 3 ounces, 5s. 6d. 4 ounces, 6s. 6d. 6 ounces, 8s. 8 ounces, 10s. TEST GLASSES. TEST PAPERS. 271 2114. French Test Glasses, conical, with spout, form of Fig. 2414. Per Dozen:— 1 ounce, 3s. 2 ounces, 3s. 6d. 3 „ 4s. 4 ,, 4s. 6d. 5 ounces, 5s. 6 ,, 5s. 6d. 7 „ 6s. 8 „ 7s. 12 ounces, 8s. 16 ,, 10s. 24 „ 14s. 32 „ 18s. Cylindrical Test Glasses, with spout, form of Fig. 2415. Per Dozen :— 2415. Contents 2 ounces, 5£ inches high, 1 inch wide, 3£ inches deep within, 4s. 2416. 2417. 2418. 2410. 4 6 8 12 6t 7 7 8 6s i s. 8s. 9s. li inches wide, 4| 2 ,, 4-j 2i „ 5 „ 6 2420. Cylindrical Test Glass, form of Fig. 2420, without spout, contents 18 to 20 ounces, 8 inches high, 3J inches wide, inches deep within. Per Dozen, 12s. Glass Stirrers, suited to the different sizes of Test Glasses, see No. 115, page 12. 2421. German Test Tubes on Feet, with expanded mouth and spout, form of Fig. 2421. Per Dozen :— 1. H inches high, ^-inch wide, Is. 2. 2 „ | „ Is. 2d. 3. 3 ,, A ,, Is. 4d. 4. 4 inches high, £-inch wide, Is. 6d. 5. 5 „ | „ Is. 9d. 6. 6 ,, 1 „ 2s. 2422. Tall Conical Test Glass, champagne form, Fig. 2422, without spout, contents 10 ounces, 9 inches high, 3 inches wide, Is. 2423. TEST PAPERS, Delicate, - bound in cheque books / of 50 leaves each, size 3 '■ inches long by ^ inch wide, Fig 2423. The following kinds :— V 2423. 4. Turmeric, for Alkalies. 5. Brazil Wood, for Hydrofluoric Acid. 6. Lead, for Sulphuretted Hydrogen. 7. Starch, for Iodine. 1. Blue Litmus, for Acids. 2. Red Litmus, for Alkalies. 3. Neutral Litmus, either for Acids or Alkalies. The Blue Litmus will detect half a grain of sulphuric acid in a gallon of water, namely 1 in 140,000. The Red Litmus will detect 1 grain of caustic soda in a gallon of water, or 1 in 70,000. The test papers are hard sized, so that lines can be drawn across them with the wet point of a g ass rod, and thus many trials may be made with one leaf of paper. 2424. Price of a Single Book of Test Paper, 2d. 2425. Test Paper Books, assorted, per dozen , Is. 6d. 2426. Wooden Box, with 6 Test Books, assorted, Is. 2427. Large Wooden Box, with 12 Books of Litmus, 2s. 2 428. Neat Case, containing 6 dozen Test Books, assorted, 9s. 2429. Leather Case for the pocket, to hold one Test Book, 4d. 2430. Leather Case, with one book of blue or neutral litmus, 6>d. Japanned Tin-plate Cases, with hinged tops, at the same price as leather cases. i 2431. Stoppered Glass Bottle, with 12 Books Neutral Litmus, 3s. LITMjf jfl jlTS ( j 2429. 272 CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. 243*2. Test Papers for Lecturers. —Test Papers, strongly coloured, and of larg size, 5 inches long, | inch wide, for experiments at lectures ; in a past! board box, containing 6 books, namely, blue and red litmus, yellow aiu * brown turmeric, lead paper, and starch paper, each book containing 3 leaves, per box, Is. 6d. 2433. Any of the Books separately, 3d. each. 2434. Ozone Paper, per packet of 60 leaves, 5 inches long, 2 inches wide, Is. 2435. Lowe’s Ozone Box, for exposing Ozone Papers to the free action of the air i the shade, 15s. 2436. Test Metals. —An assortment of small metallic bars and wires for precip tating metals in qualitative Testing, in a turned wooden box, Is. 2437. The metals separately, each Id. Iron Bar. Zinc thin Wire. Copper thin Wire. Lead Wire. Zinc Bar. Copper Plate. Tin Wire. 2438. Test Spoon,—a small spoon of polished Ger¬ man silver, with a bowl \ inch diameter, for lifting small quantities of powder' fluxes, &c., the handle fashioned into a spatula, 3£ inches long, Fig. 2438, 3d. 2439. Porcelain Testing Slabs, square Plates of White Glazed Porcelain, with J2 flat cavities for Test¬ ing Liquors that give Coloured Precipitates, as fully explained at No. 2815. Fig. 2439, two sizes :— 2439. Berlin Porcelain, 4£ by 3| inches, with 12 cavities, f inch diameter, I s. 6d. 2438. (3000 033 C3' 00(0 0 ' 2439. 2440. Thuringian Porcelain, 3f by 3 inches, with 12 cavities, £ inch diameter, Is. 2441. Piound flat Plates of Berlin Porcelain, white and glazed, with depression the middle like that of dinner plates, for use instead of Watch Glass< in examining Coloured Precipitates. 1| inch diameter, 2d.; If inch diameter, 2d. 2442. Pipettes for applying Tests in Drops, &c. See No. 1690. 2443. Pipette Bottles for Tests. See No. 1556. . CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. 2445. The Eeagents enumerated in tlie following Table are carefully prepared, in accordai U with the Strength and Purity recommended by Rose, Fresenius, and other analytical chemiil But with this difference,—that, whereas it is usual to prepare solutions of tests according to cert * variable and not very precise standards, such as 1 to 5 of water, 1 to 12, 1 to 15, 1 to 24, &c., M attempt is now made to give to each solution an Atomic strength. The standard of mens > fixed upon is the Dedgallon, and one Atom of any chemical substance, weighed in grains , E M made into a solution of the bulk of a Decigallon, at 62° F., is called a solution of One Degree ? strength (marked 1°). If 2 atoms are dissolved in a solution of that bulk, it is a solution of If 5 atoms are dissolved, it is a solution of 5°, and so on. As the measure which in this work is called a Septem, is the thousandth part of a Decioall*, it follows, that, with a pipette graduated into Septems, the m^th part of an atom of any chemi’I substance contained in a solution of 1°, or any number of I0 t 0 th parts, can be readily measured j j In like manner, Equivalent Quantities of any two liquors, susceptible of double decomposition, c 1 be measured off for effecting such a decomposition. Thus, 10 Septems of Chloride of Barium of <> will decompose 5 Septems of Sulphate of Sodium of 10°. Consequently, test liquors prepared on tp * plan, can not only be used for all the processes of quantitative analysis, but serve also, to a cert, 1 extent, or quantitative experiments. They are also adapted to ensure the Lecturer against the p 1 CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. 273 of occasionally failing in tlie performance of Class Experiments, in consequence of his not knowing the strength of the solutions he has occasion to mix together, to produce a desired effect. Indeed, the con¬ veniences that must result from the use of test solutions of systematic degrees of strength are so obvious that chemists would, no doubt, have long ago been accustomed to use them, but for the circumstance' that the arrangement cannot be successfully extended to the entire series of chemical reagents, j With some reagents it is difficult and troublesome to ascertain the degree of strength of the solu- i tions ; with others it is yet more difficult to preserve the solutions in an unaltered condition. The || reagents which decompose in water, either cold, or during changes of temperature, and those which i rapidly absorb oxygen or carbonic acid from the atmosphere, cannot possibly be the subjects of ■! successful commercial dispensation in the form of accurate test solutions. Every chemist who washes to use such changeable tests in a state of absolute purity must himself prepare the solutions when he wants them for instant use. But the circumstance, that these changeable compounds cannot be kept in a pure state, nor of fixed strength, need not prevent the systematic use of other reagents to which objections of the same kind do not apply. I therefore venture to recommend this subject to the consideration of chemists, although it is thus encumbered with difficulties. This much will be gained at any rate ; the unchangeable test liquors will be more useful than hitherto, while those that are changeable will be no w r orse than they always were. I must add a caution on another point. Although these test solutions are Volumetric, they must not be confounded with the solutions that are expressly prepared for volumetric analysis, and - which are described in the next Section of this work. In both cases, indeed, the strength expressed in Degrees is quoted in the description of each particular test solution; but the solutions of chemicals now under consideration are strong solutions, some of them nearly or quite saturated, while the solutions for volumetric analysis are all made very dilute. I may add further, that the chemical i strength of these strong test solutions is not adjusted with the same exactness as that of the dilute solutions for Volumetric analysis. In the latter case, great accuracy is indispensable, and only such liquors are used as can be graduated with precision. In the foimer case, such exactness is in some instances unnecessary ; in many cases it is not attainable ; and in other cases, it is not so desirable as to warrant the great expense that would be incurred in effecting it. For the safe of convenience in Analysis, bottles to contain Acids and Alkalies are put Into the folloiving series ; hut as such liquids cannot be sent by Railway , or by Ship, cithout being “ Declared,” they require to be packed in a separate Case for travelling. See Article Acids in the General List ot Chemicals. 440. The Test Solutions are supplied at the prices quoted in the columns marked 13 in the following Table, in narrow-mouthed white haid German glass stoppered bottles, of the form and superior quality described at No. 1551 in this work. The bottles have printed labels, stating the particulars that are given in this Table. If the Test Solutions are supplied in bottles of the form and quality described at No. 1550 in this work, the prices are reduced to the terms stated in the columns marked A. These bottles are not so elegant as those of class B, nor are they so carefully stoppered. If the lests are required for travelling cabinets, those of class B are much to be preferred to those of class A. But the latter are quite sufficient for ordinary laboratory 1551. 1550. ure. N N 274 CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. No. Name of the Reagent. 4 Symbol. Atomic Weight. 1 Atoms in 1000 Septems. Grains IN 1 Septem. . - 2447 Acetic Acid H,C 2 H 3 0 3 60 40 2-4 2448 Alcohol, Sp. gr. 805 H,C 3 H 5 0 46 2449 Ammonium, Carbonate NH 4 ,NH 4 ,C0 3 96 15 1-44 | 2450 Ammonia NH 3 17 40 •68 2451 Ammonium, Chloride NH 4 ,C1 53-5 20 1-07 2452 Ammonium, Molybdate NH 4 ,Mo0 2 98 2 •196 2458 Ammonium, Oxalate NH 4 ,C0 2 62 4 •248 2454 Ammonium, Sulphide NH 4 ,S 34 10 •84 jf 246 L Barium, Acetate Ba,C 2 H ? 0 2 127-5 4 •51 2462 Barium, Chloride BaCl 104 5 •52 2463 Barium, Hydrate BaHO 85-5 2 •171 2464 Barium, Nitrate BaNO 3 1305 3 •3911 2470 Calcium, Chloride CaCl 55-5 20 I'll ' 2471 Calcium, Hydrate CaHO 37 •4 •Oh 2472 Calcium, Nitrate CaNO 3 82 10 •82 2473 Calcium, Sulphate CaSO 3 68 •25 •01 2475 Chlorine Water, saturated Cl J 2476 Cobalt, Nitrate CoNO 3 91-5 5 •45 2477 Copper, Sulphate CucSO 2 79-75 5 •39 2483 Ether, Sulphuric C 2 H 5 ,C 2 H 5 0 74 2491 Gold, Terchloride AucCl 101 3 •30 2496 Hydrochloric Acid HC1 36-5 50 1-8S 2497 Hydrofluosilicic Acid HSi 2 F 3 72 3 •21 2498 Hydrosulphuric Acid HS 17 2 ■oJ 2499 Ferric Chloride FecCl 54-16 10 •5 3 2500 Ferric Sulphate FecSO 2 66-66 10 •6(1 •7(1 2501 Ferrous Sulphate FeSO 2 76 10 2505 Indigo, Sulphate 2510 Lead, Acetate Pb,C 2 H 3 0 2 162-5 4 •6! 2511 Lead, Nitrate PbNO 3 165-5 4 •6i 2514 Magnesium, Sulphate MgSO 2 60 5 •3 - CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. “275 Contents of the Bottles in Fluid Ounces. No. 2 oz. 3 oz. 4 oz. 6 oz. 10 oz. 20 oz. A B A B A B A B A B A B s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. 2447 1 - 1 3 1 1 1 7 1 4 2 - 1 9 2 4 2 9 3 5 5 - 5 8 ! 2448 1 1 1 6 1 5 1 11 1 10 2 4 o r*f 6 3 1 4 - 4 8 7 6 8 2 ,2449 - 7 1 — - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 2450 — 6 - 11 - 7 l 1 — 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 l 8 1 8 2 4 2451 — 6 — 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 l 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 1245*2 — 7 1 — - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 12453 — 8 1 1 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 0 1 3 l 10 1 10 2 6 3 4 4 - 2454 — 10 1 3 1 1 1 7 1 4 2 - 1 9 2 4 2 9 3 5 5 - 5 8 2461 — 9 1 2 - 11 1 5 1 2 1 8 1 6 2 1 2 4 3 - 4 2 4 10 2462 — 6 — 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 2463 — 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 l 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 ¥ 5464 — 6 - 11 - 7 l 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 5470 — 6 - 11 — 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 * 5471 — 6 — 11 — 6 1 — - 7 1 2 - 8 1 3 l - 1 7 1 3 1 11 5472 — 8 1 1 — 10 1 4 1 - 1 6 1 3 1 10 1 11 2 6 3 4 4 - 5473 — 6 — 11 — 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 l 8 2 4 5475 — 6 — 11 — 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 5476 1 9 2 2 2 5 2 11 3 2 3 9 4 6 5 1 7 - 7 8 12 6 13 2 5477 - 6 — 11 — 7 1 1 — 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 5483 1 3 1 8 1 8 2 2 2 2 2 9 3 - 3 7 4 9 5 5 9 4 10 - 5491 8 5 8 10 12 5 13 _ 16 6 17 - 24 - 24 6 40 - 40 8 80 - 80 8 5496 _ 7 1 _ _ 8 1 2 — 10 l 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 2 2 6 3 0 nJ 5497 _ 10 1 3 1 1 1 7 1 4 2 - 1 9 2 4 2 9 3 5 5 — 5 8 i!498 7 1 _ 8 1 2 — 10 l 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 2 2 6 3 2 j:499 i — 8 1 1 _ 9 1 3 — 11 1 5 1 o r* 1 9 1 8 2 4 2 11 3 7 (500 __ 6 _ 11 7 1 1 — 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 501 _ 7 1 _ _ 8 1 1 — 9 1 3 - 11 1 6 1 3 1 11 2 1 2 9 505 _ 6 _ 11 _ 7 1 1 — 8 l 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 ,510 *6 11 7 1 1 — 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 ; 511 6 11 7 1 1 _ 8 1 o /*w - 9 1 4 l 1 1 8 1 8 0 4 514 6 11 7 1 1 8 1 2 - 9 l 4 1 1 1 8 l 8 2 4 i A B A B A B A B A B 1 A T> 276 CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. No. 1 Name ok the Reagent. Symbol. Atomic Weight. Atoms in 1000 Septems. Grains IN 1 Septem. 2516 4 Mercuric Chloride HgcCl 135-5 3 ■4065 2517 Mercurous Nitrate HgNO 3 262 i •262 2518 Mercuric Potassio-Iodide KI,HgcI 393 i •393 2522 Nitric Acid HNO 3 63 30 1-89 2523 Oxalic Acid HCO 3 45 10 •45 2527 Platinic Chloride PtcCl 85 8 68 2529 Potassium, Bicarbonate KHCO 3 100 10 l-l 2530 Potassium, Carbonate K 2 C0 3 138 10 1-38 2531 Potassium, Bichromate 2KCr0 3 + Cr 2 0 3 295 2 •59 2532 Potassium, Chromate KCrO 2 97-25 5 •49 2533 Potassium, Cyanide KCN 65 10 •65 2534 Potassium, Ferridcyanide IvCy,FecCy 109-66 6 •658 2535 Potassium, Ferrocyanide K 2 FeCy 3 184 3 •552 2536 Potassium, Hydrate KHO 56 20 1-12 2537 Potassium, Iodide KI 166 5 •83 2539 Potassium, Sulphate KSO 2 87 5 •435 2540 Potassium, Sulphocyanide Iv,CN,S 2 97 5 •485 2550 Silver, Nitrate AgNO 3 170 2 •34 2555 Sodium, Acetate Na,C 2 H 3 0 2 82 5 •41 2557 Sodium, Bitartrate NaC 2 H 2 0 3 + H,C 2 H 2 0 3 172 4 •688 2558 Sodium, Carbonate Na 3 C0 3 106 10 1-06 2559 Sodium, Chloride NaCl GO O* 10 •585 2560 Sodium, Hydrate NaHO 40 20 •8 2561 Sodium, Phosphate Na 2 H,P0 4 142 2 •284 2562 Sodium, Sulphate NaSO 2 71 10 •71 2563 Sodium, Sulphide NaS R9 5 •195 2571 Sulphuric Acid HSO 3 49 50 2-45 2572 Sulphuric Acid, concentrated HSO 2 49 263 12-8 2576 Stannous Chloride SnCl 94-5 5 •4725 2577 Starch (permanent solution ) InCaCl + NaCl • • • • • • CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION. *77 Contents of the Bottles in Fluid Ounces. Nj. 2 oz. 3 oz. 4 oz. 6 oz. 10 oz. 20 oz. A B A B A B A B A B A B s. d. s d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. 2516 - 8 1 1 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 6 1 3 1 10 1 11 2 6 3 4 4 __ 2517 - 7 1 - - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 2518 - 11 1 4 1 2 1 8 1 6 2 - 2 - 2 7 3 2 3 9 5 10 6 6 2522 - 8 1 1 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 6 1 3 1 10 1 11 2 6 3 4 4 _ 2523 - 7 1 - - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 2527 6 5 6 10 9 5 9 11 12 6 13 - 18 6 19 1 30 8 31 4 61 — 61 8 2529 - 7 1 - - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 2530 - 9 1 2 - 11 1 5 1 2 1 8 1 6 2 1 2 4 2 11 4 2 4 10 2531 - 7 1 - - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 2532 - 7 1 — - 8 1 2 - 10 4 1 — 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 2533 — 11 1 4 1 2 1 8 1 6 2 - 2 - 2 7 3 2 O u 9 5 10 6 6 2534 - 8 1 1 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 6 1 3 1 10 1 11 2 6 3 4 4 — 2535 - 7 1 - - 8 1 2 - 10 1 4 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 1 2 6 3 2 25 3G - 9 1 2 - 11 1 5 1 2 jj. 8 1 6 2 1 2 4 2 11 4 2 4 10 2537 — 11 1 4 1 2 1 8 1 6 •2 - 2 - 2 7 3 2 3 9 5 10 0 6 2539 - 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 l 8 2 4 2540 - 8 1 1 - 9 1 3 - 11 1 6 1 2 1 9 1 8 2 4 2 11 3 7 2550 1 2 1 7 1 6 2 - 2 - 2 6 2 9 3 4 4 6 5 2 8 - 8 8 2555 - 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 2557 - 8 1 1 - 10 1 4 1 0 1 6 1 3 1 10 1 11 2 6 3 4 4 — 2558 - 7 - 11 - 8 l 2 - 10 1 5 1 - 1 7 1 6 2 2 2 4 3 — 2559 - 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 l 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 2560 - 8 1 1 - 10 l 4 l - 1 6 1 3 1 10 1 11 2 6 3 4 4 - 2561 - 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 2562 - 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 2563 — 7 1 - - 8 l 2 - 10 1 5 1 - 1 7 l 6 2 2 2 6 3 2 2571 - 7 1 - 8 1 2 - 10 l 4 l - 1 7 1 6 2 2 2 6 3 2 2572 — 9 1 2 - 11 1 5 1 2 1 9 1 6 2 1 2 4 3 - 4 - 4 8 2576 - 8 1 1 - 9 1 3 - 11 1 6 1 2 1 9 1 8 2 4 2 11 3 7 2577 - 6 - 11 - 7 1 1 - 8 1 2 - 9 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 4 A B A B A 1 B A B A B A B 278 CHEMICAL TESTS TO BE KEPT IN THE DRY STATE. TESTS TO BE KEPT IN THE DRY STATE. 2600. These Tests consist of substances -which require to be used in the solid form, or of those the solutions of which undergo spontaneous decomposition, or which attack the bottles or fix the stoppers. They also include materials for the production of the Gases that are used in Analysis. The Reagents are packed in wide-mouthed German white glass stoppered bottles of the capacity of 2, 6, 10, and 20 fluid ounces. The bottles are filled. There are two kinds of bottles. Those marked B ai’e of the fine quality and good form described at No. 1577. Those marked A are of the form and quality described at No. 1576. Both correspond with the narrow-mouthed Solution bottles described at No. 2446. The Prices include the Cost of the Bottles. 1577. 1576. No. Tests. 2 ounce. 6 ounce. 10 ounce. A B A B A B s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. 2602 Ammonium, Sesquicai’bonate — 10 1 2 1 7 2 — 2 1 2 8 2603 Ammonium, Nitrate, cryst. 1 — l 4 2 — 2 5 3 3 3 10 2604 Barium, Acetate, cryst. 2 — 2 4 4 2 4 7 6 6 7 1 2606 Barium, Carbonate, pasty J 11 2 3 3 11 4 4 6 — 6 7 2607 Barium, Hydrate, cryst. 2 — 2 4 4 2 4 7 6 6 7 1 2610 Calcium, Fluoride — 10 1 2 1 2 1 7 1 5 2 - 2611 Copper, precipitated • 2612 Gall Nuts in powder — 9 1 1 ] 4 1 9 1 10 2 5 2613 Ferrous Sulphate, cryst., granul. 1 1 1 5 2 1 2 6 3 — 3 7 2615 Lime, Chloride — 8 1 — 1 — 1 5 1 3 1 10 2616 Litmus 1 1 1 5 2 — 2 5 2 8 3 3 2617 Oxalic Acid, cryst. l 4 1 8 2 8 3 1 2 9 3 4 2619 Potassium, Hydrate, partially purified 1 2 1 6 2 5 2 10 3 6 4 1 2620 -by Alcohol, nearly pure 2 — 2 4 4 6 4 11 7 1 7 8 2621 Potassium, Red Chromate 1 8 2 — 3 4 3 9 5 1 5 8 2625 Sodium, Hydrate, partially puri- fied 1 2 1 6 2 5 2 10 3 6 4 1 2626 by Alcohol, nearly pure 2 — 2 4 4 6 4 ] 1 7 1 7 8 2627 Sodium, Chloride — 11 1 3 J 9 2 2 2 5 3 2628 Sodium, Nitrate — 9 1 1 1 4 1 9 1 9 2 4 | 2629 Sodium, Sulphide 1 8 2 — 3 6 3 11 5 6 6 1 2631 Tartaric Acid, cryst. 1 7 1 11 3 3 3 8 5 — 5 7 I 2632 Tin, Protochloride, cryst. 1 6 1 10 3 1 3 6 4 10 5 5 2633 Zinc, pure in rods 2 6 2 10 4 6 4 11 7 1 7 8 2636 Flux for Silicates, KNaCO 3 1 7 1 ] 1 3 3 3 8 5 — 5 7 CHEMICALS TO BE KEPT IN THE DRY STATE. «70 Substances for Preparing Gases. No. 2640 Iron, Sulphide. For HS 2641 Manganese, Peroxide. For Cl 2642 Potassium, Chlorate. For O 2643 Zinc, granulated. For H 2644 Carrara Marble. For CO 2 2645 Fluor Spar. For HF Test Papers. See No. 2423. Test Metals. See No. 2436. A s. d. 1 2 - 11 1 9 1 - 1 3 1 2 unce. 10 ounce. 20 ounce. B A B A B s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. s. d. 1 7 1 7 2 2 2 8 3 3 1 4 1 1 1 8 1 8 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 8 3 8 4 3 1 5 1 4 1 11 2 - 2 7 1 8 2 - 2 7 3 3 3 10 1 7 1 5 2 - 2 - 2 7 Blowpipe Reagents. No. 2 ounce. 6 ounce. 10 ounce. 2650 2651 2652 2653 2476 1655 2656 >658 >659 Borax Microcosmic Salt Sodium, Carbonate Potassium, Cyanide Cobalt, Nitrate, solution Potassium, Bisulphate Potassium, Nitrate Boracic Acid, fused Gypsum, crystallised A s. d. - 11 1 6 - 10 1 10 l 9 1 1 1 - 1 9 1 9 B s. d. 1 3 1 10 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 5 1 4 2 1 2 1 A s. d. 1 8 3 1 1 6 3 9 4 6 2 - 1 9 3 7 3 7 B s. d. 2 1 3 6 1 11 4 2 5 1 2 5 2 2 4 - 4 - A s. d. 2 3 4 7 2 l 5 10 7 - 2 11 2 7 5 7 5 7 B s d. 2 10 5 2 2 8 6 5 7 8 3 6 3 2 6 2 6 2 collections of Chemical Tests, contained in Portable Cabinets For Particulars refer to the Section on Chemical Cabinets. In ordering Reagents from the preceding Lists, it is only necessary to specif, the No. ud the size of the bottle desired. polumcfrit ^nalgsis. Those who wish to study the general principles of Volumetric Analysis, or to become acquainted with the special rules for the practice of that art, will necessarily refer to works that treat expressly on those subjects. Among such works, I may mention Mohr’s Lelirbuch der Titrirme- thode, 1S62; Sutton’s Handbook of Volumetric Analysis, 1863; Fresenius on Quantitative Chemical' Analysis, 1860, or the later German edition of that work; and, finally, the Tenth edition o: Griffin’s Chemical Recreations. I propose, in this work, merely to refer to a number of practical points; such as the varieties and, relative merits of the necessary apparatus, the way to handle it so as to ensure the best results, the composition of the principal Test solutions, with short notices of the purposes to which they are* to be applied ; and an account of the weights, measures, and methods of reckoning employed in, Volumetric Analysis. Where it can be done with brevity, I shall give instructions for performing the analytical operations ; but I cannot enter fully into the long details which the explanation oi certain processes demand, and I by no means propose to supersede the use of books written expressly, to teach the art of Volumetric Analysis. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES USED IN VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS. 2675. Instruments for use in Volumetric Analysis are so graduated, that the unit of measuremen! is the thousandth part of the capacity of the vessel in which the Normal or Standard Test liquor are prepared. Each unit of measurement therefore contains the y^th part of the pure chemical substance that is dissolved in the standard measure to prepare any given test liquor. At the present time, three different units of measurement are in use among English chemists :— The first is the Centimetre Cube. W hen this unit is used, the test liquors are prepared in tli Litre, which contains 1000 Centimetre Cubes. The second is the Decem, or the measure of 10 English grains of water at 62° Fahr. For use wit this measure, the test liquors are prepared in a vessel that contains 1000 Decems, or 10,000 grains j 2681. These three liquors, so differently prepared, are identical in strength, provided the Gramme is made equivalent to 15*4 grains, aud the Centimetre Cube to — 8ep euii .■ Cube of any one of the liquors then contains the -jjootli part of 49 Grammes o *■ 0 2P2 WEIGHTS AND MEASURES USED IN VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS. of each contains the ^th part of 490 Grains, and 1 Septem contains the yggjth part of 343 grains of the acid. The reason of this is, that 1 Gramme _ 7 Grains per Litre ” per Decigallon ■Because_ 15’4 Grains in 15'400 = 7 Grains in 7000 The same liquor coidd therefore be used in analyses, with Burettes graduated according to any o ? the three systems. But, necessarily, if the Centimetre Cube is taken as equivalent to 15‘4 grains of water by volume, while the brass gramme that is made use of is equivalent to 15 4323487 grains by weight, the test liquors made with materials weighed with such a gramme will be, as above noted, about one-fifth o a per cent., or 1 in 500, stronger than if made with grain weights. If a correction on this account i:| considered to be necessary, it is very easy to make it. Thus, to reduce gramme solutions to grail: solutions, 500 volumes are to be diluted with water to 501 volumes. To strengthen grain solution:! to gramme solutions, 5 ^ B th part by weight of the solid contents must be added to 501 volumes by measure. Conversion of French Prescriptions into English. 10 Grains per Decern. 10 Grains in 10000. 2682. It is here assumed that the prescriptions refer to solid bodies weighed in grammes, and teiug at the top, and 100° at the bottom. The tube is open at both ends ; but the lower end is contracted, and is connected by a short flexible tube of vulcanised caoutchouc with a small glass jetc. Across the flexible tube is placed a pinchcock d, which closes the tube when left at rest, and opens it when the buttons at d are slightly pressed with the finger and thumb. It is easy either to let out a continuous stream of the test liquor, or to limit its passage to single drops. e burette is represented as suspended by a ring of cork or caoutchouc from the upper arcn o ® support eb. The lower arm/6 serves principally to keep the burette in an upright jiosition. lte mint c is fixed at such a height above the table as to allow free motion to the mixing J< ir .'/t ^ ,c 1 s placed below the jet, with the liquid that is to be tested. Various forms of the pinchcock are ;hown at Nos. 2715-21. 286 BURETTI-S ANI) BURETTE SUPPORTS. 2GS8. Mohr’s Burette, with Pinchcock, caoutchouc tube, and Jet. Fig. 2688. Graduated into Centimetre Cubes. Graduated into Septems. 1 10 CC. in 1 l 0 3s. 24 55 septems in 1 1 3s. 2 25 y 9 1 2 2s. 9d. 25 55 99 i 4s. 3 25 9 9 1 5 3s. 26 55 9» tV 5s. 4 25 9 9 1_ 1 O 4s. 27 70 99 X 1 4s. 5 35 9 9 1 5 4s. 28 70 99 1 2 4s. 6 d 6 35 99 1 1 o 4s. 6 d. 29 70 99 1 ~5 5s. 7 55 99 1 2 4s. 9d. 30 100 99 1 1 4s. 6 d 8 55 99 1 5s. 31 100 99 1 2 5s. 9 55 9 9 _JL_ 1 0 5s. 9d. 32 100 99 1 a 6 s. 10 60 >9 l l 0 6 s. 33 200 99 X i 6 s. 11 75 9 9 1 2 5s. 6 d. 12 75 99 1 6 6 s. Graduated into Decerns. 13 75 99 1 1 O 7s. 34 10 decerns in i 1 0 2s. 9d. 14 100 99 1 1 6 s. 35 25 ) 9 l 5 3s. 15 100 9* 1 2 6 s. 6 d. 36 35 99 X 5 3s. 6 d. 16 100 99 1 5 8 s. 37 35 99 1 1 O 4s. 17 150 99 X 5 12 s. 38 55 99 1 2 4s. 18 200 99 1 1 7s. 39 55 19 1 5 4s. 6 d. 19 200 9 » 1 2 8 s. 40 55 99 1 1 O* 5s. 41 70 1 o 4s. 6 d. Graduated into Septems. 42 70 99 6 x o 5s. 6 d. 20 10 septems in iV 2 s. 6 d. 43 100 99 1 l 5s. 21 25 99 * \ 2 s. 6 d. 44 100 99 1 2 6 s. 22 35 99 ■5 3s. 45 100 9 1 X d 7s. 6 d. 23 35 99 tto 4 s. 46 200 19 1 1 7s. Special Gradations .—47 100 graiDS in 100° marked 0 to 100 3s. 48 1000 „ 200° „ 0 to 200 6 s. 49 100 minims in 100° 3s. 6 d. 50 200 „ 200° 4s. 6 d. 2689. Mohr’s Burette, with Gi-ass Stopcock. Fig. 2690, page 287. When Mohr’s burette requires to be used with a solution of permanganate of potash, or of iodine, or any other test which acts upon sulphur or caoutchouc, the flexible tube cannot be used, because it spoils the test. To meet this difficulty, burettes have been made with a glass stopcock, a; represented in Fig. 2690. This apparatus, however, is not so convenient in use as the former kind, the stopcock being more difficult to manage than the pinchcock, and requiring great care to limil the delivery of the liquor to small drops. Graduated into Centimetre Cubes. 1 . lOCC.in 1 1 O 4s. 2 . 25 9 9 JL 5 5 s. 3. 25 99 1 1 O 5s. 6 d. 4. 60 9 1 1 2 6 s. 6 d. 5. 60 99 x 6 7s. 6 . 60 99 1 1 O' 8 s. 7. 75 99 1 2 7s. 6 d. 8. 75 99 5 8 s. 6 d. 9. 100 99 1 2 8 s. 10 . 100 99 _1 5 10 s. 11 . 200 99 1 1 9s. Graduated into Septems. 12 . 25 septems in i 4s. (id. 13. 55 JL 99 6 5s. 6 d. 14. 100 X 99 1 6 s. 6 ( 1 . 15. 100 99 o 7 s. Od. Graduated into Decerns. 16. 50 decerns in % 6 s. 17. 100 X >■> i 7s. 2690. Mohr's Burette, with Glass Stopcock, and Apparatus for Supporting and Filling the Burette, and for preserving the test liquor. Fig. 2690, page 287, 25s. 287 VARIETIES OF MOHIi’s BURETTE AND BURETTE SUPPORTS. 288 burettes and burette supports. This apparatus consists of a burette, with S la ® 3 ’ t “f 8 aP Theflask°which contains the teat supplying the test solutionby a glass tube, having a stopcock solution is of 8 pints capacity. It is ag represe nted in Fig. 2690, m such a manner as in the middle, (see No. 2691). T burette, and cause it to descend without pro¬ to throw the test liquor against the: inner side o wit h the liquor, conveys air from the ducing froth. A flexible tube that does not come k ig closed) and the upper one is opened, burette to the flank. To All the burette.„ sed & regulate the outflow of the When it is full, the upper one is closed, a 1waste of the test liquor, and without unne- test liquor. The burette is tliu y contains the test solution is provided with a SnSgUZZ S mounted in the tame way. This - not shown - Fig. 2690. . Q ___ 2091. Glass Tube, with Stopcock, for use m con- , = structing apparatus of the character of 26 . 2691. a The bIe*™ "with Test Liquob ebom below. 2692. Arrangement bob filling iuuun ° --- - ’ \7pTvenI T Serenoe of air bubbles, as represented by Fig. *093, pao-e 287, consisting of the pieces repre¬ sented in Fig. 2692, namely, the tee-piece b one extra pinchcock, g, and two short caoutchouc tubes, d and e. The set, 1 s. 6d. 17- oaqq nacre 287 shows the method of mounting Mohr’s Fig. 2693, page 28/, d ith test i iqu0 r Burette near a window, where it can oe _ * arrange . in an easy and rapid manner. d 2693, is the bottle ment shown in detail by Fig-a^r g ^ permit of test uqaor, f -‘ b * the liquor doseends’te the described at No. 2825. Fi^2688%^& P & j^hgc^^'^n^obuTette^s^'upportrd on°the upper aim by a ring of cork or vulchnjS e d caout chouc The lower arm serves to keep the buie steady, when the hand is applied to the pinchcock. The following four varieties :— For One Burette. 2694 a. White Wood, 3s. 6d. 2694 b. Mahogany, 5s. For Two Burettes. 2695 a. White Wood, 5s. 2695 b. Mahogany, 6s. 0d. 2692. 2697 Wooden Clamp Support for Mohrs Burette with hinges and screws, which permit of the easy mounting or removal of the burettes, and their ready adjustment,_ higher or lower, to suit different sizes of jars that aie to be placed below them. The double sup¬ port is represented by Fig.^P^ge 287 ’ and the single support by Fig. 2697. BURETTE SUPPORTS. 289 Wooden Screw Clamps for Mohr’s Burette, Figs. 2697, 2698. For One Burette. 2697 Black Wood, 4s. 2697 a. Mahogany, 5s. 6d. For Two Burettes. 2698 Black Wood, 5s. 6d. 2698 a. Mahogany, 7s. 6d. 2700. Iron Clamp Support for one Mohr’s Burette, consisting of an iron clamp lined with cork, and regulated by a screw, attached to a collar with thumb screw, which slides upon an iron rod, 24 inches by £ inch, rising from an iron base 7j inches by 4£ inches. Similar to Fig. 2701, but for only one burette, 6 s. Gd. 2701. Iron Clamp Support for a Pair of Mohr's Burettes, Fig. 2701. Similar to No. 2700, but the iron base 14 inches long, and 5£ inches wide; the rod 24 inches by ^ inch, with branches for two burettes, 10s. 6d. The advantage of this form of support is, that the burette cau be readily set up or taken down without removing the pinchcock, or can have its delivery jet easily fixed at any required distance from the table, to accommodate the size of the mixing jar that is to be used in any given operation. It is very handy when the burette requires to be frequently changed, or frequently washed, for use with a new solution. 2704. 2702. Support for Mohr’s Burette, form of Fig. 2703, but for a sinyle Burette ; consisting of an iron rod 24 inches by i inch, fixed on an iron foot of 7^ inches by 4£ inches, with two brass branches ; one of which, a, serves to support the burette, and the other, b, to keep it upright, 3s. Gd. 2703. Support for a Pair of Mohrs Burettes, con¬ structed on the plan described at No. 2702, but for two burettes as represented in Fig. 2703. iron foot 14 inches by 5| inches, iron rod 24 inches by § inch, with two brass branches, 5s. 6d. If the holes in the branches a and b are too large for a given burette, they can be reduced in aperture by twisting some cord I round them. The apparatus Fig. 2704 is similar to this, but I has the additional branch c, to steady the jets. 2703. 2701. 290 BURETTE SUPPORTS. 2704. Support for a Pair of Mohr’s Burettes, with triple branches, as represented by Fig. 2704. The iron rod measures 24 inches by § inch ; the iron base 14 inches by 5$- inches; the three branches are of brass : the branch a supports the burettes ; b keeps them upright; and c serves to prevent the twisting of the jets when the pinchcocks f are pressed. 6s. 6d. 2704 a. The Figure 2704 represents a pair of burettes mounted on a support like No. 2704, and placed in connexion with two reservoirs of test liquors, mounted on a shelf ; the solution in the bottle k for example, consisting of caustic potash, and that in l of sulphuric acid, both of the same strength. These bottles are supposed to be placed on a shelf near a window, before which the burette frame is fixed. By opening the stopcocks h, the burettes are filled, air passing from the burettes to the store bottles by the tubes g. When necessary, air goes into the bottles by the tubes i i, depositing its carbonic acid on the substances placed in those tubes, (see No. 2823). The branch c keeps the delivering jets in proper position over the mixing jars when the pinch¬ cocks f f are pressed. This figure is given as an illustration of the method of mounting apparatus of this description for technical use. In a chemical manufactory many different bottles of tests may be necessary, and the size of the bottles and mode of supporting them must depend upon the requirements of the manufactory and the conveniencies of the laboratory. In some places it may be necessary to place the bottles of test solutions k and l in a lock-up cupboard, tubes of glass and caoutchouc proceeding thence towards the burette stand. Generally speaking, the stock test liquors should be kept in the dark, and always as nearly as possible at the temperature of 62° Fahr. The narrow tubes which .lead from the stock bottles to the burettes ought not to be needlessly exposed to sunshine. 2705. Support for One Mohr’s Burette, on the plan represented by Fig. 2704, with three branches. The iron base measures 7$ by 4$- inches ; the iron rod 24 inches by § inch ; the three branches of brass, 4s. 6d. 2706. Iron Support for Mohr’s Burette, rectangular iron foot, 7 } by 4£ inches, iron rod, 26 inches by f inch, with two brass clips to hold the burette, 6 s. 6d. 2707. Brass Support for Mohr’s Burette, rectangular iron foot, 7$- by 4$- inches. 26-inch polished brass rod, with two strong brass clips to hold the burette, 8 s. 2708. Support for Mohr’s Burette, consisting of a broad brass clamp, sliding on an iron rod, which is fixed to a square iron base, 74 inches by 4 inches. Fig. 2708, page 287, 4s. 2709. Mohr’s Revolving Support for 8 Burettes. Represented by Fig. 2709, page 287, excepting that the base is round, and 12 inches in diameter. The burettes are fixed at a suitable height from the base for convenient use, but there is a screw to adjust that height. The scales can be read without removing the burettes from the support. Polished Black Wood, 12s. 6d. 2710. Support for six Burettes, to stand in a row before a window, with triple branches, as represented by Fig. 2710. The branch b serves to support the burettes, a to keep them upright, and c to steady the jets. Length of the base, 32$ inches ; width, 6 inches. The upright rods are 24 inches long, and \ inch in diameter. These and the base are made of iron. The three branches are made of gun metal. The jets are fixed 3$- inches apart. The burettes being supported by the middle bar b, can be fixed at any required height above the base. Price 15s. The burettes are represented in Fig. 2710 as closed at the upper end by stone marbles, a> recommended by Mohr. It seems scarcely necessary to explain that the burettes can, if requisite be easily connected with store bottles of test solutions by any of the methods shown by Figs. 2690. 2693, or 2704, the bottles being placed on a shelf, or, for safety, in a lock-up press. BURETTE SUPPORTS. P1NCHC0CKS. 291 2710. 271J. Mohr’s Burette, mounted on a Support with Brass Arms according to Dr. Percy, for use in the Volumetric Analysis of Ores of Zinc, Copper, &c. Fig. 2711, 13s. a. The Burette alone, 6 s. | b. The Support alone, 12s. The graduation of the burette is 1,000 grains in 200° marked 0° to 200°. The support is an iron rod of 24 inches by f inch ; an iron foot 74 inches by 54 inches ; two bronzed brass arms for holding the burette ; and a special arm for the pinchcock, which is made with a screw, by which the issue of the test solution in single drops can be easily regulated. See Percy’s Metallurgy. PlNCHCOCKS FOR Mohr’s BURETTES. 2715. Mohr’s Pinchcock, the Original Form, < 7 , Fig. 2692, page 288, the usual size for Burettes, namely, about twice the size of the figure, 4d. 2716. Ditto, small size, 3d. 2717. Ditto, large size, 6 d. :2718. Pinchcock, extra strong, for stout tubes, form of Fig. 2718, 6 d. 12719. Hart’s Pinchcock, steel wire, form of Fig. 2719, very light, strong, and elastic, 3d. Erdmann’s float, rammelsberg’s burette. 292 2720. Pinchcock with a screw, for producing a regular flow of uniform drops Fig. 2720, page 291, 6d. 2721. This last pinchcock is fixed for use on a flexible tube below one of the other pinchcocks. It is adjusted, by means of the screw, to give drops of a required size. The other pinchcock serves to admit or to cut off the supply of liquor. This limits the supply to drops. The method of applying the two pinchcocks is shown by Fig. 2721. An apparatus of this sort is useful in the assay of silver coin, and in other cases, when drops of test of determined size and value are required to be given with absolute precision. The clamp e is screwed up to the requisite size, and then left open. The pinchcock d is only opened when the drops are wanted. 2728. Erdmann’s Float, for facilitating the correct reading of the scale engraved on Mohr’s Burette. Fig. 2728, Is. 6d. This float is represented by Fig. 2728, as floating in liquor in a burette. It ought to float upright, and not lean against the side of the burette. It is made about the size of the figure. It must be of such a width as nearly to fill the burette, but yet so loosely as to float freely up and down with the liquor. To set the instrument at zero (0°), the liquor, first filled a little above the mark, is to be run out of the burette until the ring that is cut round the float is brought to coincide with the line of 0° engraved on the burette. The absolute height of the liquor in the burette is to be disregarded. To read the measurable height of the liquor in the burette at any time, is to note that degree on the scale with which the line that is cut round the float coincides. When observing this coincidence, the circle round the float must appear to the eye like a straight line. 2729. Kammelsberg’s Burette, a variety of Mohr’s Burette ; with the addition of a tube to bring the test liquor from its reservoir and deliver it against the inner side of the burette, so as to avoid frothing, and a second tube to carry away atmospheric air from the burette. Fig. 2698, page 287, the burette on the left hand, and B, Fig. 2730, with caoutchouc tube, pinchcock, and jet:— 1. 25 Centimetre Cubes, in iV CC. 4s. 2 . 55 99 A 2 5s. 6d. 3. 55 » i 6s. 4. 75 99 1 2 6s. 5. 75 99 i 7s. 6. 100 99 A 1 6s. 7. 100 Septems in 1 S. 5s. 8 . 100 Decerns in i D. 5s. 6d 2730. Mahogany Support to fix Rammelsberg’s Burette against a wall, or a window post, Gay-Lussac’s pattern, as used for his silver test. Fig. 2730 a, b, c, 5s. The method of mounting Rammelsberg’s Burette, in counexion with a reservoir of test liquor, i[ shown by Figs. 2690 and 2693, either of which plans may be adopted: In chemical mani factories, where the same volumetric test is to be applied frequently and every day, it is extreme! i convenient to have the burette always at hand and filled, ready for immediate use. Rammelsberg’s Burette being a close instrument, does not admit the use of Erdmann float. In that respect, the instruments shown in Figs. 2690 and 2693 are preferable for delicat processes. ■ HI MOHR S SYPHON BURETTE B1NKS S BURETTE. 293 2731. Mohb’s Syphon Burette, for use with permanganate of potash, two sorts: Fig. 2732 with blowing tube, and Fig. 2733 with caoutchouc ball for blowing. The prices in the following list are for the Burette with one glass blowing tube and two syphon jets, but without support and caoutchouc fittings :— 2732. The above, with caoutchouc blowing tube, Fig. 2732, 6d. extra. 2733. The above, with caoutchouc blowing ball, Fig. 2733, Is. extra. 2734. Mahogany Foot for the Syphon Burette, as represented in the Figures, loaded with lead, Is. 6d. Graduated into Centimetre Cubes. 1 . 25 cc. Tn i cc. 3s. 2 . 25 cc. in i*t> CC. 3s. 3d. 3. 35 cc. in £ CC. 3s. 6d. 4. 35 cc. in io CC. 4s. 5. 65 cc. in i CC. 4s. 6 . 55 cc. in £ cc. 4s. 6d. 7. 55 cc. in 1*6 CC. 5s. 8. 75 cc. in £ cc. 6 s. 9. 100 cc. in £ cc. 5s. 10 . 100 cc. in 1 cc. 6 s. 11 . 100 cc. in 1 CC. 8 s. Graduated into Septems. 12. 55 Septems in £ 4s. 6d. 13. 100 Septems in ± 6s. 14. 100 Septems in \ 7s. Graduated into Decerns. 15. 60 Decerns in £ 4s. 16. 60 Decerns in i 5s. 17. 100 Decerns in i 6s. 6d. 8736. Bisks's Bcbette, form of Fig. 2736. [List of Sizes on pegs 294.] ower down, the delivery of single drops is difficult. B1NKSS BURETTE. Ji94 2736. Binks’s Burette, Fig. 2736, (See note on 'page 293). Graduated into Centimetre Cubes. Graduated into Septems. 1. 10 cc. in £ 2s. 6d. 20. 55 Septems in £ 3s. 2. 10 cc. in £ 2s. 9d. 21. 55 „ in £ 4s. 6d. 3. 10 cc. in iV 3s. 22. 55 „ in tV 5s. 4. 25 cc. in £ 3s. 3d. 23. 70 „ in £ 3s. 6d. 5. 25 cc. in £ 3s. 6d. 24. 70 „ in £ 5s. 6. 25 cc. in iV 3s. 9d. 25. 100 „ in £ 4s. 6d. 7. 35 cc. in £ 4s. 26. 100 „ in £ 6s. 8. 35 cc. in -ra 4s. 6d. 9. 50 cc. in £ 5s. Graduated into Decerns. 10. 50 cc. in i 5s. 6d. 27. 50 Decerns in £ 5s. 11. 50 cc. in iV 6s. 28. 50 „ in £ 6s. 12. 70 cc. in £ 6s. 29. 100 ,, in £ 5s. 13. 100 cc. in £ 6s. 30.' 100 „ in £ 6s. 6d. 14. 100 cc. in £ 6s. 6d. 31. 100 „ in £ 8s. 15. 100 cc. in £ 8s. 16. 200 cc. in £ 8s. Special Graduations. 32. 32 Clark’s Test Measures in £ 4s. Graduated into Septems. 33. 16 — Test Measures in £ 3s. 6d. 17. 25 Septems in £ 2s. 34. 500 Grains in 250° 4s. 6d. 18. 25 „ in £ 2s. 6d. 35. 1000 „ in 200 6s. 6d. 19. 35 „ in £ 3s. 36. 100 0 after Descroizilles 4s. The block and screen, No. 2743, described as being necessary to the correct reading of the height of liquid in Gay-Lussac’s Burette, is equally necessary for use with Binks’s Burette. 2737. Foot for Binks’s Burette, Fig. 2738, stained wood, small size, slight. 8d. 2788. Foot for Binks’s Burette, Fig. 2738, large size, maho¬ gany, loaded with lead. Is. 6d. 2739. Binks’s Burette with Foot, in one piece of Glass, stout, for the use of workmen :— 1 . 100 Septems in £ 4s. 2 . 100 Decerns in £ 4s. 3. 50 Centimetre Cubes in £ 4s. 4. Burette for Testing Ammonia in Gas Liquors. 100 Septems in 16° each in £°. 5s. Testing of Ammonia in Gas Liquor. —The instru¬ ment No. 4 is used at gas works to estimate the value of ammonia liquor, according to the number of ounces of oil of vitriol which saturate one gallon. The acid is formed by diluting with water 2 ounces by weight of oil of vitriol to a pint of test acid. 100 Septems of ammonia liquor being acted upon, the number of degrees of test acid used to neutralize it according to the scale, shows the ounces of oil of vitriol per gallon. Blue litmus paper is used as the indicator. See No. 2807. This method of testing indicates only the free ammonia. What is combined with an acid is not recognised. A more accurate process consists in mix¬ ing the gas liquor with milk of lime, distilling it in the 2739. apparatus No. 2867, receiving the ammonia as a flask containing water, and testing this distillate, which contains, not only the free ammonia of the gas liquor, but that which is liberated by the lime. GAY-LUSSAC’S BURETTE. STOPPERED BURETTE. 295 2740. Gay-Lussac’s Burette, Fig. 2740 d, consisting of a graduated tube, with an external tube and spout for decanting and dropping the test liquors. This Burette, like that of Binks, can be used with test liquors of all descriptions, including the permanganate of potash. It is, however, less convenient than Mohr’s form of Burette, and is easily- broken. It can be used with a blowing tube, adapted to the wide end by a cork in the same manner as the blowing tube of Fig. 2732. 1 . 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 7. 8 . 9. 10 . 11 . 20 Centimetre Cubes in 4 3s. 20 „ in tV 3s. 6d. 50 „ in i 5s. 50 ,, in £ 6 s. 50 >. in -A 7s. 100 „ in £ 6 s. 6d. 200 „ in £ 9s. 50 Septems in £ 3s. 6d. 100 in £ 4s. 50 Decerns in £ 3s. 6d. 100 „ in £ 5 s. If fitted with a Caoutchouc Blowing Tube, each 9d. extra. If with a Ball, Is. 3d. extra. 2741. Black wood Support for Gay-Lussac’s Burette, having a space to hold it upright and a peg on which it can drain, Fig. 2741, 2s. 2742. Round Support, form of Fig. 2738, having a slit cut out for the egress of the narrow tube, mahogany, Is. 6d. 2743. Block and Screen for placing Gay-Lussac’s Pouret in a vertical position, and to assist the correct reading of the level of the liquid in the tube, b, c, Figs. 2740 and 2743, Is. 6d. The block b, represented vertically in Fig. 2740, and horizontally in Fig. 2743, is placed upright on a table against a window. The screen c, which consists of tin-plate with a window of tissue paper, is fixed upright in a slit in the block. The Burette is held by the thumb in the triangular vertical slit of the block, at such a level as to bring the surface of the solutions level with the paper screen. The black curve, which shows the height of the liquor, can thus be seen distinctly. 2744. Japanned Tin Case for Gay-Lussac’s Burette, Gd. to Is. 2746. Alkalimeter on Foot, with a grooved stopper, to control the delivery of the Test Acid, form of Fig. 2746, page 296. This form of instrument does not afford very accurate results, in consequence of the comparative clumsiness of the delivering spout; but the instrument is strong, and is commonly given to work¬ men, for use where only approximate results are required. Figs. 2746 a and 2746 b are forms of Alkalimeter which are now obsolete. They were made like 2746, nit without stoppers, and when in use were closed by the thumb, from the end of which the test liquor was allowed to trickle. Such instruments are probably now in use only in those establish¬ ments where chemical operations of all kinds are performed by the Rule of Thumb, if any such sstablishments still happen to exist. Graduation of Instruments of the form of Figure 2746. 1 . 100 Septems in £ — 100° 3s. 2 . 50 Centimetre Cubes in £=100 3s. 3. 100 in 100° 3 s. 6d. 4. 100 Decerns in £=100° 3 s. 5. 2 ounces of Water in 100° 3s. A.LKALIMETERS for use with Weighed Test Liquors. Two kinds, Schuster’s and Mohr's, Figs. 2747 and 2748. iU747. Schuster’s Alkalimeter, Fig. 2747, 9d. A very light stoppered glass bottle, of about 2 ounces capacity, in which the Normal Test Acid is weighed, then slowly dropped from a fine orifice until a given weight of Alkali is neutralized. The Residual acid is again weighed, and the value of the Alkali is determined from the quantity of Acid used. 296 PIPETTES. 2748. Mohr’s Alkalimeter, Fig. 2748, 10-ounce capacity, with syphon delivery tube, and Caoutchouc blowing ball, 2s. 6d. 2749. Tallow Holder, useful for greasing the mouths of burettes, Is. Some test liquors are apt to overflow the spouts of burettes, and the liquor escapes unreckoned, or it forms large and inconvenient drops. To prevent this source of error, the outside of the snouts should be rubbed with a little stiff tallow, and a small hole should be bored through the tallow with a fine needle. The escaping liquor then makes smaller drops, and generally loses the tendency to spread over the outside of the vessels. 2746. 2746 a. PIPETTES. 2760. Graduated pipettes are instruments for transferring specific quantities of liquors from vessel to vessel. They are of two kinds ; first, those which have a bulb, either spherical or cylindrical, and one mark on the neck above the bulb, as is represented by Figs. 2768, a, b, c, d, e. These serve individually for the accurate measurement and delivery of one specific quantity of a liquid, such as 6 , 10, or 100 Septems, or Decerns, or Centimetre Cubes. The second kind of pipettes is represented by Figs. 2769, a, b, c, d. It consists of a narrow cylinder, or tube, with a scale drawn vpon it length- wise, like the scale of a burette. We may distinguish these two kinds of pipette, by the names of Bulb Pipette and Scale Pipette. These pipettes serve for measuring various quantities of a liquid, commensurate with the capacity of the bulbs, or the degrees marked on the scales. The chiex use of pipettes is to measure with precision that quantity of a solution which is to be subjected to volumetric analysis, or that dose of a graduated test liquor which is required for a specific operation. The proper construction and management of a pipette require a few observations. The lower opening, from which the liquor is to flow, ought not to be more than 53 inch (*= 1 millimetre) in diameter. The upper end, which is to be closed by a wet finger when in use, ought to be made narrow by melting and thickening the glass, and then be cut square across, and ground or’fused flat, so that the finger can press upon it firmly. This contracted form is shown by the upper ends of Figs. 2768 c and 2769 a. MANAGEMENT OF PIPETTES. 297 2761. To Fill the Pipette. —Wet tlie ball of the forefinger of the right hand, hold the pipette near the top by the thumb and middle finger of that hand, put the lower end of the pipette into the liquor that is to be used, apply the mouth to the upper end, and gently suck up the liquor into the pipette, carefully watching its rise, until jou perceive it to be as high as you wish it; immediately upon which you remove your mouth, and instantly fix your forefinger firmly on the top of the pipette. During this process, you must take care that the point of the pipette remains always below the surface of the liquor, otherwise air enters the pipette, and may force the liquor up into your mouth,—an accident which, as these liquors are always unpleasant and sometimes poisonous, is to be avoided. An effectual preventive is, to begin the operation by dipping the point of the pipette sufficiently deep into the liquor, and holding it firmly there by the left hand, during th< inspiration. In cases where poisonous solutions have to be transferred, the apparatus represented by Fig. 2770 may be used. The graduated tube a is then held by the left hand, the caoutchouc tube h is held by the right hand, and the point is put into your mouth ; the eye is then placed oppo¬ site the point a, to which the liquor is to be made to rise, and when it is sucked up to that point the flexible tube h is pinched to stop the farther rise of the liquor. 2762. To Regulate the Pipette. —The pipette being filled and held over the liquor from which it has been supplied, the pressure of the linger on the top is to be relaxed, and the liquor allowed to flow out slowly in drops, until the'black curve at the surface of the water in the pipette exactly touches the line of 0°, or other desired degree. The pipette is then to be removed over the mixing jar, previously placed close at hand, and the contents to be delivered into it. 2763. To Deliver the Contents of a Pipette. —There are several methods of delivering the contents of a pipette. 1. The contents are allowed to run freely into the mixing jar without permitting the point of the pipette to touch the glass, and without your blowing out the last drop from the pipette. 2. After delivering the bulk of the liquor, the point of the pipette is made to touch the inside of the mixing jar, in order that capillary attraction may carry away the drop that adheres to the point of the pipette. 3. While holding the pipette as last described, you apply your mouth to the top of it and blow out the drop adhering at the point. This last is the safest method ; but as instruments of this kind are not adjusted on the same plan by all manufacturers, it is necessary, for those who use the pipette, to try which of these methods answers best with a given pipette. 4. Another point to be noticed is, that different liquors have different degrees of adherence to the pipette, and do not run out of it in the same time. Every operator should, for these reasons, make himself acquainted with the actual delivering power of his pipettes. Among other proofs an important one is, to try whether his pipettes deliver quantities which agree with the graduations on his burette. For example, he may adjust the liquor in his burette to 50°, and then, with a pipette marking 10°, he may deliver successive doses of 10° from the pipette into the burette, and observe whether the liquor rises regularly in the burette, as it ought to do, to 60°, 70°, 80°, 90°, 100°. 2764. The first class of pipettes—namely, the pipettes to deliver one quantity— are made to deliver the true quantity, independently of what adheres to the inner surface of the pipette ; but in general, the pipettes with long scales are so graduated as to show what they contain, and therefore they will deliver something less than the true quantity. When the pipettes are used for small quantities, and the lower opening is made so small as to cause slow delivery, this difference is not of much con¬ sequence. The operator, moreover, has it in his power, by trying his pipette against his burette, to determine what is the amount of loss by adhesion. 2765. 2765. Form of Pipettes. —When pipettes are to be used to take normal test liquors from stock bottles, it is convenient to have them of a form that will enter the neck of the i bottle and go nearly to the bottom. Such forms are represented by the Fig. 2768, d and e. But when the pipettes are for large quantities, this would sometimes cause them to be inconveniently long. In such a case, and also whenever the liquor to be "measured is contained in an open vessel, pipettes of the form of Figs. 2768, a, b, c, may be used. When test liquors have to be poured from a narrow-necked bottle to be taken up by a broad pipette, the most convenient form of vessel to be used is a beaked tumbler, fig. 2/65. But it is very desirable to avoid this transferral of test liquors by having them in bottles into which the pipette can be dipped. 2766. Rising and Descending Scales of Pipettes.— The graduation of measuring pipettes is usually commenced at the bottom. Thus, Fig. 2769,5, represente a pipette of Gay-Lussacs, adapted to deliver 1,2, or 5 Centimetre Cubes. In imitation of this plan, Fig. 2/69, e arn! d, are a so graduated with 0° at the bottom. I do not approve of this method, because it is difficult to make such an instrument so accurately that the lowest and most important degree shall be corree . I make and use an instrument graduated like Fig. 2709, a, m which the degree 0 is a I , , scale. With this pipette the liquor is sucked up to 0 , and then the required quantityisslowy dropped from it into the proper vessel. In order that the analyst may be able, dunog an inspira¬ tion, to watch the ascent of the liquor to the proper height, the degree of 0 ^ should never be at less than 4 inches from the upper end of the tube. 'When a pipette is graduate! c ,° 0 —, Fig. 2769, c, it should be used with a caoutchouc sucking tube, like that shown in rig. - / /u. 298 BULB PIPETTES. In reading the scales of pipettes, and indeed of all graduated instruments, you are to take, as the true indication, the line that touches the lower part of the black curve that is formed by the surface of the liquid, as represented by the line a b in Figs. 2768 c and 2780. The way to make the black curve most distinct has been explained at No. 2743. 2767. Importance of the. Pipette. —I have given an extended description of the Pipette, because it is an instrument of great importance, holding the same rank in Volumetric Analysis that the Balance holds in Gravimetrical Analysis. It is that which sets out the quantity of material which is to be submitted to analysis, and it is therefore important that the in¬ strument should be as correct as possible, and that the operator should understand the peculiarities upon which its accurate use depends. The more perfect the action of the Pipette, the smaller is the quantity of fluid that any analysis may be success¬ fully made with; and, as a consequence, the smaller will be the quantity of test solutions required for the purpose, and the smaller and more delicately-graduated may be the Burette and all the other V olumetric Apparatus. Jl ! / \ 100 ° V c. 2768. e. 2768. BULB PIPETTES, namely, Pipettes which have One Mark on the neck. Fig. 2768, a, b, c, d , e, and which serve to Deliver one Quantity. Graduated for Centimetre Cubes. 1 . 1 cc. 6 d. 2 . 2 cc. 6 d. 3. 5 cc. 8 d. 4. 10 cc. lOd. 5. 15 cc. Is. 6 . 20 cc. Is. 7. 25 cc. Is. 3d. 8 . 50 cc. Is. 6 d. 9. 75 cc, Is. 9d. 10 . 100 cc. Is. 9d. 11 . 150 cc. 2 s. 12 . 200 cc. 2 s, 6 d. 13. 250 cc. 3s. Graduated for Septems. 14. 1 Septem 6 d. 15. 2 Septems 6 d. 16. 5 Septems 6 d. 17. 10 Septems 9d. 18. 15 Septems 10 d. 19. 20 Septems lOd. 20 . 25 Septems Is. 21 . 50 Septems Is. 3d. 22 . 100 Septems Is, 6 d. 23. 200 Septems 2 s. Graduated for Decerns. 24. 1 Decern 6 d. 25. 2 Decerns 6 d. 26. 5 Decerns 6 d. 27. 10 Decerns lOd. 28. 15 Decerns lOd. 29. 20 Decerns lOd. 30. 25 Decerns Is. 31. 50 Decerns Is. 6d. 82. 100 Decerns Is. 9d. Graduated for Special Quantities. 33. 1 Fluid Ounce Is. 34. 2 Fluid Ounces Is. 6 d. 35. 1 Ounce Troy Is. 36. l Cubic Inch Is. 37. 2 Cubic Inches Is. 6 d. 38. 100 Grains lOd. 39. 500 Grains Is. 6 d. 40. 1000 Grains Is. 9d. 41. l Fluid Drachm Is. 42. 8 Fluid Drachms Is. 3d. 43. 100 Test Measures for Clark’s Soap Test Is. 9d. 44. 100 Minims Is. 9d. SCALE PIPETTES. 299 2769. SCALE PIPETTES, namely Pipettes that are graduated from end to end, to afford the means of measuring Any Given Quantity within the Capacity of the Instrument, Fig. 2769, a, b, c, d. Graduated into Centimetre Cubes. 1 . 1 CC in iV Is. 2 . 1 ToT5 Is. 6d. 3 2 A A Is. 4. 2 1 0 Is. 6d. 5. 5 X 2 Is. 6d. 6 . 5 tV Is. 9d. 7. 10 * Is. 6d. 8 . 10 X 6 2 s. 9. 10 iV 2s. 3d. 10 . 15 tV 3s. 11 . 20 * 2 s. 6d. 12 . 20 To' 3s. 13. 25 i 2 s. 6d. 14. 25 A 6 3s. 15. 25 *xV 3s. 3d. 16. 30 * 3s. 6d. 17. 50 JL 1 3s. 3d. 18. 50 1 2 4s. 19. 50 JL 6 4s. 6d. 20 . 50 1 O 5s. 6d. 21 . 100 JL 1 5s. 22 . 100 i 5s. 6d. 23. 150 i 6 s. 24. 200 i 7s. Graduated into Septems. 25. 1 Septem in To 9d. 26. 1 A Is. 27. 2 tV Is. 28. 5 To' Is. 3d. 29. 10 X 1 Is. 30. 10 X s Is. 3d. 31. 15 + Is. 3d. 32. 20 A Is. 6d. 33. 20 i Is. 9d. 34. 20 tV 2 s. 35. 25 A 1 Is. 6d. 36. 25 i 2 s. 37. 30 Septems in i Is. 9d. 38. 30 A Is. 9d. 39. 50 A 1 2 s. 40. 50 i 2 s. 6d. 41. 80 i 3s. 42. 100 \ 3s. 6d. 43. 200 I 5s. 300 SCALE PIPETTES. BESTS FOR PIPETTES. SCALE PIPETTES, (continued from page 299.) Graduated into Decerns. Special Graduations. 44. 5 Decerns in Vo Is. 6 d. 57. 50 Grains of Water in 45. 10 _1 Is. 6 d. OX O O Is. 6d .46. ' 10 1 ff 10 2 s. 58. 1 Cubic inch in Vf “ 47. 25 1 9 9 1 Is. 6 d. 10 ° 2 s. 6d. 48. 25 1 99 2 2 s. 59. 5 Cubic inches in + = 49. 25 _1 9 9 5 2 s. 6 d. 25° 3s. 50. 25 1 99 10 3s. 60. 20 Clark’s Soap Test 51. 60 1 99 1 3s. Measures in -} — 52. 50 x 3s. 3d. 100 ° 2 s. 6d. 53. 50 x 9 9 5 3s. 6 d. 61. 100 Minims in {- 2 s. 6d. 54. 50 1 99 1 O 4 s. 6 d. 62. 150 „ i 3s. 55. 100 1 99 1 4s. 6 d. 63. 200 „ i 3s. 6d. 56. 100 _1 5s. 64. 1 Fluid Ounce in 8 Drachms 2 s. 6d. 2770. Caoutchouc Sucking Tube attached to any Pipette, Fig. 2770, (for its use see No. 2761), increases the price 6d. 2771, Measuring Pipettes, with Glass Stopcock, graduated into Cubic Centimeters and subdivisions. 1 . 10 CC. in i 3s. 6d. 6 . 50 CC. in i 6s. 6d. 11 . 75 CC. in i 8s. 2 . 10 1 99 10 4s. 7. 50 99 i 7s. 12 . 100 I 8s. 3. 25 1 9 9 ‘2 5s. 8 . 50 99 Vo 7s. 6d. 13. 100 i 8s. 6d. 4. 25 x 99 5 5s. 6d. 9. 75 99 i 7s. 14. 200 i 9s. 5. 25 1 99 lO 6 s. 10 . 75 99 i 7s. 6d. 2772. Mohr’s Safety Pipette for measuring Chlorine Water, Prussic Acid, &c., con¬ tents 10 Centimetre Cubes, with safety tube, caoutchouc tube and pinch- cock. Fig. 2772, page 299, 2s. 6d. 2773. The same apparatus, contents 20 Septems, 2s. 6d. 2774. The same apparatus, contents 10 Decerns, 2s. 6d. The Safety Tube is filled with a mixture of quicklime and sulphate of sodium. See No. 2823. 2775. Revolving Support fob 8 Pipettes, Fig 2775, page 299, polished black wood, 8 s. 6d. 2776. Funnel Pipettes, tied over with caoutchouc, for delivering test liquors in small quantities, or in drops, Fig. 2776, page 299. a. 20 Centimetre Cubes in £ CC., 2s. 6d. b. 50 Centimetre Cubes in f CC., 4s. Rests for Pipettes. 2777. Poreelain Notched Rests for Stirrers and Pipettes, to keep their wet end from touching the table, Fig. 2777, page 301. a, 3 ineh, 6d.. | b. 4 inches, 9d. | c. 6 inch, Is. 2778. Porcelain Fluted Rests, Fig. 2778, to keep wet Pipettes or Stirrers from touching the table, size of slab, 3 inches square with 4 flutes. Is. 9d. MEASURING FLASKS. 301 2777. 2778. It is convenient to have a pair of these rests, one for pipettes that are wet with Basic liquors, and another for such as are wet with Acids. 2779 a. Glass Stirrers with broad knob, for preparing solutions of hard substances such as American potash, Fig. 2779a, 9 or 2779 a. 10 inches long, stout, 3d. 2779 b. Glass Solution Jar for use with knobbed stirrers, Fig. 2779 a, capacity one to two pints, very stout in glass, Is. 2779. Glass Stirrers, round at one end, pointed at the other, 3 inch, per dozen, 2d. 6 inch, per dozen, 4d.; 9 inch, thick, per dozen, Is. MEASURING FLASKS. n 2780. MEASURING FLASKS are Flasks that have one mark on the neck, when filled to which they contain the quantity specified. The standard flasks, which contain the normal volumes of test solutions are these three :—1. The Litre, to be used with burettes that are graduated into Centi¬ metre Cubes. 2. The Decigallon, to oe used with burettes that are graduated nto Septems; and 3. A flask to contain TEN THOUSAND GRAINS OF WATER, (to vhich liquid mass no specific name has wen yet applied) which is used with nurettes graduated into Decerns. With hese standard flasks, it is necessary to lave a few that will measure decimal lortionsof the three standards, especially Ii r> iV Figs. 2780 and 2781 represent mea- uring flasks without stoppers, and Fig. 2780. !785, a measuring flask with a stopper. S783. Measuring Flasks, without Stoppers, and with one mark on the neck. 2781. 1 . 5 Cent Cubes 6 d. 2 . 10 Cent Cubes 6 d. 3. 20 Cent Cubes 9d. 4. 25 Cent Cubes 9d. 5. 50 Cent Cubes Is. 0 . 100 Cent Cubes Is. 2d. ft' i . 150 Cent Cubes Is. 4d. 8 . 200 Cent Cubes Is. 0d. 9. 250 Cent Cubes Is. 6d. 10 . 300 Cent Cubes Is. 9d. 11 . 500 Cent Cubes 2 s. 12 . 1 Litre 3s. 18. 2 Litres 3s. 6d. 14. 50 Septems 9d. 15. 100 Septems 1 s. 16. 200 Septems Is. 3d. 17. 250 Septems Is. 3d. 18. 300 Septems Is. 6d. 19. 500 Septems Is. 9d. 20 . 1 Decigallon 2 s. 21 . 25 Decerns 9d. 22 . 50 Decerns Is. 23. 100 Decerns Is. 6d. 24. 500 Decerns 2 s. 25. 1000 Decerns 2 s. 6d. 26. 1 Cubic inch 9d. 27. i Imperial pint Is. 6d. 28. 1 Imperial pint 2s. 3d. 302 TEST MIXERS. 2785. Measuring Flasks with Stoppers, and a ring round the neck, Fig. 2785. 1 ]00 Cent. Cubes 2s. 2 . 125 Cent. Cubes 2s. 3d. 3. 250 Cent. Cubes 2s. 6d. 4 2786. Measuring Flasks, with Stoppers and Fig. 2785. 1 . 1 Decigallon 2s. 6d. 2 . 1000 Decems 3s. 3. 1 Imperial Pint 2s. 6d. 4. 1 Cubic Inch Is. 6d. 4. Litre 3s. 5. 1 Litre 3s. 6d. 6 . 2 Litre 4s. 6d. mark on the neck. English Measures 5. 1000 Grains Is. 6d. 6 . 100 Septems Is. 6d. 7. 250 Septems 2 s. 8 . 500 Septems 3s. 1 TEST MIXERS. 2790. Test Mixers are tall cylindrical bottles, with broad feet and stoppers, as represented by Fig. 2790. They are used to prepare test acids, test alkalies, and similar solutions, by the dilution of strong solutions to others of a fixed degree. Thus, supposing it to have been found by a volu¬ metric experiment, that a certain acid possesses as much neutralizing power in 70 measures as it ought to possess in 100 measures, then, to bring that acid into its normal condition, 70 measures of it are to be put into a test mixer, and diluted with water till the volume becomes 100 measures at 62° F. For this purpose, the test mixer is graduated into 100, or rather more than 100, equal parts, and the scale upon it is written from below upwards, as represented in Fig. 2790. From this description it will be seen that the Measuring Flask differs from the Test Mixer in this particular, that, in the former, a weighed equi¬ valent of a solid chemical is dissolved in w r ater and diluted till it forms a standard measure, such as a Litre, a Decigallon, or 1000 Decems, whereas in the latter, an equivalent of a dissolved chemical is diluted from a specific measure which is determined by a volumetric analysis to the standard mea¬ sure of a Litre, a Decigallon, or 1000 Decems. Vessels of both sorts are required for the preparation of the test solutions which are employed in the processes of volumetric analysis. 2791. Stoppered Test Mixers, form of Fig. 2790, differing in price according to their capacity, but all graduated to 100 equal parts, as follows :— I. Contents ! 1 Decigallon = 2 . 55 2 55 = 3. 55 5 55 4 >5 500 Decems = 5. 55 1000 55 = 6 55 4000 5 5 Tt 7. 55 Litre = 8 . 55 1 55 = 9. 55 2 55 =. 10 . 55 55 ==• 2790. 100 Sp aces of 10 Septems, 6 s. 100 55 20 55 0S. 100 55 50 55 12 s. 6 d. 100 55 5 Decems 5s. 100 55 10 ' 5 7s. 6d. 100 55 40 55 14s. 100 55 5 C. Cubes 6 s. 100 55 10 * 55 9s. 100 55 20 55 12 s. 6 d. 100 55 25 5» 14s. The Test Mixers Nos. 3, 6, 10, are the largest sizes which can be handled with convenience ai safety. TEST MfXEKS. 303 J792. Graduated Glass Cylinders, or Jars with Spouts, or with Flange and Feet, but without stoppers, graduated with scale of 100 divisions, having 0° at the bottom, Fig. 2792. These serve as Test Mixers, but since the liquors can only >e mixed in them by stirring with a glass rod, they are not o convenient or effective as the Stoppered Test Mixers. 1 . 2 . 3. 4 . 5. 6 . Contents Contents 1 Decigallon, 5s. 2 ,, 8s. 5 „ 12s. 1000 Decerns, 6s. | Litre 5s. 1 ,, 8s. 1793. Graduated Stoppered Bottles, scale of 50 divisions, marked either as 100° or 1000°, 2792. the zero at the bottom. Fig. 2793. Useful as test mixers, or to store test solutions. 1. Contents 1 Decigallon, 7s. 2. „ 1000 Decerns 8s. 3. Contents £ Litre, 7s. 4. ,, 1 ,, 9s. 1 . 5 cc. Is 7. 150 cc. 3s. 12 . 500 cc. 5s. 2 . 10 cc. Is. 8 . 200 cc. 3s. 3d. 13. 600 cc. 5s. 3. 25 cc. Is. 6d. 9. 250 cc. 3s. 6d. 14. 700 cc. 6 s. 4. 50 cc. 2 s. 10 . 300 cc. 4s. 15. 800 cc. 7s. 5. 75 cc. 2s. 3d. 11 . 400 cc. 4s. 6d. 16. 1000 cc. 8 s. 6 . 100 cc. 2 s. 6d. 794. Cylindrical Jars, on foot, with spout, in the form of Fig. 2792, or with flange, graduated into Centimetre Cubes. 1 n n uncut uars uu iuui wim naugc Cubes, for mixing and diluting various quantities of test solutions :— 1 . 2 . 3. 4. 5. 6 . 200 7. 250 50 75 100 150 2 s. 6d. 8 . 300 Cent. Cubes , 6s. 3s. 9. 400 )» 6 s. 6d. 3s. 6d. 10 . 500 7s. 4s. 11 . 000 >> 8 s. 4s. 6d. 12 . 700 * j 8 s. 6d. 5s. 13. 800 9s. 5s. 6d. 14. 1000 91 10 s. 6d. 304 MIXING JABS. MIXING JARS. 4 2798. MIXING JARS are vessels in which a liquid that is to be analysed volumetrically i mixed, stirred, shaken, or boiled, with the graduated test solution that is to effect the analysis Fig. 2798, a, b, c, d, represents some of the most suitable forms for such'vessels. They should b< made of fine, hard, colourless German or Bohemian glass, and be thin, flat, smooth, and clear at th> bottom, to permit changes of colour to be easily seen, either when you look across the vessel agains the light, or down into it when it is placed upon a white ground, such as the porcelain slab No. 2800 Vessels of the forms here represented may be shaken by a careful circular motion, so as thoroughly to mix the liquors they contain, without spilling any ; and when made of the proper kind of glass they may all be safely heated till their liquors boil, over a wire grating or a rose-gas burner. 2798. Vabieties of Mixing Jabs :— Fig, a. Wide-mouthed, flat-bottomed flask, of fine clear glass. 1 . 3 to 4 ounce 4d. 2 . i pint 5d. 3. ^ pint 7d. 4. 1 pint 9d. Fig. b. Conical Jar, with spout and flat bottom, fine German glass. 5. % pint 6 d. 6 . £ pint 8 d. 7. 1 pint Is. Fig. c. Tall and narrow Conical Jar, wit flat-bottom, fine clear Bohemian glass. 8 . i pint 8d. 9. ^ pint lOd. 10. 1 pint 15d. Fig. d. Conical Jar, with sides curve inwards, flat bottom, with spout. 11. I pint 4d. Fig. d. Conical Jar with sides curve inward, and expanding mouth wilhou spout. 12. £ P’ nt 6d. 13. i pint 8d. For many operations in Volumetric Analysis, when the quantity of liquid operated upon is 1C septems, 50 Cent. Cubes, or even 100 Decerns, a Mixing Jar of the 1 pint size is sufficiently lar| for convenient use ; but in some cases it is necessary to take half pint, or even pint jars to contai the mixed liquors. 2798c. Graduated Mixing Jars, with 1 , 2, or 3 marks, namely, 100, 250, and 50 i Septems, Decerns, or Centimetre Cubes, extra price for 1 mark, 6d. ; for maiks, 9d. ; for 3 marks, Is. It is very convenient, when testing a series of solutions, especially when colour tests are to lj used, to dilute the solutions with water to a given bulk. Thus, in testing the acidity of wim and other organic coloured fluids, a considerable dilution must be effected, in order that the cold of the liquid to be tested may not interfere with the observations to be made on the action of tl colour test that is used to mark the point of transition from acidity to alkalinity; and as it is bef! to act upon uniform masses of liquor, it is handy to have the measure marked on the mixing jar. INDICATORS. 305 2799. Shaking Bottle, stoppered, Fig. 2799, for mixing liquors that re¬ quire considerable agitation. Such as soap test with hard water, chloride of silver, &c., six ounce size, flat-headed stopper, 8d. 2800. White Glazed Porcelain Slab, to place below a Mixing Jar during a Volumetric Analysis, for the purpose of rendering changes of colour immediately evident, size 6 inches square, £ inch thick, glazed all over. See d, Fig. 2701, and d, Fig. 2711, Is. mr 2799. INDICATORS. 2805. When a liquid is submitted to volumetric analysis, the graduated test solution is added to it, until some visible effect is produced, which indicates that enough of the test solution has been used. Whatever serves to produce this visible effect, is called the Indicator. The success of an analysis often depends upon the operator’s power of appreciating the exact point when the Indicator exhibits its decisive action. I may notice some of the chief Indicators, in order to point out their iifferent modes of action. 2806. Change of Colour in the Mixture. —When a solution of permanganate of potash, which pos¬ sesses a dark red colour, is added to a ferrous salt, it instantly loses its colour. When the ferrous salt is converted by the action of the test into ferric salt, that is to say, when Fe 2 has become Pec 3 the first superfluous drop of the permanganate solution gives a pink colour to the mixture. This pink colour is the Indication of the completion of the testing. 2807. Colour Tests. —When acids are mixed with alkalies, no visible effect is produced to show ivhen neutralization is completed, or when either acid or alkali is present in excess. The indicators Fat are used to remedy this defect are either litmus tincture, which becomes red in the presence of 'ree acid, and blue in the presence of free alkali, or tincture of hematine, which becomes yellow in the presence of free acid, and pink, crimson, or violet in the presence of free ammonia. 2808. Starch. —When Iodine is set free in any mixture, even in an extremely small quantity, it is nstantly detected by starch paste, which becomes blue. The starch paste is commonly put into the nixture. 2809. Yellow Chromate of Potash.— When a solution of yellow chromate of potash is tested with v solution of nitrate of silver in a neutral or slightly alkaline solution, a dark red, precipitate is pro- luced. But while any metallic chloride is present in the solution, no red precipitate is formed by :he chromate until the whole of the chlorine has been precipitated in the condition of chloride of lilver. The yellow chromate of potash serves therefore to indicate the completion of the volumetric nesting of a chloride by a solution of silver. The indicator is generally mixed with the subject to be .ested, but is sometimes tried apart. See No. 29-51 b, and No. 2941 a. 2810. Ferridcyanide of Potassium.—A test solution of bichromate of potash, added to a solution >f a ferrous salt converts it into a ferric salt. But the mixture gives no visible indication of the com- •letion of the operation. The Indicator to be used in this case, is a solution of the ferridcyanide of lotassium which gives a blue precipitate with a ferrous salt, but none with a ferric salt. The udicator cannot be put into the mixture, because it acts upon the substance submitted to analysis ,nd not upon the testing solution, so that its action would precede the action of the test, instead ol ndicating its conclusion. It is necessary, therefore, from time to time, to take some of the solution »ut of the Mixing Jar, and try by the action of the indicator in a separate vessel when the process 3 completed. This is a disadvantage, because every such trial removes a certain quantity ol the iquor that is subjected to analysis fiom the action of the test, and impairs the accuracy o ® nalysis. To restrict the loss of “substance as much as possible, the trials are made uponjer^ maaii uantities of liquor by the process described at No. 2816. This ndicators that give Coloured Precipitates. method can be used with all R R 306 INDICATORS. QUICK FILTERS. QUICK FILTERS. 2811. When solutions of Barytic Salts are tested with solutions of sulphates, a precipitate of sulphate of barytes is produced, which, although insoluble, remains so long in suspension, that it is difficult to see when the operation is terminated. The indication is, that a farther addition of the test solution should give no farther precipitate. But when the mixture is turbid, it cannot be seen upon addihg more test liquor, whether such additional precipitation occurs or not. It is conse¬ quently necessary to separate the sulphate of barytes from a portion of the mixture by filtration, in order to have a clear liquor for farther trial. Successive filtrations for successive trials being tedious by ordinary methods of filtering, the following attempts have been made to effect filtrations rapidly :— 2812. Beale’s Quick Filter, for the rapid filtration of Liquors that contain small quantities of sulphate of barytes, &c., in suspension, form of Fig. 2812, Is. The bottom of the wide tube is tied over with a bit of filtering paper, covered by a slip of washed muslin a, and is dipped into distilled water to close the pores of the paper. The apparatus is then pressed downwards into the liquor that is to be filtered, upon which a portion of the solution rises clear into the tube b, and can be decanted by the spout c, into the test glass, No. 2817. 2813. Griffin’s Quick Filter, Fig. 2813, consisting of a stout glass tube, 6 inches long, and about i inch bore, 3d. The projecting spout of Beale’s filter c, Fig. 2812, frequently prevents the dipping of the instrument into the mixing jar; for example, when the precipitated sulphate of barytes has been boiled in a flask like a, Fig. 2798, I find it more convenient to make the filter in the form of Fig. 2813, which consists of a plain tube with¬ out contraction or expansion, about l inch in the bore, T T 2 inch thick in the glass, and 6 inches long. The filtering paper,"with¬ out muslin, is tied over the end with a thread. The tube is dipped into the mixture that is to be filtered, until two or three drops, or more when necessary, have risen within it. The top is then to be firmly closed by the finger ; the tube to be lifted out of the mixture, and the liquor to be allowed to drain from the outside of the tube by gently touching the inside of the jar with the filter, after which the drops within the tube may be suddenly decanted from the upper or open end of the tube into the test glass, No. 2817, for trial by the indicator, which being in this case the graduated test liquor that is used for the analysis, the mixture can, after the triaL be returned from the test-glass to the mixing jar, and thus avoid loss. 2814. Decanting Tube, Fig. 2814, 6 inches long, 1 inch bore, smooth at both ends 3 for 6d. 2812. 2813. 2814. It often happens that when a turbid mixture has been well shaken, especially after boffins- tin precipitate it contains slowly settles down and leaves a very shallow stratum of clear liciuor'vmor its surface By using a very narrow glass tube, cut off smooth and square at the ends, it is possible to remove from the surface of such a-mixture a sufficient quantity of clear liquor for testing without waiting till the mass of precipitate subsides. The method is exhibited by Fie 2814 The tnhe i= made barely to touch the surface of the liquor ; it is not dipped into it; no suction is applied, becausJ the effect of capillary attraction is alone sufficient to raise the required quantity of clear liquor JSfeilStofiSSof 0 ^ abstractl0n 0f clear t0 be effected? it is, of course, S 2815. Porcelain Slab, for trying the action of Colour Tests in volumetric analysis, Fig. 2815, consisting of a thin slab of white J * glazed porcelain, containing 12 small cavities or cells about inch deep, for holding drops of liquor to be tested. Two sizes, namely :— a. Berlin porcelain, 4^ inches long, 3^ inches broad, with 12 shallow cells of f inch diameter, Is. 6d. b. Thuringian porcelain, 4 inches long, 3 inches broad, with 12 deeper cells of f inch diameter, Is. O O C3 ‘ 2815. PRESERVATION OP TEST LIQUORS. 307 2816. For the reasons stated in No. 2810, experiments with indicators have to be made on the smallest possible quantities of liquor. The solution of the indicator should in most cases be very- dilute. At the beginning of a process, the indicator should be put into each of the cavities in the slab. It is best to lift it with a plain glass tube, 6 inches long, and | to \ inch in the bore; namely, the decanting tube, No. 2814. The tube is made barely to touch the surface of the liquor, upon which a sufficiency of liquor rises into it by capillary attraction, and is transferred to the slab, the dot upon which ought not to exceed | inch in diameter. Subsequently, during the process of a volumetric analysis, the mixture to be tried is lifted with a decanting tube, No. 2814, in the same manner, and the minute drop is blown from the tube into the drop of indicator previously deposited n one of the cavities on the slab, or is made to run down by touching the edge of the cavity. 2817. Test Glass for examining small quantities of liquors, form of Fig. 2817, about 1 inch high, and 1 inch wide. Per Dozen, Is. 6d. When the indicator produces a white precipitate, such as sulphate of barium, the trial cannot be nade on the porcelain slab. The best thing to use in that case is a mall test glass, similar to Fig. 2817, but about one half larger. Vs only small quantities of liquor are to be operated upon, a large test lass ought never to be used, because it spreads the drops of liquor ver too large a surface of glass. 818. Pipette Bottle for Tincture of Litmus, Hematine, or other Colour Test, with Cap, Fig. 2818, but without inscription, 5-ounce size, Is. The pipette should be cylindrical, not made with a narrow point, should be about £ inch in the bore, so that about half a centimetre 2S17. 2818. rbe or one septem of the colour-test can be readily lifted for use in ich operation. It is proper to have uniformity in the quantity of colour test placed under oservation in each experiment, to help in the precise detection of change of colour. 819. Litmus Test Papers are useful in all delicate processes. See No. 2423. PRESERVATION OF TEST LIQUORS AND THE MANNER OF FILLING BURETTES. 2823. This subject has already been partially discussed in preceding paragraphs, especially in os. 2690, 2692, 2693, 2704, 2710, and 2729. The Test solutions should be kept in stoppered glass >ttles, preferably in bottles of hard glass, because some of the Test Liquors act readily upon flint ass. ' The bottles should be kept in a cool place, and if possible in a dark place, as some liquors e acted on by light. In certain cases it is better to replace the glass stopper by a cork, carrying chloride of calcium tube, filled with a mixture for absorbing carbonic acid, which arrangement •rmits the access of air, but prevents the formation of carbonates. Such safety tubes are some- nes applied to burettes that are filled with caustic alkalies. See examples in Figs. 269S, 2708, 09, 2824. The mixture for tilling these tubes is prepared as follow's :—Pound in a mortar equal dumes of crystallized sulphate of sodium and fresh burnt lime. Mix the powders, and let them t on one another. Dry the mixture over a fire or gas-light, in such a manner as to cause it to mi small lumps. Fill the tube with these lumps, avoiding dust, and putting a loose plug of cotton each end of the tube to prevent the mixture falling out. 308 MANNER OF FILLING BURETTES 2824. Mohr’s Bottle for Caustic Alkaline Test Liquors, Fig. 2824, 30-ounce size, with tube to contain the mixture for retaining carbonic acid, and delivering syphon with pinchcock, 2s. 6d. Large bottles can be fitted up in this style for use in chemical manufactories. See examples of the proper arrangement in Figs. 2690 and 2693. 2825. Mohr’s Apparatus for Storing Test Liquors, and for filling Burettes from below, 30-ounce size, Fig. 2824, with addition of a Blowing Ball, 3s. 6d. This consists of the apparatus represented by Fig. 2824, with the addition of a 3-inch caoutchouc blowing ball, like that repre¬ sented in Fig. 2733. This is fixed on the top of the chloride of calcium tube of Fig. 2824 The syphon of this apparatus is then placed in connection with the fittings represented in Figs. 2692 and 2693. The burette is assumed to be fixed in a stand. By opening the pinchcock connected with the T piece, b Fig. 2692, and at the same time pressing the ball fixed on the apparatus, No. 2824, the solution is forced from the flask up into the burette. 2826. Mohr’s Bottle for filling Burettes with solution of permanganate of potash, iodine in iodide of potassium, and similar tests, represented by 2824. Fig. 2826, one pint size, 2s. 2827. Another kind, with Blowing Ball, Fig. 2827, one pint size, 3s. n ‘ 25 _n. si bLJ 1 I ' T ■ b L V 2828. a. b. c. 2828. Gay-Lussac’s Apparatus for filling tube measures with arsenical and othei poisonous solutions, 20-ounce bottle with two necks and syphon, Fig 2828, 2s. a and b represent tube measures, into which the liquor is decanted by the syphon tube. The exact quantity is adjusted to the mark by the small pipette c, or by a particular inclination giver to the tube in reference to the bottle, by which an excess of solution can be made to run back inti, the bottle. 2829. When bottles that are only partially filled with graduated solutions remain for some time unmoved, and especially when they happen to be in a warm situation, water rises in vapour from the solutions and condenses on the sides of the bottle, by that means giving greater concentration to the j solution. The liquor in such bottles should be shaken before any is poured out for use. It seems scarely necessary to say that burettes, pipettes, and all vessels that serve to measure graduated liquors should be used in a clean and dry condition. When the fqrm of a vessel is sue! | as to render the drying of it tedious,—as it is, for example, withBinks’s burette, Fig. 2736—the vessel, after being washed with water and drained, should be well rinsed with a little of the liquor that is next to be used with it. All graduated vessels should be washed clean and dried immediately after use. 309 APPARATUS FOR SPECIAL OPERATIONS IN VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS. APPARATUS FOR THE ANALYSIS OF CARBONATES. 2833. The plan of the analyses that are executed with the help of these instruments is as follows : —In one part of the apparatus a given weight of the carbonate to be analysed is placed; in another part, a quantity of sulphuric or nitric acid. The whole is weighed. The acid is then made to flow gradually upon the carbonate, so as to disengage carbonic acid gas. This gas is made to pass either over dry chloride of calcium, or through strong sulphuric acid, in order that it may be deprived of its water, and pass away in a dry state. When the action is completed, and the flasks are cool, they are wiped dry aud again weighed. The loss of weight shows the weight of the discharged carbonic acid, and as the weight of the analysed carbonate is determined at the com¬ mencement of the process, its composition can thence be readily calculated. When the carbonates are alkalies, they may be decomposed by sulphuric acid; but when they are earths, they require nitric acid,—that is to say, the apparatus must then be so contrived as to contain nitric acid for decomposing the carbonate, and sulphuric acid to dry the disengaged carbonic acid gas. The figures on page 310 exhibit a variety of methods, which have been contrived by different chemists to fulfil these conditions. I distinguish them by the names of their inventors as accurately as I am able so to do. 2834. Fritzsche Is. 2842. Rose 5s. 2835. Rose Is. 6d. 2843. Schaffner 2s. 6d. 2836. Is. 3d. 2844. Rohrbeck 5s. 2837. Fresenius and Will Is. Gd. 2846. Kipp 6s. 2838. >1 2s. 6d. 2847. Sch rotter 6s. 2839. Kipp 6s. 2848. Erdmann 5s. 2840. Mohr 3s. 2849. Geissler 4s. 2841. Rose and Berzelius 3s. Gd. Boxes to contain these Instruments, each 6d. to 9 d. extra. For detailed instructions for the analysis of substances containing carbonic acid, consult Mohrs TUrirmethode, 1862, page 87, and Fresenius’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 1860, page 260. 310 APPARATUS FOR THE ANALYSTS OF CARBONATES. 811 ANALYSIS OF CARBONATES, DISTILLATION OF CHLORINE. 2854. Mohr s Apparatus for estimating Carbonic Acid in Soils, Fig. 2854, 3s. 6d. g|iPfiig§iiiggii 1862,‘page 4SL ^ ^ mtn ° ^ ^ S ° da ’ aS descnbed at No - 2935 «• See Mohr’s Titrirmethode, 2855. Griffin’s Apparatus for the Analysis of Carbonates, Fig. 2855, a or b, each Is. 6d. The process is described in detail in “ Chemical Recreations ,” at page 113. In the flask a as much volumetric nitric acid is placed as will dissolve 10 grains of pure calc-spar. The tube b holds cold water. c is a cork for lifting the tube. 10 grains of the limestone to be tested, in coarse ?nrLnn^ are f radU i al ii y flask - After solution, me acid is boiled to expel the .arbomc acid and the superfluous nitric acid is then tested volumetrically. The process requires only one weighing ; it is rapid, and gives accurate results. a. 2855. 2856. the acid is boiled to expel the 2856. Schuster’s Alkalimeter, for analyses by means of weighed test liquors ; 2 ounces, stoppered, 2856, 9d. 1857. Mohr’s Apparatus for the estimation of Carbonic Acid by expulsion from carbonates, absorption by ammonia, conversion into carbo¬ nate of calcium, and analysis by nitric acid, Fig. 2857, 3s. 6d. The operation is described in detail in Mohr’s 1 itrirmethode, 1862, page 95; and in Fresenius’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 1S60, page 268. 858. Mohr’s Apparatus for the estimation of Manganese by the oxalic acid process, Fig. 2858. 2s. 6d. See Mohr’s Titrirmethode, page 495. 359. Mohr’s Apparatus for distilling Chlorine into a solution of Iodide of Potassium, in order that the separated Iodine may be tested with Hyposulphite of Soda, Fig. 2859. The flask c is of 2 ounce size ; the con¬ densing tube b is 14 inches long by 1 inch wide; the cylinder a is 15 inches high by 3 inches wide. The set, 5s. 360. Another form of Mohr’s Apparatus for the distillation of Chlorine and libera¬ tion of Iodine, Fig. 2860. The tiro flasks and tubes, but without the support and lamp, 3s. 6d. The use of this apparatus is explained in Fresenius’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis , page 283. 312 DISTILLATION OF CHLORINE. TESTING OF MANGANESE. 2861. Fresenius’s Apparatus for the distillation of Chlorine into Iodide of Potassiu: Fig. 2861, 2s. 6d. 2860. 2«62. Bunsen’s Apparatus for the distillation of Chlorine, Fig. 2862, 2s. 6d. 2862 a. The apparatus Nos. 2859, 2861, 2862, are described in Mohr’s Titrirmethode, page 2 c Testing of Peroxide of Manganese .—The testing of peroxide of manganese is a process tl explains the use of the above distilling apparatus. A small quantity of manganese, such as grains, or 8 ’7 grains (= j atom), or 0 - 436 gramme when CC. measures are used, is boiled in t small flask with concentrated hydrochloric acid. Chlorine gas is given off, and passes into t receiver, to be absorbed by a solution of iodide of potassium, in which it produces chloride potassium, and sets iodine free. There must be present enough of the iodide of potassium, not or to supply the free iodine, but also to keep it in solution,—about 10 parts of iodide for 6 parts of o When the distillation is ended, the iodine is estimated by a solution of hyposulphite of sodium, su as Nos. 2944, 3008, or 3054. The quantity of iodine being determined, its equivalent in chlorii and in pure peroxide of manganese, is calculated. See No. 2945 a. 2861. 2862. Apparatus to be used for preparing a Solution of Iron in an Acid, withe permitting the iron to pass into the ferric condition :— 2863. Mohr’s Flask, with tube and caoutchouc valve, which permits the outwa passage of the hydrogen of the dissolving acid, but not the inward passa of air. 5-ounce size, Fig. 2863, Is. TESTING OF IRON ORES. 313 2861. Mohr’s Apparatus, consisting of a pair of Flasks, connected by a glass tube. The hydrogen escapes through water placed in the second flask, Fi<*. 2864* The pair of flasks and connecting tube, Is. 6d. Price of the tripod lO-lnch’ Is. 6d. The gauze, 10-inch, Is. The gas burner, Qs. 6d. 2865. Fresenius’s Flask, with a pair of gas tubes, Fig. 2865 ; by which arrangement a constant current of carbonic acid gas is passed through the flask during the solution of the iron ; the tube d being connected with a carbonic acid apparatus, such as is represented by Fig. 2869 or 2870. Price of flash and tubes, 1 s. The Support is priced at No. 315. 2863. 2865 a. Assay of Iron Ores. —A solution of an iron ore is prepared in hydrochloric acid, or in tro-hydrochloric acid; and this solution is tested either by the potassium bichromate solution or e potassium permanganate solution. The quantity of iron ore to be taken for analysis depends >on the test liquor that is to be used. It may be as much as is supposed to contain 5 or 10 grains ; 028 or 0 56 grammes of iron. The ore is dissolved in one of the flasks described above, so as to •oid the formation of ferric salt, because only ferrous salt is acted on by the permanganate and chromate tests. See No. 2955. 166. Graduated Tube and Blow¬ ing Ball, for supplying a regulated quantity of sul¬ phuric acid to substances that are to be tested with permanganate of potas¬ sium. Fig. 2866. See No. 2955, 2s 6d. ;69. Gas Apparatus for supplying a regulated and continu¬ ous current of Carbonic Acid gas or of Hydrogen gas, when required for an Analytical operation. Form of Fig. 2869. Con¬ tents of Gas Bottle, l£ pint; the tube C 12 inches long, 1 inch wide, mounted on a black wood support, with pinchcock d and clamp e. No. 2871, fitted together as in Fig. 2869, 10s. 6d. s s 814 GAS BOTTLES FOR REGULATED CURRENT OF GAS. 2869 a. This —, . -h .' {***££& globular funnel B, and to a gas-deh y tubes c rp be nec k/, of the funnel B passes to necessity, in its course one or two^bingor drying tubes L A sm all ^ avel about the bottom of the bottle A; ana thsbottk ^ cb when acted on by the diluted li inch in depth, and upon that the pi delivery tube’c, g, contains one or two caoutchouc acid, are to produce the required gas The gas hejivery ™ d or p i ac hcock e (No. 2871). tubes, upoa which are placed a Mohr’s pinchcock gas escapes through When the bottle is supplied with acid, and f* Kfuchcock d is closed, the gal, not being able to the tubes in the direction c d 0, e g. When the' P“ oc 4 th e gbe/ into the funnel B, and escape, accumulates in the bottle A, and drive* b* ck ttfijdu;ptoe tu^ d at If the the action then ceases, because the grave P g ^ mit only a limited passage of gas, more or pinchcock e is then screwed up to sue O oened and removed from the caoutchouc tube, the 1 less as you may desire, and the pine 1 much gas is produced as the pinchcock e acid descends from the funnel B 0 ^e a °nv nr^s me of g“s in 1 caused the acid to ascend into B. permits to escape, but not more, because any pressure oi gas Hence a regulated current of gas is produced. 2870. Deville’s Gas Generator, for preparing a continuous eurrentof ^drogenG , Carbonic Acid, &c., for use in Analytical processes Fig. 2870,*consjistin of 2 bottles each of 1 litre, or if pints capacity, with pinchcock No. 2871, 2 feet of caoutchouc tube and fittings, 8s. 2870. I The Blocks D are priced at page 37. 5-inch blocks suit best. The bottle A is filled to above the tubulure with small siliceous pebbles, or, failing them, with bit of coke Above that bed is placed a quantity of granulated zinc (for hydrogen), or of chips 0 marble (for carbonic acid). The flask B contains diluted sulphuric acid. The flasks are connect** bv the flexible tube C. When the bottle A is placed upon the blocks D, above the level of the acid in the bottle B there is no action. When the bottle B is placed on the blocks and the bottled on the table the acid descends into the bottle A, rises through the flints, and disengages gas bj action on the zinc or marble. But this action is regulated by the clamp E, which is representec of its full size by Fig. 2871. When this is closed, and the joints of the apparatus are tight, the acic cannot descend. When the pinchcock is opened, or partially opened, the acid descends more or less and produces the gas with any desired degree of rapidity. The pressure of the acid is regulated by tin height of the blocks D, upon which the bottle is raised ; the force of chemical action by the state o dilution of the acid. A useful strength is 25° (see No. 2901), which is about 1 part of oil o vitriol to 10 parts of water. 2870 a. Small sea gravel, suitable for the supply of the above gas bottles, q^er quart , 6d. 2871. Brass Clamp for regulating the passage of Gases or Liquids through flexible tubes, form and size of Fig. 2871, Is. This clamp is exhibited in use in Figs. 2869 and 2870. The flexible tube is pressed between the lower wire aud the middle plate, which is moved by the screw. APPARATUS FOR CLARK’S WATER TEST. 315 CLARK’S WATER TEST. The Commissioners of Woods and Forests require, as one of the indispensable conditions to a Bill for supplying water to a town being presented by them to Parliament, that there shall be given, in reference to the waters already supplied to the town, as well as in reference to the waters proposed ;o be supplied,— * ‘ A statement of the quality of the water as exhibited by chemical analysis, specifying its adapta¬ tion for domestic and manufacturing purposes, and its degree of hardness with reference to the Tests and Scale of Dr. Clark.” The water-works sanctioned by the Board of Health have all the waters submitted to the same ;ests. The process invented by Dr. Clark for Determining the Hardness of Waters is of easy ;xecution, and of such extreme precision as to rank among the most exact and delicate operations )f chemical analysis. The circumstances above referred to render this process of great interest, not mly to professional chemists, but to engineers, manufacturers, and the public. 5872. SOLUTIONS AND APPARATUS FOR CLARK’S WATER TEST.— Made in strict accordance with Dr . Clark's instructions. 1 . 2 . 3. 8 . 9. 10 . 11 . 2 . 12 . 13. 14. 1. For Testing the Hardness of Water. Soap Test, standard strength, 4s. per pint, in a bottle. Standard Solution, Water of 16° of Hardness, 2s. per pint, in a bottle. Graduated Burette, for measuring the quantity of Soap Test, or the Test for Alkalinity, used in each analysis. Graduated into Test Measures, (each = 10 grains of water), and every Test Measure (degree) divided into 5ths, form of Fig. 2872, 3. The following varieties :— 4. Contents, 16 Test Measures in iths, 3s. 6d. 5. Contents, 20 Test Measures in iths, 3s. 6d. 6. Contents, 32 Test Measures in iths, 4s. 7. Mahogany Foot for the Graduated Pouret, Fig. 2872, 7, Is. Gd. Pipette to deliver 100 Test Measures of Water (= 1000 grains,) Fig. 2872, 8, Is. 9d. When the Pipette is emptied, the drop of water at the beak must be drained out, as it belongs to the measured quan- |I tity. It must not be blown out, for that alters the quality of the water, by introducing carbonic acid. Set of Six Stoppered Bottles, with glass Stoppers, accurately fitted, for mixing the water with the Soap Test. Fig. 2799. Per set , 4s. Bent Tube for sucking Carbonic Acid from the -Bottles, 2d. Five-Minutes Sand Glass, 3s. Gd. For Testing the Alkalinity of Waters. Berlin Porcelain Evaporating Basin, in which to simmer the water when under trial for Alkalinity, diameter 8| inches, contents 1 quart, 2s. 8d. Measure to Deliver one Pint of Water, when drained, two minutes, 2s. 3d. Iron Tripod, for supporting the Evapo¬ rating Basin over a Spirit Lamp, Is. 3d. 2872, 17. V 2S72, 8. 2872 , 21 . 316 ASSAY OF MILK. LACTOMETER. CREMOMETER. Clark’s Water Test Apparatus, continued :— 15. Glass Spirit Lamp, with Chimney, complete, Is. 0d. 16. Two Glass Stirrers, 3d. 17. Set of Six Clark’s Test Glasses, Fig. 287-2, 17, page 315, Is. 6d. 18. Pipette, 3d. 19. Test for Alkalinity, 2s. per pint bottle. 20. Litmus Test Paper, 2s. per dozen Books. 21. Globular Flask, contents one gallon, with a Condenser attached. Foi boiling water in such a manner as to effect the decomposition of Bicarbo¬ nates without permitting the escape of steam, Fig. 2872, 21, 9s. 22. Specification of the Patent granted to Professor Clark for a new methoc of rendering certain Waters (the water of the Thames being amongst tin number) less impure and less hard, for the supply and use of manufac torics, villages, towns, and cities, with an Appendix on the Method o Testing Waters, seued , Is. 23. Instructions for Performing the Testing operations, Is. ASSAY OF MILK. LACTOMETER. CREMOMETER. 2873. When new milk is set at rest for a period of from twelve to twenty-four hours, the creau separates from the other ingredients and rises to the surface of the liquor. If the operation is per formed in cylinders of glass, the thickness of the layer of cream can be seen distinctly. If the glas cylinder is graduated into 100 parts, and is filled with the new milk up to 0°, the amount of creau can then be read off in percentages, from which it is possible to calculate the total quantity of creac that is contained in the milk of a given cow, as taken at one milking, well mixed and measured. The graduated glass instrument used for this purpose is commonly called a Lactometer. Th usual form of this instrument is a cylinder on foot like Fig. 2746 a , and sometimes a tube withou foot, like Fig. 2326; but a form much to be preferred is that of the test mixer, Fig. 2790, or th graduated bottle, Fig. 2793. The cream rises more readily in a short wide vessel, such as No. 2874 f than in a long narro\ one ; but being then spread over a broader surface of liquor, it is not so easily measured. The large 1 the quantity of milk operated upon, the more trustworthy is the result; but a very good result i! obtained by using a test mixer, Fig. 2790, of the capacity of a decigallon, and having a diameter tj nearly two inches. A stoppered vessel is preferable to an open one, as it cuts off atmospheri! influences, and in hot weather lessens the chance of the souring of the milk during the separation ut as new processes, modifications of existing processes, and adaptations to manufacturing purposes, appear almost every month, it is clear that a list of this description must be subject to very frequent evision. From time to time, therefore, supplementary catalogues will be published. The Test Solutions are arranged in three classes, corresponding to the three units >f measurement,—namely, the Septem, the Centimetre Cube, and the Decern. The Prices quoted in the following list are for the Imperial Pint of 20 fluid ounces, tnd the Half Gallon of 80 ounces. These prices include the cost of Stoppered Glass Bottles. If the pint Bottles are of fine German glass, and of the form of Fig. 1551, I he extra charge for each is 9d. VOLUMETRIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, FOR USE WITH INSTRUMENTS GRADUATED INTO SEPTEMS. 2901. One equivalent of any chemical, weighed in grains and dissolved in a Decigallon of solution 162° F., constitutes a solutiou of one degree of strength, marked 1°. Every additional equivalent l grains included in this measure of solution, increases the strength by 1° : five equivalents in rams dissolved in a Decigallon, produce a solution of 5°; half an equivalent produces a solution of 5 ; and so on. Since a Decigallon contains 1000 Septems, it is easy to value fractional parts of the issolved chemical: thus, supposing the solution to be of 1 of strength, 1000 Septems contain 1 atom 100 ,, ,, 1 », 10 „ „ , -01 1 Septem contains ’001 ,, he acting powers of the solutions necessarily correspond with their strength in equivalents, or Agrees. Thus, 100 Septems of any alkaline solution of 1°, containing the ,' 0 th part of an atom, will 326 GRADUATED ACIDS FOR TESTING ALKALIES. neutralise the ^th part of an atom of any monoW acid, and 1 of neutralise the ith part of an atom Hence,£ * £3^ .(he nSrber of Septems c analysis is found by multiplying the ^th part ot its atom m gi» m any alkali used to saturate it. ACID TEST SOLUTIONS, for the estimation of Alkalies and Alkaune Earths when in the caustic state, or in the state of Carbonates. Nos. 2903 to 2914. Test Acids of One Degree (1°). The four Test Acids, Nos. 2903 to 2906 are c the same strength. They each contain in a Decigallon one atom of Acid weighed n grains One Septem of each contains the Wnrth part of an atom, and is competen fo neutralise the Wroth part of an atom in grains of any Alkali or Alkalin Carbonate considered as monobasic. 2903 Sdlphoeio Acid of 1°. HSO 2 . 49. Solution containing 49 grains in a Dec gallon. 1 Septem=*049 grains of HSO 2 , or -04 grain of anhydrous acic Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. . . . t. 2904. Nitric Acid of L°. HNO 3 . 63. Solution containing 63 grains in a Dec gallon. 1 Septem = ‘063 gram. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2905. Hydrochloric Acid of 1°. HC1. 36'5. Solution containing 36*5 grains in Decigallon. 1 Septem=-0365 grain. Pint 2s.; Hal,-gallon, 6s. 2906 Oxalic Acid of 1 °. HCO 2 . 45. The crystallized acid is HCO- + Aq. 68. Solutio 2906. ^^ nta . n . ng 4 . graing Qf hco3 or 63 grains of the crystaihzed ac^d in Decigallon. 1 Septem = -045 grain of HCO- = *063 gram of HCO + Ac or -036 grain of $ C 2 0 3 , the anhydrous acid. Pint, 2s.; Ha 1 f-gallon, 6s Test Acids of Five Degrees (5°). The four acids, Nos. 2908 to 2911, are < equal strength. They each contain, in a Decigallon, five fcorns of acid, we gned i grains • that is to say, they are five times as strong as the acms described ahov. 1 Septem of earn contains the Wroth part or the Woth part of an atom of Ac and it is competen ; to neutralise the Wroth or the W»th part o an^ atom, we ghe in grains, of any Alkali or Alkaline Carbonate, estimated as monooasic. 2908 Sulphuric Acid of 5°. HSO 2 . 49 X 5. Solution containing 245 grains in Decigallon. 1 Septem = -245 gram. Pint . 2s.; Halj-gdUon 6s. 2909. Nitric Acid of 5°. HNO u . 63 x 6. Solution containing o 15 grains in Decigallon. 1 Septem = -315 grain. Pmt 2s.; Half-ga ton, Gs. 2910. Hydrochloric Ac d of 5°. FC1. 36-5 X 5. _ Sola-ion containing U gran in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = TC25 gram. Pint, 2s . ; Halj-gallon, 0s». 2911. Oxalic Acid of 5°. HCO 2 . 45 X 5. Solution containing, 225_ grams 63 x 5 = 315 grains of crystals in a Decigallon. 1 Sep..em — ~ -o graJ of HCO 2 , or -315 grain of crystallised acid. Pint, 9s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 2912 Sulphuric Acid of 10°. HSO 2 . 49. Solution containing 49 X 10 -41. grains of hydrated sulphuric acid, or 400 grains of anhydrous sulptiui acid in a Decigallon. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. QA2 2912a. Use of this Test Liquor. 1 Septem contains 0-49 gram ot HSU , ai neutralises:— 0‘31 grain of Anhydrous Soda. 040 ,, Hydrate of Soda. 0 -53 ,, Anhydrous Carbonate of Soda. 0‘47 „ Anhydrous Potash. 0 - 56 ,, Hydrate of Potash. O'69 ,, Carbonate of Potash. 0'17 ,, Ammonia. i l| Wordinfflv if 40 grains of crude hydrate of soda are dissolved and tested with this acid, the numb >f Septems of acid used indicates the percentage of pure substance contained m the crude sample, - io on of the other salts. VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS OF ALKALIES. 327 29126. Estimation of the different Constituents of Crude Caustic Soda.— The following is an example of a more intimate examination of caustic soda performed with one weighing and with dilute test solutions :—Weigh 40 grains of crude soda, and make with it a solution of 1000 Septems. Of this solution use 100 Septems for each testing process. 1. Neutralise with nitric acid of 1°, usino- Mohr’s Burette. The Septems of acid used show the percentage of caustic soda in the sample. The same number, multiplied by ‘031 (see table 2913), shows the weight of anhydrous soda in = 4 grains of the crude soda. 2. Precipitate 100 Septems with a slight excess of chloride of barium, filter off the carbonate of barytes, and test the residual liquor -with nitric acid of 1°. The number of Septems of acid used indicate the alkalinity due to hydrate of soda, not including that due to carbonate of soda. 3. Neutralise 100 Septqms with nitric acid (example 1 shows how much is to be added), and precipi¬ tate sulphuric acid with nitrate of barium of 1° (Nos. 2935 and 2935 b). 4. Neutralise 100 Septems with uitric acid, and precipitate chlorine by nitrate of silver of 1° (No. 2948). There yet remains 600 Septems of solution, with which, if required, other estimates can be made, such as those of sulphide, hyposulphite, silica, &c. In this analysis, experiments 1 and 2 can be made with graduated sulphuric or oxalic acid ; but as nitric acid is indispensable for experiments 3 and 4, the use of that acid for experiments 1 and 2 also saves the time and trouble of cleaning and drying additional mrettes. 2912c. Interference of Carbonic Acid with the Colour Tests in Processes of Alkali¬ metry. —When carbonates of the alkalies, or alkalies reputed to be caustic, but which commonly jontain some carbonate, are tested with graduated acids, the liberated carbonic acid reddens the itmus before the alkali is quite saturated with the test acid. To remove this difficulty, the solution nust be boiled, and the testing be completed while the liquor is boiling hot. When many samples lave to be tested, the most rapid and effectual way of proceeding is to mount two burettes, one vith test acid and another with test alkali of equal strength. Then to overdose the alkali with the .est acid, boil thoroughly to get rid of the carbonic acid, and conclude by bringing back the mixture o the neutral point, by adding the test alkali. The Septems of test acid used, minus the Septems of est alkali, show the true degree of the alkali that is submitted to analysis. All the crude salts of potash and soda, caustic and carbonated, can be tested by the above rocess. 2912rf. Chemical manufacturers are much in the habit of using strong test solutions, such as No. '912 ; but I take the liberty to suggest, that if they study the use of the pipette, which I have escribed in sections 2760-2766, and conduct their testing in the manner shown above, they will find ; preferable to work with dilute solutions, especially such as are here described as of 1° of strength. 913. Alkalies and Alkaline Earths estimated by Acid Test Solutions. The Quantities are expressed in Grains. A. B. 1 Septem of 1 Septem of Atomic Weight. Acid of 1° = Acid of 5 Ammonia, NH 3 17 *017 •085 Ammonium, NH 4 18 •018 •09 Barium, Ba 685 •0685 •3425 ,, Oxide, Barytes, BaBaO 153 •0765 •3825 ,, Hydrate, BaHO 85-5 •0S55 •4275 ,, Carbonate, Ba 2 C0 3 197 •0985 •4925 Calcium, Ca. 20 •020 •1 „ Oxide, anhydrous lime, CaCaO 56 •028 •14 „ Hydrate, CaHO 37 •037 T85 „ Carbonate, Ca 2 CO s 100 •050 •25 Potassium, K 39 •039 T95 „ Oxide, anhydrous potash, KKO 94 •047 •235 „ Hydrate, caustic potash, KHO 56 •056 •28 „ Carbonate, K 2 CO J 138 •069 •345 „ Bicarbonate, HKCO 3 100 •100 •5 Sodium, Na 23 •023 •115 ,, Oxide, anhydrous soda, NaNaO 62 •031 •155 „ Hydrate, caustic soda, NaHO 40 •040 •2 „ Carbonate, Na 2 C0 3 106 •053 •265 „ do. cryst., Na 3 CO s Aq. 10 286 •143 •715 ,, Bicarbonate, HNaCO s 84 •084 •42 328 GRADUATED ALKALIES FOR TESTING ACIDS. 2914. Uo« - £«,!££ A t tie weight in grain, of the reai alkali of the substance that w» eubnnttj to analysis, or of its equivalent in a correspon mg ^ requires 20 Septems of acid of 1° (it is Example. If a ^. a ,f is used)! then 20, if multiplied by -031, gives the correspond! no consequence which of the lour acias is us , weight of hydrated soda ; if by -0o3, Siffte If bv’-0 S l. it gives the weight of bicarbonate of soda; a ® fi l I Ti _"11 bra ■>"» i e oisoda ■ and if by ’ 084 ) it ^vesthewei^it of bicarbonate of site ; a; So forth. It 6 will be noticed that the anhydror,. oxides -4 tta carbonates are So forth. It will be noticed that the anhyar»s ox ue. „ cue ~ ^ ^ atom while the hydrate, and brcarbonates «e “^Xrate))ne monobasic ltd, act only upon half oxygen is held to weigh lb. X nf alkalies or their carbonates to be submit! atom of a bibasic substance. In ffxmg npon * te„ “TramLg the table, No. 2913. 1 to trial, this difference must be attended^a. thas been mnam ^ ^ ^ ^ rf ^ , p^ni^t’oTtop lf uri^ii a be equalto the difference between 100 Septems of acid, and the numl alkajiuesolutions that can exist at 62" F are these_ I Carbonate of Potash, 83154°. Carbonate of Soda, 23 '3°. Both considered Monobasic. Caustic Ammonia, 125°. Caustic Potash, 101 '7 Hence, fo“ti Z™ - A-onia quires 126 whereas, itepteS of Tca° r Wte of soda require, only 23J Septems of a of 1° to saturate it. _ __ a r'TTic* XT ALKALINE TEST SOLUTIONS, for the estimation of FREE ALlLo. 291 6 to 2932. _ n Test Alkalies of One Degree (1°). The five Test Alkalies, Nos 2916 to 29 are of the same chemical strength. They each contain m a Decigallon one atoi Alkali weighed in grains. 1 Septem of each contains ihe Tinnrth pait of an atom a ^ compltent to neutralise the Xth part of an atom in grains of any monobasic Ac 2916 Potassium Hydrate of 1°. Caustic Potash. KH0.56 Solution containing 2916. ™ i Septem = '056 grain. Pint, 2s;. ; Half-gallon 2917 Sodium Hydrate of 1°. Caustic Soda. NaHO. 40 Solution containing 2917 - °° grain sin a Decigallon. 1 Septem = -04 grain. 2918 Potassium Carbonate of 1°. Carbonate of Potash. KC . • 991 monobasic. Atomic weight H* = 69. Solution containing 6,9 gnuns l D ecigallon. 1 Septem = ’069 gram. Pint 2s.; Half gallon, 6s 2919 Sodium Carbonate of 1°. Carbonate of Soda. Na-CO 3 . 106. But used monobasic. Atomic weight ^ = 53. Solution containing 53 grams Decigallon. 1 Septem = -053 gram. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, bs L 2920. Ammonia of 1°. NH 3 . 17. Solution containing 17 grams m a Decigall4 1 Septem = -017 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. NH 4 CuO 2921. Copper Ammonia-Sulphate of 1 . Formula piobably NH I = 131-75 ; but the test solution is made equivalent to Nitric Acid H Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. _ _ I 2921a. This test is an azure blue solution, which, on being neutralised by an .^callv^eu and gives a pale green precipitate. Its chief use is for testing acetic acid, salts of which acid are not neutral in their action upon colour tes s an mixtures of quantity of free sulphuric acid of the solutions in galvanic batteries, a acid and metallic salts, as it acts on free acids only, and not on acid com i ^ or other metals. 1 Septem of it is equal to the ^th part of an atom m J not quite permanent, and its degree requires to be occasionally checked against Test Alkalies of Five Degrees (5°). The six Alkalies, Nos. 2923 to *628, of the same strength. They each contain in a Decigallon five atoms ol a weighed in grains; that is to say, they are five times as strong as the a a described above. 1 Septem of each contains the xisVoth part, or the sooth pa VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS OP ACIDS. 329 an atom of Alkali, and it is competent to neutralise the rtfWth part, or the , J_th part af an atom, weighed in grains, of any monobasic Acid. 2923. Potassium Hydrate of 5°. Caustic Potash. KHO. 56 x 5. Solution containing 280 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = -28 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 29 24. Sodium Hydrate of 5°. Caustic Soda. NaHO. 40 x 5. Solution con¬ taining 200 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = -2 grain. Pint , 2s.: Half-gallon, 6s. J 925. Potassium Carbonate of 5°. Carbonate of Potash. K 2 C0 3 . 138. But used as monobasic. Atomic weight pp = 69 x 5, Solution containing 345 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = -345 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. !926. Sodium Carbonate of 5°. Carbonate of Soda. Na 3 C0 3 . 106. But used as monobasic. Atomic weight -Dp- = 53 x 5. Solution containing 265 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = -265 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. :927. Ammonia of 5°. NH 3 . 17 x 5. Solution containing 85 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem -= '085 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 928. Copper Ammonia-Sulphate of 5°. Five times as strong as No. 2921. 1 Septem of it neutralises Torreth atom or ^foth atom of any acid. Pint, 2s. 6d. ; Half gallon, 7s. 6d. 929. Ammonia of f°. NH 3 . 17 x f. Solution containing 11*33 grains of ammonia in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = *0133 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. This test solution is equal in strength to a solution of 50 grains of crystallised tartaric acid in a ■jcigallon. It is a useful strength for testing the acidity of wines. See article on the Chemical esting of Wines. 930. Ammonia of 7°. NH 3 . 17 x 7. Solution containing 119 grains in a Deci¬ gallon. 1 Septem = *119 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 931. Sodium Hydrate of 7°. Caustic Soda. NaHO. 40 x 7. Solution containing 280 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = *28 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2931a. Testing of Vinegars .—Alkaline solutions of 7° are equal in strength to the Excise proof negar, the commercial No. 24. 932. Acids estimated by Alkaline Test Solutions. The Quantities are expressed in Grains. 1 Septem of Alkali 1 Septem of Alkali of " Sulphuric Acid, HSO 2 Atomic Weight 49 „ anhydrous, S 2 0 3 .80 Hydrochloric Acid, II Cl. 36*5 Nitric Acid, HNO 3 . 63 ,, anhydrous N 2 0 5 .108 Oxalic Acid, HCO 2 . 45 „ cryst., HCO. 2 + Aq. 63 Acetic Acid, H, C 2 H 8 0 2 .60 „ anhydrous, C 2 H 3 , C 2 H 3 0 3 .102 Tartaric Acid, cryst., H, C 2 H 2 O s . 75 Carbonic Acid, CO 2 in Na 2 CO s = 44 2932a. The strongest solutions of the chief acids that can exist at 62° F. have the following grees:— Sulphuric Acid, 263*7°. Acetic Acid, 123*5°. Hydrochloric Acid, 94°. Oxalic Acid, 11*88°. Nitric Acid, 109 . 1 Septem of concentrated sulphuric acid requires 2G3 Septems of any alkali of 1° to neutralise and the quantity of hydrated acid it contains is 263*7 x *049 = 12*922 grains. This example ws that when a concentrated acid is to be tested, the first step in the operation is to dilute the u u 0 _ of 5° = *049 *245 04 *2 0365 *1825 063 *315 054 •27 045 •225 003 •315 06 *3 051 •255 075 *375 022 T1 830 SOLUTIONS FOR TESTING CARBONATES AND SULPHATES. acid from 1 volume to 10 volumes ; that is to say, 10 Septems to 100 Septems, or 100 Septems t 1000 Septems, measuring the acid with a bulb pipette. Iso. 2768 and diluting it with water in measuring flask, No. 2783. A portion of this dilute acid is then to be tested, and the result to b multiplied by ten. A step, even preliminary to this may be taken with strong acids. Put Septems of water into a small mixing jar, and add 1 Septem of the acid to be tested. Mi < take 1 Septem of the mixture, and test it with the proper alkaline solution. The result m Septems multiplied by 10, gives a rough idea of the strength of the acid. 1 he apparatus being already se up for the careful S trial, this preliminary experiment can be performed in two nnnutes, and it save much test liquor. Test Solutions containing Barium and Lead, for the estimation of Carbonate and Sulphates. Nos. 2933 to 2937. 2933. Barium Chloride of 1°. BaCl. 104. Solution containing 104 grains in Decigallon. 1 Septem = -104 grain or xAnrth atom. Pint, 2s.; Hal) 2934. Bamum' Chloride of 5°. BaCl. 104 X 5. Solution containing 520 grains il a Decigallon. 1 Septem = '52 grain or To s ooth atom, or 200 th atom Pint,'2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. . . . . . 2935. Barium Nitrate of 1°. BaNO 3 . 130-5. Solution containing 130-5 grams m Decigallon. 1 Septem = mVsth atom or 1305 gram. Pint, 2s., Hal / gallon, 6s. 2935 a Estimation op Carbonates.— Process 1. Suppose that you have carbonic acid m soli tion with excess of alkali, and that you wish to estimate the carbonic acid only. Precipitate th carbonic acid with excess of barytes solution, Alter and wash the iuecipitate ^ a slight excess of nitric acid of 1°, using an even number of Septems of that acid; Mteecxmq^ solution estimate the excess of nitric acid by an alkaline solution of 1 . ^ nitric acid and 4 Septems of alkali to be used, the product is 40 — 4 — 36. I his number, multipne bv -022 gives the equivalent of carbonic acid contained in the solution submitted to examination. 7 Prod ?s § 2. If you have a solution of caustic alkali and carbonated alkali and you wish to estimat the Quantity of alkali present in each condition, follow the process described m section 29126, expt 1 and 2. The quantity of carbonated alkali being thus found, that of the carbonic acid is to l Ca 2 C 9356 e< EsTiMATiON of Sulphates.— The solution containing the sulphate is tested with a solutio of Steor chloride of barium until it ceases to give a precipitate. The method of finding th neutral ^ohithas^een treated of in sections 2811 to 2817- 1 Septem of barytic solution of 1 throw down -04 grain of anhydrous sulphuric acid. 0936 Lead Nitrate of 1°. PbNO 3 . 165-5. Solution containing 165*5 grains in DecigaUon. 1 Septem contains 0-1655 grain of PbNO 3 and 0-1035 gnu: of Pb, and is equal to 0'049 grain of hydrated sulphuric acid HSO , o 0-040 grain of anhydrous sulphuric acid = \ S~0 . Pint, 2s.; J±aj Po?Is , s°iu’m 6 Bichromate of i°. 2KCrO s + Cr 2 O s . 895. Solution contamm, 2 9 5 — 78*75 grains in a Decigallon ; being equal to tlie preceding solutio. of Lead Nitrate. 1 Septem contains 0-07375 grain of bichromate of potas sium, and precipitates 0-1035 grain of lead. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2937. 2937a Estimation op Sulphuric Acid. -The solution of sulphate to be submitted to analys must contain no chloride, phosphate, nor arseniate ; nor any compound that renders sulphate of lea soluble, such as nitrate and acetate of ammonia. , , , in on nr r Process —Take in a graduated jar a measured quantity of the solution of sulphate 10, ~0, o «. Septems, according to its presumed strength. Add from a burette the nitrate of lead ° > 2936 until an excess is added, stopping at an even number on the scale of the burette. Shake ti Sure thoroughly, and add water to it, until the liquid is brought to an even number of Septem “ n _4ino- to the scale on the graduated jar. Allow it to settle completely. Pipette off an aliquc mrt of the mixture, say U, or *th part of the whole. Add to this separated portion an excess < ^ t soc [ a an q then precipitate the excess of lead by the bichromate of potassium of 4 , 2937appliedby wott “bSJtto. The indicator is drops of nitrate of silver applied as explained 1 —The Septems of lead solution made use of, ramus the Septems of bichromate used i counteraction, indicate so many times 0 ’040 grains of anhydrous sulphuric acid present in the subje< of assay.— Schwarz. SOLUTIONS FOR TESTING PHOSPHATES. 331 29376. Estimation of Leap.— Lead can be estimated by the Test solutions now under considera Dion. The lead is to be dissolved in nitric acid, the solution to be carefully neutralised with car oonate of soda, and the clear solution is to be mixed with an excess of acetate of soda This solution ir a given number of Septems of it, is then to be treated with the bichromate of potassium solution’ is described above. 1 Septem of the Bichromate Test, No. 2937, precipitates 0 T035 m-ain of lead — schwarz, Zeitschrift der Chemie, 1863. ° Test Solutions containing Lead and Uranium, for the estimation of Phosphoric Lmd in alkaline and earthy Phosphates. Nos. 2938 to 2943. 1938. Lead Nitrate of 3°. PbNO 3 . 165*5. Solution containing 496*5 grains in a Decigallon • being equal to a solution of phosphoric acid of 1°. °i Septem contains 0*4965 grain of nitrate of lead, and = 0 071 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint , 2s. ; Half-gaUon, 6s. >939. Potassium Bichromate of f°, 2KCr0 3 + Cr 2 0 3 . 295. Solution containing 221*25 grains in a Decigallon, being equal to the foregoing solution o^ nitrate of lead. 1 Septem = *4965 grain of nitrate of lead. Pint 2s.* Half-gallon, 6s. 1940 . Lead Nitrate, Empirical. PbNO 3 . 165*5. Solution containing 349*65 grains in a Decigallon, being equal to 50 grains of anhydrous phosphoric acid. 1 Septem contains 0 34965 grain of nitrate of iead, and = 0*05 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 1941. Potassium Bichromate, Empirical, but equal to the preceding solution of nitrate of lead, No. 2940. It contains 155*81 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = 0*84965 grain of nitrate of lead = 0*05 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 2941a. Estimation of Phosphoric Acid.—T he solutions Nos. 2940 and 2941 (or those, Nos. 2938 '939) are used for the estimation of phosphoric acid. The method is applicable to alkaline phos¬ phates, and earthy phosphates, when the latter are dissolved in the smallest quantity of nitric acid, 'he solutions are to be mixed with an excess of acetate of soda solution. To a measured quantity f the solutions to be tested, the lead solution is to be run from a burette in excess. Tribasic phosphate f lead is precipitated. It is then necessary to determine how much of the lead solution that has een run in, remains in excess. This is done by means of the solution of bichromate of potassium, r hich is also added from a burette. The indication of a sufficient addition of this test is afforded by leans of drops of solution, of nitrate of silver, used with the testing slab No. 2815. A drop of the fixture, first filtered with the tube No. 2S13, and then added to the nitrate of silver, gives no pre- ipitate as long as any lead remains in the solution; but as soon as the lead is all precipitated, and ichromate of potassium becomes residual, the drops of nitrate of silver show a red precipitate. ’ The rocess is shortened by performing the precipitation with the lead solution in a graduated cylinder, iluting with water, to an even quantity, and after allowing the precipitate to subside, pipetting tf 25 Septems, or any aliquot part, of the supernatant solution for testing with the chromic solution? Result (supposing the solutions Nos. 2940 and 294 1 to be used). —The Septems of lead solution, min us le Septems of chromic solution, give so many times 0*05 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid._ chwarz and Mohr. This process is not so applicable to the estimation of phosphoric acid in Urine as le method with Uranium. For details, see Schwarz aud Mohr in Frescnius’s Zeitschrift 1863 iges 379 and 392. 942. Sodium Phosphate, Empirical. HNa 2 P0 4 + Aq 13 . 358. (Anhydrous Phosphoric Acid = £ PPO 5 = 71.) Solution containing 100*85 grains in a Decigallon. This solution contains 20 grains of anhydrous phosphoric acid. 1 Septem = 0*02 grain of the acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 94 3. Uranic Nitrate, Empirical. Uc 3 N0 4 + Aq 3 . 252. Solution containing 141*98 grains in a Decigallon, that quantity being equal to the above solution of phosphate of sodium. 1 Septem = 0*02 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 2s. 6d. ; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. 2943a. Nos. 2942 and 2943 are used for the estimation of phosphoric acid. See Mohr’s Titrir- diode, page 390; Neubauer’s Analyse des Hams, page 148 ; Sutton’s Volumetric Analysis,, page '1 ; aud Tso. 4020 in the article Uirinometry in this work. The Uranium test is found to be the ist accurate for use in the examination of urine ; but the cheaper lead test can be successfully used the examination of alkaline and earthy phosphates. 332 SOLUTIONS FOR TESTING BLEACHING POWDER, ETC. Test Solutions for the estimation of Iodine, Bromine, and Chlorine, anc Sulphides, Sulphites, Hyposulphites, &c. Nos. 2944 and 2945. 2944. Sodium Hyposulphite of 2°. NaSO 4- HSO + Aq 2 . 124. (Ordinary forr NaO, S 2 0 2 + 5HO = 124.) Solution containing 248 grains in a I gallon. 1 Septem = -248 grain or toVo atom, being the equivalen xoVo atom or T27 grain of iodine. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2944a. Use .—For tlie estimation of iodine set free in a solution, and indirectly the estimati chlorine. The latter is set free and distilled over into a solution of iodide of potassium, wh< sets iodine free. The distilling apparatus is described at Nos. 2S59 to 2862. The solution con ing the free iodine is mixed with a solution of starch, by which it is coloured blue. The so hyposulphite is then added till the blue colour disappears. See No. 2862a. 2945. Iodine of 1°. I. 127. Solution containing 127 grains of iodine dissolve iodide of potassium in a Decigallon of solution. 1 Septem = T27 gra toVo atom of iodine, that being equal to sodium hyposulphite o Pint, 3s.; Half-gallon, 10s. 2945a. Use. — To check the degree of the sodium hyposulphite, which is a little subject to ch and to act as equivalent counter test to that solution, when it has been added in an overdose is also used to test sulphides, sulphites, and hyposulphites, arsenites, and the solutions of cr metals. See Mohr’s Titrirmethods, and other analytical works. The iodine solution must n< used with caoutchouc pinchcocks, nor come into contact with cork, paper, or other organic mi Fig. 2826 represents a flask adapted to contain the iodine solution, and supply it to burettes veniently. 29456. Estimation of Tin, in the Chlorides or Muriates.— Dissolve the Chloride of 1 a solution of one part of tartarus natronatus with eight parts of crystallised carbonate of soda, mix a solution of tin in hydrochloric acid with this alkaline solution. As much of the latter be used as will in all cases make the tin solution clear. Dilute with water to a fixed vo' Take of this mixture 10 Septems; add to it some solution of starch, and then test with I solution, No. 2945, till the liquor becomes blue. Multiply the Septems of Iodine used by • 059. product is the number of grains of tin contained in the 10 Septems of solution submitted to the See Leussen, in Mohr’s Titrirmethode, page 263. Test Solutions for the estimation of Bleaching Powder. Nos. 2946, 2947. 2946. Sodium Arsenite ; namely, Arsenious Acid dissolved in an excess of Carbo of Sodium. The acting ingredient i§ Arsenious Acid = As 2 0 3 . 198. Strei of the solution or 49-5 grains in a Decigallon, that quantity produ a solution equivalent to the corresponding Iodine solution of 1°, No. 2 Pint, 2947. 1 Septem = T27 grain of iodine, or -0355 grain of chlorine. Half-gallon, 6s. Sodtum Arsenite, Empirical. Solution containing 69'718 grains of Arsen Acid dissolved in excess of Carbonate of Sodium in a Decigallon. Th equivalent to 50 grains of chlorine, so that 1 Septem indicates 0'05 g of chlorine, or 100 Septems : o grains. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 2947a. Estimation of Chlorine in Bleaching Powder.— Take 100 grains of blea powder, grind it in a flat mortar with a good spout, such as is represented by Fig. 2947a. 3 it is finely ground, add water, mix it well, allow it to settle a little, and then decant the thin portion of the turbid liquor into a Decigallon Measuring Flask, No. 2783, 20. Add more water to the powder in the mortar, grind again, and decant as before. When the bleaching powder has thus by several affusions been all brought into the bottle, dilute the mixture to 1 Decigallon, shake it well, and measure off 100 Septems by a bulb pipette into a mixing jar for testing. Meanwhile fill a Mohr’s burette" with the arsenical test solution, No. 2947, and „ ._ run the solution theuoe into the mixing jar. The indicator is a clear decoction of starch, with which a little iodide of potassium has been mixed. Drops of this indicator ai upon the testing slab, No. 2815, and from time to time drops of the mixture of bleaching powde arsenic are to be transferred by means of the decanting tube, No. 2814, into the cavities ii testing slab. At first, the indicator becomes greenish blue, and then blue, which abates in colour succeeding drops of the mixture, until at last the drops of mixture produce no change in the indie The operation is then at an end. SOLUTIONS FOR TESTING SILVER, CHLORIDES, CYANIDES, ETC. 333 b sr " sed - «- —w hus, if 60 Septems are used, the percentage of chorine £ 80° ° r ™ e “ tbe ljl “ aclli "3 powder. toT So ~;z* e tr^Ts “o f ssr anJ ° f Chloeidss - b ~> . ,Ma Sl DeSri°Se 1 l m A i N ?^"°„- **>■ » - , J. Chlorine Potassium Chloride Sodium Chloride Ammonium Chloride Silver Chloride 349. Cl. = -0355 KC1. = -0745 NaCl. = -0585 NH 4 C1. = -0535 —- AgCl. — ‘1435 Pint of this solution, 4s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 10s. Sh^er Nitrate, Empirical, for the standard in Testing Photographic Baths Solution containing 100 grains of silver nitrate in a Decigalfon 1 Septem 1 KH G —-nr grain (_ 0 1) of silver nitrate. Pint, 3s. 6d.; Half-gallon 12 s ? >50. Sodium Cbloe.de of 1°. Nad. 58-5. Solution containing 58-5 grains in 1 '° 585 8raiD ' equal t0 °' 17 g, ' ain of nitrate of silver - This solution is equal to Silver Nitrate, No. 2948. '51. Sodium Chloride, Empirical, for testing Photographic Silver Bathe containing 34-412 grains in 1 Decfgallon. 8 l^eptem= 0344J2Sn of sodium chloride, eoual to 0*1 o ^ PCi I TY C~\ P r> ilr? . j _ a d . • __ sodium chloride, equal to 0*1 grain of silver nitrite.' gallon , 6s. Pint, 2s .; Half- This solution is equal to Silver Nitrate, No. 2949. '951a. Estimation of Silver. First Process _Tim <• >ut into a mixing bottle, such as No 2799 and this is hpnt "i S1 ve ^’ measured with a pipette, .‘ chloride of sodLn .ditto. U then £nU.S“ft taa“. Mdhrt I 1 !' F* “ *I a 1235 ‘ cipitate. When the bottle is taken from the wit,..- wl / * burette, until it ceases to give a ted with a cloth, and put into a cylinder of brown naner f ° re ®? x r? desalt test, ifc should be hving the salt test, it L to be wellSen ; upon whS th cSor de’*/"? ^ ^ After l leaves the liquor clear. A single drop of the salt test is tL! i ? f i 1 veB conglomerates, •ear, the test Is concluded. If a predhtete appear^tore ess continued tiU the silver is all precipitated. * 18 to be added > and the 9oI6. Second Process. —The silver solution is made veru sliahth/ ilL-aiir.,-. l . „ t >s of f solution of carbonate of soda. As much of The eraduated snl the , addltlon of a icn added as precipitates ah the silver, and leaves a littfe nfthf ° 1 1 , ut , 101x ? f sodlum chloride “rs .mate, a red precipitate, which marks the conclusioi of the opSoS^^SrThi^- 111 ^? 1 ^ 8 ,ems of silver test used in the second part of the process the « ‘ g ter abstraction of the unt of silver nitrate present in the subject of assav Tim eptems of salt test indicate the 2950, indicates 047 £rai» of silver SS.ldXy Ife** T 14 *"™- liver nitrate. Namely, these numbers, multiplied by the number o^ Sentf™ 'J cate the weight of silver nitrate contained in the ouantitv ,f<. f 4 of Salt test used ’ tte for analysis. quantity of silver solution measured off by a »51c. Examination of Photographic Silver Baths _Silver Bn+Lo 7 , ... rams of nitrate of silver to the ounce which is 480 in t f ® commonly made with nvenient solution for testing such baths’is No 2951 t to the Decigallon (of 16 ounces), i combination with No 2949 if the^ rVnid LS’ b U3e d a lone, with process 1, No. 2951a, - of the solution of the*?* 10 tlie salt test, and shake the bottle as above described and r water ’ , heat JJjf "uxture, ■mined how many Septems of the salt sohition, 334 SOLUTIONS FOR TESTING IRON, MANGANESE, E'IC. Septems of silver solution submitted to assay. That number, multiplied by 10, shows the grains in a Decigallon of silver nitrate contained in the silver bath submitted to analysis. If multiplied bj 0 '625, it shows the number of grains of silver nitrate contained in 1 fluid oimce of the solution. Thus, suppose the number of Septems of salt test required to precipitate 10 Septems of the silvei bath to be 48, then :— 48 x 10 = 480 grains of silver nitrate in the Decigallon, or 16 fluid ounces. 48 x ‘625 = 30 grains in 1 fluid ounce. 2951c?. Testing the Purity of Nitrate of Silver.— Weigh 5 grains of the salt, dissolve it in 10C Septems of water, and test it as above described with the salt solution, No. 2951. It should take 50 Septems. If it takes fewer Septems, twice the deficient number is the percentage of impurity Thus, if 5 grains of the niti-ate of silver are precipitated by 48 Septems of the salt test, then the impurity is twice 2 = 4 per cent. 2951e. Estimation of Cyanogen. —Solution of silver nitrate is also used for the estimation o' cyanogen and hydrocyanic acid. When a dilute solution of nitrate of silver is added to a solutior of potassium cyanide, or of hydrocyanic acid first neutralised with potash, the silver combine! with cyanogen, and the silver cyanide which is produced combines with potassium cyanide to fora the double salt AgCy + KCy, which is soluble, so that no precipitate appears; but when all th( potassium is thus combined, the first extra drop of nitrate of silver produces a precipitate. This indicates the point at which one atom of silver has acted on two atoms of cyanogen ; and from the quantity of nitrate of silver used, that of the cyanogen present is calculated. Every Septem of silvei nitrate of 1°, No. 2948, indicates '052 grain of cyanogen, '054 grain of hydrocyanic acid, and T3C graiu of cyanide of potassium. Test Solutions of Bichromate and Permanganate of Potassium, for the estima¬ tion of Iron, Manganese, Tin, and other metals. No. 2952 to 2958. 2952. Potassium Bichromate. 2 KCr O 2 + Cr 2 0 3 . 295. This salt converts Ferrous salts into Ferric salts. The indicator used is ferrideyanide of potassium, which gives a blue precipitate with the mixture as long as any ferrous salt is present. See Nos. 2810, 2815. The acting quantities in weight of Iron and Bichromate are as follow : — Empirical Quantities :— Bichromate used. Iron indicated. •878 1 grain. 8 '78 10 grains. 43'9 50 ,, 87'8 100 ,, Systematic Quantities :— Iron indicated, grains = 1 atom. ,, =2 atoms, ,, =6 atoms. ,, = 12 atoms The following equations explain the reaction upon which analyses with this salt are founded :— First Equation. 0=8. Fe = 28. Cr _= 26'25. Water, HO = 9. 6 Fed i 7 HC1 + KO. 2 CrO 3 = 3 Fe 2 Cl 3 + KC1 + Cr 2 Cl 3 + 7 HO. Bichromate used. 24-585 28 49-17 56 147-5 168 295- 336 Second Equation. O = 16. Fe = 28. Fee = 18 '66. Cr = 26'25. Crc = 17'5. Water, HHO = 18 12 FeCl + 14 HC1 + 2 KCrO 2 + Cr 2 0 3 = 18 FecCl + 6 CrcCl + 2 KC1 + 7 HHO. It is evident from these equations, that for every 6 atoms of iron present, there must be addec 7 atoms of free hydrochloric acid, to afford hydrogen to take up the oxygen of the chromate. 2953. Potassium Bichromate of i°. See No. 2952. Solution containing 147 5 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem indicates • 168 grain of iron. Pint, 2s. Half-gallon, 6s. 2954. Potassium Bichromate Empirical. See No. 2952. Solution containing grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem indicates 01 grain of iron. Pint, 2s. Half-gallon, 6s. 2955. Potassium Permanganate. KMnc 3 0 4 . 158. This salt converts Ferrous salts into Ferric salts. The theory of the action is as follows First Equation. 0 = 8. Fe=28. Mn = 27'5. Water, HO = 9. 10 FeO,SO s + KO.MnO 7 ) /5Fe 2 0 3 ,3S0 3 + KO,S0 3 + 8 HO, SO 3 \ ~ I + 2 MnO,S0 3 + 8 HO. Second Equation. O = 16. Fe = 28. Fee = 18-66. Mn = 27 5. Mnc = 18'33. Water, HHO = 18 10 FeSO 2 + K Mnc 3 0 4 + 8 HSO 2 = 15 FecSO 2 + KSO 2 + 2 MnSO 2 + 4 HHO. One equivalent of the Permanganate of Potash acts upon 10 equivalents of iron, or 158 parts o Permanganate upon 280 parts of iron. The 10 atoms of iron require the presence of S atoms of fre< COLOUR TESTS. 335 lphuric acid. Less than 8 atoms will not answer the purpose, and a great excess leads to errors, n apparatus for supplying sulphuric acid in these assays is described at No. 286fi. Nitric acid and /drochloric acid must be avoided. The acting quantities in grains are as follow :— Empirical Quantities :— irmanganate used. Iron indicated. •5643 1 grain. 2 8215 5 grains. 5 643 10 „ 28-215 50 „ 56-43 100 „ Systematic Quantities :— Permanganate used. Iron indicated. 15 - 8 = atom. 28 grains = 1 atom. 31‘6 = I ,, 56 ,, = 2 atoms. 158- 280 = 10 The phenomena exhibited by the action of the Permanganate of Potassium upon Ferrous salts is iscribed at No. 2806. When ferric salts have to be tested, they must first be reduced to the con- tion of ferrous salts, or else they must be heated with a mixture of iodide of potassium and /drochloric acid, which sets free iodine, and this free iodine must be tested with hyposulphite sodium. According to Mohr, this is the most correct way of testing salts of iron, inasmuch as »th the ferrous and ferric portions can be estimated in one solution. See Fresenius’s Zeitschriftfur nalytische Chemie, 1863, page 243. The Permanganate of Potassium, being subject to change its degree of strength, must be tested icasionally against pure ferric salts, or against oxalic acid; for which instructions are given by ohr, Fresenius, &c. 356. Potassium Permanganate of i°. See No. 2955. Solution containing 316 grains of Permanganate of Potassium in a Decigallon. Equivalent to 56 grains or two atoms of iron. 1 Septem = -056 grain of iron. 100 Septems = 5‘6 grains of iron. Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. 357. Potassium Permanganate, Empirical. Solution containing 56-43 grains in a Decigallon, equal to 100 grains of iron. 1 Septem = 0T grain of iron. 100 Septems = 10 grains of iron. Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. 358. Potassium Permanganate, Empirical. Solution containing 28"215 grains in a Decigallon, equal to 50 grains of iron. 1 Septem = 0 05 grain of iron. 100 Septems = 5 grains of iron. Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. Test Solution for the estimation of Lead and Barium. No. 2959. 359. Potassium Sulphate of 1°. KSO 2 . 87. Solution containing 87 grains in a Decigallon. 1 Septem = ’087 grain, indicating T035 grain of lead. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2959a. Estimation of Lead. —This solution is used to precipitate lead from neutral solutions. The dicator is test paper prepared with a solution of iodide of potassium mixed with a little ^posulphite of sodium. This paper turns yellow when wetted with the mixture, until the lead is 1 precipitated. There must be no free nitric acid present. The process is not quite correct, as it lows 1 to 11 per cent, too little lead ; but is useful for technical purposes. 29596. A better method of estimating lead is described at No. 29376. 2959c. Estimation of Barium. —The estimation of Barium by a Sulphate is the reverse of the timation of a Sulphate by a salt of Barium, as described at No. 29356. The factors showing the lantities of Barytic salts that are equivalent to 1 Septem of a Sulphate of 1°, are given in the ble No. 2913. 960. Tincture of Litmus, in 3-ounce stoppered bottle. Is. 961. Tincture of Hematine, in 3-ounce stoppered bottle, Is. 6d. The Hematine tincture is useful in testing acidity in organic compounds, such as wine. In a lute pure acid it has a lemon-yellow colour. When the acid is neutralised by dilute ammonia, le colour first turns brown, then a drop more of ammonia makes it pink, and larger quantities of nmonia make the colour crimson, violet, and blue. The brown colour seems to be the neutral point, id pink to indicate the presence of free acid. The colouring matter of wines interferes with the :tion of this test, especially that of port wine. _ In testing such liquors, they must be greatly luted. See article on the Chemical Testing of Wines. 336 VOLUMETRIC SOLUTIONS TO SUIT LITRE MEASURES. VOLUMETRIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS FOR USE WITE INSTRUMENTS GRADUATED INTO CENTIMETRE CUBES. 4 2986. The solutions that are commonly called Normal Solutions contain one atomic weight o the active chemical, weighed in Grammes, and dissolved in a Litre of solution at 62° F. Decinormal Solutions are of one-tenth part of that strength. 1 Centimetre Cube of any Normal solution contains the -j^gth part of an atom of the dissolve! chemical expressed in grammes. 1 Centimetre Cube of a Decinormal solution contains the To gggt] part of an atom in grammes. The choice of the quantity of substance to be chosen for analysis by means of these test liquors, i explained at No. 26836. Normal Test Acids. The four solutions, Nos. 2988 to 2991, are of the sam< strength. They each contain in a Litre one atom of Acid weighed in grammes 1 Centimetre Cube of each = toVo atom, and is competent to neutralise i- 0 Vo aton in grammes of any monobasic Alkali or Alkaline Carbonate. 2988. Sulphuric Acid. HSO 2 , 49. Normal solution, containing 49 grammes in i Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = toVo atom = -049 gramme of HSO 2 , or ‘(h gramme of S 2 0 3 . Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2989. Nitric Acid. HNO 3 , 63. Normal solution, containing 63 grammes in i Litre. I Centimetre Cube = toVo atom, or -063 gramme of hydrated acid, o: •054 of anhydrous acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2990. Hydrochloric Acid. HC1, 36‘5. Normal solution, containing 36.5 gramme; in a Litre, 1 Centimetre Cube = f oVo atom, or - 0365 gramme. Pint, 2s. Half-gallon, 6s. 2991. Oxalic Acid. HCO 2 , 45. The crystallized acid HCO 2 + Aq., 63. Norma solution, containing 45 grammes of HCO 2 , or 63 grammes of the crystal in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = ioVo atom, or - 045 gramme of HCO 2 Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. Normal Test Alkalies. The four solutions, Nos. 2995 to 2998, are of the sam strength. They each contain in a Litre one atom of Alkali, weighed in grammes 1 Centimetre Cube of each = toW atom, and is competent to neutralize toVo aton in grammes of any monobasic Acid. 2995. Potassium Carbonate. Carbonate of Potash. K 2 C0 3 , 138. Used a monobasic : i (K 2 C0 3 ) = 69. Normal solution containing 69 grammes i: a Litre. 1 CC = ToVo atom, or '069 gramme. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2996. Potassium Hydrate. Caustic Potash. KHO, 56. Normal solution containin 56 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = —oVo atom, or '056 gramm< Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2997. Sodium Hydrate. Caustic Soda. NaHO, 40. Normal solution containin 40 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = toVo atom, or '04 grammi Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2998. Sodium Carbonate. Carbonate of Soda. Na 2 C0 3 , 106. But used a monobasic, atomic weight -MP — 53. Normal solution containing 5 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = toVo atom of a monobasic acii Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 2999. Copper Ammonia-Sulphate. NH 4 S0 2 +NH 4 Cuc 0, 13P75. Normal solutio containing 131'75 grammes in a Litre. But the solution is practically mad equal to Normal Nitric Acid. 1 Centimetre Cube = —oVo atom of any frt acid. Pint, 2s. 6d. ; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTIONS TO SUIT LITRE MEASURES. 33 Miscellaneous Test Solutions : 3003. Barium Chloride. BaCl. 104. Normal solution, containing 104 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = xoVo atom or *104 gramme. Pint, 2 s.; Half-gallon, 0s. 3004. Silver Nitrate. AgNO 3 . 170. Decinormal solution, containing 17 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = to.Wo atom of chlorine = -rofoo-o atom of cyanogen. Pint, 3s. 6 d.; Half-gallon, 12s. 3005. Sodium Chloride. NaCl. 58'5. Decinormal solution, containing 5 85 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = ro > l oo atom of silver. Pint, 2 s.; Half-gallon , 6 s. 3008. Sodium Hyposulphite. NaSO-f-HSO-f Aq 2 124. [Usual formula, NaO, S 2 0 3 + 5 HO = 124.] Solution £ normal, containing one-tenth of two atoms of the salt, = 24*8 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = 1070 -uo atom, or ‘0127 gramme of iodine. Pint, 2 s. ; Half-gallon, 6 s. 3009. Iodine. [. 127. Decinormal solution, containing 12*7 grammes in a Litre, the iodine dissolved in iodide of potassium. 1 Centimetre Cube = to 7 o~o atom, or -0127 gramme of iodine. Pint, 2s. 6 d.; Half-gallon, 7s. Od. 3011. Sodium Arsenite. As 2 0 3 . 198. Decinormal solution, containing 4 95 grammes of arsenious acid, with an excess of carbonate of soda, in a Litre. The solution is equivalent to the Decinormal solution of Iodine, No. 3009. 1 Centimetre Cube = to^too atom of chlorine, iodine, &c.; namely, = 0*00355 gramme of chlorine. Pint, 2 s. ; Half-gallon, 6 s. 3014. Potassium Sulphate. KSO 2 . 87. Decinormal solution, containing 8 7 grammes in a Litre, used in the technical analysis of lead, to precipitate lead from neutral solutions. 1 Centimetre Cube = ‘01035 gramme of lead. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6 s. 3015. Potassium Bichromate. See No. 2952. Solution containing 4*917 grammes of the salt in a Litre. I Centimetre Cube = 0*0056 gramme of iron. Pint, 2 s. ; Half-gallon, 6 s. 3016. Potassium Permanganate. See No. 2955. -fo Normal, namely, contain¬ ing = 3*16 grammes of crystals in a Litre. This is equal to 5*6 grammes or iV atom of iron. 1 Centimetre Cube = '0056 gramme of iron. Pint, 2s. 6 d. ; Half-gallon, 7s. 6 d. 3018. Lead Nitrate. PbNO 3 . 165 6 . solution, containing 49*65 grammes in a Litre. 1 Centimetre Cube = T o;W<> atom, or 0*0071 gramme of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 2 s.; Half gallon, 6 s. 1019. Potassium Bichromate. 2 KCr0 2 + Cr 2 0 3 . 295. solution, containing 22*125 grammes in a Litre. This solution is equivalent to the Lead Nitrate Vo* solution, No. 3018. Pint, 2 s.; Half-gallon, 6 s. The process of testing for Phosphoric Acid by means of the above solutions is explained at Jo. 2941a. •021. Sodium Phosphate. HNa 2 P0 4 + Aq 12 . 358. [Anhydrous Phosphoric Acid = i PPO 5 — 71.] Solution containing 50*423 grammes in a Litre, including some acetate of sodium. This solution contains 10 grammes of anhydrous phosphoric acid. 1 Centimetre Cube = *01 gramme of that acid. Pint, 2 s.; Half-gallon, 6 s. 022. Uranic Nitrate. Uc 3 N0 4 + Aq 3 . 252. Solution containing 71 grammes in a Litre, that quantity being equal to the above solution of phosphate of sodium. 1 Centimetre Cube = *01 gramme of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 5s. 6 d.; Half-gallon, 18s. x x 838 VOLUMETRIC CHEMICAL SOLUTIONS, FOR USE WITH INSTRUMENTS GRADUATED INTO DECEMS. 3030. The solutions that are commonly called Normal Solutions contain ten times the atomic weight of the active chemical, weighed in grains, and dissolved in 1000 Decerns of solution at 62° Fahr. Decinormal Solutions are of one-tenth part of that strength. 100 Decerns of any normal solution contain an atom, weighed in grains, of the dissolved chemical. One Decern contains the T g 5 th part of an atom, and one Decern of a Decinormal solution contains the fjJogth part of an atom, weighed in grains. The choice of the quantity of substance to be taken for analysis by means of these test solutions, is explained at No. 26836. The solutions Nos. 3035, 3040, 3049, 3054, 3055, and 3061, are those prescribed for use in the; British Pharmacopoeia. See page 321 of this work. Normal Test Acids —The four solutions Nos. 3032 to 3035 are of the same strength. They each contain ten atoms of Acid, weighed in grains, and dissolved' in 1000 Decerns of solution. 1 Decern of each contains the Tooth of an atom. 10C. Decerns are competent to neutralize 1 atom in grains of any monobasic Alkali or Alkaline Carbonate. 3032. Sulphuric Acid. HSO 2 . 49. Normal solution, containing 490 grains ir 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = T ^-o atom, or '49 grain. Pint , 2s.; Half gallon, 6s. 3033. Nitric Acid. HNO 3 . 63. Normal solution, containing 630 grains ir; 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = x po atom, or 63 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half gallon, 6s. 3034. Hydrochloric Acid. HCl. 36‘5. Normal solution, containing 365 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = -too atom, or -365 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half- gallon , 6s. 3035. Oxalic Acid. HCO 2 . 45. Cryst. = HC0 2 + Aq. 63. Normal solution, con taining 450 grains of HCO 2 , or 630 grains of crystals in 1000 Decerns 1 Decern = r atom, or -45 grain of HCO 2 . Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. Normal Test Alkalies. —The four solutions Nos. 3038 to 3041 are of the sami strength. They each contain in 1000 Decerns ten atoms of Alkalt, weighed in grains: 1 Decern of each contains the Too-th part of an atom. 100 Decerns are competes to neutralize 1 atom in grains of any monobasic Acid. 3038. Potassium Carbonate. Carbonate of Potash. K 2 CO s . 138. Used a monobasic. J (K 2 Ci0 3 ) = 69. Normal solution, containing 690 grain' in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = T k atom, or -69 grain. Pint, 2s.; Hal) gallon, 6s. 3039. Potassium Hydrate. Caustic Potash. KHO. 56. Normal solution, con taining 560 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = too atom, or -56 grain! Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3040. Sodium Hydrate. Caustic Soda. NaHO. 40. Normal solution, containin,:, 400 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = atom, or -4 grain. Pint, 2s. Half-gallon, 6s. 3041. Sodium Carbonate. Carbonate of Soda. Na 2 C0 3 . 106. But used as monobasic,. Atomic weight ■H A = 53. Normal solution, containing 530 grains in 100'! Decerns. 1 Decern - i£o atom, or - 53 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. VOLUMETRIC SOLUTIONS TO SUIT DECEM MEASURES. 339 3042. Copper Ammonio-Sulphate. NH 4 S0 2 -f NH 4 CucO. 131• 7f» ? Normal solution, containing 1317*5 grains in 1000 Decerns. But the solution is made practically equal to normal nitric acid. 1 Decern = atom of any free acid. Pint, 2s. 6a.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. 3046. Barium Chloride. BaCl. 104. Normal solution, containing 1040 grains in 1000 Decerns. I Decern = too* atom, or 1*04 grain. Pint, 2s.; HalJ- gallon, 6s. 3049. Silver Nitrate. AgNO 3 . 170. Decinormal solution, containing 170 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern contains *17 grain, and = roVo atom of chlo¬ rine, = —foo atom of cyanogen. Pint, 3s. 6d. ; Half-gallon, 12s. 6d. 3050. Sodium Chloride. NaCl. 58*5. Decinormal solution, containing 58;5 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = toVo atom of silver. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3054. Sodium Hyposulphite. NaSO 4- HSO -f Aq 2 . 124. [Usual formula NaO, S 2 0 2 + 5 HO = 124.] Solution -J-normal, containing one-tenth of 20 atoms of the salt, = 248 grains, in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = rooo atom, or *127 grain of iodine. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 3055. Iodine. I. 127. Decinormal solution, containing 127 grains in 1000 Decerns, the iodine dissolved in iodide of potassium. 1 Decern = atom or *127 grain of iodine. Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. 3057. Sodium Arsenite. As 2 0 3 . 198. Decinormal solution, containing 49*5 grains of arsenious acid, with excess of carbonate of sodium, in a solution of 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = *127 grain of iodine, or *0355 grain of chlorine. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 3060. Potassium Bichromate. See No. 2952. Solution containing 49*167 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern contains *04917 grain of bichromate, and indicates *056 grain of iron. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3061. Potassium Bichromate. Solution containing 147*5 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern contains *1475 grain, and indicates *168 grain of iron. British Pharmacopoeia. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 3062. Potassium Bichromate. Solution containing 87*8 grains in 1000 Decerns. L Decern indicates 0*1 grain of iron. Percy. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3065. Potassium Permanganate. See No. 2955. Normal, containing -H 1 = 31 *6 grains of crystals in 1000 Decerns. This is equal to 56 grains of iron. I Decern = *056 grain of iron. Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. 3066. Potassium Permanganate. See No. 2955. Empirical solution, containing 56*43 grains in 1000 Decerns, equal to 100 grains of iron. 1 Decern = *1 grain of iron. Pint, 2s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 7s. 6d. >070. Lead Nitrate. PbNO 3 . 165*5. solution, containing 496*5 grains in 1000 Decerns. 1 Decern = *071 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3071. Potassium Bichromate. 2 KCrO 2 4* Cr 2 0 3 . 295. - 4 a 0 - solution, containing 221*25 grains in 1000 Decerns, being equal to the foregoing solution of nitrate of lead. 1 Decern = *4965 grain of nitrate of lead. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3072. Sodium Phosphate. HNa 2 P0 4 4- Aq 12 . 358. [Anhydrous phosphoric acid = £ PPO 5 = 71.] Solution of 504*23 grains in 1000 Decerns. This solu¬ tion contains 100 grains of anhydrous phosphoric acid. 1 Decern = 0*1 grain. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 3073. Uranium Nitrate. Ui^NO 4 4- Aq 3 . 252. Solution containing 710 grains in 1000 Decerns, that quantity being equal to the above solution of phos¬ phate of sodium. 1 Deccm = 0*1 grain of anhydrous phosphoric acid. Pint, 5s. 6d.; Half-gallon, 18s. Anv Test Solutions differing from those contained in the preceding Lists CAN BE PREPARED TO ORDER. 340 I URINOMETRY. GRADUATED TEST SOLUTIONS and APPARATUS for the Volumetri J Analysis of Urine, according to the method of NEUBAUER and YOGEL, a described in their “ Anleitung zur qualitativen vnd quantitativen Analyse des Harm, Fourth Edition, 1863, an English translation of which work has been published b„ The Sydenham Society. The Test Solutions belonging to this set are all made on the Litre standard, i: order that they may agree with the instructions given in the above-named work, an j the measurements of small quantities are all directed to be made in Centimetr ; Cubes, marked CC. Only such Test Liquors have been prepared for sale as are in current request. I* the work above referred to other kinds are mentioned,which can he supplied if desirec as can also the pure chemicals and apparatus required for effecting analyses of urin by gravimetrical methods. 4000. Estimation of CHLORIDE of SODIUM. The estimation of Chloride of Sodium in urine requires the Barytic solution, No. 4004 ; the MercurI nitrate solution, No. 4005 ; the Sodium Chloride solution, No. 4006 ; the Urea solution, No. 4007i and the Sodium Sulphate solution, No. 4008. 4001. Process. —Mix 40 CC. of Urine with 20 CC. of the barytic solution. Shake the mixtun well and filter it through a dry filter. Measure off 15 CC. of the clear liquor into a mixing jaj See No. 2798. If it is alkaline to test paper, it must be neutralized with nitric acid, so as to ha\ the slightest possible excess of that acid. If the filtered solution is found to be acid, before addir the nitric acid, the quantity of bai’ytes added to the urine was, perhaps, too little. To test this, at to a little of the filtered non-acidified liquor, a few drops of the barytic solution. If this produces i precipitate, you must begin afresh:—Mix 20 CC. of urine with 20 CC. of the barytic liquor, ar measure off 20 CC. of the filtered mixture for analysis. The 15 CC. of the mixture contain 10 CC. ■ urine separated from sulphates and phosphates. To this mixture, the mercuric solution is to be n gradually from a Mohr’s burette, until, after well stirring and shaking the mixture in the jar, the > appears a permanent precipitate. This precipitate is produced by the action of the mercury on tl| urea in the urine, after the action of the salt on the mercury is concluded. The operation is the finished. The number of CC. of mercuric solution used, as shown by the scale on the burette, ind cate so many times 10 milligrammes (O'OIO) of chloride of sodium contained in 10 CC. of the urine. 4002. Comparative Analyses. —It is in all cases desirable to check the result of the Volumetr analysis of a mixed organic liquid, by a comparative experiment made with a pure solution of knov strength of the chemical substance, the quantity of w T hich it is attempted to estimate by tl volumetric process. For this reason, I shall in this section cite the test liquors and processes th# are suitable for performing comparative volumetric analyses of the chemical substances that a; chiefly interesting in the practice of Urinometry. I will describe these as experiments of Control, i 4003. Control of the Estimation of Sodium Chloride in Urine. — This consists in a repetition of t!i« volumetric process upon a pure solution of Sodium Chloride. The solutions required are tin Sodium Chloride, No. 4006 ; the Urea solution, No. 4007 ; the Sodium Sulphate solution, No. 4008. ■s Take in a mixing jar 10 CC. of the normal solution of Chloride of Sodium, No. 4006 ; 3 CC. of t j Urea solution, No. 4007 ; and 5 CC. of the Sodium Sulphate solution, No. 4008. Then add fromi Mohr’s Burette, the Mercuric Nitrate solution. No. 4005, under continual agitation of the mixtuil until a permanent precipitate is produced, as described in No. 4001. This precipitate is caused | the Urea, but it is not produced until all the Sodium Chloride has acted, as far as it can, on t j Mercuric solution. The Sodium Sulphate is used to prevent the disappearance of the compound* Urea and Mercury when first precipitated from the mixture, which is, without that addition, lia.ll to occur from the presence of the Nitric Acid that is set free by the decomposition of the Mercu J Nitrate.—The 10 CC. of Sodium Chloride solution, containing 0 200 of that salt, must take 20 Ci of the Mercuric Nitrate solution, No. 4005, before a precipitate of Urea occurs in the mixture. 4004. Barytic Solution for Precipitating Phosphates and Sulphates from UrinS( composed of one volume of saturated solution of Nitrate of Barium, an two volumes of saturated Barytic Water. See No. 4001. Pint bottle, 2sj Half-gallon bottle, 6s. | URINOMETRY :-ESTIMATION OF UREA. 341 05. Mercuric Nitrate Solution for estimating Chloride of Sodium in Urine. It contains 17 06 grammes of Mercury in a Litre. 1 CC. is = 10 milli¬ grammes (0 010) of Chloride of Sodium. Pint, 3s.; Half-gallon, 10s. 06. Sodium Chloride. Normal solution, containing 20 grammes in 1 Litre. 10 CC. = 200 milligrammes (0*200). 1 CC. = 20 milligrammes (0-020) of Sodium Chloride. Used as a standard to regulate the analysis of Chlorides by the Mercuric Nitrate solution, No. 4005. Pint, 2s. ; Half¬ gallon, 6s. 37. Urea. Solution to be prepared when required. It must contain 4 grammes in 100 CC. 1 CC. = 40 milligrammes (0*040) of Urea. Bottle with 1 oz. pure Urea, 6s. 6d. )8. Sodium Sulphate. Saturated solution. Used in the analysis of Sodium Chloride by Mercuric Nitrate. See No. 4003. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon , Gs< 39. Estimation of UREA. 'he estimation of Urea requires the Barytic solution, No. 4004 ; the Mercuric Nitrate solution, 4012 ; a saturated solution of Sodium Carbonate, No. 4013 ; and a solution of Urea, No. 4014 010. Process. —Mix 40 CC. of Urine with 20 CC. of the Barytic solution, shake the mixture roughly, filter it through a dry filter, measure off 15 CC. into a mixing jar; but do not, as ■cted in No. 4001, neutralize it with nitric acid. On the contrary, if the solution is found to be 1 to test paper, it must have a few drops of Carbonate of Soda added, to render it alkaline. To mixture in the jar, which contains 10 CC. of urine, run in slowly the Mercuric Nitrate solution, 4012; stirring the mixture continually until the precipitation seems no longer to be produced by itional test liquor. The indication of the completion of the process is afforded by the Sodium bonate. No. 4013. Drops of the mixture of Urine and Mercuric solution are brought upon the ing slab, No. 2815, and drops of the Sodium solution are added to them. If the mixture remains te, the urine requires more of the Mercuric solution to be added to it. When the mixture on slab becomes distinctly yellow, the process is completed. The quantity of Urea is calculated a the number of CC. of the Mercuric solution required to precipitate it. 1 CC. = 10 milli- nmes (= 0'010) of Urea. But a correction is required for the quantity of the Mercuric test liquor royed by the Sodium Chloride present in the urine before the test liquor begins to act upon the a. Liebig recommends the deduction of 2 CC. from the quantity of test liquor used as an average neusation. Professor Harley ( Medical Times, April 30th, 1864, page 475) prefers to add to the red urine a few drops of Nitrate of Silver, to precipitate the chloride before the Mercuric solution pplied. Mohr directs us to add exactly as much Nitrate of Silver of known strength as serves recipitate all the Chloride of Sodium that has been estimated by the process No. 4001. The [re ex]»eriment and calculation show the quantity of urea contained in 10 CC. of the analysed o. That quantity, multiplied by 100, gives the weight of Urea in a Litre. 'll. Control. —Take in a mixing jar 10 CC. of the Urea solution, No. 4014; which quantity ains 200 milligrammes of Urea. Test it with the Mercuric Nitrate solution, No. 4012. At first in about 18 CC. of the test liquor; then add it in small quantities of £ or \ CC., shaking the ,nre thoroughly, and testing it with Carbonate of Soda, as directed in No. 4010. These solutions so graduated, that 20 CC. of the Mercuric solution, No. 4012, are equal to 10 CC. of the Urea tion, No. 4014. 2. Mercuric Nitrate Solution for estimating Urea in Urine. It contains 71-48 grammes of Mercury, or 77-2 grammes of Mercuric Oxide, in 1 Litre. 1 CC. is = 10 milligrammes (0*010) of Urea. 20 CC. = 200 milligrammes of Urea. Pint, 3s. 6d. ; Half gallon, 12s. 3. Sodium Carbonate. Saturated solution. Used as indicator of an excess of Mercuric Nitrate, as explained in No. 4010. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, Gs. 4. Urea. Solution containing 4 grammes of pure Urea, dried at 100° C. in 200 CC. 10 CC. of this solution = 200 milligrammes (0*200) of Urea. To be prepared when required. Price, see No. 4007. 3. Estimation of PHOSPHORIC ACID. ie most accurate and the most easily-executed process for estimating Phosphoric Acid in urine is icans of Nitrate of Uranium. It requires the following solutions :—Uranic Nitrate, No. 4023 ; urn Super-acetate, No. 4024; Potassium Ferrocyanide, No. 4025 ; and Sodium Phosphate, 4026. 342 URINOMETRY I—ESTIMATION OF PHOSPHORIC ACID. 4021. Process. —Put i»ito a mixing jar, having a thin bottom to admit of boiling, 50 CC. of fill urine. Add to it 5 CC. of the Sodium Super-acetate solution, No. 4024. It is important to tak< liquors in these proportions. Heat the mixture in a water-bath to about 200° Fahr. (90 to 100 c and add the Uranic Nitrate solution, No. 4023, from a Mohr’s Burette that is graduated into 1 of CC. When the precipitate ceases to increase in quantity, which can be pretty easily perce i if the action of each new drop of the test liquor is watched on the edge of the solution, time to apply the Indicator. To this end drops of the mixture, without filtration, are transf* to the cells of the porcelain slab, No. 2815 ; and are there tested with small drops of the X solution of Potassium Ferrocyanide, No. 4025. The colour of the Indicator is pale yellow ; b| an excess of the Uranic solution is present in the mixture, it imparts to the indicator a red brown colour. Every CC. of Uranic test liquor made use of, indicates 5 milligrammes of Phosp Acid in the 50 CC. of Urine. 4022. Control. —Take in a mixing jar 50 CC. of the Sodium Phosphate solution, No. 4026, wj is= 100 milligrammes of Phosphoric Acid ; add 5 CC. of the Sodium Super-acetate solution, and < the mixture in a water-bath to about 200° Fahr. Then add the Uranic Nitrate solution fr< i Mohr’s Burette graduated into lOths of CC. At first add 18 CC. of the test, then proceed with| i CC. at a time, and test with Potassium Ferrocyanide on the porcelain slab. The reddish-bli colour should appear on the slab, when 20 CC. of the Uranic test liquor have been added to 50 Cl the Sodium Phosphate. 4023. Uranic Nitrate Solution, for the estimation of Anhydrous Phosphoric A in Urine. It contains 20'3 grammes of Uranic Oxide (= 35’495 granr^ of crystallized Uranic Nitrate) in a Litre. 1 CC. is = 5 milligram! (0 005) of Anhydrous Phosphoric Acid. 20 CC. = O’lOO gramme of I Acid. Pint, 3s. Gd.; Half-gallon, 12s. 4024. Sodium Super-Acetate, consisting of Acetate of Soda and free Acetic l Solution to be added to Urine, in the proportion of 5 CC. to 50 C< Urine, to insure the precipitation of Uranic phosphate of constant cor sition. Pint, 2s. ; Half-gallon, 6s. 4025. Potassium Ferrocyanide. Indicator of the completion of the precipitatk Phosphoric Acid by Uranic Nitrate. The solution should be weak newly made, and be used with the porcelain slab, No. 2815. It is be keep the salt in crystals, and to make an extemporaneous solution x t it is required, in one of the cells of the testing slab, No. 2815. Bottle pi 2 oz. of pure crystals, Is. 6d. 4026. Sodium Phosphate. Solution containing 10'085 grammes of the crystals salt, equal to 2 grammes of Anhydrous Phosphoric Acid, in 1 Litre. 11 — 2 milligrammes (0 002), and 50 CC. = 100 milligrammes (0T0C1 Anhydrous Phosphoric Acid. Used as a standard to regulate the analysji phosphates by the Uranic solution, No. 4023. 50 CC. of this Sodium IM phate solution are equal to 20 CC. of Uranic Nitrate solution, No. $ Bint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 4031. Estimation of SULPHURIC ACID. The estimation of Sulphuric Acid in Urine requires the Barium Chloride solution, No. 4034 the Potassium Sulphate solution, No. 4035. 4032. Process .—Take a mixing jar with a narrow neck and a thin bottom that will bear b< such as No. 2798, a or c. Put into it 100 CC. of Urine, and 20 or 30 drops of Hydrochloric Aci latter in order to keep the solution acid during the succeeding operation, and thus prevei precipitation ox phosphates. Boil the mixture, and then add the Barium Chloride solution, No. until the Sulphuric Acid is all precipitated. The Indication of the completion of the assay is the Barytic solution ceases to give any precipitate with the mixture. The method of mai the exact precipitation of sulphates by barytic salts, has been described in detail in Nos to 2817, and need not be repeated. A second operation should always be performed, in whi 100 CC. of urine, mixed with 20 or 30 drops of Hydrochloric Acid, the greater part of the B liquor shown by the first operation to be required is added at once, the mixture well shake boiled; and the rest of the test liquor then added in drops under frequent filtration and t< Every CC. of the Barytic test solution used indicates 10 milligrammes of Anhydrous Sulphurii present in 100 CC. of the Urine submitted to trial. urtnomktry:—ESTIMATION of free acid and lime. 343 1 033. Control .—Boil in a similar mixing jar, a mixture of 100 CC. of water, and 20 CC. of the assium Sulphate solution, No. 4035. Test as above with the Barytic solution, No. 4034. As these » solutions are made equivalent, 20 CC. of the one should exactly precipitate 20 CC. of the other. 134. Barium Chloride. Solution containing 30‘5 grammes of crystallized Barium Chloride in a Litre. 1 CC. is = 10 milligrammes (O'OIO) of Anhydrous Sulphuric Acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. *35. Potassium Sulphate. Solution containing 2P778 grammes of Potassium Sulphate in 1 Litre. 1 CC. is = 10 milligrammes (0 010) of Anhydrous Sulphuric Acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 536. Estimation of FREE ACID. I 'lie acid reaction of Urine may be due to the presence of Acid Phosphate of Soda, free Lactic Acid, >ther organic acids. It is commonly estimated by comparison with crystallized Oxalic Acid. The imetric testing of free Acid in Urine requires the Sodium Hydrate solution, No. 4039; the Oxalic ( d solution. No. 4040 ; and Litmus test paper, No. 2423. 037. Process. —Take in a mixing jar 100 CC. of Urine; add to it from a narrow burette graduated I show lOths of CC., the Soda solution, No. 4039, in very small quantities ; even at first, not above C. at once, and speedily reducing that quantity to single drops. Shake the mixture after each ition of test liquor, and test the neutrality of the mixture by applying it with a glass stirrer to a ic of blue, red, or neutral litmus test paper. At last the mixture becomes neutral, and will not |te the blue litmus red, nor the red litmus blue. Every CC. of Soda solution, used to effect this dt, indicates 10 milligrammes of crystallized Oxalic Acid in 100 CC. of the Urine submitted to 1, or as much free acid of some sort as is equivalent to that quantity of oxalic acid, in a case like this, where a degree of acidity is to be estimated and described, without particular - g the chemical body which causes the acidity, it is convenient to use the method of describing j acidity in degrees, as explained at No. 2901. Thus, acidity of 1° would indicate the presence ne atom weighed in grains of any acid, or mixture of acids, contained in a Decigallon of the liquid nined. 138. Control. —The alkaline solution, No. 4039, and the acid solution, No. 4040, being of equal er in equal measures, serve to check one another. >9. Sodium Hydrate. Caustic Soda. Solution containing 6 - 35 grammes of Caustic Soda in 1 Litre. 1 CC. is = 10 milligrammes (0 010) of crystallized Oxalic Acid. 10 CC. = 0100 gramme of Acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 0. Oxalic Acid. Solution containing 10 grammes of crystallized Acid in 1 Litre. 1 CC. is = 10 milligrammes (0 010) of Acid. 10 CC. = O'iOO gramme of Acid. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 2. Estimation of LIME. he method of estimating the Lime contained in Urine is based on these facts. If oxalate of Lonia is added to a solution of phosphate of lime in acetic acid, the lime is all precipitated as fate of lime. If oxalate of lime is ignited, it is converted into a mixture of quicklime and car- ite of lime. This mixture can be dissolved in a measured quantity of graduated hydrochloric ; and the excess of hydrochloric acid being estimated by a graduated solution of caustic soda, difference shows the quantity of hydrochloric acid neutralized by the lime, and from this the s;ht of the lime can be calculated. This method of testing earthy carbonates has been described I o. 2935a. 143. Process. —Put 100 CC. of filtered Urine into a mixing jar; add to it caustic ammonia as ! as it produces a precipitate ; next, add acetic acid to redissolve this precipitate ; but do this j.utiotisly as not to give in excess more than a few drops of acetic acid. To this mixture add ate of ammonia, till it ceases to give a precipitate. Cover the mixing jar, and set it in a warm ^3 for 6 or 8 hours, or until the precipitate has entirely subsided and the liquor become clear. De- j the liquor with a syphon, or a large pipette ; bring the precipitate on a small filter, and wash it i with hot water. Add the wash water to the decanted liquor, and set this mixture apart for the aation of the magnesia present in it, when that estimation is desired. Put the washed preci- ;e, with the filter, into a small platinum crucible, dry it, and ignite it until the paper is burnt y. Put the calcined lime into a small mixing jar ; dissolve it in 10 CC. of the Hydrochloric Acid, 4044 ; boil it to drive off the carbonic acid, add a few drops of litmus solution, and neutralize ixcess of acid with the Sodium Hydrate solution, No. 4045. •suit .—Deduct the CC. of Soda test from the 10 CC. of Acid test made use of. The remaining |of Acid test each indicate 10 milligrammes of lime, as contained in the 100 CC. of urine sub- red to analysis. If the lime is to be estimated as milligrammes of phosphate of lime = t'O 4 (or 3 CaO, PO 5 ), it is necessary to multiply the CC. of acid used by 18 - 45. URINOMETRY I—ESTIMATION OF SUG VR. 344 4044. Hydrocblob.0 Acid. Solution containing 13 04 g««>mea of Hydrochlj Acid, equal to 10 grammes of Anhydrous Lime and m *ljgramii Anhydrous Carbonate of Soda, in 1 Litre. 1 CC. 1 g I (0-010) of Lime. Pint, 2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. crrammesl 4015. Sodium Hydrate. Cam,ic Soda. SolutionL a! Sodium Hydrate in a Litre. 1 CC. is = 1 CC. ot me nyarocmuim No. 4044. Pint, ‘2s.; Half-gallon, 6s. 4046. Estimation of SUGAR. coloured precipitate of cuprous oxide. . ->ur ^ako into a mixing jar, such as o Jml^^Se^uaUy to the boding^ S^Sn^ci^^ test is to reader the mixture turbid with a g_ becomes of a more decided red colour, m settle readily. As the action proceeds, th p P ., j oses its blue tint, and bec> it towards the end it settles down more remy, mixture is to be kept gently simmering, oi colourless. During the whole period of testing, ^e nmcture oit i te to settle, and then oi should from time to time, after shaking the mixture, all 1 the P white glab> No. 2800. Y» through the solution towards a window, or urine in order not to overdo it &3S* one°or Mu"/ of the. blf colour and the bright red pn f with Hydrochloric Add, and add Hydrosulphimc AcidL* »• 2,^4 or tbat in M If it gives a red precipitate, too much urine has been added. A . ( f ,, ur i ne W1 mined, the analyses can be repeated easily, as the approximate constitution of the unne kn Z' Resu it _The 10 CC. of Copper solution used is equivalent to 50 milligrammes (OjOjltj suSr The experiment shows how many CC. of urine are demanded to CC^ i| sugar. 200 CC. of the mixture prepared for use m ^ Wticontain ^ ™ show thj The number of CC. shown by the scale of the burette must be cnviaeu y , number of CC. of urine that contain 50 milligrammes of sugar. 4050 Eehltng’s Copper Solution for the estimation of Diabetic Sugar, contai;! 4°5°. r*HU»o . ^ of crystallized Sulphat6 of Copper 173 *•“"*« Tartrate of Potash and Soda, and 80 grammes ofCaustic: Potash i Litre. Of this solution 10 CC. = 50 milligrammes (= 0 OoO) of Dial Sugar. Pint, 4s.; Half-gallon, 15s. This mixture is readily decomposed by the action of light, air, and carbonic acid » was determined to the second decimal place. I took the urine l “ a . { Feb 3 analyst thought I was wrong, until I heated his standard solution nre sent ” Then the tartaric acid reduced the oxide of copper just as if sugar P f j bow lonjS Ms difficulty can be overcome certainly for some a I keeping the materials for the test mixture m two separatebottles Iromeac^ quantity of liquor is measured by pipettes for every analysis that is to be made, touo ■ 4051 A. Copper SontmoN. Containing 34-65 grammes Copper in a Litre. 10 CC. = 50 milligrammes (0 050) of Sugai. URINOMETRY :—SET OF GRADUATED TEST SOLUTIONS. 345 ’051 B. Tartaric Alkaline Solution. Containing 173 grammes of Tartrate of Potash and Soda, and 80 grammes of Hydrate of Potash, in a Litre. 10 CC. of this liquor are required for action with every 10 CC. of the Cupric solution, 4051 A. A Pint bottle of each of these two Solutions, 5s. ; Half- gallon Bottle of each, 16s. 4052. Method of Using these Liquors. —[ Variation of the Process described in No. 4047.] -Into a mixing jar, No. 2798c, put 30 CC. of distilled water, 10 CC. of the Tartaric Alkali, No. )51 B ; and 10 CC. of the Cupric Sulphate, No. 4051 A. Stir the mixture, and bring it to a boiling eat. Then proceed as directed in No. 4047. 053. Litmus. For the ascertainment of the Neutral Point in mixing Acid and Alkaline Liquors, Litmus infusion is required. It should be occasionally prepared fresh, and may be kept in a pipette bottle, such as No. 2818. Bottle , with 2 ounces of dry Litmus, Is. 070. COLLECTION of GRADUATED TEST SOLUTIONS for the VOLU¬ METRIC ANALYSIS of URINE, according to Neubauer and Vogel. For particulars consult the articles referred to in the marginal numbers. *** The Price is for a Bottle containing 1 Pint. For the Estimation of Chloride of Sodium :— II H 004. Barytic Solution for precipitating Phosphates, 2s. 005. Mercuric Nitrate for estimating Chlorides, 3s. 006. Sodium Chloride, standard solution, 2s. 007. Urea, 1 ounce in bottle, 6s. 6d. 008. Sodium Sulphate, saturated solution, 2s. For the Estimation of Urea: — 004. Barytic Solution, same as above, No 4004. 012. Mercuric Nitrate for estimating Urea, 3s. 6d. 013. Sodium Carbonate, saturated solution, 2s. 014. Urea. See No. 4007. For the Estimation of Phosphoric Acid :— 023. Uranium Nitrate for precipitating Phosphoric Acid, 3s. 6d. 024. Sodium SuperAcetate, 2s. 025. Potassium Ferrocyanide, 2 oz. cryst. in bottle, Is. 6d. 026. Sodium Phosphate, standard solution, 2s. For the Estimation of Sulphuric Acid :— 034. Barium Chloride, 2s. 4035. Potassium Sulphate, 2s. For the Estimation of Free Acid :— 039. Sodium Hydrate, 2s. 4040. Oxalic Acid, 2s. For the Estimation of Lime :— 044. Hydrochloric Acid, 2s. 4045. Sodium Hydrate, 2s. For the Estimation of Diabetic Sugar: — >51, A and B. Fehling’s Copper Test, in 2 Pint bottles, 5s. For the ascertainment of Acidity or Alkalinity :— 053. Liimus, 2 ounces in a bottle, Is. Y T 346 URINOMETRY :-SET OF GRADUATED APPARATU3. 4071. The Set of 17 Test Liquors, [See No. 4070,] in Pint Bottles, 39s. Dry substances in addition, 4007. Urea, 6s. 6d. „ „ 4025. Ferrocyanide of Potassium, Is. 6d. „ ,, 4053. Litmus, Is. 4072. The complete set, 48s. 4074. APPARATUS required for use with the foregoing Graduated Tt Solutions, in the VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS of URINE. *** Descriptions or Figures of the Instruments will be found in this Work at t. Nos. referred to in the Margin. Complete Set of Apparatus, £4 4s. Any single Instrument supplied at the Price quoted. 2688, 6. Pair of Mohr’s Burettes, 35 CC. in iV, at 4s. 6d.—9s. 2688, 7. Pair of Mohr’s Burettes, 55 CC. in at 4s. 9d.—9s. 6d. 2698. Wooden support for a pair of Burettes, 5s. 6d. 2704. Metal support for a pair of Burettes, 6s. 6d. The prices of various supports for Burettes, single and double, will : found between Nos. 2694 and 2711 in this work. 2768. Bulb Pipettes to deliver respectively 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100 CC., 8s. 2769. Scale Pipette, for 20 CC. in 2s. 6d. 2769. Scale Pipette, for 50 CC. in -J, 4s. 2798 a. Mixing Flasks, \ and J pint, Is. 2798 c. Mixing Jars, ^ and i pint, Is. 6d. 2800. White glazed Slab to show up Colours in liquors under trial, Is. 2813. Griffin’s Quick Filter, two, Od. 2814. Decanting Tube, three, 6d. 2815. Porcelain Testing Slab for Indicators, Is. 6d. 2817. Small Test Glasses, six, 9d. 2818. Bottle for Litmus tincture, Is. 1626. Funnels, 1 each, 1-| inch, 2 inch, and 2£inch, 6d. 1626. 100 Circular Filters, 2f and 3f inches, to fit these funnels, 9d. 1626. Japanned Box to hold the Filters, 6d. 342. Black Wood Funnel Holder, Is. 2427. Litmus Test Papers, 12 books in a box, 2s. 2400. Test Tubes, 6 inches by f inch, twelve, Is. 2d. 372. Support for 8 Test Tubes, 2s. 1466. Set of 8 Bohemian Glass Beakers, 4s. 115. Glass StiiTers, 3, 6, and 9 inch, 12 assorted, 6d. 1401. Boiling Flask, 1 each, 5, 10, 15, 20 ounces, 2s. 4d. 2783. Measuring Flasks, with a mark on the neck, for 1, £, I Litre, 8s. 2791, 7. Test Mixer for diluting liquors, 500 CC. in 100 spaces of 5 CC., 6s. 1726. Bottle for washing precipitate with hot water, 2s. 6d. 4075. Volumetric Apparatus, Limited set, containing only the articles mol indispensable for the analysis of URINE. The Set, £2 2s. The purchaser may enlarge this collection by selections from the collection, N 4074, so as to give it any degree of completeness that may suit his purpose. 2688. Mohr’s Burette, 55 CC. in \, 4s. 9d. 2702. Iron Support for the Burette, 3s. 6d. 2768. Bulb Pipettes, to deliver 10, 15, 20 CC., the set, 2s. lOd. 2769. Scale Pipette, 25 CC. in a, 2s. 6d. 2769. Seale Pipette, 2 CC. in I, Is. urinometry:—APPARATUS for miscellaneous operations. 347 2798. Mixing Jars, Nos. 3 and 9, 2s. 2813. Griffin’s Quick Filter, 3d. 2814. Decanting Tubes, three, 6d. 2815. Porcelain Slab for Indicating Tests, Is. 6d. 2817. Small Test Glasses, six, 9d. 1620. Funnels, 1 each, lj and 2 inch, 4d. — 100 Circular Filters for each size, 9d. — Japanned Box to hold the Filters, 6d. 342. Blackwood Funnel Holder, Is. 1426. Box of Test Papers, Is. !400. Test Tubes, 6 inch by £ inch, six, 7d. 358. Support for 6 Test Tubes, 5d. 465. Set of 5 Bohemian Glass Beakers, 2s. 6d. 115. Glass Stirrers, 6 inch, six, 2d. 400. Boiling Flasks, l each, 5, 10, 20 ounces, Is. 2d. :783. Measuring Flasks, 1 Litre and £ Litre, 4s. 6d. 792. Jar on foot, ^ Litre graduated into spaces of 5 CC., 5s. 726. Bottle for washing precipitates, 2s. 6d. 800. White glazed Slab to show up Colours in liquors under trial Is. 818. Bottle and Pipette for Litmus tincture, Is. 080. APPARATUS REQUIRED FOR MISCELLANEOUS OPERATIONS IN URINOMETRY. I I place here instruments required for various operations in the analysis of urine; some of them dumetnc and others gravimetric; including those necessary for qualitative experiments. )81. Large Glass Bottle, 12 inches high, 5 inches wide, for collecting the urine of a patient during 24 hours; wide ground mouth, Q£ inch bore, covered with o ground glass plate. Contents about 5 pints, or 3 Litres, graduated into spaces of 100 CC. Fig. 4081, 7s. •82. Similar Bottle, containing Five Pints, graduated into fluid ounces, 7s. '33. Similar Bottle, Five Pints, divided into De- cigallons and spaces of 100 Septems, 7s. '84. Similar Bottle, not graduated, 2s. Od. 85. Extra for Wicker Basket Case, for one of the Five pint bottles with handles, for Hospital use. Fig. 4085, 3s. 4085 - 4081 * <87. Urinometers [Small Hydrometers ] for determining the specific gravity of Urine. See page 58. The Instrument recommended by Neubauer is that described at No. 683. It is more delicate, but much larger than the Instrument commonly used in England, No. 630. 88. Picnometers, or Specific Gravity Bottles, for the more exact determination of j the specific gravity of Urine, are fully described at page 47. ^9. Thermometers. See description of the following at page 45. >8. Thermometer, with Milk Glass Scale, to 100° C., 3s. 6d. 17. Thermometers for Testing the Heat of the Human Body in Fevers, &c. Apparatus for the Application of Heat 'where Coal Gas is available:— 40. Rose Gas Burner, second size, No. 974, stoneware cylinder, No. 1210, and square of Wire gauze, No. 1196, and Sand bath, No.' 1197, together, 6s. 6d. his little furnace serves for boiling solutions in the mixing flasks, as required in many volumetric esses, also for evaporation in small porcelain basins; but if a red heat is required, as for the tion of crucibles, the following furnace is preferable. 348 URINOMETRY:-TEST3 for qualitative analysis. 4091. Complete Gas Furnace, No. 985, with No. 2 Burner, and arrangements, b for evaporating and igniting. The set, 20s. Apparatus for the Application of Heat by means of Spirit Lamps :— 4092. Glass Spirit Lamp, No. 852, Is. 4d. Cotton Wick, in a box, 2d. Stonew Cylinder, No. 1191, 8d. Wire gauze, No. 1196, 2d. Sand bath, No. 11 4d.— together, 2s. 8d. 4093. Berzelius’s Spirit Lamp on Stand, No. 870, for various degrees of hi serving either for boiling flasks or for igniting crucibles, 16s. 6d. A reference to the article on Apparatus for the production and application of Hi commencing at page 71 of this work, will supply the reader with all farther necessary informa on this subject. 1320, 3. 1321a. 1323. 1743. Platinum Crucible, 1 inch diameter, £ oz. capacity, about 18s. Capsule Cover for ditto, about 12s. Berlin Porcelain Crucibles, No. 0, 1, 2, 3, contents, §, £, 1, and 2 oun< with Covers. The set, 3s. Berlin Porcelain Evaporating Basins: — No. 2, 4 oz. 3f inch, 7d. No. 5, 10 oz. 4£ inch, Is. 3d. No. 3, 6 oz. 4 inch, lOd. No. 6, 16 oz. 6 inch, Is. 7d. 1296. Exsiccator, closed glass, to contain oil of vitriol, 4s. 6d. 1273. Air Bath, Fresenius’s pattern, 2ls. 121. Tongs for lifting hot Crucibles, bright iron, Is. 6d. 4094. Burette for use with Solutions of Iodine or Chamseleon, which act u caoutchouc pinchcocks. The solutions described between Nos. 4000 and 4051 are not of this character ; but wheD solutions have to be used, the proper kinds of burette for use with them are those described in work at Nos. 2689, 2731, 2736, 2739, 2740, and 2746. The capacity and graduation to be aboi CC. in ^ or 35 CC. in ^ 0 . 1 1286. 1887. 657. 1295. 1240. Together , 10s. Desiccating Pan, for oil of vitriol, 8-inch, Is. 3d. Trellis Top, 8-inch ,..Is. 9d. Glass Cover, 9-inch wide, 5-inch high. .. .4s. Square Glass Plate, 10-incli. ..3s. Porcelain Water Bath with Capsule, 5-inch, adapted to the gas or spirit li 1 furnace described above, 2s. 6d. 4100. Pure Chemical Tests in Solution, necessary for the Qualitative Analysi i Urine according to Neubauer and Vogel ; twenty tests, selected from I list at page 274, where the strength of the solutions is stated. The prices quoted in the following list are for bottles that contain 2 fluid ouri 4101. The set of 20 Tests in 2 ounce bottles, of class A, 13s. 4102. The set of 20 Tests in 2 ounce bottles, of class B, 2Is. 4d. s. d. 2447. Acetic Acid — 10 2448. Alcohol 1 1 2449. Ammon. Carbonate - 7 2450. Ammonia - 6 2453. Ammon. Oxalate - 8 2462. Barium Chloride - 6 2470. Calcium Chloride - 6 2471. Calcium Hydrate - 6 2477. Copper Sulphate - 6 2496. Hydrochloric Acid - 7 s. i 2499. Ferric Chloride - 1 2510. Lead Acetate — I 2522. Nitric Acid -1 2523. Oxalic Acid -I 2536. Potassium Hydrate -I 2540. Potassium Sulphocyanide — 1 2550. Silver Nitrate li 2555. Sodium Acetate - 2560. Sodium Hydrate - 2571. Sulphuric Acid - UR 1 N 0 METRV.-PAVY’s TEST8 for diabetic sugar. 349 it 100. Apparatus and Test Liquors for the Volumetric estimation of Urea, Chlorides, Sulphates, Phosphates, and Sugar, in Urine, according to Liebig, as des¬ cribed by Dr. M. von Bose, in Dr. Beale’s Archives of Medicine, for 1858. . The corrections made upon the processes described in the above paper consist in putting the solu- ion for Fehling’s Copper Test for Sugar into two bottles, for the reasons stated at No. 4050a in his work, and in supplying the test liquors Nos. 4023, 4024, and 4026, for testing phosphoric acid >y uranium, instead of those necessary for the iron test. Contents of the Collection :— A. Graduated Test Solutions. — 1 pint of each in a stoppered glass bottle. i,The marginal numbers refer to the descriptions in the preceding pages.] u 005. Mercuric Nitrate for Chlorides. 012. Mercuric Nitrate for Urea. 1)04. Baryta Solution to separate Phosphates. 051 A. and 405IB. Fehliug’s Copper Test for Sugar. (013. Sodium Carbonate. B. Apparatus. 4023. Uranic Nitrate for Phosphoric Acid. 4026. Phosphate of Soda Standard Solution. 4024. Super-acetate of Sodium. 4034. Barium Chloride. 4008. Sodium Sulphate. 4025. Potassium Ferrocyanide in Crystals. Two of Mohr’s Burettes, 50 CC. in £ CC. Two Wooden Supports for the Burettes. Bulb Pipette to deliver 25 CC. Jar on foot, with Spout, £ Litre in 100 divisions. Beale’s Filter. Berlin Porcelain Basin, 3-inch. Ditto, 4-inch. Test Paj>er Books, red, blue, and neutral. 6 Set of 5 Beaker Glasses. 6 Glass Stirrers, 6-inch. Spirit Lamp, 4 ounce. Tripod Stand, No. 295. Sand Bath, 5-inch. Funnels, 2-inch and l^-inch. Black Wood Funnel Stand. 100 Filters for each Funnel. Japanned Box for the Filters. Piece of Muslin for filters. 2 extra Caoutchouc Burette Joints. 4 » I 107. The above Collection of Apparatus and Test Solutions, complete, but not packed, J03 3s. 108. The same, arranged in a divided cabinet of pine wood, stained black, £4 4s. 109. Apparatus and Graduated Test Solutions for the estimation of Diabetic Sugar, according to the process of Dr. Pavy, as described in his work, “ Researches on the Nature and Treatment of Diabetes London, 1862. Com¬ prehending the articles from No. 4109 to 4115, the set, 21s. 9d. Separately as follows:— ^109A. Cupric Sulphate Solution, of such strength that 100 minims of it are decom¬ posed by £ grain of Diabetic Sugar. 109B. Tartaric Alkaline Solution, corresponding in strength to the Cupric Sul¬ phate Solution 4109A. A Pint of each Solution, in Stoppered Glass Bottles, the pair, 5 s. APPARATUS FOR USE WITH THE ABOVE SOLUTIONS. 110. Scale Pipette, Fig. 2769a, graduated to 100 minims, 2s. 6d. 111. Bulb Pipette, to deliver 100 minims, Is. 9d. • 112. Graduated Measure, Stoppered, with 100 marks, in which Urine can be diluted with water, as directed by Dr. Pavy, Fig. 4112, 3s. $113. Lamp Furnace, or Boiling Apparatus, consisting of aspirit lamp, a stoneware cylinder, wire gauze top, and a 3Linch Berlin porcelain Evaporating Basin, 2s. 6d. 14. Mohr’s Burette, No. 2688, 49, graduated to 100 minims, for use instead of the Pipette 4110, 3s. 6d. f 115. Clamp Support for the Burette, No. 2697, 3s. 6d. The articles No. 4114 and 4115 are not prescribed by Dr. Pavy, but are here $ commended as having (over No. 4110) the advantage of leaving the operator’s hands | liberty to attend to the heating and shaking of the mixture. — 0 -H-IO - 1-20 ir 90 JL* -§£-50 -I-6C -f-70 -1-80 4112. 350 urinometry:—GOLDING bird’s apparatus. Dr. Pavy’s Apparatus, continued: — 4117. Pavy’s Apparatus for experiments on the Fermentation of Sugar with Ye i consisting of a conical jar Water Bath, a glass tube still, a bent g]» Connector, and a test glass, Fig. 3 in his book, 2s. 4118. Dr. Pavy's Process. —The urine to be tested is well mixed, aportion is diluted with wate' ii the tube No. 4112, from 1 part to 5. With this diluted urine, the scale pipette, No. 4110, ora burette, No. 4114, is filled. 100 minims of the copper solution, No. 4109A, are measured out fc the porcelain capsule, No. 4113, 100 minims of the alkaline tartaric solutions, No. 4109B, are ad d and the mixture is made to boil gently over the lamp furnace, No. 4113. The diluted urine is ‘ sa slowly dropped in from the graduated pipette or burette. When the hot mixture loses its blue col j and the protoxide of copper is thrown down in the capsule as a bright red powder, the operatic i ended. The number of Septems of urine used to produce this effect represent \ grain of suit As the urine was diluted from 1 volume to 5 volumes, of course the undiluted urine is 5 tim< a strong in sugar. The number of minims of urine which contain l grain of sugar being thus foi d it is easy to calculate the quantity of sugar in any measure of urine, reckoning 480 minims tch< fluid ounce, and 20 fluid ounces to the pint. 4119. Apparatus and Tests for the Qualitative Analysis of Urinary Depose according to the processes of Dr. Golding Bird, as described in his w’l on “ Urinary Deposits .” 4119. The following Collection complete, but not packed, 30s. 4120. The same, arranged in a mahogany cabinet, 52s. 6d. 4121. Contents: — Lamp Furnace, consisting of a Spirit Lamp, Lamp Cylinder, Pair of Pings, Wire Trellis, Sand Bath, Water Bath, and support for tubes on the Sand Bath ; Three W Glasses, Three Porcelain Capsules, Eight Test Tubes, Three Stirrers, Funnel and 100 Filters, ' Filter Rings for filtering without a funnel, Porcelain Crucible, Platinum Capsule and Tongs for 1 d ing it; Gravimeter for testing specific gravities, with solution Tube in Case; Three Book Neutral Test Paper, which indicate either the acidity or alkalinity of urine ; Balance and Weig Graduated Measure to show half-drachms ; Four Glass Slides, with cells, for use in testing s: quantities of liquids ; Glass Pipette ; Two Test Tubes, 4 by 1 inch ; Lamp wick. And the fol ing Tests in stoppered bottles:—Hydrochloric Acid, Nitric Acid, Solution of Caustic Poth, Liquid Ammonia, Fused Chloride of Zinc, Nitrate of Barytes, Nitrate of Silver, Oxalate of Ammt a. Sulphate of Copper, Carbonate of Ammonia, Acetic Acid. s d apparatus Sparatus for |Elirro-®[«nxaaI derations. BLOWPIPES. )0. CONICAL BLOWPIPE, Fig. 4200. Griffin’s modification of Black’s Blow¬ pipe, japanned tin plate, a —w— 6 V* a, b, with brass pipe, c, and moveable brass nozzle, _ d, 7 inches long, price 8d. )1. Ditto, same pattern, but 8^ inches long, 8d. his form of blowpipe is easier to use > instruments of smaller internal ensions. The choice of the length ;nds upon the eyesight of the person is to use the blowpipe. An instru- t that is found to be too short, may ! lengthened by a bit of vulcanised itchouc tube put on the end b. 2. Conical Blowpipe, Griffin’s form, Fig. 4200, made of German silver finely polished, with a platinum nozzle, 10s. J 3. Blowpipe of the form used by Berzelius, Plattner, and Eegnault, Fig 4203 brass, with two brass nozzles, 5s. ° ’ 3 «. Plattner’s Blowpipe, form of Fig. 4203, made of highly-polished German silver, with expanding horn mouthpiece and 3 solid platinum iets, 18s. a. Conical Blowpipe, of smaller capacity than No. 4200, made of polished brass, with bone mouthpiece and brass nozzles. Fig. 4204 d and /, 2s. 4200. Tl 1 4203. 4204. f g h 352 blowpipes. 4205. Conical Blowpipe, without condenser or separate nozzle, Fig. 4204 bra 4206. Bergmann^s Blowpipe, with spherical condenser, Fig. 4304 e, brass, with hr, 4207 . Ber^nWs Blowpipe, Fig. 4304 c, with ivory mouthpiece and two br 4208 Tennant’s' Blowpipe, with flattened cylindrical condenser, Fig. 4204 b and -■wSSSSSSSBSS&r. 4211, very portable, Is. . The tube and nozzle, a, are of brass ; b is a flexible caoutchouc blowing tube ; c is a cork y the blowpipe is held and directed. 4010 a 4212 Griffin’s Flexible Blowpipe, with condenser, form of Fig. 4212, ds. The cylinder e by which the blowpipe ” 1 ,“^ lb tg?£ ; o?LrrSrvcir ^blowpipe is efsier to me than the more portable blowpipe' 4211. NOZZLES and MOUTHPIECES for Blowpipes. 4213. Nozzles for Blowpipes, brass, such as d Fig. M00, each 4d. 4214. Nozzles of Brass tipped with Platinum, each Is. bd. 4215. Nozzles of Solid Platinum, each 2s. 6d. The nozzles of solid platinum possess the advantage that when stopped in the boreffiy oil or they can be easily cleansed by being heated to redness on charcoal before the blowpipe. 4216. Mouthpiece for a Blowpipe, cylindrical form, made of polished bone, 6d. 4217 Plattner’s Trumpet-formed Mouthpiece for Blowpipes, polished bone, 1 , 4218. Blowpipe Drill, of hard steel, four-square, with sharp edges, m ban die, for opening the orifice of the nozzle of the blowpipe when stopped by Fig. 4218, 8d. In using the drill, the jet should be taken from the blowpipe, and the drill be inserted int orifice from within the jet, as shown by Fig. 4218. It must be used gently, in order not t the hole too large. 4219. Brass Blowpipe, fixed on a stand, Fig. 4219, 10s. 6d. This blowpipe can be fixed in any desired position ; higher or lower m the u P n £ h J s ^ e ’ any angle from the table. The blowpipe is fixed to the support by the screw c, and the fra the table by the screw d. The jet b is in duplicate, with onhees of different sizes. At a is a mouthpiece. 4218. 4212. 4211. 4219. 353 ' BLOWPIPES. 20. Blowpipe fixed to a support, and accom¬ panied by a caout¬ chouc blowing appa¬ ratus, Fig. 4220, price 25s. Fig. 4220, letter c, represents a >wing machine to be worked her by the hand or the foot: it ces air into the expanding regu- or d, and thence in a regular ist into the blowpipe a. The ce of the blast is regulated by 5 stopcock which forms part of ^ blowpipe. The position of the >wpipe and the direction of the ist are regulated by the universal int b, and the thumb-screw and Liar on the support. >21. Sprengel’s Catalan Blowpipe, which gives a con¬ stant stream of air sufficient for all analytical operations with the blowpipe, complete as represented in Fig. 4221, with the omission of a the two bottles / and g, 12s. >22. The same, with the addition of the two stoneware water bottles, 2-gallon size, with brass taps, 24s. Other sizes of water bottles are described at page 22. A smaller size than two gallons does not give air enough for a long blowpipe operation. Larger sizes are troublesome to lift up when full of w’ater. 4223. Action of SprengeVs Blowpipe, Fig. 4221. Suppose the ntral bottle or regulator (of one gallon capacity) to be half full of ater, so as to cover the lower end of the pipe a, the bottle f to : full of water, and the bottle g to be empty. Then, if you open e stopcock between f and d, the water runs from f into the gulator, and thence into the bottle g. By a proper adjustment the clamp c (see No. 2871), the water can be made to run from the gulator into g, as fast as it runs from f into the regulator, so that e water in the regulator remains nearly at the same level, hen this is the case, air enters by the tube e, bubbles up through 9 water in the regulator and escapes by the tube b. If the flow the water is well regulated by the stopcock d and the clamp c, is current of air is quite regular, and sufficiently powerful for >st blow r pipe experiments. To use it, the blowpipe is simply at- 'Led to the caoutchouc tube which is connected with the bent tube b. serves for most of the mouth blowpipes, and for the gas blowpipes s. 4250 and 4252. If the w ater passes out of the regulator less >idly than it passes into it, the pressure of the air is increased, t the gain of power is only of short duration, because the regulator n rapidly fills with water. When the water has all run from f o g, the bottles f and g must be made to change places. The tie g is provided with a neck and stopcock that are not represented the figure. i 4221. Z Z 3B4 blowpipe lamps. blowpipe lamps. 4326. Blowpipe Lamp, form of Fig. 4226, made of japanned tinplate, with pull-'if cap and support for the fingers, Is. a is the lamp; b, the wick-holder; c, a cylinder holding a perforated cork, by which the lamp is held on a wooden support, as represented by Fig. 422S ; d is a support, the right hand side ot which supports the hand that holds the blowpipe, while the left hand side supports the hand that holds objects in the blowpipe flame. 4227. Blowpipe Lamp, similar to the above, with collar and thumbscrew to attach it to a slender brass support, the support being such as is represented by Fig. 4232, although in that figure the cork support is represented, Is. 4d. 4228. Wooden Support for the Lamp, £ 4228. 4229. 4230. No. 4226, form of Fig. 4228, black wood, 8d. Wooden Lamp Support, same pattern, mahogany, Is. The Lamp, No. 4226, with the black wood support, as represented by F|i 4228, Is. 8d. 4231. The Lamp, No. 4226, with the mahogany support, 2s. 4232. Blowpipe Lamp,japanned tinplate, with brass cap to screw on, and prevent escape of oil in travelling, form of Fig. 4232, but with collar and thumbscrew, similar to that shown by Fig. 4233, to adjust it to the brass rod, 2s. 6d. 4233. Blowpipe Lamp, japanned tin-plate, form of Fig. 4233, having an extra neck to admit of the addition of oil without disturbing the wick-holder; both necks provided with brass screw caps. Also 4233. 4232. 4234. 4235. 4236. with finger-plate and brass collar and screw, 3s. Blowpipe Lamp, polished brass, with one neck, like Fig. 4232, but with col and thumbscrew, 5s. 6d. Blowpipe Lamp, Plattner’s pattern, Fig. 4235, polished brass, with ex opening for oil, brass screw caps to both necks, with collar and thun screw, 7s. 6d. Laboratory Blowpipe Lamp, for use where Gas is unattainable; form of Fig. 4236, made of japanned tinplate, with three necks; the large one the usual large flat blowpipe wick, the small one for a single small roe wick, to be used when a small flame is required for experiments phosphorescence and coloured flames ; the third neck Lor the insertion oil; all three necks provided with pull-off caps, 2s. 6d. SUPPORTS FOB BLOWPIPE LAMPS. 355 •237. Table to support the Laboratory Blowpipe Lamp, form of Fig. 4236, con¬ sisting of a wooden box C, upon the top of which the lamp A can be screwed. B is a tinplate tray, the bottom of which should be covered with a plate of glass, to receive objects that fall from the blowpipe. The box G can be fitted with drawers to hold the blowpipe apparatus. These drawers may be made to pull out, either in front or on the right hand side. Price according to style of fitting up. 241. Portable Brass Support for the Blowpipe Lamp, as used by Berzelius and Plattner, and represented in Fig. 4232, in three pieces, polished brass, formed to unscrew and fold up for travelling, 3s. This support suits all the Lamps that are described as being provided with a brass collar and uimbscrew. 242. Plattner’s Support for small capsules over the Blowpipe Lamp, or the Spirit Lamp, Fig. 4242, consisting of a brass ring with iron or brass trellis, adapted by a collar and thumbscrew to the rod of the brass support, No. 4241, or Fig. 4232. Price of the branch as represented by Fig. 4242, 6s. 243. Crucible Support for use with a vertical Blowpipe flame, form of Fig. 4243, consisting of an iron ring, arm, and thumbscrew, adapted to the Support No. 4241, the iron ring fitted with a triangle, for sustaining crucibles, &c., that are to be ignited, 3s. 244. Fuel for Blowpipe Lamps. 4243. - f i 1. Mix alcohol of 85 per cent. 6 volumes, Spirit of Turpentine 1 volume, with a few drops o her. 2. Mix Wood spirit 4 volumes, with turpentine 1 volume. Both must be clear, without excess of turpentine. With these mixtures a blowpipe has power to .elt 30 or 40 grains of copper, or 300 grains of silver. Duflos recommends for the production of a good reducing flame a mixture of 12 parts of strong >irit of wine with 1 part of turpentine. Plattner uses refined olive oil, but rejects any that gives a blowpipe-flame with a yellow edge. 245. Japanned Metal Bottle for carrying Oil to feed the Blowpipe Lamp, form cylindrical, 5 inches long, 1| inch wide, with brass screw cap, 3s. 6d. !246. Similar Bottle to carry spirits of wine, 3s. 6d. ;247. Spirit Lamp, glass, small size, for heating glass tubes and glass bulbs in the examination of substances for water and volatile compounds. Any of those described at page 79, at from 4s. upwards. The lamp with rack, No. 860, is very handy for the regulated evaporation of small quantities of •lutions; but it is too large for portable cabinets of blowpipe apparatus. | 248. Glass Spirit Lamp, small size, with brass cap, ground to fit the glass neck to prevent the escape of spirit in travelling, 2s. 6d. 249. Cotton Wick for Blowpipe Lamps and Spirit Lamps, \ inch wide, per yard, in a box, 2d. 356 GAS BLOWPIPES AND GAS BURNERS. GAS BLOWPIPES AND GAS BURNERS. 4950. Mouth Blowpipe attached to a Gas Burner, form of Fig. 4250; brass, wit" caoutchouc blowing tube, 4s. 6d. a, Fig. 4250, is the jet; b is the supply pipe for the coal gas ; c is the flexible blowpipe, the end o which is placed in the operator’s mouth ; d is a cork, by whieli the blowpipe is held in the fingers' The brass tube connected with the blowing tube, c, can be moved backwards and forwards, in th ! jet pipe a, to regulate the size of the flame and adapt it either for oxidising or reducing. Of course' the force of the jet of coal gas which feeds b must be regulated by a stopcock. 4251. Mouth Blowpipe, attached to a Gas Burner, another form, Fig. 4251, 3s. The long tube is placed in the mouth. The coal gas arrives by the short tube represented on tb, left hand. & | 4252. Griffin’s Blast Gas Blowpipe, for Analytical Experiments on Chemicah and Minerals; consisting of a Brass Blowpipe and Stand, with two finf 1 stopcocks, mounted on a japanned iron base, as represented by Fig 4252, 21s. 425.3. This Blowpipe gives a clear and steady blue flame for any length of time, when used with an effective blowing apparatus; and the flame can be made at will, either large or small, oxidating; or reducing, by a proper regulation of the supplies of gas and atmospheric air. It is, therefore, suitable for the performance of the various qualitative and quantitative blowpipe experiments that; have been described by Berzelius, Plattner, and others,—-leaving the operator’s mouth and both his; hands perfectly at liberty. 4254. The blowpipe a , Fig. 4252, is supplied with coal gas by the tube b c, and with air by the tube d e, which has a slight motion towards and from the point of the jet, by means of which the proper mixture of the air and gas is made, which is necessary to produce either oxidation or reduction as may be required. The supply of coal gas is regulated by the stopcock c, and that of air by the stopcock e ; the former being, of course, connected with the gas main, and the latter with the blowing machine. An excellent blowing machine for this purpose is that described at No. 1166. Another, still more powerful and regular, but also somewhat higher in price, is No. 1168. A much cheaper, and quite efficient for many purposes, though not so convenient a blowing apparatus, is described at No. 4221. Whichever of these machines is used, it must be put into complete working order before the commencement of any blowpipe experiment, that is to last for some minutes, in order tnat no interruption of the experiment may take place. No blowing maehine will answer that does not, like those referred to, give a perfectly steady blast. SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. 357 fS 5 ' bl ^T pipe f C f v n b fl 6 fixed h J ? crew /’ Fi S' 4 ? 52 > any required position, as exhibited lg. 4255. Thus, if the flame is to be blown downwards upon an object to be heated on charcoal n many blowpipe operations, the position u i s adopted. If the flame is to be forced horizontal i required for many experiments on coloured flames, or as it is used by Plattner in the roast im netallic ores in his charcoal furnace No. 4330, the position b is chosen. If an upright flame if cT d ^ lg ? n 7 fU Tn ° f sub 1 stanc f in a s P° oa or a crucible, or for certain experiments )odies that produce coloured flames, then the position c is to be arranged In moving the 2 ■ from one to nn other of these positions, care mast be taken that® no iSiT^^Se in the' itchouc tubes b and d so as to cut off the supply of gas or of air. This blowpipe readily melts allic silver in a small crucible, and also a few grams of copper. Any crucible of less an in height can be brought over it to a bright red heat. It answers well for the roasting of ilhc ores, or foi the decomposition of siliceous minerals in small quantities for Qualitative ysis, or even for quantitative analyses after Plattner’s methods. 1 q a itative Blowpipes of a Larger Size. See page 121 of this work, and the section on iilast Las Furnaces commencing at page 104. ). Gas Burner for the supply of Coal Gas for Blowpipe Experiments, mounted on a solid heavy block of wood, upon which the fingers may be steadied, while holding the blowpipe and the assay to the flame, form of Eig. 4256, with a stopcock for regulating the flame, 4s. . Ditto, the same apparatus, without the stopcock, 2s. 6d. . Gas Burner for the supply of Coal Gas for Blowpipe Operations, with heavy iron foot, and wooden platform upon which to rest the fingers while holding the blow- pipe and the assay to the flame. Fig. 4258, 2s. The same Arrangement, with the addition of a stopcock, 3s. 6d. Bunsen’s Blowpipe Burner, Fig. 4260, 6d. acts when dropped into a Bunsen’s jet so as to cut off the supply of atmospheric air and luminous gas flame. See page 91. Massive Gas Burner for Blowpipe use, the lower part ground to fit an ordinary gas nozzle, Fig. 4261, Is. 6d. rwi c 4261. PORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. re are four kinds of Supports, namely:—1, Metallic; 2, Charcoal; 3, Clay; ss« 1. METALLIC SUPPORTS. Platinum Wire of the proper thickness for Blowpipe Experiments, in pieces two inches long, Fig. 4270, each 2d. Platinum Wire, rather thicker than the C" sort commonly used for Blowpipe Ex- 4270. periments, in pieces two inches long, 2d. 358 SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. 4274. 4274. 4273. Platinum Wire, extremely line, for holding very minute quantities, in expe ments on the colours of flames, in pieces twelve inches long, 6d. Support for mounting short pieces of wire, Fig. 4270 a, serving also as a box in which to store the wires, Fig. 4274, 2s. 6d. Handle for Mounting Platinum Wires, but without a box for storing the wires, Fig. 42/5, Is. 4275. 4270 a. 4276. Copper 'whet ”Sm^i^gihe presence of chlorine, iodine, and brom Fig. 4276, per yard, 2d. , « Coil up the end of the fine Copper Wire, in Jhe form as done efferveaci microcosmic salt in tins grate, using o y « small portion of the salt to be tried, and has acquired a pale green colour add to it a present> a bright blue flame SSr fu green flame , if bromine, a blue flame with green edges. 4276. 4280 ' , . , 4277. Platinum Foil of a proper thickness for blowpipe experiments, slip two me long by half inch wide, 6d. S& S; T, imfgth todies oVtwo inches wide, at per square inch, 6d. Fig. 4280 represents a small slip of platinum foil, n-Wnj ^“ooofmfo sS? Sis” fluoric acid corrodes glass, and gives a yellow colour to Brazil paper. 4281. 4281. Platinum Blowpipe Tongs, best construction, size and form of Fig. 4 consisting of flat steel blades, with hardened points, a a, and Platipj Points at the other end, be, 7s. 6d. 4282. 4283 a ' 4282. Steel Spring Tongs, with Platinum Points, form of Fig. 4282, but nil 4283. twice the size of that figure, the steel flattened as shown by Fig. 4283 b, 3s. 6d. . Steel Spring Tongs, for holding small capsules before the blowpipe, or in the flame of the spirit lamp. Fig. 4283 a, which shows a platinum capsule; No. 4284, Fig. 4283 b, which shows an iron spoon, No. 4291, 6d. METALLIC SUPPORTS. CHARCOAL SUPPORTS. 359 Platinum Spoons: — 34. Platinum Spoons, or cups with short handle, form of Fig. 4284. These have been fully described at pages 185 and 186. 'ig. 4283 a represents the method of holding such cups in the flame, by which arrangement thev | made to serve the purpose of spoons. J 4286. & 42S5. 4284. 4287. 5. Plattner’s Platinum Blowpipe Spoons, with very deep bowls and lono- handles as represented by Figs. 4285 a and b, both as to form and size. ° a. Price of the large spoon, 7s. 5 b. Price of the small spoon, 4s. 6. Plattner’s Support for Blowpipe Spoons with long handles, brass mount on turned hard wood handles, Fig. 4286, 2s. Spoon and Cover for exposing to heat substances that decrepitate; spoon and cover both of platinum, mounted on brass, Fig. 4287, 6s. 8. Double Cups for the same purpose, Fig. 4284, § inch, per pair, 2s. hen in use, the pair of cups, placed mouth to mouth, is to be held by the tongs, No. 4283. Tlattner’s Tlatinum Capsule, inch diameter, f inch deep, about 12s. e pages 185 and 186 for other sizes. 1 Cover for the Platinum Capsule, consisting of a 1| inch square of platinum foil, Is. 6d. iis capsule is used when filters that contain small precipitates are to be burnt, and for decomnosinw ndes in sulphuric acid. ^ ® l. Iron Spoon, 1 inch bowl, short handle, Fig. 4291, for trying the combustibility of bodies, 2d. hen in use it is held by spring steel tongs as n by Fig. 4283 b. ■ Cup and Cover of Berlin porcelain, with handle, for the ignition of decrepitating substances, £ inch diameter, Fig. 4292, 3d. 4292. 4289. 2. CHARCOAL SUPPORTS. . Sticks of Charcoal for use as Supports before the Blowpipe, per lb. 3d. . Saw for Cutting Sticks of Charcoal into pieces fit for Blowpipe Experiments such as the discmarkedcin 1 Fig. 4302, or into square prisms of any desired size, Is. fid. Charcoal Borer, to scoop cavities in charcoal for 4301. supporting Assays before the blowpipe, form and size of Fig. 4301, japanned tinplate, 4d. o » j h 3G0 SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. 4302. Charcoal Holders, tinplate slips, a , b , Fig. 4302, per pair , Id. 4303. Fig. 4302 represents a disc of charcoal mounted for use with the blowpipe, c is the dis charcoal, cut from a stick by the saw, No. 4300. d is a hole scooped out by the charcoal borer, 4301. In the middle of the hole is the figure of an assay fused into a bead, a, b is the tinp charcoal holder, No. 4302. The lower figure, o, e, represents a section of the charcoal disc, of the tin holder, both represented the full size. Fig. 4303 represents the arrange¬ ment proper for an experiment, a is the blowpipe lamp, No. 4226 ; b the blowpipe. No. 4200; and c the charcoal disc, and its tin holder, No. 4302. 4304. Plattner’s Charcoal Borers, for making in Charcoal Sticks, or in Charcoal Pastilles, holes of various dimensions ; the steel borers all made of hard¬ ened steel; three forms and sizes, Fig. 4304, a , b c . The kinds a ai with cocoa handles, c with spatula end. 4304 a . Borer for holes of inch in diameter, 5s. 4304 b . Borer for holes of -fV inch in diameter, 2s. 4304 c . Borer for holes of } inch in diameter, with spatula end, 2s. 4304. Description of PASTILLE CHARCOAL SUPPORTS for Blowpipe Exp. ments. By John J. Griffin. Reprinted from the “ Proceedings of the Philo soph ) Society of Glasgow," 26th April, 1843. 4305. Several of the most important experiments performed with the Blowpipe require assistance of charcoal, upon which the object submitted to examination is supported in the fb The charcoal employed for this purpose should be of soft wood, well burnt, compact, and free Jf crevices. Such charcoal is difficult to obtain. I have several times examined a sackful of char! without finding above half-a-dozen sticks adapted for these experiments. This circumstance indv me to seek for a substitute, and having found one which seqrns likely to prove serviceable, I thii possible that other persons accustomed to operate with the Blowpipe, and accustomed also to the want of suitable charcoal, may be willing to learn in what manner they can easily repla< by an efficient substitute. For this reason I have drawn up the following notice. 4306. The Blowpipe experiments that require the assistance of charcoal may be divided into two classes :—In the first class may be named, the formation of beads with microcosmic salt, the trial of fusibility per se, and the roasting of the metallic compounds that contain such volatile elements as sulphur and arsenic. The second class of experiments is restricted to the fusion of minerals or metallic compoimds with carbonate of soda, or with soda and borax, for the purpose PASTILLE CHARCOAL SUPPORTS. 301 rticular combinations or of procuring their metals in the state of regulus. For these two nsses of experiments, I make use of two different composition supports, the first of wLicli shall call Supports for Fusions , and the secoud Supports for Reductions. These are alike in )>earance—the form and size of both being shown by Fig. 4306 a. Each consists of two parts, upper or combustible portion, and a base or incombustible portion. The former is the proper (bstitnte for the ordinary charcoal, the under portion only acting as a crucible in which the mbustible portion is contained. I shall first describe the composition and formation of the pports, and afterwards show the way to use them. 4307. The incombustible portion of both supports is made of fine pipe clay and charcoal powder, ixed in equal parts by weight, with as much water, slightly thickened by rice paste, as is sufficient 1 form a stiff plastic mass. The combustible portion of the Support for Fusions consists of— Charcoal in fine Powder Rice Flour Water ... ... 12 Parts. 2 ... 2 about 8 5 ) 5 ) e rice is boiled in the water to form a paste, w T ith which the charcoal is afterwards mixed into a ss of the consistence of dough. 1307 a. The upper part of the Support for Reductions consists of the following mixture :— Charcoal iu fine Powder Carbonate of Soda, crystallized Borax, crystallized. Rice Flour W ater 9 Parts. 2 ,, about 8 e water is boiled, the soda and borax are dissolved in it, and the rice is then added to form a 'te, with which the charcoal is finally incorporated, and the whole well kneaded into a stiff mass. 1308. The mould in which these compositions are pressed to form the supports, is made of box¬ wood, and consists of four pieces, represented by Fig. 4308, A, B, C, I). L> is a cylindrical block, having a conical hole through the centre; A, B, C, are pestles or stampers fitted to this hole. The mould, 1), when in use, is set upon a clean surface of iron, such as a Blowpipe anvil. A round ball of the clay composition, J inch in diameter, is put into it, and pressed to the bottom by means of the pestle A. This forms a conical cup or crucible similar to the under portion of Fig. E, which represents a vertical section of a support. A round ball of the combustible composition, of either kind, ^ inch in diameter, is next put into the mould, and pressed firmly down with the pestle B, and the pestle, before being withdrawn, is gently turned round to smooth the surface of the support. The and the pestle C is applied below to push the support out of the 4308. -irid is now lifted from the anvil I- he principal points which require attention, to ensure success in this process, are, to have the rerials in the state of very fine powder, and the moist compositions of a proper degree of con¬ vey* If they are too soft, the support will not quit the mould without losing its form. If too the particles of the support will not cohere. The proper state is found after a few trials. It lost convenient to begin by making the mixture too soft, and then drying it slowly till found to be l enough to work easily. The composition is rolled into little balls of the size before mentioned ncans of the fingers. The moulds should be kept clean, and the forming parts of the pestle B the ring D should be oiled. The best way to clean the hole in the mould 1) is by means of a ; conical cork, rasped to a rough surface and oiled. The point of the pestle A must not be oiled, mse grease prevents the adhesion of the combustible portion of the support to its clay base, hen the support is taken from the mould it is put on a hot plate or a sand bath to dry, after eh the rough edges arc taken off by a rasp. It is then ready for use. The bottoms of the xirts for reductions are painted with red ochre mixed with rice paste, to distinguish them from other kind. The size I have fixed upon is as follows:—Height £ inch, diameter at the top .h, at the bottom j inch. The weight is about 16 grains, consisting of 10 grains of clay crucible, 6 grains of combustible matter. 1 have tried several other sizes, but find this to be the most ‘rally convenient. Nevertheless, a higher temperature can be produced upon a smaller support, I find that large masses of charcoal are not essential, since many blowpipe experiments can be bed during the combustion of only two grains of charcoal. ■>09. before l proceed to explain the mode of using these supports, I must describe the handle by i ns of which they arc to le held in the blowpipe t'ame. This handle consists of an iron w ire, 862 SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. 31 inches long and -1 inch in diameter, one end of which is bent into a ring about § inch in diami while an inch of the other end is forced through a round cork 1 inch long and ^ inch in diainete .1 represented by b , c, Fig. 4306. The operator fixes the support in the ring of this wire, and Hoi- by the cork handle, which is intended, not so much to protect the fingers from heat, as o pro* the power of varying the position of the support in the flame, as the progress of an igni ion ^ TPfimrp • 4310. I shall now describe one or two experiments which show the method of usmg » (I). The surface of one of the Supports for Fusions is heated before the blowpipe till it is red 8 If then removed from the blowpipe flame, the support continues to burn, like an ordinary pas n till it is consumed down to the clay. In this respect, the support has a superiority ovei or in charcoal, which soon ceases to burn when removed from the fire. The ignited support is o e _ re . on a porcelain capsule in the manner represented by Fig. 4306 d, and a quantity of microcosimc > sufficient to form a bead, is placed upon its red hot surface. The salt instantly melts an sp into the central cavity, so as to form a bead, Fig. 4310 F ; the heat, the form, and the smoo neM the surface of the support, facilitating this part of the process. The salt is then heated before e (■ pipe till it is melted into a transparent colourless bead. The support is again placed on 1 ® P ( r lain capsule, and the metallic substance intended to be incorporated in the bead is added to it. P support continuing to be red hot, and the bead consequently continuing soft, the substance so acM is immediately absorbed and its loss by dispersion prevented. Whereas, upon common c arperties. thus, gum arable is sixteen times as dear, it intumesces under ignition so much as en to disrupt the charcoal pastille, and its ashes shine at a high temperature with such intense Ihancy, as to dazzle the eyes of the operator, and make analytical observations impossible, t is probable that Rice would form an excellent ingredient in the mixture for Charcoal Ivamc Batteries. 8 . Prices of Moulds and Materials for Griffin’s Pastille Supports. Griffin’s Mould for making charcoal pastile supports for blowpipe experiments, consisting of a ring and three pestles or stampers, all of polished boxwood' in a box, Fig. 4308, a b c d, 2s. 6d. ’ Griffin s Charcoal Pastille Supports for blowpipe experiments, for use instead of ordinary charcoal, two sorts : — Supports for fusions, roastings, and for beads of microcosmic salt size and form of Fig. 4308 e, per box of 2 dozen, 6d. Supports for Reducing Operations, on which reguline metals can be extracted 1 10111 their salts without the use of additional fluxes, per box of 2 dozen 6d Handles for mounting the support, Fig. 4306 be, 4 for 4d. Porcelain capsules, for use with the supports, Fig. 4306, d, 4 for 6d. Japanned Tin Box, containing prepared clay, prepared charcoal, and prepared reducing mixture, sufficient for 1000 supports, 8 cubic inches of each, 3s. Box containing the set of Moulds, 4 dozen of Supports, 4 Handles, 4 Capsules, Box of Prepared Materials for 1000 Supports, with printed instructions for making and using the supports, complete, 8s. More Portable Form of Griffin’s Pastilles. 10. After the publication of the paper of April, 1843, quoted above, I prepared a still smaller of charcoal support, which l found to answer very well, and which is extremely portable, and iquently useful to the travelling minera- t. These are represented in Fig. 4319, e c and 6 are sections of pastilles, differ- u thickness, but made in .the same mould ; a Berlin porcelain crucible, represented 1 size, by which the pastilles are supported e blowpipe flame, and d is a wire support tie crucible, resembling that described at 4306, and 4315. These small charcoal lies b and c are quite sufficient for most qualitative blowpipe experiments. • Berlin Porcelain Crucible for supporting pastiles before the blowpipe, for and size of Fig. 43I9u, 3d. j. Pastilles of the size and form of Fig. 4319 b c, containing charcoal and rice, but no fluxes, three dozen in a box, 6d. * a. Wire support for the pastille crucible, Fig. 4319 d, same as No. 4315, four for 4d. \ Iron Mould for preparing the Pastilles, Fig. 4321 b c, form and size of Fig. 4322, page 364, in 3 pieces, polished metal, price ^s. 6d. l c ^^7 4319. m i 364 SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. The mould consists of three pieces ; a cylinder a a piece to. form the surface pestle which forms the under side of the pastille c. The pastille is termed the thickness of it (producing the difference shown by 5 and c, Fig. 4319,) depends upon the size of the ball of plastic charcoal that is put into the mould The plastic charcoal is prepared by the method described at 4307. Haftner’s improvements, as described in 4323, can be adopted wnen it is C0 ^S" ed U S r S OF le FLU X ES WITH THE SMALL PASTILLES. -It is easy to saturate the small pastilles heated in the porcelain crucible 4319a, vuth soda borax cyanide of potassium, or any other flux to the action of which it is’desirable 5 to submit an assay; and after the fusion,the ci ucible can when requisite, be transferred to a test tube, or a capsule, to be treated with aC 4322 b Charcoal Blocks for Sublimations.—As the small charcoal pastilles ’ Nos 4310 aud 4319, become red hot all over, they afford no cold surface for the deposition of sublimates. For that reason, Plattner prepares with a mould prismatic blocks of charcoal, measuring 3 1 ^ es . 1 °^ “ ■j_a hl thick. I find, however, that it is much more of the in the pastille b, '• cavity d, •' ^nvenimit^and* necessarily much more economical, to collect sublimates upon the clay support, No. 4349. Plattner’s Adoption and Modification of the Pastille Charcoal Supports. 4322. 4191 Tn the third edition of his work on the Blowpipe, published in Leipzio in 1853, Plat referred to the above proposal to replace thick charcoal by pastilles, and adopted it wi e mg “o^ficatmns • rie0( chiefly because he could more easily procure it.—2 the ch^coal^ powder from metals by digestion in hydrochloric acid and subseque P whh wSe7 and drvirur it.-3. He makes the pastilles in various forms, m caps 7rnciblfs square blocks &c., according to the uses to which he intends to apply them. His mo te^lS^e.^^oribed in this work.-4. He puts the dried pastilles into a cov crucible and ignites them before use, to deprive them of the power of burning with flame. 4324. Plattner’s Mould for making charcoal capsules, to be used for the roas of metallic ores in blowpipe assays, consisting of a pestle, 4 ig. 4024, a mould similar to No. 4340, made of polished boxwood, the pair, 2s. 4325. Plattner’s Charcoal Capsules, form and size of Fig. 4325, per dozen, Is. 4324. For an account of the use of the various capsules and crucibles, formed of charcoal or clay, as re¬ commended by Plattner, I must refer the reader to the last edition of his work, Die Probirkunst mit dem Lothrohre. Dritte Auflage. Leipzic, 1853. The English translation of this work is much abridged in what relates to this matter. 4326. Plattner’s Charcoal Crucibles for quantitative blowpipe assays, form and size of Fig. 4326, per dozen, Is. 4327. Plattner’s Mould for making these charcoal crucibles consists of the mould for making fi crucibles with an additional pestle. See No. 4343. PASTILLE CHARCOAL SUPPORTS. 305 ' 337. Plattner’s Mould for preparing square blocks of charcoal, for use in roasting metallic ores, and in various fusions of mixtures in the quantitative analysis of metallic ores before the blowpipe ; the mould is made of boxwood, Fig. 4327, a, b, c, d, e. The set of 5 pieces complete, with brass binding, 10s. 6d. Letter c represents the mould which is to form the square block of charcoal. The blocks d ul E serve to regulate the thickness of the square block. The pestle a is used to form the hollow the crucible F. The pestle B forms the hollow of the crucible cover G. The four pegs in the lould c serve to guide the pestle exactly into the middle of the block. The screwing up and unscrewing of the mould c, Fig. 4327, in the making of every pastille, ikes up much time. For which reason, I have made a mould which makes round instead of square locks for the same purposes. 328. Mould for making Cylindrical Blocks of Charcoal with crucible cavity in them, con¬ sisting of the five pieces represented by Fig. 4328, a, B, c, a, c, which are to be used in the manner described by Plattner, price of the set, 7s. The figures hand (/represent a crucible and s cover, corresponding with f and g in Fig. 127. >29. 529a 530. holding 3 pairs Plattner’s Square Charcoal Blocks with cavity of crucible shape, and corresponding charcoal covers, as made with the mould, No. 4327. Per dozen pair, 4s. 4328. Japanned Metal Case, square form, size inches bv If inch, with pull-off cover, for of the square charcoals, No. 4329, Is. 6d. Plattner’s Boasting Furnace for holding and exposing to the blowpipe flame the charcoal crucibles, No. 4329, as described in Plattner’s In¬ structions for the Quantitative x Analysis of Metallic Ores before the Blowpipe, Fig. 4330, Gs. Bound Form of Plattner’s Boasting Furnace, used for exposing to the Blowpipe flame the round blocks of charcoal made by the appa¬ ratus, No. 4328, with a support for 4430. . „ holding it steadily against the blast- gas blowpipe, No. 4252, when the flame is blown horizontally, 6s. Platinum Wire and Foil, as used with the charcoal holder, No. 4330 or 4331, when an ore is to be roasted, the pair v 2s. Charcoal, in fine powder, for preparing charcoal pastilles with the moulds described above, per lb., Gd. 866 4340. SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. 3. CLAY SUPPORTS. Plattner’s Mould for making capsules of porcelain clay, consisting of a mou and a pestle, Fig. 4340, of polished boxwood, the pair, 2s. 4341. Ditto, with the addition of a boxwood pestle, Fig. 4324, for use with' tj; mould in making capsules of charcoal, as explained at 4324, the th j* pieces, 3s. Fig. 4342 represents the full size of the clay capsule formed in this mould, and Fig. 4325 shoj* the charcoal capsule which it produces. 4842. Plattner’s Capsules of porcelain clay, burnt ready for use, form and size f Fig. 4342, per dozen, Is. 4343. Plattner’s Mould for making small crucibles of porcelain clay, No. 4344, al of charcoal, Fig. 4326, which figure is of the actual size. The mould H making the clay crucibles is represented by Fig. 4343. It is made of gi» metal, in four pieces. The stamper for forming the middle part of 43 charcoal crucible, Fig. 4326, is represented of a reduced size by Fig. 434!i«! It is made of boxwood. Price of the Set, lOs. Full instructions for making these clay capsules and crucibles are given in Plattner’s work, ijs clay being made of a proper consistence, is rolled into small balls and put into the moulds, whi i are previously cleaned and oiled. They are then pressed into shape by the pestles, carefuJ removed from the moulds, dried, and afterwards heated to redness in a closed crucible. 4344. Plattner’s Crucibles of porcelain clay, the form and size shown by the whj3 space in the Fig. of the mould, No. 4343, burnt, ready for use, per dozen •• 4345. Japanned Metal Cylindrical Case for holding a supply of the crucibles, h* 4344, and the capsules, No. 4342, size, 3| inches by 1 inch, Is. 4318 Prepared Porcelain Clay, for making the crucibles, No. 4344, and the capsu No. 4342, the mass requiring only to be mixed up and well kneaded with water to be ready for use, per lb., 6d. 4349. Support for Griffin’s Blowpipe Pastilles, to be used when Sublimates are to be Observed, made of smooth pottery, not glazed, form of Fig. 4349, size, 3 inches long, and 2 inches wide, price Is. 4349. 4350. The charcoal pastilles, Nos. 4310 and 4319, when once ignited, exhibit a red heat over tl;f whole surface, and afford no cool place upon which a volatilised powder or sublimate can be dej^ositk But since, in many blowpipe operations, it is requisite to note the colour, volatility, and ot f properties of sublimates, it is necessary to provide for their deposition upon some other surface tl# that of the red hot pastilles. Plattner uses a sufficiently large block of charcoal, or a very la t pastille, as I have noticed at No. 4322 b. But I prefer for this purpose a smooth surface of fire-cl 1 CLAY SUPPORTS. GLASS SUPPORTS. 367 f thefQrm and size just described. I invert this mass of fireclay over and into a smoky flame llSlfe Fi/4319 e 6 or V r ei hit, “i COafc f ° f ch * rco t al 1 then c ° o1 fireclay a “d I put a charcoal ..low \nm miffi,!\akinn^ r" au W ort ’ Fi g- 4 -'«0, and I perform the necessary 1 ^ !? rut ' 011 > ;.‘ lkln S care to direct the blast of air upon the assay placed in the ° ft “ the direction a to b. Fig. 4349. The sublimate, that is produced lw the heat t0 0n tbe blackened surface of the support, and wlZ it is te, >lue, rod, or brown, it is distinctly risible; and as, moreover there is plenty f room for the sublimate to deposit itself fully, the form, size, and range of the sub¬ mate, and its gradations of colour are much better seen than it evfr is on a small nd rough surface of either stick or pastille charcoal riiit r B eaC ? °P era ^ n the surface of the support is rubbed clean with rough paper r with sand paper, to be ready for a fresh experiment. g 1 1 ’ J tbe charcoal pastille does not fit well in the hole a, it can be kept in place bv a ttle stiff nee paste rubbed between the hole and the pastille. P P Y o51. Fireclay Support for holding £ inch capsules and crucibles, either o charcoal or fireclay, before the Blowpipe, consisting of a cylinder of fireclay, form of Fig. 4351, 3 inches long, l inch diameter, bored to hold a capsule (No. 43-25 or 4342) at one 4351 end, and a crucible (No. 4326 or 4344) at the other end, 6 d. ^pestle of The Tgate^morTar. 186 ^ ^ CUpeUation vvith bone asb pressed into one of the holes, by '■60. 1463. lii 63. 4. GLASS SUPPORTS. Narrow Tubes of hard Bohemian glass, free from reducible metals used for ■Ul'm “V" b T'" 8 , Subslances in » of atmospheric air, front do*», 6dl “ dlameter ’ cut int0 of 6 inches in length, per Narrow Tubes of hard Bohemian glass, about i inch or A inch in diameter be brouuhtTnto ,h‘ n r m % g ', aSS ’ T de .‘- lllat sublimates within them „my be bi ought into the focus of lenses of high magnifying power to make it fenglhs! dos™,'9d U,e C ' 7Stalline forms of Ul ° mates. Cut into 6 inch Pi.mm Tubes or Hard White German Glass, dosed at one end. Fig. 4SC3. 5 4363. Prices per Dozen :— Length in Inches. J inch 1 k *■ ‘2 o 4. 24 ~ 2 >> 3 4 Diameter across tbe middle in Inches. I 8 1 6 l 4 3 8 3d. 3d. 4d. 4d. 3d. 3d. 4d. 4d. 3d. 3d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 5d. 4d. 4d. 4d. 5d. 4d. 9 .4d. 6d. 7d. 308 SUPPORTS FOR OBJECTS IN THE BLOWPIPE FLAME. For the price of Large Test Tubes for use with liquids, in boiling, testing, see article on Testing, page 269. 4364. Brush for cleaning narrow Test Tubes, Fig. 158, 2d. 4365. Berzelius’s Bulb Tube for trying the hydration of minerals before the blowpipe, oval bulb, | by | inch, tube lg- by ^ inch hard Bohemian glass, Fig. 4365, per dozen, Is. 6d. 4365. 4366. Support for Bulb Tubes when hot, Fig. 387, 6d. Arsenic Tubes, for the reduction of Arsenical Compounds and sublimation of Arsei ■ all made of hard German or Bohemian Glass, free from reducible metals. (§S======0 4367a. -.— 0 43675. 4367. Bulb Tubes, for subliming Arsenic, Figs. 4367 a and b, 1, 1|-, and 2 inc long, by ^ or | inch wide in the tube, bulb ^ inch, per dozen, 4d. 4368. Bulb Tubes, bulb § to \ inch, tube 2i inches long, i inch wide, per dozen, 4369. Ditto Bulb, f to ^ inch, tube 2f inches long, ^ inch wide, per dozen, lOd. 4370. Berzelius’s Bulb Tube, for use when the mixture to be heated is bulky, of Fig. 4370, hard Bohemian glass, per dozen, Is. 4371. Berzelius’s Arsenic Tube, size of Fig. 4371, 3 inch,^>er dozen, Is. 4372. Ditto, 6 inches long, per dozen, 3s. 4373. Bose’s Arsenic Tube, size of Fig. 4373, 3 inch, per dozen, Is. 4374. Ditto, 6 inches long, per dozen, 3s. 4375. Liebig’s Arsenic Tube, 3 inch, size of Fig. 4375, per dozen, Is. 4376. Box containing an assortment of 15 Arsenic Tubes of different kinds, Is. f; 4371. 4373. CUPELLATION BEFORE THE BLOWPIPE. 3 9 CUPELLATION BEFORE THE BLOWPIPE. 80. Plattner’s Apparatus for Cupellation before the Blowpipe, represented by Fig. 4380, consisting of two cupel moulds, A and B, with corresponding dies or pestles C and D, and a support E. The moulds A B differ in size. The cupels are exposed to the flame upon the moulds. 80 a. Price when the moulds and pestles are made of hardened polished steel, 10s. 6d. >80 b . Price when they are made of iron, 7s. Plattner’s work contains minute instructions for performing the operation of cupellation before 3 Blowpipe. Cupellation can be performed on cupels made in the manner described at No. 4310,3. so upon a cupel made in the mould, No. 4322, or upou a cupel pressed in the cavity of the fire- y cylinder, No. 4351. 4380. E 81. Bone Ash for preparing cupels, per lb., 6d. 8*2. Pure Lead, finely granulated, for cupellation, per lb., Is. 3d. 84. Plattner’s Brass Sieve, to prepare fine-grained lead, for cupellations before the blowpipe, Is. 9d. 85. Plattner’s Measure for lead, for use in cupellation, consisting o» a graduated glass tube, and a pestle of boxwood, which slides in the tube, and can be adjusted to any required measure, 2s. 86. Plattner’s Balance and Weights, for weighing small quantities of materials for quantitative analysis before the Blowpipe, or for weighing small beads of gold, silver, copper, and other metals, £4. See description at No. 435. i37. Plattner’s Balance, very highly finished, electro-gilt, with various additions to the weighing apparatus, £6. (38. Folding Glass Case, to contain the balance, No. 4387, when in use, and fold¬ ing up into a small space for travelling, polished mahogany, 40s. !39. Plattner's Ivory Scale, for measuring the very small beads of gold and silver, obtained by cupellation before the Blowpipe, 15s. 370 TOOLS FOR USE WITH THE BLOWPIFE. TOOLS AND MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS FOR U! IN BLOWPIPE EXPERIMENTS. 4395. Hammer for Blowpipe Experiments, square face, and one cutting edge, In steel, with handle, see page 1. Is. 6d. 4396. Hammer, very highly polished, 2s. 6d. 4397. Anvil for Blowpipe Experiments, square block of hardened steel, 1£ inc square, block | inch thick, polished on one face, Is. 6d, For other sizes of Anvils, see page 2. 4398. Anvil, steel, size inch long, inch wide, § inch thick, very highly polis!! on all its faces, 2s, 6d. 4399. Steel Mortar for Crushing hard Minerals, small size, Fig. 4399, 0s. For several other varieties, see page 5. . 4408. 4400. Agate Mortar and Pestle, for Experiments of P.eduction before the Blowp a, If inch diameter, 5s. 6d. ;— b , 2 inch, 7s.;— c, 2 \ inch, 8s. 6d. For particulars and Prices of other Sizes, see page 6. 4401. Glazed Porcelain Mortar for Blowpipe operations. See No. 56, page 6, 6' Intended as a substitute for an agate mortar, in experiments of Reduction. It can be use f 1 many experiments, but is by no means so useful as the agate mortar. 4402. Plattner’s Mixing Capsule, Fig. 4402, for mixing powders, and transfeifi the mixture to a paper crucible, No. 4440, size 2| inch by 1 inch, mac. < thin polished brass, 6d. 4403. Ditto, ditto, polished horn, Is. 4404. Spatula, 4 inches long, ^ inch wide, form of Fig. 4404, burnished steel, Isfl 4405. Camel-hair Brush, to assist in transferring fine powders from vesse 1 vessel, that no part be lost, 2d. 4406. Ivory Spoon, Fig. 4406, with spatula handle, 3 inches long, bowl \ c diameter, Is. 4407. Platinum Spatula, Fig. 4407. See page 10 for varieties of size and price. 4408. Steel Spatula, with coco handle, Fig. 4408. For prices and sizes, see page X. 4409. Test Spoon of polished German silver, with a bowl inch diameter,® lifting small quantities of powder, the handle fashioned into a spatul ft mixing powders, &c., in blowpipe and other experiments, 3£ inches longJ< TOOLS FOR USE WITH THE BLOWPIPE. 871 Tonqs for Use in Blowpipe Operations. I ‘ 10. Brass Tongs, for trimming the blowpipe lamp, Fig. 4410, a , b, c, each 2d. ■ II. Iron Tongs, 4| inch, Fig. 4111, Is. J12. Fine Brass Tongs, Fig. 4412, highly polished, 3s. ♦ 13. Fine Spring Steel Tongs, Fig. 4413, 3s. 4412. 4411. 4410 c. 414. Iron Tongs, with spoon handle for fluxes, Fig. 4414, 9d. 414 a. The same, without the spoon, 6d. 415. Steel Tongs, similar in form, but better finished. Is. 6d. 416. Steel Plyers, form of Fig. 4416, black, size 4 inches long, Is. 6d. 417. Steel Plyers, Fig. 4416, 4i inches long, highly polished, 2s. 6d. 118. Cutting Plyers, to detach pieces of a mineral for examination, 5£ inch, 3s. 6d 149. Strong Scissors, for cutting sheet metals, per pair, Is. 6d. i20. Folding Pocket Knife, 2-inch blade, Is. . 1 Files. *11. Flat File, smooth cut, for trying the hard¬ ness of minerals, 4 inches long, £ inch wide, Fig. 4421, Is. lj>2. Triangular File, for cutting glass tubes, with handle, 8d. * M3. Rat’s Tail File, for piercing corks, with handle, 4 inch, 8d. 443a. Flat Rasp, for shaping corks, 4 inch, with handle, 8d. v 4. Steel Chisel, 4 inches long and I inch wide, polished, and strongly magnetised, Fig. 4424, Is. 6d. jwm —- —w - v-" - •• — 4421. 4424. 372 MICRO-CHEMICAL APPARATUS. 4425. 4426. 4427. 4428. 4429. 4430. 4431. 4432. 4433. 4434. 4435. 4436. 4437. 4438. 4439. Streak or Colour of Minerals, a slab of pure white biscuit Dresden for trying this property, size 4 by 3 inches, Is. Ditto, of white biscuit Thuringian porcelain, size 3 by 2 inches, 6d. Magnetic Needle and Electric Needle, each li inches long, both adapted to the same stand, and fitted into a turned wooden case, Fig. 4427, 7s. 6d. Ditto, larger ; the needles each 3 inches long, and mounted with agate cups, but without case, 8s. Ditto, the large size, but without agate cups, 5s. Pair of Small Bar Magnets, 3 inch, with two keepers, in a leather case, with pull-off top, is. 6d. Horse Shoe Magnets, with keeper :— 2 inch, 6d. 4 inch, Is. 6 inch, 2s. Brush for cleaning beads of metal, strong bristles, Is. 6d. Tin Foil in small rolls, for assisting the operation of Reduction in bei before the Blowpipe, per dozen rolls, 4d. Triple Lens, for examining small crystals, or the products of Blowpipe op< i tions, the lenses i, 3. A 4 > 8 inch diameter, in horn mounting, Fig. 4434, 4s. Magnifier, in tortoise¬ shell mounting, hav- at one end 2 4436. mg 4437. plano-convex lenses, -f inch diameter, separated by a dia¬ phragm, and at the other end a Coddington Lens, 8s. 6d. Codclington Lens, Fig. 4436, mounted in ivory, 3s. 6d. Stanhope Lens, Fig. 4437, mounted in ivory, 3s. 6d. Stanhope Lens, mounted in silver, 7s. 6d. Magnifying Lens, Fig. 4439, in horn case, Is. 4434. Gs 4439. MICRO-CHEMICAL APPARATUS FOR EXPERIMENT IN THE WET WAY, TO SUPPLEMENT BLOI PIPE OPERATIONS. Apparatus for Decomposing Minerals. 4440. Plattner’s Soda Paper, for prepai'ing cartridges, or cases in which mii powders are to be ignited before the blowpipe, prepared of pure filtering paper and pure carbonate of soda, in pieces measuring 1 inch by If inch, Box containing 50 pieces , 4d. 4441. Boxwood Mould, form of Fig. 4441, to assist in rolling the paper into a case, 6'd. 4442. This is used in prepai’ing siliceous minerals or metallic ores for solution in acids. The cartridge is prepared by rolling the prepared paper, No. 4440, by means of the pestle, No. 4441, into a cylinder, the end of which is to be closed by folding down the paper with a spatula. Two grains of the mineral or the roasted ore are to be ground in a mortar with a mixture of borax and car¬ bonate of soda. The ground mixture is transferred to the capsule, No. 4402, and is conveyed th 4441. MICRO-CHEMICAL APPARATUS. 373 to the paper cartridge: this is then folded up and placed in the cavity of the charcoal crucible, o. 4326, which is placed in the clay support, No. 4351, and exposed to the blowpipe flame. The >ject of the soda paper is to prevent any of the powder being blown away by the mechanical ■tion of the blowpipe jet. After the fusion of the assay is accomplished, the analysis of the residue effected by the processes which Plattner’s work gives in detail. The gas blowpipe, No. 4252, iswem well for fusions of this description. 143. Brunner’s Apparatus for Decomposing Siliceous Minerals that contain Alkalies, by means of Hydrofluoric Acid gas. Made of lead, form of Fig. 4443. The cover dips into a lute of plaster of Paris ; the crucible containing the mineral that is to be decomposed is fixed on the central perforated shelf; the mixture of fluor spar and oil of vitriol is put into the bottom of the apparatus. Size, 4 inches diameter, 4 inches high, 8s. Vessels in which to prepare Solutions. Preceding sections of this work contain abundant particulars of small vessels suitable for preparing l.utions for micro-chemical operations. Among’others may be cited, the smaller kinds of crucibles lid capsules of platinum, pages 136 and 185; porcelain crucibles, page 137; porcelaiu cups, pages .2 and 193; porcelain basins, page 186 ; glass flasks, page 146; beakers, page 152; test tubes, ; ge 269; and bulb tubes, page 149. The f oho wing kinds wall be found useful. • 44. Porcelain Hemispherical Cups, Fig. 4444. a. 1 inch diameter, 3d. b. 2 inches diameter, 5d. 4444. 4445. 4446. 4447. 4448. (H5. Platinum Basin, Fig. 4445, price, according to weight, from 20s. to 30s. 1 >ee prices of platinum vessels at pages 136 and 185. 16. Porcelain Beakers, Fig. 4446, 5 sizes. See No. 1491. 17. Thin Porcelain Cups, various sizes, see p. 193, No. 1801, varieties 7, 8, 9. 18. Plattner’s Blowpipe Crucible, see No. 1333, with cover, Gd. 19. Ditto, without cover, 4d. 50. Plattner’s Porcelain Digester, Fig. 4450. a. 2f inch diameter, If ounce, 7d. b. If inch diameter, ounce, Gd. ’igures and particulars of other forms and sizes of porcelain vessels are given at pages 192, 193. i»l. German Glass Flask, with wide mouth, Fig. 1400,1 ounce, lfd. ; 2 ounce, 2d.; 3 ounce, 2£d. Hor other varieties and sizes of flasks, see pp. 145—150. 4450. F2. Beaker Glasses for Solutions, nest of four, holding from 1 to 5 ounces, Bohe¬ mian glass. No. 1461, Is. 3d. 1 3. Ditto, nest of three, holding from £ to If ounces, Bohemian glass, No. 1441, 7d. or other sizes of Beakers, see pp. 152-3. 4. Watch Glasses, 2 inch, for use as covers to the Porcelain Capsules, &c., per v dozen, Is. 374 MICRO-CHEMICAL APPARATUS. 4455. Boiling Tubes of German Glass, No. 1419 :— a. 4 inches long, 1 inch wide, per dozen, Is. 2d. b. 6 inches long, inch wide, per dozen, Is. 9d. 4456. Test Tubes, for boiling solutions, 6 inches long, f inch wide, set of six, 8d. 4457. Folding Support for the six Test Tubes, 2s. 4458. Nests of German Glass Test Tubes, each nest in a paper box :— a. Three Tubes . . 6d. c. Nine Tubes . . Is. 3d. b. Six Tubes. . . . lOd. d. Twelve Tubes . . 2s. 4459. Support for holding large Test Tubes over a spirit lamp, brass clip, lOd. See No. 3S6 for other varieties of Supports for hot Test Tubes. Testing Apparatus. i 4460. Filtering Funnel, H inch diameter, l£d. 4461. Ditto 2 inches diameter, 2d. 4462. 100 Circular Filters for each of the two funnels, 9d. 4163. Japanned tinplate box to hold the 200 filters, 6d. 4464. Funnel Holder, Blackwood, Is. 4465. Porcelain Filter Bings with two arms, for supporting the paper filter withd funnel or funnel holder, 5d. 4466. Griffin’s Quick Filter, see No. 2813, 3d. 4467. Conical Test Glasses, Fig. 2817, small size, 1 inch high, 1 inch wide, on fit set of six, 9d. 4468. Decanting Tube, see No. 2814, three for 6d. 4169 Conical Precipitating Jar, 5 ounce size, Fig. 1487, 8d. 4470. Glass Stirrers, form of _I Fig. 4470. ( | | 3 inch, per dozen, 2d. ^ 6 inch, per dozen, 4d. 4471. Small Washing Bottle with two tubes, 8 ounce, see No. 1725, Is. 6d. 4471a. Washing Bottle with one jet, see No. 1719, Is. 4473. 4472. Schuster’s Washing Bottle, fitted with a blowing tube, for supplying sill quantities of water, or for washing precipitates on a filter, Fig. 4472, Is ■ MICRO-CHEMICAL APPARATUS. 375 Apparatus for Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gas. 473. Yon Babo’s Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gns Apparatus, for the prompt supply of that gas in small quantities. Fig. 4473, with support, 6s. The bulb a is half filled with lumps of sulphide of iron ; the bulb b is partly filled with diluted ilphuric- acid. These two bulbs and the bar Jo which they are fixed, revolve on a centre at d, and in be fixed by the screw e in any required position. When the bulb a is placed higher than the ilb 6, the acid runs into the latter bulb, and its action on the sulphide of iron ceases. When the jilb a is placed lower than the bulb b, the sulphuric acid flows upon the sulphide of iron in a, and continuous current of sulphuretted hydrogen gas passes off by the bent flexible tube and the glass t r. When the apparatus is not in use, the flexible tube c should be closed by a pinclicock, id the neck b by a cork. 174. Apparatus for Testing with Sulphuretted Hydrogen Gas, where minute quan¬ tities of materials are employed, consisting of two glass tubes, size of Fig. 4 474, the pair, Sd. ■ Atitate with sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Put the tube b into the wide tube as represented. 1® wide tube at a, and then blow wiih the mouth gently into the open end c. Thereupon,_ t _ ‘ -ted hydrogen will be disengaged from the mixture a, and will produce a coloured precipitato the inner end of the tube b. A Fanet y^of other forms of Apparatus for use with sulphuretted hydrogen gas are described at Bottles to contain and apply Liquid Tests. Bottles to contain solutions of re-agents, acids, &c., with pipettes, long stoppers, pierced stoppers, and other contrivances for delivering drops or small quantities of re-agents in qualitative analysis. ! 175. Cobalt or Acid Bottle, of stout glass, with elongated stopper and ground cap, for applying drops of acid, or of solution of nitrate of cobalt, in Blowpipe experiments, Fig. 4475 :— | | ounce to l ounce, Is.; 2 ounce, Is. 3d.; 3 ounces, Is. 6d. 76. Bottle blown before the lamp, with long stopper, Fig. 4476, 1 ounce size, 8d. 77. Bottles with ground caps and pipettes, useful for acids and all re-agents. Many sizes. See No. 1556, page 161. 78. Flat Acid Bottle, with long stopper and ground cap, for drops of acid. Is. 79, Cylindrical Acid Bottle, about | ounce, with long stopper and ground cap, for delivering acid in drops, Is. 30. The Acid Bottle, No. 4479, fitted into a stout gutta-percha case, which opens stiffly, intended for the pocket of mineralogists in the field, being the safest form of acid bottle. 376 MICRO-CHEMICAL APPARATUS. 1 i itr 448 , smai ' Bo?,l“ bout foute, with ground cop and stopper with fine perforation,? which very small drops of test^can^ede livered Is. . d Glass Tube Bottle, drawn oil to a pomt, naviug a to per dozen, 2s. 6d. *'■ 4483. 4484. To bo filled by being warmed, and the point dipped into theliquid. The test is expelled in dll *Otofirtta «2r' LiqnidVeste'aredes Shed into, Sections that eommenee at pages 272 and j« Pipettes of all kinds are described at page 177. Boxes and Bottles to contain Dry Tests. 4490 4490. 4491 4493. 4491. Turned Wooden Boxes, for Fluxes, form of Fig. 4493, made of boxwood, > 1 inch bv # inch, with screw-on tops, per dozen, ds. ; 4498. ^ P ?’ g i? sill form of bottles, Fig. 4496 ; form of box, Fig. 4493 ; size, lli by *.» 4494. The^same Cabinet, containing 30 turned polished hard wood boxes, with jl off tops, form of boxes Fig. 4497 , size 1 4 ) & 111 ’ . , p 0 xes 9s 4495. The same Cabinet, containing 10 of the Bottles and 10 ’ ’ ; 4496. Bottles alone, form of Fig. 4496, size f ounce of water 3d each ^ 4497. Boxes alone, polished hard wood, form of Fig. 4 , p V * 1 stiffly ; size, If inch by 1 inch ; per dozen, 3s. THE 3PECTE0SC0PE. 877 APPARATUS FOR EXPERIMENTS ON COLOURED FLAMES. 500. ,500. Kjechhoff and Bunsen’s Specteoscope, or Apparatus for examining the Coloured Spectra produced when the vapours of various chemicals are examined through a Prism. Compendious form of the Apparatus for use in Chemical Laboratories, including an arrangement for the examining of two different spectra at one time, represented by Fig. 4500. Price of the Spectroscope, Fig. 4500, consisting of an Instrument with three tubes mounted on an iron table, with two gas burners like Fig. 4501; one support for objects in the flame, Fig. 4502 ; another support, Fig. 4503 8 platinum wires, mounted in glass handle, as shown by Figs. 4500 and 4502 and 4 platinum wires not mounted in glass, for use with Fig. 4503 the complete set, £5 5s. —Ll { A Ji 401. 02 . 4500. 4501. 4502. 4503. Gas Burner, like Fig. 4501, 5s. Support for Platinum Wires, by which the salts put on the end of the wire can be placed exactly in the proper part of the flame produced by the gas burner, Fig. 4502, 2s. 103. Support for Platinum Wires, of the form of Fig. 4503, 2s. 6d. j04. Platinum Wires, mounted in glass handles, for use with the support No. 4502, 6d. )5. Platinum Wires, unmounted, for use with the support No. 4503, 3 inches long, 3d. 1506. Description .—Tlie Spectroscope is represented by Fig. 4500, as arranged for use. The top dthe table rotates upon the pedestal. The prism which produces the spectra is fixed vertically )n the centre of the table by a spring, one end of which is screwed to the table, while the other ^■sses upon the prism. The three tubes are firmly screwed to the table in proper positions, one 'ards the other. The tube in front is that by which observations are made. It is a telescope, ing a six-fold magnifying power, and an objective of i inch diameter. The tube on the right _ !k 1 carries a slit, through which the light from the coloured flame produced by the chemical S eed in the gas flame is admitted. The tube has a screw- to regulate the width of the slit, and one- f of the slit is covered with an additional prism, to enable the operator to observe two spectra at same time. The tube on the left band carries a photographic scale, marking 190 degrees on a night line, visible bright upon a dark ground. When two spectra are observed at the same time, * is seen below this scale, and the other above it. The axes of the two tubes are directed at 1 same angle upon one plane of the prism, and the axis of the telescope tube is directed upon the r er plane of the prism. The telescope and the prism are so placed that the deviation of the rays Ihhe soda flame are at a minimum, and the red and violet lines of the potassium flame fall at »< al distances from the middle of the field of view. When the flame is put opposite the tube that i. the slit, the table is made to rotate until the spectrum is seen with the greatest amount of light. T keep off dust and extraneous light from the prism and the telescopes, the centre of the apparatus i )vered with a black leather cap. c c c 978 experiments on coloured flames. a. salt to be tried is taken up on the end of the platm^ we ^ou_,’ 45Q2 ^ ^ . g attached g f wire is put upon ^ d of the support *4502, and thus makes it easy to pu tt, S3SJS?. the flame. Anotom^hod of Se^iSrS^ffif r£rSd Si t wSeaSL 0 A to be tried cin be pu|* the flame. Blowpipe Experiments on Coloured Flames. 4507. Many salts ““ ’^S SSfftSAlS ‘Xn^me/was given ^VSoVl" M “ ip ' ton ’ ^"T 1838. The method of operating is represented in Pigs. 4o07 ana 40U0. 4 r 07 4508. In Fig. 4507 the Mi £ b^e| In Pig. 4508 the salt, held^ e]lo ^ fl ^ e whei tried as 4507 ; potash gives a violet-cofi Soda gives a large and bnUjfl y da fl that a m i x ture of 300 parts of potash and h flame, but so much more feeble than chloride held as in 4508, and wetted with i|te of soda shows only the yellow flam. j pride sa i ts 0 f the earths give their char act ist gives a MW crimson 1“ S addAnd tried as 4508, but Insoluble salts ar<£ colours best when iment ‘ req „ire only the ordinary blowpipe supports, which, 6 X tSt^eTefully wSheSstilled water, and never be wetted in the mouth. Apparatus for Changing the Colours of Blowpipe Flames. 4509 Square Plate of Blue Glass, through which to examine the Colon, 45x0. 141 examine the colours of Blowpipe flames, size - • ’ ’ ’ s inch wide. 9 inches long, ] of the prism Fig. 4510, 3s. The appearances of coloured flames are so curiously changed i AWy. are looked at through these blue diaphragms, that different Elements 0 can be discriminated when their salts are mixed together. e T& YdtotfSme 8 oTSum becomes light blue when seen either through the blue gloss “k ’it Violet flame of Potassium is visible through the blueglasa and thebtai licjnid 4510. The followii; i large ■ Consequeidly, the* prese^e of pot&ssium can be easily detected in the presence of a ° f c SO The m Crimson flame of Lithium can be seen through the indigo prism, hut not through tlrl ^Consequently, potassium can be found in the presence of lithium by using.the blue3 da| lithium can be found in the presence of sodium by using the prism. A mixture of the three meta ^ an orange flame naturally; but when this is seen through the blue glass, only the violet hi potassium appears, and when seen through the mdigo prism, only the crimson flame of hth* aP £r e farther details consult Cartmell, Philos. Mag., Nov. 1858; and Bunsen, Annali ^^When^coaf gas is available, the observations on coloured flames can in many cases be veil mX by usinl the apparatus represented by Figs. 4501, 4502, 4503, and dispensing wil blowpipe. BLOWPIPE APPARATUS FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. 379 3ABINETS OP BLOWPIPE APPARATUS SUITABLE FOR QUALITATIVE EXPERIMENTS. j >20. The Cabinets, Nos. 4521 to 4527 contain the Instruments and Tests necessary for Qualita- Analyses by the Blowpipe. The sets are prepared with apparatus of the newest and most proved patterns, and they are more or less complete according to their respective Prices. The !?3S, Nos. 4522 to 4527 are made of japanned tinplate, in a flat rectangular form, with divisions * eep the numerous small instruments in order ready for use ; somewhat as represented by Fig. 4520. '] pocket-ease, No. 4521, has no divisions in it. None of these cabinets contain the articles neces- af for Plattner’s Quantitative operations, nor for experiments in the wet way. he marginal numbers printed in the lists of contents refer to descriptions or figures of the articles iii in the preceding pages. n. POCKET CABINET OF BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, contained in a Japanned tinplate case, oval form, with pull-off cover, size 5 inches high, and the oval 1|- by 3 inches, price 10s. 6d. t Contents as follow .— ft. Flexible Blowpipe. 1. Tongs with Platinum points, ft. Platinum Foil, two pieces, fj. Platinum Wire, three pieces, ft. Platinum Capsule, 1 inch, ft. Copper Wire, 12 inches, ft Charcoal Supports (eighteen) fta. Wires to hold ditto (two). E Porcelain Crucible for ditto, ft Spatula and Spoon, albata. 4360. Open Glass Tubes, 4) inch (six). 4363. Closed Glass Tubes, 2 inch (three). 4363. Closed Glass Tubes, 1$ inch (three). 4365. Glass Bulb Tube. 43676. Glass Bulb Tube. Borax in a bottle. Soda ditto. Microcosmic Salt ditto. Cobalt Nitrate ditto. Japanned Tin case. ) .a. Pocket Blowpipe Lamp, cylindrical form, with screw cap to prevent the escape of oil. Price 2s 380 BLOWPIPE APPARATUS FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. 4522. CABINET OF BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, containing the principal j struments required in the Study of Blowpipe Analysis and for the idei fication of most Mineral and Chemical substances, arranged in one divided case, of Japanned tinplate, size II inches long, inches wide, ij inch deep. Price 21s. Contents 4200. Conical Blowpipe. 4213. Extra Nozzle for ditto. 4218. Drill to clear Blowpipe nozzle. 4230. Blowpipe Lamp on Stand. 4249. Cotton Wick for Lamp. 4410a. Brass Tongs to trim Lamp. 4270. Platinum Wires (2). 4277. Platinum Foil (2). 4282. Tongs with Platinum points. 4276. Copper wire, thin, 12 inches. Borax in a bottle. Soda in a bottle. Microcosmic Salt in a bottle. Cobalt Solution in a bottle. 4321. Charcoal Supports (36). 4320. Porcelain Crucibles for ditto ( 2 ). 4523. COLLECTION OF BLOWPIPE APPARATUS arranged in two divi: Japanned tin Cases, measuring lOf inches in length, inches in win: and respectively 1 f inch and If inch in depth. Price £3 13s. 6d. Contents:— of this Collection : 4321a. Wire Supports for Crucible (2). 4284. Platinum Capsule, \ inch. 4395. Blowpipe Hammer. 4397. Blowpipe Anvil. 4411. Porcelain Mortar and Pestle. 4409. Spatula and Spoon, albata. 4436. Tinfoil, 6 rolls. 115. Glass Stirrer, 3 and 6 inch. 2423. Test Papers, 5 books. 4360. Open Glass Tubes, 6 inch (12). 4370. Bulb and Arsenic Tubes ( 6 ). 4363. Closed Glass Tubes, 3 inch (4). 4363. Ditto 2 inch (4). 4363. Ditto 1^ inch (4). Japanned Tin Case. 4200. Conical Blowpipe. 4213. Extra nozzle for ditto. 4218. Drill to clear Blowpipe nozzle. 4232. Blowpipe Lamp with screw-cap. 4241. Brass Lamp Support. 4249. Cotton Wick for Lamp, 1 yard. 4414a. Iron Tongs to trim Lamp. 4281. Tongs with Platinum points, best. 4270, Platinum Wires ( 6 ). 4277. Platinum Foil (3). 4276. Copper Wire, thin, 12 inches. 4321. Charcoal Supports (36). 4320. Porcelain Crucibles for ditto ( 2 ). 4321a. Wire Supports for ditto ( 2 ). 4322. Iron Mould for making Pastilles. 4307. Charcoal Mixture for ditto. 4349. Support for showing Sublimates. 4351. Clay Support for Cupels. 4414. Iron Tongs with Spoon. 4284. Platinum Capsules, i inch (2). Ditto, f inch, with handle. Ditto, 1 inch, with handle. 4283. Steel Spring Tongs to hold ditto. 4399. Steel Crushing Mortar. 44006. Agate Pestle and Mortar, 2 inch. 4395. Blowpipe Hammer. 4397. Blowpipe Anvil. 4404. Steel Spatula. 4409. Albata Spatula and Spoon. 4424. Magnetised Chisel. 4421. Flat File for testing minerals. 4422. Triangular Cutting File. 115. Glass Stirrers, 3 and 6 inch. 4360. Open Glass Tubes, 6 inch (12). 4363. Closed Ditto 3 inch (4). 4363. Ditto 2 inch (4). 4363. Ditto I 5 inch (4). 4375. Arsenic Tubes, 3 sorts ( 6 ). 4367. Bulb Glass Tubes, 3 sorts ( 6 ). 4436. Tin Foil, 6 rolls. 2423. Test Papers, 5 books. Potassium Bisulphate Cobalt Nitrate Potassium Cyanide Borax Soda Microcosmic Salt Bone Ashes' Gypsum Nitre Silica Fluorspar Lead Iron Wire Graphite Starch Bock Salt Nickel Borate Potassium Oxalate Boracic Acid Pair of Divided Japanned Tin Cases. ) in stoppei j glass botti in large| >den bo J wooden 4524. COLLECTION OF BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, arranged in two div e Japanned tin Cases. Price £3 3s. Contents. Precisely the same as the preceding collection, excepting that the f inch and 1 u Platinum Capsules are omitted. BLOWPIPE APPARATUS FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. 381 |525. COLLECTION OF BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, arranged in TWO DIVIDED Japanned tin Cases. Price £2 12s. 6d. Contents. —The same Cabinets and the same articles as No. 4523, with the following alterations :— (he Platinum Capsules of £ inch and 1 inch diameter are omitted; the Steel Crushing Mortar, io. 4399, is omitted; the Platinum-pointed tongs, No. 4281, are exchanged for No. 4282; and the j gate Mortar, No. 44006 is exchanged for No. 4400a. The other articles are the same, both in umber and quality, as in the collection at £3 13s. 6 d. >26. Solid Mahogany Cabinets, French polished with lock and key, of a size to hold the two japanned cases with the collections of apparatus Nos. 4523, 4524, or 4525, price 10s. 6d. extra. >27. COLLECTION OF BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, very complete, for Qualitative Analysis, arranged in Three Divided Japanned Tin Cases, measuring 10f inches in length, 7| inches in width, and respectively 2 inches, inches, and 1| inches in depth. The Set, price £5 5s. Contents of this Collection of Apparatus :— 04. i 13 . 32. 41. 18 . 14a. 49. 31. 70. 474. 477 . 7G. 156. S3. >4. NS4. 4. ! 1 . 0 . 1 a. (5 d. 2 . 7. 9. !3. 3. 0 . 0 . bo. Conical Blowpipe, brass. Extra nozzle, for ditto. Lamp with screw cap. Plattner’s Brass Stand for lamp. Drill to clear Blowpipe nozzle. Iron Tongs to trim lamp. Cotton Wick for lamp, 2 yards. Tongs with Platinum points, best. Platinum Wires (12). Handle and box for Platinum Wires Platinum Foil ( 8 ). Copper Wire, line, 2 feet. Platinum Spoon with handle. Spring Steel Tongs, to hold ditto. Platinum Capsules \ inch ( 2 ). ditto. £ ,, ditto. 1 ,, Charcoal Pastilles (72). Porcelain Crucibles for ditto (2). Wire Supports for ditto ( 2 ). Porcelain Capsules, 1 inch (3). Iron Mould for making Pastilles. Charcoal mixture for ditto. Support for showing Sublimates. Clay Support for Cupels. Blowpipe Hammer. Blowpipe Crucible and Cover. Porcelain Crucible and Cover. Porcelain Cup, fig. 1. ditto fig. 2 . ditto fig. 3. Potassium Bisulphate \ Potassium Cyanide Cobalt Nitrate Borax Soda Mircrocosmic Salt Bone Ashes In stoppered glass bottles. In large wooden boxes. 14. Blowpipe Anvil, If inch. 4400 c. Agate Mortar and Pestle, 2| inch. 4399. Steel Crushing Mortar. 4409. Spatula and Spoon, albata. 4404 Steel Spatula. 4414. Iron Tongs with Spoon. Steel Tongs fine bent points. 4422. Triangular Cutting File. 4421. Flat File for trying Minerals. 4424. Magnetised Chisel. 4415. Cutting Plyers. 4430. Pair of Bar Magnets in box. 4402. Brass Scoop for powders. 4425. Plate to try streak of minerals. 4360. Open Glass Tubes, 8 inch (12). 4363. Closed Glass Tubes, 3 inch (4). 4363. ditto ditto 2 ,, (4). 4363. ditto ditto 1$ ,, (4). 4371,5. Arsenic Tubss, 3 sorts ( 6 ). 4370. Bulb Glass Tubes, 3 sorts ( 6 ). 4365. ditto ditto ( 6 ). 115. Glass Stirrers, 3 and 6 inch (4). Glass pipette for Cobalt drops, (3). 4436. Tin Foil, 12 rolls. 2423. Test Paper, 6 books. 1S00. Flat Porcelain Capsule 1 £ inch. Gypsum Nitre Silica Fluorspar Lead Iron Wire Graphite Starch Bock Salt Nickel Borate Potassium Oxalate Boracic Acid Three Japanned Tin Cases with divisions. In small boxes with screw top. R8. Solid Mahogany Cabinet, French polished, with lock and key, of a size to hold the three japanned tin cases containing the foregoing collection of Blowpipe Apparatus, price 15s. extra. 882 blowpipe apparatus FOR QUALITATIVE Analysis. CABINETS OP BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, AFTER TH METHOD OP PLATTNER, SUITABLE BOTH FO QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 4529. COMPLETE SET OF PLATTNER’S BLOWPIPE APPARATUS, ma; precisely after his patterns and in the first style of workmanship, £24 The apparatus and tools are arranged in a mahogany box, which measures 12 by 9 by 7 inch:, , nr,tains several boxes and trays, lined with velvet into which the instruments are sui There is a special box that contains the fine balance and weights, and all that concerns the operat i of weighing^ A mahogany box, measuring 12 by 9 by 4 inches, contains the bottles and boxes tl. are filled with reagents, solid and liquid. Several small boxes contain the various glass vessels operations to be performed in the wet way. A box for the capsules and crucibles that are madejt charcoal and clay, according to Plattner’s directions. A folding mahogany glass case for the balam These comprise m all 4 packages, which are inclosed for travelling m a strong divided leather cb studded with brass knobs, and which measures 14 inches m length, 12 inches in width, and 12 me in depth. The Contents of this Collection are as follows :— In most instances, the figures referred to in the marginal numbers, agree with the articles in J cabinet • but in some cases, there are differences which are not exactly represented by the woodqi in the preceding pages. These are either left without reference, or else reference is made to >■ nearest approximate figures. 4235. 4241. 4243. 4243. 4203. 4215. 4380. 4396. 4398. 4416. 4418. 4281. 4411. 4412. 4424. 4304 a. 43046. 4304 c. 4421. 4422. 4423. 4245. 4246. 4345. 4329a, 4343. 47. 4330. 4333. Brass Lamp. Brass Stand. Support for Basins. Support for Crucibles. Lamp Chimney. Support for ditto. Double funnel ring. Blowpipe (Argentan). Platinum nozzles (3). Cupel support. Hammer, polished. Anvil, polished. Plyers, polished. Cutting Plyers, polished. Tongs with Platinum points. Tongs to trim lamp. Pine Brass Tongs. Magnetic Chisel. Charcoal Borer, ditto, ditto. Flat File. Triangular File. Bat Tail File. Bottle for Oil. Bottle for Spirit. Box for Crucibles and Capsules. Box for Square Charcoals. J-apanned Funnel for Oil. Mould for Clay Crucibles. Steel Crushing Mortar. Charcoal Roasting Furnace. Platinum Wire and Foil for ditto. 4400 c. 4274. 4270. 4285 a. 4285 6. 4286. 4384. 4402. 4403. 4420. 4385. 4441. 4340. 4440. 4419. 4389. 4404. 4434. 4432. 4406. 4300. 4249. 4387. 4329. 43226 4344 4342. 4326. 4325. Agate Mortar 2] inch. Platinum Wire Holder. Platinum Wires. Platinum Spoon, § inch. ditto. | inch. Handle for ditto. Sieve for fine Lead. Mixing Capsule, brass. ditto. horn. Penknife, folding. Measure for Lead. Cylinder for Soda papers. Mould for Clay Capsules. Soda papers in box. Strong Scissors, 44 inch. Ivory Scale for Gold Beads. Iron Spatula, polished. Spirit Lamp, brass top. Double Lens. Brush for Beads of metal Ivory Spoon. Charcoal Saw. Cotton Wick, 1 yard. Assay Balance, with weights, nipp 2 pairs Gold capsules, 1 pair 1 capsules; 2 gilt plates, 2 glasses, rv spoon, &c., in a box. Charcoal Crucibles and Covers (6). Rectangular Charcoal (2). Clay Crucibles (12). Clay Capsules (8). Charcoal Crucibles (12). Charcoal Capsules (12). BLOWPIPE APPARATUS FOR QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. 383 ^lattner’s Complete Set of Blowpipe Apparatus, continued — The following for Experiments in the Wet Way, hut including all the Reagents for loth Wet and Dry Way. Bottles ,'oz with ground stoppers and engraved name (14), containing :— Sulphuric Acid. Nitric Acid. Hydrochloric Acid. Acetic Acid. Ammonia. Potash. Soda. Ammonium Sulphide. Cobalt Nitrate. Alcohol. Platinum Chloride. Boracic Acid, fused. Ammonia Carbonate. Potash Bisulphate. Bottles \ oz. glass stoppers with labels (9), containing:— Bone Ash, sifted. Bone Ash, washed. Borax glass. Ammonia Molybdate. Iron Sulphate. Plattner’s Flux. Potassium Cyanide. ,, Antimoniatc. ,, Oxalate. Turned Wooden Boxes with pull-ofF Tops, labelled (22), containing :— Oxalic Acid. Charcoal and Clay. Microcosmic Salt. Borax. Soda Carbonate. Assay Lead. Nitre cryst. Graphite. Sodium Chloride. Starch. Iron Wire. Arsenic. Fluorspar. Silica. Copper, Black Oxide. ,, Sulphate. Potassium Ferrocyanide. Lead Acetate. Sal Ammoniac. Nickel Oxalate. Tartaric Acid. Gypsum. Porcelain :— 4450 b. Deep Capsules, If inch (2). 1800,12. Flat Capsules, lg inch (2). 1800,12. ditto. 1^ „ 1800,12. ditto. If „ 1800,12. ditto. 2 ,, Glass Apparatus :— 4472. Schuster’s Bottle with tube. 4453. Beaker Glasses, 2f inch (2). 4460. Glass Funnels 1inch (2). 4470. Glass Stirrers, 3 inch (2). 4454. Watch Glasses If inch (2). Bulb Pipette, small (2). 4373. Arsenic Tubes (4). 4371. ditto. (2). Potassium Sulphate, in paper. Platinum flat Wires (5). Slip of thin Silver. Slip of thin Tin. 1725. Washing Bottle, 2oz. 4365. Bulb Tubes (6). 4370. ditto. (6). 4366. Holder for hot tubes. 4360. Open Glass tubes, 10in., (6). 4457. Tube frame for 6 Tubes. 4456. Test Tubes to fit it (6). Boxes and Cases, as enumerated above. i*30. Another Cabinet of Plattnee’s Blowpipe Apparatus, suitable both for Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis, in the same style as the foregoing set, but not quite so complete. It is without the folding glass case for the balance and the outer leathern case, and a few other articles. Price £18. A 31. Apparatus for Quantitative Analyses only. Those who already possess the ordinary blowpipe apparatus for qualitative experiments, and Ish to add to their collection, the instruments necessary for quantitative experiments and A pkllation, can select them from the preceding lists, to suit their requirements. ‘*32. Cabinets of Apparatus and Tests for Analyses in the Wet Way, are described in a subsequent section of this work. 384 apparatus for 2\ssanui0 auk fro IJIcialluigi Iptrafuras in (General. In. this section only those articles are noticed which especially belong to the ifoleit qjf the systematic plan of this work, will direct the enquirer to the desired information. CUPELLATION. 4540 . 4540. 4541. 4542. Cupelling Furnace, of wrought-iron plate, lined with fire-clay, with two openings for heating a tube, form of Fig. 4540. This size of furna. A . - . /> (VI *__ 1 -• y-J O I 1-1 rt U A UUoJLllIlgb 1U1 IlCdtLllg Oj O # . . V _ _ suitable for a muffle measuring inside 9 inches long and 4* inches The fire-room is 10 inches long, and 9 inches wide, £o os. Muffles for this furnace, each 3s. A Larger Cupelling Furnace, also of wrought-iron plates lined with^ clay, Berlin pattern ; this furnace is in three pieces. The fire-room inches long, and 12 inches wide. rrVlA inside floo inches long, and 5 inches wide, £7. Ill llli -- ; The inside floor of the muffle; CUPELLATION, 385 »43. Muffles for the Cupelling Furnace, No. 4542, each 3s. 6d. >44. Fireclay, prepared, in powder, requisite for fixing the muffles in the door of the furnace, and for repairing cracks in the lining of the furnace, 28 lb. for 2s. |’45. Muffles, Fireclay, best London make, Fig. 4545. Orders for Muffles should state the external length, breadth, and height with precision. They can be supplied up to 12 in. long, by 8 in. wide. I For prices of Muffles, see Nos. 4546 and 4547. !46. French Cupelling Furnaces, oval form, fireclay, style of Fig. 4546, with double sets of doors, and separate base. Paris make. Approximate Measurements : Inner Dimensions of tlie Furnaces. Corresponding Muffles. No. Length. Width. Price. Width. Height. Length. Price. Inches. Inches. £ a. In hes. Inches. Inches. s. d. 1 7 5 1 7 a* 2 4 J 3 2 8 6 2 5 3* 4f 1 9 3 9 7 3 3 3 5 2 0 4 10 8 4 10 4* H 6 2 G 5 11 9 G 0 5 4 1 2 3 0 The French muffles are thin, porous, and tender. The English muffles, No. 4545 id 4547 are stouter, harder burnt, and less fragile. 4546. 4547. D D D 386 CUPELLATION. 4547. Cupelling Furnaces of Fireclay, London make, square form, Fig. 4547. Approximate Measurements of tlie Furnaces. Corresponding Muffles. Height Outside, Not Including the Base. Height. Price. No. Diameter Inside Square. Price. Width. Inches. Inches. £ a. Inches. Inches. s. d. 2 6 1 9i 19 2 4 31 21 2 2 10 20 2 10 4 n 2 9 3 loi 21 2 16 41 3 3 3 4 11 22 3 10 5 H 3 6 5 12 24 4 0 5f 3f 3 9 6 13 26 5 0 6 . 3f 4 6 4548. Assay Balances. Consult the article on Balances, commencing at page 40 especially at the following numbers : i 418. Assay Balance in mahogany glass case, £3 3s. 434. Ditto, in a box without glass-case, £2 10s. 419. Another Assay Balance, in glass case, £8 8s. 420. Best Assay Balance, in glass case, £28. 464. Assay Weights for gold, 1 gramme = 1000, 30s. 465. Assay Weights for silver, 1 gramme = 1000, 30s. Tools used with the Cupelling Furnace. 4549. Iron Rod, or Poker, for arranging the fuel in the furnace, Fig. 4549, 3 fee long, | inch diameter, 2s. 6d. 4550. Ditto, larger, 31 feet long, i inch diameter, 3s. 4549. 4551. 4552. 4551. Bar Scraper, for clearing the grate, detaching slags, and causing the fuel t' descend in the furnace, Fig. 4551, 3 feet long, f inch rod, 3s. 6d. 4552. Long Iron Rod, flattened (chisel form) at one end, and a ring at the othe) 3 feet long, f inch rod, Fig. 4552, 3s. 4553. 4553. Cupel Tongs, or Long Iron Tongs, for removing Cupels into or out of th Muffle, elastic iron, 30 inches long, form of Fig. 4553, 5s. 4554 . "- 4554. Cupel Tongs, for removing Cupels into and from the Muffle, form of Fi| 4554, made of elastic iron, 30 inches long, 5s. CUFELLATI ON. PARTING. 387 55. Scorifier Tongs for lifting Scorifiers or Cupels and arranging them in the Muffle, Fig. 4555. Elastic iron, length, 25 inches, two sizes, each Is. 6d. 4555. A. with the jaws 1 inch wide. B. with the jaws If inch wide. .56. Cupel Moulds, form of Fig. 4556. The parts a, b, c , of polished iron, handle of boxwood. No. 1. For Cupels of 1 inch diameter, 9s. „ 2. For Cupels of If inch diameter, 10s. 6d. ,, 3. For Cupels of If inch diameter, 10s. 6d. „ 4. For Cupels of 2 inch diameter, 14s. 57. Cupel Moulds, form of Fig. 4556, but made entirely of boxwood or other tough wood that will bear blows and pressure. No. 1. For 1 inch Cupels, 3s. „ 2. For If inch Cupels, 3s. 6d. ,, 3. For If Cupels, 4s. ,, 4. For 2 Cupels, 5s. 58 Wooden Mallet for driving the Die into the c Ring of the Cupel Mould, Fig. 4558, 33. 59. Cupels of any size made to order. The 4556. 60. Cupel Trays with square divisions, finch deep, the holes of any size and of any number. Prepared to order. 61. Flatting Mill, a pair of Steel Rollers, mounted in an iron frame, for rolling metal into sheets; used especially for flattening alloys of gold and silver, in preparation for the operation of parting, 3 inch rollers, £7. 62. Hammer for flattening Buttons of Metal in Silver Assaying, small size, 2s. 6d. 63. Ditto, large size, 3s. > 04. Hammer for flattening Buttons of Gold, weight about six pounds, bright face, 6s. 65. Assay Pots, for melting gold (Cornet Pots), Fig. 4505. A. If inch high, If inch diameter, per dozen, 2s. 6d. B. If inch high, 1| inch diameter, per dozen, 2s. 6d. C. 2f inch high, 2 inch diameter, per dozen, 3s. GLASS PARTING FLASKS, for assaying alloys of gold and silver. 70. Conical form of flask, flat bottom, with welt rouud the neck, Fig. 4570, 4 ounce size, per dozen, 3s. 6d. 4565. 457*. 4571. ASSAY OF SILVER BY THE WET WAV. 3S8 4571. French form of flask, with long neck, Fig. 4571, of 3, 2, 3, 4, or 5 ounces t j capacity, per dozen, 2s. fid. . jl 4572. Pear Shaped form of flask, round bottom, Fig. 4572, 3 ounce size, r dozen, 2s. 6d. n 0 , 4573. Iron Tongs, for lifting Hot Parting Flasks, Fig. 4570, ^ s - 3 ^- 4574. Iron Tongs, mounted with cork, lor lilting hot flasks, Fig. 4574, Is. 6 . ASSAY OF SILVER BY THE WET WAY. According to Gay Lnssac. 4son This process is described in detail in Roret’s Manuel complet de VEssayeur. An abstract given in SglSTn Mitchell’s Manual of Assaying, In both these works “^ents. fiven in Grammes and Centimetre Cubes. In Miller s Elements of C'Aemwtry, i856, voL n., p Jt J the process is described with reference to English grains The graduation of the» «WJ™tu j be made to suit either of these methods of reckoning. In the following L st, the apparatus posed to be divided into Centimetre Cubes. It is particularly requested that in any orde gi J this apparatus, it will be stated whether French or English graduation is desired.. 4581. Large Stoneware Jar, for graduated salt test j containing 90 litres, with th| necks, and gauge tube, graduated to show spaces ol 5 litres, 42s. 4582. Safety Tube, to supply air to this jar, Is. 3d. 4583. Glass Stopcock, 3s. 6d. , . 4584. Woulff’s Bottle, with Three Necks, size 5 litres, to be mounted m a. *i bath, by which the temperature can be adjusted for the supply oi >■ solution, for use in very cold weather, 6s. 6d. , 4585. Standard Thermometer, 100° C. enclosed in glass tube, with.cork, l ^6d.| 4586. Double air-way Stopcock and connector, for pipette, with Mohi s pmc ■ (on the plan recommended by Varrentrap. See Handworterbueh, der CteW VII. 921) ; the object of which plan is to supply the salt solution witnM its coming into contact with any metal, 31s. 6d. a 4587. Pipette, to measure 100 CC of salt solution, with male screw to fix it, an a space on the neck of the tube of 2 CC divided into io CC, to mcr ,1 diminish the measure delivered by 1 or more thousandth parts, accordi to the temperature of the liquor at the time ; with a brass spring clipi_ to tne temperature ui iujuu! « , -- *•, j direct the eye upon the proper line of graduation that^is to be observe , 4588. Mahogany Support for the Pipette, of the form of Fig. 2730, 5s. 4589. Pipette mounted with a Silver Stopcock, with double air-way, on the ong plan of Gay Lussac. (This is for use instead of No. 4586.) 45s. jj 4590. Bottle Holder, on Wheels, with small railway for bringing the bottle exa j under the delivery pipette for salt, with wiper for the pipette, L4s. J 4591. Bottles, 10 ounce size, narrow mouth, with stoppers ground to a c0 “® in | and numbers engraved on bottle and stopper, 1 to 10, the set, 8s. 0d. 4592. Gay Lussac’s Hot Water Bath, for 10 bottles, 20s. ; 4593. Small Bellows, with bent glass nozzle, for blowing nitrous acid out o bottles, 4s. 6d. „ ,, 4594. Caoutchouc Ball, with glass, Fig. 1733, for the same use as the Bell| 6 ounce size 3s. 4495. Circular Shaking Apparatus, for 10 Bottles, of zinc japanned gieen, 35s. 4596. Japanned Tin Case, for Shaking a Single Bottle by hand, 2s. ^ J 4597. Five Mohr's Brirettes, each containing 25 CC divided into -Jo ^C, provil with small pinchcocks and regulating screws, as represented by Fig. the object of which is to secure delivery of the decimal salt solution in f small drops of perfectly equal size, provided also with Erdmann s lie* Fi16. Nitric Acid, pure. spec, gravity, 1-38, per lb., Is. 6d. ‘Lattner’s Apparatus for estimating in the Wet Way the Per¬ centage of Gold contained in Crushed Quartz. 4625. Outline of the pix>cees for the extraction of Gold: ■— The rock quartz must be reduced to very tine powder. If that has not been done in the large way, it must be done by means of a pestle and mortar. A quantity is then to be weighed off for testing. The apparatus described below serves to operate upon 2 lb. or 21 lb. avoirdupois of the ore. The powder must be thoroughly roasted at a red heat, to expel sulphur, arsenic, and other volatile substances. The roasted ore is then mixed with water, and is put wet into the glass cylinder C of Fig. 4625. Materials for producing chlorine gas are put into the flask A ; the gas is washed in the bottle B, passed slowly and continuously through the cylinder C, and Anally into the jar D, where the superfluous chlorine is absorbed by alcohol placed on eral folds of blotting paper. The gold contained in the cylinder C becomes converted into chloride 4625. 390 ASSAY OF GOLD ORE BY THE WET WAY. I of gold. The apparatus.. Fig. 4625 is then dismounted. The chloride of gold is washed out the°eylinder C with water, and the gold contained in the solution is precipitated by a solution' ferrous sulphate. The gold is collected, washed, and weighed. 4626. APPARATUS FOR THIS PROCESS:— a. Translation of Plattner’s detailed Instructions for this process, Is. b . Apparatus for Pulverising the Quartz. See Steel Crushing Mortars, page especially No. 49, and Agate Mortars, page 6, especially No. 52. c . Apparatus por Weighing the Ore for Testing. See Balance, No. 441; ail; Weights, No. 459. d. For Weighing the Gold Extracted from the Ore. The gold being obtain in but minute quantities a fine balance and delicate wetghts are requir to weigh it. See Nos. 434, 445, 435, and others in the Section on Weig ing, page 38. 4627. Apparatus for Roasting the Ore. a. French fireclay Chauffer, Fig. 803, 8 inch, 9s. b . Blower for ditto, to raise the heat, Fig. 797, 2s. c . Cast iron triangle to support the Tray on the Chauffer, Is. d. Iron Tray in which to roast the ore over the Chauffer, 6 inches square, Is. 6< e. Iron Spatula to stir the hot ore, 9d. /. Pair of crucible Tongs to hold the Tray, Is. 2d. g. Iron Mortar and Pestle to grind the ore after roasting, Fig 44, 5 inch, 2s. h. Horse-shoe Magnet to extract particles of Iron from the roasted ore, 5 inc Is. 6d. i. China Tray in which the roasted ore is mixed with •water, Is. 6d. 462 8. Apparatus for Saturating the Ore with Chlorine as represented by Fig. 46: Consisting of Iron retort stand, tinned iron sandbath, spirit lamp, flask; prepare chlorine gas, wash bottle, cylinder to contain the pounded o condensing jar for excess of gas : with glass tubes and caoutchouc fitting size to operate upon 2 or 2^ lbs. of ore, price 16s. If supplied with extra gas bottle and set of extra tubes, 18s. 4629. Apparatus for Extracting the Chloride of Gold and Precipitating til Gold. a. Set of Four Beaked Tumblers, 2s. 6d. b . Glass Funnel, 2^ inch, 3d. c . 100 Circular Filters for ditto, Od. The ring of the Stand in Fig. 4625 serves to support the funnel. d. Washing Bottle to wash the gold on the filter, Is. 6d. e\ Two flasks for preparing solution of ferrous sulphate, 6d. /. Porcelain Basin in which to dry the filter and precipitate, 2f in. wide, 4d. 4630. Chemicals Required for this Process :— a. Manganese peroxide, per lb., 2^d. b . Sulphuric Acid, commercial, per lb , 2d. c . Hydrochloric Acid, commercial, per lb., 2d. d. Ferrous Sulphate (Iron Protosulphate), pure, per lb., 2s. _ * APPARATUS FOR METALLURGIC OPERATIONS. 4640. Furnaces for Metallurgic Operations. Consult the Section on the various methods of producing and applying Heat, co; mencingatp. 71 ; see in particular, the blast furnaces of Deville, No. 770, Sefstroef No. 762, and Griffin, No. 1100. APPARATUS FOR METALLURGY OPERATIONS. 391 LI. Crucibles Required by Metallurgists. Consult the Section on Crucibles, commencing at page 136. 12. Crucibles, conical form, Fig. 4642, with spout, wrought iron, without covers, 4 inches deep outside, 3£ inches deep inside, 2§ inches across the mouth, thickness of metal ^ inch, holds 8 ounces of water, 3s. 13. Crucibles, wrought iron, very stout, Fig. 4643, without cover, no spout, 4 inches high outside, 3| inches deep inside, 2^ inches wide inside, thickness of metal -] inch, holds 6 ounces of water, 5s. 4642. 4643. |L4. Mould for making Small Crucibles for the Assay of Iron Ores, and other Metallurgic Experiments. Accompanied by a second Mould for making Covers for the Crucibles. See Percy’s Metallurgy, I., 228-230. 'he Crucibles made by this mould are about 2 inches high by 1] inch wide. The use of the Vi if 1 1 \\ i \ \ } 1 Vv_ \ V J ild is fully described by Dr. Percy, brains of ore are operated upon. The Crucibles serve for the assay of iron ores when only 14a. Best make, solid Boxwood and Gun Metal, finely finished, the pair of moulds , 33s. |L46. Second Quality, made of Mahogany, and less finely finished, the pair of moulds, 16s. 6d. Il5. Apparatus for Boring Cavities in the small crucibles when lined with charcoal. Preparation of creusets brasquds. Consisting of a pair of borers, see Percy’s Metallurgy, I., 230, price 7s. I ke Crucible is made by means of the apparatus No. 4644. It is filled with charcoal powder led with a little starch paste or treacle, and rammed in close. The hole is first cut with a borer ling cutting edges, and it is then pressed with a round smooth borer, to give it an even surface. |;6. Roasting Dishes, fireclay, English, Fig. 4616, price per dozen : — 2|- inch, 3s. 3d. ; 3 inch, 3s. 9d.; 4 inch, 4s. 6d.; 5 inch, 5s. 7. The Set of Four Dishes, 2£ to 5 inches, Fig. 4647, Is. 6d. 4646. 4647. |8. Scorifiers, fireclay, English, Fig. 4648, price per dozen:— 4648. 1 inch to If inch, Is. 6d. 2 inch to 2 \ inch, 2s. 2^- inch to 2f inch, 2s. 6d. 3 inch to 3| inch, 3s. Crucible Tongs used by Metallurgists. |9. Consult the Section on Tongs at page 12 ; also those mentioned in the Section on Cupellation, page 386. The following are also useful:— [0. Crucible Tongs of the form of Fig. 4650, which either clip the crncible by the edge, or grasp it round the middle, the handles and as far as the hinge made of German silver, the prongs of iridium-platinum, 8 inches long, price 63s. |l. The same form in German Silver, 3s. 6d. For other varieties of small Tongs, see page 12. |2. Crucible Tongs for lifting Crucibles of 4 inch size into and out of a Furnace, 26 inches long, elastic iron, Fig. 4652, 5s. 4650. 392 APPARATUS FOR METALLURGIC OPERATIONS. 4653. Crucible Tongs for lifting Crucibles vertically, and pouring the metal fnfl them, basket form, Fig. 4653 ; the basket, 3 inches, length 30 inches, 5: 4654. Crucible Tongs for lifting Iron Crucibles, made with straight points, form 4 Fig. 4654, 27 inches long, 2s. 6d. 4655, Ditto with bent points, form of Fig. 4655, 27 inches long, 2s. 6d. Larger and stronger Tongs are quoted at page 13. Mortars, Iron, Bell-shaped, see page 5, No. 44. Sizes required, 5 to 12 inches diameter. Mortars, Iron, Hemispherical, see page 5, No. 45. Size required, 5 or 6 inches diameter. Mortars, Porcelain, see pages 6 to 8. Sizes required, between 4 and 6 inches diameter. Mortars, Steel, for Crushing Minerals, see page 5, No. 49. Mortars, Agate, see page 6, No. 52. 4657. Iron Moulds for Casting Ingots. When used, the Moulds should be made hot, slightly greased inside, and sifted over with “ charcoal dust. This prevents the adhesion of the fused metal to the mould. 4658. Ingot Mould, form of Fig. 4658, with two hemispherical holes, each If id diameter, and 1 inch deep, turned smooth, os. 4659. Ingot Mould, with long arm and wood handle, Fig. 4659, 4s. 6d, 4660. Ingot Mould, form of Fig. 4659, but with longer metal handle and woodap two holes, each 2£ inch diameter and inch deep, turned smooth, 5s. 4661. Ingot Mould, Conical form, Fig. 4661, depth inside 3j inches, diameteMI mouth, If, at bottom f inch, 4s. 4662. Ingot Mould, form of Fig. 4662, for producing small cones, size of cat; 2 inches diameter, 2 inches deep, 3s. 6d. APPARATUS FOR METALLURGIC OPERATIONS. 398 663. Ingot Mould for Small Bars, Fig. 4663, size of cavity 4f inch long, 1| inch wide, | inch deep, Is. 664 Long Ingot Mould, in Three Divisions, 1 by finch, if by f inch, 5f by finch, all i inch deep, with handle, Fig. 4664, Is. 6d. 665. Long Tin Assay Mould, for producing a Slab of Tin,of semi-cylindrical form, measuring 6f inches long, f inch wide, finch thick, Fig. 4665, Is. 6d. 46G6. 4667. 066. Ingot Mould for producing flat slabs of metal, mould of the form of Fig. 4666. tw r o pieces, secured together by a collar and screw, the inside filed smooth, Two sizes:— 366fl. For Slabs of metal measuring 4 inches long, If inch wide, A inch thick, 8s. >665. For Slabs of metal measuring 5 inches long, If inch wide, f inch thick, 9s. 367. Iron Moulds for casting narrow rods of caustic potash, pure zinc for Marsh’s Apparatus, &c. The cavities measuring W inch in width ; the mould in two pieces, connected by a collar with screws, as represented by Fig. 4667, or the larger sizes by Fig. 4666, the metal filed smooth inside, rough out¬ side. a. For 3 Bods of 3 inches, 6s. 6d. b. For 6 Bods of 3 inches, 8s. c. For 12 Bods of 3 inches, 10s. cl. For 18 Bods of 3f inches, 14s. e. For 24 Bods of 3f inches, 18s. * 68. Gun Metal Mould of the same description, filed smooth both within and without, to produce 3 rods, 12s. -•69. Miscellaneous Instruments and Tools. >70. Iron Slab, 12 inches square, If inch thick, smooth top, planed, 24s. >71. Plumber’s Scraper, for cleaning the surface of metals, with handle, Is. 6d. Fhe, with float cut, for rasping metals without becoming choked, Is. 6d. >73. Scratch Brush, for cleaning buttons of metal, Is. 6d. >/4. Copper Assay Scoops, length 10 inches, greatest width 4 inches, width at mouth If inches, 5s. 6d. 4675. l75. Copper Flux Spoon, figure 4675, 1^ inch long, 1 inch wide, ebony handle, 2s. 2 ditto. 1 ditto. ditto. 2s. 576. Sieves : see page 8. ‘ 77. Sieves, a set of six, wooden sides, copper bottoms, diameters from 6 to 12 t inches, apertures 6, 13, 25, 40, 60, and 80 to the inch, the set, 24s. 78. Box Sieve, 8 inches in diameter, with three divisions, size of gauze bottoms 100, 50, and 30 meshes to the lineal inch, with cover, see fig. 71, 4s. 6d. 79. Magnifying Lens, of three powers (for the pocket), for examining Crystals, ! Minerals, &c. See Nos. 4434, 4s., and 4435, 8s. 6d. 580. Shears for cutting Lead, Ac. See No. 142. '■81. Steel Anvils (Stakes) for crushing Minerals and flattening Beads of Silver, see page 2. 32. Massive Anvil, weight 281b., 30s. 83. Hammer, square face, for breaking Crucibles after a fusion, 2s. E E E 394 APPARATUS FOR METALLURGY OPERATIONS. I figure 4684. Steel Slice, for cutting the fused assay out of long, 3s. 4685. Gold-washing Basin, of stout Zinc, form of diameter, 15s. 4686. Apparatus for General Use in Analysis:— Spirit Lamps, Furnaces, Flasks, Beakers, Test Glasses, Baths, Filtering Apparatus, Evaporating Basins, Retorts and Receivers, Hydrometers, Stills, Gas Bottles, and other analytical apparatus, will be found under their respective heads in this work. 4687. Apparatus and Test Solutions for Volumetric Analysis. '4688. Blowpipe Apparatus. See page 351. an iron crucible, 30 inch 2685, 26 inches i 2685. See page 280. 4689. CHEMICALS REQUIRED FOR ASSAYING. The prices of the chemies cannot be stated, as they change daily, and depend not only on the mar l price, but on the quantity demanded :— Bone Ashes. Pure Lead. Carbonate of Soda. Refined Nitre. Borax. Litharge. Lead in foil. Fire Clay, for Luting. Cream of Tartar. Red Argol. Sal Ammoniac. Carbonate of Ammonia. Chlorate of Potash. Fluorspar. Black flux. White flux. Apparatus for the detection of Arsenic, described at page 396. IJlarsl/s Sr sente ®tsl. 700. Marsh’s Arsenic Appai’atus, for the detection of Arsenic contained in solutions of organic matter; consisting of a tube with two bulbs, fitted upon a mahogany stand, with brass stopcock and jet complete, Figure 4700, 6s. 701. The Two-bulb Glass Tube, without fittings, 2s. 702. White Biscuit Porcelain plate, for receiving the deposit of metallic Arsenic. when arseniuretted hydrogen gas is burnt at Marsh’s jet. a, 3 inches by 2 inches, 6d. b, 4 inches by 3 inches, Is. 703. Berzelius’s Apparatus for the decomposition of sulphide of arsenic by heating it with carbonate of soda in a current of dry hydrogen gas. Size of flask about 30 ounces, length of tubes a, b, c, about 30 inches, 5s. The mixture of sulphide of arsenic with dry carbonate of soda, is loosely fitted into a slight glass ibe, and that is pushed into the tube c. The tubes a and b are to contain substances to dry and urify the hydrogen gas. 704. Fresenius’s Apparatus for reducing Sulphide of Arsenic, comprising a gas bottle for hydrogen gas, a chloride of calcium tube, and a hard glass jet, arranged as represented by Fig. 4704, 4s. The stand is priced at page 33. a is a gas flask, b a tube containing chloride of calcium, c a hard glass tube in which, at the point d, placed a glass splinter containing a mixture of sulphide of arsenic and carbonate of soda. The maratus is filled with pure hydrogen gas, the point d is gently heated to expel moisture, and then iddeuly a very strong heat, such as that of a blowpipe, is applied to d, whereupon a metallic mirror arsenic is produced at e. 705. Regnault's Modification of Marsh’s Arsenic Apparatus, figure 4705. Price of the Gas Bottle, with the tubes a, b, c, d,f, and the iron screen e, 5s. 706. Mitscherlich’s Modification of Marsh’s Apparatus, figure 4706, with 6 copies of the tube e, 8s. 707. Extra copies of the Pipette a (wide branch 10 by £ inches), figure 4706, Is. 396 marsh’s arsenic test. The pipette a contains a rod of pure zinc, retained in its place by a spiral of copper wire, b a cylinder that contains the solution to be tested, filled up to the neck of the pipette; c, c, c, threes caoutchouc connectors, d a brass stopcock with an elbow piece ; this is secured to the tubes a and the arsenic remains in solution. When the current of gas ceases, the liquor in D is mixed with hydrochloric acid to throw down the excess of silver, and the liquor is filtered and evaporated 4 dryness. The product is pure arsenic acid, which can be submitted to its appropriate tests. i 307 Dr pint ^ralgsis. GRIFFIN’S GAS COMBUSTION FURNACE. Fig. 4720. The details of this Furnace are given at page 103. The furnace represented by Fig. 4720 is of the size commonly used for nitrogen analyses. It measures 17 inches in length within the upright ends, and has 24 Bunsen’s burners. Price £3 15s. 4720. . Furnaces of this construction of the following sizes are usually kept in stock. See page 103. No. Inside Length. No. of Burners. Price. 1079. 30 inches. 42 burners. £6 6s. 1080. 25 „ 36 £5 5s. 1081. 21 „ 30 £4 10s. 1082. 17 „ 24 »> £3 15s. 1083. 13 „ 18 £3 3s. . HOFFMANN’S GAS COMBUSTION FURNACE. Consult the section at page 100, where several sizes of this furnace are described. 4722. 398 ORGANIC ANALYSIS. 4723. Hoffmann’s Gas Combustion Furnace for use when oxygen gas is required complete the combustion. See page 101, £3 10s. 4724. Combustion Furnace, for use with Charcoal. This furnace, in the foi originally used by Liebig, is represented by Figs. 4743 and 4743 a. T improvements of Stenhouse are in some measure represented in Fig. 472 They consisted partly in turning over the tops of the slips of metal tl; form the tube supports, and increasing their number, and partly in reg! lating the draught of the grate by increasing the number of openings a. diminishing their size, price of the improved furnace, 24 inches long, made , stout sheet iron, 4s. 4725. Charcoal Tongs, see No. 120. A handy sort is the 16 inch, price Is. 9d. 4726. Fireclay Chauffer for bringing charcoal to a red heat, to feed the combusti, furnace, No. 805, 7 inches diameter, 8s. 4724. 4735. 4727. Chimney or Blower, to raise the heat of the chauffer, No. 797, 2s. 4728. Mortars and Pestles, broad and shallow form, with spouts, glazed insi with glazed pestle. Fig. 4728. No. 3. Semi-Porcelain, inches diameter, 2s. >) 4. ,, ,, 5 ,, ,, 2s. 3d. ,, 6. Dresden Porcelain, 5 inches diameter, 3s. 6d. m 7. ,, ,, 4 ,, ,, 2s. 9d. They may be had unglazed at the same prices. 4729. Glass Tube in which to weigh the substances to be analysed, Fig. 4729, L 4730. Drying Tube, namely, a bent tube in which organic bodies may be di d by placing the tube in a hot-bath of oil or water, and passing dry ■ through the tube, form of Fig. 4730 and a Fig. 473J, 9d. ORGANIC ANALYSIS. 399 U. Bath for the Drying Tube, Fig. 4731. This consists of the following articles :— 12. Iron Bath, such as No. 1227, 9 inch wide, 4£ inch deep, price Is. Gd., or No. 1226, 8 inch or £ gallon, price Is. 13. Chauffer for charcoal, No. 806, 9s., or a Gas Furnace, No. 982, price 12s. 14. Bent Chloride of Calcium Tube of large size, for drying air, Fig. 4734, and c, Fig. 4731, 8d. 15. Bent Chloride of Calcium and connecting tube, form of Fig. 4735, and d, Fig. 4731, Gd. 56. Plain Syphon, e a, Fig. 4731, 8d. 17. Long Funnel, 18 inch, Fig. 4731, 4d. 18. Woulff’s Bottle, 3 necks. See prices at page 151. Instead of a Woulffs Bottle any other form of Aspirator may be used. See page 22. 19. Begnault’s Apparatus for Drying Organic Substances previous to Analysis, as represented by Fig. 4739, consisting of one aspirator, two chloride of calcium tubes, and a bent tube, containing the organic body immersed in an iron water-bath, placed on a trivet over a furnace, the whole connected by glass and caoutchouc tubes, with two mahogany crook supports, 21s. lie prices of the articles separately, and of various sizes, may be found at the following places :— Chloride of Calcium Tubes, No. 2048 ; the Support, No. 398 ; the Aspirator, No. 250 ; the ■iug Tube, No. 4730 ; the Chauffer and Bath, as referred to in the preceding article, Nos. 4732, 3; D, Fig. 4755 represents another form of drying bath, which is heated by a spirit lamp. 0. Combustion Tube, being that part of the apparatus in which the organic substance is ignited with oxide of copper, or other oxidating substances, form of Fig. 4740, white Bohemian glass, of the most infusible quality, prepared for use:— 12 inch, 6d. 16 inch, 8d. 20 inch, 9d. 30 inch, Is. 400 ORGANIC ANALYSIS. 4741. Combustion Tube in lengths of from 3 to 4 feet, and of £ inch, f inch, a | inch bore. 1 lb. at Is. 4d. 20 lb. at Is. 2d. 50 lb. at Is. Purchasers are requested to state on tlieir orders which Bore of tube they wish to have. 1| page 21. 4742. Brass Wire Gauze to wrap round the tube to prevent its flexure at a hi i temperature, per square foot, Is. 6d. 4743. Liebig’s Potash Apparatus, with 5 bulbs, used to contain a solution of caus : potash, to absorb the carbonic acid produced during the combustion of organic body. See Fig. 2213, and m, r, Fig. HAS, packed in a paper box, Is. ( 4743 a. In Fig. 4743, the apparatus for organic analysis is arranged in order for a combustion, embraces the Furnace, No. 4724, a Combustion Tube, No. 4740, a Chloride of Calcium Tube, ] 4747, a Caoutchouc Connector, No. 4751, and the Potash Bulbs, No. 4743. 4744. Potash Apparatus, Geissler’s form, Fig. 4744, which stands steadily on 3 bul so connected together, as to ensure the effectual absorption of the g! without danger of the liquor running back into the combustion tube, 2s.' For other forms of Potash Bulbs, see articles on the absorption of gases, commencing at No. 21 page 243. 4745. Suction Tube, for filling the Bulb Apparatus with solution of caustic pota Fig. 4745, 4d. 4747. Chloride of Calcium Tube, for absorbing the water produced during a cc bustion, form of Fig. 4747, and b, Fig. 4743, of light German glass tu the wide tube measuring 4 inches by | inch, 2d. 4748. Ditto, larger size, the wide tube measuring 5| inches by £ inch, 3d. 4747. 4749. 4749. Chloride of Calcium Tube, with an extra bulb to condense part of the wsr produced before it reaches the chloride of calcium, form of Fig. 4749, 6d 4750. Marchand’s Chloride of Calcium Tube, form represented by Fig. 4750, Is. For other forms of chloride of calcium tubes, see Nos. 2048 to 2059, page 225. 4751. Caoutchouc Tubes for connecting: together the various pieces of g apparatus. No. 1953. The proper sort is the narrow vulcanised tubes, describes In Figs. 4743, 4739, &c., these tubes are represented as being tied with strings. The reas< is that the wood-cuts of those figures were engraved before the invention of vulcanised caoutcL t, When the latter is properly choseu, tying is unnecessary. 4752. Corks for closing the Combustion Tube. See No. 168. 4753. Caoutchouc Stoppers. See No. 193. 4754. Apparatus for heating Oxide of Copper to redness, to render it perfectly es described under No. 4758. £ is a pipette by which the solution of ash is passed through the mercury trough into the mixed gases. This ette is shown at large by Fig. 4760. 50. Potash Pipette, Fig. 4760, 6d. 51. Three-limbed or T-shaped Tube, used in the direct deter¬ mination of Nitrogen, namely, for connecting the Com¬ bustion Tube at the same time to the air syringe and by a gas-leading tube to the pneumatic trough. Fig. 4761. 6d. 52. Apparatus for determining Nitrogen quantitatively, Fig. 4762. 53. Graduated Gas Tube, B Fig. 4762, about 18 inches long, and 1 inch or 1^ inch bore, the glass -nr inch in sub¬ stance, graduated to show about 280 centimeter cubes, 12s. 6d. 54. The same, capacity about 16 or 17 cubic inches, graduated 4759. to show -gV cubic inch, 12s. 6d. 55. Gas leading Tube, U form, C Fig. . .... v 4762. for use with the above N apparatus, 39 inches long, 8d. 47G1. 30. Will and Varrentrapp’s Apparatus for the determination of Nitro¬ gen, by converting it into Ammonia, and collecting the Ammonia in Hydrochloric Acid, form of the Apparatus, Fig. 4766, thin hard German glass, 8d. 4760. FFF 402 ORGANIC ANALYSIS. 4767. Apparatus for the Collection of Nitrogen disengaged during the combustji of organic bodies, after the method of Simpson; glass receiver of the form of Fig. 4767, Is. 6cl. The use of this apparatus is described by Dr. Simpson, in the Quarterly Journal of the Chemical Society , 1S54, vol. vi. p. 2S9. 4768. Specific Gravity of Vapours, de¬ termination after the method of Dumas. Very light Flasks 4766. 4767. of thin German glass, suitable for this experiment; the bulb abou% inches diameter, with a long narrow bent neck, Is. fid. 4769. Cloez’s Apparatus for Combustions in Organic Analysis. In this apparatus the combustion is effected in a wrought iron tube, which is 45 inches long, s about § inch in bore. When heated, about 8 inches of it is allowed to project from each end of furnace. That leaves 29 inches in the furnace. The description of Tube is that described at page 144 of this work, and a suitable Furnace heating it is that described at No. 1065. A description of the mode of conducting an Organic Analysis with this apparatus is given in Annul, de Chirn. et de Phys. ser. III. 68, 394. Also in Fresenius’s Anleilung zur Quantitat. Chemischen Analyse , 1862, page 619. 4770. Pure Chemicals used in Organic Analysis :— Oxide of Copper, per lb., 7s. 6d. Ditto, dense, per lb., 8s. 6d. Chromate of Lead, pure, fused, per lb., 7s. Soda-Lime, per lb., 3s. Bichromate of Potash, cryst. per lb., 3s. Caustic Potash, partially purified, per lb., 3s. 6d. Chloride of Calcium, crude, dried, per lb., 2d. Chloride of Calcium, fused, per lb., 6d. Chlorate of Potash, cryst. per lb., 2s. Copper, in fine filaments, per lb., 6s. Copper Turnings, per lb., 2s. Copper Foil, per lb., 4s. Asbestus, in long white filaments, per lb., r Q ^ 2 1 II l otyyffgOATTy/'j | E in© ~ c St B X 4762. 40ft Mltdtons nnb Cabinets of Cljcmuat apparatus. ! In order to facilitate the comparison of the numerous details given in the following lecifications, the collections of Instruments have been arranged in Groups, accord- ig to the purposes for which they have been prepared. The numbers prefixed to e names of the Instruments refer to those numbers in Chemical Handicraft, in 1 lich Figures or Descriptions of the Instruments will be found. ioup I .—Collections of Apparatus for Amateurs, or for those beginning the study of Chemistry , Nos. 4780 to 4785. 80. APPARATUS and EXPERIMENTS Cabinets. Three PREPARATIONS CHEMISTRY, m Sizes— at 10s., 31s. for performing ELEMENTARY arranged in Portable Mahogany 6d., and 52s. 6d. I These Cabinets have been prepared to suit the wants of the student of Chemistry, who wishes to ssess the means of performing the experiments he witnesses at lectures, or finds described in )ks. They have been arranged with a view to practical utility, and are not mere toys. The idea they contain are of the best materia's and construction, and selected with due regard to their iptation to one another, and to their general utility. Even the cheapest collection (at 16s.) affords apparatus and materials for trying an extensive rauge of interesting experiments ; while the more >ensive collections, besides enabling the student to demonstrate the fundamental facts of Chemistry, vide him with the'apparatus and tests necessary for an effective course of qualitative analysis, ery article contained in these Cabinets is fully described in Griffin’s “Chemical Recreations,” ieh also contains those instructions on Chemical Manipulation, which are necessary to enable the 'inner to perform his experiments with safety and certainty of success. The following articles, required by the Experimental Chemist in large quantities, could not have :a included in the Cabinets without greatly increasing their bulk and price. They have therefore n omitted :—Distilled Water, Sulphuric Acid, Hydrochloric Acid, Nitric Acid, Ammonia. These y be obtained of any Chemist and Druggist. Separate Chests are prepared, containing Stoppered Bottles filled with Acids, Ammonia, &c., ier commercial or pure, suitable to any of the Laboratories. Uso, Collections of Stoppered Bottles, containing Solutions of all the principal Reagents in a state mrity. See No. 4809. SI. PORTABLE CHEMICAL CABINET, in Mahogany, price 10s. CONTENTS. 19. Retort Stand, one ring »2. Pestle and Mortar, No. 00, 2^ inch •1. Glass Spirit Lamp, 1 02 . •0. Glass Flask, 1 ounce >0. Glass Flask, 2 ounces K). Test Tubes, 3 by 1, and 3 by f inch •0. Test Tubes, 4 by 1, and 5 by £ inch >0. Open Glass Tubes, ^ aud { inch 5. Glass Stirrers, 3 and 6 inch •0. Glass Pipette, 6 inch 13. Porcelain Basin, No. 00, 2j| inch !3. Porcelain Crucible and Cover, No. 00 1800. Porcelain Capsule, No. 5 1626. Glass Funnel, H inch, No. 1 1626. 100 Paper Filters to fit it, No. 1 2410. Conical Test Glass, 1 oz. 1785. Watch Glass, H inch 1790. Capsule with handle, H inch 2423, Book of Litmus Paper 2423. Book of Turmeric Paper 92. Iron Spoon for fusions 1616. Two Slips of Glass, 4 by 1 inch 2437. Test Metals, Fe, Cu, Zn 864. Cotton Wick for Lamp Continued on page 404. 401 PORTABLE CABINETS FOR ELEMENTARY EXPERIMENTS. 4781. Portable Chemical Cabinet, price 16s., continued — Chemical Preparations, contained in 9 Corked Bottles and 24 Paper Boxes :■ Alum Ammon. Carbonate Ammon. Oxalate Antimony, Sulphide Barium,' Chloride Boracie Acid Bleaching Powder Cobalt, Chloride Copper, Nitrate Copper, Sulphate Fluorspar Galls, Tincture Iron, Sulphate Lead, Acetate Manganese, Peroxide Potass. Bichromate — Binoxalate — Carbonate — Chlorate — F errocy an ide - - Hydrate — Nitrate Potassium, Sulphate Silver, Nitrate, solution Sodium, Borate — Carbonate — Phosphate Strontium, Nitrate Sulphur Tartaric Acid Tin, granulated — Protochloride Zinc granulated 4782. 4782. PORTABLE CHEMICAL CABINET, in Mahogany, represented by F 4782, price 31s. Gd. contents. 289. Eetort Stand, one ring 62. Porcelain Mortar and Pestle, 00 851. Glass Spirit Lamp, 1 oz. 864. Cotton Wick, 3 feet 4201. Blowpipe 4270. Platinum Blowpipe Wire 4277. Platinum Foil 92. Iron Spoon for Fusions 98. Albata Test Spoon 1442. Set of 3 Beaker Glasses 1400. Glass Flask, 3 ounce 1419. Bulb Tube, No. 3 2400. Test Tubes, 3 by 4, 4 by \ inch 2400. Test Tubes, 4 by 1, 5 by 4 inch 2400. Test Tubes, 2 by | (3) 4365. Berzelius’s Bulb Tube (2) 17S5. Watch Glass, 2 inch 1790. Porcelain Capsule and Handle (2) 1626. Funnel, No. 2, H inch 1626. Filters for ditto, 2| inch (100) 1626. Funnel, No. 1, If inch 1626. Filters for ditto, 21 inch (100) 2410. Clark’s Test Glass 2423. Book of Litmus Paper 2423. Book of Turmeric Paper 2437. Test Metals, Fe, Cu, Zn. 115. Stirrers, one each 3 and 6 inch. 1610. .Filtering Ring, 2 arms 1690. Straight Pipette, 6 inch 4360. Opeu Glass Tubes, | to I inch (4) 3S7. Tube Holder with Handle 1323. Porcelain Crucible, No. 0 1743. Porcelain Basin, No. 0 1798. Porcelain Cup, No. 1 1798. Ditto. No. 3 1798. Ditto. No. 6 Fiftz Chemical Preparations, contained in 4 stoppered ^ ounce glass bottlesT corked | ounce bottles, 14 half-ounce wooden boxes, and 22 quarter oud paper boxes, as follows :—■ Continued on page 405. PORTABLE CABINETS FOR ELEMENTARY EXPERIMENTS. 405 82. Portable Chemical Cabinet, price 31s. Gd., continued — uui nmon., Carbonate iimou., Chloride nmon., Oxalate itimony, Sulphide rium, Chloride racic Acid caching Powder lcium, Chloride bait, Chloride bait, Nitrate pper, Nitrate pper, Sulphate uorspar dena dls, Tincture m Pyrites Iron, Sulphate Iron, Sulphide Lead, Acetate Lead, Carbonate Litharge Litmus Magnesium, Carbonate Magnesium, Sulphate Manganese, Peroxide Microcosmic Salt Oxalic Acid Phosphorus Potassium, Bichromate - Binoxalate -Cyanide -- Carbonate - Chlorate Potassium Ferridcyanide - Ferrocyanide - Hydrate -Iodide - Nitrate - Sulphate Silver Nitrate Sodium, Borate - Carbonate -- Phosphate Strontium, Nitrate Sulphur Tartaric Acid Tin, Granulated Tin, Protochloride Zinc, Granulated 83. 17. > 2 . > 1 . A. 11. ro. n. •s. 12 . I. x 12. II. 10. 19. >3. 21 . O. aLvVbubxtukv' >«"“ 1 c CBEM'O 1 Af/.na'D— PORTABLE CHEMICAL CABINET, in Mahogany, represented by Fig. 4783, price 52s. 6d. contents. Retort Stand, 3 rings Porcelain Mortar, 00 Glass Spirit Lamp, 1 07. Cotton Wick, 1 yard Blowpipe Platinum Blowpipe Wire Platinum Blowpipe Foil Albata Test Spoon Iron Spoon for Fusions Iron Tongs with Spoon Set of 3 Beaker Glasses Set of 3 Beaker Glasses Glass Flasks, 1 , 2 , and 3 ounces Bulb Tube, large size ( 2 ) Gas Bottle Funnel and Tube, small Cork and Jet for ditto Test Tubes, 3 by 4 inch ( 2 ) ,, 4 by ^ inch (3) ,, 0 by 1 inch ( 1 ) „ 3 by i inch (G) Folding Frame for Six Tubes] Glass Funnel, No. 1,1$ inch Glass Funnel, No. 2, 1 J inch Filters for No. 1 Funnel ( 100 ) Filters for No. 2 Funnel ( 100 ) 1610. Filter Ring, 2 arms 2410. Clark’s Test Glass 2426. Box of Six Test Paper Books 1800. Porcelain Test Plates, No. 8 , 9 (2) 115. Stirrers, 2 each, 3 and 6 inches 4360. Opeu Tubes, $ and | inch (2) 2437. Test Metals, Cu, Fe, Zn 3S7. Test Tube Holder 1690. Straight Pipette, 6 inch 1581. Test Tube Brush 1805. Glass Retort, 2 ounce 1405. Glass Receiver, 2 ounce. 1785. Watch Glasses, 2 inch (2) 1790. Capsule with Handle (2) 1743. Porcelain Basin, No. 00 1743. Ditto. No. 1 1800. Porcelain Cup, No. 12 (2) 1800. Ditto. No. 10 1S00. Ditto. No. 1 1800. Ditto. No. 2 1323. Porcelain Crucible, No. 000 1323. Ditto. No. 00 2071a. Beehive Shelf, 4 inch 477. Graduated Measure, 1 oz. Continued on page 406. 406 PORTABLE CABINETS FOR ELEMENTARY EXPERIMENTS. 4783. Portable Chemical Cabinet, price 52s. 6d., continued — Sixty Chemical Preparations, contained in 9 stoppered 2 ounce glass bottles, ( stoppered ^ ounce glass bottles, 18 half-ounee wooden boxes, and 27 quarter- ounce paper boxes:— Alum Ammon., Caustic - Carbonate ■- Chloride - Oxalate Antimony, Sulphide Arsenious Acid Barium, Chloride - Chloride, solution - Nitrate Boracic Acid Benzoic Acid Calcium, Chloride, solution Cobalt, Nitrate, solution Cobalt Ore Copper, Sulphate Copper Turnings Fluorspar Galena Iron Pyrites Iron, Sulphate Iron, Sulphide Lead, Acetate — Acetate, solution — Carbonate — Nitrate, solution Litharge Litmus Magnesium, Carbonate - Sulphate Manganese, Peroxide Mercurous, Chloride Microcosmic Salt Oxalic Acid Phosphorus Platinum, Bichloride, solution Potassium, Bichromate - Binoxalate - Bitartrate - Chlorate Potassium, Cyanide - Ferridcyanide - Ferridcyanide, sol. -Ferrocyanide -Hydrate --Iodide -Nitrate - Sulphate Bealgar Silver, Nitrate, solution Sodium, Borate - Carbonate - Phosphate Sti’ontium, Chloride -Nitrate Sulphur Tartaric Acid Tin, Chloride Tin, Granulated Zinc, Granulated 4784. PORTABLE CHEMICAL CABINET, in a divided Deal Box, stained Red, with lock and key. Price 42s. The articles in this Cabinet are intended for the use of an Amateur who wishes to repeat Class Experiments, and also to commence Qualitative Analysis. It contains thirty chemicals in th< solid state, and the principal instruments used in testing operations, and these are of larger sizes thai the instruments contained in the cabinets described above. But the collection contains no Test Solutions, and the Experimenter must provide himself with a few stoppered bottles, and prepart solutions when he requires them. See also sets of Reagents, No. 4810. CONTENTS. 62. 7. S51. 864. 1191. 1194. 1195. 1196. 1197. 1201. 4201. 4321. 4320. 4321. 92. 93. 1800. 4376. 1400. 1442, 1 SI 5. 1429. 2400. 2|inches Porcelain Mortar, Retort Stand, 3 rings Spirit Lamp Cotton W ick, in a box Stoneware Lamp Cylinder Ring tops for ditto, a pair Hot Plates for ditto, a pair Trellis top for ditto Tinplate Sand Bath, 5-inch Support for 7 Tubes, on stand Blowpipe Charcoal Pastilles, (36) Porcelain Crucible for ditto Wire Pastille-holders (2) Iron Spoon Spring Tongs, to hold spoon Porcelain Cups, 1, 2, 3 Arsenic Tubes, six Flasks, 2, 4, 6 ounces Set of 3 Beaker Glasses Clark’s Retort and Receiver Bulb Tubes, two Test Tubes, 6 by f-incli, 12 Ditto, 6 by 1 inch, 3 359. 158. 387. 2410. 98. 2424. 2424. 2437. 115. 1626. 1626. 1610. 1690. 1766. 1790. 1800. 1760. 1785. 1994. 2072. 2124. 2124. 477. Test Tube Frame, 6 holes Test Tube Brush Holder for hot Test Tubes Clark’s Test Glass Albata Test Spoon Book of Blue Litmus Book of Red Litmus Test Metals, Fe, Cu, Zn Stirrers, 6-inch, 2 Funnel, 2-inch Cut Filters, 100, S^-inch Filter Pting, 2 sizes Straight Pipette, 6-inch Porcelain Basin, 34-inch Capsule, with handle Flat Capsule, No. 10 Semiporcelain Basin, 41 inch Watch Glasses, 2-inch, 2 Gas Bottle Beehive Shelf, 2 inch Gas Tubes, 3 assorted Ditto, large, 6 by 1 inch, 2 Graduated Measure, 1-ouuce Open Glass Tubes, £ lb. Continued on page 407. COLLECTIONS FOR STUDENTS IN CHEMICAL SCHOOLS. 407 r 84. Portable Chemical Cabinet, price 42s., continued — hirty Corked Bottles 1-ounce size, containing the following solid Chemicals. urn nmon. Carbonate -Chloride riam Chloride ,lcium Chloride pper Sulphate ilena >n Sulphide — Sulphate Lead Acetate Litmus Magnesia Sulphate Manganese Peroxide Microcosmic Salt Oxalic A cid ~ Potass. Bichromate -Bisulphate -Chlorate -Hydrate Potass. Ferrocyanide -Nitrate Sodium Borate -Carbonate -Sulphate -- Phosphate Strontium Chloride Sulphur Turmeric Zinc Cuttings 85. STOCKHARDT’S SCHOOL of CHEMISTRY-; a Collection of Apparatus suitable for the performance of the principal Experiments described in that work. Packed in a case. Price 16s. )5. Retort, 4-ounce size )5. Receiver, 4-ounce size >4. Flasks, 3, 4, 6, 8 oz. 12. Set of 3 Beaker Glasses •2. Spirit Lamp, stoneware >1. Blowpipe. '9. Platinum Blowpipe Wire 7. Platinum Blowpipe Fod 12. Porcelain Mortar, No. 00 >4. Lamp Wick, 3 feet d. Lamp Cylinder, 6-inch 6. Trellis Top for it 3. Tube and Support, on stand 2. Iron Spoon 3. Porcelain Crucible, No. 0 CONTENTS. 2400. 6 Test Tubes, each 5 by | in. & 6 by | in. 359. Test Tube Frame, for 6 Tubes 2414. Test Glass, 4 oz., conical 1626. Funnels 1£ and 2 inch 1626. Filters, 100 of each, 2 sizes 1616. Slips of Glass (6) 2433. Book of Blue Litmus Bar of Pure Zinc 115. Glass Stirrers, 2 each, 3 and 6 inch 1766. Semiporcelain Basiu, 3| inch 2014. Oxygen Retort and Tube 1963. Hydrogen Gas Bottle 2071. Beehive Shelf, 4-inch 231. Glass Tubes, \ lb. mixed 177. Round File, in handle oup II .—Collections of Apparatus for the use of Students in Classes where Practical Chemistry is taught , Nos. 4786 to 4792. 16 . ROYAL COLLEGE of CHEMISTRY, LONDON. Apparatus required by Students commencing the Study of Qualitative Analysis at the above Institution. Price of the set y in a deal box. planed smooth, with sliding cover. 50s. Test Tubes, 24, 6 by £ inch Boiling Tubes, 2, 8 by 1£ inch Test Tube Frame, 24 holes Glass Funnels, 3 of 2J inch ,, 1 of 14 inch ,, l of 3 inch Cut Filters, 100 of 2f inch ,, 100 of 3if inch ,, 100 of 5£ inch Porcelain Basin, 3.| inch „ „ 3j inch ,, „ 4A inch Glass Flasks, 2 of 8 oz. Ditto, 3 of 16 oz. oval Glass Stirrers, 3 of 6 inch Glass Tubes, £ lb. Washing Bottle, pint, 2 tubes Bunsen’s Gas burner Set of 5 Beakers Mortar and Pestle, 4 inch Watch Glasses, 6 Round File, in handle CONTENTS. 229. Triangular File, in handle 171. Set of 4 Cork Borers 168. Corks, 3 dozen, assorted 121. Brass Crucible Tongs, No. 3 92. Irou Spoons, 2' 4204. Brass Blowpipe 4279. Platinum Foil, 2 by 1 inch 4270. Platinum Wire, 3 inches 158. Test Tube Brushes, 1 and 2 2491. Chloride of Gold, in £ oz. bottle 2527. Chloride of Platinum, 5°, in 4 oz. bottle 2550. Silver Nitrate, in £ oz. bottle 2476. Cobalt Nitrate, in £ oz. bottle Methylated Spirit, pint in a bottle 2426. Box of Test Papers Basket for Draining Test Tubes 1953. Vulcan. Tube, f in. 24 inches 1953. ,, „ in. 12 inches 288. Retort Stand, 3 brass rings 1191. Lamp Cylinder, 6 inch Box 408 COLLECTIONS FOR STUDENTS IN CHEMICAL SCHOOLS. 4787. GUY'S HOSPITAL, LONDON, PROFESSOR A S TAYLOR'S Pra.™*. OLAasts in Chemistry, Set of Apparatus required by each student. In , smooth deal box, with sliding top. Price 25s. 851. Glass Spirit Lamp 864. Cotton Wick, in a box 291. Retort Stand 306. Triangle, with clay ribs 1197. Tin Sand Bath, 5 inch 1200. Stoneware Water Bath 4201. Blowpipe , 4277. Blowpipe Foil, 2 by % inch 4270. Blowpipe Wire, 6 inch 1323. Porcelain Crucible, 1 inch 1323. Porcelain Crucible, U inch 1212. Bright Iron Crucible Tongs 99! Spatula, 4 inch, in handle 62. Porcelain Mortar, 24 inch. 1462. Set of 3 Beaker Glasses 1743. Porcelain Basin, 34 inch Ditto 3| inch 1400. German Flasks, 4oz. (2) 1409. Flask, 12 oz., round bottom CONTENTS. 1723. 1616. 4360. 1982. 1785. 115. 2400. 5 * 371. 158. 2426. 1953. 1626. 229. 177. Washing Bottle, pint, 2 tubes Slips of Glass, 4 by i inch (4) Open Glass Tubes, 12 by § inch (12) Gas Bottle for SH, with tube Watch Glasses (3) Glass Stirrers, 6 inch (2) Test Tubes, 6 by | inch (12) Test Tube Frame, 8 pegs Test Tube Brush, No. 1 Box of Test Papers Yule. Tube, I inch, 1 foot Glass Funnel, 14 inch Ditto 24 inch Cut Filters, 2f inch (100) Ditto 44 inch (100) File, triangular, in handle File, round, in handle ij •i 1 4788. 4789. 62. 91. 1400. 2769. 851. 864. 132. 1191. 1196. 1626. 1610. 254. Collection OF Apparatus and Tests for the QUALITATIVE ANALYSM Salts that Dissolve in Water, according to the process for School TeacS ing, described in Griffin’s “ Chemical Recreations," part 1., page 00. Price 16s. > Set A. Eor Indicating Tests. Every pupil requires this set. Porcelain Mortar, No. 00 Albata Test Spoon Flask, 2 ounce Pipette, 25 septems Glass Spirit Lamp Cotton Wick for lamp Brass Tongs to trim lamp Furnace Cylinder Trellis Top for Furnace Box, with 100 Filters, 2f inch Filter Ring Water Bottle 1 1626. Glass Funnel, 14 inch I 342. Support for Funnel 1 1690. Pipettes, 5 inch, two I 2410. Test Glasses, conical, 8 I 115. Stirrers, 3 inch, 8 2400. Boiling Tubes, 6 by 1 inch, 2 386. Handle for Hot Tubes 2423. Book of Red Litmus 2423. Book of Blue Litmus 4474. Tubes for SH Gas 1556. Pipette Bottles, 1 oz. size, nine 1576. Bottles with stoppers, 1 oz., two 4790. Set B. For Confirming Tests. Price 23s. 1800. Porcelain Cup, 1 inch 291. Retort Stand 4201. Blowpipe? 4230. Blowpipe Lamp and Stand. 4270. Platinum W ires, two 4277. Platinum Foils, two 4282. Platinum Tongs 4296. Thin Copper Wire 4321. Charcoal Pastilles, 36 4320. Crucible for ditto, two 4321a. Wire Supports for ditto, two 4395. Hammer 4397. Anvil Each set suffices for four or five pupij 2400. Closed Tubes, 2 by i inch, 3 2426. Box of Test Papers 4349. Support for Sublimates Borax, iu a box Microcosmic Salt, in a box Soda, Carbonate, in a box 2426. Cobalt Nitrate, 2 oz. bottle _ J Stoppered Bottles, to contain 1| Solutions, 2 oz. size, labelled , empty, 8 Corked Bottles, with wide mouths, | contain Dry Tests, 1 oz. size, label | but empty, 7 COLLECTIONS USED IN EXAMINATIONS IN PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 409 91. Set C. Provision of Tests to be made by the Teacher, from which to supply the Bottles of Sets A and B, when preparing for the Lesson. The solutions may be of the strengths described at page 274 in this work. The price is for Six Ounce Bottles, full of the Liquid Re-agents in the following List (excepting the Gold and Platinum solutions), and for Two Ounce Bottles of Dry Re-agents. Price, including bottles, 32s. INDICATING TESTS. 8. Sodium Carbonate »0. Ammonia !6. Potassium Hydrate 14. - Ferridcyanide >4. Barium Nitrate *0. Silver Nitrate '0. Calcium Chloride !2. Nitric Acid 1. Lead Nitrate CONFIRMING TESTS. 2532. Potassium Chromate 2531.-Bichromate 2535. - Ferrocyanide - Antimoniate 2473. Calcium Sulphate 2452. Ammon. Molybdate 2572. Sulphuric Acid Concent. 2496. Hydrochloric Acid 2527. Platinum Chloride, 5°. i oz. 2491. Gold Chloride, 4 oz. TESTS IN DRY STATE. Calcium Sulphide 2655. Potass. Bisulphate 2613. Ferrous Sulphate 2641. Manganese Peroxide 2632. Stannous Chloride Copper Sulphate Lead Acetate Magnesium Sulphate Sodium Chloride 2627 92. The Complete Set, A, B, C, Nos. 4789, 4790, 4791, price £3 11s. n his collection can be enlarged by additions from the List given at No. 4826, page 414. oup III .—Collections of Apparatus used by Candidates for Certificates when under¬ going their Examinations in Practical Chemistry, Nos. 4793 to 4798. )3. OXFORD LOCAL EXAMINATION. Candidates in Chemistry must pro¬ vide themselves with the following Apparatus for the Practical Examina¬ tion. Price of the Set, in a packing-case, 14s. 6 d. 94. This Apparatus can also be supplied in a smooth box, having a lid with hinges and a padlock, price 17s. Glass Funnels, 2-inch Cut Filters for ditto Test Tubes, 6 by f inch .me for 24 Test Tubes Glass Stirrers, 9-inch Porcelain Basins, 2J inch CONTENTS. Retott Stand, Ring, & Triangle Spirit Lamp, 3 oz., and wick Bottle with 5 oz. spirit Washing Bottle pint, 2 tubes Blowpipe Platinum Foil, 24 by 1 inch Platinum Wire, 3 inch 3 Sticks of Charcoal 3 Closed Tubes, 4 by 1 nch Penknife Cloth Test Tube Brush 95. CAMBRIDGE LOCAL EXAMINATION. Candidates in Practical Che¬ mistry must provide themselves with the following Apparatus for the Examination. Price of the Set, in a packing-case, 12s. 96. The same Apparatus in a smooth box, having a lid with hinges and a pad¬ lock, price 14s. 6d. CONTENTS. Funnels, 2 inch Cut Filters to fit ditto Test Tubes, 6 by I inch 4 Tube Frame, 24 holes Hass Stirrers, 9 inch •celain Basin, 34 inch Washing Bottle, pint, 2 tubes 3 Test Tubes, 4 by I inch Spirit Lamp, 3 oz.. and wick 5 oz. Spirit in a bottle Lamp Cylinder, 6-inch Iron Top for Cylinder Blowpipe Platinum Blowpipe Wire, 3 in. PlatinumBlowpipeFoil, 2by$in. Penknife 3 Sticks of Charcoal Reagents to accompany this Apparatus. See page 410. G G G 410 COLLECTIONS USED IN EXAMINATIONS IN PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 4796a. RE-AGENTS to be provided by each Candidate in Practical Chemistr for the CAMBRIDGE LOCAL EXAMINATION. The Liquids are of the strength described at page 274. In two-ounce white glas stoppered bottles. Price of the set, in a smooth deal box with sliding cover, 16s. s. d. 2449. Ammonium, Carbonate . - 7 2450. *- Caustic. 6 2451. —-Chloride . 6 2453. Oxalate - 8 2454. Sulphide. - 10 2462. Barium, Chloride . - 6 2471. Calcium, Hydrate. - 6 2496. Hydrochloric Acid . - 7 2514. Magnesium, Sulphate . - 6 2522. N itric Acid. - 8 2536. Potassium Hydrate . - 9 2535.-Ferrocyanide - 7 s. < 2550. Silver; Nitrate . 1 2561. Sodium, Phosphate . - 2571. Sulphuric Acid . - Tartaric Acid. - Dry Tests :— 2650. Borax . - 1 2652. Sodium, Carbonate . - 1 2640. Iron Sulphide. - Bottle for Sulph. Hydrogen Gas... 1 Box containing Rods of .Copper and Zinc, books of Litmus and Starch Paper . 1 4797. DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND ART, KENSINGTON. A.pparati and Reagents with which Candidates make their Analyses in Loch Examinations in Practical Chemistry. In a smooth deal box, containii a Division for the Bottles, and having a lid with hinges and a padloc price 21. 12s. 6 d. CONTENTS. 2400. Test Tubes, 6 by | inch, 12 371. Test Tube Stand, 8 holes and pegs 287. Retort Stand, 3 brass rings 1724. Washing Bottle, pint size, 2 tubes 851. Glass Spirit Lamp 864. Cotton Wick in a box 92. Iron Spoons, two 93. Steel Spring Tongs to hold spoon 121. Iron Crucible Tongs 62. Porcelain Mortar, 2| inch 4201. Black’s Blowpipe 4299. Charcoal for Blowpipe Experiments 1743. Porcelain Basin, 2f inch 1743. Porcelain Basin, 3J inch 1785. Watch Glasses, 2-inch, six 132.3. Porcelain Crucible and Cover, 14-inch 1323. Ditto Ditto 21-inch 306. Triangle to support Crucibles 158. Test Tube Brush 2424. Blue and Red Litmus Paper 2470. Platinum Blowpipe Wire, 3 inch 2478. Platinum Foil, 2 by 1 inch 1626. Glass Funnels, 24 and 3 inch 1626. Cut Filters, 100 for each funnel 1996. Bottle for HS gas 115. Glass Stirrers, 6 and 9 inch Liquid Reagents, strength described at page 274, in white glass stoppered bottles Fig. 1550, all 2 ounce except Nos. 2527 and 2550. Acetic Acid Ammon. Carbonate „ Chloride ,, Hydrate ,, Oxalate ,, Sulphide Barium Chloride Calcium Chloride ,, Hydrate Calcium Sulphate Ferric Chloride Hydrochloric Acid Hydrofluosilicic Acid Hydrosulphuric Acid Lead Acetate Magnesia Sulphate Nitric Acid Oxalic Acid Platinic Chloride, 4 oz. 2521 Potass. Chromate ,, Ferrocyanide ,, Hydrate ,, Sulphate Silver Nitrate, 4 oz. 2550 Sulphuric Acid Sodium Phosphate Tartaric Acid crystals Reagents in the Solid State, in 2 ounce white glass stoppered bottles, Fig. 1576 page 278. Calcium Hydrate (pasty) Potassium Cyanide Ferrous Sulphate ,, Nitrate Sodium Borate ,, Carbonate Tartaric Acid 4798. The above Collection of Apparatus and Reagents is sometimes supplii with a 1 inch Platinum Crucible, No. 1320, 3, and a Herapath’s Gas Bio 1 pipe, No. 1180. The price, with these additions, is 3 1. 18s. COLLECTIONS OF PURE REAGENTS IN SOLUTION. 411 Group IV .—Collections of Chemical Reagents in Solutions . of the Systematic Degrees of Strength described at page 272, Nos. 4809 to 4821. 309. COLLECTIONS OF CHEMICAL TESTS IN SOLUTION, of the Degrees of Strength described in the Section commencing at page 272. The following assortments are given merely as examples. Collections containing any number and iy size of Bottles can be made at pleasure, according to the Tariff given in the Table at page 274. ipplies of larger quantities of these Solutions, such as 80 ounce Winchesters, prepared to der. ’ HO. Collection oe Forty Bottles of Reagents. 2 ounce size, namely, 33 narrow¬ mouthed bottles with Solutions, and 7 wide-mouthed bottles with Solids. Particulars as given in the following list. Price, with common bottles, Fig. 1550, page 273, and Fig. 1576, page 278, 28s. 6d. 11. The same Collection in the best bottles, Fig. 1551, page 273, and Fig. 1577, page 278. Price 44s. s. d. 8. d. 47. Acetic Acid . 1 — 2523. Oxalic Acid . _ 7 49. Ammon. Carbonate . - 7 2531. Potassium Bichromate .... _ 7 50. Ammonia . - 6 2532. - Chromate . _ 7 51. Ammon. Chloride . - 6 2534 -Ferridcyanide .. .. — 8 52. Ammon. Molybdate. - 7 2535. •- Ferrocyanide . — 7 54 Ammon. Sulphide. - 10 2536. - Hydrate . — 9 62. Barium Chloride... - 6 2537. - Iodide . _ 11 54. Barium Nitrate . - 6 2540. - Sulphocyanide .... — 8 70. Calcium Chloride . - 6 2550. Silver Nitrate. 2 71. Calcium Hvdrate . - 6 2558. Sodium Carbonate. 7 73. Calcium Sulphate . - 6 2571. Sulphuric Acid . 7 77. Copper Sulphate . - 6 2572. - concentrated . 9 16. Hydrochloric Acid . - 7 DRY TESTS. )9. Ferric Chloride . - 8 2602. Ammon. Sesquicarbouate — 10 >1. Ferrous Sulphate . - 7 2615. Lime Chloride . _ 8 )5. Indigo Sulphate... - 6 2616. Litmus. . 1 1 11. Lead Nitrate . - 6 2631. Tartaric Acid crystals .... . 1 7 16. Mercuric Chloride. — 8 2655. Potassium Bisulphate . . 1 1 7. Mercurous Nitrate. - r* / 2629. Sodium Sulphide . . 1 8 8. Mercuric Potassium-iodide. - 11 2641. Manganese Peroxide.... 1... — 6 52. Nitric Acid... - 8 12. Collection of Sixty Bottles OF Reagents, of 2 ounce size, comprising 45 bottles with Liquids and 15 bottles with Solids. Particulars beloy 7 . 12. Price of the 60 bottles of the common form , 2 1. 10s. 13. Price of the 60 bottles of the best form, 3 1. 13s. 6 d. s. d. 7. Acetic Acid . 1 - 8. Alcohol . 1 1 9. Ammon. Carbonate . - 7 0. Ammonia ...:. - 6 1. Ammon. Chloride. - 6 2. ,, Molybdate . - 7 3. ,, Oxalate - 8 4; ,, Sulphide.- 10 2. Barium Chloride . - 6 3. „ Hydrate.. - 6 4. ,, Nitrate ....'.. - 6 0. Calcium Chloride . - 6 1. ,, Hydrate - 6 3. ,, Sulphate - G 5. Chlorine Water. - 6 6. Cobalt Nitrate . 1 9 •f 7. Copper Sulphate . - 6 8, d. 2483. Ether Sulphuric. ...... 1 3 2496. Hydrochloric Acid .. — ^ 2497. Hydrofluosilicic Acid . — 10 2498. Hydrosulphuric Acid . — 7 2499! Ferric Chloride. . . - 8 2501. Ferrous Sulphate .....1. — 7 2505. Indigo Sulphate . — 6 2510. Lead Acetate. - 6 2511. Lead Nitrate . - 6 2514. Magnesian Sulphate.- 6 2516. Mercuric Chloride. — 8 2517. Mercurous Nitrate . - 7 2518. Mercuric Potassium-iodide . - 11 2522. Nitric Acid._,. - 8 2523. Oxalic Acid . - 7 2531. Potassium Bichromate. - 7 2532. - Chromate ... - 7 Continued on page 412 , 412 COLLECTIONS OF PUKE REAGENTS IN SOLUTION. 4812. Collection of Sixtv Bottles of Reagents— Continued. 2534 Potassium Ferridcyanide. 2535. - Ferrocyanide . 2536. - Hydrate . 2537. - Iodide ... 2540. a—- Sulphocyanide .... 2550. Silver Nitrate. 2558. Sodium Carbonate. 2561. Sodium Phosphate. 2571. Sulphuric Acid . 2572 . - concentrated - 2576. Stannous Chloride . dry tests. 2602. Ammon. Sesquicarbonate s. d. - 8 - 7 - 9 - 11 - 8 1 2 - 7 - 6 - 7 - 9 - 8 - 10 2600. Barium Carbonate. 2615. Lime Chloride . 2616. Litmus. 2621. Potassium Bichromate 2629. Sodium Sulphide . 2631. Tartaric Acid crystals 2633. Zinc in rods .. .. 2641. Manganese Peroxide.. 2650. Borax ..,... 2651. Microcosmio Salt . 2652. Sodium Carbonate. 2652. Potassium Cyanide .. 2655. - Bisulphate . 2656. - Nitrate. s. 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 4814. 4814. 4815. Collection of Sixt* Bottles of Reagents, comprising 45 bottles of 4 om size for Solutions and 15 bottles ol 3 ounce size for Dry Reagents. F ticulars given below. Price of the 60 bottles of the common form, 3 1. 4s. Price of the 60 bottles of the best form, 4 1. 13s. 2447. A cetic Acid . 2448. Alcohol . 2449. Ammon. Carbonate . 2450. Ammonia. 2451. Ammon- Chloride. 2452. ,, Molybdate. 2453. ,, Oxalate .. 2454. ,, Sulphide....:. 2462. Barium Chloride . 2463. „ Hydrate .. 2464. ,, Nitrate . 2470. Calcium Chloride . 2471. „ Hydrate . 2473. „ Sulphate. 2475. Chlorine Water. 2476. Cobalt Nitrate . 2477. Copper Sulphate. 2483. Ether Sulphuric. 2496. Hydrochloric Acid . 2497. Hydrofluosilicic Acid . 2498. Hydrosulphnric Acid . 2499. Ferric Chloride ... 2501. Ferrous Sulphate . 2505. Indigo Sulphate. 2510. Lead Acetate. 2511. Lead Nitrate . 2514. Magnesium Sulphate. 2516. Mercuric Chloride. 2517. Mercurous Nitrate...... 2518. Mercuric Potassium-Iodide 2522. Nitric Acid... s. d. 1 4 2523. Oxalic Acid. 1 10 2531. Potassium Bichromate. - 10 2532. ,, Chromate. - 8 2534. ,, Ferridcyanide . - 8 2535. ,, Ferrocyanide . - 10 2536. ,, Hydrate . 1 - 2537. ,. Iodide . 1 4 2540. ,, Sulphocyanide. - 8 2550. Silver Nitrate. - 8 2558. Sodium Carbonate. - 8 2561. ,, Phosphate. - 8 2571. Sulphuric Acid . - 7 2572. ,, concentrated . - 8 2576. Stannous Chloride . - 8 3 2 Pry Reagents, 8 2602. Ammon. Sesquicarbonate.. 2 2 2606. Barium Carbonate. - 10 2615. Lime Chloride ..-••• 1 A 1 *± - 10 2621. Potassium Bichromate. - li 2629. Sodium Sulphide ... - 9 2631. Tartaric Acid crystals. - 8 2633. Zinc in rods . - S 2641. Manganese Peroxide. Q 2050 - 8 2651. Microcosmic Salt . 1 - 2652. Sodium Carbonate. - 10 2653. Potassium Cyanide . 1 6 2655. ,, Bi sulphate. 1 - 2656. ,, Nitrate . 4816. Collection of Forty Bottles of Reagents, Lie same selection as No. 4 but in bottles of Three-ounce size 4816. Price of the 40 bottles of the common form, 36s. 4817. Price of the 40 bottles of the best form, 56s. COLLECTIONS OF PURE REAGENTS IN SOLUTION. 413 818. Collection of Ninety-three Bottles of Reagents, comprising 61 bottles for Solutions ; of which 17 are of 2 ounce, 29 of 6 ounce, and 15 of 10 ounce size; also 32 bottles for Dry Reagents, of which 12 are of 2 ounce, 14 of 6 ounce, and 6 of 10 ounce size. Particulars given below, where the number that follows each name indicates the size of the bottle. i818. Price of the 93 bottles of the common form, 7/. 12s. 819. Price of the 93 bottles of the best form, 10/. 1820. Collection of Eighty-seven Bottles of Reagents. This is the same Col¬ lection as the above, with the omission of 4 bottles containing Alcohol, Ether, Gold Chloride, and Platinic Chloride. 1820. Price of the 87 bottles of the common form, 6/. 9s. c82l. Price of the 87 bottles of the best form, 81. 14s. 6 d. oz. s. d. !447. Acetic Acid. 6... 1 9 ;4 48. Alcohol. 10... 4 - !449. Ammon. Carbonate. 10... 1 G !450. Ammonia. 10... 1 1 !451. Ammon. Chloride . 6... - 9 !452. ,, Molybdate . 2... - 7 !453. ,, Oxalate,. 6... 1 3 !451. ,, Sulphide . 10... 2 9 !461, Barium Aoetate . 2... - 9 !462. ,, Chloride. 6... - 9 !463. ,, Hydrate . 2... - 6 1464. ,. Nitrate . 6... - 9 !470. Calcium Chloride. 6... - 9 5471. ,, Hydrate. 6... - 8 !472. ,, Nitrate . 2... - 8 !473. ,, Sulphate. 6... - 9 !475. Chlorine Water . 6... - 9 !476. Cobalt Nitrate.. 2 ... 1 9 1477. Copper Sulphate . 6... - 9 !483. Ether Sulphuric . 10... 4 9 1491. Gold Terchloride. 2.. 8 5 !496. Hydrochloric Acid . 10... 1 6 !497. Hydrofluosilicic Acid. 6... 1 9 !498. Hydrosulphuric Acid. 10 ... 1 6 !499. Ferric Chloride . 6... 1 2 !500. Ferric Sulphate . 2... - 6 !501. Ferrous Sulphate. 6... - 11 !505. Indigo Sulphate . 2... 2 6 !510. Lead Acetate .. 6... - 9 !511. Lead Nitrate . 2... - 6 !514. Magnesium Sulphate . 6... - 9 !516. Mercuric Chloride . 6... 1 3 !517. Mercurous Nitrate . 6... 1 - !518. Mercuric Potassium-Iodide 6... 2 - 5522. Nitric Acid . 10... 1 11 5523. Oxalic Acid. 10... 1 6 5527. Platinic Chloride. 2 ... 6 5 5529. Potassium Bicarbonate . 6... 1 - 5530. ,, Carbonate 10... 2 4 5531. ,, Bichromate. 6... 1 - 5532. ,, Chromate .. 6.., 1 - (833. ,, Cyanide ............ 2... - 11 5534. ,, Ferridcyanide ... 6... 1 3 5535. ,, Ferrocyanide. G... 1 - 5536. ,, Hydrate . 10... 2 4 1.5537. „ Iodide. 6... 2 - 5539. ,, Sulphate. 2... - 6 5540. ,, Sulphocyanide .. 2... - S 5550. Silver Nitrate . 6... 2 9 5555, Sodium Acetate . 2--- - 6 oz. s. d. 2557. Sodium Bitartrate . 2 ... - 8 2558. ,, Carbonate . 10... 1 6 2559. ,, Chloride . 6... - 9 2560. ,, Hydrate. 10... 1 11 2561. ,, Phosphate . 6... - 9 2562. ,, Sulphate.. 2... - 6 2563. ,, Sulphide. 6... 1 - 2571. Sulphuric Acid . 10... 1 6 2572. ,, ,, concentrated 10... 2 4 2576. Stannous Chloride . 2... - S 2577. Starch . 6... - 9 DRY REAGENTS. 2602. Ammon, Sesquicarbonate ... 6... 1 7 2606. Barium Carbonate . 2... 1 11 2607. ,, Hydrate. 2,.. 2 - 2612. Gall Nuts . 2... - 9 2613. Ferrous Sulphate. 6... 2 1 2615. Lime Chloride. 6... 1 - 2616. Litmus . 2... 1 1 2617. Oxalic Acid . 6... 2 8 2619. Potass. Hydrate . 6... 2 5 2520. ,, — pure . 6... 4 6 2621. ,, Bichromate. 2... 1 8 2625. Sodium Hydrate . 6... 2 5 2626. ,, — pure. 6... 4 6 2627. ,, Chloride. 6... 1 9 2629. ,, Sulphide. 6... 3 6 2631. Tartaric Acid . 6... 3 3 2632. Tin Protochloride . 2... 1 6 2633. Zinc in rods. 2... 2 6 FOR GASES. 2640. Iron Sidphide . 10... 1 7 2641. Manganese Peroxide . 10... 1 1 2642. Potass. Chlorate. 10... 2 1 2643. Zinc Granulated . 10... 1 4 2644. Marble . 10... 2 - 2645. Fluorspar .. 10... 1 5 blowpipe tests. 2650. Borax. 6... 1 8 2651. Microcosmic Salt. 2... 1 6 2652. Sodium Carbonate . 6... 1 6 2653. Potassium Cyanide. 2.. 1 10 2655. ,, Bisulphate . 6... 2 - 2656. ,, Nitrate . 2... 1 - 2658. Boracic Acid, fused . 2... 1 9 2659. Gypsum crystals. 2... 1 9 414 COLLECTIONS OF APPARATUS FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. Group V— Collections of Instruments for performing Qualitative Chemical Analysis, Nos. 4826 to 4834. 4826. Instruments required for QUALITATIVE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS. in order that those who require sets o the whole before them, and be enable( This 'list is made tolerably complete, apparatus for special purposes, may see tne wnoie Deiore uiem, easily to select such instruments as may seem suited for °J“‘ ed ,;® s r X? a Blowpipe apparatus is left out, it being supposed that one of the sets dewnbed ■ naire 379 may be adopted. Arsenic apparatus is omitted, having been fully de page 37y, may scribed at page 395. 4826. Price of the following Collection of Apparatus, £6 8s. 4827. Price of the Blowpipe Apparatus, No. 4523, £3 13s. 6d. 4828. The Combined Collection, £10. n . ■ 4829. Price of the following Collection, without the Platinum Crucible, Capsule am Spatula, £4 10s. For Reagents to accompany this Apparatus, consult pp. 411 413. Where coal gas is available for fuel, the Spirit Lamps may be exchanged for the Rose gjjj"*™"* Not 1 and 2, & described at pages 92, 93, which will cause a small variation in the price of th collection. , 62. 860. 861. 132. 870. 880. 288. 1191. 1194. 1195. 1196. 1197. 1200. 1201. 1323. 1323. 1333. 1320. 1321. 96. 121 . 1800. 1400. 1400. 1445. 1482. 1806. 1809. 1847. 1405. 1815. 315. s. Porcelain Mortar, 4 inch. 1 Spirit Lamp, with rack . 2 Plaited Cotton Wick. - Tongs for Lamp. - Argand Spirit Lamp. 16 Wicks for ditto, 12 . - Retort Stand, 3 rings . 2 Lamp Furnace Cylinder . - Two Iron Ring tops . - Two Hot Plates. ~ Iron Trellis top. ~ Sand Bath, 5 inch. - Water Bath . ~ Support for 7 tubes .. - Porcelain Crucible, If inch. - ditto. 2| inch. - ditto. Plattner’s (2) 1 Platinum Crucible, No. 3_.. 18 Platinum Capsule . 6 Platinum Spatula . 14 d. 6 6 2 6 6 6 8 4 2 2 4 8 6 8 10 1415. 1626. 1626. 1626. Crucible Tongs Porcelain Cups, 12 . 2 German Flasks, 1, 2, and 3 oz. ... - ditto. 4, 6, and 8 oz. ... - Set of 6 Beakers. . 2 Set of 6 Griffin’s Beakers . 4 Plain Retorts, 4 oz. 2 .. - Stoppered Retorts, 4 oz. 2 . 1 Stoppered Receiver, 4 oz. - Plain Receiver, 4 oz. 2. - Clark’s Retort and Receiver, 2 ... 2 Clamp to support Retorts . 3 Wood Block support for Receivers - Curved Flask for solutions . 1 Glass Funnels, 2, 24, and 3 inch Cut Filters, 100 for each .. 1 Box to hold Filters .... - 6 6 6 9 3 6 4 8 5 9 6 8 8 9 343. 1610. 1611. 1677. 4460. 115. 115. 1743. 1743. 1743. 1743. 1785. 1786. 1790. 403. 2410. 2411. 4468. 1690. 1691. 2400. 2400. 2400. 380. 4459. 1719. 1725. 4472. 158. 1616. 2426. 2436. 1996. 2439. 4509. 4510. 232. Funnel Holder, 2 arms. Fi Iter Ring, 2 arms .. ditto, 3 arms ... . Round Glass Cover, 34in., 3 . Griffin’s Quick Filter . Glass Stirrers, 3 inch, 12.. ditto, 6 and 9 inch, 6 each Porcelain Basin, 2f inch . ditto, 34 „ . ditto, 4 ,, . ditto, 6 ,, .••••• Watch Glass, 2 inch, 6. ditto, 24 ,, 2.. Capsule and handle, 2.■.••••• 11 Holder for hot Watch Glasses .. Conical Test Glass, 2 inph, 6 ,v ditto, 1 ,, 6 . Decanting Tubes, 3 ... Plain Pipettes, 3 ... Bulb Pipettes, 3............ Test Tubes, 6 by f inch, 12...i.... ditto, 6 by 1 ,, 4. ditto, 8 by If „ 3 ..1. Test Tube Frame, 24 holes. 5 Spring holder for hot tubes. Washing Bottle, 1 jet. 1 ditto, 2 tubes. 1 ditto, Schuster’s . 1 Tube Brush, 2 sizes . - Slips of Glass 4, 6 inch, 6 each ... - Box of Test Papers . 1 Box of Test Metals . 1 Bottle for HS gas .. 2 Porcelain Testing Slab,. 1 Square Plate of Blue Glass. 1 Glass Prism with Indigo solution 3 Open glass tubes, 1§ inch, 4 lb. .. - - 1 - 1 - 1 COLLECTIONS OF APPARATUS FOR QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. 415 V * 330. Elementary set of Instruments for QUALITATIVE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS. Price of the Collection, 40s. This set requires the addition of Blowpipe Apparatus, such as the set No. 4521, price 10s. 6d.; or, e set No. 4522, price 21s. Also, a set of Liquid Tests, such as No. 4810, price 28s. 6d.; No. 116, price 36s.; or, No. 4812, price 50s. s. d. 62. Porcelain Mortar, 2^ inch . - 7 151. Glass Spirit Lamp, 3 oz. 1 - 64. Cotton Wick for Lamp. - 2 32. Tongs to trim Lamp. - 2 :88. Retort Stand, 3 rings . 2 6 91. Lamp Furnace Cylinder . - 8 94. Ring tops, a pair . - 4 95. Hot plates, a pair. - 2 96. Iron Trellis top. - 2 97. Sand Bath, 5 inch. - 4 00. Water Bath . - 8 01. Support for Tubes on sand . - 6 23. Porcelain Crucible, If inch. - 8 33. ditto Plattner’s. - 6 21. Crucible Tongs . 1 2 00. Porcelain Cups, six . 1 3 00. Glass Flasks 2, 4, and 6 oz. - 8 64. Set of 5 Beakers...-. . 2 - 06, Plain Retort, 4 oz. - 3 09. Stoppered Retort, 4 oz. - 8 05. Plain Receiver, 4 oz. - 3 15. Clark’s Retort and Receiver . 1 - 26. Glass Funnel, 2, 24, and 3 inch ... - 8 26. Cut Filters, 100 for each funnel... 1 8 26. Box to hold the filters . - 9 42. Funnel Holder . 1 - Open Glass Tubes, six assorted ... - 4 s. d. 1610. Filter Ring, 2 arms . - 4460. Griffin’s Quick Filter . - 115. Glass Stirrers, 3 inch, 12. - 115. ditto, 6 and 9 inch, 6 each - 1768. Porcelain Basins, set of 6 . 1 1785. Watch Glasses, 2 inch, 2. - 403. Holder for hot Watch Glasses. - 1790. Capsule and handle . - 2411. Conical Test Glass, 6 . - 4468. Decanting Tubes, 3 . - 1690. Plain Pipettes, 2 . - 1691. Bulb Pipette . - 2400. Test Tubes, 6 by | inch, 12. 1 2400. ditto 6 by 1 inch, 2 . - 360. Test Tube Frame, 12 holes. 1 386. Holder for hot Test Tubes . - 158. Test Tube Brush . - 4472. Washing Bottle. 1 - 1725. ditto two tubes . 1 6 1616. Slips of Glass, 4 and 6 inch, 6 each _ 4 2426. Box of Test Papers . 1 - 2436. Box of Test Metals . 1 - 1994. Bottle for HS Gas. 1 - 4509. Plate of Blue Glass . 1 - 4510. Indigo Prism . 3 - 2440. Porcelain Testing Slab. 1 - 31. Price of the above collection of Apparatus £2 0 0 ,, the Blowpipe Apparatus, No. 4522 1 1 0 „ the Forty bottles of Reagents, No. 4810 18 6 ,, the Combined Collection 4 9 6 32. Price of a similar collection, but with the set of Sixty bottles of Reagents, No. 4812, £5 11s. 33. CABINET of APPARATUS and REAGENTS for QUALITATIVE CHEMICAL ANALYSIS: comprehending the collection of Apparatus, No. 4830; the forty bottles of Pure Tests, No. 4810; and the Blow¬ pipe Apparatus, No. 4522. The whole in a divided Mahogany Cabinet, Price £7 7s. 1 9 I 35. l • Similar Cabinet to No. 4833, but with the 40 bottles No. 4816, instead of No. 4810, the rest as above, price £7 17s. 6d. MAHOGANY CABINETS, containing any other combination of Instruments with sets of Reagents, prepared to order. Generally speaking, the cost of a divided Mahogany Cabinet to contain a collection of Analytical Apparatus and Tests is about half the cost of the Apparatus and Tests. 410 COLLECTIONS OF APPARATUS FOB MEDICAL CHEMISTRY Grow VI -Collection* of Analytical Apparatus arranged for special purposes Nos. 4839 to 4846. 4839. ^ . Sg“reablt T m^sur?ng 19 inches in length, 15 inches in width, an, 4840. The° apparatus ^akd^testr",^ ^but without the mahogany cabinet, Price £3 3s. contents:— 62. ' 851. 863. 239. 4201. 4321. 4320. 4321a. 4376. 4409. 1464. 1442. 1400. 2400. 2400. 359. 387. 1785. 403. 1419. 2410. 4700. 1994. Porcelain Mortar, No. 00 Glass Spirit Lamp, 3 oz. Cotton Wick for Lamp Retort Stand, 1 ring Blowpipe _ ,... n . Charcoal Blowpipe Pastilles, 24 Porcelain Crucibles, for ditto, 2 Wire Handles for ditto, 2 Box of 15 Arsenic Tubes Albata Test Spoon Set of 5 Beaker glasses Ret of 3 Beaker glasses German Flask, 3 ounce Test Tubes, 4 by 4 inch, 12 Test Tubes, 4 by 1 inch, 3 Test Tube Frame, 6 boles Holder for bot Test Tubes Watcb Glasses, 4 Holder for Watcb Glasses Bulb Flask, No. 11 Clark’s Conical Test Glass Marsh’s Arsenic Apparatus Sulphuretted Hydrogen bottle 1815. 2426. 115. 1600. 1626. 1610a, 1323. 1743. 1800. 477. 236. Clark’s Retort and Receiver Box of Test Papers Glass Stirrers, 3 and 6 inch Glass Pipette, 6 inch straight Glass Funnel, 14 inch Cut Filters for ditto, 100 Glass Funnel, 24 inch Cut Filters for ditto, 100 Porcelain Filter Ring, 2 arms Porcelain Crucible, H i nc ^ ditto, If inch Porcelain Basin, 2f inch ditto, 34 inch Porcelain Cups, 8 assorted Graduated Measure, 1 ounce Glass Tubes, open, 4 lb. Stoppered Glass Bottles for Tests; 6 Narrow mouthed for Liquids, 4 ounc 7 ditto ditto 2 ,, 8 ditto ditto 1 »> 14 Wide mouthed for Solids, 1 Containing the following Chemicals : Ammon. Carbonate -- Oxalate -- Sulphide Barium Chloride - Nitrate Charcoal powder Copper, pure foil .- Sulphate Ferric Chloride Ferrous Sulphide Ferrous Sulphate Galls, Tincture Gold Chloride Flux, Black Indigo Sulphate Lead Acetate Mercuric Chloride Platinic Chloride Potassium Bichromate -- Carbonate - Cyanide Ferridcyanide Potassium Ferrocyanide Hydrate Iodide Nitrate Silver Nitrate Sodium Carbonate - Phosphate Tartaric Acid Tin Chloride Zinc, free from Arsenic Labelled Bottles to contain Acids and Alkalies. Mahogany Cabinet. TTnopiTAT LABORATORY, CHEMICAL CABINET for MEDIC, H0 MEN t^tahiing a careful selection of Chemical Apparatus and Pure Te suitable for such chemical processes of Testing, as commonly have nerformed by PHYSICIANS in HOSPITALS, or in private practice s as testing for poisons, examination of blood or urine, testing for adnta ^Investigation of the purity of medicines, &c. The instruments of the best quality, but of small size, arranged m a divided mahogi cabinet with drawers and trays, so as to be always convenient for: v Size of the cabinet, 24* inches in length, 18 inches m width, and 12* The 1 Apparatus : and^ests, without the Platinum crucible, and the mahogj 4842. The ^et Price £6 6s. Contents on page 417 COLLECTIONS OF APPARATUS FOR MEDICAL CHEMISTRY. 4.17 841. Hospital Laboratory, continued — CONTENTS. ; 62. Porcelaiu Mortar, No. 0 99. Steel Spatula with haudle, 4 inch 437. Balance with grain weights 477. Graduated Measure, 1 ounce 851. Glass Spirit Lamp, 4 oz. 864. Cotton Wick for Lamp 191. Stoneware Lamp Cylinder 197. Sand Bath for ditto, 5 inch 201. Support for Tubes on sand 196. Trellis top for furnace 194. Ring top for furnace, 2 200. Water Bath for furnace 287. Retort Stand, 3 brass rings 204. Brass Blowpipe 232. Blowpipe Lamp 241. Brass Stand for Lamp 321. Charcoal blowpipe supports, 72 320. Porcelain Crucible for ditto, 2 321a. Wires to hold ditto, 2 270. Platinum Blowpipe W ires, 3 277. Platinum Blowpipe Foils, 2 741. Platinum Capsule, \ inch 741. ditto | inch 320. Platinum Crucible, 1 inch, no cover 741. Fine Copper Wire, 1 yard 92. Iron Spoons, 2 283. Spring Steel Tongs for ditto 282. Platinum Blowpipe Tongs 135. Iron Tongs with Spoon handle 132. Brass Tongs to trim Lamp 438. Albata Test Spoon 397. Blowpipe Anvil 395. Blowpipe Hammer 265. Bulb Tube for Hydrates, 4 400. Glass Flasks, 3 and 4 ounce 400. ditto 6 and 8 ounce 419. Bulb Boiling Tubes 482. Set of 6 Beaker tumblers 465. Set of 5 Beaker glasses 786. Watch Glasses, 3 inch. 2 784. ditto 24 inch, 2 403. Holder for Watch Glasses 306. Watch Glass Springs, 2 400. Test Tubes, 5 by | inch, 12 2430. Test Tubes, 3 by § inch 6 — ditto 4 by f ,, 6 359. Test Tube Frame, 6 holes 387. Holder for hot Test Tubes 2408. Nest of 9 Test Tubes, in case 1800. Porcelain Cups, 12 assorted 2410. Clark’s Test Glass, Conical, 5 115. Glass Stirrers, 3 inch, 6 115. ditto 6 inch, 6 1690. Glass Pipettes, plain, 6 each 1691. ditto 1 bulb, 1 bent 231. Open Glass Tubes, 4 lb. 1626. Glass Funnels, 1A, 2, and 2£ inch — Cut Filters for ditto, 100 each — Glass Funnel, 3 inch 1610a. Porcelain Filter Ring, 2 arms 1611. ditto 3 arms 1626. Cut Filters, 1 and 1| inch for ditto 342. Funnel Holder, Black wood 1677. Round Glass Covers, 3 inch, 3 j 1723. Washing Bottle, A pint ' 2436. Box of Test Metals j 2427. Box of Litmus Test Papers I 1800. Porcelain White Testing Plates, 2 1740. Porcelain Evaporating Basins, 2f inch, 34 inch, 3j inch, 3f inch, 4 inch, 44 inch, 4| inch, 6 inch, diameter 1323. Porcelain Crucibles with Covers, 1| inch, H inch, 1| inch, inch, 24 inch, diameter j 4700. Marsh’s Arsenic Apparatus | 4376. Box of 15 Arsenic Tubes 1996. Clark’s HS Gas Bottle 1815. Clark’s Retort and Receiver ! 1809. Stoppered Retort, 4 ounce 1968. Small Gas Bottle, 2 necks fitted Stoppered Glass Bottles for Tests : — 8 Narrow Mouthed for Liquids, 1 ounce, 14 ditto ditto 3 ,, 3 ditto ditto 4 ,, 6 ditto ditto 7 ,, 16 Wide Mouthed for Solids, 4 ,, 7 ditto ditto 3 ,, Chemicals. cetic Acid mruon. Carbonate - Chloride - Oxalate - Sulphide arium Chloride - N itrate aJcium Chloride - Sulphate harcoal Powder obalt Nitrate opper, pure foil - Ammon. Sulphate - Sulphate Containing the following Ferric Chloride Ferrous Sulphide - Sulphate Flux, Black Indigo Sulphate Lead Acetate Manganese Peroxide Mercuric Chloride Oxalic Acid Platinic Chloride Potassium Bichromate - Carbonate - Cyanide - Hydrate Potassium Ferridcyanide - Ferrocyanide -- Iodide -Nitrate - Sulphocyanide Silver Nitrate -Ammon. Nitrate Sodium Carbonate - Phosphate Tartaric Acid Tin Chloride Zinc Chloride Zinc free from Arsenic LABELLED BOTTLES to contain Acids and Alkalies. 11 H H 413 COLLECTIONS OF APPARATUS FOR ME1) 1 CAT. CHEMISTRY. 4843 CHEMICAL CABINET, containing sufficient Apparatus and Tests for tl| Chemical Examination of Air, Water, and Food, prepared according I the instructions of E. A. Parses, Esq., M.D , A'uthor of a “ Manual Practical Hygiene." Size of the divided Cabinet ‘27 inches in length, L inches in width, and 7 inches in depth, with lock and key, Price £9 5s. 4844. The Same Collection, without the balance, in a Cabinet measuring 23 inch 4 length, 11^ inches in width, and 6^ inches in depth, Price £7 7s. CONTENTS A Hydrometer, Scale '950 to 1 ‘200, brass electro-gilt, in paper box. 2780. Flask to hold 50 C. Cubes. ^ . 429. Balance in Mahogany box. When loaded with 25 Grammes, it shows 1 Milli¬ gramme Gramme Weights, 5, 2, 1, 1 Gramme, brass, and '5 Gramme to 1 Milligramme in platinum 860. Spirit Lamp with rack 2688. Mohr’s Burette, 25 CC. in \ CC. 2688. Mohr’s Burette, 10 CC. in T ' 5 CC. 2 copies Jets for Burettes, 2 extra 2799. Mixing Bottle, 6 ounce, flat "stopper Support for Burettes, &c., consisting of Brass rod, 2 clamps, jet holder, 3 rintrs, with screw to attach it to the Box 1743. Porcelain Basiu, 4| inch 1239. Porcelain, 4^ inch Water Bath 1323. Porcelain Crucible, 2f inch 2875. Vogel’s Milk Tester Stirrers, 6 and 9 inch, 2 each 2400. Test Tubes, 6 by f inch, 6 423. Blue Litmus Paper, 6 books 423. Turmeric Paper, 6 books 2426. Box of Test Papers follows :— 1953. Vulcanized Rubber Tube :—• | inch bore, 6 feet | inch bore, 2 feet 1626. Box with 200 Filters, 3f inch 1950. Vulcanized Rubber Caps, 1 inch wi« 2 necks, 4 Stoppered Bottles, flint glass, 4 ounce, Wide mouth Stoppered Bottles, 3 oun 16 The following Solid Chemicals :— Potass. Ferridcyanide, U oz. -Ferrocyanide, 2 oz. -Permanganate, 2 oz. - Chromate, 2 oz. Ammon. Oxalate, 1 oz. Copper Sulphate, 2 oz. Barium Chloride, 2.j oz. - Nitrate, 3 oz. - Hydrate, 2 oz. Silver Nitrate, 2 oz. Sodium Phosphate, 2 oz. -Carbonate Anhyd., 2 oz. Oxalic Acid, 1£ oz - Iron Sulphide, 6 oz. -Protosulphate, 2 oz. Soft Soap, 2 oz. Gold Chloride, 54 grains. 4845. ENGINEERS’ CHEMICAL CABINET: a Comprehensive Collection CHEMICAL APPARATUS and TESTS, suitable for the performs', of the Qualitative Analysis of Ores, Minerals, and most Chemical £ Mineral Compounds, the whole selected of small sizes for the sake portability, but of the best quality; contained in a divided Mahoga Cabinet, fitted with drawer and trays, size of the Cabinet—25£ incl long, 17 inches broad, and 11 inches deep. Price £10 10s. CONTENTS :—■ 437. Balance and Grain Weights 478. Graduated Measure, 2 oz. 4399. Steel Crushing Mortar 50. Agate Mortar, 2 inch 62. Porcelain Mortar, 2 5 inch 4404. Steel Spatula, 4 inch 177. Round File in Handle 4422. Triangular File in Handle 851. Glass Spirit Lamp, 3 oz. 864. Cotton Wick for Lamp 4410. Tongs to trim Lamp 287. Retort Stand, 3 brass rings 1323. Porcelain Crucible, 1| inch ,, Ditto If mch 1800. Porcelain Cups, 8 assorted 4204. Brass Blowpipe ,, Extra Jet for ditto 1320. Platinum Crucible, § inch 4232. Blowpipe Lamp 4241. Brass Stand for ditto 4397. Blowpipe Anvil 4395. Blowpipe Hammer 4282. Platinum Blowpipe Tongs 4409. Albata Test Spoon 4270. Platinum Blowpipe Wires (2) 4277. Platinum Blowpipe Foil (2) 92. Iron Spoons (2) 1741. Platinum Capsules | inch (2) 130. "Spring Tongs to hold ditto 4276. Fine Copper Wire, 12 inches ENGINEERS CHEMICAL CABINET. 419 Engineers' Chemical Cabinet, continued — Charcoal Pastilles, 6 dozen Stoppered Bottle for ditto Iron Mould to make Pastilles Bottle of Charcoal Powder Bottle of Itice Powder Porcelain Crucibles for Pastilles Wire Supports for ditto (2) Support for Sublimates Narrow Test Tubes, 3 to 1^ inch (12) Magnifying Lens in horn case Open Glass Tubes, 6 by § inch Iron Tongs and Spoon Handle Arsenic Tubes in a box Set of 4 Beaked Tumblers Set of 6 Beakei's Boiling Flasks, 3 to 5 oz. ( 6 ) Watch Glasses, 2 inch (2) Watch Glass Holder Porcelain Capsule, with Handle Ditto larger Clark’s Gas Bottle Clark’s Retort and Receiver Glass Tube, £ lb. assorted ( 2 ) (24) ■'45. 121 . 176. 122 . 107. 107. 120 . 21a. 49. 63. 39. 60. 14. 75. 84. 45. 00 . 85. 03. 90. 91. 95. 15. 32. [Sixty Stoppered Glass Bottles for Pure Chemical Tests, namely, 20 of 2 ounce, and 13 1 ounce, with narrow mouths for solutions, and 27 of 1 ounce with wide mouths for dry tests. Intents as follows :— 1626. 1677. 342. 16106. 1625. 1719. 1690. 2400. 359. 387. 158. 2426. 2436. 1743. 115. Glass Funnels, 2, 2 |, 3 inch Round Glass Covers, 3, 4 inch Glass Funnel slight, 1 inch Funnel Holder, blackwood Filter Rings, Porcelain (2) Cut Filters, 2 ] inch (100) Ditto 31 inch (100) Ditto 4^ inch (100) Berzelius’s Washing Bottle Straight Pipette, 6 inch Test Tubes, 6 by § inch ( 6 ) Ditto 6 by i inch (2) Ditto 4 by 5 inch ( 6 ) Test Tubes Frame, 6 holes Test Tube Holder Test Tube Brush Box of Test Papers Box of Test Metals Porcelain Basin, 2f inch Ditto 3 5 inch Ditto 4 inch Glass Stirrers, 6 inch ( 6 ) Iron Perchloride, solution Indigo Sulphate, sol. Lead, Acetate, sol. -Nitrate Magnesia, Sulphate, sol. Manganese, Peroxide Mercury, Perchloride -Protonitrate Nitric Acid Oxalic Acid Platinum Chloride, sol. Potassium, Autimoniate, sol. -Bisulphate -Carbonate -Carbonate, sol. -Bicarbonate -Chromate -Bichromate - Bichromate, sol. :etic Acid nmouium, Caustic — Carbonate — Carbonate, solution — Chloride, sol. Molybdate, sol. — Oxalate — Sulphide, sol. rinm, Chloride Chloride, sol. Hydrate lciuru, Hydrate bait, Nitrate, sol. pper, Sulphate — Sulphate, sol. dls, Tincture t’drochloric Acid on, Protosulphate — Protosulpbate, sol. Thirteen turned Wooden Boxes, containing the following Blowpipe Reagents : — Potassium Cyanide -Sulphocyanide, solution -Ferridcyanide, sol. -Ferrocyanide -Ferrocyanide, sol. -Hydrate -Iodide -- Nitrate Silver, Nitrate, sol. Sodium, Carbonate -Carbonate, sol. —— Hydrate -Phosphate, sol. -Sulphate -Sulphate, sol. Sulphuric Aeid Tartaric Acid Tin Protochloride Zinc in rods rax da icrocosmic Salt me Ashes •tassium Nitrate Potassium Oxalate Fluorspar Gypsum Nickel Soda-borate Silica Boracic Acid Metallic Lead Metallic Iron 4845a. The “Engineer’s Chemical Cabinet” described above, was first prepared to meet ;estions of the late Sir Henry De la Beche, who spoke of it as follows, in a Section on erakmy, which be wrote for the “ Admiralty Manual of Scientific Enquiry," Edited by Sir hn F. W. Herschell It is probable that to Chemical Composition the Voyager will chiefly look for aid [in the sen nival on of Ores and Minerals], more especially if he be a Medical Officer, and therefore cely to have become sufficiently acquainted with Chemistry for the purpose. The modes of vestigation will readily present themselves to one so qualified, and we would suggest that no erveyimj Voyage should be sent, more particularly to distant countries, without one oj those Little tests of Needful things/ or Chemical Research which are prepared for the purpose. “Griffin (of London) and others fit up very compact and useful Chests of this kind. They cessarily vary in price according to their contents. For about £ 8 , a chest of about 1 i cubic 4-20 APPARATUS for testing wines and spirits. 4845. Engineers’ Chemical Cabinet, continued — _ S] feet, not a cumbrous size for a cabin, may be obtained. It would contain apparatus and sub stances sufficient for discriminating all well-known ores and minerals, including a Blowpipe Appa ratus with the necessary Fluxes and Keagents, as also a selection of the most useful instrument for testing in the wet way, with a collection of tests in the dry state, and stoppered bottles t contain solutions ; also a set of bottles with pure acids. , , , f •. “More complete Chests may be obtained for about £15 or £16; far more valuable for Ion voyages,* during which deficiencies cannot be expected to be supplied. These are divided mt two chests, one containing the things needful for more constant, the other large articles for occ; sional use, as well as duplicates of apparatus liable to be broken, with an extra stock of chemicals These chests usually occupy about 4 cubic feet, and contain apparatus and chemicals sufficient tc the complete Quantitative Analyses of Minerals, or the separation of the component parts ( a mineral, in quantities sufficient for an accurate analysis. They include platinum crucible; Bohemian test tubes, Berlin porcelain crucibles and capsules, complete blowpipe apparatus, &c., <£c. — Admiralty Manual of Scientific Enquiry, page 245. 4846. Apparatus and Test Solutions for the CHEMICAL TESTING of WINE' and SPIRITS, according to Processes that are fully described in the wor called “ The Chemical Testing of Wines and Spirits. By John J. Griffe F C S ” The Collection comprises a Balance, set of Grain Weights, Specific Gravity Bottl and Thermometer; also, a Distilling Apparatus and a set of Apparatus and V oh metric Test Solutions for estimating experimentally the percentage of alcohol, ir< acid, distinguishing volatile from fixed acid, sugar extract, ash, and alkaline salt in wines and spirits of all descriptions. 4846. Price of the complete collection, £9 9s, 4847. Price of the collection, without the Balance and Set of Weights, £6 6s. Group VII.— Collections of Apparatus for the use of Lecturers and Schoolmaster Nus. 4861 to 48,66. 4861. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY. Griffin’s Collection of Chemic, Apparatus and Preparations, for the Performance of the Expekimen requisite to demonstrate the Chemical Facts contained in Profess* Johnston’s Catechism of Agricultural Chemistry and Geology. Adapted f the use of Schoolmasters. Price £i 11s. 6d., packed in a case. , Agricultural Chemistry Association, To Messrs. Griffin and Co., 8, Baker Street, Edinburgh, 23rd July, 1844. Gentlemen, —I am much obliged to you for the trouble you have taken in making up a set Apparatus suited to the Experiments mentioned in my Catechism of Agricultural Chemistry a Geology. 1 think it is very complete, and excellent, and I am sure that the Schoolmasters in gene Will feel as grateful to you as I do myself. Believe me, yours truly, (Signed) James F. W. Johnston. CONTENTS :— 1192. Spirit Lamp, stoneware 1193. Oil Lamp, stoneware 864. Cotton Wick, 2 feet 1191. Lamp Cylinder, 6 inch 1196. Trellis Top, for ditto 1194. Pair of Bing Tops, ditto 1963. Hydrogen Gas Bottle, 1 tube 2254. Jet aud Cork for ditto 2033. Chlorine Gas Bottle, 1 tube 2014. Oxygen Gas Retort and Tube 2014. ,, Extra Retort for ditto 2400. Test Tubes, 3 by i inch (2) „ „ 4 by 1 inch (2) 2423. Book of Litmus Paper 2423. Book of Turmeric Paper 293. Tube Holder, with Stand 2237. Crook and Cork for ditto 1559. Bottle for HSO 2 , i pint stoppered 1559. Bottle for HC1, h pint stoppered 2066. Pneumatic Trough, 11 inch 2071. Beehive Shelf, 4 inch 1576. Glass Bottle, | pint, stoppered 1535. Jar, 10 by'3 inch, No. 28 1535. Jar, 6 by 2| iuch, No. 20 2101. Deflagrating Jar, 5 inch 2299. Deflagrating Spoon 2232. Wire and Taper 160. Tray for Gas Jar, 3 inch 160. Tray for Gas Jar, 4 inch 2417. Test Glass, 6 ounce, cylindrical 2410. Test Glass, 3 ounce, conical 115. Glass Stirrers, 3 and 6 inch APPARATUS FOR TEACHING AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY. 4 v 1 (61. 90. 31. 90. 35. 62. 70. 26. 26. 10 . ’The Johnston’s Agricultural Chemistry, continued — Pipette, plain, 6 inch Open Tubes, 2 sizes Porcelain Capsule and Handle Iron Tongs, with Spoon Mortar and Pestle, 24 inch Porcelain Basin, 4 inch Glass Funnel, 14 inch Filters, 100, 2f inch Filter Ring following article, No. 4826, describes Chemicals in Bottles .-— Zinc Punchin j;s, 6 oz. Manganese Peroxide, 8 oz. Potassium Chlorate, 4 oz. Mercuric Oxide, 4 oz. Potassium Nitrate, 2 oz. Phosphorus, 2 drachms Cupric Oxide, 1 oz. Packing Case a superior Collection of Apparatus for e above-mentioned purpose. (62. Collection of CHEMICAL APPARATUS and TESTS, for performing the Experiments described in Johnston's “ Catechism of Agricultural Chemistry ; ” also, suitable for Lectures on the Non Metallic Elements before a School, or other limited Audience. Contained in a portable divided cabinet, of pine wood, stained black, measuring 25 inches in length, 18 inches in width, and 13 inches in depth. Price £4 14s. 6d. CONTENTS: 62. Porcelain Mortar, No. 0 64. Set of 5 Beakers, 0 to 4 >51. Glass Spirit Lamp, 4 oz. 164. Cotton Wick, 1 yard 91. Lamp Cylinder, 6 inch 95. Pair of Hot Plates, tin plate 94. Pair of Iron Ring Tops 96. Iron Trellis Top 100. Water Bath, 2 pieces 97. Sand Bath, 5 inch, tin plate 101. Tube Support on stand ■17. Graduated Measure, 1 oz. :37. Balance and Grain Weights 04. Flasks, green, 4 and 8 oz. DO. Flasks, w hite, 6 and 10 oz. 43. Porcelain Basin, 34 inch „ Ditto ,, 4 inch ,, Ditto ,, 4j inch 66. Semiporcelain Basin, 5 inch -19. Test Glass, 12 oz., cylindrical 110. Test Glass, conical (3) r88. Conical Glass Jar, I pint 21. Glass Jars, set of 4, 24 to 5 inch '63. Hydrogen Gas Bottle, 4 pint, 1 tube '96. Clark’s Gas Bottle 14. Oxygen Retort and Tube 01. Deflagrating Jar, 5 inch 29. Detlagrating Spoon, No. 1 71a. Beehive Shelf, 4 inch 60. Gas Tray, 4 inch 60. Gas Tray, 44 inch 09. Retort, stoppered, 4 oz. 1805. Retort, plain, 4 oz. 1847. Receiver, stoppered, 4 oz. 2254. Cork and Jet for Gas Bottle 1576. Bottle, 10 oz., wide mo. stoppered 2 e 32. Wire and Taper 1626. Funnels, l ea. 2 and 3 inch 1626. Filters, 100 each to fit the funnels 342. Funnel Holder, blackvvood 293. Tube Holder, fitted to do. 387. Test Tube Holder, in handle ,287. Retort Stand, 3 brass rings 359. Tube Frames, 6 holes 2400. Test Tubes, 6 of 5 by | in. ,, Ditto 6 of 5 by f in. 1690. Straight Pipettes, 6 inch (2) 115. Stirrers, 2 ea. 3, 6, 9 inch 2426. Box of Test Papers 2438. Albata Test Spoon 1786. Pair of Watch Glasses 403. Watch Glass Holder 1800. Porcelain Cups, 14 inch 1790. Porcelain Capsule with handle 1323. Porcelain Crucible, 14 inch ,, Ditto 1| inch ,, Ditto 2 4 inch 1610. Filter Rings, 2 sizes 99. Steel Spatula, 5 inch in handle 4200. Blowpipe 135. Iron Tongs with spoon 4277. Platinum Foil, 2 by 4 inch 4270. Platinum Wire, 2 inch (2) 1741. Platinum Capsule, 4 inch BOTTLES CONTAINING' CHEMICAL PREPARATIONS. Wide Mouth, 1 oz. stoppered Narrow Mouth, 1 oz. ,, Wide Mouth, 2 oz. corked Ditto 4 oz. ,, Chemicals : :etic Acid, 1 oz. um, Cryst. 4 oz. nmonium Carbonate, 1 oz. -Chloride, 3 oz. -Nitrate, 2 oz. -Oxalate, 1 oz. Barium, Chloride, 2 oz. -Nitrate, 2 oz. Copper, Black Oxide, 2 oz. Calcium Chloride fused, 4 oz. -Hydrate, 4 oz. Iron Protosulphate, 2 oz. -Sulphide, 4 oz. Magnesia Sulphate, 4 oz. Magnesia Calcined, 4 oz. Manganese Peroxide, 8 oz. Mercury, Red Oxide, 1 oz. Potassium Carbonate, 1 oz. -Chlorate, 4 oz. -Hydrate, 1 oz. -Nitrate, 4 oz. Phosphorus, 4 oz. Sodium, Borate, 1 oz. -Carbonate, 14 oz. -Phosphate, 1 oz. Silica, in powder, 3 oz. Tartaric Acid, 14 oz. Zinc, Graaulated, 6 oz. 422 APPARATUS FOH ELEMENTARY INSTRUCTION IN CHEMISTRY. , 0,0 TOT LECTION of CHEMICAL APPARATUS SUITABLE for SCHOOL ^ " MASTERS. This is the Set prepared for Class Teaching in Nation* Schoois and described in the following work Special Report on App 1 ratus for Elementary Instruction in Science ; by the Rev P reder^tk Tempi! M A Her Majesty's Inspector of Schools .” Education Ofhee, Whitehall. 11th July, 1856. l ltn juiy, loou. „ ' ,npnts in many of the Instruments have been made during the ten yeaxi OonmderaWe mprovement^m y are contaiae d m the follomeg collection ; but in th. SlbX “ond^-A Lt described in the above Report. P lv innio 1 4863 4861. ■ set corresjjujuu.s> - Price of the Apparatus without the Chemicals, 18 guineas. Price with the Chemicals enumerated, No. 4865, 21 guiueas. 7 7 - a- o' VI tl,P m' The marginal numbers refer to figures and th is ivork. descriptions given in the preceding pages 1579. 1766. 2232. 2244. 2236. 2277. 4360. 2400. 1575. 1579. 1550. 1550. 1677. 1400. 851. 1448. 2251. 2251. 2135. 2077. 2067. 223. 228. 2161. 2162. 1953. 1953. 697. 698. 705. 704. 706. 160. 2122. 2329. 2103. 2104. 1576. 2224. 2226. 2227. 2230. 2233. 2110. 2114. 920. 2241. 4522. feet Bottle, 6 pints, with stopper Porcelain Basin, 61 inch Wire and Taper (2) Candle Holder Cup to hold Phosphorus Wire Gauze, 8 inches square Open Glass Tubes, 6 by i inch (3 Test Tubes, 6 by 1 inch (6) Flexible Metal Pipe, 18 inches Bottles, 4 oz., corked (6) Bottles, pint, stoppered (2) Bottles, 3 oz., KM stoppered 24 Bottles, 6 oz., NM stoppered (24) Glass Discs, 4 and 6 inch German Flasks, 8 oz. (2) Glass Spirit Lamp Set of 10 Beaker Glasses Gas Bottle for Hydrogen Tube for Musical Sounds Glass Cylinder, 10 by 2, open Tate’s Pneumatic Trough Griffin’s Stoneware Trough Danger’s Glassblower s Lamp Iron Bod for Glassbloweis Griffin’s School Gasholder Stopcock for use with ditto V ulcauized Tube, ^ inch, 3 Ditto, i inch, 3 feet Stopcock, double male (2) Stopcock, male and female Connector, double male Ditto, double female Ditto, male and female Trays for Gas Jars, 2 to 7 in. (6) Gas Jar, 12 by 2 inches Ditto, graduated into 30 cubic inches Deflagrating Jar, 9 by 5 inches Ditto, 11 by 6 inches Quart Bottles stoppered (3) Globe for Phosphorus Cup for Phosphorus Pan 12 inch for ditto Brass Deflagrating Spoons (2) Hank of Iron Wire Gas Jar with brass cap, 12 by 6 in. Glass Globe for ditto Gas Burner, gauze top, &c. Oxygen Blowpipe Jet Set of Blowpipe Apparatus for testing Minerals, &c. 2249. 2143. 2136. 2255. 1962. 2014. 2020. 1996. 2033. 293. 391. 2187. 1806. and 1S09. 1405. 1865. 1626. > J 342. 907, 2 1219. 1743. 1790. 2400. 2410. 2417. 158. 387. 115. 1785. 1953. 1592. 1593. 1594. 1400. 1482. 480. Balloon, 9 inch Bladder with wood mouth-piece Waterproof Gas Bag Brass Tobacco Pipe for Gas Hydrogen Gas Bottle, 2 tubes Oxygen Tube Retort Large Retort for Oxygen Gas Glass Bottle for Carbonic Acid Chlorine Gas Bottle Support for Small Retorts Tin Crook to Support hot Tubes U-tube Condenser Glass Retorts, plain, of 5, 10, 20 40 ounces (4) Glass Retorts, stoppered, 10 & 20 oz. G Glass Receivers, plain, 8, 16, 24 oz. (3 Adapters, U and 2 inch (2) Glass Funnel, 4 inch (2) 100 Filters for ditto and Box Glass Funnel, 3 inch (2) 100 Filters for ditto and Box Glass Funnel, 2 inch (2) 100 Filters for ditto and Box Funnel Holder, black wood Argand Oil Lamp . . Griffin’s Lamp Furnace, containing 17 articles Porcelain Basins, 2f, 3a, 4, 4|, 7f, ai 8| inches(6) Porcelain Capsule with handle (•-) Test Tubes, 3 by 1 inch (6) Ditto 5 by | inch (6) Ditto 6 by 1 inch (6) Test Glass, couical, 1 oz. (12) Test Glass, cylindrical, 6 oz. (6) Brush to clean Test Tubes Clip to hold hot tubes Glass Stirrers, 3 inch (12) Ditto 6 inch (6) Ditto 9 and 12 inch (3 each) Watch Glasses (6) Vulcanized Tube, i inch (1 foot) Ditto g inch (l foot) Ditto i inch (1 foot; Chemical labels, small Ditto large Ditto De la Rue’s Glass Flasks, 8, 16, 20, and 32 oz. (4! Bohemian Beaked Tumblers, a set of Graduated Measure, 10 oz. APPARATUS FOR ELEMENTARY 303. Chemical Apparatus for National 592. Dropping Tube with bulb 590. Straight Pipettes (2) >34. Jar on foot, 8 by 2 inch 10 by 2 inch 12 by 2 inch 15 by 3 inch 10 by 14inch f 12 by 14 inch 1G by If inch 100. Porcelain Cups (2) 271. Retort Stand, 2 Rings, 1 Triangle 159. Test Tube Stand, 6 holes 171. Ditto 8 holes and pegs 279. Tate’s Oxyhydrogeu Blowpipe 195. Apparatus to produce Water from H. gas 242. Respiration Apparatus 245. To Collect CO 2 from burning Candle 246. Water Bottle with tap 441. Balance to Weigh 1 lb 159. Pound pile of Weights 137. Balance and Weights for under ’ oz. 783. Specific Gravity Bottle, 250 septems 140. Ure’s Eudiometer 115. Clark’s Retort and Receiver INSTRUCTION IN CHEMISTRY. 1-3 Schools, continued — 1817. Faraday’s Retort and Receiver 1886. Still and Condenser 1354. Set of 5 Hessian Crucibles 1352. Melting Pots, small (6) 1323. Porcelain Crucible, 14 inch Ditto If inch Ditto 2f inch 393. Set of 6 round wood Blocks 62, 2. Porcelain Mortar, 4 inch 170. Case of 6 Cork Borers 177. Rat-tail File 184. Half-round Rasp 229. Triangular File 168. Corks, assorted, 1 gross 231. Glass Tubes, assorted, 2 lb. 1396. Iron Ladles, 2 and 4 iuch 92. Iron Spoons (2) 121. Crucible Tongs 404. Stoneware Basin Supports (2) 321. Universal Support 313. Vertical Support 2426. Box of Test Papers 2432. Ditto for Lecturers 865. CHEMICAL PREPARATIONS, to accompany the above set of Apparatus, all in Glass Bottles, with glass stoppers, when necessary. Price without the Apparatus, £3 3=. .cids :— Sulphuric, comml., 1 pint Sulphuric, pure, 4 lb. Hydrochloric, comml., 1 pint Hydrochloric, pure, 4 lb. Nitric, comml., 4 lb. Nitric, pure, 4 lb. Acetic, 2 oz. „ Oxalic, cryst., 1 oz. Tartaric, cryst., 1 oz. Jeohol, 6 oz. Jam, 4 oz. .mmonium Chloride, 2 oz. .mmonia Carbonate, 2 oz. .mmonia Caustic, 1 pint .mmonia Nitrate, 6 oz. .ntimony Metallic, 1 oz. ntimony Sulphide, 4 oz. arium Chloride, 1 oz. •arivim Nitrate, 1 oz. alcium Chloride, cryst., 2 oz. alcium Carbonate, 4 oz. alcium Hydrate, 2 oz. alcium Fluoride, 2 oz. leaching Powder, 4 oz. amphor, 1 oz. harcoal Sticks, 2 oz. harcoal Powder, 2 oz. obalt Chloride, 4 oz., solution Jiobalt Nitrate, \ oz., solution ochineal, 1 oz. Copper Leaf, 24 leaves Copper Turnings, 2 oz. Copper Nitrate, 1 oz. Copper Sulphate, 4 oz. Copper Chloride, 4 oz> Gall Nuts Powder, 1 oz. Gold Leaf, 4 book of 25 leaves Indigo, 1 oz. Iodine, 4 oz. Iron Perchloride, 1 oz. Iron Persulphate, l oz. Iron Protosulphate, 4 oz. Iron Protosulphate, pure, 2 oz. Iron Sulphide, 4 lb. Lead Metallic, 1 oz. Lead Red Oxide, 1 oz. Lead Litharge, 1 oz. Lead Acetate, 4 oz. Lead Acetate, pure, 2 oz. Lead Carbonate, 1 oz. Lead Ore, Galena, 2 oz. Litmus, 4 oz. Lycopodium, 4 oz. Magnesium Oxide, 1 oz. Magnesium Carbonate, 1 oz. Magnesium Sulphate, 2 oz. Manganese Peroxide, 1 lb. Naphtha for burning, 1 pint Mercury Metallic, 4 lb. Mercury Perchloride, 4 oz. Phosphorus, 1 oz. Phosphorus Amorphous, 4 oz. Potassium Metallic, 6 grains Potassium Bromide, \ oz. Potassium Bichromate, 1 oz. Potassium Bitartrate, 1 oz. Potassium Carbonate, 2 oz. Potassium Carb., purif., 1 oz. Potassium Chlorate, 4 lb. Potassium Chromate, 1 oz. Potassium Ferridcyanide, 4 or. Potassium Ferrocyanide, 1 oz. Potassium Hydrate, 4 oz. Potassium Hydrate, pure, 4 oz. Potassium Iodide, 1 oz. Potassium Nitrate, 4 oz. Potassium Sulphocyauide, [ oz. Silver Leaf, 25 small leaves Silver Nitrate, 2 drachms Sodium Metallic, 10 grains Sodium Borate (Borax) 2 oz. Sodium Bicarbonate, 1 oz. Sodium Carbonate, cryst., 2oz. Sodium Nitrate, 2 oz. Sodium Sulphate, 4 oz. Stourbridge Clay, 4 lb. Strontium Nitrate, 4 oz. Sulphur Roll, 2 oz. Sulphur Sublimed, 2 z. Tiufoil, 1 oz. Tin Chloride, 4 oz. Zinc Cuttings, 4 lb. apparatus for popular LECTURES ON CHEMISTRY 4866. COLLECTION OF “menTirT^gene^ of large, size than those forming U, Price £21. FOLLOWING INSTRUMENTS : — 1595. Funnels of 4, 6, 8 inch preceding collection. Containing the 62, 1. 62, 3. 44, 2. 99. 1400. 1468. 1482. 805. 790. 1219* 870. 863. 866 . 132. 135. 133. 297,1. 293. 333. 337. 393. 262. 319,3 315. 2404. 360. 371. 388. 158. 2410. 115. 115. 115. 98. 2441. 2426. 2432. 2436. 1690. 1691. 2856. 477. 479. 481. For Pulverisation :— Porcelain Mortar, 3J inch ditto 5 mch Iron Mortar, 6 inch Steel Spatula, 6 inch For Solutions :— Glass Flasks, 2 each of 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 24, 30, 40, and 80 ounce Set of 8 Beaker Glasses Set of 6 Beaked Tumblers Furnaces, nseqnently, the names of the Crystals, or their symbols, or the angles across their edges, the names of the minerals they represent, can be written upon them and removed at pleasure, lese properties are not possessed in the same degree by Models made of glass or wood. When iiled, they can be cleaned by soap and water. Finally they are cheaper than Models made of any her material. 181. Price of the set of 120 Models, 40s. >82. Single Models of Crystals, 6d. each !)83. Collection of 12 Models of Crystals, to show what is meant by the Six Systems of Crystallisation, 5s. jl. Octahedral System : —1. Cube. 2. Octahedron. 3. Dodecahedron. 4. Cube and octahedron. . Pyramidal System: —5. Pyramid with square base. III. Rhombic System 6 . Rhombic ism. 7. Rhombic octahedron. IV. Hexagonal System: — 8 . Hexagonal prism. 9. Ditto with ramid. 10. Rhombohedron. V. Oblique Prismatic System:- -11. Oblique Prism. VI. Doubly blique Prismatic System 12. Doubly oblique prism. '84. Collection of Sixty Models, arranged according to any specified system, 21s. '85. Hauy’s Primitive Forms of Crystals, a set of 23 Models, 10s. 4986. Griffin’s System of Crystallography (see page 442), contains very copious Tables of ference to works on Crystallography and Mineralogy, which give figures or descriptions of the ystals represented by each Model. It also contains lists of all the Minerals which have been ,nd in the shape of each model, or in a shape nearly related to it. But every Model in this lection is not merely described in that work—it is made the subject of numerous mathematical iblems, and the relation of the Models to Crystallised Minerals is illustrated in the most ample il practical manner. The Models will be found alike useful to private Students and to Teachers. 88. Supports for Models of Crystals : ’hese supports are intended to hold Crystals in a proper position for Crystallographic examin- on as represented by No. 6. They are useful for the purpose of exhibiting the Models in a tseum, or when a series of Crys- is to be placed before a Crystal- rapher for study. It is extremely venient when a suite of Crystals, ler belonging to one system or to mineral, are to be examined, to e the means of placing the whole i proper position for examination, l yet to have the hands at liberty ittend to pen or book. i9. The Supports, Nos. 1 to 4, Fig. 4988, are made of Pale Blue Biscuit Porcelain; No. 5, is made of Cedar, price 6d. each. 4988. ()0. An assortment of twenty Supports for Models of Crystals, 8s. To. 1 supports all kinds of square based pyramids ; No. 2 supports pyramids that have a rhombic 3 ; No. 3 supports rhombohedrons and six-sided pyramids ; No. 4 supports all Crystals with sdral summits; No. 5 (cedar) with the aid of brass pins, supports such crystal as have unsym- ■rical summits, and are not adapted to the porcelain supports. No. 6 represents the manner in ft ch the Crystals are supported. 43 2 CRYSTALLOGRAPE 4991. Goniometer for measuring the angles of Models of Crystals, &c. where approximate results only are re¬ quired. A cheap instrument for the student in Crystallography, 7s. 6d 4992. Upright Glass Case to hold 120 Models i of Crystals, 31s. 6d. 4993. Collection of Models of Crystals, cut m wood, 114 specimens, £3 10s. 4994. Collection of 37 Models. of Crystals cut in wood, with Optical Axes, m a box, 52s. 6d. 433 nn Comical (bests, AND OTHER PREPARATIONS FOR EXPERIMENTS OF DEMONSTRATION OR RESEARCH. Avoirdupois Weight-1 lb. = 16 o, - W fc ; ‘ 1 dr. = 27g grains. Imperial Measure : -1 gallon = 4 quarts = 8 pints = 160 fluid ounces. 1 gallou = 10 pounds of water = 10 decigallons. QUANTITIES UNDER HALF A POUND ARE CHARGED AT THE PRICE PER OUNCE. The Prices of Chemicals are subject to frequent variation. MINERAL ACIDS PACKED FOR TRAVELLING. Corrosive and Combustible dehvM^to^Eailw^y'earner, or sent oh Jbe «-eparaurac^ *£££?& Stef dlvWonsSiiSSrSe b^tlesfand the spices fiUed with straw, the eases being made to old either four or six bottles. EXPENSE OF CASES For 4 pint bottles, Qs. Gd. For 4 quart bottles, 3s. For 4 half-gallon bottles, 4 s. AND PACKING MATERIALS. For 6 pint bottles, 3s. For 6 quart bottles, 4s. For 6 half-gallon bottles, 5s. COST AND CONTENTS OF THE BOTTLES OF ACID. The Price includes both Acid and Bottle. Pint Bottles. Sulphuric Acid, pure, sp. gr. P845 ! Hydrochloric Acid, pure, sp. gr. TUU i Nitric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1180 • • • • Sulphuric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1 t 4a , Hydrochloric Acid, commercial, sp. gP. 1 i Nitric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1 360 Ammonia, commercial, sp. gr. 0 b>' * * on 5 Nitric Acid, commercial, fuming, sp. gr. I 6 Nitric Acid, pure, sp. gr. I 380 2* lb. H lb. If lb. 2| lb. li lb. If lb. ly lb. H lb. 2 lb. K K K s. d. 3 - L 3 2 3 1 - - 9 1 8 1 5 5 - 3 6 434 PURE REAGENTS AND OTHER CHEMICALS. MINERAL ACIDS PACKED FOR TRAVELLING, continued. Quart Bottles ( Corbyn's ). 1 Sulphuric Acid, pure, sp. gr, 1"845 2 Hydrochloric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1-120. 3 Nitric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1‘180 4 Sulphuric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1-845 5 Hydrochloric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1-155 6 Nitric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1 *360 7 Ammonia, commercial, sp. gr. 0"8S 8 Nitric Acid, commercial, fuming, sp. gr. 1-520 9 Nitric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1-380 Half-Gallon Bottles (Winchester's). 1 Sulphuric Acid, pure, sp. gr. l - 845 2 Hydrochloric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1"120 3 Nitric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1-180 4 Sulphuric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1-845 5 Hydrochloric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1155 6 Nitric Acid, commercial, sp. gr. 1-360 7 Ammonia, commercial, sp. gr. 0'88 8 Nitric Acid, commercial, fuming, sp. gr. U520 9 Nitric Acid, pure, sp. gr. 1-380 5 lb. 3 lb. 3* lb. 5 lb. 3 lb. 3| lb. 2| lb. 3 lb. 4 lb. 10 lb. 6 lb. 7 lb. 10 lb. 6 lb. 7 lb. 5 lb. 6 lb. 8 lb. Ounce. Pound. Ounce. s. d. s. d. s. d. Acid Acetic, sp. gr. 1'044 - 1 1 - Acid Nitric, coml. sp. gr. 1 36 — Acetic, sp. gr. 1'07 cryst.- 5 5 - — — pure, sp. gr. 118 — Arsenic, pure - 4 3 6 — — pure, sp. gr. 1 38 — — coml. - 2 2 — — — coml. fuming, sp. — Arsenious, pure - 2 2 — gr. 1"48 — Benzoic, cryst. 1 6 16 - — — coml fuming, sp. — Boracic, cryst. - 3 2 6 gr. 152 — — fused - 6 6 - — Oxalic, coml. cryst. - 2 — Butyric 2 6 — — pure, cryst. - 3 — Carbazotic 2 — — Phosphoric, glacial 1 — — Carbolic, pure, cryst. - 10 10 - — Pyrogallic 5 — — Chromic, cryst. 1 4 16 - — Succinic, pure, cryst. 3 — — Citric, pure cryst. 5 5 - — Sulphuric, coml. sp. gr. — — coml. cryst. - 4 3 6 1-845 —• Formic, solution - 3 3 — — — pure, sp. gr. — Gallic, pure, cryst. 1 6 18 — 1-845 — — coml. 1 2 14 — — — Nordhausen, — Hydrochlor ic, sp. gr. fuming 1-155 corn 1. - 2 — Sulphurous, sol. P.B. — — pure, sp. gr. 1-120 — 6 — Tannic 1 — — Hydrofluoric in gutta — Tartaric, coml. cryst. - 3 percha bottles :— — — pure, cryst. - 5 1 oz. 10d. *lb.2s.6d. — Tungstic, pure 1 6 2 oz. Is. 2d. 1 lb. 3s. 6d. — Uric 3 — 4 oz. Is. 8d. — Valerianic 3 — — Hydrofluosi icic - 2 2 - Alcohol, absolute, sp. gr. — Hydrosulphunc 2 - •795 10 — Molybdic, pure 2 — — sp. gr. -805 - 7 PURE REAGENTS AND OTHER CHEMICALS. 435 Ounce, s. d. cohol 60° O.P.,sp.gr/ 84 - Methylated - mond Meal am, coml. cryst. - pure, cryst. - Chrome - Iron - Ammonia - uminium, metal, in bar 7 Sheet and Wire 10 Thin Leaf, per book of 51 leaves, Is. 6d. Chloride, cryst. - Oxide ; pure Alumina - Sulphate, coml. - fiber - fiber and Chloroform Varnish imonium, Benzoate Bichromate Bisulphite Bromide, pure Carbonate, coml. purif. — pure Caustic,sp. gr. -88(120°) — sp. gr. -96 (40°) Chloride, coml. — pure Fluoride, pure Iodide, pure Molybdate, cryst. Nitrate, pure, cryst. Oxalate, pure, cryst. Phosphate, pure Soda-Phosphate, pure, Succinate, pure, cryst. Sulphate, pure, cryst. . Sulphide, solution ■ Sulphocyanide liline, solution - Sulphate, solution aimal Charcoal, pure - Bone Black ntichlor ntimony, Metallic, coml - Chloride, sol. coml. - Sulphide, Native rgol, Red - White rsenic, Metallic, coml. - Iodide, coml. 4 2 2 1 1 2 6 6 2 6 6 9 7 2 4 6 9 6 1 2 1 2 6 3 3 5 5 0 6 2 2 9 6 5 2 2 1 2 2 4 Pound, s. d. 4 - 2 - 1 - - 3 1 0 6 - 6 - 1 8 6 6 2 - 4 - 12 - 1 - 2 - - 9 * - 4 1 - 1 6 3 - 5 - 5 - 6 - 2 - 1 4 8 - 18 - 5 - 1 - 1 - 1 3 - 8 - G 1 - 1 9 4 - Ounce, s. d. Arsenic, Iodide, pure 5 — Red Sulphide, Realgar - — Yellow Sulphide, Or- pimate — — White Oxide - Asbestos, best white, in long loose fibres (10 lbs. at Is. 6d. lb.)- BariumAcetate,pure,cryst. - — Bromide 3 — Carbonate, Native — — coml. precip. - — — precip. purifi. - — — pure precip. - — Caustic Anhydrous - — — Hydrate, pure, cryst. - — Chloride, coml. cryst. - — — pure, cryst. - — Iodide 3 — Nitrate, coml. cryst. — — pure, cryst. - — Sulphate,native ground _ — -— cryst. — Sulphide - Bees’ Wax Benzoic Acid, cryst. 1 Benzole, pure — rough Benzole (Crystal) Varnish Bismuth, metallic 1 — Nitrate, pure, cryst. _ — Subnitrate,pure precip. 1 Bleaching Powder • - Bone Ash for Cupellation _ per cwt. 40s. Boracic Acid, pure cryst. — Borax. See Sodium Borate Boron, per grain, Is. 6d. — cryst. per grain, 2s. British Gum (Dextrine) - Bromides, various. — Ammonium — Barium — Cadmium — Calcium — Chlorine — Iodine — Iron — Lime ’— Lithium 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 12 2 2 2 3 8 2 4 6 8 4 1 2 1 2 3 6 6 I 3 1 G 6 6 6 6 3 6 Pound, s. d. 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 8 - 1 - 1 6 3 6 6 - 7 6 4 - 1 - 1 6 1 - 2 - - 3 - 2 2 6 2 6 16 - 3 6 1 6 5 - - 4 - 6 2 6 1 - 436 PURE REAGENTS AND OTHER CHEMICALS. S. 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 Bromides, Magnesium — Potassium — Sodium — Zinc Bromine, pure Butyric Acid Cadmium, Metallic, pure — Bromide, pure — Carbonate, pure — Chloride, pure — Iodide, pure — Nitrate, pure — Oxide, pure — Sulphate, pure — Sulphide Calcium Bromide — Carbonate,pure precip. - — — calc spar - — — Iceland spar - — Chloride, pure cryst. - — — coml. in lumps dried — — — fused — Fluoride ; Fluorspar - — Iodide 3 — Nitrate, pure, cryst. - — Phosphate, precip. P.B.- — Phosphide, bottle loz. 1 — Sulphate, pure, precip. - — — pure, cryst. - — Sulphide - Camphor - Canada Balsam - Caoutchouc, Liquid, ] lb. Carbazotic Acid, cryst. Carbon Sulphide Cerium Nitrate — Oxalate — Oxide Charcoal, Wood, in sticks — in fine powder — Animal, Bone Black — — pure - Chromic Acid, pure, cryst. 1 Citric Acid, coml. cryst. - — — pure, cryst. - Chloroform, pure — Methylated Chloride of Lime - Chlorine, Bromide 2 — solution in Water d. 6 6 6 2 Pound. Ounce. Pc s. d. s. d. s Cobalt, Acetate 4 - — Carbonate 4 - — Chloride, pure 3 - — Metallic, coml. 4 - — Nitrate, pure, cryst. 3 - — Peroxide, pure 4 - Cochineal - 6 Copper, Metallic, turnings - 2 — — pure electro- typed in foil - 4 — — in fine flat¬ 3 2 2 - tened wire - 7 — — pure, granu¬ lated - 5 — — in gauge 100 to the inch, per square 1 - 8 foot, 10s. 6d. 4 4 - — Acetate, pure, cryst. - 5 2 1 6 — Ammon. Sulph. cryst. - 5 - 2 — Carbonate, pure - 5 — Chloride, pure, cryst. - 5 - 6 — Iodide 1 9 1 - 4 — Nitrate, pure, cryst. - 3 5 5 - 1 — Oxide, black, coml. - 4 ' — — — pure - 8 3 2 6 — — — — dense - 9 6 3 2 6 1 — Sulphate, coml. cryst. - 1 — — pure, cryst. - 2 6 4 3 6 — Tartrate, pure - 6 Cotton Wool, finest 3 3 - Crystal Varnish for Pho¬ 4 3 - tography 3 6 Dextrine, British Gum 2 1 3 Dutch Gold, book of 25 leaves, per dozen, 2s. - - 2 Ether, Sulphuric, sp. gr. •735 P.B. - 7 — — anhydrous, sp. gr. -725 - 8 - 6 — — methylated,sp. ] - gr. -73 - 3 5 5 — Fireclay, ground, per 4 16 - cwt. 10s. 4 3 6 Flux for Silicates, Fre- 5 5 - senius’s - 5 9 - Flux, Black - 3 6 - Fluorspar - l 1 - 4 Fusible Metal 6 - 8 Gall Nuts, in powder - 3 Glycerine, coml. 2 - 4 6 -i 4 III 5 5 5 5 2 3 7 i 8 5 1 6 7 o 2 l ruilE REAGENTS AND OTHER CHEMICALS. 437 Ounce, s. d. lycerine, pure old, Chloride, pure cryst. 73 - — in bottles of 15 grains, 2s. 9d. — in bottles of 30 grains, 5s. 3d. old Leaf, book of 25 leaves Is. 6d. rrape Sugar - 2 [ydrochloric Acid See lydrofluoric Acid > page [ydrosulphuric Acidj 434 ndigo - 8 - Sulphate - 2 odine, re-sublimed 1 0 - Bromide 2 6 ron, metallic, thin wire, per bank 6J. — Bromide 2 6 — Iodide 1 3 — Ferric Chloride, subl. 1 - — — — cryst. - 4 — — Sulphate, pure - 3 — Ferrous Chloride 2 — — Sulphate purifi. - 1 — — pure, cryst. - 1 — — granul. Otto - 2 — Red Oxide, coml. - 1 — Sulphide, fused, in lumps for HS gas - 1 — Mohr’s Double Salts :— — Amm.Ferrous Sulphate - 4 — Amm. Ferric Sulphate - 5 — Ferric Chloride, cryst. - 8 {.aolin jead, Acetate, coml. cryst. - 1 — — pure, cryst. - 2 — Subacetate, sol. P.B. - 2 — Carbonate, pure precip. - 3 — — purified - 2 — Chromate, pure fused - 7 — — pure precip. - 4 — Iodide 1 6 — Metallic, pure, in foil - 2 _ — powder for Cupellation - 2 — Nitrate, coml. cryst. - 2 — — pure, cryst. - 3 Pound. Ounce. Pound. s. d. s. d. s. d. 4 - Lead Oxide:—Litharge - 2 1 - — Red Oxide - 1 - 6 — Tartrate - 6 6 - Lime, Bromide 1 3 — Chloride - 1 - 4- — Salts, see Calcium Liquor Potass®, sp. gr. 1 058 °P.B. - G — — sp. gr. 1-385 1 3 — Soda, sp. gr. 1.047 °P.B. - 4 — — sp. gr. T385 - 6 1 - Lithium, salts, pure: — Bromide dr. Is. 12 6 — Carbonate dr. lOd. 10 - — Chloride dr. lOd. 10 - 8 - — Sulphate cryst. dr. 8d. 8 - 1 6 Litmus, superior - 3 2 6 — Tincture, neutral - 3 3 - Lycopodium - 6 5 6 Magnesium Metallic :— — flat-band dr. Is. 6d. 16 - — wire dr. Is. 6d. 16 - — Bromide 2 6 10 6 •— Carbonate, pure precip. - 2 1 - 4 6 — Chloride, pure - 4 3 6 2 6 — Iodide 2 3 1 6 — Nitrate, coml. - 4 4 - - 6 — Oxide, calcined, pure - 4 4 - 1 - — Sulphate, pure cryst. - 1 - 5 2 - Manganese, Chloride,pure - 6 5 6 1 - — Pei’oxide native, ground - 2* — — in coarse lumps - 2* - G — — crystallized - 2 1 - — Sulphate pure - 5 5 - 3 0 Mercury, Metallic — 4 3 3 4 - — Cyanide 1 6 7 - — Iodide, yellow 2 - - 3 — — red 2 - 1 - — Perchloride - 5 1 9 — Protochloride - 6 1 6 — Pernitrate - 9 3 - — Protonitrate - 6 1 G —• Red Oxide - 6 7 - — Sulphide - 6 4 - — Sulphocyanide Metallic precipitants, box Is. 1 - Microcosmic Salt, pure - 6 G - Molybdic Acid 2 - 1 8 Naphtha for burning, 7s. 1 3 to 10s. per gallon. 2 6 — for Potassium - 7 6 6 438 PURE REAGENTS AND OTHER CHEMICALS. Nickel, Metallic, coml. — Chloride, pure — Nitrate, pure cryst. — Peroxide, pure — Sulphate, pure cryst. Palladium, metallic — Chloride — Sodium Chloride Paraffine Phosphoric Acid glacial Phosphorized Ether Phosphorus — Amorphous Plaster of Paris Platinised Silver sheet for Galvanic Batteries 12 - Platinum Metal Wire or foil 33 - — Bichloride, cryst 24 - Plumbago, very fine - 2 Potassium, Metallic 12 - — — bottle of 30 grains, 2s. — Acetate, pure cryst. - 6 •—Antimoniate(Soda test)— 10 — Bicarbonate, pure cryst. - 2 — Binoxalate,coml. cryst. — 3 — — pure cryst. - 7 — Bisulphate - 2 — Bitartrate, coml. cryst. - 3 — — pure cryst. — 4 — Bromide, pure cryst. 2 6 — Carbazotate 3 6 — Carbonate, coml. — 1 _ — partially purifi. - 4 — — pure - 6 — Chlorate, cryst. - 2 — Chloride, pure cryst. - 2 — Chromate, Red, coml. cryst. — 2 _ . — pure cryst. - 3 _ — pure fused - 6 — Chromate, Yellow, pure cryst. — 4 .— Cyanide, fused (Lie¬ big’s) best - 7 __ — Second quality — 4 _ — pure cryst. 2 - —— Eerridcyanide, coml. cryst. - 4 _ — pure cryst. 1 - Ounce, s. d. 1 - 3 6 2 6 5 - 2 6 - 3 1 - 1 - - 6 1 - Pound, s. d. 3 - 10 6 3 6 10 - - 3 2 - 5 6 10 - 2 - 2 6 7 - 1 6 2 6 3 6 1 - 3 6 6 - 2 - 2 - 1 6 3 - 5 6 3 6 7 - 3 6 4 - 10 6 Ounce. Pound' s. d. s. d Potassium, Ferrocyanide 2 coml. cryst. — 2 — — pure cryst. - 5 5 -1 — Fluoride 1 — — Hydrate purified in sticks ~ 4 3 — — pure by Alco¬ 8 8 | hol, in sticks - — — sol. See Liq. Potassee. 6 l — Iodide, pure, cryst. 1 — Nitrate, coml. cryst. - 1 — — — pure cryst. - 2 1 — — pure in powder - 2 1 — Nitrite 1 — — Oxalate, pure, cryst. - 8 8 — — coml. cryst. — 4 4 — — Quadroxalate - 2 2 — Permanganate, fused - 5 5 — — pure, ci’yst. 2 — — Silicate Basic, coml. — 2 1 Sulphate, pure, cryst. — Sulphide, coml. — Sulphocyanide — Tartrate, pure cryst. — Tungstate Pyrogallic Acid Quinine Sulphate, loz bottle Resin, best amber Rouge, finely prepared Selenium, per grain, 2d. dr. 4s. Silica, pure precip. 1 — finely pulverised Quartz - Silver Acetate, pure cryst. 9 — Carbonate — Chloride — Cyanide — Iodide — Metallic, foil, sheet, or wire _ — Leaf in books each Is. 3d. — Nitrate, cryst. — Oxide, pure Soap Test, Clark’s, pint bottle 4s. Sodium, Metallic _ — bottle of 100 grains Is. 2 2 9 4 8 6 1 - 6 1 9 - .9 - 9 - 8 - 10 6 1 1 PURE REAGENTS AND OTHER CHEMICALS. 439 sodium, Acetate,purecry st.- Ammon. Phosphate cryst. - — Arseniate, pure - Arsenite, pure - Bicarbon ate,pure cryst. - — Borate, pure cryst. - — fused - Bromide, pure cryst. 2 Carbonate, coml. cryst. - — coml. in powder — pure cryst. - — pure anhydrous- Chloride, pure cryst. - — Bock Salt transp. - Fluoride - Hyd rate, coml. in blocks — partially puri¬ fied in sticks — pure (by alco¬ hol) in sticks — sol. SeeLiq. Sodte — Iodide, pure — Nitrate, pure cryst. Nitro-Prusside Phosphate, pure cryst. — Silicate, in lumps, com — Succinate, pure cryst. 2 — Sulphate, pure cryst. - Sulphite (Antichlor.) - Bisulphite solution - — Hyposulphite, pure cryst. - — Sulphide, cryst. - Tungstate, coml. — — pure - soda-Lime Starch Strontium Carbonate pure - — Chloride, coml. - — pure - Nitrate, coml. dry - — pure cryst. - Succinic Acid, pure cryst. 3 Sugar of Milk - ulpliur, roll - — sublimed - — precipitated - Ounce, d. 2 s. 6 G 5 2 2 8 1 3 2 2 8 - 2 - 4 - 6 2 - - 1 G - - 2 6 1 2 3 1 4 1 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 Pound. Ounce. s. d. s. d. ! 1 3 Sulphur, Iodide 1 Sulphuretted Hydrogen sol. 3 6 - Sulphide of Carbon - 2 6 — Tannin . 1 — 4 6 Thallium, metallic, per 1 6 grain, 2d. 1 6 — Salts of, per grain 2d. 7 6 Tin, metallic, granulated - 3 — — grain tin - 3 — 6 — — foil - 3 — G — Bichloride 2 - 1 — — — solution - 2 2 6 — Protochloride cryst. - 3 1 6 — Peroxide - 4 Tungstic Acid, pure 1 6 1 — Turmeric - 2 7 — Turpentine, Spii’it of Uranium, Acetate, cryst. 4 _ l — — Nitrate, cryst. 3 - — Black Oxide 5 - 3 6 — Yellow Oxide 3 - Urea 6 3 5 — — Nitrate G 3 Vanadium,per grain ls.Gd. Varnish Amber 1 _ — Jet, per bottle 9d. 1 — Wax, white - Water, Distilled, per 5 1 6 gallon Is. Zinc, Metallic, in blocks of about 28lb each 4 — — granulated L — — in fine punch- 2 0 ings — — in sheets for 8 Batteries 3 6 — — in thin foil - 5 9 — — free from Ar¬ 1 6 senic in thin 3 rods - 3 8 — Bromide 3 - 3 — Carbonate - 4 1 3 — Chloride, pure cryst. - 3 3 — — pure in sticks - 4 1 6 — Ammon.-Chloride — 4 1 6 — Cyanide 1 G — Iodide 2 — 2 _ — Nitrate, pure - 5 2 — Sulphate, coml. 1 4 — — pure cryst. - 1 - — White Oxide, pure 4 Pound, s. d. 2 - l 3 10 - 2 8 2 6 3 - 1 6 2 G 4 - 1 6 12 - 4 6 - 4 - 8 - G 4 - 2 - 3 - 3 - 4 - 4 - 5 - - 4 1 - 3 6 440 Cbtmtral Ijools. Kh&h 1* Griffin:. THE PHILOSOPHY OF CHEMISTRY. Lately Published, in Crown 8vo, pp. 558, price 5s., bound in cloth. THE RADICAL THEORY IN CHEMISTRY: «■ A Philosophical Inquiry into the Evidence upon which the existing Theories (| Chemistry are grounded, and into the manner in which they respectively promol j or hinder the advance of the Science. By JOHN JOSEPH GRIFFIN, F.C.S. Acid Basic On tlie Proximate Constitution of Acids, Bases, and Salts. History of the Unitary Theory previous to its adoption by M. Gerhardt. The Binary Theory of Salts. . Atomic Weights of the Elements. Choice ot a Standard. Constitution of Water. Rouble Equivalents. The existence of Sesquioxides denied. Simplification of the Formula of the Cyanides. Table of Examples of Compound Organic Radicals, and Salts that contain them. Composition, Specific Gravities, Atomic Weights and Atomic Measures of (nearly 300) Gases and Vapours. Important Theoretical Re- ductions from tlie Facts exhibited in this Table. _ . Examination of the Properties of Organic Radi¬ cals. Arrangement in the order of their Basicity and Acidity. Reduction of Radicals to Basic Radicals, and of Radicals to Acid Radicals. The Model of Water. The Construction of Chemical Formulae. _ Explanation of a new Systematic Chemical Nomenclature, showing an exact and easy method of putting Chemical Formulae into ords The Roctrine of Chemical Types and Substitu¬ tions. Harmony of the Conflicting Views of Berzelius and Rumas as to Radicals and Types. . , ' Inquiry into the Causes which modify the Atomic Measure of Compound Gases. Applications of the Radical Theoiy. The Nature of Vice Radicals. The Phosphates : including an Investigation into the Nature of Bibasic and Terbasic Salts. The Phosphites and Hypophosphites. The Sulphates and Polythionates: with an Inquiry into the Nature of the numerous Oxidised Salts of Sulphur. The Oxalates, Carbonates, and Bicarbonrtes: with an account of Salts that are truly Bibasic. The Chlorides. t Contents :— Theory of Azotic Radicals. Amidogen. An monium. Ammonia. Vice-Amidogens ai Vice-Ammoniums. . Investigation of the Compounds which are fr o duced by the abstraction of Water *rom tljl Normal Salts of Ammonia. Amids, Nitriles, Oxamates, Hydramides, by pliates and Sulphites of Vice-Amids and VicjJ Ammoniums. . ■ The Cyanides, Sulphocyamdes, and Cyanates.II The Nitrates, Nitrites, and various Oxides ai Hydrates of Nitrogen. Azotic Radicals in Series. The Series of Compounds formed by Indigo, j The Aniline Theory traced in intimate detail. Inquiry into the Platinum Bases, in two sene| | the Platinous and Platinic. The Urea Theory. Terbasic Cyanates. The Carbonates of Ammonia. 0 Carbamic Acid and the Carbamates. HI Ureides. The Allophanates. The Roctrine of Polyatomic Alcohols. Glycol, the assumed Biatomic Alcohol. Nature of the Hydrocarbons, which contain C, even number of atoms of Hydrogen. Glycerin, the assumed Teratomic Alcohol. Evidence to prove that there exist n0 ' SU( [j thino-s as Biatomic and Teratomic Alcohols. R Theory of Polybasic and Conjugated Acids. Bisulphates of Alcohol Radicals. Professor Kolbe’s Copulated Oxalates. The Malic Group of Salts. The Citric Group of Salts. The Succinic Group. The Salicylic Group. The Tartrates. The Xanthates. The Conjugated Sulpho-Acids. The Silicates. _ The Aluminous and Alumiuic Radicals. Thoughts on the Origin and Metamorphoses Organic Radicals. Raltonism. The Atomic Theory. The Law Combination in Multiple Proportions. The Evidence of Electrolysis in favour of t Radical Theory. CHKMTCAL BOOKS BY JOHN J. GRIFFIY. 441 CHEMICAL RECREATIONS: A POPULAR MANUAL OF EXPERIMENTAL CHEMISTRY. BY JOHN JOSEPH GRIFFIN, F.C.S. THE TENTH EDITION. ie Tenth Edition of CHEMICAL RECREATIONS has been entirely re-written adapt it to the present advanced state of Chemical Science. It will be publis ie Three Divisions, two of which are now ready. First Division. 128 pages, crown 8 vo, with LOO Engravings, price 2s. FIRST COURSE OF CHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS. Introductory View of Chemistry. Instructions in Chemical Manipulation, ssons on the Qualitative Analysis of Salts. Art of Centigrade Testing. Tables Chemical Equivalents. Second Division. 624 pages, with 440 Engravings. Price 10s. Qd. CHEMISTRY OF THE NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. Air Water the Gases, the Acids, and a Summary of Organic Chemistry ^including i extensive Course of CLASS EXPERIMENTS, with Instructions tor their success- 1 performance, illustrated by 440 Engravings of the most efficient Appaiatus. Contents of the Second Division of Chemical Recreations. m_„ t)atytpat Theory - _ 1 Oxygen. 2. Hydrogen. Compounds with Oxygen. 3 Nitrogen. pfor' „LS°by X'VSfAis VEirrr*": im F1U T e Tungstenum n - 27 TRanium. 28. Tantalum. 29. Pelopium. 30. Niobium. Third Division. In preparation. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE METALS. Earths, Alkalies, Salts, and Ores. The Work Complete, as far as published, in one volume, cloth gilt, 1*. 6 eluc J t ‘ e hM iven amp i e accounts of Air, Water, ;,X, Ackls, uSe e ful Sis, anil common Salts, and their elements, while subjects Teaaimportancearepas8edwtth rfighnaot.ee. are of th e most The Experiments selected to dlustiate e Dei . fo J rme d with facility and riking and convincing e mracter and such as^can ^petfo.n^ ^ «\ ull lonomy. The precautions • > periment3 are exhibited by means of 3tailed ; and, as far as powifc; atus anii the way to arrange it for use 41-2 CHEMICAL BOOKS BV JOHN J. GRIFFIN. THE CHEMICAL TESTING OF WINES AND SPIRITS. BY JOHN JOSEPH GRIFFIN, F.C.S. In one volume, crown 8vo, illustrated by numerous woodcuts. Price Contents. —Analysis of 41 Wines by the processes described in this work. Table of the weig in grains of the constituents of a gallon of each Wine. Table of the per centages of the sar constituents. Determination of the specific gravity of Wines and Spirits. . _ I Alcohol Tables, an entirely new series, founded on the latest analytical investigations. Table diluted Spirits of from 0 to 12 per cent, of absolute Alcohol by weight, showing, 1, Percentage , Alcohol; 2, Specific Gravity; 3, Weight of a centigallon of the mixture; 4, Weight of absolu Alcohol; 5, Weight of Proof Spirit; 6, Percentage according to Sikes. Table of Diluted Alcohc ; j from 0 to 100 per cent, by weight, with similar details in six columns. Table of Percentages Alcohol by volume, according to Tralles and Gay Lussac, compared with percentage of Proof Spirii according to Sikes. Harmony of these various Alcoholometers. Table for the dilution of Spirit; and for the valuation of proof spirits according to Sikes. Series of Problems for calculation respecting Alcohol. Corrections for temperature required by experiments made with Alcohol. J Experimental Determination of the quantity of Alcohol in Wines. Experimental Determinate of the quantity of Free Acid in Wines. Investigation of the best means of separating volatile froH fixed Acids in Wines. Experimental Determination of the quantity of Sugar in Wines. Procej for the separate estimation of Grape Sugar and Cane Sugar. Determination of the amount of Sol|' Residue left when Wines are evaporated to dryness at 230° Fah. Determination of the quantity Ash, or incombustible substances in Wines. Determination of the quantity of free Alkali contain'; in the ash of Wines. Estimate of the neutral organic bodies contained in Wines. Programme of Wine Analysis according to the methods described in this work. _ . . • ■ Mutual relations of the Constituents of Wines. Conclusions respecting the proportions in whir Alcohol, Acid, and Sugar ought to exist with one another'to form good Wine?. Testing of Spirii Chemical notes on some special points in the manufacture of -Wines. Testing of Must in gor seasons and in bad seasons. Correction of Acid Must in bad seasons to render it fit to make gor Wine. Preparation of good Wines from unripe grapes. Wine-making without grape-juic Quick process for Maturing Wines. Import duty on Wines. CHEMICAL APPARATUS and TEST LIQUORS for analysing Wines by the rapid.and ea methods described in this work, supplied complete with Balance and Grain Weights. Price £9 £[ The same collection without Balance and Grain Weights. Price £6 6s. A SYSTEM OFCRYSTALLOGRAPHY,: WITH ITS APPLICATION TO MINERALOGY. BY JOHN JOSEPH GRIFFIN, F.C.S. In demy 8vo, pp. 520, with numerous Figures, price 5s. This is the only English work in which the mathematical rules for the examinj tion and description of Crystals are expressed in words at length, as well as i algebraic formulae ; and it contains the only English Catalogue of the Forms ax Combinations presented by the discovered Crystals of each species of Minei’al. Part I. Principles of Crystallography :—1. Axes of Crystals. 2. Planes of Crystal 3. Prisms and Pyramids, and their Combinations with one another. 4. Classification of Crystal 5. Possible limit to the number of Planes that can occur upon Crystals. 6. Crystallographic Not tion. 7. Cleavage and Primitive Forms. 8. Forms and Combinations. 9. The Five Zon< 10. Law of Symmetry. 11. Theory of Crystallisation. 12. Use of Spherical Trigonometry i Crystallisation, explained in a popular manner. 13. Inquiry into the variety of Forms and Combii ations that occur upon the Crystals of Minerals. Explanation of the Six Systems of Crystallisation : (1) The Octahedral System; (2) The Pyramidal System; (3) The Rhombohedral System; (4) T Prismatic System ; (5) The Oblique Prismatic System; (6) The Doubly-oblique Prismatic Systei 14. Brook’s System of Crystallography. 15. Considerations on the utmost possible Abridgement: CrystaHographic Notation. 16. Table of Signs and Tangents. Part II. Application of Crystallography to Mineralogy 1. Rose’s Tabular Arrant ment of known Crystallised Minerals, according to Six Systems of Crystallisation. 2. Catalogue Crystallised Minerals, showing the Combinations that occur in Nature. 3. Systematic arrangeme of the Crystals found in the Mineral Kingdom, with a List of the Minerals common to each Crysfcj with an explanation of the Mineralogical Characters employed to discriminate the Minerals t! Crystallise in the same Form. 4. Descriptive Catalogue of a Series of 120 Models of Cryst< employed to illustrate this system of Crystallography. MODELS OF CRYSTALS ; a Series of 120. Price, 42s. See page 431. INDEX. ibsorptio neter, Bunsen's, 266 rbsorption of Gases in tubes, various app. for, 243-247 absorption Tubes, Bunsen’s, 264 icetic Acid, distilled from oak, 260 - volumetric test for, 328 Lcid bottle for the pocket, 375 Lcid funnels for gases, 215 - — for retorts, 194 - — with Stopcocks, 216 icid Test solutions, 326 - liquors of 1", 326 - liquors of 5°, 326 - normal liquors, 336, 338 - decinormal, 336, 338 mids packed for travelling, 433 - volumetric test for, 329 - in Urine, vol. test for, 343 vdapters, 202 ..gate burnishers, 4 - cups, 4 - mortars and pestles, 6 - — mounted, 6 - long pestles, 6 Lgricultural Chemistry, 420 vir balloons, 250 kir, Appar. to test it, 418 rir drying baths, heated by oil or water. 128 rir drying baths without water or oil, 130 - Bunsen’s, 130 - Fresenius’s, 130 - Griffin’s, with contrivance to regulate heat up to 500°, 131 - Rammelsberg’s, 131 - Taylor’s, 131 Vir furnace, 7S Vir pumps, various, 60 - trials of powers, 60, 65 - One-barrel pump, 02_ - — large size, 63 - Two-barrel pump, 61 - — large size, 62 Air pump, Three-barrel, 64 — extra fittings for, 66 — Separate tables, 66 Air syringes, 70 Albata test spoon, 272 Alcohol, distilled from Wines, 317, 318 Alcoholometers, various, 54 — Baume’s, 54 — Gay Lussac’s, 54 —- Sikes’s, 54 — Tralles’s, 54 — Spirit bubbles, 55 Alembics, 203 Alkalies, acid tests for, 326 — that can be estimated by acid test liquors, 327 — crude, comprehensive method of testing volumetrically, 327 Alkalimeters, various (see Bu¬ rettes) — for use with weighed liquors, 295 — on foot, 294, 295 Alkalimeter Jar, 301 Alkaline earths, volumetric tests for, 32? Alkaline test solutions, 328 — liquors of 1°, 328 — liquors of 5°, 329 — normal liquors, 336, 338 —protection from carbonic acid, 308 Alkalinity of waters, 3J5 American percolator, 174 Ammonia test liquors, 328 — of 1° for septems, 328 _ of 5° do. 329 _ of |° do. 329 — of 7° do. _ 329 Ammonia, volumetric test for, 294 Ammonia, salts of, volumetric test for, 327 Ammonia gas, absorption of, 247, 259 Ammonia distilled from bones, 260 — — from gas liquor, 317 Ammoniameter, 58 Analysis of gases, 261 Analysis, qualitative, 414 — quantitative, 426 Anvils, 2 Apparatus arranged in sets for various purposes, 403 — Agricultural Chemistry, 420 — amateurs, 403 — blowpipe analysis, 379 — engineers, 418 — examinations for degrees, 409 — medical chemistry, 416 — metallurgists, 390 — miscellaneous uses, 426 — national schools, 422 — Popular lectures, 424 > — qualitative analysis, 414 — quantitative analysis, 426 — Stockhardt’s book, 407 — students in classes, 407 — testing of soluble salts, 408 — volumetric analysis, 323 — Wine testing, 420 Apparatus arranged to show distillation aud condensation of gases, 243-247 Application of heat, 71 Application of Tests, 269 Argand gas burners, made of porcelain, 104 Argand Spirit lamps, 80, 82 Arsenical test liquors, to trans¬ vase safely, 308 Arsenic test, Marsh’s, 395 Arsenic tubes, 368 Asbestus, 435 Aspirators, 22 — use of, 250 Assaying, 384 — of milk, 316 — of gold, in the wet way, 3S9 — of silver, in the wet way, 388 444 1KDLX. Assaying of zinc, 320 Assay Balances, 40, 42, 386 — Flasks, 387, 388 — Furnaces, 384 — Pots, 387 — Scoops, 393 — Shades, 134 — W eights, 44 Atomic symbols, 18 Avoirdupois weights, 44 Balances, 38 •— in glass cases, 38 — in mahogany boxes, 41 — commercial, 43 • — pans for, 44 Balling’s saccharometer, 56 Ballons, 147 Balloons, 250 ( Balls of glass with hooks to suspend anatomical prepara¬ tions, 159 Barium chloride test solution:— — of 1° for septems, 330 -— of 5° do. 330 — normal for CC., 337 — normal for decerns, 339 Barium nitrate test solution : — — of 1° for septems, 330 Baryt.c solution for vol. test, 340 Barium, vol. test for, 330, 335 Barium salts tested by volume¬ tric acids, 327 Barometer for chemical use, 267 Barometer support, 267 Basins (see Evaporating basins) Basin support, 37 Basket tongs, 13, 392 Bates’s saccharometer, 56 Baths for applying heat, 125 Battery liquors, their free acid tested, 328 Baume’s alcoholometer, 54 — hydrometer, 53 — saccharometer, 56 -— grad, at 84° Fahr., 57 Beakers, Bohemian, 152 — Berzelius’s form, 152 — — usual narrow form, 152 -— — Griffin’s wide form, 152 — — Nests, wide form, 153 — - — —, narrow form, 153 — — single beakers, 153 Beakers, conical, 154 — porcelain, 154 Beaked tumblers, Griffin’s pat¬ tern, 153 — with one spout, 153 — with two spouts, 153 Beale’s app. for Grinometry, 349 -— quick filter, 170, 306 Bell-glass receivers, 65 — with knob, 233 — with glass stopcock, 233 — with stoppers, 233 — graduated, 261 Bell-shaped gas-holder, 241 Bench vice, 2 Bent tongs, 13, 392 Bent tube receivers, 200 Berzelius’s patterns of Appa¬ ratus :— — Arsenic test, 395 — Beaker glasses, 152 — bulb tubes, 368 — gas bottles, 219 — quick filter, 170 ! — spirit lamp, 80 — table support, 33 -— washing bottles, 180 Bichromates, theory of their reactions in testing, 334 Binks’s burette, 293 — support for, 294 Bird’s (Golding) testing for urinary deposits, 350 Black’s blowpipe, 351 Black’s furnace, 71 — — - small size, 72 Bladders for gases, 238 — to fill with gases, 249 — for exploding gases, 259 — app. to use with, 251 Bladder pieces, 69 Blast ether lamp, 84 Blast Oil-lamp furnace, 85 Blast Spirit lamp, 82 — Deville’s pattern, 83 — multiple blowpipe for, 83 Blast gas blowpipe, 356 Blast gas furnace, 104 -Blast gas furnace for welding iron rods end to end, 119 Blast iron furnace, diagram of, 18 Bleaching powder, test for, 332 Block support for retort stands, 27 Block and screen for use with burettes, 295 Blocks of wood, 37 Blowing machines, 119 — figures of, 120 — estimate of power, 119 Blower for draught furnace, 76 Blowpipes, various, 351, 352 — multiple, 83 — gas, 356 — oxyhydrogen, 253 — with caoutchouc blower, 353 — with constant blast, 353 Blowpipe drills, 352 — mouthpieces, 352 — nozzles, 352 — jet for bladders, 249 — jet for glass blower’s table, 21 — experiments, minerals for, 428 — experiments on coloured flames, 378 Blowpipe Apparatus, 351 — Anvil, 370 — Hammer, 370 Blowpipe Lamp, 354 — Lamp support, 354 — Supports, 357 — reagents, 279 — tongs, 358, 371 j — pastilles, 364 -— miscellaneous, 370 Blowpipe Apparatus in Cabi¬ nets, 379 Bohemian beakers, 152 Bohemian test glasses, 270 Boilers, Thuringian porcelain, 155 Bolt heads, 148 Bone ash for Cupels, 369 Bones, distilled, 260 Bottles for chemicals, 160 Bottles with Narrow mouths, for Tests, stoppered, 160, 273; — German, 161, 273 — best German, 161, 273 — French, 161 — Bohemian, 161 — London, flint glass, 161 — with enamelled names, 161 — with caps and pipettes, 161 — with caps and stoppers, 1621 — for Collodion, 162 — for Acids, green, 162 •— for liquid tests in minute, quantities, 375 — for spec, gravities, 47 — for specimens, 164 — — stoppered, 165 Bottles with wide mouths foi dry chemicals, stoppered,! 163, 278 -— German, 163, 278 -— best German, 163, ‘278 — French, 164 — Bohemian, 164 — — reversed form, 164 — London, flint glass, 164 Bottles with wide mouths, nol stoppered, French, 163 Bottles for dry reagt p‘s in smal quantities, stoppered, 376 Bottles, graduated and stop pered:— — for decigallons, 303 — for decerns, 303 — for cent, cubes, 303 Bottle brushes, 15 Bottle caps, 163 Bow tongs, 13 Boxes for filter papers, 171 Boxes to contain tests, 376 Brass triangle, 29 Brass tongs, 13 Brass Vice for retort stand, 2£ Brazier’s gas blowpipe, 122 Brazil test paper, 271 Brewer’s thermometer, 46 British Pharmacopoeia, volume trie app. and tests for th processes given in that work 321 JUDEX ■ 415 Broraiue, vol. test for, 332 Bromides, vol. test for, 333 Brunner’s aspirator, 373 Brushes for flasks, 15 — for test tubes, 269 Bulb boiling tubes, 149 Bulb tube to test hydrates, 368 Bulb pipettes, 298, 298 Bungs, 16 Bunsen’s instruments :— — absorptiometer, 266 — absorption tubes, 264 — barometer, 267 — blowpipe burner, 357 — blast gas blowpipe, 122 — blowpipe gas lamp, 267 — blowpipe oil lamp, 266 — clamp, 31 — eudiom 'ter, 264 — gas burners, 91 — gas holder, 243 — galvanic battery, 255 — hot-air bath, 130 — pinchcock, 15 — mercury troughs, 231, 266 — photometer, 268 Bunsen’s Apparatus for special purposes : — | — for gas analysis, 263 ; — for estimating spec. grav. of gases by effusion, 266 i for distillation of chlorine 312 — to convert water into vapour, 266 | — to prepare pure H gas, 258 i — to prepare pure HO gas, 257 I — for graduating glass tubes, 266 — for grinding the necks of flasks, 266 Burettes, 285 — Mohr’s, with pinchcock, 285 — —with glass stopcock, 286 ! — — syphon burette, 293 — — supports for, 2S7, 28S ; — Binks’s, 293 | — — with glass foot, 294 — Gay Lussac’s, 295 ;— Ranunelsberg’s, 292 |— Old alkalimeter, 295 i— Manner of tilling them, 307 — — Mohr’s plan, 30S — — — from below, 2SS — — Gay Lussac’s plan, 30S I Burette supports, 285 I Burnishers, 4 i Buss’s saccharometer, 57 I Cabinets of chemical apparatus, 403 I — of blowpipe apparatus, 379 — of minerals, 427 — for Apparatus (divided mahogany), average cost of, 415 Cambridge local examinations, 409 Caoutchouc caps for gas bottles, 216 — stoppers, 18 — bottle caps, 163 — tubes, 217 t — washing bottle, 1S1 — liquid, 217 Caps for air jars, 69 Capsules, 185 Capsules with handle, 191 Carbonates analysed, 309 — volumetric test for, 330 their action on colour tests, 327 Carbonic acid, expts. on, 249 — .absorption of, 247 — in breathed air, 249 — in soils, estimated, 311 — tests for, 309 — gas, bottles for a continuous and regulated supply, 313, 314 Cast iron mortars, 5 Cast iron sandbaths, 125, 126 Catalan blowpipe, 353 Cathetometer, 267 Cavendish’s eudiometer, 259 Centimeter cube, its value in septems, 281 — test solutions, 336 — gas measures, 262 Charcoal borers, 359, 360 — galvanic batteries, 255 — holders, 360 — powder for pastilles, 365 — pastilles, 360 — saw, 359 — supports, 359 — tongs, 12 Chauffers, 72 — cast iron, 72 — fireclay, 77 — wire, 72 Chemical Balances, 3S Chemical labels, 166 Chemical Recreations, 411 Chemical Tests, in solution, 272 — used in the dry state, 278 — application of, 269 Chemicals, general list of, 433 — for assayers, 394 — for organic analysis, 402 — for preparing gases, 279 — for class experiments, 423 Chisel to cut minerals, 171 Chlorides, vol. test for, 333 Chloride of lime, test for, 332 Chloride of calcium tubes, 225 Chloride of silicon condensed, 245 Chlorine gas bottles, 213, 223 Chlorine water pipette, 309 Chlorine, distillation of, into KI solution, 311 — Bunsen’s apparatus, 312 Chlorine, app. Fresenius’s, 312 — Mohr’s, 311 Chlorine gas as reducer:— — of metallic oxides, 252 — of metallic sulphides, 246, 252 Chlorine, vol. test for, 332 Choice of a unit of measure¬ ment for test solutions, 282 Choice of quantity of crude substance for volumetric ana¬ lysis, 283 Clamps, wooden, 30 j — Bunsen’s, 31 ! — hinged, 3L — vertical, 30 — for Mohr’s burettes, 289 — for retort stands, 27 — for flexible tubes, 314 Clark’s arseuic test, 396 — retort aud receiver, 195 — test glass, 270 — water test, 315 Class experiments with gases, 248 Class teachiug of chemistry in National Schools, 422 Clay blowpipe supports, 366 Clay plates as supports, 37 Clay powder to make blowpipe capsules and crucibles, 366 Clips for watch glasses, 135 Cloez’s combustion app., 402 Closed glass tubes, 367 Coal gas distilled, 212, 260 Coal gas, analysis, 268 Cobalt glass, use in testing coloured flames, 378 Coddington lens, 372 Colanders, 175 Collections of apparatus,' 403 Collodion balloons, 251 Colonial tool chest, 3 Coloured flames, as tests, 377 — analysed, 378 Colou ed glasses, 22 Colour tests, in volumetric analysis, 305 — tried on porcelain slab, 396 — interference of carbonic acid, 327 Combustibility of gases, 248 Combustions in organic ana¬ lysis, 397 Combustion furnace, with char¬ coal, 398 — with gas, Hofmann’s, 100, 397 — with gas, Griffin’s, 103, 397 Combustion Tubes, 22, 3 i8 Condensation of gases in glass tubes, various, 243-247 Condensers, Liebig’s, glass, 204 — the tube alone, 204, 203 — supports for, 204 — mounted, 204, 205 Condensers, Metal, 206 416 INDEX. Condenser, collar to fix to re¬ tort stand, 28 Condensing syringe, 70 Conical beakers, 154 Conical test glasses, 270 Connecting tubes for gases, 214 Connectors for air pumps, 67, 69 Cooper’s gas receiver, 287, 268 Copper ammou. sulphate test liquor 5— — of 1° for septems, 328 — of 5® for do. 329 -— normal for C. cubes, 336 — normal for decerns, 339 Copper assay scoop, 393 — blowpipe wire, 358 — oil bath, 129 — ores, vol. test for, 320 .— oxide reduced, 252 -— retorts for 0. gas, 198 — saudbaths, 125 — test for sugar, 344 -—- water baths, 127-129 Cornish crucibles, 140 Cork Borers, 17 — knife, 17 — rings, 27 — squeezers, 17 — tongs, 17 Corks, 16 Cornet pots, 387 Cotton wick for lamps, 21, 79 Covers for assays, 135 — for boiling flasks, 150 — for Jars, 176 — — with funnel hole, 176 — Concave, 176 Cremometer, 57 Creusets brasques, 391 Crook supports, 33 Crucibles, 136* — charcoal, 364 — fireclay, Cornish, 140 ■— — French, 141 — — Hessian, 140 — — London, 140 — iron, cast, 142 — — wrought, 142, 391 — Platinum, 136 — Plumbago, 139 — Porcelain, 136 — -— Berlin, 136 — — Dresden, 137 ;— — Thuringian, 138 — Semi-porcelain, 138 — Silver, 136 — for use with gases, 137 Crucible cases, fireclay, 142 — Jacket, 142 — supports, fireclay, 142 — tongs, large, 13 — — small, 12 — — for metallurgists, 391 Crystallising pans, 188 Crystallography, illustrated, 431 Crystallography, treatise on, 442 Crystals, models of, 431 Cubic inch flasks, 301 Cubic inch gas measures, 261 Cup and cover, porcelain, 359 Cups, porcelain, 192, 193 Cupellation, 384 — before the blowpipe, 369 Cupelling furnace, 384 Cupel moulds, iron, 387 — — wood, 387 — tongs, 386 — trays, 387 Cutting plyers, 14 Cyanides, vol. test for, 333 Cyanogen, condensed, 245 — volumetric test for, 334 Cylinders (clay), for lamp fur¬ nace, 124 — — larger sizes, 124, 125 — porcelain for ditto, 124 — clay, to build up gas crucible furnaces, 99 — glass, for gases, with brass caps, 233 Cylindrical glass jars for gases, 157, 262 Cylindrical gas receiver, with globe and brass fittings, 234 Cylindrical Jars, graduated:— — into decigallons, 303 — into decerns, 303 — into cent, cubes, 303 — into litres, 303 Cylindrical test glasses, 271 Dahlke’s filters, 24 Danger’s blowpipe, 19 — glass-blower’s lamp, 21 Daniel’s pyrometer, 46 — safety jet, 254 Davy’s app. to explain the com¬ position of water, 258 — furnace, 72 — lamp without flame, 253 — safety lamp, 253 Decanting tube, use in volume¬ tric analysis, 306 Decanting vessels, 179 Decern measure, 280, 281 Decern test solutions, 338 Decigallon measure, 2S1 — flasks, 301 Decimal measures, founded on the existing English stand¬ ards, 284 Decimal measures, easy conver¬ sion of French into English, or English into French, 281 Decinormal solutions, 283, 336, 338 Decoction strainer, 176 Decrepitating spoons, 359 Deej) dye pots, 160 Deflagrating bottles, 234 — cups, 248 — globes, 248 Deflagrating jars, 232 248 — spoons, 248 — tubes, 249 Degrees of strength of volu¬ metric test solutions, 325 Dentists’ furnace, 78 — gas furnace, 95 Department of Science and Art’s local examinations, 410 Desaga’s clamp, 27 Descroizilles’s alkalimeter, 294 Desiccation in confined air, 133 Desiccating pans, 132 — tubes, 225 — — frame for, 27 Desiccators, 132 — Schr otter’s, 134 Detonating bottle, 259 Deville’s blast spirit lamp, 83 — turpentine lamp, 83 — chemical forge, 74 — — with blast furnace, 74 — gas generator, 314 — gas burner, 90 Diagram paper, 18 Diagrams, for lectures, various, 18 Dialysis, 182 Dialytic apparatus, 183 Diamond mortars, 5 Diabetic sugar, volumetric test for, 344, 349 Digestei's, 155 — enamelled iron, 155 — porcelain, 156 Distillation, 194 Distillation of water by means of a still heated by a gas- burner. Griffin’s new pat¬ tern, 209 Distillation of alcohol from wines, by means of a small gas still, 318 Distillation of small quantities with accuracy, 317 Distillations, complex, 260 Distilling apparatus with port¬ able furnace, 207, 208 — for gas furnace, 208 — entirely of glass, 317 Dobereiner’s hydrogen lamp, 253 — percolator, 175 Dome for flasks, 124 Dome for retorts, 124 Donovan’s apparatus for filter¬ ing caustic potash, 171 Doyere’s gas pipette, 266 Drachm measure, 2S1 Drainers, 175 Dresden beakers, 154 Dropping bottles, 375 Dry distillation in glass, 260 Drying apparatus for organic analysis, 398 Drying Disc, Fresenius’s, 134 Drying powders in vacuo, 132 INDEX. 4 17 Drying tubes for gases, 225 Drying of gases, app. for, 243 Edulcoration, 167 Electric needle, 372 Electrical tube, porcelain, 143 Elutriation, 179 Empirical test licpiors, 283 Engineer’s chemical cabinet, 416 English decimal weights and measures, 284 Eolipile, 21 Eprouvettes, 236 Erdmann’s float, 292 Ettling’s gas pipette, 265 Ether lamp, 84 Eudiometers:— — - Bunsen’s, 264 — Cavendish’s, 259 — Mitscherlich’s, 263 — Ure’s, 263 — Volta’s, 263 Eudiometer Balls, 263 — Mould to make them, 264 Evaporating Basins, 185 — platinum, 185 — —small sizes, 1S6 — porcelain, 186 — — Berlin, 186 — — Dresden, 1S7 — — Thuringian, 1S7 — — — with metal mounts, 187 — Semi-porcelain, 188 *— stoneware, 189 — enamelled iron, 189 — glass, 190 Evaporating basins with han¬ dle :— — porcelain, Berlin, 191 — — Dresden, 191 — — Thuringian, 191 — Semi-porcelain, 191 Evaporation, 185 Exhausting syringe, 70 Explosion of mixed gases, 259 Exsiccator, 134 Extemporaneous gas crucible furnaces, 97 Eye 'ountain, 179 Fanner, 121 Faraday’s retort, 196 Faraday’s V-tube, 257 Fehling’s volumetric copper test for sugar, 344 Ferrous salts, to prepare free from ferric salts, 312 Files, 17 — for blowpipe use, 371 — to cut glass, 21 Filter cases, 171 Filter hooks, 168 Filter rings, 169 — — holders for, 169 Filters for water, 24 Filters, covers for, 135 Filtering frame, 171 Filtering paper, 170 — English, in quires, 170 — ditto, thicker, 170 — Swedish, in quires, 170 — cut into discs, 7 sizes: — — — English, 171 — — Swedish, 170 — Woollen paper, 171 Filtration, 167 — in analysis, 170 — at 212° Fahr., 127, 171 — rapid, 316 — without funnels, 169 Fireclay, 73 — blowpipe supports, 3C6, 367 — crucibles, 140 — furnaces, 75 — retorts, 198 — tubes, 143 Fitted gas bottles, 217 — for Hydrogen, 217 — for sulph. hydrogen, 220 — for chlorine, 223 — for oxygen, 222 — for carbonic acid, 217, 313 Fittings for air pump, 66, 68 Flasks, 145 — German hard glass, 146 — Bohemian, 147 — French white, 147 — — green, 147 — — ballons, 147 — sundry patterns, 148 — bulb boiling tubes, 149 — straight boiling tubes, 150 — stoneware, 150 — porcelain, 150 — assayers, 387 Flatting Mill, 2, 387 Flexible blowpipes, 352 Float for burettes, 292 Florentine receivers, 201 Flux spoon, 393 Food, appar. to test, 418 Food, Diagram of, 19 Fork for gas burners, 27 Forceps, 12 Fossil infusoria, 428 Fossils, collections of, 429 Fractional distillation, 196 Frames for test tubes, 34 Freezing mixtures for gases, 245 Free acid in Wines tested, 318 French fluxing pots, 141 French prescriptions, conver¬ sion of weights and measures into English. 282 French test glasses, 271 Fresenius’s apparatus:— — Arsenic test, 395 — chlorine distillation, 312 — drying disc, 134 — hot-air bath, 130 Fuel for blowpipe lamps, 355 Funnels, 167 — for filtration, 167 — slight glass, 168 — ribbed glass, 168 — porcelain, 169 — semi-porcelain, 168 — separatory, 172 — with stopcocks, 172-174 — with covers, 171-174 Funnel Holder, 33 — wood, various, 33 — glass, 34 — porcelain, 34 Furnaces, Fireclay, 75 — Universal, 75 — — additions to it, 76 — Evaporating, 2 doors, 77 — — one door, 77 — for retorts, 77 — reverberatory, 77 — melting, 77 — air, 78 — Dentists’, 78 — for heating Tubes, 78 Furnaces, Iron cased, 71 — Black’s, 71 — — extra fittings, 71, 72 — — small size, 72 — Davy’s, 72 — Mohr’s, 72 — Chauffers, 72 — Sefstroem’s, 73 — Mohr’s, on tripod, 73 — Deville’s, 74 — Luhme’s, 74 Furnaces, Gas [see Gas Fur¬ naces) Furnaces for Cupellation, 384 — for metallurgists, 390 — for Combustions in Organic Analysis, 397 * Fusibility of Minerals, scale of degrees, 428 Gahn’s cylinder holder, 32 — hand, 27 Gallon, value in C. cubes, 2SI — value in litres, 281 Galvanic batteries:— — Bunsen’s, 255 — Grove’s, 255 — Smee’s, 254 — proper acids for, 255, 256 — their acids tested, 328 Galvanic decomposition of water, 254, 256 Galvanometer, 256 Gas baths at regulated tempera¬ tures, 128 Gas Blowpipes, small, 356 — Bunsen’s, 356 Gas Blowpipes, large, 104, 121 — for soldering lead plates, 123 Gas Boiling apparatus, 88 Gas distributor for the lecture table, 135 Gas chauffers, S9 INDTX. 4 18 Gas Burners, 88 _ :— Bunsen’s single jet, in _ — fittings for it, 91 _ — jet with fork, 91 __ — jet with star support, 91 __ _ —plate for ditto, 91 _ — — iron tripod, 91 __ — — iron chimney, 91 _ — — blowpipe jet, 91 _ _ i— with set of fittings, 91 — — triple jet, 91 — Griffin’s rose burner, three sizes, 92 — gauze top burners, 88 — stopcocks for burners, 92 — blowpipe burners, 357 — burner for glass blowing, 21 — — heating boilers, 96 — — ring form, 87 — branch for retort stand, 2S — Deville’s series, 90 Gas Furnaces, 92-118 _for evaporations and igni¬ tions with Griffin’s rose gas burners, three sizes, 92 _for producing a white heat, blast furnaces, 104 — for crucibles, 95, 96 _for crucibles, built extempo¬ raneously, 97 _ cylinders, prices of, 99 • C_ TTT1 4 n n I Gases collected from: decomposi¬ tion of water, 256 — condensation of, 243 — drying of, 225, 243 — estimation of spec, gravity by effusion, 266 examination of, 212 preparation of. 212 — materials for, 27 9 iron, for use with ring gas burners, 89 _for heating tubes, 100 _ — Hofmann’s, 100 _ — Griffin’s, 101 _ — — another, 103, 397 Gas liquor, test for, 294 Gas Works, diagram, 19 Gas Bottles and fittings, 213 _ — choice of flasks, 213 _ — gas leading tubes, 214 _ — safety tubes, 215 _ — acid funnels, 215 _ _ caoutchouc fittings, 216 _ — — caps, 216 _ — — tubes, 217 _ — — stoppers, 217 Gas Bags, 238 — with pressure frames, 2.iJ Gas Holders, 240 Gas jars, graduated, 261 Gas pipettes, 265 Gas receivers, 232 — as bottles, 235 — as jars, 235 — as tubes, 236 Gas tubes, graduated, 261 Gases, operations upon — absorption, various methods 243 __by dry reagents, 265 — — by liquids, 247 — — sudden, 259 — analysis, 261 _ _ after Bunsen, 266 — class experiments with, 248 — put into bladders, 249 — passed over solids at a fur¬ nace heat, 251 — washed, 223, 225, 243 Gauge tubes for steam boilers, Bohemian glass, cut to any size, 211 Gauge for wires, 4 Gauge for metal plates, 4 Gauze top gas burners, 88 Gauze of iron wire, 253 Gay Lussac’s instruments — Alcoholometer, 54 — App. for measuring poison - | ous test liquors, 308 1 — assay of silver, 388 — bent tube receiver, 237 — burette, 295 — retort, 196 — support for pipettes, 292 — syphon, 179 — vice, 32 — volumeter, 53 [ — washing bottle, 181 Geissler’s vaporimeter, for esti¬ mating alcohol in wines, 318 Geissler’s potash bulbs, 247 Geological hammers, 1 Geological specimens, 427 Glass-blower’s table, 19 — lamp, 21 — tools, 21 Glass blowpipe supports, 3C7 Glass funnels, 167 Glass gas-holders :— — Bohemian, small, 242 — Bohemian, large, 241 — Bohemian, bell shaped, with glass well, 242 — Bunsen’s, 243 — French, 242 - Sclirotter’s, 243 — Williams’s, 242 Glasshouse, diagram, 19 Glass Mortars, 8 Glass Plates, square, ground, 134 Glass Receivers, 199 Glass retorts, 194 Glass rod in lengths, 22 Glass shades, 184 — feet for, 184 Glass, slips of, 170 ^ Glass spirit lamps, 79 Glass spoons, 9, 10 Glass stirrers, 12 Glass Tubes in lengths, 21 Glass, diagrams of bore, 21 Glass tubes for sublimation — open tubes, 367 — closed tubes, 367 — arsenic tubes, 368 Glass tubes, Bunsen’s blowpipe for sealing them, 266, 267 Globes for gases, with brass stopcock, 234 — with glass stopcock, 234 Globes in which to burn phos¬ phorus in oxygen, 248 Gmelin’s washing bottle, 181 Goniometer, 432 Gold ore tested in the wet way, 389 Gold washing basin, 394 Gold assay by cupellation, 384 , Graduated Apparatus for volu¬ metric analysis, 280 — Burettes, 285 — Pipettes, 296 — Flasks, 301 — Test Mixers, 303 — Bottles, 303 — Jars, 303 Graduated Glass Measures — into Ounces, 44 -- into Grammes, 44 Graduated Test Solutions for qualitative analysis, 227 — the same in sets, 411 -1 Graduated Test Solutions for volumetric analysis, 325 _for Septem graduations, 325 — for C. Cube graduations, 336 _for Decern graduations, 338 A _ for British Pharmacopoeia, 321 - for urinometry, 340 Graduated vessels for gases — Tubes and Jars, 261 — Cylinders, 262 _Eudiometers, 263 _ for testing Coal gas, 268 Graduation of glass tubes, Bunsen’s apparatus for, 26b ■ • Grain weights, 43 Gramme weights, 43 Gramme, value in grains, 281 Griffin’s Chemical Books : — Chemical Recreations, 441 J — Chemical Handicraft, 1 — Crystallography, 442 — Radical Theory, 440 _ _Testing of Wines and Spirits, 442 Griffin’s Gas Burners and Gas Furnaces, which, act without a Blowing machine: - Rose gas burners, 3 sizes, (Nos. 1 , 2, 3,) 92 - Furnace for No. 1, 92 _ — for evaporation, 92 __ — for iguition, 92 — Furnace for No. 2, 93 __for evaporation, 93 INDEX. 449 Griffin's Gas Furnace for ig¬ nitions, 93 — Clay furnace for No. 2, 93 — Furnace for No. 3, for gene¬ ral chemical operations, 93 Griffin’s gas melting furnace for zinc (Dentists’), 95 Griffin’s gas furnace for heating long iron or porcelain tubes, 101 Griffin’s gas combustion furnace for organic analyses, 103, 397 Griffin’s blast gas furnaces :— — Blast gas burners, 105 — Description of furnace, 105 — power of the furnace, 110 — choice of crucibles, 111 — production of coloured flames, 112 — prices of different sizes of blast gas burners and fur¬ naces in detail, 112 — prices of inside fittings, 114 — prices of cranes, 114 — prices of complete furnaces : No. 1, £2 2s., 115 2, £6 6s., 116 3, £8 18s. 6d., 116 4, £12 12s., 117 Jriffin’s patterns of various in¬ struments :— - Air pumps, modifications of Tate’s, 60 blast oil lamp furnace, 85 blast gas blowpipe, 356 - Beakers with spout, 153 - — with two spouts, 153 - Blowpipe pastilles, 360 - hot-air bath, with regulated temp, to 500°, 131 - hot-water bath, wdth current of air at 212°, 129 - Lamp furnace, 123 - — pieces forming it, 124 - — the furnace in sets, 125 - quick filter, 306 - still, heated by gas, 209 - tube holder, 29 rove’s galvanic battery, 255 utta-pereha dialysers, 183 uy’s Hospital, studentVset of apparatus, 408 Hermstadt’s saccharometer, 56 Hessian crucibles, 140 Hinged clamps, 31 Hofmann’s gas combustion furnace, 100, 397 Hofmann’s gas ‘combustion furnace for use with oxygen gas and gauze top, 101 Hofmann’s gas burner, 88 Horn spoons, 10 Horticultural tools, 3 Hospital laboratory, 416 Hot-water funnel, 172 Hot-water jugs, 181 Hot-plates for furnace top, 124 Hot tubes, support for, 36 Hydrobromic acid, prepd., 247 Hydrochloric acid, distilled, 224 Hydrochloric acid, prepd., 260 Hydrochloric acid, graduated: 1° for Septems, 326 5° for do., 326 Normal for C. cubes, 336 Normal for decerns, 338 Hydrocyanic acid, condensed, 244 — pipette to measure, 300 Hydrofluosilicic acid, prepd., 247 Hydrofluoric acid, prepd., 373 Hydrogen gas: — — Bottles to prepare it, 217 — bottles for continuous and regulated supply of, 313, 314 — prepared pure by galvanism, 258 — produced from steam, 251 — applied to reduction of me¬ tallic oxides, 252 — bulk of one grain taken as unit for measuring gases, 261 Hydrogen gas lamps, 253 Hydrometers, 50 — single spindles, 51 — — with special scales, 52 — _ — with sp. gr. scales, 50 — in sets, 50 — adjusted at 84° F. for use in West Indies, 57 — trial jars for, 59 Hyposulphites, vol. test for, 332 — as test for iodine, 332 hammers, 1 - for assayers, 1, 3S7, 393 - for geologists, 1 - for mineralogists, 1 andle for blowpipe wires, 358 ardness of minerals tested 428 art’s pinchcocks, 291 eat, application of, 71 production of, 71 eller’s urinometer, 58 ematine tincture, 335 emmings’s safety jet, 254 irapath’s gas blowpipe, 121 Indicators of the completion of a volumetric test, 305 Indigo prism, use in testing coloured flames, 378 Infusion pots, 156 Ingot moulds, 392 Instruments for use w’ith the Blowpipe, 370 Iodides, voL test for, 333 Iodine in KI grad, solutions :— 1° for Septems, 332 Decinormal for C. cubes, 337 Decinormal for decerns, 339 Iodine, voL test for, 332, 333 ' Iron, volumetric tests for, 312, 313, 334 Iron ores, assay of, 313 Iron Apparatus :— — Crucibles, cast, 142 — —- wrought, 142, 391 — furnaces, 71 — melting ladles, 144 — moulds for ingots, 392 — pots for melting zinc, &c., 144 — slab for metallurgists, 393 — retorts, 198 — spoons, 10, 359 — support for burettes, 2S9 — tubes, 144 — — joints of all sorts, 144 — tongs, 14 — triangles, various , 29 Ivory _blowpipe spoon, 370 Jars, glass, with feet, 157 — plain mouth, 157 — flanged mouth, 15S — with spout, 158 — stoppered, 158 — stoppered, very wide mouths for zoological preparations, 159 — oval form, for ditto, 159 Jars, glass, without feet, 157 — extra stout, 157 — lixiviating, 157 Jets at which to burn gases, 251 Johnston’s apparatus for teach¬ ing agricultural chemistry, 420 Kaiser’s saccharometer, 56 Kerr’s gas tube, 237 Kilogramme, value in pounds, 280 ; in grains, 2S1 Kipp’s apparatus for sulphu¬ retted hydrogen gas, 221 Kreidl’s blowpipe, 19 Labels, chemical, 166 Label Book, 166 Lacto-Densimeter, 57 Lactometer, 316 Lactoscope, 316 Ladles, iron, 144 — porcelain, 191 Lamp for perfuming rooms, 253 — without flame, 253 Lathe, 2 Lead nitrate grad, solutions :— — 1° for septems, 330 — 5° for septems, 331 — Emp. for septems, 331 — -ft normal, for C. C., 337 — T 5 normal, for decerns, 339 Lead, volumetric tests for, 330, 331, 335 Lead, granid. pure, 369 Lead test papers for HS, 27 Lead retorts, 198 M 31 M 450 INDEX. Lectures ou chemistry, set of apparatus for, 424 Lenses, 372 Leslie’s freezing apparatus, 133 Lever pinchcock, 15 Levigating machine, 8 Leyden jar to explode mixed gases, 366 Liebig’s apparatus .— for organic analysis, 397 — combustion furnace, 393 — gas absorber, 244 — potash bulbs, 247, 400 — retort, 195 — urinometry, 340 Lime in urine, vol. test for, 343 Lime light, app. for, 254 Liquid measures, 44 Lithium, flame test, 378 Litmus test papers, blue, red, or neutral, 271 Litmus tincture, 335 Litre flasks, 301 Litre measures, grad., 44 Litre, relation to the pint, 280 — value in septems, 281 Liveing’s mercury trough, 230 Lixiviating jars, 157 Long’s saccharometer, 56 Lowe’s ozone box, 272 Luhme’s furnaces, 74 Magnetic needle, 372 Magnetised chisel, 371 Magnets, 372 Magnifiers, 372 Manganese, volumetric tests for, 311, 312, 334 Manometer, 121 Marchand’s drying tube, 226 Marsh’s arsenic test, 395 Massive anvil for assayers, 393 Matrass d’essai, 149 Maugham’s safety jet, 254 Measuring, 38 Measuring Flasks, 301 — without stoppers, 301 .— — for cent, cubes, 301 — — for septems, 301 — — for decerns, 301 — — for cubic inch, 301 — — for Impl. pint, 301 — with stoppers, 302 — — for cent, cubes, 302 — — for septems, 302 — — for decerns, 302 _ — for grains, 302 — — for pints, 302 _ — for cubic inch, 302 _ — for litres, 302 Measures, graduated, 44 Mechauical operations, 1 Medical men, chemical appa¬ ratus for, 416 Melting furnaces, 77 Mercuric nitrate graduated so¬ lutions for testing urine :— _for chloride of sodium, 341 — for urea, 341 Metallic blowpipe supports, 357 — ores, specimens of, 428, 430 — oxides, reduced by gases, 252 _solutions, volumetric appa¬ ratus and tests for, 320 Metallurgy, 384, 390 Metal plate gauge, 4 — wire gauge, 4 Metal retorts, 198 Metal stills, 206 Metric and British weights and measures, their equivalents, 281 Microchemical apparatus, 372 — bottles for tests, 375 — gas bottles, 219 Miik, assay of, 57, 316 Milk tests, various :— — optical, 316 .— by separation of cream, 316 — by hydrometers, 57 Miller’s gas pipette, 266 Mineral Acids, 433 Mineral Oil gauge, 85 Minerals, collections of :— .—. in mahogany cabinets, 427 — in pasteboard cabinets, 427 Minerals, collections of, not in cabinets :— — simple minerals, 428 — metallic ores, 428 — Rocks, 428 — Fossils, 429 — Rocks with fossils, 429 — Mixed collections, 429 Mineral illustrations of physical geography, 429 Minerals for blowpipe expts., 428 — for analysis, 430 — for technical use, 430 — trial of colour, 372 — trial of hardness, 371 Miniature blast gas furnace, 117 Minim, value in grains, 281 Minute quantities, app. for analysis of, 373 Mitscherlich’s arsenic test, 395 — eudiometer, 263 — ether lamp, 84 — polariscope, 320 — spirit lamp, 81 — syphon, 178 Mixing jars, conical, 154 — for volumetric analysis, 304 — — graduated, 304 Models of crystals, 431 Mohr’s patterns of apparatus : — App. for HS gas, 222 — — Chlorine, 223 — Balance, 40 — Clock-work stirrer, 12 | — Burette, with pinchcock, 285 Mohr’s App. Burette grad, into C. cubes, 286 _ — septems, 286 _ — decerns, 286 _ — grains, 286 — Burette, with glass stopcock, 286 _ — arrangement for filling from below, 288 _bottles for storing tests, 308 _ _for filling burettes, 308 — portable furnace, 72 _ — tripod form, 73j — pinchcocks, 15, 291 — still-watcher, 202 Mohs’s degrees of hardness, 428 Mortars and pestles, various, 5 — agate, 6 — cast-iron, 5 — glass, 8 — porcelain, 6 — semi-porcelain, 7 — serpentine, 8 — steel, 5 — for metallurgists, 392 — for organic chemists, 398 Moulds for blowpipe pastilles : — Griffin’s first form, 361 — — new form, 363 — Plattner’s, 364 — for casting ingots, 392 — _ sticks of caustic, 393 — to make fireclay crucibles for iron assays, 391 — for Eudiometer balls, 264 — for paper crucibles, 372 Mouth blowpipe, 351 Muffle furnaces, 384 Muffles, 385 Musical sounds produced by the flame of hydrogen gas, 251 Mustimeter, 58 National dietaries, diagram, If National schools, chemical ap¬ paratus suitable for, 422 _ , Neubauer and Vogel’s urine tests, 340 Nicholson’s Hydrometer: — — for liquids, 51 — for solid bodies, 58 Nitric Acid test solutions ' — 1° for septems, 326 —- 5° for septems, 326 — Normal for G. cubes, 336 — Normal for decerns, 338 Nitrogen bulbs, Will’s, 247, 40‘ Nitrous oxide breathing bag 238 Normal test solutions, con siderations respecting stan dards, 281 Normal test solutions prepare on different standards :— — for septem graduations, 32 — for decern graduations, 33£ — for 0. cube graduations, 33 INDEX. 451 Normal test acids, 336, 338 test alkalies, 336, 338 Oak wood, distilled, 260 Oechsle’s hydrometer, 58 Oil bath, 128, 129 Oil gauge, 57 Oil lamp, stoneware, 84 — porcelain, 84, 124 — Argand, 84 — solar, 84 — cylinders for, 84 — furnace for melting cast-iron, 85 Open glass tubes, 367 Optical milk test, 316 Ores of metals, specimens, 428, 430 Organic analysis, apparatus for, 397 Otto’s arsenic test, 398 Ounce measures, 44 Oval jars for Zoologists, 159 Oxalic acid grad, solutions : — — 1° for septenia, 326 ■— 5° for septems, 326 — normal for C. C., 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Oxford local examinations, 409 Oxides reduced by H. gas, 252 Oxygen gas, app. for, 212, 222 — bottles to prepare, 222 — burnt in hydrogen, 250 — combustions in, 248 — distillation of, 212 — globes for deflagrations, 248 Oxyhydrogen blowpipe, 253 — gas exploded, 259 Ozone box, 272 Ozone paper, 272 Pail, glass, 30 pint, 23 Pail, semi-porcelain, 160 Pans, conical, glass, 160 — —stoneware, 159, 160 Paper for diagrams, IS Parchment paper, 1S3 Parkes’s chemical cabinet, 418 Parting flasks, 149, 387, 388 Pastille blowpipe supports, 360 •— crucibles to hold, 363 — wires for ditto, 363 — mould for, 363 Pastilles to cut glass, 21 Pavy’s app. for testing diabetic sugar, 349 Payen’s percolator, 174 Pedestal table supports, 32 Pepys’s gas holder, 241 Percolation, 167 Percolators, 173—175 Percy’s burette for copper test, 291 Permanganates, theory of their reaction in volumetric ana¬ lysis, 334 Pessier’s natrometer, 58 Pestles and mortars, 5 Philosophical candle, 251 Phosphates, vol. test for, 331 — alkaline, test for, 331 — earthy, test for, 331 — in urine, test for, 341 Phosphoric anhydride, prepd, 201 Phosphorus, distilled, 245 — terchloride, prepd., 261 Photographic silver baths, volum. test for, 331 Photometer, Bunsen’s, 268 Physical geography illustrated by mineral specimens, 429 Physicians, laboratory for, 416 Pinchcocks, 15, 291, 314^, — Bunsen’s, 15, 291 — Hart’s, 291 — Mohr’s, 15, 291 — lever, 15 — screw, 292, 314 Pint measuring flasks, 301 — relation to the litre, 280 Pipettes, plain, straight, 177 — — bulb, 177 — for applying tests, 272 Pipette liottles for tests. 161 Pipette bottles, use in volu¬ metric analysis, 307 Pipettes, graduated, 296 — to fill, 297 — to regulate, 297 —i to deliver precisely, 297 — forms of, 297 — scales engraved on, 297 — their importance, 298 — with one mark, 298 — with long scales, 299 — with caoutchouc sucking tube, 300 — with glass stopcocks, 300 — Mohr’s safety, 300 — rests for, 300 Plautamour’s funnel, 172 Platinum basins, 185 — blowpipe foil, 358 — blowpipe wire, 357 — blowpipe supports, 357 — crucibles, 136 — cups, 186, 359 — spatulas, 10 —- spoons, 359 — rings for hydrogen lamps, 253' Plattner’s apparatus for cupel- lation, 369 — assay of gold ore in the wet way, 389 — balance, 43, 369 — blowpipe, 351 — blowpipe apparatus, 382 — blowpipe crucible, 138 — charcoal borers, 360 — ivory scale, 369 — mixing capsule, 370 Plattner’s mould for c arcoal capsules and crucibles, 364 — mould for clay capsules and crucibles, 366 — pastille supports, 364 — soda paper, 372 Plumbago crucibles, 139 Plumbago stirrers, 139 Plumber’s scraper, 393 Plummet to ascertain vertical positions, 267 Plyers, 12, 14 Pnuematic apparatus, for expe¬ riments on air, 60 Pneumatic troughs, various, 227 — Griffin’s stoneware, 227 — — beehive shelf, 227 — metal for use with water, in sizes, 228 — solid glass, for water, 228 ■— framed glass, for water, 229 —- for use with mercury, 229 — — Griffin’s, small, 229 — — Berlin pattern, 230 — for large quantities of mer¬ cury :— — — Liveing’s trough, 230 — — Bunsen’s, 231 — — — another, 266 — — Begnault’s, 231 — vertical glass trough, 232 — — Ettling’s gas pipette, 232 Pocket blowpipe apparatus, 379 Poelons, 141 Polariscope, 320 Popular lectures on chemistry, apparatus suitable for, 424 — ditto, small set, in a box, 421 Porcelain apparatus :■— — basins, 186 — beakers, 154 — boilers, 155 — capsules, 186 — crucibles, 136 — cups, 192 — — Berlin, 192 — — Dresden, 193 — evaporating basins, 186 — feet for lamp stand, 82 — gas burners, 104 —'mortars and pestles, 6 — retorts, 197 — spoons, 9 — slabs for colour tests, 306 — — for Marsh’s test, 395 — — to show up colours, 305 — testing slab, 272, 306 — trays, 143 — tubes, 143 — water baths, 127 Portable chemical cabinets, 403 Portable furnaces, 71 Potash pipette, 401 Potash bulbs, Liebig’s, 247, 400 — Geissler’s, 247, 400 — Mitscherlich’s, 247 — Ure’s, 247 452 INDEX. Potassium carbonate test solu¬ tions :— — of 1° for septems, 328 — of 5° for septems, 329 — normal for cent, cubes, 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Potassium bichromate, theory of its reactions in testing, 334 Potassium chromate, use as indicator in vol. testing, 305 Potassium bichromate test so¬ lutions : — — of for septems, 330 — of 3 ° for septems, 334 — of |° for septems, 331 — empirical, for septems, 331 — ditto another, 334 — A° normal for C. C., 337 — empirical for C. C., 337 — -j 3 g° normal decerns, 339 — empirical for decerns, 339 Potassium ferrocyanide, its re¬ actions in volumetric ana¬ lysis, 335 Potassium hydrate grad, solu¬ tions :— — of 5° for septems, 329 — normal for C. C., 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Potassium permanganate, theory of its reactions in volumetric testing, 334 Potassium permanganate gra¬ duated solutions: — of l T ° for septems, 335 — empirical for septems, 335 — ,L° normal for C. cubes, 337 — i° normal for decerns, 339 — empirical for decerns, 339 Potassium sulphate grad, solu¬ tions :— — 1° for septems, 335 — decinormal for C. cubes, 337 Potassium, flame,test, 378 — wires to make, 2 — salts tested by graduated acids, 327 Pound, value in kilogrammes, 280 Pourers, porcelain, 191 Powder lifters, 9 Powder scoops, 9 Press to make wires, 2 Pressure boards for gas bags, 239 Pressure gauge for blowing ma¬ chines or for gas, 120 Pure chemical tests, 433 Pyramid filter case, 171 Pyrometer, Daniel’s, 46 Qualitative chemical analysis, sets of apparatus for, 414 Quantitative analysis, 426 Quantitative blowpipe analysis, 382 Quick boiler, 156 Quick filters, Beale’s, 170, 306 — Berzelius’s, 170 —- Griffin’s, 306 Quilled receiver, 200 Radical Theory in Chemistry, 440 Rammelsberg’s burette, 292 — hot-air bath, 131 Rasps, 17 Reagents, general list of, 433 — in solution, 272 — — in sets, 411 — to absorb gases, 265 Receivers, glass, 199 — intermediate, 199 — plain, 199 — stoppered, 199 — quilled, 200 — for tube retorts, 200 — bent tubes, 200 — with many necks, 201 — Florentine, 201 Reduction tubes, 252 Regnault’s arsenic test, 395 — drying apparatus, 399 — mercury trough, 231 Reid’s blowpipe, 21 Respiration, expts. on, 249 R,ests for pipettes, 300 — for stirrers, 12 Retorts, 194 — glass, plain, 194 ■— glass, stoppered, 195 — tube retorts, 195 — for fractional distillation, 196 — porcelain, 197 — fireclay, 198 — metal, 198 — salt-glazed stoneware for acids in quantity, 210 Retort funnels, 216 Retort stands, classified, 25 — very large, 25 — middling, 26 — small, 28 — extra fittings for, 26 Reverberatory furnaces:— — fireclay, 75, 77 — Luhme’s, 74 Revolving gas jet,'251 Revolving support for Mohr’s burettes, 290 — for pipettes, 300 — for test tubes, 36 Richardson’s saccharometer, 57 Rings for furnace tops, 72, 124 — for retort stands, 26 Ring gas burners, 89 Roasting dishes, 391 Roasting of ores, Plattner’s ap¬ paratus for, 365 — crucibles in blocks for ditto, 365 Rocks, collections of, 428 Rods or sticks of potash, zinc, &c., mould to cast, 393 Royal College of Chemistry, student’s apparatus, 407 Russian spirit lamp, 84 Saccharometers, various, 56 — optical, 320 Safety funnels for gases, 215 Safety jets for gas blowpipes, 253 Safety lamp for miners, 253 Sandglass, 5 minutes, 315 Sandbaths, 125 — copper, 125 — tinplate, 125 — cast-iron, 125, 126 Saw to cut charcoal, 359 Scale pipettes, 296, 299 Schatten’s hydrometer, 58 School gas-holder, 240 Schrotter’s desiccator, 134 — gas holder, 243 Schulze’s apparatus for washing soils for analysis, 17 Schuster’s alkalimeter, 295, 311 — with blowing tube, 374 Scorifiers, 391 Scorifier tongs, 387 Scratch brush, 393 Screen for tripod, 29 Screws, wood, to cut, 2 Sefstroem’s blast furnace, 73 — modification, 73 Selenious acid, prepared, 245 Separatory funnels, 172 Septem measure, its value, 280 ' — - compared with C. cube, 281 Septem test solutions, 325 Serpentine mortars, 8 Shaking bottle for volumetric analysis, 305 Shells, geological study of, 429 Shier’s sugar test, 319 Shier’s washing apparatus, 182 Sieves, 8 — flat, 5 inch, 8 — cylindrical box, 3 inch, 9 — wooden, 9 — for metallurgists, 8, 393 — porcelain, 176 — brass, for fine lead, 369 Silicated carbon filters, 24 Sikes’s hydrometer, 54, 55 Silver assay by the wet way, 388 Silver nitrate test solutions :— — 1° for septems, 333 — empirical for septems, 333 — decinormal for 0. cubes, 337 — decinormal for decerns, 339 Silver, volum. test for, 333 Silver in photographic baths, vol. test for, 333 Simpson’s nitrogen bulbs, 402 Size of burettes, 285 IXDEX. 453 Skittle pots, 141 Slips of glass, 170 Smee’s galvanic battery, 254 Soap bubbles filled with gas, 251 Soap test for hard water, 315 Soda, crude, tested, 327 Soda paper crucibles, 372 Soda water beaker, 154 Sodium arsenite test solutions : — 5 ° for septems, 332 — empirical for septems, 332 — decinormal for C. cubes, 337 — decinormal for decerns, 339 Sodium Carbonate test solu¬ tions :— — 1° for septems, 328 — 5° for septems, 329 — normal for C. cubes, 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Sodium chloride test solutions : — 1° for septems, 333 —'empirical for septems, 333 — decinormal for 0. cubes, 337 — decinormal for decerns, 339 Sodium hydrate test solutions : — 1° for septems, 328 — 5° for septems, 329 — 7° for septems, 329 — normal for C. cubes, 33G — normal for decerns, 33S Sodium hyposulphite test solu¬ tions :— — 2° for septems, 332 — 5 normal for C. cubes, 337 — ^ normal for decerns, 339 Sodium phosphate test solu¬ tions :— — empirical for septems, 331 — empirical for C. cubes, 337 — empirical for decerns, 339 Sodium salts, tested by gra¬ duated acids, 327 Sodium flame test, 378 Soils, washing of, 179 Solutions, vessels for, 146 — for very small quantities, 373 Solutions of reagents, 272 — standard strengths, 272 — table of prices, 274 •— sets of bottles of tests, 411 Spatulas, 10 — glass, 12 — lioru, 12 — metal, 10 — porcelain, 11 — stoneware, 12 Specific gravity apparatus, 47 — balance, 40 — bottle, 47 — of vapours, 402 Spectroscope, 377 Spindle tube, 22 Spirit bubbles, 55 Spirit blowpipe, 21 Spirit lamps, various :— — glass, simple, 79 — — fittipgs for, 79 Spirit lamp with two necks, 79 — — with rack to wick, 80 — — arranged for continuous supply of spirit, 80 — stoneware, 124 — Ai-gand, 80 — — fittings for its stand, 82 — — with spirit at constant level, 82 — — on tripod, S2 — Russian, 84 Spirits, testing of, 318, 442 Spoons, 9 Spoon with tongs, 14 Sprengel’s blowpipe, 353 Spring steel tongs, 13, 358 Stakes for assayers, 393 Stanhope lens, 372 Starch test paper, 271 Starch, its action upon iodine in volumetric analysis, 305 Steam baths, 127 Steel mortars, 5 — slice, 394 — spatulas, 11 — spoon, 10 —- tongs, 14 Steinheil’s saccharometer, 56 Stencils for diagrams, 18 Sticks of caustic to cast, 393 Stills and Condensers of metal, 206 — for charcoal furnaces, 207 — new pattern for gas, 209 — for alcohol from wines, 318 Stills and condensers of stone¬ ware, for acids in quantities, 210 Still-watcher 202 Stirrers, glass, 10, 301 — moved by clockwork, 12 Stockhardt’s apparatus, 407 Stock rack for tubes, 36 Stokes’s alcoholometers, 54 Stools, wooden, 38 Stopcocks, 14 — brass for air pumps, 67 — glass, 14 — stoneware, 14 Stoppered cylinders, 159 Stoppered jars, 158 Stoppers, caoutchouc, 18 Strainers, 175 Streak of minerals, to try, 372 Strontian flame test, 378 Sublimates, blowpipe, support to show, 366 Sugar-cane juice, apparatus for testing, 319 — instructions for testing, 319 Sugar, volum. test for, 344 — in urine, test for, 344 — in wine, test for, 318 Sulphates, volum. test for, 330 — in urine, voL test for, 342 Sulphides, reduced by chlorine, 246, 252 Sulphides, volumetric test for, 332 Sulphites, volum. test for, 332 Sulphuretted hydrogen gas ap¬ paratus :— — bottles to prepare it, 213,220 — — without washing it, 220 — — with wash bottle, 220 — Kipp’s apparatus for con¬ stant supply, 221 — Mohr’s, for its solution in water, 221, 222 — Griffin’s, for minute quan¬ tity, 375 — Yon Babo’s, 375 Sulphuric acid grad, solu¬ tions : — 1 0 for septems, 326 — 5° for septems, 326 — 10° for septems, 326 — normal for C. cubes, 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Sulphuric acid, vol. test for, 330 — free, in galvanic battery liquors, test for, 328 —- in urine, test for, 342 — formed, 260 — condensed, 245, 246 ^— to measure off, 313 Supply of water for laboratory operations, 22 Supports for apparatus, 25 -38 Supports for burettes, 287 — Mohr’s, wooden, 288 _ . _ iron, 289 — — 3 branches, 290 — — for 6 burettes, 290 — — revolving, 290 — Gay Lussac’s, 292, 295 — Rammelsberg’s, 292 — Biuks’s, 294 — Mohr’s syphon burette, 293 Support for blowpipe lamp, 355 — for objects in blowpipe flame, 357 — for pipettes, 300 — for test tubes, frames, 34 — — for single hot tubes, 36 — — for 7 tubes on sand, 37 — — — Wedgwood’s, 124 — for V-tubes, 27 Symbols of atoms, 18 Syphon barometer, 267 Syphon gauges, 67 Syphons, glass, 178 Syringes, brass, 70 Syringes, glass, 179 Table anvil, 2 — supports, 32 — for glass blowers, 19 Tallow holder, 70, 296 Tan nometer, 58 Tapers to burn in gases, 248 Tate’s air-pump, 60 — hydraulic blowpipe, 19 — oxyhydrogen jet, 253 454 INDEX. Taylor’s hot-air bath, 131 Temple’s report on elementary instruction in science, 422 Test Acids, to prepare, 329 — of 1° for septems, 326 — of 5° for septems, 326 — of 10° for septems, 326 — normal for C. cubes, 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Test Alkaline solutions :— — of 1° for septems, 328 — of 5° for septems, 328. — normal for C. cubes, 336 — normal for decerns, 338 Tests and reagents, list, 433 Test glasses, conical, 270 — cylindrical, 271 — for minute quantities, 307 Test mixers, 302 — for decigallons, 302 — for litres, 302 — for decerns, 302 Test papers in books, 271 — wooden boxes for, 271 — leather cases for, 271 Test papers for lecturers, large and strongly coloured, 272 Test metals in a box, 272 Test solutions of systematic^ degrees of strength, 272 — in sets, 411 Tests used in the dry state, 278 Test solutions, volumetric, pre¬ servation of, 307 Test spoon and spatula, 10, 272 Test Tubes, general list of sizes:— — large sizes, 269 — small sizes, 367 — collections of, 270 Test Tubes in nests, 270 Test Tubes on feet, 271 Test Tube brushes, 269 Test Tube stands, 34 Testing Slab, porcelain, 272 Thermometers, 45 — Fahrenheit’s scale, 45 — Centigrade scale, 45 — for manufacturers, 46 — for physicians, 46 Tilley’s blowpipe, 19 Tin assay mould, 393 Tin, volumetric test for, 332, 334 Tinfoil for blowpipe expts., 372 Tobacco pipe for soap bubbles, 251 Toft’s water blowpipe, 19 Tongs, 12 — for use with blowpipe, 371 — for metallurgists, 391 — for parting flasks, 38S Tool chests, 3 Tools for blowpipe use, 370 — for cupellation, 386 — for metallurgists, 393 Toxicological cabinet, 416 Trailes’s alcoholometer, 54 Transvasing of liquors, 177-9 Traveller’s chemical cabinet, 418 Trays for jars, round, 15 Trays, china, square, 16 Trays, porcelain, boat shape for tube operations, 143 Trellis covers for desiccating pans, 132 Trellis top for furnaces, 124 Trial jars for hydrometers, 59 Triangle supports, 29 — with pegs, 29 Triangular files, 21 Trimming hammer, 1 Tripod stands, 29 Trivets for furnaces, 73 Tube apparatus for organic analysis, 400 Tube brushes, 15 Tube clips, 29, 36 Tube condensers for gases, many sorts, 243-247 Tube, electrical, porcelain, to charge a jar, 266 Tube furnace, represented in operation, 244, 251 — charcoal furnace, 78 — gas furnaces, 100, 397 — operations, 143 — — with porcelain tubes, i43 — — with iron tubes, 144 Tube gas jars, 236 — bent, 237 Tube support on sand, 124 Tube retort, 196 Turmeric test paper, 271 Turning tools, 2 Twaddell’s hydrometer, 52 Onion joints, 69 Units of measurement for volu¬ metric test liquors, 281, 282 Universal furnace, 75 — set of fittings for, 76 Universal hydrometer, 50 Universal support, 32 Uranic nitrate test solutions : — — empl. for septems, 331 — empl. for C. cubes, 337 — empl. for decerns, 339 — for estimating phosphoric acid in urine, 342 Ure’s eudiometer, 263 Urea, volumetric test for, 341 Urinary deposits, apparatus for testing, 350 Urine, grad, bottles for, 347 Urine, qualitative testing of, 348 Urine, volumetric tests for the following compounds in it:— — sodium chloride, 340 — urea, 341 — phosphoric acid, 341 — sulphuric acid, 342 — free acids, 343 — lime, 343 — sugar, 344 Urinometer spindles, 58, 34 Urinometry, 340 Urinometry, graduated solutions for use in :— — Barytic, 340 — Mercuric nitrate for N; 341 — — for urea, 341 — sodium chloride, 341 — urea, 341 — sodium sulphate, 341 — sodium carbonate, 341 — uranic nitrate, 342 — sodium super-acetate, 34 — potass, ferrocyanide, 341 — sodium phosphate, 342 — barium chloride, 343 — potass, sulphate, 343 — sodium hydrate, 343 — oxalic acid, 343 — hydrochloric acid, 344 — sodium hydrate, 344 — Feliling’s copper test, 34 — litmus, 345 Urinometry, set of appar; for use in, 346 Urinometry, set of test s tions for use in, 345 Urinometry, apparatus special uses in, 347 U-tubes, 243 — mounted, 226 Yaporimeter, Geissler’s, 31 Ventilation, expts. on, 249 Vertical clamps, 30 Vertical condensers, 207 Vessels for solutions, 146 Vice, 2 Vice for retort stands, 28 Vinegar, volum. test for, 3 Vogel’s gas bottle, 218, 221 — lactometer, 316 — urinometer, 58 — urinometry, 340 Voltameters, 256 Volta’s eudiometer, 263 Volumeter, Gay Lussac’s, i Volumetric analysis, 280 — standard weights, 280 — standard measures, 280 — comparison of metric British standards, 281 1 — normal test solutions, 2: — decinormal solutions, 2£ — units of measurement, i — — the septem, 283 — — the decern, 282 — — the cent, cube, 282 — — empirical solutions, — Apparatus for, 285 — — single instruments, INDEX 455 Sk 'liunetric Apparatus, instru- Sb Si s<- Sc- Sc- So So So- "ments iu sets for general use, 323 for urinometry, 346 for wine testing, 420 for processes in the British Pharmaco¬ poeia, 321 for testing metals, 320 — for testing sugar, 319 — for testing milk, 317 — for testing water, 315 — for testing food, 418 3o olumetric test solutions :— - for septem measures, 325 _- for decerns, 336 _- for cent, cubes, 338 _- preservation of, 307 _ r on Babo’s arsenic test, 396 So-clamp, 27 HS gas apparatus, 375 _/on Kobell’s degrees of fusi- _ bility of minerals, 428 _ T -tube condensers, 226, 243 So^-tube for galvanic decomposi- _ tions of neutral salts, 257 _ fashing bottles, various , 180 Washing of gases, 223, 243 Washing precipitates by steam, 182 — by pipettes, 181 Watch glasses, small, 190 — large, 191 — holders over lamps, 37 — clips for pairs, 135 Water baths, small, 124, 126 — large sizes, 127, 129 Water bottles, various , 22 — stoneware, 22 — French glass, 22 — German glass, 23 — Bohemian glass, 23 — for tilling tubes, 23 Water casks, 22 Water, distillation of, many kinds of stills, 204-210 Water, decomposition by red- hot iron, 251 — decomposition by galvanism, 254. Water, produced by burning hydrogen gas, 244 Water, produced by hydrogen gas acting on red-hot oxide of | copper, 252 Sot t — t Sot d Sod Soil Soli -f. Soli. — ir ! P *1* Ipi ! >pi Water, supply of, for laboratory . use, 22 Water testing, Clark’s, 315 _ Parlrpa^s! ■‘4-1 S Water of 16° of hardness, 315 Water, to freeze in vacuo, 133 Weighing, 38 Weights, sets of, 43 Weights and measures used in volumetric analysis, 280 Will’s nitrogen bulbs, 247, 402 Williams’s gas bottle, 242 Wine Testing, 318, 420, 442 Wire gauge, 4 Wire gauze, 253 Wirtemberg syphon, 178 Wooden clamps, 30 — stools, 38 —• supports, 30 — — for burettes, 288 Woutff’s Bottles, 151 — fitted up for gases, 224 W-tube condenser, 247 Zinc ores, rapid assay of, 320 Zinc rods, to cast, 393 LONDON : BENJAMIN PARDON PRINTER, PATERNOSTER ROW V- ... ' ‘ , ;’i. ' ‘ I ' ■ . ‘ \ > ) . t ■ ' . v . V 7 'i. ;\l \ ■ '« • $ l v ‘ ' V -/a.' -'fi ;<■ ■■ \ v/y ■*! VJ V ' f ' v • . , . > < '.,,^7 ' v: -;i ■ f * ■ a / ■' / - ■' •->. < -a. -J . ' I- ; - , 61 4 • - 'ttr 6 V /M a i-.\ m* ( • . /■ - - ^ . ■ / 1 f . . ■> *i] •*# j, '»'• •’•f'. ' - -■ '■ ■•' ; v f ' . i, y > ; - ' /i ' r . 6 • V 1 >' ■■-V.-’I • v , v ; > ■ . ■ ■ 1 ■<-' ,i ■ Jr \ \ ■ w,:. r* , - . ■ M H i t: v • i y] J?m■ , ' , '■ ’ . ; ' 6 7; J . . ■ / Ci ; • V ! -'u • / V w! ■ --3 7 ': t ->u> > "•. , A- , \ . ■ , s \ . " ■ ' / t’ I I ^ .t ,, . - ! : \ 1 ' .■■■■ /.. ti'jmm ' ^ • '• ' r * ■■ ■.'! ' -4«Q ' L ;• - . 0 . ' ,'T l ’ V } : 7' , P V i f v <; \ ^ „j ■ it \ A >>. ' ' KkWHki Hr.o-J ■ \ GETTY CENTER LIBRARY 3 3125 00139 4507 BlHHH ■■HQ ■ VI, ■ - , p ffl'J A. 4: \\ t / • P< • * y,-! . - { || If i> r^l • / yj -‘J.V